From 915b08ce51de038748b52764db2c232d208b20e8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: yoshi-code-bot <70984784+yoshi-code-bot@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Mon, 9 Dec 2024 23:32:22 -0800 Subject: [PATCH] chore: Update discovery artifacts (#2531) ## Deleted keys were detected in the following stable discovery artifacts: aiplatform v1 https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d50ae63492a92097d249a25ab5bd139ac6d1424a contactcenterinsights v1 https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/bc8379171ff238af1d966f249593ad49ddaa6cee datafusion v1 https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/165fb78a7e6aa9c631c8ce76828d6dd35f97c196 netapp v1 https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/28ac561addaa5add76eb344c97b0ff7a6f808a8e youtube v3 https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/ff3d46ed74cd4b89c608f499a4bec96f57cd2421 ## Deleted keys were detected in the following pre-stable discovery artifacts: aiplatform v1beta1 https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d50ae63492a92097d249a25ab5bd139ac6d1424a compute alpha https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/1cfe5429aed394e5ce62e6899318f8522d019c4e compute beta https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/1cfe5429aed394e5ce62e6899318f8522d019c4e dataform v1beta1 https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4f0c614559ee4e9db10c7e73818a8eab2f4ac786 datafusion v1beta1 https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/165fb78a7e6aa9c631c8ce76828d6dd35f97c196 netapp v1beta1 https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/28ac561addaa5add76eb344c97b0ff7a6f808a8e ## Discovery Artifact Change Summary: feat(aiplatform): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d50ae63492a92097d249a25ab5bd139ac6d1424a feat(androidmanagement): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cb1471a8b648ee5d555e9f28fc34cc2f65189910 feat(appengine): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/57d4127949d018b9efe8739d1f26aea13486e924 feat(compute): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/1cfe5429aed394e5ce62e6899318f8522d019c4e feat(connectors): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/99697fdc55812843027c466152fc491e1669b039 feat(contactcenterinsights): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/bc8379171ff238af1d966f249593ad49ddaa6cee feat(dataform): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4f0c614559ee4e9db10c7e73818a8eab2f4ac786 feat(datafusion): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/165fb78a7e6aa9c631c8ce76828d6dd35f97c196 feat(datamigration): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/1c1bcd25322e544a115f7add9322ee9e0871c591 feat(digitalassetlinks): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cf449454bb7f48478d0c87dc60971091afb0bb6a feat(discoveryengine): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8a30c6c557bf1f24e6578cf00d07d1a802324c13 feat(eventarc): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/dde23ec8cf9dfec696244dab418897a9f7c228d2 feat(firebaseappdistribution): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c195e5a27c7c84de78deafbbb5e885bf6e735189 feat(firebaseml): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/ccd8de6cba324afa2b07117ad49200e297b9a39e feat(integrations): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/84fa3b1bc28637c1f97ec7523e6389232b8b82fc feat(netapp): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/28ac561addaa5add76eb344c97b0ff7a6f808a8e feat(networkmanagement): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/edf014bc9a8c7799ca6fce08c011e6bea5dd9aa5 feat(networksecurity): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/dbe06d2872341d65dd13a2da41f6f7ccb42dab31 feat(orgpolicy): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2da03fb83a1bf6e0b5116f6e7d2b2ffdcfceece9 feat(redis): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8cb616f399bf0ae0942681ecdc50d95e55c16ace feat(securitycenter): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/380eee35b19779f3476e7cf836ad776846b2111a feat(servicemanagement): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4c20798c57f262378436928d557e232de757a98c feat(tagmanager): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/f9a5997cb3679fae42afdffb6ad8f2f5e64db439 feat(youtube): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/ff3d46ed74cd4b89c608f499a4bec96f57cd2421 --- docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.html | 12 +- ...adsenseplatform_v1.platforms.accounts.html | 16 +- ...seplatform_v1alpha.platforms.accounts.html | 16 +- docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html | 39 + docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.media.html | 34 + ..._v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html | 12 + ...tform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html | 39 + .../dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html | 179 + ...ts.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html | 22 +- ...1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html | 95 +- ....projects.locations.publishers.models.html | 39 + ...form_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.html | 13 + ...jects.locations.ragCorpora.operations.html | 268 ++ ...rojects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html | 56 + ...ations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.operations.html | 268 ++ docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html | 39 + docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html | 39 + ...ta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html | 12 + ..._v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html | 39 + ...eta1.projects.locations.featureGroups.html | 8 + ...aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html | 253 + ...ts.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html | 22 +- ...1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html | 95 +- ...beta1.projects.locations.pipelineJobs.html | 16 +- ....projects.locations.publishers.models.html | 39 + ...1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html | 38 + ..._v1beta1.projects.locations.schedules.html | 24 +- ...v1beta1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html | 20 +- .../aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html | 44 +- ...viceprovisioning_v1.customers.devices.html | 2 +- ...ndroiddeviceprovisioning_v1.customers.html | 2 +- ...oidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html | 12 +- ...jects.locations.applications.services.html | 41 + ...jects.locations.applications.services.html | 41 + docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html | 8 +- docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html | 4 +- ...ccounts.channelPartnerLinks.customers.html | 70 +- .../cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html | 70 +- .../cloudchannel_v1.accounts.reportJobs.html | 20 +- .../dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.reports.html | 8 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html | 12 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html | 305 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.crossSiteNetworks.html | 9 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html | 2 +- .../dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html | 115 +- ...ha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html | 6 +- .../compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html | 32 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html | 32 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html | 238 +- .../compute_alpha.interconnectLocations.html | 16 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html | 12 + docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html | 186 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html | 48 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkProfiles.html | 8 + docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html | 98 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTypes.html | 3 + ...te_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html | 32 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html | 12 +- .../compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html | 12 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html | 12 - docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html | 2 +- ...ionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html | 6 +- ...ute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html | 28 +- ...compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html | 24 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html | 8 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionMultiMigs.html | 768 --- ...e_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html | 78 + .../compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html | 171 +- ...ompute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html | 8 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html | 147 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationBlocks.html | 139 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html | 146 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html | 37 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html | 12 +- .../dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html | 10 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html | 171 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.wireGroups.html | 44 +- .../compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html | 32 +- docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendBuckets.html | 10 +- docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html | 288 +- docs/dyn/compute_beta.futureReservations.html | 10 - .../compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html | 8 +- docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html | 28 + docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html | 228 +- .../compute_beta.interconnectLocations.html | 4 +- docs/dyn/compute_beta.licenses.html | 18 +- docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html | 42 + docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkProfiles.html | 8 + docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html | 98 +- ...ute_beta.organizationSecurityPolicies.html | 32 +- docs/dyn/compute_beta.projects.html | 12 +- .../compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html | 12 +- docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html | 12 - ...pute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html | 8 +- .../compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html | 21 + docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html | 7 + docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionMultiMigs.html | 12 +- ...te_beta.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html | 78 + .../compute_beta.regionSecurityPolicies.html | 170 +- ...compute_beta.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html | 8 +- docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html | 144 +- docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservationBlocks.html | 2 - docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html | 10 - docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html | 48 + docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html | 37 +- docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html | 22 +- docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetHttpsProxies.html | 10 +- docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html | 168 +- docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html | 10 +- docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html | 14 +- docs/dyn/compute_v1.html | 5 + .../dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html | 588 ++- docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html | 12 +- .../dyn/compute_v1.interconnectLocations.html | 4 +- docs/dyn/compute_v1.licenses.html | 18 +- docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkProfiles.html | 261 ++ docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html | 16 + docs/dyn/compute_v1.projects.html | 12 +- .../dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html | 12 +- ...ompute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html | 582 ++- .../compute_v1.regionSecurityPolicies.html | 166 +- .../compute_v1.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html | 8 +- docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html | 144 +- docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html | 9 + docs/dyn/compute_v1.routes.html | 9 + docs/dyn/compute_v1.securityPolicies.html | 32 +- docs/dyn/compute_v1.subnetworks.html | 12 +- docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetHttpsProxies.html | 10 +- docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html | 168 +- ...ations.connections.eventSubscriptions.html | 12 + ...ors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html | 150 +- ...tomConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html | 105 + ...tomConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html | 174 +- ...tors_v1.projects.locations.operations.html | 4 +- ...ojects.locations.providers.connectors.html | 12 + ...cations.providers.connectors.versions.html | 976 ++-- ...ns.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.html | 231 +- ...s_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html | 42 +- ...tcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html | 4 +- ...house_v1.projects.locations.documents.html | 154 +- ...jects.locations.documents.referenceId.html | 66 +- ...alog_v1.projects.locations.operations.html | 4 +- .../dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html | 5 - ...beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html | 5 - ...jects.locations.instances.dnsPeerings.html | 6 +- ...usion_v1.projects.locations.instances.html | 112 +- ...sion_v1.projects.locations.operations.html | 4 +- ...fusion_v1.projects.locations.versions.html | 12 +- ...v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html | 4 +- ...n_v1beta1.projects.locations.versions.html | 12 +- ...eage_v1.projects.locations.operations.html | 4 +- ...neage_v1.projects.locations.processes.html | 12 +- ...ojects.locations.conversionWorkspaces.html | 16 + ...n_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.html | 159 +- ...jects.locations.migrationJobs.objects.html | 151 + ...tion_v1.projects.locations.operations.html | 4 +- ...v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html | 4 +- ...ections.dataStores.branches.documents.html | 1 + ...collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html | 709 ++- ...llections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html | 14 + ...tions.collections.dataStores.sessions.html | 103 +- ...ons.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html | 2 +- ...ns.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html | 709 ++- ....collections.engines.sessions.answers.html | 14 + ...ocations.collections.engines.sessions.html | 103 +- ...cations.dataStores.branches.documents.html | 1 + ...s.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html | 709 ++- ...locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html | 14 + ...rojects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html | 103 +- ...jects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html | 2 +- ...gine_v1.projects.locations.userEvents.html | 2 +- ...ections.dataStores.branches.documents.html | 1 + ...collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html | 532 ++- ...llections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html | 14 + ...tions.collections.dataStores.sessions.html | 103 +- ...ons.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html | 2 +- ...ns.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html | 532 ++- ....collections.engines.sessions.answers.html | 14 + ...ocations.collections.engines.sessions.html | 103 +- ...cations.dataStores.branches.documents.html | 1 + ...s.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html | 532 ++- ...locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html | 14 + ...rojects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html | 103 +- ...jects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html | 2 +- ...1alpha.projects.locations.evaluations.html | 57 + ...v1alpha.projects.locations.userEvents.html | 2 +- ...ections.dataStores.branches.documents.html | 1 + ...collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html | 529 ++- ...llections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html | 14 + ...tions.collections.dataStores.sessions.html | 103 +- ...ons.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html | 2 +- ...ns.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html | 529 ++- ....collections.engines.sessions.answers.html | 14 + ...ocations.collections.engines.sessions.html | 103 +- ...cations.dataStores.branches.documents.html | 1 + ...s.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html | 529 ++- ...locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html | 14 + ...rojects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html | 103 +- ...jects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html | 2 +- ...v1beta.projects.locations.evaluations.html | 57 + ..._v1beta.projects.locations.userEvents.html | 2 +- ...yvideo_v2.firstAndThirdPartyAudiences.html | 2 +- ...yvideo_v3.firstAndThirdPartyAudiences.html | 2 +- docs/dyn/dlp_v2.infoTypes.html | 1 + docs/dyn/dlp_v2.locations.infoTypes.html | 1 + ...projects.locations.channelConnections.html | 9 + ...entarc_v1.projects.locations.channels.html | 12 + ...arc_v1.projects.locations.enrollments.html | 2 +- ...1.projects.locations.googleApiSources.html | 10 +- ...rc_v1.projects.locations.messageBuses.html | 12 +- ...tarc_v1.projects.locations.operations.html | 4 +- ...ntarc_v1.projects.locations.pipelines.html | 18 +- .../firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.apps.html | 8 +- ...appdistribution_v1alpha.apps.releases.html | 4 +- ...tribution_v1alpha.apps.releases.notes.html | 8 +- ...stribution_v1alpha.apps.upload_status.html | 2 +- ..._v1alpha.projects.apps.releases.tests.html | 4 + docs/dyn/firebasedatabase_v1beta.html | 2 +- .../dyn/firebasedatabase_v1beta.projects.html | 2 +- ...asedatabase_v1beta.projects.locations.html | 2 +- ...e_v1beta.projects.locations.instances.html | 2 +- docs/dyn/firebasehosting_v1.operations.html | 4 +- ....projects.locations.publishers.models.html | 39 + docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html | 6 +- docs/dyn/index.md | 3 + ...ons_v1.projects.locations.connections.html | 30 +- .../integrations_v1.projects.locations.html | 37 + ...ns_v1.projects.locations.integrations.html | 2 +- ...tions.integrations.versions.testCases.html | 36 +- ...jects.locations.products.integrations.html | 2 +- .../localservices_v1.detailedLeadReports.html | 4 +- ...astore_v1.projects.locations.services.html | 2 +- ...e_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html | 2 +- ...re_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html | 2 +- docs/dyn/metastore_v2.html | 111 + docs/dyn/metastore_v2.projects.html | 91 + docs/dyn/metastore_v2.projects.locations.html | 91 + ...2.projects.locations.services.backups.html | 452 ++ ...astore_v2.projects.locations.services.html | 865 ++++ docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.html | 111 + docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.projects.html | 91 + .../metastore_v2alpha.projects.locations.html | 91 + ...a.projects.locations.services.backups.html | 476 ++ ...e_v2alpha.projects.locations.services.html | 1093 +++++ ...ocations.services.migrationExecutions.html | 250 + docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.html | 111 + docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.projects.html | 91 + .../metastore_v2beta.projects.locations.html | 91 + ...a.projects.locations.services.backups.html | 476 ++ ...re_v2beta.projects.locations.services.html | 1093 +++++ ...ocations.services.migrationExecutions.html | 250 + ...tapp_v1.projects.locations.operations.html | 4 +- ...pp_v1.projects.locations.storagePools.html | 45 + .../netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.html | 5 - ...ojects.locations.volumes.replications.html | 16 + ...v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html | 4 +- ...beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html | 45 + ...pp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html | 5 - ...ojects.locations.volumes.replications.html | 16 + ...s.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html | 2172 +++++++-- ...projects.locations.global_.operations.html | 4 +- ...s.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html | 2172 +++++++-- ...projects.locations.global_.operations.html | 4 +- ...v1.organizations.locations.operations.html | 4 +- ...tions.locations.securityProfileGroups.html | 12 +- ...anizations.locations.securityProfiles.html | 20 +- ...y_v1.projects.locations.authzPolicies.html | 32 +- ...rity_v1.projects.locations.operations.html | 4 +- ...a1.organizations.locations.operations.html | 4 +- ...tions.locations.securityProfileGroups.html | 12 +- ...anizations.locations.securityProfiles.html | 20 +- ...eta1.projects.locations.authzPolicies.html | 32 +- ...rksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.html | 20 + ...s.locations.interceptDeploymentGroups.html | 341 ++ ...ojects.locations.interceptDeployments.html | 328 ++ ...ns.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.html | 349 ++ ...cts.locations.interceptEndpointGroups.html | 353 ++ ...s.locations.mirroringDeploymentGroups.html | 8 +- ...v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html | 4 +- ...ices_v1.projects.locations.operations.html | 4 +- ...v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html | 4 +- .../dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.constraints.html | 1 + docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.policies.html | 63 + ...rgpolicy_v2.organizations.constraints.html | 1 + .../orgpolicy_v2.organizations.policies.html | 63 + .../orgpolicy_v2.projects.constraints.html | 1 + docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.projects.policies.html | 63 + ...osconfig_v1.projects.patchDeployments.html | 32 +- ...nfig_v1beta.projects.patchDeployments.html | 32 +- ...s.locations.backupCollections.backups.html | 2 + ....projects.locations.backupCollections.html | 2 + .../redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html | 60 +- ...s.locations.backupCollections.backups.html | 2 + ....projects.locations.backupCollections.html | 2 + ...s_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html | 60 +- ...tycenter_v1.organizations.attackPaths.html | 165 + docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.html | 5 + ...itycenter_v1.organizations.operations.html | 4 +- ...nter_v1beta1.organizations.operations.html | 4 +- ...servicemanagement_v1.services.configs.html | 16 + docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html | 4 + ...nager_v2.accounts.containers.versions.html | 7 + ...ger_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.html | 8 + ...ounts.containers.workspaces.templates.html | 7 + docs/dyn/vault_v1.operations.html | 4 +- docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.jwt.html | 4 +- docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyclass.html | 18 +- docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyobject.html | 20 +- ...ions_v1.projects.locations.operations.html | 4 +- ...orkstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html | 30 +- ...sters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html | 4 +- ..._v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html | 4 +- ...orkstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html | 30 +- ...sters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html | 4 +- docs/dyn/youtube_v3.youtube.v3.html | 5 - .../discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json | 6 +- .../documents/adsenseplatform.v1.json | 6 +- .../documents/adsenseplatform.v1alpha.json | 6 +- .../documents/aiplatform.v1.json | 985 +++- .../documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json | 746 ++- .../androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json | 6 +- .../documents/androidmanagement.v1.json | 20 +- .../documents/appengine.v1.json | 49 +- .../documents/appengine.v1beta.json | 49 +- .../documents/bigquery.v2.json | 10 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/checks.v1alpha.json | 10 +- .../documents/cloudchannel.v1.json | 16 +- .../documents/compute.alpha.json | 1326 +++++- .../documents/compute.beta.json | 999 +++- .../discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json | 4137 ++++++++++++----- .../documents/connectors.v1.json | 228 +- .../documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json | 46 +- .../documents/contentwarehouse.v1.json | 16 +- .../documents/datacatalog.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/dataform.v1beta1.json | 221 +- .../documents/datafusion.v1.json | 393 +- .../documents/datafusion.v1beta1.json | 362 +- .../documents/datalineage.v1.json | 6 +- .../documents/datamigration.v1.json | 333 +- .../documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json | 4 +- .../documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json | 3 +- .../documents/discoveryengine.v1.json | 634 ++- .../documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json | 628 ++- .../documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json | 839 +++- .../documents/displayvideo.v2.json | 16 +- .../documents/displayvideo.v3.json | 26 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json | 6 +- .../documents/eventarc.v1.json | 32 +- .../firebaseappdistribution.v1alpha.json | 27 +- .../documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json | 4 +- .../documents/firebasehosting.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json | 84 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/integrations.v1.json | 124 +- .../documents/localservices.v1.json | 6 +- .../documents/metastore.v1.json | 6 +- .../documents/metastore.v1alpha.json | 6 +- .../documents/metastore.v1beta.json | 6 +- .../documents/metastore.v2.json | 1813 ++++++++ .../documents/metastore.v2alpha.json | 2313 +++++++++ .../documents/metastore.v2beta.json | 2313 +++++++++ .../discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json | 328 +- .../documents/netapp.v1beta1.json | 328 +- .../documents/networkmanagement.v1.json | 13 +- .../documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json | 13 +- .../documents/networksecurity.v1.json | 43 +- .../documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json | 3279 ++++++++----- .../documents/networkservices.v1.json | 6 +- .../documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json | 6 +- .../documents/orgpolicy.v2.json | 14 +- .../documents/osconfig.v1.json | 6 +- .../documents/osconfig.v1beta.json | 6 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json | 95 +- .../documents/redis.v1beta1.json | 95 +- .../documents/securitycenter.v1.json | 446 +- .../documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json | 401 +- .../documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json | 399 +- .../documents/servicemanagement.v1.json | 13 +- .../documents/tagmanager.v2.json | 6 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/walletobjects.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/workstations.v1.json | 12 +- .../documents/workstations.v1beta.json | 12 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json | 68 +- 385 files changed, 46350 insertions(+), 8700 deletions(-) create mode 100644 docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.operations.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.operations.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkProfiles.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/metastore_v2.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/metastore_v2.projects.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/metastore_v2.projects.locations.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/metastore_v2.projects.locations.services.backups.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/metastore_v2.projects.locations.services.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.projects.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.projects.locations.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.projects.locations.services.backups.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.projects.locations.services.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.projects.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.projects.locations.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.projects.locations.services.backups.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.projects.locations.services.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.interceptDeploymentGroups.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.interceptDeployments.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroups.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.attackPaths.html create mode 100644 googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v2.json create mode 100644 googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v2alpha.json create mode 100644 googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v2beta.json diff --git a/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.html index 0c8108b350d..071245c8a65 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.html @@ -155,8 +155,8 @@

Method Details

"premium": True or False, # Output only. Whether this account is premium. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the account. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # The account time zone, as used by reporting. For more information, see [changing the time zone of your reports](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/9830725). - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, } @@ -208,8 +208,8 @@

Method Details

"premium": True or False, # Output only. Whether this account is premium. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the account. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # The account time zone, as used by reporting. For more information, see [changing the time zone of your reports](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/9830725). - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, }, ], @@ -245,8 +245,8 @@

Method Details

"premium": True or False, # Output only. Whether this account is premium. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the account. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # The account time zone, as used by reporting. For more information, see [changing the time zone of your reports](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/9830725). - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/adsenseplatform_v1.platforms.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/adsenseplatform_v1.platforms.accounts.html index 06f3491d1fa..5c16537c2fa 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/adsenseplatform_v1.platforms.accounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/adsenseplatform_v1.platforms.accounts.html @@ -144,8 +144,8 @@

Method Details

"regionCode": "A String", # Required. Input only. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. Set this to country code of the child account if known, otherwise to your own country code. "state": "A String", # Output only. Approval state of the account. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. The IANA TZ timezone code of this account. For more information, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones. This field is used for reporting. It is recommended to set it to the same value for all child accounts. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, } @@ -165,8 +165,8 @@

Method Details

"regionCode": "A String", # Required. Input only. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. Set this to country code of the child account if known, otherwise to your own country code. "state": "A String", # Output only. Approval state of the account. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. The IANA TZ timezone code of this account. For more information, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones. This field is used for reporting. It is recommended to set it to the same value for all child accounts. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, } @@ -193,8 +193,8 @@

Method Details

"regionCode": "A String", # Required. Input only. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. Set this to country code of the child account if known, otherwise to your own country code. "state": "A String", # Output only. Approval state of the account. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. The IANA TZ timezone code of this account. For more information, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones. This field is used for reporting. It is recommended to set it to the same value for all child accounts. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, } @@ -225,8 +225,8 @@

Method Details

"regionCode": "A String", # Required. Input only. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. Set this to country code of the child account if known, otherwise to your own country code. "state": "A String", # Output only. Approval state of the account. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. The IANA TZ timezone code of this account. For more information, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones. This field is used for reporting. It is recommended to set it to the same value for all child accounts. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/adsenseplatform_v1alpha.platforms.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/adsenseplatform_v1alpha.platforms.accounts.html index d2be5261406..91a9c5f4005 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/adsenseplatform_v1alpha.platforms.accounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/adsenseplatform_v1alpha.platforms.accounts.html @@ -144,8 +144,8 @@

Method Details

"regionCode": "A String", # Required. Input only. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. Set this to country code of the child account if known, otherwise to your own country code. "state": "A String", # Output only. Approval state of the account. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. The IANA TZ timezone code of this account. For more information, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones. This field is used for reporting. It is recommended to set it to the same value for all child accounts. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, } @@ -165,8 +165,8 @@

Method Details

"regionCode": "A String", # Required. Input only. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. Set this to country code of the child account if known, otherwise to your own country code. "state": "A String", # Output only. Approval state of the account. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. The IANA TZ timezone code of this account. For more information, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones. This field is used for reporting. It is recommended to set it to the same value for all child accounts. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, } @@ -193,8 +193,8 @@

Method Details

"regionCode": "A String", # Required. Input only. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. Set this to country code of the child account if known, otherwise to your own country code. "state": "A String", # Output only. Approval state of the account. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. The IANA TZ timezone code of this account. For more information, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones. This field is used for reporting. It is recommended to set it to the same value for all child accounts. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, } @@ -225,8 +225,8 @@

Method Details

"regionCode": "A String", # Required. Input only. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. Set this to country code of the child account if known, otherwise to your own country code. "state": "A String", # Output only. Approval state of the account. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. The IANA TZ timezone code of this account. For more information, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones. This field is used for reporting. It is recommended to set it to the same value for all child accounts. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html index 8a35e6f9577..4a966e18293 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html @@ -221,6 +221,9 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema @@ -264,10 +267,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used. "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -383,6 +394,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -487,6 +500,9 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema @@ -530,10 +546,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used. "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -663,6 +687,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -913,6 +939,9 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema @@ -956,10 +985,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used. "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -1089,6 +1126,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.media.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.media.html index 029ba8a16a9..0ef633a5d83 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.media.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.media.html @@ -137,6 +137,23 @@

Method Details

], }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the RagFile. + "sharePointSources": { # The SharePointSources to pass to ImportRagFiles. # The RagFile is imported from a SharePoint source. + "sharePointSources": [ # The SharePoint sources. + { # An individual SharePointSource. + "clientId": "A String", # The Application ID for the app registered in Microsoft Azure Portal. The application must also be configured with MS Graph permissions "Files.ReadAll", "Sites.ReadAll" and BrowserSiteLists.Read.All. + "clientSecret": { # The API secret. # The application secret for the app registered in Azure. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + }, + "driveId": "A String", # The ID of the drive to download from. + "driveName": "A String", # The name of the drive to download from. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The SharePoint file id. Output only. + "sharepointFolderId": "A String", # The ID of the SharePoint folder to download from. + "sharepointFolderPath": "A String", # The path of the SharePoint folder to download from. + "sharepointSiteName": "A String", # The name of the SharePoint site to download from. This can be the site name or the site id. + "tenantId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the Azure Active Directory Instance. + }, + ], + }, "slackSource": { # The Slack source for the ImportRagFilesRequest. # The RagFile is imported from a Slack channel. "channels": [ # Required. The Slack channels. { # SlackChannels contains the Slack channels and corresponding access token. @@ -228,6 +245,23 @@

Method Details

], }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the RagFile. + "sharePointSources": { # The SharePointSources to pass to ImportRagFiles. # The RagFile is imported from a SharePoint source. + "sharePointSources": [ # The SharePoint sources. + { # An individual SharePointSource. + "clientId": "A String", # The Application ID for the app registered in Microsoft Azure Portal. The application must also be configured with MS Graph permissions "Files.ReadAll", "Sites.ReadAll" and BrowserSiteLists.Read.All. + "clientSecret": { # The API secret. # The application secret for the app registered in Azure. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + }, + "driveId": "A String", # The ID of the drive to download from. + "driveName": "A String", # The name of the drive to download from. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The SharePoint file id. Output only. + "sharepointFolderId": "A String", # The ID of the SharePoint folder to download from. + "sharepointFolderPath": "A String", # The path of the SharePoint folder to download from. + "sharepointSiteName": "A String", # The name of the SharePoint site to download from. This can be the site name or the site id. + "tenantId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the Azure Active Directory Instance. + }, + ], + }, "slackSource": { # The Slack source for the ImportRagFilesRequest. # The RagFile is imported from a Slack channel. "channels": [ # Required. The Slack channels. { # SlackChannels contains the Slack channels and corresponding access token. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html index 6056a8bd708..cba71bfa54c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html @@ -266,6 +266,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -475,6 +477,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -709,6 +713,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -929,6 +935,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -1157,6 +1165,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -1367,6 +1377,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html index 3a33595cdbd..92908b2d8e2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html @@ -288,6 +288,9 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema @@ -331,10 +334,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used. "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -450,6 +461,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -1450,6 +1463,9 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema @@ -1493,10 +1509,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used. "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -1626,6 +1650,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -3306,6 +3332,9 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema @@ -3349,10 +3378,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used. "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -3482,6 +3519,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html index 9fb5beecaf3..e6eece1d180 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -752,6 +752,143 @@

Method Details

"useStrictStringMatch": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use STRICT string match on parameter values. }, }, + "trajectoryAnyOrderMatchInput": { # Instances and metric spec for TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch metric. # Input for trajectory match any order metric. + "instances": [ # Required. Repeated TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch instance. + { # Spec for TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch instance. + "predictedTrajectory": { # Spec for trajectory. # Required. Spec for predicted tool call trajectory. + "toolCalls": [ # Required. Tool calls in the trajectory. + { # Spec for tool call. + "toolInput": "A String", # Optional. Spec for tool input + "toolName": "A String", # Required. Spec for tool name + }, + ], + }, + "referenceTrajectory": { # Spec for trajectory. # Required. Spec for reference tool call trajectory. + "toolCalls": [ # Required. Tool calls in the trajectory. + { # Spec for tool call. + "toolInput": "A String", # Optional. Spec for tool input + "toolName": "A String", # Required. Spec for tool name + }, + ], + }, + }, + ], + "metricSpec": { # Spec for TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch metric - returns 1 if all tool calls in the reference trajectory appear in the predicted trajectory in any order, else 0. # Required. Spec for TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch metric. + }, + }, + "trajectoryExactMatchInput": { # Instances and metric spec for TrajectoryExactMatch metric. # Input for trajectory exact match metric. + "instances": [ # Required. Repeated TrajectoryExactMatch instance. + { # Spec for TrajectoryExactMatch instance. + "predictedTrajectory": { # Spec for trajectory. # Required. Spec for predicted tool call trajectory. + "toolCalls": [ # Required. Tool calls in the trajectory. + { # Spec for tool call. + "toolInput": "A String", # Optional. Spec for tool input + "toolName": "A String", # Required. Spec for tool name + }, + ], + }, + "referenceTrajectory": { # Spec for trajectory. # Required. Spec for reference tool call trajectory. + "toolCalls": [ # Required. Tool calls in the trajectory. + { # Spec for tool call. + "toolInput": "A String", # Optional. Spec for tool input + "toolName": "A String", # Required. Spec for tool name + }, + ], + }, + }, + ], + "metricSpec": { # Spec for TrajectoryExactMatch metric - returns 1 if tool calls in the reference trajectory exactly match the predicted trajectory, else 0. # Required. Spec for TrajectoryExactMatch metric. + }, + }, + "trajectoryInOrderMatchInput": { # Instances and metric spec for TrajectoryInOrderMatch metric. # Input for trajectory in order match metric. + "instances": [ # Required. Repeated TrajectoryInOrderMatch instance. + { # Spec for TrajectoryInOrderMatch instance. + "predictedTrajectory": { # Spec for trajectory. # Required. Spec for predicted tool call trajectory. + "toolCalls": [ # Required. Tool calls in the trajectory. + { # Spec for tool call. + "toolInput": "A String", # Optional. Spec for tool input + "toolName": "A String", # Required. Spec for tool name + }, + ], + }, + "referenceTrajectory": { # Spec for trajectory. # Required. Spec for reference tool call trajectory. + "toolCalls": [ # Required. Tool calls in the trajectory. + { # Spec for tool call. + "toolInput": "A String", # Optional. Spec for tool input + "toolName": "A String", # Required. Spec for tool name + }, + ], + }, + }, + ], + "metricSpec": { # Spec for TrajectoryInOrderMatch metric - returns 1 if tool calls in the reference trajectory appear in the predicted trajectory in the same order, else 0. # Required. Spec for TrajectoryInOrderMatch metric. + }, + }, + "trajectoryPrecisionInput": { # Instances and metric spec for TrajectoryPrecision metric. # Input for trajectory precision metric. + "instances": [ # Required. Repeated TrajectoryPrecision instance. + { # Spec for TrajectoryPrecision instance. + "predictedTrajectory": { # Spec for trajectory. # Required. Spec for predicted tool call trajectory. + "toolCalls": [ # Required. Tool calls in the trajectory. + { # Spec for tool call. + "toolInput": "A String", # Optional. Spec for tool input + "toolName": "A String", # Required. Spec for tool name + }, + ], + }, + "referenceTrajectory": { # Spec for trajectory. # Required. Spec for reference tool call trajectory. + "toolCalls": [ # Required. Tool calls in the trajectory. + { # Spec for tool call. + "toolInput": "A String", # Optional. Spec for tool input + "toolName": "A String", # Required. Spec for tool name + }, + ], + }, + }, + ], + "metricSpec": { # Spec for TrajectoryPrecision metric - returns a float score based on average precision of individual tool calls. # Required. Spec for TrajectoryPrecision metric. + }, + }, + "trajectoryRecallInput": { # Instances and metric spec for TrajectoryRecall metric. # Input for trajectory recall metric. + "instances": [ # Required. Repeated TrajectoryRecall instance. + { # Spec for TrajectoryRecall instance. + "predictedTrajectory": { # Spec for trajectory. # Required. Spec for predicted tool call trajectory. + "toolCalls": [ # Required. Tool calls in the trajectory. + { # Spec for tool call. + "toolInput": "A String", # Optional. Spec for tool input + "toolName": "A String", # Required. Spec for tool name + }, + ], + }, + "referenceTrajectory": { # Spec for trajectory. # Required. Spec for reference tool call trajectory. + "toolCalls": [ # Required. Tool calls in the trajectory. + { # Spec for tool call. + "toolInput": "A String", # Optional. Spec for tool input + "toolName": "A String", # Required. Spec for tool name + }, + ], + }, + }, + ], + "metricSpec": { # Spec for TrajectoryRecall metric - returns a float score based on average recall of individual tool calls. # Required. Spec for TrajectoryRecall metric. + }, + }, + "trajectorySingleToolUseInput": { # Instances and metric spec for TrajectorySingleToolUse metric. # Input for trajectory single tool use metric. + "instances": [ # Required. Repeated TrajectorySingleToolUse instance. + { # Spec for TrajectorySingleToolUse instance. + "predictedTrajectory": { # Spec for trajectory. # Required. Spec for predicted tool call trajectory. + "toolCalls": [ # Required. Tool calls in the trajectory. + { # Spec for tool call. + "toolInput": "A String", # Optional. Spec for tool input + "toolName": "A String", # Required. Spec for tool name + }, + ], + }, + }, + ], + "metricSpec": { # Spec for TrajectorySingleToolUse metric - returns 1 if tool is present in the predicted trajectory, else 0. # Required. Spec for TrajectorySingleToolUse metric. + "toolName": "A String", # Required. Spec for tool name to be checked for in the predicted trajectory. + }, + }, } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -896,6 +1033,48 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "trajectoryAnyOrderMatchResults": { # Results for TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch metric. # Result for trajectory any order match metric. + "trajectoryAnyOrderMatchMetricValues": [ # Output only. TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch metric values. + { # TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch metric value for an instance. + "score": 3.14, # Output only. TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch score. + }, + ], + }, + "trajectoryExactMatchResults": { # Results for TrajectoryExactMatch metric. # Result for trajectory exact match metric. + "trajectoryExactMatchMetricValues": [ # Output only. TrajectoryExactMatch metric values. + { # TrajectoryExactMatch metric value for an instance. + "score": 3.14, # Output only. TrajectoryExactMatch score. + }, + ], + }, + "trajectoryInOrderMatchResults": { # Results for TrajectoryInOrderMatch metric. # Result for trajectory in order match metric. + "trajectoryInOrderMatchMetricValues": [ # Output only. TrajectoryInOrderMatch metric values. + { # TrajectoryInOrderMatch metric value for an instance. + "score": 3.14, # Output only. TrajectoryInOrderMatch score. + }, + ], + }, + "trajectoryPrecisionResults": { # Results for TrajectoryPrecision metric. # Result for trajectory precision metric. + "trajectoryPrecisionMetricValues": [ # Output only. TrajectoryPrecision metric values. + { # TrajectoryPrecision metric value for an instance. + "score": 3.14, # Output only. TrajectoryPrecision score. + }, + ], + }, + "trajectoryRecallResults": { # Results for TrajectoryRecall metric. # Results for trajectory recall metric. + "trajectoryRecallMetricValues": [ # Output only. TrajectoryRecall metric values. + { # TrajectoryRecall metric value for an instance. + "score": 3.14, # Output only. TrajectoryRecall score. + }, + ], + }, + "trajectorySingleToolUseResults": { # Results for TrajectorySingleToolUse metric. # Results for trajectory single tool use metric. + "trajectorySingleToolUseMetricValues": [ # Output only. TrajectorySingleToolUse metric values. + { # TrajectorySingleToolUse metric value for an instance. + "score": 3.14, # Output only. TrajectorySingleToolUse score. + }, + ], + }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html index bbd33610f15..51d56400b8a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

Method Details

"idleShutdownDisabled": True or False, # Whether Idle Shutdown is disabled in this NotebookRuntimeTemplate. "idleTimeout": "A String", # Required. Duration is accurate to the second. In Notebook, Idle Timeout is accurate to minute so the range of idle_timeout (second) is: 10 * 60 ~ 1440 * 60. }, - "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. The default template to use if not specified. + "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: This field has no behavior. Use notebook_runtime_type = 'ONE_CLICK' instead. The default template to use if not specified. "labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize the NotebookRuntimeTemplates. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The type of the notebook runtime template. - "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Deprecated: This field is ignored and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. For NotebookExecutionJob, use NotebookExecutionJob.service_account instead. The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Optional. Immutable. Runtime Shielded VM spec. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. }, @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@

Method Details

"idleShutdownDisabled": True or False, # Whether Idle Shutdown is disabled in this NotebookRuntimeTemplate. "idleTimeout": "A String", # Required. Duration is accurate to the second. In Notebook, Idle Timeout is accurate to minute so the range of idle_timeout (second) is: 10 * 60 ~ 1440 * 60. }, - "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. The default template to use if not specified. + "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: This field has no behavior. Use notebook_runtime_type = 'ONE_CLICK' instead. The default template to use if not specified. "labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize the NotebookRuntimeTemplates. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The type of the notebook runtime template. - "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Deprecated: This field is ignored and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. For NotebookExecutionJob, use NotebookExecutionJob.service_account instead. The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Optional. Immutable. Runtime Shielded VM spec. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. }, @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location from which to list the NotebookRuntimeTemplates. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required) - filter: string, Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookRuntimeTemplate` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntimeTemplate` represents the NotebookRuntimeTemplate ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntimeTemplate's resource name. * `display_name` supports = and != * `labels` supports general map functions that is: * `labels.key=value` - key:value equality * `labels.key:* or labels:key - key existence * A key including a space must be quoted. `labels."a key"`. * `notebookRuntimeType` supports = and !=. notebookRuntimeType enum: [USER_DEFINED, ONE_CLICK]. Some examples: * `notebookRuntimeTemplate=notebookRuntimeTemplate123` * `displayName="myDisplayName"` * `labels.myKey="myValue"` * `notebookRuntimeType=USER_DEFINED` + filter: string, Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookRuntimeTemplate` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntimeTemplate` represents the NotebookRuntimeTemplate ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntimeTemplate's resource name. * `display_name` supports = and != * `labels` supports general map functions that is: * `labels.key=value` - key:value equality * `labels.key:* or labels:key - key existence * A key including a space must be quoted. `labels."a key"`. * `notebookRuntimeType` supports = and !=. notebookRuntimeType enum: [USER_DEFINED, ONE_CLICK]. * `machineType` supports = and !=. * `acceleratorType` supports = and !=. Some examples: * `notebookRuntimeTemplate=notebookRuntimeTemplate123` * `displayName="myDisplayName"` * `labels.myKey="myValue"` * `notebookRuntimeType=USER_DEFINED` * `machineType=e2-standard-4` * `acceleratorType=NVIDIA_TESLA_T4` orderBy: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `display_name` * `create_time` * `update_time` Example: `display_name, create_time desc`. pageSize: integer, Optional. The standard list page size. pageToken: string, Optional. The standard list page token. Typically obtained via ListNotebookRuntimeTemplatesResponse.next_page_token of the previous NotebookService.ListNotebookRuntimeTemplates call. @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@

Method Details

"idleShutdownDisabled": True or False, # Whether Idle Shutdown is disabled in this NotebookRuntimeTemplate. "idleTimeout": "A String", # Required. Duration is accurate to the second. In Notebook, Idle Timeout is accurate to minute so the range of idle_timeout (second) is: 10 * 60 ~ 1440 * 60. }, - "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. The default template to use if not specified. + "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: This field has no behavior. Use notebook_runtime_type = 'ONE_CLICK' instead. The default template to use if not specified. "labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize the NotebookRuntimeTemplates. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The type of the notebook runtime template. - "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Deprecated: This field is ignored and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. For NotebookExecutionJob, use NotebookExecutionJob.service_account instead. The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Optional. Immutable. Runtime Shielded VM spec. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. }, @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@

Method Details

"idleShutdownDisabled": True or False, # Whether Idle Shutdown is disabled in this NotebookRuntimeTemplate. "idleTimeout": "A String", # Required. Duration is accurate to the second. In Notebook, Idle Timeout is accurate to minute so the range of idle_timeout (second) is: 10 * 60 ~ 1440 * 60. }, - "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. The default template to use if not specified. + "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: This field has no behavior. Use notebook_runtime_type = 'ONE_CLICK' instead. The default template to use if not specified. "labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize the NotebookRuntimeTemplates. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The type of the notebook runtime template. - "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Deprecated: This field is ignored and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. For NotebookExecutionJob, use NotebookExecutionJob.service_account instead. The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Optional. Immutable. Runtime Shielded VM spec. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. }, @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@

Method Details

"idleShutdownDisabled": True or False, # Whether Idle Shutdown is disabled in this NotebookRuntimeTemplate. "idleTimeout": "A String", # Required. Duration is accurate to the second. In Notebook, Idle Timeout is accurate to minute so the range of idle_timeout (second) is: 10 * 60 ~ 1440 * 60. }, - "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. The default template to use if not specified. + "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: This field has no behavior. Use notebook_runtime_type = 'ONE_CLICK' instead. The default template to use if not specified. "labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize the NotebookRuntimeTemplates. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The type of the notebook runtime template. - "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Deprecated: This field is ignored and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. For NotebookExecutionJob, use NotebookExecutionJob.service_account instead. The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Optional. Immutable. Runtime Shielded VM spec. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html index 3ebb925e22f..7a5620dbecc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html @@ -119,11 +119,19 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for NotebookService.AssignNotebookRuntime. "notebookRuntime": { # A runtime is a virtual machine allocated to a particular user for a particular Notebook file on temporary basis with lifetime limited to 24 hours. # Required. Provide runtime specific information (e.g. runtime owner, notebook id) used for NotebookRuntime assignment. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime was created. + "dataPersistentDiskSpec": { # Represents the spec of persistent disk options. # Output only. The specification of persistent disk attached to the notebook runtime as data disk storage. + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Size in GB of the disk (default is 100GB). + "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk (default is "pd-standard"). Valid values: "pd-ssd" (Persistent Disk Solid State Drive) "pd-standard" (Persistent Disk Hard Disk Drive) "pd-balanced" (Balanced Persistent Disk) "pd-extreme" (Extreme Persistent Disk) + }, "description": "A String", # The description of the NotebookRuntime. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the NotebookRuntime. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters. "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Output only. Customer-managed encryption key spec for the notebook runtime. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created. }, + "eucConfig": { # The euc configuration of NotebookRuntimeTemplate. # Output only. EUC configuration of the notebook runtime. + "bypassActasCheck": True or False, # Output only. Whether ActAs check is bypassed for service account attached to the VM. If false, we need ActAs check for the default Compute Engine Service account. When a Runtime is created, a VM is allocated using Default Compute Engine Service Account. Any user requesting to use this Runtime requires Service Account User (ActAs) permission over this SA. If true, Runtime owner is using EUC and does not require the above permission as VM no longer use default Compute Engine SA, but a P4SA. + "eucDisabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether EUC is disabled in this NotebookRuntimeTemplate. In proto3, the default value of a boolean is false. In this way, by default EUC will be enabled for NotebookRuntimeTemplate. + }, "expirationTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime will be expired: 1. System Predefined NotebookRuntime: 24 hours after creation. After expiration, system predifined runtime will be deleted. 2. User created NotebookRuntime: 6 months after last upgrade. After expiration, user created runtime will be stopped and allowed for upgrade. "healthState": "A String", # Output only. The health state of the NotebookRuntime. "idleShutdownConfig": { # The idle shutdown configuration of NotebookRuntimeTemplate, which contains the idle_timeout as required field. # Output only. The idle shutdown configuration of the notebook runtime. @@ -134,7 +142,25 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your NotebookRuntime. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one NotebookRuntime (System labels are excluded). See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable. Following system labels exist for NotebookRuntime: * "aiplatform.googleapis.com/notebook_runtime_gce_instance_id": output only, its value is the Compute Engine instance id. * "aiplatform.googleapis.com/colab_enterprise_entry_service": its value is either "bigquery" or "vertex"; if absent, it should be "vertex". This is to describe the entry service, either BigQuery or Vertex. "a_key": "A String", }, + "machineSpec": { # Specification of a single machine. # Output only. The specification of a single machine used by the notebook runtime. + "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of accelerators to attach to the machine. + "acceleratorType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of accelerator(s) that may be attached to the machine as per accelerator_count. + "machineType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the machine. See the [list of machine types supported for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/configure-compute#machine-types) See the [list of machine types supported for custom training](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/configure-compute#machine-types). For DeployedModel this field is optional, and the default value is `n1-standard-2`. For BatchPredictionJob or as part of WorkerPoolSpec this field is required. + "reservationAffinity": { # A ReservationAffinity can be used to configure a Vertex AI resource (e.g., a DeployedModel) to draw its Compute Engine resources from a Shared Reservation, or exclusively from on-demand capacity. # Optional. Immutable. Configuration controlling how this resource pool consumes reservation. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, use `compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name` as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "reservationAffinityType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the reservation affinity type. + "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full resource name of the reservation. + "A String", + ], + }, + "tpuTopology": "A String", # Immutable. The topology of the TPUs. Corresponds to the TPU topologies available from GKE. (Example: tpu_topology: "2x2x1"). + }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the NotebookRuntime. + "networkSpec": { # Network spec. # Output only. Network spec of the notebook runtime. + "enableInternetAccess": True or False, # Whether to enable public internet access. Default false. + "network": "A String", # The full name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com//compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) + "subnetwork": "A String", # The name of the subnet that this instance is in. Format: `projects/{project_id_or_number}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}` + }, "networkTags": [ # Optional. The Compute Engine tags to add to runtime (see [Tagging instances](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/add-remove-network-tags)). "A String", ], @@ -147,7 +173,10 @@

Method Details

"runtimeUser": "A String", # Required. The user email of the NotebookRuntime. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. - "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The service account that the NotebookRuntime workload runs as. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: This field is no longer used and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. The service account that the NotebookRuntime workload runs as. + "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Output only. Runtime Shielded VM spec. + "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime was most recently updated. "version": "A String", # Output only. The VM os image version of NotebookRuntime. }, @@ -240,11 +269,19 @@

Method Details

{ # A runtime is a virtual machine allocated to a particular user for a particular Notebook file on temporary basis with lifetime limited to 24 hours. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime was created. + "dataPersistentDiskSpec": { # Represents the spec of persistent disk options. # Output only. The specification of persistent disk attached to the notebook runtime as data disk storage. + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Size in GB of the disk (default is 100GB). + "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk (default is "pd-standard"). Valid values: "pd-ssd" (Persistent Disk Solid State Drive) "pd-standard" (Persistent Disk Hard Disk Drive) "pd-balanced" (Balanced Persistent Disk) "pd-extreme" (Extreme Persistent Disk) + }, "description": "A String", # The description of the NotebookRuntime. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the NotebookRuntime. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters. "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Output only. Customer-managed encryption key spec for the notebook runtime. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created. }, + "eucConfig": { # The euc configuration of NotebookRuntimeTemplate. # Output only. EUC configuration of the notebook runtime. + "bypassActasCheck": True or False, # Output only. Whether ActAs check is bypassed for service account attached to the VM. If false, we need ActAs check for the default Compute Engine Service account. When a Runtime is created, a VM is allocated using Default Compute Engine Service Account. Any user requesting to use this Runtime requires Service Account User (ActAs) permission over this SA. If true, Runtime owner is using EUC and does not require the above permission as VM no longer use default Compute Engine SA, but a P4SA. + "eucDisabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether EUC is disabled in this NotebookRuntimeTemplate. In proto3, the default value of a boolean is false. In this way, by default EUC will be enabled for NotebookRuntimeTemplate. + }, "expirationTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime will be expired: 1. System Predefined NotebookRuntime: 24 hours after creation. After expiration, system predifined runtime will be deleted. 2. User created NotebookRuntime: 6 months after last upgrade. After expiration, user created runtime will be stopped and allowed for upgrade. "healthState": "A String", # Output only. The health state of the NotebookRuntime. "idleShutdownConfig": { # The idle shutdown configuration of NotebookRuntimeTemplate, which contains the idle_timeout as required field. # Output only. The idle shutdown configuration of the notebook runtime. @@ -255,7 +292,25 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your NotebookRuntime. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one NotebookRuntime (System labels are excluded). See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable. Following system labels exist for NotebookRuntime: * "aiplatform.googleapis.com/notebook_runtime_gce_instance_id": output only, its value is the Compute Engine instance id. * "aiplatform.googleapis.com/colab_enterprise_entry_service": its value is either "bigquery" or "vertex"; if absent, it should be "vertex". This is to describe the entry service, either BigQuery or Vertex. "a_key": "A String", }, + "machineSpec": { # Specification of a single machine. # Output only. The specification of a single machine used by the notebook runtime. + "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of accelerators to attach to the machine. + "acceleratorType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of accelerator(s) that may be attached to the machine as per accelerator_count. + "machineType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the machine. See the [list of machine types supported for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/configure-compute#machine-types) See the [list of machine types supported for custom training](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/configure-compute#machine-types). For DeployedModel this field is optional, and the default value is `n1-standard-2`. For BatchPredictionJob or as part of WorkerPoolSpec this field is required. + "reservationAffinity": { # A ReservationAffinity can be used to configure a Vertex AI resource (e.g., a DeployedModel) to draw its Compute Engine resources from a Shared Reservation, or exclusively from on-demand capacity. # Optional. Immutable. Configuration controlling how this resource pool consumes reservation. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, use `compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name` as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "reservationAffinityType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the reservation affinity type. + "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full resource name of the reservation. + "A String", + ], + }, + "tpuTopology": "A String", # Immutable. The topology of the TPUs. Corresponds to the TPU topologies available from GKE. (Example: tpu_topology: "2x2x1"). + }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the NotebookRuntime. + "networkSpec": { # Network spec. # Output only. Network spec of the notebook runtime. + "enableInternetAccess": True or False, # Whether to enable public internet access. Default false. + "network": "A String", # The full name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com//compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) + "subnetwork": "A String", # The name of the subnet that this instance is in. Format: `projects/{project_id_or_number}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}` + }, "networkTags": [ # Optional. The Compute Engine tags to add to runtime (see [Tagging instances](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/add-remove-network-tags)). "A String", ], @@ -268,7 +323,10 @@

Method Details

"runtimeUser": "A String", # Required. The user email of the NotebookRuntime. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. - "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The service account that the NotebookRuntime workload runs as. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: This field is no longer used and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. The service account that the NotebookRuntime workload runs as. + "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Output only. Runtime Shielded VM spec. + "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime was most recently updated. "version": "A String", # Output only. The VM os image version of NotebookRuntime. } @@ -280,7 +338,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location from which to list the NotebookRuntimes. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required) - filter: string, Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookRuntime` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntime` represents the NotebookRuntime ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntime's resource name. * `displayName` supports = and != and regex. * `notebookRuntimeTemplate` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntimeTemplate` represents the NotebookRuntimeTemplate ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntimeTemplate's resource name. * `healthState` supports = and !=. healthState enum: [HEALTHY, UNHEALTHY, HEALTH_STATE_UNSPECIFIED]. * `runtimeState` supports = and !=. runtimeState enum: [RUNTIME_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, RUNNING, BEING_STARTED, BEING_STOPPED, STOPPED, BEING_UPGRADED, ERROR, INVALID]. * `runtimeUser` supports = and !=. * API version is UI only: `uiState` supports = and !=. uiState enum: [UI_RESOURCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_CREATED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_ACTIVE, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_CREATION_FAILED]. * `notebookRuntimeType` supports = and !=. notebookRuntimeType enum: [USER_DEFINED, ONE_CLICK]. Some examples: * `notebookRuntime="notebookRuntime123"` * `displayName="myDisplayName"` and `displayName=~"myDisplayNameRegex"` * `notebookRuntimeTemplate="notebookRuntimeTemplate321"` * `healthState=HEALTHY` * `runtimeState=RUNNING` * `runtimeUser="test@google.com"` * `uiState=UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED` * `notebookRuntimeType=USER_DEFINED` + filter: string, Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookRuntime` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntime` represents the NotebookRuntime ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntime's resource name. * `displayName` supports = and != and regex. * `notebookRuntimeTemplate` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntimeTemplate` represents the NotebookRuntimeTemplate ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntimeTemplate's resource name. * `healthState` supports = and !=. healthState enum: [HEALTHY, UNHEALTHY, HEALTH_STATE_UNSPECIFIED]. * `runtimeState` supports = and !=. runtimeState enum: [RUNTIME_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, RUNNING, BEING_STARTED, BEING_STOPPED, STOPPED, BEING_UPGRADED, ERROR, INVALID]. * `runtimeUser` supports = and !=. * API version is UI only: `uiState` supports = and !=. uiState enum: [UI_RESOURCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_CREATED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_ACTIVE, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_CREATION_FAILED]. * `notebookRuntimeType` supports = and !=. notebookRuntimeType enum: [USER_DEFINED, ONE_CLICK]. * `machineType` supports = and !=. * `acceleratorType` supports = and !=. Some examples: * `notebookRuntime="notebookRuntime123"` * `displayName="myDisplayName"` and `displayName=~"myDisplayNameRegex"` * `notebookRuntimeTemplate="notebookRuntimeTemplate321"` * `healthState=HEALTHY` * `runtimeState=RUNNING` * `runtimeUser="test@google.com"` * `uiState=UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED` * `notebookRuntimeType=USER_DEFINED` * `machineType=e2-standard-4` * `acceleratorType=NVIDIA_TESLA_T4` orderBy: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `display_name` * `create_time` * `update_time` Example: `display_name, create_time desc`. pageSize: integer, Optional. The standard list page size. pageToken: string, Optional. The standard list page token. Typically obtained via ListNotebookRuntimesResponse.next_page_token of the previous NotebookService.ListNotebookRuntimes call. @@ -298,11 +356,19 @@

Method Details

"notebookRuntimes": [ # List of NotebookRuntimes in the requested page. { # A runtime is a virtual machine allocated to a particular user for a particular Notebook file on temporary basis with lifetime limited to 24 hours. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime was created. + "dataPersistentDiskSpec": { # Represents the spec of persistent disk options. # Output only. The specification of persistent disk attached to the notebook runtime as data disk storage. + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Size in GB of the disk (default is 100GB). + "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk (default is "pd-standard"). Valid values: "pd-ssd" (Persistent Disk Solid State Drive) "pd-standard" (Persistent Disk Hard Disk Drive) "pd-balanced" (Balanced Persistent Disk) "pd-extreme" (Extreme Persistent Disk) + }, "description": "A String", # The description of the NotebookRuntime. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the NotebookRuntime. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters. "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Output only. Customer-managed encryption key spec for the notebook runtime. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created. }, + "eucConfig": { # The euc configuration of NotebookRuntimeTemplate. # Output only. EUC configuration of the notebook runtime. + "bypassActasCheck": True or False, # Output only. Whether ActAs check is bypassed for service account attached to the VM. If false, we need ActAs check for the default Compute Engine Service account. When a Runtime is created, a VM is allocated using Default Compute Engine Service Account. Any user requesting to use this Runtime requires Service Account User (ActAs) permission over this SA. If true, Runtime owner is using EUC and does not require the above permission as VM no longer use default Compute Engine SA, but a P4SA. + "eucDisabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether EUC is disabled in this NotebookRuntimeTemplate. In proto3, the default value of a boolean is false. In this way, by default EUC will be enabled for NotebookRuntimeTemplate. + }, "expirationTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime will be expired: 1. System Predefined NotebookRuntime: 24 hours after creation. After expiration, system predifined runtime will be deleted. 2. User created NotebookRuntime: 6 months after last upgrade. After expiration, user created runtime will be stopped and allowed for upgrade. "healthState": "A String", # Output only. The health state of the NotebookRuntime. "idleShutdownConfig": { # The idle shutdown configuration of NotebookRuntimeTemplate, which contains the idle_timeout as required field. # Output only. The idle shutdown configuration of the notebook runtime. @@ -313,7 +379,25 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your NotebookRuntime. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one NotebookRuntime (System labels are excluded). See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable. Following system labels exist for NotebookRuntime: * "aiplatform.googleapis.com/notebook_runtime_gce_instance_id": output only, its value is the Compute Engine instance id. * "aiplatform.googleapis.com/colab_enterprise_entry_service": its value is either "bigquery" or "vertex"; if absent, it should be "vertex". This is to describe the entry service, either BigQuery or Vertex. "a_key": "A String", }, + "machineSpec": { # Specification of a single machine. # Output only. The specification of a single machine used by the notebook runtime. + "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of accelerators to attach to the machine. + "acceleratorType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of accelerator(s) that may be attached to the machine as per accelerator_count. + "machineType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the machine. See the [list of machine types supported for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/configure-compute#machine-types) See the [list of machine types supported for custom training](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/configure-compute#machine-types). For DeployedModel this field is optional, and the default value is `n1-standard-2`. For BatchPredictionJob or as part of WorkerPoolSpec this field is required. + "reservationAffinity": { # A ReservationAffinity can be used to configure a Vertex AI resource (e.g., a DeployedModel) to draw its Compute Engine resources from a Shared Reservation, or exclusively from on-demand capacity. # Optional. Immutable. Configuration controlling how this resource pool consumes reservation. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, use `compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name` as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "reservationAffinityType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the reservation affinity type. + "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full resource name of the reservation. + "A String", + ], + }, + "tpuTopology": "A String", # Immutable. The topology of the TPUs. Corresponds to the TPU topologies available from GKE. (Example: tpu_topology: "2x2x1"). + }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the NotebookRuntime. + "networkSpec": { # Network spec. # Output only. Network spec of the notebook runtime. + "enableInternetAccess": True or False, # Whether to enable public internet access. Default false. + "network": "A String", # The full name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com//compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) + "subnetwork": "A String", # The name of the subnet that this instance is in. Format: `projects/{project_id_or_number}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}` + }, "networkTags": [ # Optional. The Compute Engine tags to add to runtime (see [Tagging instances](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/add-remove-network-tags)). "A String", ], @@ -326,7 +410,10 @@

Method Details

"runtimeUser": "A String", # Required. The user email of the NotebookRuntime. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. - "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The service account that the NotebookRuntime workload runs as. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: This field is no longer used and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. The service account that the NotebookRuntime workload runs as. + "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Output only. Runtime Shielded VM spec. + "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime was most recently updated. "version": "A String", # Output only. The VM os image version of NotebookRuntime. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html index 5ca40c908a4..b8c6815eeb9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html @@ -239,6 +239,9 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema @@ -282,10 +285,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used. "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -401,6 +412,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -547,6 +560,9 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema @@ -590,10 +606,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used. "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -723,6 +747,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -1282,6 +1308,9 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema @@ -1325,10 +1354,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used. "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -1458,6 +1495,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.html index 62fbccb85e1..d0df35947b2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . ragCorpora

Instance Methods

+

+ operations() +

+

Returns the operations Resource.

+

ragFiles()

@@ -141,6 +146,8 @@

Method Details

"modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. Version ID of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model. }, }, + "ragManagedDb": { # The config for the default RAG-managed Vector DB. # The config for the RAG-managed Vector DB. + }, "vertexVectorSearch": { # The config for the Vertex Vector Search. # The config for the Vertex Vector Search. "index": "A String", # The resource name of the Index. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexes/{index}` "indexEndpoint": "A String", # The resource name of the Index Endpoint. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexEndpoints/{index_endpoint}` @@ -253,6 +260,8 @@

Method Details

"modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. Version ID of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model. }, }, + "ragManagedDb": { # The config for the default RAG-managed Vector DB. # The config for the RAG-managed Vector DB. + }, "vertexVectorSearch": { # The config for the Vertex Vector Search. # The config for the Vertex Vector Search. "index": "A String", # The resource name of the Index. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexes/{index}` "indexEndpoint": "A String", # The resource name of the Index Endpoint. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexEndpoints/{index_endpoint}` @@ -306,6 +315,8 @@

Method Details

"modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. Version ID of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model. }, }, + "ragManagedDb": { # The config for the default RAG-managed Vector DB. # The config for the RAG-managed Vector DB. + }, "vertexVectorSearch": { # The config for the Vertex Vector Search. # The config for the Vertex Vector Search. "index": "A String", # The resource name of the Index. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexes/{index}` "indexEndpoint": "A String", # The resource name of the Index Endpoint. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexEndpoints/{index_endpoint}` @@ -365,6 +376,8 @@

Method Details

"modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. Version ID of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model. }, }, + "ragManagedDb": { # The config for the default RAG-managed Vector DB. # The config for the RAG-managed Vector DB. + }, "vertexVectorSearch": { # The config for the Vertex Vector Search. # The config for the Vertex Vector Search. "index": "A String", # The resource name of the Index. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexes/{index}` "indexEndpoint": "A String", # The resource name of the Index Endpoint. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexEndpoints/{index_endpoint}` diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.operations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..778111257e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.operations.html @@ -0,0 +1,268 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . ragCorpora . operations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+

+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ wait(name, timeout=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.

+

Method Details

+
+ cancel(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation's parent resource. (required)
+  filter: string, The standard list filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+  "operations": [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+      "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ wait(name, timeout=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to wait on. (required)
+  timeout: string, The maximum duration to wait before timing out. If left blank, the wait will be at most the time permitted by the underlying HTTP/RPC protocol. If RPC context deadline is also specified, the shorter one will be used.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html index 745c7b84673..157c71f1e21 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . ragCorpora . ragFiles

Instance Methods

+

+ operations() +

+

Returns the operations Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -188,6 +193,23 @@

Method Details

], }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the RagFile. + "sharePointSources": { # The SharePointSources to pass to ImportRagFiles. # The RagFile is imported from a SharePoint source. + "sharePointSources": [ # The SharePoint sources. + { # An individual SharePointSource. + "clientId": "A String", # The Application ID for the app registered in Microsoft Azure Portal. The application must also be configured with MS Graph permissions "Files.ReadAll", "Sites.ReadAll" and BrowserSiteLists.Read.All. + "clientSecret": { # The API secret. # The application secret for the app registered in Azure. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + }, + "driveId": "A String", # The ID of the drive to download from. + "driveName": "A String", # The name of the drive to download from. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The SharePoint file id. Output only. + "sharepointFolderId": "A String", # The ID of the SharePoint folder to download from. + "sharepointFolderPath": "A String", # The path of the SharePoint folder to download from. + "sharepointSiteName": "A String", # The name of the SharePoint site to download from. This can be the site name or the site id. + "tenantId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the Azure Active Directory Instance. + }, + ], + }, "slackSource": { # The Slack source for the ImportRagFilesRequest. # The RagFile is imported from a Slack channel. "channels": [ # Required. The Slack channels. { # SlackChannels contains the Slack channels and corresponding access token. @@ -264,6 +286,23 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "sharePointSources": { # The SharePointSources to pass to ImportRagFiles. # SharePoint sources. + "sharePointSources": [ # The SharePoint sources. + { # An individual SharePointSource. + "clientId": "A String", # The Application ID for the app registered in Microsoft Azure Portal. The application must also be configured with MS Graph permissions "Files.ReadAll", "Sites.ReadAll" and BrowserSiteLists.Read.All. + "clientSecret": { # The API secret. # The application secret for the app registered in Azure. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + }, + "driveId": "A String", # The ID of the drive to download from. + "driveName": "A String", # The name of the drive to download from. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The SharePoint file id. Output only. + "sharepointFolderId": "A String", # The ID of the SharePoint folder to download from. + "sharepointFolderPath": "A String", # The path of the SharePoint folder to download from. + "sharepointSiteName": "A String", # The name of the SharePoint site to download from. This can be the site name or the site id. + "tenantId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the Azure Active Directory Instance. + }, + ], + }, "slackSource": { # The Slack source for the ImportRagFilesRequest. # Slack channels with their corresponding access tokens. "channels": [ # Required. The Slack channels. { # SlackChannels contains the Slack channels and corresponding access token. @@ -372,6 +411,23 @@

Method Details

], }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the RagFile. + "sharePointSources": { # The SharePointSources to pass to ImportRagFiles. # The RagFile is imported from a SharePoint source. + "sharePointSources": [ # The SharePoint sources. + { # An individual SharePointSource. + "clientId": "A String", # The Application ID for the app registered in Microsoft Azure Portal. The application must also be configured with MS Graph permissions "Files.ReadAll", "Sites.ReadAll" and BrowserSiteLists.Read.All. + "clientSecret": { # The API secret. # The application secret for the app registered in Azure. + "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version} + }, + "driveId": "A String", # The ID of the drive to download from. + "driveName": "A String", # The name of the drive to download from. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The SharePoint file id. Output only. + "sharepointFolderId": "A String", # The ID of the SharePoint folder to download from. + "sharepointFolderPath": "A String", # The path of the SharePoint folder to download from. + "sharepointSiteName": "A String", # The name of the SharePoint site to download from. This can be the site name or the site id. + "tenantId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the Azure Active Directory Instance. + }, + ], + }, "slackSource": { # The Slack source for the ImportRagFilesRequest. # The RagFile is imported from a Slack channel. "channels": [ # Required. The Slack channels. { # SlackChannels contains the Slack channels and corresponding access token. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.operations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7e8c0be055f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.operations.html @@ -0,0 +1,268 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . ragCorpora . ragFiles . operations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+

+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ wait(name, timeout=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.

+

Method Details

+
+ cancel(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation's parent resource. (required)
+  filter: string, The standard list filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+  "operations": [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+      "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ wait(name, timeout=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to wait on. (required)
+  timeout: string, The maximum duration to wait before timing out. If left blank, the wait will be at most the time permitted by the underlying HTTP/RPC protocol. If RPC context deadline is also specified, the shorter one will be used.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html index 24769deb129..307c16ae28d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html @@ -224,6 +224,9 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema @@ -267,10 +270,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used. "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -386,6 +397,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -490,6 +503,9 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema @@ -533,10 +549,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used. "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -666,6 +690,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -1311,6 +1337,9 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema @@ -1354,10 +1383,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used. "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -1487,6 +1524,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html index 50190c11389..b26863b5947 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html @@ -237,6 +237,9 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema @@ -280,10 +283,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used. "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -409,6 +420,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -535,6 +548,9 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema @@ -578,10 +594,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used. "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -721,6 +745,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -1004,6 +1030,9 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema @@ -1047,10 +1076,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used. "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -1190,6 +1227,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html index da9d3682c75..b7d58cf887a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html @@ -284,6 +284,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -525,6 +527,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -791,6 +795,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -1043,6 +1049,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -1303,6 +1311,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -1545,6 +1555,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html index c5c8ffc6788..fb3b36a84ce 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html @@ -313,6 +313,9 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema @@ -356,10 +359,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used. "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -485,6 +496,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -1646,6 +1659,9 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema @@ -1689,10 +1705,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used. "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -1832,6 +1856,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -3666,6 +3692,9 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema @@ -3709,10 +3738,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used. "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -3852,6 +3889,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featureGroups.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featureGroups.html index d767cc75331..095ea1e8394 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featureGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featureGroups.html @@ -146,6 +146,8 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the FeatureGroup. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{featureGroup}` + "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Output only. A Service Account unique to this FeatureGroup. The role bigquery.dataViewer should be granted to this service account to allow Vertex AI Feature Store to access source data while running jobs under this FeatureGroup. + "serviceAgentType": "A String", # Optional. Service agent type used during jobs under a FeatureGroup. By default, the Vertex AI Service Agent is used. When using an IAM Policy to isolate this FeatureGroup within a project, a separate service account should be provisioned by setting this field to `SERVICE_AGENT_TYPE_FEATURE_GROUP`. This will generate a separate service account to access the BigQuery source table. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this FeatureGroup was last updated. } @@ -250,6 +252,8 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the FeatureGroup. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{featureGroup}` + "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Output only. A Service Account unique to this FeatureGroup. The role bigquery.dataViewer should be granted to this service account to allow Vertex AI Feature Store to access source data while running jobs under this FeatureGroup. + "serviceAgentType": "A String", # Optional. Service agent type used during jobs under a FeatureGroup. By default, the Vertex AI Service Agent is used. When using an IAM Policy to isolate this FeatureGroup within a project, a separate service account should be provisioned by setting this field to `SERVICE_AGENT_TYPE_FEATURE_GROUP`. This will generate a separate service account to access the BigQuery source table. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this FeatureGroup was last updated. } @@ -295,6 +299,8 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the FeatureGroup. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{featureGroup}` + "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Output only. A Service Account unique to this FeatureGroup. The role bigquery.dataViewer should be granted to this service account to allow Vertex AI Feature Store to access source data while running jobs under this FeatureGroup. + "serviceAgentType": "A String", # Optional. Service agent type used during jobs under a FeatureGroup. By default, the Vertex AI Service Agent is used. When using an IAM Policy to isolate this FeatureGroup within a project, a separate service account should be provisioned by setting this field to `SERVICE_AGENT_TYPE_FEATURE_GROUP`. This will generate a separate service account to access the BigQuery source table. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this FeatureGroup was last updated. }, ], @@ -346,6 +352,8 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the FeatureGroup. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{featureGroup}` + "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Output only. A Service Account unique to this FeatureGroup. The role bigquery.dataViewer should be granted to this service account to allow Vertex AI Feature Store to access source data while running jobs under this FeatureGroup. + "serviceAgentType": "A String", # Optional. Service agent type used during jobs under a FeatureGroup. By default, the Vertex AI Service Agent is used. When using an IAM Policy to isolate this FeatureGroup within a project, a separate service account should be provisioned by setting this field to `SERVICE_AGENT_TYPE_FEATURE_GROUP`. This will generate a separate service account to access the BigQuery source table. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this FeatureGroup was last updated. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index 8154d02dfba..93c1573a812 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -293,6 +293,9 @@

Instance Methods

corroborateContent(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Given an input text, it returns a score that evaluates the factuality of the text. It also extracts and returns claims from the text and provides supporting facts.

+

+ deploy(destination, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deploys publisher models.

evaluateInstances(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Evaluates instances based on a given metric.

@@ -558,6 +561,77 @@

Method Details

} +
+ deploy(destination, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deploys publisher models.
+
+Args:
+  destination: string, Required. The resource name of the Location to deploy the model in. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ModelGardenService.DeployPublisherModel.
+  "acceptEula": True or False, # Optional. Whether the user accepts the End User License Agreement (EULA) for the model.
+  "dedicatedResources": { # A description of resources that are dedicated to a DeployedModel, and that need a higher degree of manual configuration. # Optional. The dedicated resources to use for the endpoint. If not set, the default resources will be used.
+    "autoscalingMetricSpecs": [ # Immutable. The metric specifications that overrides a resource utilization metric (CPU utilization, accelerator's duty cycle, and so on) target value (default to 60 if not set). At most one entry is allowed per metric. If machine_spec.accelerator_count is above 0, the autoscaling will be based on both CPU utilization and accelerator's duty cycle metrics and scale up when either metrics exceeds its target value while scale down if both metrics are under their target value. The default target value is 60 for both metrics. If machine_spec.accelerator_count is 0, the autoscaling will be based on CPU utilization metric only with default target value 60 if not explicitly set. For example, in the case of Online Prediction, if you want to override target CPU utilization to 80, you should set autoscaling_metric_specs.metric_name to `aiplatform.googleapis.com/prediction/online/cpu/utilization` and autoscaling_metric_specs.target to `80`.
+      { # The metric specification that defines the target resource utilization (CPU utilization, accelerator's duty cycle, and so on) for calculating the desired replica count.
+        "metricName": "A String", # Required. The resource metric name. Supported metrics: * For Online Prediction: * `aiplatform.googleapis.com/prediction/online/accelerator/duty_cycle` * `aiplatform.googleapis.com/prediction/online/cpu/utilization`
+        "target": 42, # The target resource utilization in percentage (1% - 100%) for the given metric; once the real usage deviates from the target by a certain percentage, the machine replicas change. The default value is 60 (representing 60%) if not provided.
+      },
+    ],
+    "machineSpec": { # Specification of a single machine. # Required. Immutable. The specification of a single machine used by the prediction.
+      "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of accelerators to attach to the machine.
+      "acceleratorType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of accelerator(s) that may be attached to the machine as per accelerator_count.
+      "machineType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the machine. See the [list of machine types supported for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/configure-compute#machine-types) See the [list of machine types supported for custom training](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/configure-compute#machine-types). For DeployedModel this field is optional, and the default value is `n1-standard-2`. For BatchPredictionJob or as part of WorkerPoolSpec this field is required.
+      "reservationAffinity": { # A ReservationAffinity can be used to configure a Vertex AI resource (e.g., a DeployedModel) to draw its Compute Engine resources from a Shared Reservation, or exclusively from on-demand capacity. # Optional. Immutable. Configuration controlling how this resource pool consumes reservation.
+        "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, use `compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name` as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value.
+        "reservationAffinityType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the reservation affinity type.
+        "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full resource name of the reservation.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "tpuTopology": "A String", # Immutable. The topology of the TPUs. Corresponds to the TPU topologies available from GKE. (Example: tpu_topology: "2x2x1").
+    },
+    "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
+    "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+    "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
+    "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
+  },
+  "endpointDisplayName": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified display name of the endpoint. If not set, a default name will be used.
+  "huggingFaceAccessToken": "A String", # Optional. The Hugging Face read access token used to access the model artifacts of gated models.
+  "model": "A String", # Required. The name of the PublisherModel resource. Format: `publishers/{publisher}/models/{publisher_model}@{version_id}`, or `publishers/hf-{hugging-face-author}/models/{hugging-face-model-name}@001`
+  "modelDisplayName": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified display name of the uploaded model. If not set, a default name will be used.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
evaluateInstances(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Evaluates instances based on a given metric.
@@ -835,6 +909,143 @@ 

Method Details

"useStrictStringMatch": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use STRICT string match on parameter values. }, }, + "trajectoryAnyOrderMatchInput": { # Instances and metric spec for TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch metric. # Input for trajectory match any order metric. + "instances": [ # Required. Repeated TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch instance. + { # Spec for TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch instance. + "predictedTrajectory": { # Spec for trajectory. # Required. Spec for predicted tool call trajectory. + "toolCalls": [ # Required. Tool calls in the trajectory. + { # Spec for tool call. + "toolInput": "A String", # Optional. Spec for tool input + "toolName": "A String", # Required. Spec for tool name + }, + ], + }, + "referenceTrajectory": { # Spec for trajectory. # Required. Spec for reference tool call trajectory. + "toolCalls": [ # Required. Tool calls in the trajectory. + { # Spec for tool call. + "toolInput": "A String", # Optional. Spec for tool input + "toolName": "A String", # Required. Spec for tool name + }, + ], + }, + }, + ], + "metricSpec": { # Spec for TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch metric - returns 1 if all tool calls in the reference trajectory appear in the predicted trajectory in any order, else 0. # Required. Spec for TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch metric. + }, + }, + "trajectoryExactMatchInput": { # Instances and metric spec for TrajectoryExactMatch metric. # Input for trajectory exact match metric. + "instances": [ # Required. Repeated TrajectoryExactMatch instance. + { # Spec for TrajectoryExactMatch instance. + "predictedTrajectory": { # Spec for trajectory. # Required. Spec for predicted tool call trajectory. + "toolCalls": [ # Required. Tool calls in the trajectory. + { # Spec for tool call. + "toolInput": "A String", # Optional. Spec for tool input + "toolName": "A String", # Required. Spec for tool name + }, + ], + }, + "referenceTrajectory": { # Spec for trajectory. # Required. Spec for reference tool call trajectory. + "toolCalls": [ # Required. Tool calls in the trajectory. + { # Spec for tool call. + "toolInput": "A String", # Optional. Spec for tool input + "toolName": "A String", # Required. Spec for tool name + }, + ], + }, + }, + ], + "metricSpec": { # Spec for TrajectoryExactMatch metric - returns 1 if tool calls in the reference trajectory exactly match the predicted trajectory, else 0. # Required. Spec for TrajectoryExactMatch metric. + }, + }, + "trajectoryInOrderMatchInput": { # Instances and metric spec for TrajectoryInOrderMatch metric. # Input for trajectory in order match metric. + "instances": [ # Required. Repeated TrajectoryInOrderMatch instance. + { # Spec for TrajectoryInOrderMatch instance. + "predictedTrajectory": { # Spec for trajectory. # Required. Spec for predicted tool call trajectory. + "toolCalls": [ # Required. Tool calls in the trajectory. + { # Spec for tool call. + "toolInput": "A String", # Optional. Spec for tool input + "toolName": "A String", # Required. Spec for tool name + }, + ], + }, + "referenceTrajectory": { # Spec for trajectory. # Required. Spec for reference tool call trajectory. + "toolCalls": [ # Required. Tool calls in the trajectory. + { # Spec for tool call. + "toolInput": "A String", # Optional. Spec for tool input + "toolName": "A String", # Required. Spec for tool name + }, + ], + }, + }, + ], + "metricSpec": { # Spec for TrajectoryInOrderMatch metric - returns 1 if tool calls in the reference trajectory appear in the predicted trajectory in the same order, else 0. # Required. Spec for TrajectoryInOrderMatch metric. + }, + }, + "trajectoryPrecisionInput": { # Instances and metric spec for TrajectoryPrecision metric. # Input for trajectory precision metric. + "instances": [ # Required. Repeated TrajectoryPrecision instance. + { # Spec for TrajectoryPrecision instance. + "predictedTrajectory": { # Spec for trajectory. # Required. Spec for predicted tool call trajectory. + "toolCalls": [ # Required. Tool calls in the trajectory. + { # Spec for tool call. + "toolInput": "A String", # Optional. Spec for tool input + "toolName": "A String", # Required. Spec for tool name + }, + ], + }, + "referenceTrajectory": { # Spec for trajectory. # Required. Spec for reference tool call trajectory. + "toolCalls": [ # Required. Tool calls in the trajectory. + { # Spec for tool call. + "toolInput": "A String", # Optional. Spec for tool input + "toolName": "A String", # Required. Spec for tool name + }, + ], + }, + }, + ], + "metricSpec": { # Spec for TrajectoryPrecision metric - returns a float score based on average precision of individual tool calls. # Required. Spec for TrajectoryPrecision metric. + }, + }, + "trajectoryRecallInput": { # Instances and metric spec for TrajectoryRecall metric. # Input for trajectory recall metric. + "instances": [ # Required. Repeated TrajectoryRecall instance. + { # Spec for TrajectoryRecall instance. + "predictedTrajectory": { # Spec for trajectory. # Required. Spec for predicted tool call trajectory. + "toolCalls": [ # Required. Tool calls in the trajectory. + { # Spec for tool call. + "toolInput": "A String", # Optional. Spec for tool input + "toolName": "A String", # Required. Spec for tool name + }, + ], + }, + "referenceTrajectory": { # Spec for trajectory. # Required. Spec for reference tool call trajectory. + "toolCalls": [ # Required. Tool calls in the trajectory. + { # Spec for tool call. + "toolInput": "A String", # Optional. Spec for tool input + "toolName": "A String", # Required. Spec for tool name + }, + ], + }, + }, + ], + "metricSpec": { # Spec for TrajectoryRecall metric - returns a float score based on average recall of individual tool calls. # Required. Spec for TrajectoryRecall metric. + }, + }, + "trajectorySingleToolUseInput": { # Instances and metric spec for TrajectorySingleToolUse metric. # Input for trajectory single tool use metric. + "instances": [ # Required. Repeated TrajectorySingleToolUse instance. + { # Spec for TrajectorySingleToolUse instance. + "predictedTrajectory": { # Spec for trajectory. # Required. Spec for predicted tool call trajectory. + "toolCalls": [ # Required. Tool calls in the trajectory. + { # Spec for tool call. + "toolInput": "A String", # Optional. Spec for tool input + "toolName": "A String", # Required. Spec for tool name + }, + ], + }, + }, + ], + "metricSpec": { # Spec for TrajectorySingleToolUse metric - returns 1 if tool is present in the predicted trajectory, else 0. # Required. Spec for TrajectorySingleToolUse metric. + "toolName": "A String", # Required. Spec for tool name to be checked for in the predicted trajectory. + }, + }, } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -979,6 +1190,48 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "trajectoryAnyOrderMatchResults": { # Results for TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch metric. # Result for trajectory any order match metric. + "trajectoryAnyOrderMatchMetricValues": [ # Output only. TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch metric values. + { # TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch metric value for an instance. + "score": 3.14, # Output only. TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch score. + }, + ], + }, + "trajectoryExactMatchResults": { # Results for TrajectoryExactMatch metric. # Result for trajectory exact match metric. + "trajectoryExactMatchMetricValues": [ # Output only. TrajectoryExactMatch metric values. + { # TrajectoryExactMatch metric value for an instance. + "score": 3.14, # Output only. TrajectoryExactMatch score. + }, + ], + }, + "trajectoryInOrderMatchResults": { # Results for TrajectoryInOrderMatch metric. # Result for trajectory in order match metric. + "trajectoryInOrderMatchMetricValues": [ # Output only. TrajectoryInOrderMatch metric values. + { # TrajectoryInOrderMatch metric value for an instance. + "score": 3.14, # Output only. TrajectoryInOrderMatch score. + }, + ], + }, + "trajectoryPrecisionResults": { # Results for TrajectoryPrecision metric. # Result for trajectory precision metric. + "trajectoryPrecisionMetricValues": [ # Output only. TrajectoryPrecision metric values. + { # TrajectoryPrecision metric value for an instance. + "score": 3.14, # Output only. TrajectoryPrecision score. + }, + ], + }, + "trajectoryRecallResults": { # Results for TrajectoryRecall metric. # Results for trajectory recall metric. + "trajectoryRecallMetricValues": [ # Output only. TrajectoryRecall metric values. + { # TrajectoryRecall metric value for an instance. + "score": 3.14, # Output only. TrajectoryRecall score. + }, + ], + }, + "trajectorySingleToolUseResults": { # Results for TrajectorySingleToolUse metric. # Results for trajectory single tool use metric. + "trajectorySingleToolUseMetricValues": [ # Output only. TrajectorySingleToolUse metric values. + { # TrajectorySingleToolUse metric value for an instance. + "score": 3.14, # Output only. TrajectorySingleToolUse score. + }, + ], + }, }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html index 00ee9077f7e..677d993b502 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

Method Details

"idleShutdownDisabled": True or False, # Whether Idle Shutdown is disabled in this NotebookRuntimeTemplate. "idleTimeout": "A String", # Required. Duration is accurate to the second. In Notebook, Idle Timeout is accurate to minute so the range of idle_timeout (second) is: 10 * 60 ~ 1440 * 60. }, - "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. The default template to use if not specified. + "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: This field has no behavior. Use notebook_runtime_type = 'ONE_CLICK' instead. The default template to use if not specified. "labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize the NotebookRuntimeTemplates. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The type of the notebook runtime template. - "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Deprecated: This field is ignored and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. For NotebookExecutionJob, use NotebookExecutionJob.service_account instead. The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Optional. Immutable. Runtime Shielded VM spec. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. }, @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@

Method Details

"idleShutdownDisabled": True or False, # Whether Idle Shutdown is disabled in this NotebookRuntimeTemplate. "idleTimeout": "A String", # Required. Duration is accurate to the second. In Notebook, Idle Timeout is accurate to minute so the range of idle_timeout (second) is: 10 * 60 ~ 1440 * 60. }, - "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. The default template to use if not specified. + "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: This field has no behavior. Use notebook_runtime_type = 'ONE_CLICK' instead. The default template to use if not specified. "labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize the NotebookRuntimeTemplates. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The type of the notebook runtime template. - "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Deprecated: This field is ignored and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. For NotebookExecutionJob, use NotebookExecutionJob.service_account instead. The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Optional. Immutable. Runtime Shielded VM spec. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. }, @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location from which to list the NotebookRuntimeTemplates. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required) - filter: string, Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookRuntimeTemplate` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntimeTemplate` represents the NotebookRuntimeTemplate ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntimeTemplate's resource name. * `display_name` supports = and != * `labels` supports general map functions that is: * `labels.key=value` - key:value equality * `labels.key:* or labels:key - key existence * A key including a space must be quoted. `labels."a key"`. * `notebookRuntimeType` supports = and !=. notebookRuntimeType enum: [USER_DEFINED, ONE_CLICK]. Some examples: * `notebookRuntimeTemplate=notebookRuntimeTemplate123` * `displayName="myDisplayName"` * `labels.myKey="myValue"` * `notebookRuntimeType=USER_DEFINED` + filter: string, Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookRuntimeTemplate` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntimeTemplate` represents the NotebookRuntimeTemplate ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntimeTemplate's resource name. * `display_name` supports = and != * `labels` supports general map functions that is: * `labels.key=value` - key:value equality * `labels.key:* or labels:key - key existence * A key including a space must be quoted. `labels."a key"`. * `notebookRuntimeType` supports = and !=. notebookRuntimeType enum: [USER_DEFINED, ONE_CLICK]. * `machineType` supports = and !=. * `acceleratorType` supports = and !=. Some examples: * `notebookRuntimeTemplate=notebookRuntimeTemplate123` * `displayName="myDisplayName"` * `labels.myKey="myValue"` * `notebookRuntimeType=USER_DEFINED` * `machineType=e2-standard-4` * `acceleratorType=NVIDIA_TESLA_T4` orderBy: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `display_name` * `create_time` * `update_time` Example: `display_name, create_time desc`. pageSize: integer, Optional. The standard list page size. pageToken: string, Optional. The standard list page token. Typically obtained via ListNotebookRuntimeTemplatesResponse.next_page_token of the previous NotebookService.ListNotebookRuntimeTemplates call. @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@

Method Details

"idleShutdownDisabled": True or False, # Whether Idle Shutdown is disabled in this NotebookRuntimeTemplate. "idleTimeout": "A String", # Required. Duration is accurate to the second. In Notebook, Idle Timeout is accurate to minute so the range of idle_timeout (second) is: 10 * 60 ~ 1440 * 60. }, - "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. The default template to use if not specified. + "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: This field has no behavior. Use notebook_runtime_type = 'ONE_CLICK' instead. The default template to use if not specified. "labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize the NotebookRuntimeTemplates. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The type of the notebook runtime template. - "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Deprecated: This field is ignored and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. For NotebookExecutionJob, use NotebookExecutionJob.service_account instead. The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Optional. Immutable. Runtime Shielded VM spec. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. }, @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@

Method Details

"idleShutdownDisabled": True or False, # Whether Idle Shutdown is disabled in this NotebookRuntimeTemplate. "idleTimeout": "A String", # Required. Duration is accurate to the second. In Notebook, Idle Timeout is accurate to minute so the range of idle_timeout (second) is: 10 * 60 ~ 1440 * 60. }, - "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. The default template to use if not specified. + "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: This field has no behavior. Use notebook_runtime_type = 'ONE_CLICK' instead. The default template to use if not specified. "labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize the NotebookRuntimeTemplates. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The type of the notebook runtime template. - "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Deprecated: This field is ignored and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. For NotebookExecutionJob, use NotebookExecutionJob.service_account instead. The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Optional. Immutable. Runtime Shielded VM spec. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. }, @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@

Method Details

"idleShutdownDisabled": True or False, # Whether Idle Shutdown is disabled in this NotebookRuntimeTemplate. "idleTimeout": "A String", # Required. Duration is accurate to the second. In Notebook, Idle Timeout is accurate to minute so the range of idle_timeout (second) is: 10 * 60 ~ 1440 * 60. }, - "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. The default template to use if not specified. + "isDefault": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: This field has no behavior. Use notebook_runtime_type = 'ONE_CLICK' instead. The default template to use if not specified. "labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize the NotebookRuntimeTemplates. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The type of the notebook runtime template. - "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Deprecated: This field is ignored and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. For NotebookExecutionJob, use NotebookExecutionJob.service_account instead. The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Optional. Immutable. Runtime Shielded VM spec. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html index b1953a576be..083fef73739 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html @@ -125,11 +125,19 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for NotebookService.AssignNotebookRuntime. "notebookRuntime": { # A runtime is a virtual machine allocated to a particular user for a particular Notebook file on temporary basis with lifetime limited to 24 hours. # Required. Provide runtime specific information (e.g. runtime owner, notebook id) used for NotebookRuntime assignment. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime was created. + "dataPersistentDiskSpec": { # Represents the spec of persistent disk options. # Output only. The specification of persistent disk attached to the notebook runtime as data disk storage. + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Size in GB of the disk (default is 100GB). + "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk (default is "pd-standard"). Valid values: "pd-ssd" (Persistent Disk Solid State Drive) "pd-standard" (Persistent Disk Hard Disk Drive) "pd-balanced" (Balanced Persistent Disk) "pd-extreme" (Extreme Persistent Disk) + }, "description": "A String", # The description of the NotebookRuntime. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the NotebookRuntime. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters. "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Output only. Customer-managed encryption key spec for the notebook runtime. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created. }, + "eucConfig": { # The euc configuration of NotebookRuntimeTemplate. # Output only. EUC configuration of the notebook runtime. + "bypassActasCheck": True or False, # Output only. Whether ActAs check is bypassed for service account attached to the VM. If false, we need ActAs check for the default Compute Engine Service account. When a Runtime is created, a VM is allocated using Default Compute Engine Service Account. Any user requesting to use this Runtime requires Service Account User (ActAs) permission over this SA. If true, Runtime owner is using EUC and does not require the above permission as VM no longer use default Compute Engine SA, but a P4SA. + "eucDisabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether EUC is disabled in this NotebookRuntimeTemplate. In proto3, the default value of a boolean is false. In this way, by default EUC will be enabled for NotebookRuntimeTemplate. + }, "expirationTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime will be expired: 1. System Predefined NotebookRuntime: 24 hours after creation. After expiration, system predifined runtime will be deleted. 2. User created NotebookRuntime: 6 months after last upgrade. After expiration, user created runtime will be stopped and allowed for upgrade. "healthState": "A String", # Output only. The health state of the NotebookRuntime. "idleShutdownConfig": { # The idle shutdown configuration of NotebookRuntimeTemplate, which contains the idle_timeout as required field. # Output only. The idle shutdown configuration of the notebook runtime. @@ -140,7 +148,25 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your NotebookRuntime. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one NotebookRuntime (System labels are excluded). See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable. Following system labels exist for NotebookRuntime: * "aiplatform.googleapis.com/notebook_runtime_gce_instance_id": output only, its value is the Compute Engine instance id. * "aiplatform.googleapis.com/colab_enterprise_entry_service": its value is either "bigquery" or "vertex"; if absent, it should be "vertex". This is to describe the entry service, either BigQuery or Vertex. "a_key": "A String", }, + "machineSpec": { # Specification of a single machine. # Output only. The specification of a single machine used by the notebook runtime. + "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of accelerators to attach to the machine. + "acceleratorType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of accelerator(s) that may be attached to the machine as per accelerator_count. + "machineType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the machine. See the [list of machine types supported for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/configure-compute#machine-types) See the [list of machine types supported for custom training](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/configure-compute#machine-types). For DeployedModel this field is optional, and the default value is `n1-standard-2`. For BatchPredictionJob or as part of WorkerPoolSpec this field is required. + "reservationAffinity": { # A ReservationAffinity can be used to configure a Vertex AI resource (e.g., a DeployedModel) to draw its Compute Engine resources from a Shared Reservation, or exclusively from on-demand capacity. # Optional. Immutable. Configuration controlling how this resource pool consumes reservation. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, use `compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name` as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "reservationAffinityType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the reservation affinity type. + "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full resource name of the reservation. + "A String", + ], + }, + "tpuTopology": "A String", # Immutable. The topology of the TPUs. Corresponds to the TPU topologies available from GKE. (Example: tpu_topology: "2x2x1"). + }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the NotebookRuntime. + "networkSpec": { # Network spec. # Output only. Network spec of the notebook runtime. + "enableInternetAccess": True or False, # Whether to enable public internet access. Default false. + "network": "A String", # The full name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com//compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) + "subnetwork": "A String", # The name of the subnet that this instance is in. Format: `projects/{project_id_or_number}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}` + }, "networkTags": [ # Optional. The Compute Engine tags to add to runtime (see [Tagging instances](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/add-remove-network-tags)). "A String", ], @@ -153,7 +179,10 @@

Method Details

"runtimeUser": "A String", # Required. The user email of the NotebookRuntime. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. - "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The service account that the NotebookRuntime workload runs as. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: This field is no longer used and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. The service account that the NotebookRuntime workload runs as. + "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Output only. Runtime Shielded VM spec. + "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime was most recently updated. "version": "A String", # Output only. The VM os image version of NotebookRuntime. }, @@ -275,11 +304,19 @@

Method Details

{ # A runtime is a virtual machine allocated to a particular user for a particular Notebook file on temporary basis with lifetime limited to 24 hours. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime was created. + "dataPersistentDiskSpec": { # Represents the spec of persistent disk options. # Output only. The specification of persistent disk attached to the notebook runtime as data disk storage. + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Size in GB of the disk (default is 100GB). + "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk (default is "pd-standard"). Valid values: "pd-ssd" (Persistent Disk Solid State Drive) "pd-standard" (Persistent Disk Hard Disk Drive) "pd-balanced" (Balanced Persistent Disk) "pd-extreme" (Extreme Persistent Disk) + }, "description": "A String", # The description of the NotebookRuntime. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the NotebookRuntime. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters. "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Output only. Customer-managed encryption key spec for the notebook runtime. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created. }, + "eucConfig": { # The euc configuration of NotebookRuntimeTemplate. # Output only. EUC configuration of the notebook runtime. + "bypassActasCheck": True or False, # Output only. Whether ActAs check is bypassed for service account attached to the VM. If false, we need ActAs check for the default Compute Engine Service account. When a Runtime is created, a VM is allocated using Default Compute Engine Service Account. Any user requesting to use this Runtime requires Service Account User (ActAs) permission over this SA. If true, Runtime owner is using EUC and does not require the above permission as VM no longer use default Compute Engine SA, but a P4SA. + "eucDisabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether EUC is disabled in this NotebookRuntimeTemplate. In proto3, the default value of a boolean is false. In this way, by default EUC will be enabled for NotebookRuntimeTemplate. + }, "expirationTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime will be expired: 1. System Predefined NotebookRuntime: 24 hours after creation. After expiration, system predifined runtime will be deleted. 2. User created NotebookRuntime: 6 months after last upgrade. After expiration, user created runtime will be stopped and allowed for upgrade. "healthState": "A String", # Output only. The health state of the NotebookRuntime. "idleShutdownConfig": { # The idle shutdown configuration of NotebookRuntimeTemplate, which contains the idle_timeout as required field. # Output only. The idle shutdown configuration of the notebook runtime. @@ -290,7 +327,25 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your NotebookRuntime. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one NotebookRuntime (System labels are excluded). See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable. Following system labels exist for NotebookRuntime: * "aiplatform.googleapis.com/notebook_runtime_gce_instance_id": output only, its value is the Compute Engine instance id. * "aiplatform.googleapis.com/colab_enterprise_entry_service": its value is either "bigquery" or "vertex"; if absent, it should be "vertex". This is to describe the entry service, either BigQuery or Vertex. "a_key": "A String", }, + "machineSpec": { # Specification of a single machine. # Output only. The specification of a single machine used by the notebook runtime. + "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of accelerators to attach to the machine. + "acceleratorType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of accelerator(s) that may be attached to the machine as per accelerator_count. + "machineType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the machine. See the [list of machine types supported for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/configure-compute#machine-types) See the [list of machine types supported for custom training](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/configure-compute#machine-types). For DeployedModel this field is optional, and the default value is `n1-standard-2`. For BatchPredictionJob or as part of WorkerPoolSpec this field is required. + "reservationAffinity": { # A ReservationAffinity can be used to configure a Vertex AI resource (e.g., a DeployedModel) to draw its Compute Engine resources from a Shared Reservation, or exclusively from on-demand capacity. # Optional. Immutable. Configuration controlling how this resource pool consumes reservation. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, use `compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name` as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "reservationAffinityType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the reservation affinity type. + "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full resource name of the reservation. + "A String", + ], + }, + "tpuTopology": "A String", # Immutable. The topology of the TPUs. Corresponds to the TPU topologies available from GKE. (Example: tpu_topology: "2x2x1"). + }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the NotebookRuntime. + "networkSpec": { # Network spec. # Output only. Network spec of the notebook runtime. + "enableInternetAccess": True or False, # Whether to enable public internet access. Default false. + "network": "A String", # The full name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com//compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) + "subnetwork": "A String", # The name of the subnet that this instance is in. Format: `projects/{project_id_or_number}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}` + }, "networkTags": [ # Optional. The Compute Engine tags to add to runtime (see [Tagging instances](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/add-remove-network-tags)). "A String", ], @@ -303,7 +358,10 @@

Method Details

"runtimeUser": "A String", # Required. The user email of the NotebookRuntime. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. - "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The service account that the NotebookRuntime workload runs as. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: This field is no longer used and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. The service account that the NotebookRuntime workload runs as. + "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Output only. Runtime Shielded VM spec. + "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime was most recently updated. "version": "A String", # Output only. The VM os image version of NotebookRuntime. } @@ -315,7 +373,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location from which to list the NotebookRuntimes. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required) - filter: string, Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookRuntime` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntime` represents the NotebookRuntime ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntime's resource name. * `displayName` supports = and != and regex. * `notebookRuntimeTemplate` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntimeTemplate` represents the NotebookRuntimeTemplate ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntimeTemplate's resource name. * `healthState` supports = and !=. healthState enum: [HEALTHY, UNHEALTHY, HEALTH_STATE_UNSPECIFIED]. * `runtimeState` supports = and !=. runtimeState enum: [RUNTIME_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, RUNNING, BEING_STARTED, BEING_STOPPED, STOPPED, BEING_UPGRADED, ERROR, INVALID]. * `runtimeUser` supports = and !=. * API version is UI only: `uiState` supports = and !=. uiState enum: [UI_RESOURCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_CREATED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_ACTIVE, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_CREATION_FAILED]. * `notebookRuntimeType` supports = and !=. notebookRuntimeType enum: [USER_DEFINED, ONE_CLICK]. Some examples: * `notebookRuntime="notebookRuntime123"` * `displayName="myDisplayName"` and `displayName=~"myDisplayNameRegex"` * `notebookRuntimeTemplate="notebookRuntimeTemplate321"` * `healthState=HEALTHY` * `runtimeState=RUNNING` * `runtimeUser="test@google.com"` * `uiState=UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED` * `notebookRuntimeType=USER_DEFINED` + filter: string, Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookRuntime` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntime` represents the NotebookRuntime ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntime's resource name. * `displayName` supports = and != and regex. * `notebookRuntimeTemplate` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntimeTemplate` represents the NotebookRuntimeTemplate ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntimeTemplate's resource name. * `healthState` supports = and !=. healthState enum: [HEALTHY, UNHEALTHY, HEALTH_STATE_UNSPECIFIED]. * `runtimeState` supports = and !=. runtimeState enum: [RUNTIME_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, RUNNING, BEING_STARTED, BEING_STOPPED, STOPPED, BEING_UPGRADED, ERROR, INVALID]. * `runtimeUser` supports = and !=. * API version is UI only: `uiState` supports = and !=. uiState enum: [UI_RESOURCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_CREATED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_ACTIVE, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_CREATION_FAILED]. * `notebookRuntimeType` supports = and !=. notebookRuntimeType enum: [USER_DEFINED, ONE_CLICK]. * `machineType` supports = and !=. * `acceleratorType` supports = and !=. Some examples: * `notebookRuntime="notebookRuntime123"` * `displayName="myDisplayName"` and `displayName=~"myDisplayNameRegex"` * `notebookRuntimeTemplate="notebookRuntimeTemplate321"` * `healthState=HEALTHY` * `runtimeState=RUNNING` * `runtimeUser="test@google.com"` * `uiState=UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED` * `notebookRuntimeType=USER_DEFINED` * `machineType=e2-standard-4` * `acceleratorType=NVIDIA_TESLA_T4` orderBy: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `display_name` * `create_time` * `update_time` Example: `display_name, create_time desc`. pageSize: integer, Optional. The standard list page size. pageToken: string, Optional. The standard list page token. Typically obtained via ListNotebookRuntimesResponse.next_page_token of the previous NotebookService.ListNotebookRuntimes call. @@ -333,11 +391,19 @@

Method Details

"notebookRuntimes": [ # List of NotebookRuntimes in the requested page. { # A runtime is a virtual machine allocated to a particular user for a particular Notebook file on temporary basis with lifetime limited to 24 hours. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime was created. + "dataPersistentDiskSpec": { # Represents the spec of persistent disk options. # Output only. The specification of persistent disk attached to the notebook runtime as data disk storage. + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Size in GB of the disk (default is 100GB). + "diskType": "A String", # Type of the disk (default is "pd-standard"). Valid values: "pd-ssd" (Persistent Disk Solid State Drive) "pd-standard" (Persistent Disk Hard Disk Drive) "pd-balanced" (Balanced Persistent Disk) "pd-extreme" (Extreme Persistent Disk) + }, "description": "A String", # The description of the NotebookRuntime. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the NotebookRuntime. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters. "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Output only. Customer-managed encryption key spec for the notebook runtime. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created. }, + "eucConfig": { # The euc configuration of NotebookRuntimeTemplate. # Output only. EUC configuration of the notebook runtime. + "bypassActasCheck": True or False, # Output only. Whether ActAs check is bypassed for service account attached to the VM. If false, we need ActAs check for the default Compute Engine Service account. When a Runtime is created, a VM is allocated using Default Compute Engine Service Account. Any user requesting to use this Runtime requires Service Account User (ActAs) permission over this SA. If true, Runtime owner is using EUC and does not require the above permission as VM no longer use default Compute Engine SA, but a P4SA. + "eucDisabled": True or False, # Input only. Whether EUC is disabled in this NotebookRuntimeTemplate. In proto3, the default value of a boolean is false. In this way, by default EUC will be enabled for NotebookRuntimeTemplate. + }, "expirationTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime will be expired: 1. System Predefined NotebookRuntime: 24 hours after creation. After expiration, system predifined runtime will be deleted. 2. User created NotebookRuntime: 6 months after last upgrade. After expiration, user created runtime will be stopped and allowed for upgrade. "healthState": "A String", # Output only. The health state of the NotebookRuntime. "idleShutdownConfig": { # The idle shutdown configuration of NotebookRuntimeTemplate, which contains the idle_timeout as required field. # Output only. The idle shutdown configuration of the notebook runtime. @@ -348,7 +414,25 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your NotebookRuntime. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one NotebookRuntime (System labels are excluded). See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. System reserved label keys are prefixed with "aiplatform.googleapis.com/" and are immutable. Following system labels exist for NotebookRuntime: * "aiplatform.googleapis.com/notebook_runtime_gce_instance_id": output only, its value is the Compute Engine instance id. * "aiplatform.googleapis.com/colab_enterprise_entry_service": its value is either "bigquery" or "vertex"; if absent, it should be "vertex". This is to describe the entry service, either BigQuery or Vertex. "a_key": "A String", }, + "machineSpec": { # Specification of a single machine. # Output only. The specification of a single machine used by the notebook runtime. + "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of accelerators to attach to the machine. + "acceleratorType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of accelerator(s) that may be attached to the machine as per accelerator_count. + "machineType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the machine. See the [list of machine types supported for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/configure-compute#machine-types) See the [list of machine types supported for custom training](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/configure-compute#machine-types). For DeployedModel this field is optional, and the default value is `n1-standard-2`. For BatchPredictionJob or as part of WorkerPoolSpec this field is required. + "reservationAffinity": { # A ReservationAffinity can be used to configure a Vertex AI resource (e.g., a DeployedModel) to draw its Compute Engine resources from a Shared Reservation, or exclusively from on-demand capacity. # Optional. Immutable. Configuration controlling how this resource pool consumes reservation. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, use `compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name` as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "reservationAffinityType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the reservation affinity type. + "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full resource name of the reservation. + "A String", + ], + }, + "tpuTopology": "A String", # Immutable. The topology of the TPUs. Corresponds to the TPU topologies available from GKE. (Example: tpu_topology: "2x2x1"). + }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the NotebookRuntime. + "networkSpec": { # Network spec. # Output only. Network spec of the notebook runtime. + "enableInternetAccess": True or False, # Whether to enable public internet access. Default false. + "network": "A String", # The full name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com//compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) + "subnetwork": "A String", # The name of the subnet that this instance is in. Format: `projects/{project_id_or_number}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}` + }, "networkTags": [ # Optional. The Compute Engine tags to add to runtime (see [Tagging instances](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/add-remove-network-tags)). "A String", ], @@ -361,7 +445,10 @@

Method Details

"runtimeUser": "A String", # Required. The user email of the NotebookRuntime. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. - "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The service account that the NotebookRuntime workload runs as. + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: This field is no longer used and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. The service account that the NotebookRuntime workload runs as. + "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Output only. Runtime Shielded VM spec. + "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. + }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime was most recently updated. "version": "A String", # Output only. The VM os image version of NotebookRuntime. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.pipelineJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.pipelineJobs.html index ab8ca02b1a8..d4cae7c8f0e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.pipelineJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.pipelineJobs.html @@ -470,8 +470,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "runtimeConfig": { # The runtime config of a PipelineJob. # Runtime config of the pipeline. - "defaultRuntime": { # The default runtime for the PipelineJob. # Optional. The default runtime for the PipelineJob. If not provided, Vertex Custom Job(on demand) is used as the runtime. For Vertex Custom Job, please refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/overview. - "persistentResourceRuntimeDetail": { # Persistent resource based runtime detail. For more information, refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/persistent-resource-overview # Persistent resource based runtime detail. + "defaultRuntime": { # The default runtime for the PipelineJob. # Optional. The default runtime for the PipelineJob. If not set, Standard Vertex Custom Job(https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/overview) is used as the runtime. If set, all pipeline tasks will run on the default runtime unless a task is a GCPC custom job component (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/pipelines/customjob-component) based task. If the task is based on a GCPC custom job component, it runs solely according to the component's configuration. + "persistentResourceRuntimeDetail": { # Persistent resource based runtime detail. For more information about persistent resource, refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/persistent-resource-overview # Persistent resource based runtime detail. "persistentResourceName": "A String", # Persistent resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/persistentResources/{persistent_resource}` "taskResourceUnavailableTimeoutBehavior": "A String", # Specifies the behavior to take if the timeout is reached. "taskResourceUnavailableWaitTimeMs": "A String", # The max time a pipeline task waits for the required CPU, memory, or accelerator resource to become available from the specified persistent resource. Default wait time is 0. @@ -754,8 +754,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "runtimeConfig": { # The runtime config of a PipelineJob. # Runtime config of the pipeline. - "defaultRuntime": { # The default runtime for the PipelineJob. # Optional. The default runtime for the PipelineJob. If not provided, Vertex Custom Job(on demand) is used as the runtime. For Vertex Custom Job, please refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/overview. - "persistentResourceRuntimeDetail": { # Persistent resource based runtime detail. For more information, refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/persistent-resource-overview # Persistent resource based runtime detail. + "defaultRuntime": { # The default runtime for the PipelineJob. # Optional. The default runtime for the PipelineJob. If not set, Standard Vertex Custom Job(https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/overview) is used as the runtime. If set, all pipeline tasks will run on the default runtime unless a task is a GCPC custom job component (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/pipelines/customjob-component) based task. If the task is based on a GCPC custom job component, it runs solely according to the component's configuration. + "persistentResourceRuntimeDetail": { # Persistent resource based runtime detail. For more information about persistent resource, refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/persistent-resource-overview # Persistent resource based runtime detail. "persistentResourceName": "A String", # Persistent resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/persistentResources/{persistent_resource}` "taskResourceUnavailableTimeoutBehavior": "A String", # Specifies the behavior to take if the timeout is reached. "taskResourceUnavailableWaitTimeMs": "A String", # The max time a pipeline task waits for the required CPU, memory, or accelerator resource to become available from the specified persistent resource. Default wait time is 0. @@ -1079,8 +1079,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "runtimeConfig": { # The runtime config of a PipelineJob. # Runtime config of the pipeline. - "defaultRuntime": { # The default runtime for the PipelineJob. # Optional. The default runtime for the PipelineJob. If not provided, Vertex Custom Job(on demand) is used as the runtime. For Vertex Custom Job, please refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/overview. - "persistentResourceRuntimeDetail": { # Persistent resource based runtime detail. For more information, refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/persistent-resource-overview # Persistent resource based runtime detail. + "defaultRuntime": { # The default runtime for the PipelineJob. # Optional. The default runtime for the PipelineJob. If not set, Standard Vertex Custom Job(https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/overview) is used as the runtime. If set, all pipeline tasks will run on the default runtime unless a task is a GCPC custom job component (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/pipelines/customjob-component) based task. If the task is based on a GCPC custom job component, it runs solely according to the component's configuration. + "persistentResourceRuntimeDetail": { # Persistent resource based runtime detail. For more information about persistent resource, refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/persistent-resource-overview # Persistent resource based runtime detail. "persistentResourceName": "A String", # Persistent resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/persistentResources/{persistent_resource}` "taskResourceUnavailableTimeoutBehavior": "A String", # Specifies the behavior to take if the timeout is reached. "taskResourceUnavailableWaitTimeMs": "A String", # The max time a pipeline task waits for the required CPU, memory, or accelerator resource to become available from the specified persistent resource. Default wait time is 0. @@ -1377,8 +1377,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "runtimeConfig": { # The runtime config of a PipelineJob. # Runtime config of the pipeline. - "defaultRuntime": { # The default runtime for the PipelineJob. # Optional. The default runtime for the PipelineJob. If not provided, Vertex Custom Job(on demand) is used as the runtime. For Vertex Custom Job, please refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/overview. - "persistentResourceRuntimeDetail": { # Persistent resource based runtime detail. For more information, refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/persistent-resource-overview # Persistent resource based runtime detail. + "defaultRuntime": { # The default runtime for the PipelineJob. # Optional. The default runtime for the PipelineJob. If not set, Standard Vertex Custom Job(https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/overview) is used as the runtime. If set, all pipeline tasks will run on the default runtime unless a task is a GCPC custom job component (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/pipelines/customjob-component) based task. If the task is based on a GCPC custom job component, it runs solely according to the component's configuration. + "persistentResourceRuntimeDetail": { # Persistent resource based runtime detail. For more information about persistent resource, refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/persistent-resource-overview # Persistent resource based runtime detail. "persistentResourceName": "A String", # Persistent resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/persistentResources/{persistent_resource}` "taskResourceUnavailableTimeoutBehavior": "A String", # Specifies the behavior to take if the timeout is reached. "taskResourceUnavailableWaitTimeMs": "A String", # The max time a pipeline task waits for the required CPU, memory, or accelerator resource to become available from the specified persistent resource. Default wait time is 0. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html index 48eff828743..341b6c94c74 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html @@ -258,6 +258,9 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema @@ -301,10 +304,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used. "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -430,6 +441,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -598,6 +611,9 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema @@ -641,10 +657,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used. "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -784,6 +808,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -1411,6 +1437,9 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema @@ -1454,10 +1483,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used. "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -1597,6 +1634,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html index 522a500ef9b..8a9b2b61ed1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html @@ -103,6 +103,9 @@

Instance Methods

query(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Queries using a reasoning engine.

+

+ streamQuery(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Streams queries using a reasoning engine.

Method Details

close() @@ -390,4 +393,39 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ streamQuery(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Streams queries using a reasoning engine.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the ReasoningEngine resource to use. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ReasoningEngineExecutionService.StreamQuery.
+  "classMethod": "A String", # Optional. Class method to be used for the stream query. It is optional and defaults to "stream_query" if unspecified.
+  "input": { # Optional. Input content provided by users in JSON object format. Examples include text query, function calling parameters, media bytes, etc.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.schedules.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.schedules.html index e8b7cea0a1f..492b5bdf41a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.schedules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.schedules.html @@ -749,8 +749,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "runtimeConfig": { # The runtime config of a PipelineJob. # Runtime config of the pipeline. - "defaultRuntime": { # The default runtime for the PipelineJob. # Optional. The default runtime for the PipelineJob. If not provided, Vertex Custom Job(on demand) is used as the runtime. For Vertex Custom Job, please refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/overview. - "persistentResourceRuntimeDetail": { # Persistent resource based runtime detail. For more information, refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/persistent-resource-overview # Persistent resource based runtime detail. + "defaultRuntime": { # The default runtime for the PipelineJob. # Optional. The default runtime for the PipelineJob. If not set, Standard Vertex Custom Job(https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/overview) is used as the runtime. If set, all pipeline tasks will run on the default runtime unless a task is a GCPC custom job component (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/pipelines/customjob-component) based task. If the task is based on a GCPC custom job component, it runs solely according to the component's configuration. + "persistentResourceRuntimeDetail": { # Persistent resource based runtime detail. For more information about persistent resource, refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/persistent-resource-overview # Persistent resource based runtime detail. "persistentResourceName": "A String", # Persistent resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/persistentResources/{persistent_resource}` "taskResourceUnavailableTimeoutBehavior": "A String", # Specifies the behavior to take if the timeout is reached. "taskResourceUnavailableWaitTimeMs": "A String", # The max time a pipeline task waits for the required CPU, memory, or accelerator resource to become available from the specified persistent resource. Default wait time is 0. @@ -1444,8 +1444,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "runtimeConfig": { # The runtime config of a PipelineJob. # Runtime config of the pipeline. - "defaultRuntime": { # The default runtime for the PipelineJob. # Optional. The default runtime for the PipelineJob. If not provided, Vertex Custom Job(on demand) is used as the runtime. For Vertex Custom Job, please refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/overview. - "persistentResourceRuntimeDetail": { # Persistent resource based runtime detail. For more information, refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/persistent-resource-overview # Persistent resource based runtime detail. + "defaultRuntime": { # The default runtime for the PipelineJob. # Optional. The default runtime for the PipelineJob. If not set, Standard Vertex Custom Job(https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/overview) is used as the runtime. If set, all pipeline tasks will run on the default runtime unless a task is a GCPC custom job component (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/pipelines/customjob-component) based task. If the task is based on a GCPC custom job component, it runs solely according to the component's configuration. + "persistentResourceRuntimeDetail": { # Persistent resource based runtime detail. For more information about persistent resource, refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/persistent-resource-overview # Persistent resource based runtime detail. "persistentResourceName": "A String", # Persistent resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/persistentResources/{persistent_resource}` "taskResourceUnavailableTimeoutBehavior": "A String", # Specifies the behavior to take if the timeout is reached. "taskResourceUnavailableWaitTimeMs": "A String", # The max time a pipeline task waits for the required CPU, memory, or accelerator resource to become available from the specified persistent resource. Default wait time is 0. @@ -2181,8 +2181,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "runtimeConfig": { # The runtime config of a PipelineJob. # Runtime config of the pipeline. - "defaultRuntime": { # The default runtime for the PipelineJob. # Optional. The default runtime for the PipelineJob. If not provided, Vertex Custom Job(on demand) is used as the runtime. For Vertex Custom Job, please refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/overview. - "persistentResourceRuntimeDetail": { # Persistent resource based runtime detail. For more information, refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/persistent-resource-overview # Persistent resource based runtime detail. + "defaultRuntime": { # The default runtime for the PipelineJob. # Optional. The default runtime for the PipelineJob. If not set, Standard Vertex Custom Job(https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/overview) is used as the runtime. If set, all pipeline tasks will run on the default runtime unless a task is a GCPC custom job component (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/pipelines/customjob-component) based task. If the task is based on a GCPC custom job component, it runs solely according to the component's configuration. + "persistentResourceRuntimeDetail": { # Persistent resource based runtime detail. For more information about persistent resource, refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/persistent-resource-overview # Persistent resource based runtime detail. "persistentResourceName": "A String", # Persistent resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/persistentResources/{persistent_resource}` "taskResourceUnavailableTimeoutBehavior": "A String", # Specifies the behavior to take if the timeout is reached. "taskResourceUnavailableWaitTimeMs": "A String", # The max time a pipeline task waits for the required CPU, memory, or accelerator resource to become available from the specified persistent resource. Default wait time is 0. @@ -2890,8 +2890,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "runtimeConfig": { # The runtime config of a PipelineJob. # Runtime config of the pipeline. - "defaultRuntime": { # The default runtime for the PipelineJob. # Optional. The default runtime for the PipelineJob. If not provided, Vertex Custom Job(on demand) is used as the runtime. For Vertex Custom Job, please refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/overview. - "persistentResourceRuntimeDetail": { # Persistent resource based runtime detail. For more information, refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/persistent-resource-overview # Persistent resource based runtime detail. + "defaultRuntime": { # The default runtime for the PipelineJob. # Optional. The default runtime for the PipelineJob. If not set, Standard Vertex Custom Job(https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/overview) is used as the runtime. If set, all pipeline tasks will run on the default runtime unless a task is a GCPC custom job component (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/pipelines/customjob-component) based task. If the task is based on a GCPC custom job component, it runs solely according to the component's configuration. + "persistentResourceRuntimeDetail": { # Persistent resource based runtime detail. For more information about persistent resource, refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/persistent-resource-overview # Persistent resource based runtime detail. "persistentResourceName": "A String", # Persistent resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/persistentResources/{persistent_resource}` "taskResourceUnavailableTimeoutBehavior": "A String", # Specifies the behavior to take if the timeout is reached. "taskResourceUnavailableWaitTimeMs": "A String", # The max time a pipeline task waits for the required CPU, memory, or accelerator resource to become available from the specified persistent resource. Default wait time is 0. @@ -3603,8 +3603,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "runtimeConfig": { # The runtime config of a PipelineJob. # Runtime config of the pipeline. - "defaultRuntime": { # The default runtime for the PipelineJob. # Optional. The default runtime for the PipelineJob. If not provided, Vertex Custom Job(on demand) is used as the runtime. For Vertex Custom Job, please refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/overview. - "persistentResourceRuntimeDetail": { # Persistent resource based runtime detail. For more information, refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/persistent-resource-overview # Persistent resource based runtime detail. + "defaultRuntime": { # The default runtime for the PipelineJob. # Optional. The default runtime for the PipelineJob. If not set, Standard Vertex Custom Job(https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/overview) is used as the runtime. If set, all pipeline tasks will run on the default runtime unless a task is a GCPC custom job component (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/pipelines/customjob-component) based task. If the task is based on a GCPC custom job component, it runs solely according to the component's configuration. + "persistentResourceRuntimeDetail": { # Persistent resource based runtime detail. For more information about persistent resource, refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/persistent-resource-overview # Persistent resource based runtime detail. "persistentResourceName": "A String", # Persistent resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/persistentResources/{persistent_resource}` "taskResourceUnavailableTimeoutBehavior": "A String", # Specifies the behavior to take if the timeout is reached. "taskResourceUnavailableWaitTimeMs": "A String", # The max time a pipeline task waits for the required CPU, memory, or accelerator resource to become available from the specified persistent resource. Default wait time is 0. @@ -4299,8 +4299,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "runtimeConfig": { # The runtime config of a PipelineJob. # Runtime config of the pipeline. - "defaultRuntime": { # The default runtime for the PipelineJob. # Optional. The default runtime for the PipelineJob. If not provided, Vertex Custom Job(on demand) is used as the runtime. For Vertex Custom Job, please refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/overview. - "persistentResourceRuntimeDetail": { # Persistent resource based runtime detail. For more information, refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/persistent-resource-overview # Persistent resource based runtime detail. + "defaultRuntime": { # The default runtime for the PipelineJob. # Optional. The default runtime for the PipelineJob. If not set, Standard Vertex Custom Job(https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/overview) is used as the runtime. If set, all pipeline tasks will run on the default runtime unless a task is a GCPC custom job component (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/pipelines/customjob-component) based task. If the task is based on a GCPC custom job component, it runs solely according to the component's configuration. + "persistentResourceRuntimeDetail": { # Persistent resource based runtime detail. For more information about persistent resource, refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/persistent-resource-overview # Persistent resource based runtime detail. "persistentResourceName": "A String", # Persistent resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/persistentResources/{persistent_resource}` "taskResourceUnavailableTimeoutBehavior": "A String", # Specifies the behavior to take if the timeout is reached. "taskResourceUnavailableWaitTimeMs": "A String", # The max time a pipeline task waits for the required CPU, memory, or accelerator resource to become available from the specified persistent resource. Default wait time is 0. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html index 613ebe0055a..57910469d94 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html @@ -150,8 +150,8 @@

Method Details

"epochCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of complete passes the model makes over the entire training dataset during training. "learningRateMultiplier": 3.14, # Optional. Multiplier for adjusting the default learning rate. }, - "pipelineRootDirectory": "A String", # Required. A path in a Cloud Storage bucket, which will be treated as the root output directory of the distillation pipeline. It is used by the system to generate the paths of output artifacts. - "studentModel": "A String", # The student model that is being tuned, e.g., "google/gemma-2b-1.1-it". + "pipelineRootDirectory": "A String", # Required. Deprecated. A path in a Cloud Storage bucket, which will be treated as the root output directory of the distillation pipeline. It is used by the system to generate the paths of output artifacts. + "studentModel": "A String", # The student model that is being tuned, e.g., "google/gemma-2b-1.1-it". Deprecated. Use base_model instead. "trainingDatasetUri": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage path to file containing training dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. "tunedTeacherModelSource": "A String", # The resource name of the Tuned teacher model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`. "validationDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. @@ -425,8 +425,8 @@

Method Details

"epochCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of complete passes the model makes over the entire training dataset during training. "learningRateMultiplier": 3.14, # Optional. Multiplier for adjusting the default learning rate. }, - "pipelineRootDirectory": "A String", # Required. A path in a Cloud Storage bucket, which will be treated as the root output directory of the distillation pipeline. It is used by the system to generate the paths of output artifacts. - "studentModel": "A String", # The student model that is being tuned, e.g., "google/gemma-2b-1.1-it". + "pipelineRootDirectory": "A String", # Required. Deprecated. A path in a Cloud Storage bucket, which will be treated as the root output directory of the distillation pipeline. It is used by the system to generate the paths of output artifacts. + "studentModel": "A String", # The student model that is being tuned, e.g., "google/gemma-2b-1.1-it". Deprecated. Use base_model instead. "trainingDatasetUri": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage path to file containing training dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. "tunedTeacherModelSource": "A String", # The resource name of the Tuned teacher model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`. "validationDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. @@ -707,8 +707,8 @@

Method Details

"epochCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of complete passes the model makes over the entire training dataset during training. "learningRateMultiplier": 3.14, # Optional. Multiplier for adjusting the default learning rate. }, - "pipelineRootDirectory": "A String", # Required. A path in a Cloud Storage bucket, which will be treated as the root output directory of the distillation pipeline. It is used by the system to generate the paths of output artifacts. - "studentModel": "A String", # The student model that is being tuned, e.g., "google/gemma-2b-1.1-it". + "pipelineRootDirectory": "A String", # Required. Deprecated. A path in a Cloud Storage bucket, which will be treated as the root output directory of the distillation pipeline. It is used by the system to generate the paths of output artifacts. + "studentModel": "A String", # The student model that is being tuned, e.g., "google/gemma-2b-1.1-it". Deprecated. Use base_model instead. "trainingDatasetUri": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage path to file containing training dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. "tunedTeacherModelSource": "A String", # The resource name of the Tuned teacher model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`. "validationDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. @@ -995,8 +995,8 @@

Method Details

"epochCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of complete passes the model makes over the entire training dataset during training. "learningRateMultiplier": 3.14, # Optional. Multiplier for adjusting the default learning rate. }, - "pipelineRootDirectory": "A String", # Required. A path in a Cloud Storage bucket, which will be treated as the root output directory of the distillation pipeline. It is used by the system to generate the paths of output artifacts. - "studentModel": "A String", # The student model that is being tuned, e.g., "google/gemma-2b-1.1-it". + "pipelineRootDirectory": "A String", # Required. Deprecated. A path in a Cloud Storage bucket, which will be treated as the root output directory of the distillation pipeline. It is used by the system to generate the paths of output artifacts. + "studentModel": "A String", # The student model that is being tuned, e.g., "google/gemma-2b-1.1-it". Deprecated. Use base_model instead. "trainingDatasetUri": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage path to file containing training dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. "tunedTeacherModelSource": "A String", # The resource name of the Tuned teacher model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`. "validationDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. @@ -1298,8 +1298,8 @@

Method Details

"epochCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of complete passes the model makes over the entire training dataset during training. "learningRateMultiplier": 3.14, # Optional. Multiplier for adjusting the default learning rate. }, - "pipelineRootDirectory": "A String", # Required. A path in a Cloud Storage bucket, which will be treated as the root output directory of the distillation pipeline. It is used by the system to generate the paths of output artifacts. - "studentModel": "A String", # The student model that is being tuned, e.g., "google/gemma-2b-1.1-it". + "pipelineRootDirectory": "A String", # Required. Deprecated. A path in a Cloud Storage bucket, which will be treated as the root output directory of the distillation pipeline. It is used by the system to generate the paths of output artifacts. + "studentModel": "A String", # The student model that is being tuned, e.g., "google/gemma-2b-1.1-it". Deprecated. Use base_model instead. "trainingDatasetUri": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage path to file containing training dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. "tunedTeacherModelSource": "A String", # The resource name of the Tuned teacher model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`. "validationDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html index 091be787c9e..5c1e6fe5f88 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, huggingFaceToken=None, isHuggingFaceModel=None, languageCode=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a Model Garden publisher model.

- list(parent, filter=None, languageCode=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, filter=None, languageCode=None, listAllVersions=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists publisher models in Model Garden.

list_next()

@@ -246,6 +246,9 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema @@ -289,10 +292,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used. "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -418,6 +429,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -544,6 +557,9 @@

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema @@ -587,10 +603,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used. "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -730,6 +754,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -1356,13 +1382,14 @@

Method Details

- list(parent, filter=None, languageCode=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, filter=None, languageCode=None, listAllVersions=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists publisher models in Model Garden.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The name of the Publisher from which to list the PublisherModels. Format: `publishers/{publisher}` (required)
   filter: string, Optional. The standard list filter.
   languageCode: string, Optional. The IETF BCP-47 language code representing the language in which the publisher models' text information should be written in. If not set, by default English (en).
+  listAllVersions: boolean, Optional. List all publisher model versions if the flag is set to true.
   orderBy: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The standard list page size.
   pageToken: string, Optional. The standard list page token. Typically obtained via ListPublisherModelsResponse.next_page_token of the previous ModelGardenService.ListPublisherModels call.
@@ -1842,6 +1869,9 @@ 

Method Details

"presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema @@ -1885,10 +1915,18 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "tokenResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used. "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -2028,6 +2066,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. diff --git a/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.customers.devices.html b/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.customers.devices.html index 65999b86f0d..b15fd3de08c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.customers.devices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.customers.devices.html @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The customer managing the devices. An API resource name in the format `customers/[CUSTOMER_ID]`. (required) - pageSize: string, The maximum number of devices to show in a page of results. Must be between 1 and 100 inclusive. + pageSize: string, Required. The maximum number of devices to show in a page of results. Must be between 1 and 100 inclusive. pageToken: string, A token specifying which result page to return. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.customers.html b/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.customers.html index 3166cf38882..1e3e1e6aa38 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.customers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.customers.html @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@

Method Details

Lists the user's customer accounts.
 
 Args:
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of customers to show in a page of results. A number between 1 and 100 (inclusive).
+  pageSize: integer, Required. The maximum number of customers to show in a page of results. A number between 1 and 100 (inclusive).
   pageToken: string, A token specifying which result page to return. This field has custom validations in ListCustomersRequestValidator
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html
index 141309e6e5a..de6508058ba 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ 

Method Details

"funDisabled": True or False, # Whether the user is allowed to have fun. Controls whether the Easter egg game in Settings is disabled. "installAppsDisabled": True or False, # Whether user installation of apps is disabled. "installUnknownSourcesAllowed": True or False, # This field has no effect. - "keyguardDisabled": True or False, # If true, this disables the Lock Screen (https://source.android.com/docs/core/display/multi_display/lock-screen) for primary and/or secondary displays. + "keyguardDisabled": True or False, # If true, this disables the Lock Screen (https://source.android.com/docs/core/display/multi_display/lock-screen) for primary and/or secondary displays. This policy is supported only in dedicated device management mode. "keyguardDisabledFeatures": [ # Disabled keyguard customizations, such as widgets. "A String", ], @@ -433,6 +433,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "personalPlayStoreMode": "A String", # Used together with personalApplications to control how apps in the personal profile are allowed or blocked. + "privateSpacePolicy": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether a private space is allowed on the device. "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # If true, screen capture is disabled for all users. }, "playStoreMode": "A String", # This mode controls which apps are available to the user in the Play Store and the behavior on the device when apps are removed from the policy. @@ -752,7 +753,7 @@

Method Details

"funDisabled": True or False, # Whether the user is allowed to have fun. Controls whether the Easter egg game in Settings is disabled. "installAppsDisabled": True or False, # Whether user installation of apps is disabled. "installUnknownSourcesAllowed": True or False, # This field has no effect. - "keyguardDisabled": True or False, # If true, this disables the Lock Screen (https://source.android.com/docs/core/display/multi_display/lock-screen) for primary and/or secondary displays. + "keyguardDisabled": True or False, # If true, this disables the Lock Screen (https://source.android.com/docs/core/display/multi_display/lock-screen) for primary and/or secondary displays. This policy is supported only in dedicated device management mode. "keyguardDisabledFeatures": [ # Disabled keyguard customizations, such as widgets. "A String", ], @@ -873,6 +874,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "personalPlayStoreMode": "A String", # Used together with personalApplications to control how apps in the personal profile are allowed or blocked. + "privateSpacePolicy": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether a private space is allowed on the device. "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # If true, screen capture is disabled for all users. }, "playStoreMode": "A String", # This mode controls which apps are available to the user in the Play Store and the behavior on the device when apps are removed from the policy. @@ -1198,7 +1200,7 @@

Method Details

"funDisabled": True or False, # Whether the user is allowed to have fun. Controls whether the Easter egg game in Settings is disabled. "installAppsDisabled": True or False, # Whether user installation of apps is disabled. "installUnknownSourcesAllowed": True or False, # This field has no effect. - "keyguardDisabled": True or False, # If true, this disables the Lock Screen (https://source.android.com/docs/core/display/multi_display/lock-screen) for primary and/or secondary displays. + "keyguardDisabled": True or False, # If true, this disables the Lock Screen (https://source.android.com/docs/core/display/multi_display/lock-screen) for primary and/or secondary displays. This policy is supported only in dedicated device management mode. "keyguardDisabledFeatures": [ # Disabled keyguard customizations, such as widgets. "A String", ], @@ -1319,6 +1321,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "personalPlayStoreMode": "A String", # Used together with personalApplications to control how apps in the personal profile are allowed or blocked. + "privateSpacePolicy": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether a private space is allowed on the device. "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # If true, screen capture is disabled for all users. }, "playStoreMode": "A String", # This mode controls which apps are available to the user in the Play Store and the behavior on the device when apps are removed from the policy. @@ -1627,7 +1630,7 @@

Method Details

"funDisabled": True or False, # Whether the user is allowed to have fun. Controls whether the Easter egg game in Settings is disabled. "installAppsDisabled": True or False, # Whether user installation of apps is disabled. "installUnknownSourcesAllowed": True or False, # This field has no effect. - "keyguardDisabled": True or False, # If true, this disables the Lock Screen (https://source.android.com/docs/core/display/multi_display/lock-screen) for primary and/or secondary displays. + "keyguardDisabled": True or False, # If true, this disables the Lock Screen (https://source.android.com/docs/core/display/multi_display/lock-screen) for primary and/or secondary displays. This policy is supported only in dedicated device management mode. "keyguardDisabledFeatures": [ # Disabled keyguard customizations, such as widgets. "A String", ], @@ -1748,6 +1751,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "personalPlayStoreMode": "A String", # Used together with personalApplications to control how apps in the personal profile are allowed or blocked. + "privateSpacePolicy": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether a private space is allowed on the device. "screenCaptureDisabled": True or False, # If true, screen capture is disabled for all users. }, "playStoreMode": "A String", # This mode controls which apps are available to the user in the Play Store and the behavior on the device when apps are removed from the policy. diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.projects.locations.applications.services.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.projects.locations.applications.services.html index 75a63c982cb..57fe9d4a234 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.projects.locations.applications.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.projects.locations.applications.services.html @@ -82,10 +82,51 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, servicesId, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes the specified service and all enclosed versions.

Method Details

close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ delete(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, servicesId, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes the specified service and all enclosed versions.
+
+Args:
+  projectsId: string, Part of `name`. Name of the resource requested. Example: apps/myapp/services/default. (required)
+  locationsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  applicationsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  servicesId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.applications.services.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.applications.services.html index 7f679db7302..e9b614eafdb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.applications.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.applications.services.html @@ -82,10 +82,51 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, servicesId, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes the specified service and all enclosed versions.

Method Details

close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ delete(projectsId, locationsId, applicationsId, servicesId, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes the specified service and all enclosed versions.
+
+Args:
+  projectsId: string, Part of `name`. Name of the resource requested. Example: apps/myapp/services/default. (required)
+  locationsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  applicationsId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  servicesId: string, Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html index 9a0fc39ef36..931a5e521a4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@

Method Details

Args: projectId: string, Required. Project ID of the requested dataset (required) datasetId: string, Required. Dataset ID of the requested dataset (required) - accessPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The version of the access policy schema to fetch. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for conditional access policy binding in datasets must specify version 3. Dataset with no conditional role bindings in access policy may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. This field will be maped to [IAM Policy version] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#versions) and will be used to fetch policy from IAM. If unset or if 0 or 1 value is used for dataset with conditional bindings, access entry with condition will have role string appended by 'withcond' string followed by a hash value. For example : { "access": [ { "role": "roles/bigquery.dataViewer_with_conditionalbinding_7a34awqsda", "userByEmail": "user@example.com", } ] } Please refer https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/troubleshooting-withcond for more details. + accessPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The version of the access policy schema to fetch. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for conditional access policy binding in datasets must specify version 3. Dataset with no conditional role bindings in access policy may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. This field will be mapped to [IAM Policy version] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#versions) and will be used to fetch policy from IAM. If unset or if 0 or 1 value is used for dataset with conditional bindings, access entry with condition will have role string appended by 'withcond' string followed by a hash value. For example : { "access": [ { "role": "roles/bigquery.dataViewer_with_conditionalbinding_7a34awqsda", "userByEmail": "user@example.com", } ] } Please refer https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/troubleshooting-withcond for more details. datasetView: string, Optional. Specifies the view that determines which dataset information is returned. By default, metadata and ACL information are returned. Allowed values DATASET_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default value. Default to the FULL view. @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog. } - accessPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The version of the provided access policy schema. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. This version refers to the schema version of the access policy and not the version of access policy. This field's value can be equal or more than the access policy schema provided in the request. For example, * Requests with conditional access policy binding in datasets must specify version 3. * But dataset with no conditional role bindings in access policy may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. If unset or if 0 or 1 value is used for dataset with conditional bindings, request will be rejected. This field will be maped to IAM Policy version (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#versions) and will be used to set policy in IAM. + accessPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The version of the provided access policy schema. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. This version refers to the schema version of the access policy and not the version of access policy. This field's value can be equal or more than the access policy schema provided in the request. For example, * Requests with conditional access policy binding in datasets must specify version 3. * But dataset with no conditional role bindings in access policy may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. If unset or if 0 or 1 value is used for dataset with conditional bindings, request will be rejected. This field will be mapped to IAM Policy version (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#versions) and will be used to set policy in IAM. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog. } - accessPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The version of the provided access policy schema. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. This version refers to the schema version of the access policy and not the version of access policy. This field's value can be equal or more than the access policy schema provided in the request. For example, * Operations updating conditional access policy binding in datasets must specify version 3. Some of the operations are : - Adding a new access policy entry with condition. - Removing an access policy entry with condition. - Updating an access policy entry with condition. * But dataset with no conditional role bindings in access policy may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. If unset or if 0 or 1 value is used for dataset with conditional bindings, request will be rejected. This field will be maped to IAM Policy version (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#versions) and will be used to set policy in IAM. + accessPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The version of the provided access policy schema. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. This version refers to the schema version of the access policy and not the version of access policy. This field's value can be equal or more than the access policy schema provided in the request. For example, * Operations updating conditional access policy binding in datasets must specify version 3. Some of the operations are : - Adding a new access policy entry with condition. - Removing an access policy entry with condition. - Updating an access policy entry with condition. * But dataset with no conditional role bindings in access policy may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. If unset or if 0 or 1 value is used for dataset with conditional bindings, request will be rejected. This field will be mapped to IAM Policy version (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#versions) and will be used to set policy in IAM. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -960,7 +960,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog. } - accessPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The version of the provided access policy schema. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. This version refers to the schema version of the access policy and not the version of access policy. This field's value can be equal or more than the access policy schema provided in the request. For example, * Operations updating conditional access policy binding in datasets must specify version 3. Some of the operations are : - Adding a new access policy entry with condition. - Removing an access policy entry with condition. - Updating an access policy entry with condition. * But dataset with no conditional role bindings in access policy may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. If unset or if 0 or 1 value is used for dataset with conditional bindings, request will be rejected. This field will be maped to IAM Policy version (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#versions) and will be used to set policy in IAM. + accessPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The version of the provided access policy schema. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. This version refers to the schema version of the access policy and not the version of access policy. This field's value can be equal or more than the access policy schema provided in the request. For example, * Operations updating conditional access policy binding in datasets must specify version 3. Some of the operations are : - Adding a new access policy entry with condition. - Removing an access policy entry with condition. - Updating an access policy entry with condition. * But dataset with no conditional role bindings in access policy may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. If unset or if 0 or 1 value is used for dataset with conditional bindings, request will be rejected. This field will be mapped to IAM Policy version (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#versions) and will be used to set policy in IAM. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html index 737f48731c4..607c54a067e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Instance Methods

Completes the [import process](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/import-data) for the specified space and makes it visible to users. Requires [app authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) and domain-wide delegation. For more information, see [Authorize Google Chat apps to import data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authorize-import).

create(body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a space with no members. Can be used to create a named space, or a group chat in `Import mode`. For an example, see [Create a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-spaces). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) When authenticating as an app, the `space.customer` field must be set in the request.

+

Creates a space. Can be used to create a named space, or a group chat in `Import mode`. For an example, see [Create a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) When authenticating as an app, the `space.customer` field must be set in the request. Space membership upon creation depends on whether the space is created in `Import mode`: * **Import mode:** No members are created. * **All other modes:** The calling user is added as a member. This is: * The app itself when using app authentication. * The human user when using user authentication. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name.

delete(name, useAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a named space. Always performs a cascading delete, which means that the space's child resources—like messages posted in the space and memberships in the space—are also deleted. For an example, see [Delete a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/delete-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) You can authenticate and authorize this method with administrator privileges by setting the `use_admin_access` field in the request.

@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@

Method Details

create(body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a space with no members. Can be used to create a named space, or a group chat in `Import mode`. For an example, see [Create a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-spaces). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) When authenticating as an app, the `space.customer` field must be set in the request.
+  
Creates a space. Can be used to create a named space, or a group chat in `Import mode`. For an example, see [Create a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) When authenticating as an app, the `space.customer` field must be set in the request. Space membership upon creation depends on whether the space is created in `Import mode`: * **Import mode:** No members are created. * **All other modes:** The calling user is added as a member. This is: * The app itself when using app authentication. * The human user when using user authentication. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.channelPartnerLinks.customers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.channelPartnerLinks.customers.html
index dd72f1ef16a..345a88730fd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.channelPartnerLinks.customers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.channelPartnerLinks.customers.html
@@ -137,21 +137,21 @@ 

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire). + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. @@ -197,21 +197,21 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire). + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. @@ -282,21 +282,21 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire). + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. @@ -362,21 +362,21 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire). + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. @@ -434,21 +434,21 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire). + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. @@ -513,21 +513,21 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire). + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. @@ -574,21 +574,21 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire). + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html index 9e72ee74e23..66db5aff7a1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html @@ -171,21 +171,21 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire). + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. @@ -231,21 +231,21 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire). + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. @@ -316,21 +316,21 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire). + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. @@ -396,21 +396,21 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire). + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. @@ -468,21 +468,21 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire). + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. @@ -825,21 +825,21 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire). + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. @@ -886,21 +886,21 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire). + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. }, "primaryContactInfo": { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.reportJobs.html b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.reportJobs.html index db36cebfb8c..dbe3aea6db4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.reportJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.reportJobs.html @@ -136,8 +136,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -150,8 +150,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -176,8 +176,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -190,8 +190,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -224,8 +224,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.reports.html b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.reports.html index 251c324fa3a..acae0ba13c2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.reports.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.reports.html @@ -171,8 +171,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -185,8 +185,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html index 88a6a7a7e48..8c56cf7a7e6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -852,7 +852,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -945,7 +945,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -1500,7 +1500,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html index 560e990a5bc..f02b162c398 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html @@ -95,6 +95,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(project, backendService, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the specified BackendService resource.

+

+ getEffectiveSecurityPolicies(project, backendService, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns effective security policies applied to this backend service.

getHealth(project, backendService, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets the most recent health check results for this BackendService. Example request body: { "group": "/zones/us-east1-b/instanceGroups/lb-backend-example" }

@@ -343,7 +346,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -1135,7 +1138,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -1563,6 +1566,294 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getEffectiveSecurityPolicies(project, backendService, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns effective security policies applied to this backend service.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  backendService: string, Name of the Backend Service for this request. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "securityPolicies": [ # Effective security policies for the backend service.
+    { # Represents a Google Cloud Armor security policy resource. Only external backend services that use load balancers can reference a security policy. For more information, see Google Cloud Armor security policy overview.
+      "adaptiveProtectionConfig": { # Configuration options for Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection (CAAP).
+        "autoDeployConfig": { # Configuration options for Adaptive Protection auto-deploy feature.
+          "confidenceThreshold": 3.14,
+          "expirationSec": 42,
+          "impactedBaselineThreshold": 3.14,
+          "loadThreshold": 3.14,
+        },
+        "layer7DdosDefenseConfig": { # Configuration options for L7 DDoS detection. This field is only supported in Global Security Policies of type CLOUD_ARMOR. # If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning.
+          "enable": True or False, # If set to true, enables CAAP for L7 DDoS detection. This field is only supported in Global Security Policies of type CLOUD_ARMOR.
+          "ruleVisibility": "A String", # Rule visibility can be one of the following: STANDARD - opaque rules. (default) PREMIUM - transparent rules. This field is only supported in Global Security Policies of type CLOUD_ARMOR.
+          "thresholdConfigs": [ # Configuration options for layer7 adaptive protection for various customizable thresholds.
+            {
+              "autoDeployConfidenceThreshold": 3.14,
+              "autoDeployExpirationSec": 42,
+              "autoDeployImpactedBaselineThreshold": 3.14,
+              "autoDeployLoadThreshold": 3.14,
+              "detectionAbsoluteQps": 3.14,
+              "detectionLoadThreshold": 3.14,
+              "detectionRelativeToBaselineQps": 3.14,
+              "name": "A String", # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. The name must be unique within the security policy.
+              "trafficGranularityConfigs": [ # Configuration options for enabling Adaptive Protection to operate on specified granular traffic units.
+                { # Configurations to specifc granular traffic units processed by Adaptive Protection.
+                  "enableEachUniqueValue": True or False, # If enabled, traffic matching each unique value for the specified type constitutes a separate traffic unit. It can only be set to true if `value` is empty.
+                  "type": "A String", # Type of this configuration.
+                  "value": "A String", # Requests that match this value constitute a granular traffic unit.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "advancedOptionsConfig": {
+        "jsonCustomConfig": { # Custom configuration to apply the JSON parsing. Only applicable when json_parsing is set to STANDARD.
+          "contentTypes": [ # A list of custom Content-Type header values to apply the JSON parsing. As per RFC 1341, a Content-Type header value has the following format: Content-Type := type "/" subtype *[";" parameter] When configuring a custom Content-Type header value, only the type/subtype needs to be specified, and the parameters should be excluded.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "jsonParsing": "A String",
+        "logLevel": "A String",
+        "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive.
+        "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "associations": [ # A list of associations that belong to this policy.
+        {
+          "attachmentId": "A String", # The resource that the security policy is attached to.
+          "displayName": "A String", # [Output Only] The display name of the security policy of the association.
+          "excludedFolders": [ # A list of folders to exclude from the security policy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "excludedProjects": [ # A list of projects to exclude from the security policy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "name": "A String", # The name for an association.
+          "securityPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] The security policy ID of the association.
+          "shortName": "A String", # [Output Only] The short name of the security policy of the association.
+        },
+      ],
+      "cloudArmorConfig": { # Configuration options for Cloud Armor.
+        "enableMl": True or False, # If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning.
+      },
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+      "ddosProtectionConfig": {
+        "ddosProtection": "A String",
+      },
+      "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+      "displayName": "A String", # User-provided name of the organization security policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the security policy is created. This should only be used when SecurityPolicyType is FIREWALL. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the security policy.
+      "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+      "kind": "compute#securityPolicy", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyfor security policies
+      "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this security policy, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the security policy.
+      "labels": { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      "parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the security policy.
+      "recaptchaOptionsConfig": {
+        "redirectSiteKey": "A String", # An optional field to supply a reCAPTCHA site key to be used for all the rules using the redirect action with the type of GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA under the security policy. The specified site key needs to be created from the reCAPTCHA API. The user is responsible for the validity of the specified site key. If not specified, a Google-managed site key is used. This field is only supported in Global Security Policies of type CLOUD_ARMOR.
+      },
+      "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional security policy resides. This field is not applicable to global security policies.
+      "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all security policy rule tuples. A security policy can not exceed a set number of tuples.
+      "rules": [ # A list of rules that belong to this policy. There must always be a default rule which is a rule with priority 2147483647 and match all condition (for the match condition this means match "*" for srcIpRanges and for the networkMatch condition every field must be either match "*" or not set). If no rules are provided when creating a security policy, a default rule with action "allow" will be added.
+        { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny).
+          "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the rule is matched. The following are the valid actions: - allow: allow access to target. - deny(STATUS): deny access to target, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid values for `STATUS` are 403, 404, and 502. - rate_based_ban: limit client traffic to the configured threshold and ban the client if the traffic exceeds the threshold. Configure parameters for this action in RateLimitOptions. Requires rate_limit_options to be set. - redirect: redirect to a different target. This can either be an internal reCAPTCHA redirect, or an external URL-based redirect via a 302 response. Parameters for this action can be configured via redirectOptions. This action is only supported in Global Security Policies of type CLOUD_ARMOR. - throttle: limit client traffic to the configured threshold. Configure parameters for this action in rateLimitOptions. Requires rate_limit_options to be set for this.
+          "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+          "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+          "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. This field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+          "headerAction": { # Optional, additional actions that are performed on headers. This field is only supported in Global Security Policies of type CLOUD_ARMOR.
+            "requestHeadersToAdds": [ # The list of request headers to add or overwrite if they're already present.
+              {
+                "headerName": "A String", # The name of the header to set.
+                "headerValue": "A String", # The value to set the named header to.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "kind": "compute#securityPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyRule for security policy rules
+          "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
+            "config": { # The configuration options available when specifying versioned_expr. This field must be specified if versioned_expr is specified and cannot be specified if versioned_expr is not specified.
+              "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "destPorts": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+                {
+                  "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number.
+                  "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"]. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                },
+              ],
+              "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+                {
+                  "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number.
+                  "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"]. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                },
+              ],
+              "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of src_ip_ranges allowed is 10.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "expr": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # User defined CEVAL expression. A CEVAL expression is used to specify match criteria such as origin.ip, source.region_code and contents in the request header. Expressions containing `evaluateThreatIntelligence` require Cloud Armor Managed Protection Plus tier and are not supported in Edge Policies nor in Regional Policies. Expressions containing `evaluatePreconfiguredExpr('sourceiplist-*')` require Cloud Armor Managed Protection Plus tier and are only supported in Global Security Policies.
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+              "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+              "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+              "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+            },
+            "exprOptions": { # The configuration options available when specifying a user defined CEVAL expression (i.e., 'expr').
+              "recaptchaOptions": { # reCAPTCHA configuration options to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate reCAPTCHA tokens, this field has no effect.
+                "actionTokenSiteKeys": [ # A list of site keys to be used during the validation of reCAPTCHA action-tokens. The provided site keys need to be created from reCAPTCHA API under the same project where the security policy is created.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "sessionTokenSiteKeys": [ # A list of site keys to be used during the validation of reCAPTCHA session-tokens. The provided site keys need to be created from reCAPTCHA API under the same project where the security policy is created.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+            "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config.
+          },
+          "networkMatch": { # Represents a match condition that incoming network traffic is evaluated against. # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For strings specifying '*' is also equivalent to match all. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive.
+            "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023").
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp".
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address.
+              42,
+            ],
+            "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023").
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field.
+              {
+                "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition.
+                "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff").
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect.
+            "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation.
+              {
+                "requestCookiesToExclude": [ # A list of request cookie names whose value will be excluded from inspection during preconfigured WAF evaluation.
+                  {
+                    "op": "A String", # The match operator for the field.
+                    "val": "A String", # The value of the field.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "requestHeadersToExclude": [ # A list of request header names whose value will be excluded from inspection during preconfigured WAF evaluation.
+                  {
+                    "op": "A String", # The match operator for the field.
+                    "val": "A String", # The value of the field.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "requestQueryParamsToExclude": [ # A list of request query parameter names whose value will be excluded from inspection during preconfigured WAF evaluation. Note that the parameter can be in the query string or in the POST body.
+                  {
+                    "op": "A String", # The match operator for the field.
+                    "val": "A String", # The value of the field.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "requestUrisToExclude": [ # A list of request URIs from the request line to be excluded from inspection during preconfigured WAF evaluation. When specifying this field, the query or fragment part should be excluded.
+                  {
+                    "op": "A String", # The match operator for the field.
+                    "val": "A String", # The value of the field.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "targetRuleIds": [ # A list of target rule IDs under the WAF rule set to apply the preconfigured WAF exclusion. If omitted, it refers to all the rule IDs under the WAF rule set.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "targetRuleSet": "A String", # Target WAF rule set to apply the preconfigured WAF exclusion.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "preview": True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
+          "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+          "rateLimitOptions": { # Must be specified if the action is "rate_based_ban" or "throttle". Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+            "banDurationSec": 42, # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is "rate_based_ban". If specified, determines the time (in seconds) the traffic will continue to be banned by the rate limit after the rate falls below the threshold.
+            "banThreshold": { # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is "rate_based_ban". If specified, the key will be banned for the configured 'ban_duration_sec' when the number of requests that exceed the 'rate_limit_threshold' also exceed this 'ban_threshold'.
+              "count": 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+              "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+            },
+            "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
+            "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL.
+            "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified.
+              {
+                "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
+                "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL.
+              },
+            ],
+            "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
+            "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are `deny(STATUS)`, where valid values for `STATUS` are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and `redirect`, where the redirect parameters come from `exceedRedirectOptions` below. The `redirect` action is only supported in Global Security Policies of type CLOUD_ARMOR.
+            "exceedActionRpcStatus": { # Simplified google.rpc.Status type (omitting details). # Specified gRPC response status for proxyless gRPC requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold
+              "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+              "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English.
+            },
+            "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect. This field is only supported in Global Security Policies of type CLOUD_ARMOR.
+              "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+              "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+            },
+            "rateLimitThreshold": { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
+              "count": 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+              "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+            },
+          },
+          "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions. This field is only supported in Global Security Policies of type CLOUD_ARMOR.
+            "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+            "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+          },
+          "redirectTarget": "A String", # This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+          "ruleManagedProtectionTier": "A String", # [Output Only] The minimum managed protection tier required for this rule. [Deprecated] Use requiredManagedProtectionTiers instead.
+          "ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
+          "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
+          "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+      "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+      "shortName": "A String", # User-provided name of the organization security policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the security policy is created. This should only be used when SecurityPolicyType is CLOUD_ARMOR. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      "type": "A String", # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. - CLOUD_ARMOR: Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. - CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE: Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (Cloud Storage). They filter requests before the request is served from Google's cache. - CLOUD_ARMOR_INTERNAL_SERVICE: Cloud Armor internal service policies can be configured to filter HTTP requests targeting services managed by Traffic Director in a service mesh. They filter requests before the request is served from the application. - CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK: Cloud Armor network policies can be configured to filter packets targeting network load balancing resources such as backend services, target pools, target instances, and instances with external IPs. They filter requests before the request is served from the application. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
+      "userDefinedFields": [ # Definitions of user-defined fields for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK policies. A user-defined field consists of up to 4 bytes extracted from a fixed offset in the packet, relative to the IPv4, IPv6, TCP, or UDP header, with an optional mask to select certain bits. Rules may then specify matching values for these fields. Example: userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" base: IPV4 offset: 6 size: 2 mask: "0x1fff"
+        {
+          "base": "A String", # The base relative to which 'offset' is measured. Possible values are: - IPV4: Points to the beginning of the IPv4 header. - IPV6: Points to the beginning of the IPv6 header. - TCP: Points to the beginning of the TCP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. - UDP: Points to the beginning of the UDP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. required
+          "mask": "A String", # If specified, apply this mask (bitwise AND) to the field to ignore bits before matching. Encoded as a hexadecimal number (starting with "0x"). The last byte of the field (in network byte order) corresponds to the least significant byte of the mask.
+          "name": "A String", # The name of this field. Must be unique within the policy.
+          "offset": 42, # Offset of the first byte of the field (in network byte order) relative to 'base'.
+          "size": 42, # Size of the field in bytes. Valid values: 1-4.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+
getHealth(project, backendService, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the most recent health check results for this BackendService. Example request body: { "group": "/zones/us-east1-b/instanceGroups/lb-backend-example" }
@@ -1717,7 +2008,7 @@ 

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -2333,7 +2624,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -2847,7 +3138,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -3377,7 +3668,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -4376,7 +4667,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.crossSiteNetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.crossSiteNetworks.html index 0d906d03509..d488db65bb5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.crossSiteNetworks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.crossSiteNetworks.html @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

- patch(project, crossSiteNetwork, body=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ patch(project, crossSiteNetwork, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the specified cross-site network with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.

Method Details

@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@

Method Details

} requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder - validateOnly: boolean, [Input Only] Validate the new configuration, but don't create it. If applicable, any configuration notices are returned in the `configurationNotices` field. + validateOnly: boolean, [Input Only] Validate the new configuration, but don't create it. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@

Method Details

- patch(project, crossSiteNetwork, body=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) + patch(project, crossSiteNetwork, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates the specified cross-site network with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.
 
 Args:
@@ -477,7 +477,8 @@ 

Method Details

} requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder - validateOnly: boolean, [Input Only] Validate the new configuration, but don't update it. If applicable, any configuration notices are returned in the `configurationNotices` field. + updateMask: string, update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request. + validateOnly: boolean, [Input Only] Validate the new configuration, but don't update it. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html index 4ffebd1fc12..18daf8a8713 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html @@ -1106,7 +1106,7 @@

Method Details

{ "asyncReplicationStatus": { "diskPairReplicationState": { - "dataReplicationState": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_INITIALIZING: The device is doing the initial replication after starting the replication. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATING_HEALTHY: The primary disk is healthily replicating to the secondary device i.e. last_replication_time is within RPO. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATING_BEHIND: The replication is lagging above the SLO limit due to some internal issue. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATING_UNHEALTHY: The replication is lagging, and the RPO is not being met due to some internal issue. . - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATION_STUCK: The replication is completely stuck due to some internal error. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_STOPPING: The replication is under the process of being stopped. This is a transient state. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_STOPPED: The replication between the disk-pairs have stopped. + "dataReplicationState": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_INITIALIZING: The device is doing the initial replication after starting the replication. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATING_HEALTHY: The primary disk is healthily replicating to the secondary device i.e. last_replication_time is within RPO. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATING_BEHIND_HIGH_CHURN: The replication is lagging above the SLO limit due to some internal issue. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATING_BEHIND_SYSTEM_LAGGING: The replication is lagging, and the RPO is not being met due to some internal issue. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATION_STUCK: The replication is completely stuck due to some internal error. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_STOPPING: The replication is under the process of being stopped. This is a transient state. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_STOPPED: The replication between the disk-pairs have stopped. "replicationDiskPair": { "primaryDisk": "A String", # URL of the primary disk. "secondaryDisk": "A String", # URL of the secondary disk. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html index 308432954ae..f8481fac382 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html @@ -133,6 +133,26 @@

Method Details

"a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of future reservations. "futureReservations": [ # A list of future reservations contained in this scope. { + "aggregateReservation": { # This reservation type is specified by total resource amounts (e.g. total count of CPUs) and can account for multiple instance SKUs. In other words, one can create instances of varying shapes against this reservation. # Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation. + "inUseResources": [ # [Output only] List of resources currently in use. + { + "accelerator": { # Properties of accelerator resources in this reservation. + "acceleratorCount": 42, # Number of accelerators of specified type. + "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL to accelerator type. e.g. "projects/{PROJECT}/zones/{ZONE}/acceleratorTypes/ct4l" + }, + }, + ], + "reservedResources": [ # List of reserved resources (CPUs, memory, accelerators). + { + "accelerator": { # Properties of accelerator resources in this reservation. + "acceleratorCount": 42, # Number of accelerators of specified type. + "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL to accelerator type. e.g. "projects/{PROJECT}/zones/{ZONE}/acceleratorTypes/ct4l" + }, + }, + ], + "vmFamily": "A String", # The VM family that all instances scheduled against this reservation must belong to. + "workloadType": "A String", # The workload type of the instances that will target this reservation. + }, "autoCreatedReservationsDeleteTime": "A String", # Future timestamp when the FR auto-created reservations will be deleted by Compute Engine. Format of this field must be a valid href="https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt">RFC3339 value. "autoCreatedReservationsDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the duration of auto-created reservations. It represents relative time to future reservation start_time when auto-created reservations will be automatically deleted by Compute Engine. Duration time unit is represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. @@ -147,13 +167,12 @@

Method Details

"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation in RFC3339 text format. "deploymentType": "A String", # Type of the deployment requested as part of future reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the future reservation. - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates if this group of VMs have opportunistic maintenance enabled. This will be set on the FR by customers, and will be used for reservation and reservation block maintenance . "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this future reservation. The server defines this identifier. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Action to take during reservation termination. "kind": "compute#futureReservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#futureReservation for future reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "namePrefix": "A String", # Name prefix for the reservations to be created at the time of delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created reservations name format will be -date-####. "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation + "reservationMode": "A String", # The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and expected pricing. "reservationName": "A String", # Name of reservations where the capacity is provisioned at the time of delivery of future reservations. If the reservation with the given name does not exist already, it is created automatically at the time of Approval with INACTIVE state till specified start-time. Either provide the reservation_name or a name_prefix. "schedulingType": "A String", # Maintenance information for this reservation "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. @@ -603,6 +622,26 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { + "aggregateReservation": { # This reservation type is specified by total resource amounts (e.g. total count of CPUs) and can account for multiple instance SKUs. In other words, one can create instances of varying shapes against this reservation. # Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation. + "inUseResources": [ # [Output only] List of resources currently in use. + { + "accelerator": { # Properties of accelerator resources in this reservation. + "acceleratorCount": 42, # Number of accelerators of specified type. + "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL to accelerator type. e.g. "projects/{PROJECT}/zones/{ZONE}/acceleratorTypes/ct4l" + }, + }, + ], + "reservedResources": [ # List of reserved resources (CPUs, memory, accelerators). + { + "accelerator": { # Properties of accelerator resources in this reservation. + "acceleratorCount": 42, # Number of accelerators of specified type. + "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL to accelerator type. e.g. "projects/{PROJECT}/zones/{ZONE}/acceleratorTypes/ct4l" + }, + }, + ], + "vmFamily": "A String", # The VM family that all instances scheduled against this reservation must belong to. + "workloadType": "A String", # The workload type of the instances that will target this reservation. + }, "autoCreatedReservationsDeleteTime": "A String", # Future timestamp when the FR auto-created reservations will be deleted by Compute Engine. Format of this field must be a valid href="https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt">RFC3339 value. "autoCreatedReservationsDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the duration of auto-created reservations. It represents relative time to future reservation start_time when auto-created reservations will be automatically deleted by Compute Engine. Duration time unit is represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. @@ -617,13 +656,12 @@

Method Details

"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation in RFC3339 text format. "deploymentType": "A String", # Type of the deployment requested as part of future reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the future reservation. - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates if this group of VMs have opportunistic maintenance enabled. This will be set on the FR by customers, and will be used for reservation and reservation block maintenance . "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this future reservation. The server defines this identifier. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Action to take during reservation termination. "kind": "compute#futureReservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#futureReservation for future reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "namePrefix": "A String", # Name prefix for the reservations to be created at the time of delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created reservations name format will be -date-####. "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation + "reservationMode": "A String", # The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and expected pricing. "reservationName": "A String", # Name of reservations where the capacity is provisioned at the time of delivery of future reservations. If the reservation with the given name does not exist already, it is created automatically at the time of Approval with INACTIVE state till specified start-time. Either provide the reservation_name or a name_prefix. "schedulingType": "A String", # Maintenance information for this reservation "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. @@ -766,6 +804,26 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { + "aggregateReservation": { # This reservation type is specified by total resource amounts (e.g. total count of CPUs) and can account for multiple instance SKUs. In other words, one can create instances of varying shapes against this reservation. # Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation. + "inUseResources": [ # [Output only] List of resources currently in use. + { + "accelerator": { # Properties of accelerator resources in this reservation. + "acceleratorCount": 42, # Number of accelerators of specified type. + "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL to accelerator type. e.g. "projects/{PROJECT}/zones/{ZONE}/acceleratorTypes/ct4l" + }, + }, + ], + "reservedResources": [ # List of reserved resources (CPUs, memory, accelerators). + { + "accelerator": { # Properties of accelerator resources in this reservation. + "acceleratorCount": 42, # Number of accelerators of specified type. + "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL to accelerator type. e.g. "projects/{PROJECT}/zones/{ZONE}/acceleratorTypes/ct4l" + }, + }, + ], + "vmFamily": "A String", # The VM family that all instances scheduled against this reservation must belong to. + "workloadType": "A String", # The workload type of the instances that will target this reservation. + }, "autoCreatedReservationsDeleteTime": "A String", # Future timestamp when the FR auto-created reservations will be deleted by Compute Engine. Format of this field must be a valid href="https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt">RFC3339 value. "autoCreatedReservationsDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the duration of auto-created reservations. It represents relative time to future reservation start_time when auto-created reservations will be automatically deleted by Compute Engine. Duration time unit is represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. @@ -780,13 +838,12 @@

Method Details

"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation in RFC3339 text format. "deploymentType": "A String", # Type of the deployment requested as part of future reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the future reservation. - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates if this group of VMs have opportunistic maintenance enabled. This will be set on the FR by customers, and will be used for reservation and reservation block maintenance . "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this future reservation. The server defines this identifier. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Action to take during reservation termination. "kind": "compute#futureReservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#futureReservation for future reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "namePrefix": "A String", # Name prefix for the reservations to be created at the time of delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created reservations name format will be -date-####. "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation + "reservationMode": "A String", # The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and expected pricing. "reservationName": "A String", # Name of reservations where the capacity is provisioned at the time of delivery of future reservations. If the reservation with the given name does not exist already, it is created automatically at the time of Approval with INACTIVE state till specified start-time. Either provide the reservation_name or a name_prefix. "schedulingType": "A String", # Maintenance information for this reservation "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. @@ -1060,6 +1117,26 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "items": [ # [Output Only] A list of future reservation resources. { + "aggregateReservation": { # This reservation type is specified by total resource amounts (e.g. total count of CPUs) and can account for multiple instance SKUs. In other words, one can create instances of varying shapes against this reservation. # Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation. + "inUseResources": [ # [Output only] List of resources currently in use. + { + "accelerator": { # Properties of accelerator resources in this reservation. + "acceleratorCount": 42, # Number of accelerators of specified type. + "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL to accelerator type. e.g. "projects/{PROJECT}/zones/{ZONE}/acceleratorTypes/ct4l" + }, + }, + ], + "reservedResources": [ # List of reserved resources (CPUs, memory, accelerators). + { + "accelerator": { # Properties of accelerator resources in this reservation. + "acceleratorCount": 42, # Number of accelerators of specified type. + "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL to accelerator type. e.g. "projects/{PROJECT}/zones/{ZONE}/acceleratorTypes/ct4l" + }, + }, + ], + "vmFamily": "A String", # The VM family that all instances scheduled against this reservation must belong to. + "workloadType": "A String", # The workload type of the instances that will target this reservation. + }, "autoCreatedReservationsDeleteTime": "A String", # Future timestamp when the FR auto-created reservations will be deleted by Compute Engine. Format of this field must be a valid href="https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt">RFC3339 value. "autoCreatedReservationsDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the duration of auto-created reservations. It represents relative time to future reservation start_time when auto-created reservations will be automatically deleted by Compute Engine. Duration time unit is represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. @@ -1074,13 +1151,12 @@

Method Details

"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation in RFC3339 text format. "deploymentType": "A String", # Type of the deployment requested as part of future reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the future reservation. - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates if this group of VMs have opportunistic maintenance enabled. This will be set on the FR by customers, and will be used for reservation and reservation block maintenance . "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this future reservation. The server defines this identifier. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Action to take during reservation termination. "kind": "compute#futureReservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#futureReservation for future reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "namePrefix": "A String", # Name prefix for the reservations to be created at the time of delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created reservations name format will be -date-####. "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation + "reservationMode": "A String", # The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and expected pricing. "reservationName": "A String", # Name of reservations where the capacity is provisioned at the time of delivery of future reservations. If the reservation with the given name does not exist already, it is created automatically at the time of Approval with INACTIVE state till specified start-time. Either provide the reservation_name or a name_prefix. "schedulingType": "A String", # Maintenance information for this reservation "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. @@ -1256,6 +1332,26 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { + "aggregateReservation": { # This reservation type is specified by total resource amounts (e.g. total count of CPUs) and can account for multiple instance SKUs. In other words, one can create instances of varying shapes against this reservation. # Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation. + "inUseResources": [ # [Output only] List of resources currently in use. + { + "accelerator": { # Properties of accelerator resources in this reservation. + "acceleratorCount": 42, # Number of accelerators of specified type. + "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL to accelerator type. e.g. "projects/{PROJECT}/zones/{ZONE}/acceleratorTypes/ct4l" + }, + }, + ], + "reservedResources": [ # List of reserved resources (CPUs, memory, accelerators). + { + "accelerator": { # Properties of accelerator resources in this reservation. + "acceleratorCount": 42, # Number of accelerators of specified type. + "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL to accelerator type. e.g. "projects/{PROJECT}/zones/{ZONE}/acceleratorTypes/ct4l" + }, + }, + ], + "vmFamily": "A String", # The VM family that all instances scheduled against this reservation must belong to. + "workloadType": "A String", # The workload type of the instances that will target this reservation. + }, "autoCreatedReservationsDeleteTime": "A String", # Future timestamp when the FR auto-created reservations will be deleted by Compute Engine. Format of this field must be a valid href="https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt">RFC3339 value. "autoCreatedReservationsDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the duration of auto-created reservations. It represents relative time to future reservation start_time when auto-created reservations will be automatically deleted by Compute Engine. Duration time unit is represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. @@ -1270,13 +1366,12 @@

Method Details

"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation in RFC3339 text format. "deploymentType": "A String", # Type of the deployment requested as part of future reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the future reservation. - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates if this group of VMs have opportunistic maintenance enabled. This will be set on the FR by customers, and will be used for reservation and reservation block maintenance . "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this future reservation. The server defines this identifier. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Action to take during reservation termination. "kind": "compute#futureReservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#futureReservation for future reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "namePrefix": "A String", # Name prefix for the reservations to be created at the time of delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created reservations name format will be -date-####. "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation + "reservationMode": "A String", # The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and expected pricing. "reservationName": "A String", # Name of reservations where the capacity is provisioned at the time of delivery of future reservations. If the reservation with the given name does not exist already, it is created automatically at the time of Approval with INACTIVE state till specified start-time. Either provide the reservation_name or a name_prefix. "schedulingType": "A String", # Maintenance information for this reservation "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html index 5bd222f6c71..f0b0f2d4d4e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@

Method Details

"instances": [ # The list of specifications of per-instance configs to be created. This field cannot be used together with 'resize_by'. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@

Method Details

"instances": [ # The list of specifications of per-instance configs to be created. This field cannot be used together with 'resize_by'. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@

Method Details

"instances": [ # The list of specifications of per-instance configs to be created. This field cannot be used together with 'resize_by'. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html index 5866446c8ff..10288b1d51b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html @@ -418,12 +418,12 @@

Method Details

}, "instanceGroup": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. - "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM. + "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed VM by recreating it. For more information, see about repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed VM. "forceUpdateOnRepair": "A String", # A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair. "metadataBasedReadinessSignal": { # The configuration for metadata based readiness signal sent by the instance during initialization when stopping / suspending an instance. The Instance Group Manager will wait for a signal that indicates successful initialization before stopping / suspending an instance. If a successful readiness signal is not sent before timeout, the corresponding instance will not be stopped / suspended. Instead, an error will be visible in the lastAttempt.errors field of the managed instance in the listmanagedinstances method. If metadataBasedReadinessSignal.timeoutSec is unset, the Instance Group Manager will directly proceed to suspend / stop instances, skipping initialization on them. "timeoutSec": 42, # The number of seconds to wait for a readiness signal during initialization before timing out. }, - "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): The MIG performs the same action as specified in the instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to REPAIR, then the MIG repairs unhealthy VMs. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to DO_NOTHING, then the MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. - REPAIR: The MIG repairs unhealthy VMs by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: The MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. For more information, see about repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. @@ -785,7 +785,7 @@

Method Details

"instances": [ # [Required] List of specifications of per-instance configs. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { @@ -1434,12 +1434,12 @@

Method Details

}, "instanceGroup": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. - "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM. + "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed VM by recreating it. For more information, see about repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed VM. "forceUpdateOnRepair": "A String", # A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair. "metadataBasedReadinessSignal": { # The configuration for metadata based readiness signal sent by the instance during initialization when stopping / suspending an instance. The Instance Group Manager will wait for a signal that indicates successful initialization before stopping / suspending an instance. If a successful readiness signal is not sent before timeout, the corresponding instance will not be stopped / suspended. Instead, an error will be visible in the lastAttempt.errors field of the managed instance in the listmanagedinstances method. If metadataBasedReadinessSignal.timeoutSec is unset, the Instance Group Manager will directly proceed to suspend / stop instances, skipping initialization on them. "timeoutSec": 42, # The number of seconds to wait for a readiness signal during initialization before timing out. }, - "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): The MIG performs the same action as specified in the instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to REPAIR, then the MIG repairs unhealthy VMs. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to DO_NOTHING, then the MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. - REPAIR: The MIG repairs unhealthy VMs by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: The MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. For more information, see about repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. @@ -1689,12 +1689,12 @@

Method Details

}, "instanceGroup": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. - "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM. + "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed VM by recreating it. For more information, see about repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed VM. "forceUpdateOnRepair": "A String", # A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair. "metadataBasedReadinessSignal": { # The configuration for metadata based readiness signal sent by the instance during initialization when stopping / suspending an instance. The Instance Group Manager will wait for a signal that indicates successful initialization before stopping / suspending an instance. If a successful readiness signal is not sent before timeout, the corresponding instance will not be stopped / suspended. Instead, an error will be visible in the lastAttempt.errors field of the managed instance in the listmanagedinstances method. If metadataBasedReadinessSignal.timeoutSec is unset, the Instance Group Manager will directly proceed to suspend / stop instances, skipping initialization on them. "timeoutSec": 42, # The number of seconds to wait for a readiness signal during initialization before timing out. }, - "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): The MIG performs the same action as specified in the instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to REPAIR, then the MIG repairs unhealthy VMs. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to DO_NOTHING, then the MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. - REPAIR: The MIG repairs unhealthy VMs by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: The MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. For more information, see about repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. @@ -2074,12 +2074,12 @@

Method Details

}, "instanceGroup": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. - "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM. + "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed VM by recreating it. For more information, see about repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed VM. "forceUpdateOnRepair": "A String", # A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair. "metadataBasedReadinessSignal": { # The configuration for metadata based readiness signal sent by the instance during initialization when stopping / suspending an instance. The Instance Group Manager will wait for a signal that indicates successful initialization before stopping / suspending an instance. If a successful readiness signal is not sent before timeout, the corresponding instance will not be stopped / suspended. Instead, an error will be visible in the lastAttempt.errors field of the managed instance in the listmanagedinstances method. If metadataBasedReadinessSignal.timeoutSec is unset, the Instance Group Manager will directly proceed to suspend / stop instances, skipping initialization on them. "timeoutSec": 42, # The number of seconds to wait for a readiness signal during initialization before timing out. }, - "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): The MIG performs the same action as specified in the instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to REPAIR, then the MIG repairs unhealthy VMs. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to DO_NOTHING, then the MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. - REPAIR: The MIG repairs unhealthy VMs by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: The MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. For more information, see about repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. @@ -2519,7 +2519,7 @@

Method Details

"items": [ # [Output Only] The list of PerInstanceConfig. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { @@ -2686,12 +2686,12 @@

Method Details

}, "instanceGroup": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. - "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM. + "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed VM by recreating it. For more information, see about repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed VM. "forceUpdateOnRepair": "A String", # A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair. "metadataBasedReadinessSignal": { # The configuration for metadata based readiness signal sent by the instance during initialization when stopping / suspending an instance. The Instance Group Manager will wait for a signal that indicates successful initialization before stopping / suspending an instance. If a successful readiness signal is not sent before timeout, the corresponding instance will not be stopped / suspended. Instead, an error will be visible in the lastAttempt.errors field of the managed instance in the listmanagedinstances method. If metadataBasedReadinessSignal.timeoutSec is unset, the Instance Group Manager will directly proceed to suspend / stop instances, skipping initialization on them. "timeoutSec": 42, # The number of seconds to wait for a readiness signal during initialization before timing out. }, - "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): The MIG performs the same action as specified in the instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to REPAIR, then the MIG repairs unhealthy VMs. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to DO_NOTHING, then the MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. - REPAIR: The MIG repairs unhealthy VMs by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: The MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. For more information, see about repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. @@ -2983,7 +2983,7 @@

Method Details

"perInstanceConfigs": [ # The list of per-instance configurations to insert or patch on this managed instance group. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { @@ -4613,12 +4613,12 @@

Method Details

}, "instanceGroup": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. - "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM. + "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed VM by recreating it. For more information, see about repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed VM. "forceUpdateOnRepair": "A String", # A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair. "metadataBasedReadinessSignal": { # The configuration for metadata based readiness signal sent by the instance during initialization when stopping / suspending an instance. The Instance Group Manager will wait for a signal that indicates successful initialization before stopping / suspending an instance. If a successful readiness signal is not sent before timeout, the corresponding instance will not be stopped / suspended. Instead, an error will be visible in the lastAttempt.errors field of the managed instance in the listmanagedinstances method. If metadataBasedReadinessSignal.timeoutSec is unset, the Instance Group Manager will directly proceed to suspend / stop instances, skipping initialization on them. "timeoutSec": 42, # The number of seconds to wait for a readiness signal during initialization before timing out. }, - "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): The MIG performs the same action as specified in the instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to REPAIR, then the MIG repairs unhealthy VMs. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to DO_NOTHING, then the MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. - REPAIR: The MIG repairs unhealthy VMs by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: The MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. For more information, see about repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. @@ -4910,7 +4910,7 @@

Method Details

"perInstanceConfigs": [ # The list of per-instance configurations to insert or patch on this managed instance group. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html index 5d18d2a3d8e..08803f369ad 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. }, ], "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. @@ -393,9 +393,9 @@

Method Details

"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, @@ -893,7 +893,7 @@

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -905,7 +905,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. }, ], "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. @@ -939,9 +939,9 @@

Method Details

"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, @@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -1318,7 +1318,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. }, ], "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. @@ -1352,9 +1352,9 @@

Method Details

"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, @@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -1817,7 +1817,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. }, ], "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. @@ -1851,9 +1851,9 @@

Method Details

"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html index 90bc0b6ab34..d9e8d423f3a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@

Instance Methods

Adds an access config to an instance's network interface.

addNetworkInterface(project, zone, instance, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Adds a network interface to an instance.

+

Adds one dynamic network interface to an active instance.

addResourcePolicies(project, zone, instance, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Adds existing resource policies to an instance. You can only add one policy right now which will be applied to this instance for scheduling live migrations.

@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Instance Methods

Deletes an access config from an instance's network interface.

deleteNetworkInterface(project, zone, instance, networkInterfaceName, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes one network interface from an active instance. InstancesDeleteNetworkInterfaceRequest indicates: - instance from which to delete, using project+zone+resource_id fields; - network interface to be deleted, using network_interface_name field; Only VLAN interface deletion is supported for now.

+

Deletes one dynamic network interface from an active instance. InstancesDeleteNetworkInterfaceRequest indicates: - instance from which to delete, using project+zone+resource_id fields; - dynamic network interface to be deleted, using network_interface_name field;

detachDisk(project, zone, instance, deviceName, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Detaches a disk from an instance.

@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@

Method Details

addNetworkInterface(project, zone, instance, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Adds a network interface to an instance.
+  
Adds one dynamic network interface to an active instance.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ 

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. } requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). @@ -982,7 +982,7 @@

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -994,7 +994,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. }, ], "networkPerformanceConfig": { @@ -1054,12 +1054,12 @@

Method Details

"lastInstanceTerminationDetails": { # [Output Only] Contains last termination details why the instance was terminated. "terminationReason": "A String", # Reason for termination }, - "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. - "physicalHostTopology": { # Represents the physical host topology of the host on which the VM is running. # [Output Only] The physical host topology of the host on which the VM is running. - "block": "A String", - "cluster": "A String", - "host": "A String", - "subblock": "A String", + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] The precise location of your instance within the zone's data center, including the block, sub-block, and host. The field is formatted as follows: blockId/subBlockId/hostId. + "physicalHostTopology": { # Represents the physical host topology of the host on which the VM is running. # [Output Only] A series of fields containing the global name of the Compute Engine cluster, as well as the ID of the block, sub-block, and host on which the running instance is located. + "block": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the block in which the running instance is located. Instances within the same block experience low network latency. + "cluster": "A String", # [Output Only] The global name of the Compute Engine cluster where the running instance is located. + "host": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the host on which the running instance is located. Instances on the same host experience the lowest possible network latency. + "subblock": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the sub-block in which the running instance is located. Instances in the same sub-block experience lower network latency than instances in the same block. }, "scheduling": { "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. @@ -1073,8 +1073,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "shutdownDetails": { # Specifies if the instance is in `SHUTTING_DOWN` state or there is a instance stopping scheduled. # [Output Only] Details about stopping state of instance - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Duration for graceful shutdown. Only applicable when `stop_state=SHUTTING_DOWN`. + "shutdownDetails": { # Specifies if the instance is in `PENDING_STOP` state or there is a programmed stop scheduled. # [Output Only] Details about the instance stopping state. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The duration for graceful shutdown. Only applicable when `stop_state=PENDING_STOP`. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, @@ -1104,9 +1104,9 @@

Method Details

"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, @@ -1725,7 +1725,7 @@

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. }, ], "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. @@ -1771,9 +1771,9 @@

Method Details

"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, @@ -2006,7 +2006,7 @@

Method Details

project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required) instance: string, Name of the instance resource to delete. (required) - noGracefulShutdown: boolean, If true, skips Graceful Shutdown. + noGracefulShutdown: boolean, If set to true, Graceful Shutdown is skipped. requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values @@ -2255,13 +2255,13 @@

Method Details

deleteNetworkInterface(project, zone, instance, networkInterfaceName, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes one network interface from an active instance. InstancesDeleteNetworkInterfaceRequest indicates: - instance from which to delete, using project+zone+resource_id fields; - network interface to be deleted, using network_interface_name field; Only VLAN interface deletion is supported for now.
+  
Deletes one dynamic network interface from an active instance. InstancesDeleteNetworkInterfaceRequest indicates: - instance from which to delete, using project+zone+resource_id fields; - dynamic network interface to be deleted, using network_interface_name field;
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
   instance: string, The instance name for this request stored as resource_id. Name should conform to RFC1035 or be an unsigned long integer. (required)
-  networkInterfaceName: string, The name of the network interface to be deleted from the instance. Only VLAN network interface deletion is supported. (required)
+  networkInterfaceName: string, The name of the dynamic network interface to be deleted from the instance. (required)
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -2755,7 +2755,7 @@ 

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -2767,7 +2767,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. }, ], "networkPerformanceConfig": { @@ -2827,12 +2827,12 @@

Method Details

"lastInstanceTerminationDetails": { # [Output Only] Contains last termination details why the instance was terminated. "terminationReason": "A String", # Reason for termination }, - "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. - "physicalHostTopology": { # Represents the physical host topology of the host on which the VM is running. # [Output Only] The physical host topology of the host on which the VM is running. - "block": "A String", - "cluster": "A String", - "host": "A String", - "subblock": "A String", + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] The precise location of your instance within the zone's data center, including the block, sub-block, and host. The field is formatted as follows: blockId/subBlockId/hostId. + "physicalHostTopology": { # Represents the physical host topology of the host on which the VM is running. # [Output Only] A series of fields containing the global name of the Compute Engine cluster, as well as the ID of the block, sub-block, and host on which the running instance is located. + "block": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the block in which the running instance is located. Instances within the same block experience low network latency. + "cluster": "A String", # [Output Only] The global name of the Compute Engine cluster where the running instance is located. + "host": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the host on which the running instance is located. Instances on the same host experience the lowest possible network latency. + "subblock": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the sub-block in which the running instance is located. Instances in the same sub-block experience lower network latency than instances in the same block. }, "scheduling": { "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. @@ -2846,8 +2846,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "shutdownDetails": { # Specifies if the instance is in `SHUTTING_DOWN` state or there is a instance stopping scheduled. # [Output Only] Details about stopping state of instance - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Duration for graceful shutdown. Only applicable when `stop_state=SHUTTING_DOWN`. + "shutdownDetails": { # Specifies if the instance is in `PENDING_STOP` state or there is a programmed stop scheduled. # [Output Only] Details about the instance stopping state. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The duration for graceful shutdown. Only applicable when `stop_state=PENDING_STOP`. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, @@ -2877,9 +2877,9 @@

Method Details

"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, @@ -3014,6 +3014,84 @@

Method Details

{ "displayName": "A String", # [Output Only] Deprecated, please use short name instead. The display name of the firewall policy. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the firewall policy. + "packetMirroringRules": [ # [Output Only] The packet mirroring rules that apply to the instance. + { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). + "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions for firewall rules are: "allow", "deny", "apply_security_profile_group" and "goto_next". Valid actions for packet mirroring rules are: "mirror", "do_not_mirror" and "goto_next". + "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource. + "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. + "disabled": True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall policy rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall policy rule is not enforced and traffic behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall policy rule will be enabled. + "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. + "kind": "compute#firewallPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Returns compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall rules and compute#packetMirroringRule for packet mirroring rules. + "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. + "destAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10. + "A String", + ], + "destFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic destination. Maximum number of destination fqdn allowed is 100. + "A String", + ], + "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], + "destNetworkScope": "A String", # Network scope of the traffic destination. + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], + "destThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic destination. + "A String", + ], + "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. + { + "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. + "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"]. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "srcAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10. + "A String", + ], + "srcFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic source. Maximum number of source fqdn allowed is 100. + "A String", + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], + "srcNetworkScope": "A String", # Network scope of the traffic source. + "srcNetworks": [ # Networks of the traffic source. It can be either a full or partial url. + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], + "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. + }, + ], + "srcThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic source. + "A String", + ], + }, + "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority. + "ruleName": "A String", # An optional name for the rule. This field is not a unique identifier and can be updated. + "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall policy rule. + "securityProfileGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL of a SecurityProfile resource instance. Example: https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/v1/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/my-security-profile-group Must be specified if action is one of 'apply_security_profile_group' or 'mirror'. Cannot be specified for other actions. + "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. + "A String", + ], + "targetSecureTags": [ # A list of secure tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetSecureTag are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those EFFECTIVE secure tags, if all the target_secure_tag are in INEFFECTIVE state, then this rule will be ignored. targetSecureTag may not be set at the same time as targetServiceAccounts. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetSecureTag are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network. Maximum number of target label tags allowed is 256. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. + }, + ], + "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule. + "A String", + ], + "tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions. + }, + ], "priority": 42, # [Output only] Priority of firewall policy association. Not applicable for type=HIERARCHY. "rules": [ # [Output Only] The rules that apply to the instance. Only rules that target the specific VM instance are returned if target service accounts or target secure tags are specified in the rules. { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). @@ -3286,11 +3364,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -3475,7 +3553,7 @@

Method Details

zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required) instance: string, Name of the instance for this request. (required) port: integer, Specifies which COM or serial port to retrieve data from. - start: string, Specifies the starting byte position of the output to return. To start with the first byte of output to the specified port, omit this field or set it to `0`. If the output for that byte position is available, this field matches the `start` parameter sent with the request. If the amount of serial console output exceeds the size of the buffer (1 MB), the oldest output is discarded and is no longer available. If the requested start position refers to discarded output, the start position is adjusted to the oldest output still available, and the adjusted start position is returned as the `start` property value. You can also provide a negative start position, which translates to the most recent number of bytes written to the serial port. For example, -3 is interpreted as the most recent 3 bytes written to the serial console. + start: string, Specifies the starting byte position of the output to return. To start with the first byte of output to the specified port, omit this field or set it to `0`. If the output for that byte position is available, this field matches the `start` parameter sent with the request. If the amount of serial console output exceeds the size of the buffer (1 MB), the oldest output is discarded and is no longer available. If the requested start position refers to discarded output, the start position is adjusted to the oldest output still available, and the adjusted start position is returned as the `start` property value. You can also provide a negative start position, which translates to the most recent number of bytes written to the serial port. For example, -3 is interpreted as the most recent 3 bytes written to the serial console. Note that the negative start is bounded by the retained buffer size, and the returned serial console output will not exceed the max buffer size. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -3796,7 +3874,7 @@

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -3808,7 +3886,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. }, ], "networkPerformanceConfig": { @@ -3868,12 +3946,12 @@

Method Details

"lastInstanceTerminationDetails": { # [Output Only] Contains last termination details why the instance was terminated. "terminationReason": "A String", # Reason for termination }, - "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. - "physicalHostTopology": { # Represents the physical host topology of the host on which the VM is running. # [Output Only] The physical host topology of the host on which the VM is running. - "block": "A String", - "cluster": "A String", - "host": "A String", - "subblock": "A String", + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] The precise location of your instance within the zone's data center, including the block, sub-block, and host. The field is formatted as follows: blockId/subBlockId/hostId. + "physicalHostTopology": { # Represents the physical host topology of the host on which the VM is running. # [Output Only] A series of fields containing the global name of the Compute Engine cluster, as well as the ID of the block, sub-block, and host on which the running instance is located. + "block": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the block in which the running instance is located. Instances within the same block experience low network latency. + "cluster": "A String", # [Output Only] The global name of the Compute Engine cluster where the running instance is located. + "host": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the host on which the running instance is located. Instances on the same host experience the lowest possible network latency. + "subblock": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the sub-block in which the running instance is located. Instances in the same sub-block experience lower network latency than instances in the same block. }, "scheduling": { "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. @@ -3887,8 +3965,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "shutdownDetails": { # Specifies if the instance is in `SHUTTING_DOWN` state or there is a instance stopping scheduled. # [Output Only] Details about stopping state of instance - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Duration for graceful shutdown. Only applicable when `stop_state=SHUTTING_DOWN`. + "shutdownDetails": { # Specifies if the instance is in `PENDING_STOP` state or there is a programmed stop scheduled. # [Output Only] Details about the instance stopping state. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The duration for graceful shutdown. Only applicable when `stop_state=PENDING_STOP`. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, @@ -3918,9 +3996,9 @@

Method Details

"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, @@ -4407,7 +4485,7 @@

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -4419,7 +4497,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. }, ], "networkPerformanceConfig": { @@ -4479,12 +4557,12 @@

Method Details

"lastInstanceTerminationDetails": { # [Output Only] Contains last termination details why the instance was terminated. "terminationReason": "A String", # Reason for termination }, - "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. - "physicalHostTopology": { # Represents the physical host topology of the host on which the VM is running. # [Output Only] The physical host topology of the host on which the VM is running. - "block": "A String", - "cluster": "A String", - "host": "A String", - "subblock": "A String", + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] The precise location of your instance within the zone's data center, including the block, sub-block, and host. The field is formatted as follows: blockId/subBlockId/hostId. + "physicalHostTopology": { # Represents the physical host topology of the host on which the VM is running. # [Output Only] A series of fields containing the global name of the Compute Engine cluster, as well as the ID of the block, sub-block, and host on which the running instance is located. + "block": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the block in which the running instance is located. Instances within the same block experience low network latency. + "cluster": "A String", # [Output Only] The global name of the Compute Engine cluster where the running instance is located. + "host": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the host on which the running instance is located. Instances on the same host experience the lowest possible network latency. + "subblock": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the sub-block in which the running instance is located. Instances in the same sub-block experience lower network latency than instances in the same block. }, "scheduling": { "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. @@ -4498,8 +4576,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "shutdownDetails": { # Specifies if the instance is in `SHUTTING_DOWN` state or there is a instance stopping scheduled. # [Output Only] Details about stopping state of instance - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Duration for graceful shutdown. Only applicable when `stop_state=SHUTTING_DOWN`. + "shutdownDetails": { # Specifies if the instance is in `PENDING_STOP` state or there is a programmed stop scheduled. # [Output Only] Details about the instance stopping state. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The duration for graceful shutdown. Only applicable when `stop_state=PENDING_STOP`. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, @@ -4529,9 +4607,9 @@

Method Details

"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, @@ -6752,9 +6830,9 @@

Method Details

"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, @@ -8002,7 +8080,7 @@

Method Details

zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required) instance: string, Name of the instance resource to stop. (required) discardLocalSsd: boolean, This property is required if the instance has any attached Local SSD disks. If false, Local SSD data will be preserved when the instance is suspended. If true, the contents of any attached Local SSD disks will be discarded. - noGracefulShutdown: boolean, If true, skips Graceful Shutdown. + noGracefulShutdown: boolean, If set to true, Graceful Shutdown is skipped. requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values @@ -8518,7 +8596,7 @@

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -8530,7 +8608,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. }, ], "networkPerformanceConfig": { @@ -8590,12 +8668,12 @@

Method Details

"lastInstanceTerminationDetails": { # [Output Only] Contains last termination details why the instance was terminated. "terminationReason": "A String", # Reason for termination }, - "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. - "physicalHostTopology": { # Represents the physical host topology of the host on which the VM is running. # [Output Only] The physical host topology of the host on which the VM is running. - "block": "A String", - "cluster": "A String", - "host": "A String", - "subblock": "A String", + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] The precise location of your instance within the zone's data center, including the block, sub-block, and host. The field is formatted as follows: blockId/subBlockId/hostId. + "physicalHostTopology": { # Represents the physical host topology of the host on which the VM is running. # [Output Only] A series of fields containing the global name of the Compute Engine cluster, as well as the ID of the block, sub-block, and host on which the running instance is located. + "block": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the block in which the running instance is located. Instances within the same block experience low network latency. + "cluster": "A String", # [Output Only] The global name of the Compute Engine cluster where the running instance is located. + "host": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the host on which the running instance is located. Instances on the same host experience the lowest possible network latency. + "subblock": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the sub-block in which the running instance is located. Instances in the same sub-block experience lower network latency than instances in the same block. }, "scheduling": { "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. @@ -8609,8 +8687,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "shutdownDetails": { # Specifies if the instance is in `SHUTTING_DOWN` state or there is a instance stopping scheduled. # [Output Only] Details about stopping state of instance - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Duration for graceful shutdown. Only applicable when `stop_state=SHUTTING_DOWN`. + "shutdownDetails": { # Specifies if the instance is in `PENDING_STOP` state or there is a programmed stop scheduled. # [Output Only] Details about the instance stopping state. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The duration for graceful shutdown. Only applicable when `stop_state=PENDING_STOP`. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, @@ -8640,9 +8718,9 @@

Method Details

"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, @@ -9225,7 +9303,7 @@

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -9237,7 +9315,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. } requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectLocations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectLocations.html index 70466e08d68..15af85ebff2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectLocations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectLocations.html @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) Location resource. You can use this resource to find location details about an Interconnect attachment (VLAN). For more information about interconnect attachments, read Creating VLAN Attachments. "address": "A String", # [Output Only] The postal address of the Point of Presence, each line in the address is separated by a newline character. "availabilityZone": "A String", # [Output Only] Availability zone for this InterconnectLocation. Within a metropolitan area (metro), maintenance will not be simultaneously scheduled in more than one availability zone. Example: "zone1" or "zone2". - "availableFeatures": [ # [Output only] List of features available at this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - MACSEC + "availableFeatures": [ # [Output only] List of features available at this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - IF_MACSEC "A String", ], "availableLinkTypes": [ # [Output only] List of link types available at this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR @@ -122,6 +122,12 @@

Method Details

"city": "A String", # [Output Only] Metropolitan area designator that indicates which city an interconnect is located. For example: "Chicago, IL", "Amsterdam, Netherlands". "continent": "A String", # [Output Only] Continent for this location, which can take one of the following values: - AFRICA - ASIA_PAC - EUROPE - NORTH_AMERICA - SOUTH_AMERICA "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "crossSiteInterconnectInfos": [ # [Output Only] A list of InterconnectLocation.CrossSiteInterconnectInfo objects, that describe parameters pertaining to the relation between this InterconnectLocation and various Interconnect metros. + { # Information about any potential WireGroups between an Interconnect at a specific InterconnectLocation, and an Interconnect in another metro. + "city": "A String", # Metropolitan area designator + "maxSingleFlowGbps": 42, # The maximum gbps for a single flow to this metro. This limits the total bandwidth which may be configured per wire. + }, + ], "description": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional description of the resource. "facilityProvider": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the provider for this facility (e.g., EQUINIX). "facilityProviderFacilityId": "A String", # [Output Only] A provider-assigned Identifier for this facility (e.g., Ashburn-DC1). @@ -168,7 +174,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) Location resource. You can use this resource to find location details about an Interconnect attachment (VLAN). For more information about interconnect attachments, read Creating VLAN Attachments. "address": "A String", # [Output Only] The postal address of the Point of Presence, each line in the address is separated by a newline character. "availabilityZone": "A String", # [Output Only] Availability zone for this InterconnectLocation. Within a metropolitan area (metro), maintenance will not be simultaneously scheduled in more than one availability zone. Example: "zone1" or "zone2". - "availableFeatures": [ # [Output only] List of features available at this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - MACSEC + "availableFeatures": [ # [Output only] List of features available at this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - IF_MACSEC "A String", ], "availableLinkTypes": [ # [Output only] List of link types available at this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR @@ -177,6 +183,12 @@

Method Details

"city": "A String", # [Output Only] Metropolitan area designator that indicates which city an interconnect is located. For example: "Chicago, IL", "Amsterdam, Netherlands". "continent": "A String", # [Output Only] Continent for this location, which can take one of the following values: - AFRICA - ASIA_PAC - EUROPE - NORTH_AMERICA - SOUTH_AMERICA "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "crossSiteInterconnectInfos": [ # [Output Only] A list of InterconnectLocation.CrossSiteInterconnectInfo objects, that describe parameters pertaining to the relation between this InterconnectLocation and various Interconnect metros. + { # Information about any potential WireGroups between an Interconnect at a specific InterconnectLocation, and an Interconnect in another metro. + "city": "A String", # Metropolitan area designator + "maxSingleFlowGbps": 42, # The maximum gbps for a single flow to this metro. This limits the total bandwidth which may be configured per wire. + }, + ], "description": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional description of the resource. "facilityProvider": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the provider for this facility (e.g., EQUINIX). "facilityProviderFacilityId": "A String", # [Output Only] A provider-assigned Identifier for this facility (e.g., Ashburn-DC1). diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html index af18f8939fb..b19b21055fb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html @@ -349,6 +349,9 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The current state of Interconnect functionality, which can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The Interconnect is valid, turned up and ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - UNPROVISIONED: The Interconnect has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this Interconnect. + "wireGroups": [ # [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if this list is non-empty. + "A String", + ], }
@@ -590,6 +593,9 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The current state of Interconnect functionality, which can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The Interconnect is valid, turned up and ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - UNPROVISIONED: The Interconnect has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this Interconnect. + "wireGroups": [ # [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if this list is non-empty. + "A String", + ], } requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). @@ -822,6 +828,9 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The current state of Interconnect functionality, which can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The Interconnect is valid, turned up and ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - UNPROVISIONED: The Interconnect has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this Interconnect. + "wireGroups": [ # [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if this list is non-empty. + "A String", + ], }, ], "kind": "compute#interconnectList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#interconnectList for lists of interconnects. @@ -954,6 +963,9 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The current state of Interconnect functionality, which can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The Interconnect is valid, turned up and ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - UNPROVISIONED: The Interconnect has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this Interconnect. + "wireGroups": [ # [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if this list is non-empty. + "A String", + ], } requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html index 89d6634ab08..ee427587b08 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html @@ -101,6 +101,9 @@

Instance Methods

testIamPermissions(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.

+

+ update(project, license, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a License resource in the specified project. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.

Method Details

close() @@ -272,9 +275,9 @@

Method Details

"requiredCoattachedLicenses": [ # Specifies the set of permissible coattached licenseCodes of licenses that satisfy the coattachment requirement of this license. At least one license from the set must be attached to the same disk or image as this license. "A String", ], - "resourceRequirements": { - "minGuestCpuCount": 42, # Minimum number of guest cpus required to use the Instance. Enforced at Instance creation and Instance start. - "minMemoryMb": 42, # Minimum memory required to use the Instance. Enforced at Instance creation and Instance start. + "resourceRequirements": { # [Input Only] Deprecated. + "minGuestCpuCount": 42, # [Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum number of guest cpus required to use the Instance. + "minMemoryMb": 42, # [Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum memory required to use the Instance. }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. @@ -367,9 +370,9 @@

Method Details

"requiredCoattachedLicenses": [ # Specifies the set of permissible coattached licenseCodes of licenses that satisfy the coattachment requirement of this license. At least one license from the set must be attached to the same disk or image as this license. "A String", ], - "resourceRequirements": { - "minGuestCpuCount": 42, # Minimum number of guest cpus required to use the Instance. Enforced at Instance creation and Instance start. - "minMemoryMb": 42, # Minimum memory required to use the Instance. Enforced at Instance creation and Instance start. + "resourceRequirements": { # [Input Only] Deprecated. + "minGuestCpuCount": 42, # [Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum number of guest cpus required to use the Instance. + "minMemoryMb": 42, # [Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum memory required to use the Instance. }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. @@ -543,9 +546,9 @@

Method Details

"requiredCoattachedLicenses": [ # Specifies the set of permissible coattached licenseCodes of licenses that satisfy the coattachment requirement of this license. At least one license from the set must be attached to the same disk or image as this license. "A String", ], - "resourceRequirements": { - "minGuestCpuCount": 42, # Minimum number of guest cpus required to use the Instance. Enforced at Instance creation and Instance start. - "minMemoryMb": 42, # Minimum memory required to use the Instance. Enforced at Instance creation and Instance start. + "resourceRequirements": { # [Input Only] Deprecated. + "minGuestCpuCount": 42, # [Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum number of guest cpus required to use the Instance. + "minMemoryMb": 42, # [Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum memory required to use the Instance. }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. @@ -714,4 +717,169 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ update(project, license, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a License resource in the specified project. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. 
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  license: string, The license name for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a License resource. A License represents billing and aggregate usage data for public and marketplace images. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.
+  "allowedReplacementLicenses": [ # Specifies licenseCodes of licenses that can replace this license. Note: such replacements are allowed even if removable_from_disk is false.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "appendableToDisk": True or False, # If true, this license can be appended to an existing disk's set of licenses.
+  "chargesUseFee": True or False, # [Output Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects whether a license charges a usage fee.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+  "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "incompatibleLicenses": [ # Specifies licenseCodes of licenses that are incompatible with this license. If a license is incompatible with this license, it cannot be attached to the same disk or image.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#license", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#license for licenses.
+  "licenseCode": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique code used to attach this license to images, snapshots, and disks.
+  "minimumRetention": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # If set, this license will be unable to be removed or replaced once attached to a disk until the minimum_retention period has passed.
+    "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+    "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+  },
+  "multiTenantOnly": True or False, # If true, this license can only be used on VMs on multi tenant nodes.
+  "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035.
+  "osLicense": True or False, # If true, indicates this is an OS license. Only one OS license can be attached to a disk or image at a time.
+  "removableFromDisk": True or False, # If true, this license can be removed from a disk's set of licenses, with no replacement license needed.
+  "requiredCoattachedLicenses": [ # Specifies the set of permissible coattached licenseCodes of licenses that satisfy the coattachment requirement of this license. At least one license from the set must be attached to the same disk or image as this license.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "resourceRequirements": { # [Input Only] Deprecated.
+    "minGuestCpuCount": 42, # [Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum number of guest cpus required to use the Instance.
+    "minMemoryMb": 42, # [Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum memory required to use the Instance.
+  },
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "soleTenantOnly": True or False, # If true, this license can only be used on VMs on sole tenant nodes.
+  "transferable": True or False, # If false, licenses will not be copied from the source resource when creating an image from a disk, disk from snapshot, or snapshot from disk.
+  "updateTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Last update timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html index d0818cb7b94..62f25da837d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. }, ], "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. @@ -505,9 +505,9 @@

Method Details

"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, @@ -728,7 +728,7 @@

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -740,7 +740,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. }, ], "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. @@ -749,9 +749,9 @@

Method Details

"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, @@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. }, ], "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. @@ -1132,9 +1132,9 @@

Method Details

"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, @@ -1355,7 +1355,7 @@

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. }, ], "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. @@ -1376,9 +1376,9 @@

Method Details

"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, @@ -1795,7 +1795,7 @@

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. }, ], "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. @@ -1841,9 +1841,9 @@

Method Details

"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, @@ -2064,7 +2064,7 @@

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -2076,7 +2076,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. }, ], "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. @@ -2085,9 +2085,9 @@

Method Details

"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkProfiles.html index 2622a3f77c9..978f87aee8d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkProfiles.html @@ -144,6 +144,10 @@

Method Details

}, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#networkProfile", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkProfile for network profiles. + "location": { # [Output Only] Location to which the network is restricted. + "name": "A String", + "scope": "A String", + }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. @@ -211,6 +215,10 @@

Method Details

}, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#networkProfile", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkProfile for network profiles. + "location": { # [Output Only] Location to which the network is restricted. + "name": "A String", + "scope": "A String", + }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html index 17fed11193b..14395919053 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes. The minimum value for this field is 1300 and the maximum value is 8896. The suggested value is 1500, which is the default MTU used on the Internet, or 8896 if you want to use Jumbo frames. If unspecified, the value defaults to 1460. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "networkFirewallPolicyEnforcementOrder": "A String", # The network firewall policy enforcement order. Can be either AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL or BEFORE_CLASSIC_FIREWALL. Defaults to AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL if the field is not specified. - "networkProfile": "A String", # A full or partial URL of the network profile to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/alpha/projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} + "networkProfile": "A String", # A full or partial URL of the network profile to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/{api_version}/projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} "peerings": [ # [Output Only] A list of network peerings for the resource. { # A network peering attached to a network resource. The message includes the peering name, peer network, peering state, and a flag indicating whether Google Compute Engine should automatically create routes for the peering. "advertisePeerSubnetsViaRouters": True or False, # Whether Cloud Routers in this network can automatically advertise subnets from the peer network. @@ -465,6 +465,8 @@

Method Details

"bgpAlwaysCompareMed": True or False, # Enable comparison of Multi-Exit Discriminators (MED) across routes with different neighbor ASNs when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm. "bgpBestPathSelectionMode": "A String", # The BGP best path selection algorithm to be employed within this network for dynamic routes learned by Cloud Routers. Can be LEGACY (default) or STANDARD. "bgpInterRegionCost": "A String", # Allows to define a preferred approach for handling inter-region cost in the selection process when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm. Can be DEFAULT or ADD_COST_TO_MED. + "effectiveBgpAlwaysCompareMed": True or False, # [Output Only] Effective value of the bgp_always_compare_med field. + "effectiveBgpInterRegionCost": "A String", # [Output Only] Effective value of the bgp_inter_region_cost field. "routingMode": "A String", # The network-wide routing mode to use. If set to REGIONAL, this network's Cloud Routers will only advertise routes with subnets of this network in the same region as the router. If set to GLOBAL, this network's Cloud Routers will advertise routes with all subnets of this network, across regions. }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -495,6 +497,84 @@

Method Details

{ "displayName": "A String", # [Output Only] Deprecated, please use short name instead. The display name of the firewall policy. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the firewall policy. + "packetMirroringRules": [ # [Output Only] The packet mirroring rules that apply to the network. + { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). + "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions for firewall rules are: "allow", "deny", "apply_security_profile_group" and "goto_next". Valid actions for packet mirroring rules are: "mirror", "do_not_mirror" and "goto_next". + "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource. + "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. + "disabled": True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall policy rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall policy rule is not enforced and traffic behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall policy rule will be enabled. + "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. + "kind": "compute#firewallPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Returns compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall rules and compute#packetMirroringRule for packet mirroring rules. + "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. + "destAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10. + "A String", + ], + "destFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic destination. Maximum number of destination fqdn allowed is 100. + "A String", + ], + "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], + "destNetworkScope": "A String", # Network scope of the traffic destination. + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], + "destThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic destination. + "A String", + ], + "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. + { + "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. + "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"]. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "srcAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10. + "A String", + ], + "srcFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic source. Maximum number of source fqdn allowed is 100. + "A String", + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], + "srcNetworkScope": "A String", # Network scope of the traffic source. + "srcNetworks": [ # Networks of the traffic source. It can be either a full or partial url. + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], + "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. + }, + ], + "srcThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic source. + "A String", + ], + }, + "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority. + "ruleName": "A String", # An optional name for the rule. This field is not a unique identifier and can be updated. + "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall policy rule. + "securityProfileGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL of a SecurityProfile resource instance. Example: https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/v1/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/my-security-profile-group Must be specified if action is one of 'apply_security_profile_group' or 'mirror'. Cannot be specified for other actions. + "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. + "A String", + ], + "targetSecureTags": [ # A list of secure tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetSecureTag are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those EFFECTIVE secure tags, if all the target_secure_tag are in INEFFECTIVE state, then this rule will be ignored. targetSecureTag may not be set at the same time as targetServiceAccounts. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetSecureTag are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network. Maximum number of target label tags allowed is 256. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. + }, + ], + "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule. + "A String", + ], + "tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions. + }, + ], "priority": 42, # [Output only] Priority of firewall policy association. Not applicable for type=HIERARCHY. "rules": [ # [Output Only] The rules that apply to the network. { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). @@ -767,11 +847,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -833,7 +913,7 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes. The minimum value for this field is 1300 and the maximum value is 8896. The suggested value is 1500, which is the default MTU used on the Internet, or 8896 if you want to use Jumbo frames. If unspecified, the value defaults to 1460. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "networkFirewallPolicyEnforcementOrder": "A String", # The network firewall policy enforcement order. Can be either AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL or BEFORE_CLASSIC_FIREWALL. Defaults to AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL if the field is not specified. - "networkProfile": "A String", # A full or partial URL of the network profile to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/alpha/projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} + "networkProfile": "A String", # A full or partial URL of the network profile to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/{api_version}/projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} "peerings": [ # [Output Only] A list of network peerings for the resource. { # A network peering attached to a network resource. The message includes the peering name, peer network, peering state, and a flag indicating whether Google Compute Engine should automatically create routes for the peering. "advertisePeerSubnetsViaRouters": True or False, # Whether Cloud Routers in this network can automatically advertise subnets from the peer network. @@ -856,6 +936,8 @@

Method Details

"bgpAlwaysCompareMed": True or False, # Enable comparison of Multi-Exit Discriminators (MED) across routes with different neighbor ASNs when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm. "bgpBestPathSelectionMode": "A String", # The BGP best path selection algorithm to be employed within this network for dynamic routes learned by Cloud Routers. Can be LEGACY (default) or STANDARD. "bgpInterRegionCost": "A String", # Allows to define a preferred approach for handling inter-region cost in the selection process when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm. Can be DEFAULT or ADD_COST_TO_MED. + "effectiveBgpAlwaysCompareMed": True or False, # [Output Only] Effective value of the bgp_always_compare_med field. + "effectiveBgpInterRegionCost": "A String", # [Output Only] Effective value of the bgp_inter_region_cost field. "routingMode": "A String", # The network-wide routing mode to use. If set to REGIONAL, this network's Cloud Routers will only advertise routes with subnets of this network in the same region as the router. If set to GLOBAL, this network's Cloud Routers will advertise routes with all subnets of this network, across regions. }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -1019,7 +1101,7 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes. The minimum value for this field is 1300 and the maximum value is 8896. The suggested value is 1500, which is the default MTU used on the Internet, or 8896 if you want to use Jumbo frames. If unspecified, the value defaults to 1460. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "networkFirewallPolicyEnforcementOrder": "A String", # The network firewall policy enforcement order. Can be either AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL or BEFORE_CLASSIC_FIREWALL. Defaults to AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL if the field is not specified. - "networkProfile": "A String", # A full or partial URL of the network profile to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/alpha/projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} + "networkProfile": "A String", # A full or partial URL of the network profile to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/{api_version}/projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} "peerings": [ # [Output Only] A list of network peerings for the resource. { # A network peering attached to a network resource. The message includes the peering name, peer network, peering state, and a flag indicating whether Google Compute Engine should automatically create routes for the peering. "advertisePeerSubnetsViaRouters": True or False, # Whether Cloud Routers in this network can automatically advertise subnets from the peer network. @@ -1042,6 +1124,8 @@

Method Details

"bgpAlwaysCompareMed": True or False, # Enable comparison of Multi-Exit Discriminators (MED) across routes with different neighbor ASNs when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm. "bgpBestPathSelectionMode": "A String", # The BGP best path selection algorithm to be employed within this network for dynamic routes learned by Cloud Routers. Can be LEGACY (default) or STANDARD. "bgpInterRegionCost": "A String", # Allows to define a preferred approach for handling inter-region cost in the selection process when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm. Can be DEFAULT or ADD_COST_TO_MED. + "effectiveBgpAlwaysCompareMed": True or False, # [Output Only] Effective value of the bgp_always_compare_med field. + "effectiveBgpInterRegionCost": "A String", # [Output Only] Effective value of the bgp_inter_region_cost field. "routingMode": "A String", # The network-wide routing mode to use. If set to REGIONAL, this network's Cloud Routers will only advertise routes with subnets of this network in the same region as the router. If set to GLOBAL, this network's Cloud Routers will advertise routes with all subnets of this network, across regions. }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -1300,7 +1384,7 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes. The minimum value for this field is 1300 and the maximum value is 8896. The suggested value is 1500, which is the default MTU used on the Internet, or 8896 if you want to use Jumbo frames. If unspecified, the value defaults to 1460. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "networkFirewallPolicyEnforcementOrder": "A String", # The network firewall policy enforcement order. Can be either AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL or BEFORE_CLASSIC_FIREWALL. Defaults to AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL if the field is not specified. - "networkProfile": "A String", # A full or partial URL of the network profile to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/alpha/projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} + "networkProfile": "A String", # A full or partial URL of the network profile to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/{api_version}/projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} "peerings": [ # [Output Only] A list of network peerings for the resource. { # A network peering attached to a network resource. The message includes the peering name, peer network, peering state, and a flag indicating whether Google Compute Engine should automatically create routes for the peering. "advertisePeerSubnetsViaRouters": True or False, # Whether Cloud Routers in this network can automatically advertise subnets from the peer network. @@ -1323,6 +1407,8 @@

Method Details

"bgpAlwaysCompareMed": True or False, # Enable comparison of Multi-Exit Discriminators (MED) across routes with different neighbor ASNs when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm. "bgpBestPathSelectionMode": "A String", # The BGP best path selection algorithm to be employed within this network for dynamic routes learned by Cloud Routers. Can be LEGACY (default) or STANDARD. "bgpInterRegionCost": "A String", # Allows to define a preferred approach for handling inter-region cost in the selection process when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm. Can be DEFAULT or ADD_COST_TO_MED. + "effectiveBgpAlwaysCompareMed": True or False, # [Output Only] Effective value of the bgp_always_compare_med field. + "effectiveBgpInterRegionCost": "A String", # [Output Only] Effective value of the bgp_inter_region_cost field. "routingMode": "A String", # The network-wide routing mode to use. If set to REGIONAL, this network's Cloud Routers will only advertise routes with subnets of this network in the same region as the router. If set to GLOBAL, this network's Cloud Routers will advertise routes with all subnets of this network, across regions. }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTypes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTypes.html index 6389f0e05d5..0cca4ecbf82 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTypes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTypes.html @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#nodeType", # [Output Only] The type of the resource. Always compute#nodeType for node types. "localSsdGb": 42, # [Output Only] Local SSD available to the node type, defined in GB. + "maxVms": 42, # [Output Only] Maximum number of VMs that can be created for this node type. "memoryMb": 42, # [Output Only] The amount of physical memory available to the node type, defined in MB. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -234,6 +235,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#nodeType", # [Output Only] The type of the resource. Always compute#nodeType for node types. "localSsdGb": 42, # [Output Only] Local SSD available to the node type, defined in GB. + "maxVms": 42, # [Output Only] Maximum number of VMs that can be created for this node type. "memoryMb": 42, # [Output Only] The amount of physical memory available to the node type, defined in MB. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -286,6 +288,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#nodeType", # [Output Only] The type of the resource. Always compute#nodeType for node types. "localSsdGb": 42, # [Output Only] Local SSD available to the node type, defined in GB. + "maxVms": 42, # [Output Only] Maximum number of VMs that can be created for this node type. "memoryMb": 42, # [Output Only] The amount of physical memory available to the node type, defined in MB. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html index 51626624099..f9c9fd13d60 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html @@ -411,11 +411,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -875,6 +875,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -1049,11 +1050,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1279,11 +1280,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1366,6 +1367,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -1540,11 +1542,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1775,6 +1777,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -1949,11 +1952,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -2283,6 +2286,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -2457,11 +2461,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -2768,11 +2772,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html index 7494553411f..baa5086d2e8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html @@ -683,7 +683,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultNetworkTier": "A String", # This signifies the default network tier used for configuring resources of the project and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. Initially the default network tier is PREMIUM. "defaultServiceAccount": "A String", # [Output Only] Default service account used by VMs running in this project. "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource. - "enabledFeatures": [ # Restricted features enabled for use on this project. + "enabledFeatures": [ # An optional list of restricted features enabled for use on this project. "A String", ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. This is *not* the project ID, and is just a unique ID used by Compute Engine to identify resources. @@ -699,7 +699,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. - "usageExportLocation": { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # The naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored. + "usageExportLocation": { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # An optional naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored. "bucketName": "A String", # The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the usage report object is stored. The Google Service Account is granted write access to this bucket. This can either be the bucket name by itself, such as example-bucket, or the bucket name with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/ in front of it, such as gs://example-bucket. "reportNamePrefix": "A String", # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage_gce. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions. }, @@ -738,7 +738,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultNetworkTier": "A String", # This signifies the default network tier used for configuring resources of the project and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. Initially the default network tier is PREMIUM. "defaultServiceAccount": "A String", # [Output Only] Default service account used by VMs running in this project. "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource. - "enabledFeatures": [ # Restricted features enabled for use on this project. + "enabledFeatures": [ # An optional list of restricted features enabled for use on this project. "A String", ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. This is *not* the project ID, and is just a unique ID used by Compute Engine to identify resources. @@ -754,7 +754,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. - "usageExportLocation": { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # The naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored. + "usageExportLocation": { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # An optional naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored. "bucketName": "A String", # The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the usage report object is stored. The Google Service Account is granted write access to this bucket. This can either be the bucket name by itself, such as example-bucket, or the bucket name with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/ in front of it, such as gs://example-bucket. "reportNamePrefix": "A String", # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage_gce. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions. }, @@ -854,7 +854,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultNetworkTier": "A String", # This signifies the default network tier used for configuring resources of the project and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. Initially the default network tier is PREMIUM. "defaultServiceAccount": "A String", # [Output Only] Default service account used by VMs running in this project. "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource. - "enabledFeatures": [ # Restricted features enabled for use on this project. + "enabledFeatures": [ # An optional list of restricted features enabled for use on this project. "A String", ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. This is *not* the project ID, and is just a unique ID used by Compute Engine to identify resources. @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. - "usageExportLocation": { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # The naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored. + "usageExportLocation": { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # An optional naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored. "bucketName": "A String", # The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the usage report object is stored. The Google Service Account is granted write access to this bucket. This can either be the bucket name by itself, such as example-bucket, or the bucket name with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/ in front of it, such as gs://example-bucket. "reportNamePrefix": "A String", # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage_gce. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html index 2333f1804c3..21f40ee95f1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -901,7 +901,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -2033,7 +2033,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -2564,7 +2564,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -3435,7 +3435,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html index 40d273a1887..8bb95a9f063 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html @@ -192,7 +192,6 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Instance termination action is invoked when the reservation is deleted. This only applies to reservations with a Deployment type. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "reservationSharingPolicy": { # Specify the reservation sharing policy. If unspecified, the reservation will not be shared with Google Cloud managed services. @@ -204,7 +203,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "reservationBlockCount": 42, # The number of reservation blocks associated with this reservation. "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # Maintenance information for this reservation - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. @@ -690,7 +688,6 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Instance termination action is invoked when the reservation is deleted. This only applies to reservations with a Deployment type. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "reservationSharingPolicy": { # Specify the reservation sharing policy. If unspecified, the reservation will not be shared with Google Cloud managed services. @@ -702,7 +699,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "reservationBlockCount": 42, # The number of reservation blocks associated with this reservation. "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # Maintenance information for this reservation - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. @@ -881,7 +877,6 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Instance termination action is invoked when the reservation is deleted. This only applies to reservations with a Deployment type. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "reservationSharingPolicy": { # Specify the reservation sharing policy. If unspecified, the reservation will not be shared with Google Cloud managed services. @@ -893,7 +888,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "reservationBlockCount": 42, # The number of reservation blocks associated with this reservation. "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # Maintenance information for this reservation - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. @@ -1202,7 +1196,6 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Instance termination action is invoked when the reservation is deleted. This only applies to reservations with a Deployment type. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "reservationSharingPolicy": { # Specify the reservation sharing policy. If unspecified, the reservation will not be shared with Google Cloud managed services. @@ -1214,7 +1207,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "reservationBlockCount": 42, # The number of reservation blocks associated with this reservation. "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # Maintenance information for this reservation - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. @@ -1455,7 +1447,6 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Instance termination action is invoked when the reservation is deleted. This only applies to reservations with a Deployment type. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "reservationSharingPolicy": { # Specify the reservation sharing policy. If unspecified, the reservation will not be shared with Google Cloud managed services. @@ -1467,7 +1458,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "reservationBlockCount": 42, # The number of reservation blocks associated with this reservation. "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # Maintenance information for this reservation - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. @@ -1744,7 +1734,6 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Instance termination action is invoked when the reservation is deleted. This only applies to reservations with a Deployment type. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "reservationSharingPolicy": { # Specify the reservation sharing policy. If unspecified, the reservation will not be shared with Google Cloud managed services. @@ -1756,7 +1745,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "reservationBlockCount": 42, # The number of reservation blocks associated with this reservation. "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # Maintenance information for this reservation - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html index 03c9ea5f57d..856c1f9ff0c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html @@ -905,7 +905,7 @@

Method Details

{ "asyncReplicationStatus": { "diskPairReplicationState": { - "dataReplicationState": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_INITIALIZING: The device is doing the initial replication after starting the replication. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATING_HEALTHY: The primary disk is healthily replicating to the secondary device i.e. last_replication_time is within RPO. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATING_BEHIND: The replication is lagging above the SLO limit due to some internal issue. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATING_UNHEALTHY: The replication is lagging, and the RPO is not being met due to some internal issue. . - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATION_STUCK: The replication is completely stuck due to some internal error. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_STOPPING: The replication is under the process of being stopped. This is a transient state. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_STOPPED: The replication between the disk-pairs have stopped. + "dataReplicationState": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_INITIALIZING: The device is doing the initial replication after starting the replication. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATING_HEALTHY: The primary disk is healthily replicating to the secondary device i.e. last_replication_time is within RPO. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATING_BEHIND_HIGH_CHURN: The replication is lagging above the SLO limit due to some internal issue. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATING_BEHIND_SYSTEM_LAGGING: The replication is lagging, and the RPO is not being met due to some internal issue. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATION_STUCK: The replication is completely stuck due to some internal error. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_STOPPING: The replication is under the process of being stopped. This is a transient state. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_STOPPED: The replication between the disk-pairs have stopped. "replicationDiskPair": { "primaryDisk": "A String", # URL of the primary disk. "secondaryDisk": "A String", # URL of the secondary disk. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html index 147b9530b42..0b98e0552bc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@

Method Details

"instances": [ # The list of specifications of per-instance configs to be created. This field cannot be used together with 'resize_by'. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@

Method Details

"instances": [ # The list of specifications of per-instance configs to be created. This field cannot be used together with 'resize_by'. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { @@ -851,7 +851,7 @@

Method Details

"instances": [ # The list of specifications of per-instance configs to be created. This field cannot be used together with 'resize_by'. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html index 25dc6e760d9..919e7021cb5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@

Method Details

"instances": [ # [Required] List of specifications of per-instance configs. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { @@ -1110,12 +1110,12 @@

Method Details

}, "instanceGroup": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. - "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM. + "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed VM by recreating it. For more information, see about repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed VM. "forceUpdateOnRepair": "A String", # A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair. "metadataBasedReadinessSignal": { # The configuration for metadata based readiness signal sent by the instance during initialization when stopping / suspending an instance. The Instance Group Manager will wait for a signal that indicates successful initialization before stopping / suspending an instance. If a successful readiness signal is not sent before timeout, the corresponding instance will not be stopped / suspended. Instead, an error will be visible in the lastAttempt.errors field of the managed instance in the listmanagedinstances method. If metadataBasedReadinessSignal.timeoutSec is unset, the Instance Group Manager will directly proceed to suspend / stop instances, skipping initialization on them. "timeoutSec": 42, # The number of seconds to wait for a readiness signal during initialization before timing out. }, - "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): The MIG performs the same action as specified in the instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to REPAIR, then the MIG repairs unhealthy VMs. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to DO_NOTHING, then the MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. - REPAIR: The MIG repairs unhealthy VMs by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: The MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. For more information, see about repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. @@ -1365,12 +1365,12 @@

Method Details

}, "instanceGroup": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. - "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM. + "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed VM by recreating it. For more information, see about repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed VM. "forceUpdateOnRepair": "A String", # A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair. "metadataBasedReadinessSignal": { # The configuration for metadata based readiness signal sent by the instance during initialization when stopping / suspending an instance. The Instance Group Manager will wait for a signal that indicates successful initialization before stopping / suspending an instance. If a successful readiness signal is not sent before timeout, the corresponding instance will not be stopped / suspended. Instead, an error will be visible in the lastAttempt.errors field of the managed instance in the listmanagedinstances method. If metadataBasedReadinessSignal.timeoutSec is unset, the Instance Group Manager will directly proceed to suspend / stop instances, skipping initialization on them. "timeoutSec": 42, # The number of seconds to wait for a readiness signal during initialization before timing out. }, - "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): The MIG performs the same action as specified in the instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to REPAIR, then the MIG repairs unhealthy VMs. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to DO_NOTHING, then the MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. - REPAIR: The MIG repairs unhealthy VMs by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: The MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. For more information, see about repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. @@ -1750,12 +1750,12 @@

Method Details

}, "instanceGroup": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. - "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM. + "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed VM by recreating it. For more information, see about repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed VM. "forceUpdateOnRepair": "A String", # A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair. "metadataBasedReadinessSignal": { # The configuration for metadata based readiness signal sent by the instance during initialization when stopping / suspending an instance. The Instance Group Manager will wait for a signal that indicates successful initialization before stopping / suspending an instance. If a successful readiness signal is not sent before timeout, the corresponding instance will not be stopped / suspended. Instead, an error will be visible in the lastAttempt.errors field of the managed instance in the listmanagedinstances method. If metadataBasedReadinessSignal.timeoutSec is unset, the Instance Group Manager will directly proceed to suspend / stop instances, skipping initialization on them. "timeoutSec": 42, # The number of seconds to wait for a readiness signal during initialization before timing out. }, - "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): The MIG performs the same action as specified in the instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to REPAIR, then the MIG repairs unhealthy VMs. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to DO_NOTHING, then the MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. - REPAIR: The MIG repairs unhealthy VMs by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: The MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. For more information, see about repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. @@ -2195,7 +2195,7 @@

Method Details

"items": [ # [Output Only] The list of PerInstanceConfig. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { @@ -2362,12 +2362,12 @@

Method Details

}, "instanceGroup": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. - "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM. + "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed VM by recreating it. For more information, see about repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed VM. "forceUpdateOnRepair": "A String", # A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair. "metadataBasedReadinessSignal": { # The configuration for metadata based readiness signal sent by the instance during initialization when stopping / suspending an instance. The Instance Group Manager will wait for a signal that indicates successful initialization before stopping / suspending an instance. If a successful readiness signal is not sent before timeout, the corresponding instance will not be stopped / suspended. Instead, an error will be visible in the lastAttempt.errors field of the managed instance in the listmanagedinstances method. If metadataBasedReadinessSignal.timeoutSec is unset, the Instance Group Manager will directly proceed to suspend / stop instances, skipping initialization on them. "timeoutSec": 42, # The number of seconds to wait for a readiness signal during initialization before timing out. }, - "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): The MIG performs the same action as specified in the instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to REPAIR, then the MIG repairs unhealthy VMs. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to DO_NOTHING, then the MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. - REPAIR: The MIG repairs unhealthy VMs by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: The MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. For more information, see about repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. @@ -2659,7 +2659,7 @@

Method Details

"perInstanceConfigs": [ # The list of per-instance configurations to insert or patch on this managed instance group. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { @@ -4289,12 +4289,12 @@

Method Details

}, "instanceGroup": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. - "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM. + "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed VM by recreating it. For more information, see about repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed VM. "forceUpdateOnRepair": "A String", # A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair. "metadataBasedReadinessSignal": { # The configuration for metadata based readiness signal sent by the instance during initialization when stopping / suspending an instance. The Instance Group Manager will wait for a signal that indicates successful initialization before stopping / suspending an instance. If a successful readiness signal is not sent before timeout, the corresponding instance will not be stopped / suspended. Instead, an error will be visible in the lastAttempt.errors field of the managed instance in the listmanagedinstances method. If metadataBasedReadinessSignal.timeoutSec is unset, the Instance Group Manager will directly proceed to suspend / stop instances, skipping initialization on them. "timeoutSec": 42, # The number of seconds to wait for a readiness signal during initialization before timing out. }, - "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): The MIG performs the same action as specified in the instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to REPAIR, then the MIG repairs unhealthy VMs. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to DO_NOTHING, then the MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. - REPAIR: The MIG repairs unhealthy VMs by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: The MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. For more information, see about repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. @@ -4586,7 +4586,7 @@

Method Details

"perInstanceConfigs": [ # The list of per-instance configurations to insert or patch on this managed instance group. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html index fac2c6a728d..8eb8dc3999a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html @@ -458,7 +458,7 @@

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. }, ], "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. @@ -504,9 +504,9 @@

Method Details

"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, @@ -823,7 +823,7 @@

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. }, ], "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. @@ -869,9 +869,9 @@

Method Details

"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, @@ -1323,7 +1323,7 @@

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -1335,7 +1335,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. }, ], "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. @@ -1369,9 +1369,9 @@

Method Details

"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html index a368ff17504..9cd795f462a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. }, ], "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. @@ -346,9 +346,9 @@

Method Details

"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionMultiMigs.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionMultiMigs.html index 964a5996841..1428a79d958 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionMultiMigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionMultiMigs.html @@ -245,267 +245,11 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. "id": "A String", # [Output only] The unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier. "kind": "compute#multiMig", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#multiMig for multi-MIGs. - "locationPolicy": { # Policy regarding where to create managed instance groups. Initially only zonal managed instance groups in the same zone are supported. - "provisioningZones": [ # List of zones where managed instance groups will be provisioned. Should be valid RFC1035 name. - "A String", - ], - }, "name": "A String", # The name of the multi-MIG. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "parts": { # Map of user-provided names associated with their parts. Keys in the map are arbitrary names chosen by the user for parts. Keys need to be alphanumeric and not longer than 64 characters. - "a_key": { # Part represents a single managed instance group, either as a reference to an existing one or as a structure containing properties necessary to create one. A multi-MIG can contain zero or more parts. - "instanceGroupManager": "A String", # The URL of a managed instance group that you want to attach to the multi-MIG. - "instanceGroupManagerProperties": { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource. # A managed instance group to be created by the multi-MIG. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Specifies configuration that overrides the instance template configuration for the group. - "properties": { # Represents the change that you want to make to the instance properties. # Properties to set on all instances in the group. You can add or modify properties using the instanceGroupManagers.patch or regionInstanceGroupManagers.patch. After setting allInstancesConfig on the group, you must update the group's instances to apply the configuration. To apply the configuration, set the group's updatePolicy.type field to use proactive updates or use the applyUpdatesToInstances method. - "labels": { # The label key-value pairs that you want to patch onto the instance. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - "metadata": { # The metadata key-value pairs that you want to patch onto the instance. For more information, see Project and instance metadata. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - }, - }, - "autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value. - { - "autoHealingTriggers": { # Restricts what triggers autohealing. - "onHealthCheck": "A String", # If you have configured an application-based health check for the group, this field controls whether to trigger VM autohealing based on a failed health check. Valid values are: - ON (default): The group recreates running VMs that fail the application-based health check. - OFF: When set to OFF, you can still observe instance health state, but the group does not recreate VMs that fail the application-based health check. This is useful for troubleshooting and setting up your health check configuration. - }, - "healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing. - "initialDelaySec": 42, # The initial delay is the number of seconds that a new VM takes to initialize and run its startup script. During a VM's initial delay period, the MIG ignores unsuccessful health checks because the VM might be in the startup process. This prevents the MIG from prematurely recreating a VM. If the health check receives a healthy response during the initial delay, it indicates that the startup process is complete and the VM is ready. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. - "maxUnavailable": { # Encapsulates numeric value that can be either absolute or relative. # Maximum number of instances that can be unavailable when autohealing. When 'percent' is used, the value is rounded if necessary. The instance is considered available if all of the following conditions are satisfied: 1. Instance's status is RUNNING. 2. Instance's currentAction is NONE (in particular its liveness health check result was observed to be HEALTHY at least once as it passed VERIFYING). 3. There is no outgoing action on an instance triggered by IGM. By default, number of concurrently autohealed instances is smaller than the managed instance group target size. However, if a zonal managed instance group has only one instance, or a regional managed instance group has only one instance per zone, autohealing will recreate these instances when they become unhealthy. - "calculated": 42, # [Output Only] Absolute value of VM instances calculated based on the specific mode. - If the value is fixed, then the calculated value is equal to the fixed value. - If the value is a percent, then the calculated value is percent/100 * targetSize. For example, the calculated value of a 80% of a managed instance group with 150 instances would be (80/100 * 150) = 120 VM instances. If there is a remainder, the number is rounded. - "fixed": 42, # Specifies a fixed number of VM instances. This must be a positive integer. - "percent": 42, # Specifies a percentage of instances between 0 to 100%, inclusive. For example, specify 80 for 80%. - }, - }, - ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. - "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. - "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "creating": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates the instance successfully. If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingAtomically": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group will attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count of instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the group will decrease its targetSize value accordingly. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are running and have no scheduled actions. - "queuing": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group is currently queuing. - "recreating": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. - }, - "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "distributionPolicy": { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group. - "targetShape": "A String", # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType). - "zones": [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances. - { - "zone": "A String", # The URL of the zone. The zone must exist in the region where the managed instance group is located. - }, - ], - }, - "failoverAction": "A String", # The action to perform in case of zone failure. Only one value is supported, NO_FAILOVER. The default is NO_FAILOVER. - "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. This field may be used in optimistic locking. It will be ignored when inserting an InstanceGroupManager. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the InstanceGroupManager, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier. - "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple types of machines. Instance flexibility configuration on MIG overrides instance template configuration. - "instanceSelectionLists": { # Named instance selections configuring properties that the group will use when creating new VMs. - "a_key": { - "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". - "A String", - ], - "rank": 42, # Preference of this instance selection. Lower number means higher preference. MIG will first try to create a VM based on the machine-type with lowest rank and fallback to next rank based on availability. Machine types and instance selections with the same rank have the same preference. - }, - }, - "instanceSelections": { # Named instance selections configuring properties that the group will use when creating new VMs. - "a_key": { - "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". - "A String", - ], - "rank": 42, # Preference of this instance selection. Lower number means higher preference. MIG will first try to create a VM based on the machine-type with lowest rank and fallback to next rank based on availability. Machine types and instance selections with the same rank have the same preference. - }, - }, - "provisioningModelMix": { # Provisioning model configuration used by this managed instance group to create instances. - "standardCapacityBase": 42, # The base capacity that will always use Standard VMs to avoid risk of more preemption than the minimum capacity user needs. MIG will create only Standard VMs until it reaches standard_capacity_base and only then will start using standard_capacity_percent_above_base to mix Spot with Standard VMs. - "standardCapacityPercentAboveBase": 42, # The percentage of target capacity that should use Standard VM. The remaining percentage will use Spot VMs. The percentage applies only to the capacity above standard_capacity_base. - }, - }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. - "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. - "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM. - "forceUpdateOnRepair": "A String", # A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair. - "metadataBasedReadinessSignal": { # The configuration for metadata based readiness signal sent by the instance during initialization when stopping / suspending an instance. The Instance Group Manager will wait for a signal that indicates successful initialization before stopping / suspending an instance. If a successful readiness signal is not sent before timeout, the corresponding instance will not be stopped / suspended. Instead, an error will be visible in the lastAttempt.errors field of the managed instance in the listmanagedinstances method. If metadataBasedReadinessSignal.timeoutSec is unset, the Instance Group Manager will directly proceed to suspend / stop instances, skipping initialization on them. - "timeoutSec": 42, # The number of seconds to wait for a readiness signal during initialization before timing out. - }, - "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): The MIG performs the same action as specified in the instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to REPAIR, then the MIG repairs unhealthy VMs. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to DO_NOTHING, then the MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. - REPAIR: The MIG repairs unhealthy VMs by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: The MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - }, - "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. - "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for this managed instance group. - "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. - "name": "A String", # The name of the managed instance group. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. - "namedPorts": [ # [Output Only] Named ports configured on the Instance Groups complementary to this Instance Group Manager. - { # The named port. For example: <"http", 80>. - "name": "A String", # The name for this named port. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. - "port": 42, # The port number, which can be a value between 1 and 65535. - }, - ], - "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are key-value pairs. Keys must be in the format tagKeys/123 and values in the format tagValues/456. For more information, see Manage tags for resources. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - }, - "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). - "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies for this managed instance group. - "workloadPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the workload policy that is specified for this managed instance group. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a workload policy: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used. - "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. - "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or stop a VM after that VM was created. The initial delay gives the initialization script the time to prepare your VM for a quick scale out. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. - "mode": "A String", # Defines how a MIG resumes or starts VMs from a standby pool when the group scales out. The default mode is `MANUAL`. - }, - "statefulPolicy": { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager - "preservedState": { # Configuration of preserved resources. - "disks": { # Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. - "a_key": { - "autoDelete": "A String", # These stateful disks will never be deleted during autohealing, update or VM instance recreate operations. This flag is used to configure if the disk should be deleted after it is no longer used by the group, e.g. when the given instance or the whole group is deleted. Note: disks attached in READ_ONLY mode cannot be auto-deleted. - }, - }, - "externalIPs": { # External network IPs assigned to the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the network interface name. - "a_key": { - "autoDelete": "A String", # These stateful IPs will never be released during autohealing, update or VM instance recreate operations. This flag is used to configure if the IP reservation should be deleted after it is no longer used by the group, e.g. when the given instance or the whole group is deleted. - }, - }, - "internalIPs": { # Internal network IPs assigned to the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the network interface name. - "a_key": { - "autoDelete": "A String", # These stateful IPs will never be released during autohealing, update or VM instance recreate operations. This flag is used to configure if the IP reservation should be deleted after it is no longer used by the group, e.g. when the given instance or the whole group is deleted. - }, - }, - }, - }, - "status": { # [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has been applied to all managed instances in the group. - }, - "autoscaler": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Autoscaler that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # [Output Only] Status of bulk instance operation. - "inProgress": True or False, # [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # [Output Only] Information from last progress check of bulk instance operation. - "error": { # [Output Only] Contains errors encountered during bulk instance operation. - "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation. - { - "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error. - "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED. - { - "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } } - "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com". - "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE. - }, - "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit. - "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error. - { # Describes a URL link. - "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers. - "url": "A String", # The URL of the link. - }, - ], - }, - "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error. - "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX" - "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale. - }, - "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota. - "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric. - "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric. - "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit. - "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name. - "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit. - }, - }, - ], - "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional. - "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message. - }, - ], - }, - "timestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. - }, - }, - "isStable": True or False, # [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. - "allEffective": True or False, # A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. - }, - }, - "versionTarget": { # [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their target version specified by version field on Instance Group Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target version. Instances' target version are specified by version field on Instance Group Manager. - }, - }, - "targetPools": [ # The URLs for all TargetPool resources to which instances in the instanceGroup field are added. The target pools automatically apply to all of the instances in the managed instance group. - "A String", - ], - "targetSize": 42, # The target number of running instances for this managed instance group. You can reduce this number by using the instanceGroupManager deleteInstances or abandonInstances methods. Resizing the group also changes this number. - "targetSizePolicy": { # Configures how target size of MIG is achieved. - "mode": "A String", # Mode in which operations on size are processed. - }, - "targetSizeUnit": "A String", # The unit of measure for the target size. - "targetStoppedSize": 42, # The target number of stopped instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Stop instance using the stopInstances method or start instances using the startInstances method. - Manually change the targetStoppedSize using the update method. - "targetSuspendedSize": 42, # The target number of suspended instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Suspend instance using the suspendInstances method or resume instances using the resumeInstances method. - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update method. - "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. - "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. Valid values are: - PROACTIVE (default): The group attempts to maintain an even distribution of VM instances across zones in the region. - NONE: For non-autoscaled groups, proactive redistribution is disabled. - "maxSurge": { # Encapsulates numeric value that can be either absolute or relative. # The maximum number of instances that can be created above the specified targetSize during the update process. This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxSurge is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates. At least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxSurge. - "calculated": 42, # [Output Only] Absolute value of VM instances calculated based on the specific mode. - If the value is fixed, then the calculated value is equal to the fixed value. - If the value is a percent, then the calculated value is percent/100 * targetSize. For example, the calculated value of a 80% of a managed instance group with 150 instances would be (80/100 * 150) = 120 VM instances. If there is a remainder, the number is rounded. - "fixed": 42, # Specifies a fixed number of VM instances. This must be a positive integer. - "percent": 42, # Specifies a percentage of instances between 0 to 100%, inclusive. For example, specify 80 for 80%. - }, - "maxUnavailable": { # Encapsulates numeric value that can be either absolute or relative. # The maximum number of instances that can be unavailable during the update process. An instance is considered available if all of the following conditions are satisfied: - The instance's status is RUNNING. - If there is a health check on the instance group, the instance's health check status must be HEALTHY at least once. If there is no health check on the group, then the instance only needs to have a status of RUNNING to be considered available. This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxUnavailable is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates. At least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxUnavailable. - "calculated": 42, # [Output Only] Absolute value of VM instances calculated based on the specific mode. - If the value is fixed, then the calculated value is equal to the fixed value. - If the value is a percent, then the calculated value is percent/100 * targetSize. For example, the calculated value of a 80% of a managed instance group with 150 instances would be (80/100 * 150) = 120 VM instances. If there is a remainder, the number is rounded. - "fixed": 42, # Specifies a fixed number of VM instances. This must be a positive integer. - "percent": 42, # Specifies a percentage of instances between 0 to 100%, inclusive. For example, specify 80 for 80%. - }, - "minReadySec": 42, # Minimum number of seconds to wait for after a newly created instance becomes available. This value must be from range [0, 3600]. - "minimalAction": "A String", # Minimal action to be taken on an instance. Use this option to minimize disruption as much as possible or to apply a more disruptive action than is necessary. - To limit disruption as much as possible, set the minimal action to REFRESH. If your update requires a more disruptive action, Compute Engine performs the necessary action to execute the update. - To apply a more disruptive action than is strictly necessary, set the minimal action to RESTART or REPLACE. For example, Compute Engine does not need to restart a VM to change its metadata. But if your application reads instance metadata only when a VM is restarted, you can set the minimal action to RESTART in order to pick up metadata changes. - "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to avoid restarting the VM and to limit disruption as much as possible. RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all. - "replacementMethod": "A String", # What action should be used to replace instances. See minimal_action.REPLACE - "type": "A String", # The type of update process. You can specify either PROACTIVE so that the MIG automatically updates VMs to the latest configurations or OPPORTUNISTIC so that you can select the VMs that you want to update. - }, - "versions": [ # Specifies the instance templates used by this managed instance group to create instances. Each version is defined by an instanceTemplate and a name. Every version can appear at most once per instance group. This field overrides the top-level instanceTemplate field. Read more about the relationships between these fields. Exactly one version must leave the targetSize field unset. That version will be applied to all remaining instances. For more information, read about canary updates. - { - "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create new instances in the managed instance group until the `targetSize` for this version is reached. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE; in those cases, existing instances are updated until the `targetSize` for this version is reached. - "name": "A String", # Name of the version. Unique among all versions in the scope of this managed instance group. - "tag": "A String", # Tag describing the version. Used to trigger rollout of a target version even if instance_template remains unchanged. Deprecated in favor of 'name'. - "targetSize": { # Encapsulates numeric value that can be either absolute or relative. # Specifies the intended number of instances to be created from the instanceTemplate. The final number of instances created from the template will be equal to: - If expressed as a fixed number, the minimum of either targetSize.fixed or instanceGroupManager.targetSize is used. - if expressed as a percent, the targetSize would be (targetSize.percent/100 * InstanceGroupManager.targetSize) If there is a remainder, the number is rounded. If unset, this version will update any remaining instances not updated by another version. Read Starting a canary update for more information. - "calculated": 42, # [Output Only] Absolute value of VM instances calculated based on the specific mode. - If the value is fixed, then the calculated value is equal to the fixed value. - If the value is a percent, then the calculated value is percent/100 * targetSize. For example, the calculated value of a 80% of a managed instance group with 150 instances would be (80/100 * 150) = 120 VM instances. If there is a remainder, the number is rounded. - "fixed": 42, # Specifies a fixed number of VM instances. This must be a positive integer. - "percent": 42, # Specifies a percentage of instances between 0 to 100%, inclusive. For example, specify 80 for 80%. - }, - }, - ], - "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of a zone where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). - }, - }, - }, "region": "A String", # [Output only] The URL of the region where the resource resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. You cannot set the region as a field in the request body. "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies message for a multi-MIG. Specifies the workload policy configuration of the multi-MIG. # Resource policies for this multi-MIG. "workloadPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the workload policy for this multi-MIG. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a workload policy: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "schedulingPolicy": { # Policy for handling provisioning and other scheduling-related events. # Policy for handling provisioning and other scheduling-related events. - "provisioning": "A String", # How provisioning of parts (instance group managers) should be scheduled (coordinated or not). - }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "status": { @@ -531,267 +275,11 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. "id": "A String", # [Output only] The unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier. "kind": "compute#multiMig", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#multiMig for multi-MIGs. - "locationPolicy": { # Policy regarding where to create managed instance groups. Initially only zonal managed instance groups in the same zone are supported. - "provisioningZones": [ # List of zones where managed instance groups will be provisioned. Should be valid RFC1035 name. - "A String", - ], - }, "name": "A String", # The name of the multi-MIG. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "parts": { # Map of user-provided names associated with their parts. Keys in the map are arbitrary names chosen by the user for parts. Keys need to be alphanumeric and not longer than 64 characters. - "a_key": { # Part represents a single managed instance group, either as a reference to an existing one or as a structure containing properties necessary to create one. A multi-MIG can contain zero or more parts. - "instanceGroupManager": "A String", # The URL of a managed instance group that you want to attach to the multi-MIG. - "instanceGroupManagerProperties": { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource. # A managed instance group to be created by the multi-MIG. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Specifies configuration that overrides the instance template configuration for the group. - "properties": { # Represents the change that you want to make to the instance properties. # Properties to set on all instances in the group. You can add or modify properties using the instanceGroupManagers.patch or regionInstanceGroupManagers.patch. After setting allInstancesConfig on the group, you must update the group's instances to apply the configuration. To apply the configuration, set the group's updatePolicy.type field to use proactive updates or use the applyUpdatesToInstances method. - "labels": { # The label key-value pairs that you want to patch onto the instance. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - "metadata": { # The metadata key-value pairs that you want to patch onto the instance. For more information, see Project and instance metadata. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - }, - }, - "autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value. - { - "autoHealingTriggers": { # Restricts what triggers autohealing. - "onHealthCheck": "A String", # If you have configured an application-based health check for the group, this field controls whether to trigger VM autohealing based on a failed health check. Valid values are: - ON (default): The group recreates running VMs that fail the application-based health check. - OFF: When set to OFF, you can still observe instance health state, but the group does not recreate VMs that fail the application-based health check. This is useful for troubleshooting and setting up your health check configuration. - }, - "healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing. - "initialDelaySec": 42, # The initial delay is the number of seconds that a new VM takes to initialize and run its startup script. During a VM's initial delay period, the MIG ignores unsuccessful health checks because the VM might be in the startup process. This prevents the MIG from prematurely recreating a VM. If the health check receives a healthy response during the initial delay, it indicates that the startup process is complete and the VM is ready. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. - "maxUnavailable": { # Encapsulates numeric value that can be either absolute or relative. # Maximum number of instances that can be unavailable when autohealing. When 'percent' is used, the value is rounded if necessary. The instance is considered available if all of the following conditions are satisfied: 1. Instance's status is RUNNING. 2. Instance's currentAction is NONE (in particular its liveness health check result was observed to be HEALTHY at least once as it passed VERIFYING). 3. There is no outgoing action on an instance triggered by IGM. By default, number of concurrently autohealed instances is smaller than the managed instance group target size. However, if a zonal managed instance group has only one instance, or a regional managed instance group has only one instance per zone, autohealing will recreate these instances when they become unhealthy. - "calculated": 42, # [Output Only] Absolute value of VM instances calculated based on the specific mode. - If the value is fixed, then the calculated value is equal to the fixed value. - If the value is a percent, then the calculated value is percent/100 * targetSize. For example, the calculated value of a 80% of a managed instance group with 150 instances would be (80/100 * 150) = 120 VM instances. If there is a remainder, the number is rounded. - "fixed": 42, # Specifies a fixed number of VM instances. This must be a positive integer. - "percent": 42, # Specifies a percentage of instances between 0 to 100%, inclusive. For example, specify 80 for 80%. - }, - }, - ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. - "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. - "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "creating": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates the instance successfully. If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingAtomically": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group will attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count of instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the group will decrease its targetSize value accordingly. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are running and have no scheduled actions. - "queuing": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group is currently queuing. - "recreating": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. - }, - "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "distributionPolicy": { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group. - "targetShape": "A String", # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType). - "zones": [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances. - { - "zone": "A String", # The URL of the zone. The zone must exist in the region where the managed instance group is located. - }, - ], - }, - "failoverAction": "A String", # The action to perform in case of zone failure. Only one value is supported, NO_FAILOVER. The default is NO_FAILOVER. - "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. This field may be used in optimistic locking. It will be ignored when inserting an InstanceGroupManager. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the InstanceGroupManager, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier. - "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple types of machines. Instance flexibility configuration on MIG overrides instance template configuration. - "instanceSelectionLists": { # Named instance selections configuring properties that the group will use when creating new VMs. - "a_key": { - "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". - "A String", - ], - "rank": 42, # Preference of this instance selection. Lower number means higher preference. MIG will first try to create a VM based on the machine-type with lowest rank and fallback to next rank based on availability. Machine types and instance selections with the same rank have the same preference. - }, - }, - "instanceSelections": { # Named instance selections configuring properties that the group will use when creating new VMs. - "a_key": { - "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". - "A String", - ], - "rank": 42, # Preference of this instance selection. Lower number means higher preference. MIG will first try to create a VM based on the machine-type with lowest rank and fallback to next rank based on availability. Machine types and instance selections with the same rank have the same preference. - }, - }, - "provisioningModelMix": { # Provisioning model configuration used by this managed instance group to create instances. - "standardCapacityBase": 42, # The base capacity that will always use Standard VMs to avoid risk of more preemption than the minimum capacity user needs. MIG will create only Standard VMs until it reaches standard_capacity_base and only then will start using standard_capacity_percent_above_base to mix Spot with Standard VMs. - "standardCapacityPercentAboveBase": 42, # The percentage of target capacity that should use Standard VM. The remaining percentage will use Spot VMs. The percentage applies only to the capacity above standard_capacity_base. - }, - }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. - "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. - "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM. - "forceUpdateOnRepair": "A String", # A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair. - "metadataBasedReadinessSignal": { # The configuration for metadata based readiness signal sent by the instance during initialization when stopping / suspending an instance. The Instance Group Manager will wait for a signal that indicates successful initialization before stopping / suspending an instance. If a successful readiness signal is not sent before timeout, the corresponding instance will not be stopped / suspended. Instead, an error will be visible in the lastAttempt.errors field of the managed instance in the listmanagedinstances method. If metadataBasedReadinessSignal.timeoutSec is unset, the Instance Group Manager will directly proceed to suspend / stop instances, skipping initialization on them. - "timeoutSec": 42, # The number of seconds to wait for a readiness signal during initialization before timing out. - }, - "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): The MIG performs the same action as specified in the instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to REPAIR, then the MIG repairs unhealthy VMs. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to DO_NOTHING, then the MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. - REPAIR: The MIG repairs unhealthy VMs by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: The MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - }, - "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. - "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for this managed instance group. - "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. - "name": "A String", # The name of the managed instance group. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. - "namedPorts": [ # [Output Only] Named ports configured on the Instance Groups complementary to this Instance Group Manager. - { # The named port. For example: <"http", 80>. - "name": "A String", # The name for this named port. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. - "port": 42, # The port number, which can be a value between 1 and 65535. - }, - ], - "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are key-value pairs. Keys must be in the format tagKeys/123 and values in the format tagValues/456. For more information, see Manage tags for resources. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - }, - "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). - "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies for this managed instance group. - "workloadPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the workload policy that is specified for this managed instance group. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a workload policy: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used. - "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. - "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or stop a VM after that VM was created. The initial delay gives the initialization script the time to prepare your VM for a quick scale out. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. - "mode": "A String", # Defines how a MIG resumes or starts VMs from a standby pool when the group scales out. The default mode is `MANUAL`. - }, - "statefulPolicy": { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager - "preservedState": { # Configuration of preserved resources. - "disks": { # Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. - "a_key": { - "autoDelete": "A String", # These stateful disks will never be deleted during autohealing, update or VM instance recreate operations. This flag is used to configure if the disk should be deleted after it is no longer used by the group, e.g. when the given instance or the whole group is deleted. Note: disks attached in READ_ONLY mode cannot be auto-deleted. - }, - }, - "externalIPs": { # External network IPs assigned to the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the network interface name. - "a_key": { - "autoDelete": "A String", # These stateful IPs will never be released during autohealing, update or VM instance recreate operations. This flag is used to configure if the IP reservation should be deleted after it is no longer used by the group, e.g. when the given instance or the whole group is deleted. - }, - }, - "internalIPs": { # Internal network IPs assigned to the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the network interface name. - "a_key": { - "autoDelete": "A String", # These stateful IPs will never be released during autohealing, update or VM instance recreate operations. This flag is used to configure if the IP reservation should be deleted after it is no longer used by the group, e.g. when the given instance or the whole group is deleted. - }, - }, - }, - }, - "status": { # [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has been applied to all managed instances in the group. - }, - "autoscaler": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Autoscaler that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # [Output Only] Status of bulk instance operation. - "inProgress": True or False, # [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # [Output Only] Information from last progress check of bulk instance operation. - "error": { # [Output Only] Contains errors encountered during bulk instance operation. - "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation. - { - "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error. - "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED. - { - "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } } - "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com". - "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE. - }, - "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit. - "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error. - { # Describes a URL link. - "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers. - "url": "A String", # The URL of the link. - }, - ], - }, - "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error. - "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX" - "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale. - }, - "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota. - "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric. - "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric. - "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit. - "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name. - "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit. - }, - }, - ], - "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional. - "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message. - }, - ], - }, - "timestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. - }, - }, - "isStable": True or False, # [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. - "allEffective": True or False, # A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. - }, - }, - "versionTarget": { # [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their target version specified by version field on Instance Group Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target version. Instances' target version are specified by version field on Instance Group Manager. - }, - }, - "targetPools": [ # The URLs for all TargetPool resources to which instances in the instanceGroup field are added. The target pools automatically apply to all of the instances in the managed instance group. - "A String", - ], - "targetSize": 42, # The target number of running instances for this managed instance group. You can reduce this number by using the instanceGroupManager deleteInstances or abandonInstances methods. Resizing the group also changes this number. - "targetSizePolicy": { # Configures how target size of MIG is achieved. - "mode": "A String", # Mode in which operations on size are processed. - }, - "targetSizeUnit": "A String", # The unit of measure for the target size. - "targetStoppedSize": 42, # The target number of stopped instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Stop instance using the stopInstances method or start instances using the startInstances method. - Manually change the targetStoppedSize using the update method. - "targetSuspendedSize": 42, # The target number of suspended instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Suspend instance using the suspendInstances method or resume instances using the resumeInstances method. - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update method. - "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. - "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. Valid values are: - PROACTIVE (default): The group attempts to maintain an even distribution of VM instances across zones in the region. - NONE: For non-autoscaled groups, proactive redistribution is disabled. - "maxSurge": { # Encapsulates numeric value that can be either absolute or relative. # The maximum number of instances that can be created above the specified targetSize during the update process. This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxSurge is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates. At least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxSurge. - "calculated": 42, # [Output Only] Absolute value of VM instances calculated based on the specific mode. - If the value is fixed, then the calculated value is equal to the fixed value. - If the value is a percent, then the calculated value is percent/100 * targetSize. For example, the calculated value of a 80% of a managed instance group with 150 instances would be (80/100 * 150) = 120 VM instances. If there is a remainder, the number is rounded. - "fixed": 42, # Specifies a fixed number of VM instances. This must be a positive integer. - "percent": 42, # Specifies a percentage of instances between 0 to 100%, inclusive. For example, specify 80 for 80%. - }, - "maxUnavailable": { # Encapsulates numeric value that can be either absolute or relative. # The maximum number of instances that can be unavailable during the update process. An instance is considered available if all of the following conditions are satisfied: - The instance's status is RUNNING. - If there is a health check on the instance group, the instance's health check status must be HEALTHY at least once. If there is no health check on the group, then the instance only needs to have a status of RUNNING to be considered available. This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxUnavailable is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates. At least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxUnavailable. - "calculated": 42, # [Output Only] Absolute value of VM instances calculated based on the specific mode. - If the value is fixed, then the calculated value is equal to the fixed value. - If the value is a percent, then the calculated value is percent/100 * targetSize. For example, the calculated value of a 80% of a managed instance group with 150 instances would be (80/100 * 150) = 120 VM instances. If there is a remainder, the number is rounded. - "fixed": 42, # Specifies a fixed number of VM instances. This must be a positive integer. - "percent": 42, # Specifies a percentage of instances between 0 to 100%, inclusive. For example, specify 80 for 80%. - }, - "minReadySec": 42, # Minimum number of seconds to wait for after a newly created instance becomes available. This value must be from range [0, 3600]. - "minimalAction": "A String", # Minimal action to be taken on an instance. Use this option to minimize disruption as much as possible or to apply a more disruptive action than is necessary. - To limit disruption as much as possible, set the minimal action to REFRESH. If your update requires a more disruptive action, Compute Engine performs the necessary action to execute the update. - To apply a more disruptive action than is strictly necessary, set the minimal action to RESTART or REPLACE. For example, Compute Engine does not need to restart a VM to change its metadata. But if your application reads instance metadata only when a VM is restarted, you can set the minimal action to RESTART in order to pick up metadata changes. - "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to avoid restarting the VM and to limit disruption as much as possible. RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all. - "replacementMethod": "A String", # What action should be used to replace instances. See minimal_action.REPLACE - "type": "A String", # The type of update process. You can specify either PROACTIVE so that the MIG automatically updates VMs to the latest configurations or OPPORTUNISTIC so that you can select the VMs that you want to update. - }, - "versions": [ # Specifies the instance templates used by this managed instance group to create instances. Each version is defined by an instanceTemplate and a name. Every version can appear at most once per instance group. This field overrides the top-level instanceTemplate field. Read more about the relationships between these fields. Exactly one version must leave the targetSize field unset. That version will be applied to all remaining instances. For more information, read about canary updates. - { - "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create new instances in the managed instance group until the `targetSize` for this version is reached. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE; in those cases, existing instances are updated until the `targetSize` for this version is reached. - "name": "A String", # Name of the version. Unique among all versions in the scope of this managed instance group. - "tag": "A String", # Tag describing the version. Used to trigger rollout of a target version even if instance_template remains unchanged. Deprecated in favor of 'name'. - "targetSize": { # Encapsulates numeric value that can be either absolute or relative. # Specifies the intended number of instances to be created from the instanceTemplate. The final number of instances created from the template will be equal to: - If expressed as a fixed number, the minimum of either targetSize.fixed or instanceGroupManager.targetSize is used. - if expressed as a percent, the targetSize would be (targetSize.percent/100 * InstanceGroupManager.targetSize) If there is a remainder, the number is rounded. If unset, this version will update any remaining instances not updated by another version. Read Starting a canary update for more information. - "calculated": 42, # [Output Only] Absolute value of VM instances calculated based on the specific mode. - If the value is fixed, then the calculated value is equal to the fixed value. - If the value is a percent, then the calculated value is percent/100 * targetSize. For example, the calculated value of a 80% of a managed instance group with 150 instances would be (80/100 * 150) = 120 VM instances. If there is a remainder, the number is rounded. - "fixed": 42, # Specifies a fixed number of VM instances. This must be a positive integer. - "percent": 42, # Specifies a percentage of instances between 0 to 100%, inclusive. For example, specify 80 for 80%. - }, - }, - ], - "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of a zone where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). - }, - }, - }, "region": "A String", # [Output only] The URL of the region where the resource resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. You cannot set the region as a field in the request body. "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies message for a multi-MIG. Specifies the workload policy configuration of the multi-MIG. # Resource policies for this multi-MIG. "workloadPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the workload policy for this multi-MIG. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a workload policy: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "schedulingPolicy": { # Policy for handling provisioning and other scheduling-related events. # Policy for handling provisioning and other scheduling-related events. - "provisioning": "A String", # How provisioning of parts (instance group managers) should be scheduled (coordinated or not). - }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "status": { @@ -948,267 +436,11 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. "id": "A String", # [Output only] The unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier. "kind": "compute#multiMig", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#multiMig for multi-MIGs. - "locationPolicy": { # Policy regarding where to create managed instance groups. Initially only zonal managed instance groups in the same zone are supported. - "provisioningZones": [ # List of zones where managed instance groups will be provisioned. Should be valid RFC1035 name. - "A String", - ], - }, "name": "A String", # The name of the multi-MIG. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "parts": { # Map of user-provided names associated with their parts. Keys in the map are arbitrary names chosen by the user for parts. Keys need to be alphanumeric and not longer than 64 characters. - "a_key": { # Part represents a single managed instance group, either as a reference to an existing one or as a structure containing properties necessary to create one. A multi-MIG can contain zero or more parts. - "instanceGroupManager": "A String", # The URL of a managed instance group that you want to attach to the multi-MIG. - "instanceGroupManagerProperties": { # Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource. # A managed instance group to be created by the multi-MIG. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Specifies configuration that overrides the instance template configuration for the group. - "properties": { # Represents the change that you want to make to the instance properties. # Properties to set on all instances in the group. You can add or modify properties using the instanceGroupManagers.patch or regionInstanceGroupManagers.patch. After setting allInstancesConfig on the group, you must update the group's instances to apply the configuration. To apply the configuration, set the group's updatePolicy.type field to use proactive updates or use the applyUpdatesToInstances method. - "labels": { # The label key-value pairs that you want to patch onto the instance. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - "metadata": { # The metadata key-value pairs that you want to patch onto the instance. For more information, see Project and instance metadata. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - }, - }, - "autoHealingPolicies": [ # The autohealing policy for this managed instance group. You can specify only one value. - { - "autoHealingTriggers": { # Restricts what triggers autohealing. - "onHealthCheck": "A String", # If you have configured an application-based health check for the group, this field controls whether to trigger VM autohealing based on a failed health check. Valid values are: - ON (default): The group recreates running VMs that fail the application-based health check. - OFF: When set to OFF, you can still observe instance health state, but the group does not recreate VMs that fail the application-based health check. This is useful for troubleshooting and setting up your health check configuration. - }, - "healthCheck": "A String", # The URL for the health check that signals autohealing. - "initialDelaySec": 42, # The initial delay is the number of seconds that a new VM takes to initialize and run its startup script. During a VM's initial delay period, the MIG ignores unsuccessful health checks because the VM might be in the startup process. This prevents the MIG from prematurely recreating a VM. If the health check receives a healthy response during the initial delay, it indicates that the startup process is complete and the VM is ready. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. - "maxUnavailable": { # Encapsulates numeric value that can be either absolute or relative. # Maximum number of instances that can be unavailable when autohealing. When 'percent' is used, the value is rounded if necessary. The instance is considered available if all of the following conditions are satisfied: 1. Instance's status is RUNNING. 2. Instance's currentAction is NONE (in particular its liveness health check result was observed to be HEALTHY at least once as it passed VERIFYING). 3. There is no outgoing action on an instance triggered by IGM. By default, number of concurrently autohealed instances is smaller than the managed instance group target size. However, if a zonal managed instance group has only one instance, or a regional managed instance group has only one instance per zone, autohealing will recreate these instances when they become unhealthy. - "calculated": 42, # [Output Only] Absolute value of VM instances calculated based on the specific mode. - If the value is fixed, then the calculated value is equal to the fixed value. - If the value is a percent, then the calculated value is percent/100 * targetSize. For example, the calculated value of a 80% of a managed instance group with 150 instances would be (80/100 * 150) = 120 VM instances. If there is a remainder, the number is rounded. - "fixed": 42, # Specifies a fixed number of VM instances. This must be a positive integer. - "percent": 42, # Specifies a percentage of instances between 0 to 100%, inclusive. For example, specify 80 for 80%. - }, - }, - ], - "baseInstanceName": "A String", # The base instance name is a prefix that you want to attach to the names of all VMs in a MIG. The maximum character length is 58 and the name must comply with RFC1035 format. When a VM is created in the group, the MIG appends a hyphen and a random four-character string to the base instance name. If you want the MIG to assign sequential numbers instead of a random string, then end the base instance name with a hyphen followed by one or more hash symbols. The hash symbols indicate the number of digits. For example, a base instance name of "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. @pattern [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group in RFC3339 text format. - "currentActions": { # [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions. - "abandoning": 42, # [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "creating": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates the instance successfully. If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingAtomically": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group will attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count of instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the group will decrease its targetSize value accordingly. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are running and have no scheduled actions. - "queuing": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group is currently queuing. - "recreating": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. - }, - "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "distributionPolicy": { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group. - "targetShape": "A String", # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType). - "zones": [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances. - { - "zone": "A String", # The URL of the zone. The zone must exist in the region where the managed instance group is located. - }, - ], - }, - "failoverAction": "A String", # The action to perform in case of zone failure. Only one value is supported, NO_FAILOVER. The default is NO_FAILOVER. - "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. This field may be used in optimistic locking. It will be ignored when inserting an InstanceGroupManager. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the InstanceGroupManager, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier. - "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple types of machines. Instance flexibility configuration on MIG overrides instance template configuration. - "instanceSelectionLists": { # Named instance selections configuring properties that the group will use when creating new VMs. - "a_key": { - "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". - "A String", - ], - "rank": 42, # Preference of this instance selection. Lower number means higher preference. MIG will first try to create a VM based on the machine-type with lowest rank and fallback to next rank based on availability. Machine types and instance selections with the same rank have the same preference. - }, - }, - "instanceSelections": { # Named instance selections configuring properties that the group will use when creating new VMs. - "a_key": { - "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". - "A String", - ], - "rank": 42, # Preference of this instance selection. Lower number means higher preference. MIG will first try to create a VM based on the machine-type with lowest rank and fallback to next rank based on availability. Machine types and instance selections with the same rank have the same preference. - }, - }, - "provisioningModelMix": { # Provisioning model configuration used by this managed instance group to create instances. - "standardCapacityBase": 42, # The base capacity that will always use Standard VMs to avoid risk of more preemption than the minimum capacity user needs. MIG will create only Standard VMs until it reaches standard_capacity_base and only then will start using standard_capacity_percent_above_base to mix Spot with Standard VMs. - "standardCapacityPercentAboveBase": 42, # The percentage of target capacity that should use Standard VM. The remaining percentage will use Spot VMs. The percentage applies only to the capacity above standard_capacity_base. - }, - }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. - "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. - "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM. - "forceUpdateOnRepair": "A String", # A bit indicating whether to forcefully apply the group's latest configuration when repairing a VM. Valid options are: - NO (default): If configuration updates are available, they are not forcefully applied during repair. Instead, configuration updates are applied according to the group's update policy. - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied during repair. - "metadataBasedReadinessSignal": { # The configuration for metadata based readiness signal sent by the instance during initialization when stopping / suspending an instance. The Instance Group Manager will wait for a signal that indicates successful initialization before stopping / suspending an instance. If a successful readiness signal is not sent before timeout, the corresponding instance will not be stopped / suspended. Instead, an error will be visible in the lastAttempt.errors field of the managed instance in the listmanagedinstances method. If metadataBasedReadinessSignal.timeoutSec is unset, the Instance Group Manager will directly proceed to suspend / stop instances, skipping initialization on them. - "timeoutSec": 42, # The number of seconds to wait for a readiness signal during initialization before timing out. - }, - "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): The MIG performs the same action as specified in the instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to REPAIR, then the MIG repairs unhealthy VMs. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to DO_NOTHING, then the MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. - REPAIR: The MIG repairs unhealthy VMs by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: The MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - }, - "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. - "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for this managed instance group. - "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. - "name": "A String", # The name of the managed instance group. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. - "namedPorts": [ # [Output Only] Named ports configured on the Instance Groups complementary to this Instance Group Manager. - { # The named port. For example: <"http", 80>. - "name": "A String", # The name for this named port. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. - "port": 42, # The port number, which can be a value between 1 and 65535. - }, - ], - "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are key-value pairs. Keys must be in the format tagKeys/123 and values in the format tagValues/456. For more information, see Manage tags for resources. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - }, - "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the managed instance group resides (for regional resources). - "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies for this managed instance group. - "workloadPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the workload policy that is specified for this managed instance group. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a workload policy: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used. - "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. - "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or stop a VM after that VM was created. The initial delay gives the initialization script the time to prepare your VM for a quick scale out. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. - "mode": "A String", # Defines how a MIG resumes or starts VMs from a standby pool when the group scales out. The default mode is `MANUAL`. - }, - "statefulPolicy": { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager - "preservedState": { # Configuration of preserved resources. - "disks": { # Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. - "a_key": { - "autoDelete": "A String", # These stateful disks will never be deleted during autohealing, update or VM instance recreate operations. This flag is used to configure if the disk should be deleted after it is no longer used by the group, e.g. when the given instance or the whole group is deleted. Note: disks attached in READ_ONLY mode cannot be auto-deleted. - }, - }, - "externalIPs": { # External network IPs assigned to the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the network interface name. - "a_key": { - "autoDelete": "A String", # These stateful IPs will never be released during autohealing, update or VM instance recreate operations. This flag is used to configure if the IP reservation should be deleted after it is no longer used by the group, e.g. when the given instance or the whole group is deleted. - }, - }, - "internalIPs": { # Internal network IPs assigned to the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the network interface name. - "a_key": { - "autoDelete": "A String", # These stateful IPs will never be released during autohealing, update or VM instance recreate operations. This flag is used to configure if the IP reservation should be deleted after it is no longer used by the group, e.g. when the given instance or the whole group is deleted. - }, - }, - }, - }, - "status": { # [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has been applied to all managed instances in the group. - }, - "autoscaler": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the Autoscaler that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # [Output Only] Status of bulk instance operation. - "inProgress": True or False, # [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # [Output Only] Information from last progress check of bulk instance operation. - "error": { # [Output Only] Contains errors encountered during bulk instance operation. - "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation. - { - "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error. - "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED. - { - "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } } - "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com". - "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE. - }, - "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit. - "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error. - { # Describes a URL link. - "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers. - "url": "A String", # The URL of the link. - }, - ], - }, - "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error. - "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX" - "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale. - }, - "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota. - "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric. - "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric. - "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit. - "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name. - "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit. - }, - }, - ], - "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional. - "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message. - }, - ], - }, - "timestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. - }, - }, - "isStable": True or False, # [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. - "allEffective": True or False, # A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. - }, - }, - "versionTarget": { # [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their target version specified by version field on Instance Group Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target version. Instances' target version are specified by version field on Instance Group Manager. - }, - }, - "targetPools": [ # The URLs for all TargetPool resources to which instances in the instanceGroup field are added. The target pools automatically apply to all of the instances in the managed instance group. - "A String", - ], - "targetSize": 42, # The target number of running instances for this managed instance group. You can reduce this number by using the instanceGroupManager deleteInstances or abandonInstances methods. Resizing the group also changes this number. - "targetSizePolicy": { # Configures how target size of MIG is achieved. - "mode": "A String", # Mode in which operations on size are processed. - }, - "targetSizeUnit": "A String", # The unit of measure for the target size. - "targetStoppedSize": 42, # The target number of stopped instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Stop instance using the stopInstances method or start instances using the startInstances method. - Manually change the targetStoppedSize using the update method. - "targetSuspendedSize": 42, # The target number of suspended instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Suspend instance using the suspendInstances method or resume instances using the resumeInstances method. - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update method. - "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. - "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. Valid values are: - PROACTIVE (default): The group attempts to maintain an even distribution of VM instances across zones in the region. - NONE: For non-autoscaled groups, proactive redistribution is disabled. - "maxSurge": { # Encapsulates numeric value that can be either absolute or relative. # The maximum number of instances that can be created above the specified targetSize during the update process. This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxSurge is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates. At least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxSurge. - "calculated": 42, # [Output Only] Absolute value of VM instances calculated based on the specific mode. - If the value is fixed, then the calculated value is equal to the fixed value. - If the value is a percent, then the calculated value is percent/100 * targetSize. For example, the calculated value of a 80% of a managed instance group with 150 instances would be (80/100 * 150) = 120 VM instances. If there is a remainder, the number is rounded. - "fixed": 42, # Specifies a fixed number of VM instances. This must be a positive integer. - "percent": 42, # Specifies a percentage of instances between 0 to 100%, inclusive. For example, specify 80 for 80%. - }, - "maxUnavailable": { # Encapsulates numeric value that can be either absolute or relative. # The maximum number of instances that can be unavailable during the update process. An instance is considered available if all of the following conditions are satisfied: - The instance's status is RUNNING. - If there is a health check on the instance group, the instance's health check status must be HEALTHY at least once. If there is no health check on the group, then the instance only needs to have a status of RUNNING to be considered available. This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxUnavailable is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates. At least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxUnavailable. - "calculated": 42, # [Output Only] Absolute value of VM instances calculated based on the specific mode. - If the value is fixed, then the calculated value is equal to the fixed value. - If the value is a percent, then the calculated value is percent/100 * targetSize. For example, the calculated value of a 80% of a managed instance group with 150 instances would be (80/100 * 150) = 120 VM instances. If there is a remainder, the number is rounded. - "fixed": 42, # Specifies a fixed number of VM instances. This must be a positive integer. - "percent": 42, # Specifies a percentage of instances between 0 to 100%, inclusive. For example, specify 80 for 80%. - }, - "minReadySec": 42, # Minimum number of seconds to wait for after a newly created instance becomes available. This value must be from range [0, 3600]. - "minimalAction": "A String", # Minimal action to be taken on an instance. Use this option to minimize disruption as much as possible or to apply a more disruptive action than is necessary. - To limit disruption as much as possible, set the minimal action to REFRESH. If your update requires a more disruptive action, Compute Engine performs the necessary action to execute the update. - To apply a more disruptive action than is strictly necessary, set the minimal action to RESTART or REPLACE. For example, Compute Engine does not need to restart a VM to change its metadata. But if your application reads instance metadata only when a VM is restarted, you can set the minimal action to RESTART in order to pick up metadata changes. - "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": "A String", # Most disruptive action that is allowed to be taken on an instance. You can specify either NONE to forbid any actions, REFRESH to avoid restarting the VM and to limit disruption as much as possible. RESTART to allow actions that can be applied without instance replacing or REPLACE to allow all possible actions. If the Updater determines that the minimal update action needed is more disruptive than most disruptive allowed action you specify it will not perform the update at all. - "replacementMethod": "A String", # What action should be used to replace instances. See minimal_action.REPLACE - "type": "A String", # The type of update process. You can specify either PROACTIVE so that the MIG automatically updates VMs to the latest configurations or OPPORTUNISTIC so that you can select the VMs that you want to update. - }, - "versions": [ # Specifies the instance templates used by this managed instance group to create instances. Each version is defined by an instanceTemplate and a name. Every version can appear at most once per instance group. This field overrides the top-level instanceTemplate field. Read more about the relationships between these fields. Exactly one version must leave the targetSize field unset. That version will be applied to all remaining instances. For more information, read about canary updates. - { - "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed instance group. The group uses this template to create new instances in the managed instance group until the `targetSize` for this version is reached. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE; in those cases, existing instances are updated until the `targetSize` for this version is reached. - "name": "A String", # Name of the version. Unique among all versions in the scope of this managed instance group. - "tag": "A String", # Tag describing the version. Used to trigger rollout of a target version even if instance_template remains unchanged. Deprecated in favor of 'name'. - "targetSize": { # Encapsulates numeric value that can be either absolute or relative. # Specifies the intended number of instances to be created from the instanceTemplate. The final number of instances created from the template will be equal to: - If expressed as a fixed number, the minimum of either targetSize.fixed or instanceGroupManager.targetSize is used. - if expressed as a percent, the targetSize would be (targetSize.percent/100 * InstanceGroupManager.targetSize) If there is a remainder, the number is rounded. If unset, this version will update any remaining instances not updated by another version. Read Starting a canary update for more information. - "calculated": 42, # [Output Only] Absolute value of VM instances calculated based on the specific mode. - If the value is fixed, then the calculated value is equal to the fixed value. - If the value is a percent, then the calculated value is percent/100 * targetSize. For example, the calculated value of a 80% of a managed instance group with 150 instances would be (80/100 * 150) = 120 VM instances. If there is a remainder, the number is rounded. - "fixed": 42, # Specifies a fixed number of VM instances. This must be a positive integer. - "percent": 42, # Specifies a percentage of instances between 0 to 100%, inclusive. For example, specify 80 for 80%. - }, - }, - ], - "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of a zone where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). - }, - }, - }, "region": "A String", # [Output only] The URL of the region where the resource resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. You cannot set the region as a field in the request body. "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies message for a multi-MIG. Specifies the workload policy configuration of the multi-MIG. # Resource policies for this multi-MIG. "workloadPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the workload policy for this multi-MIG. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a workload policy: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "schedulingPolicy": { # Policy for handling provisioning and other scheduling-related events. # Policy for handling provisioning and other scheduling-related events. - "provisioning": "A String", # How provisioning of parts (instance group managers) should be scheduled (coordinated or not). - }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "status": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html index d8dd8f83d26..07d8641d722 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html @@ -989,6 +989,84 @@

Method Details

{ "displayName": "A String", # [Output Only] The display name of the firewall policy. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the firewall policy. + "packetMirroringRules": [ # [Output only] The packet mirroring rules that apply to the network. + { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). + "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions for firewall rules are: "allow", "deny", "apply_security_profile_group" and "goto_next". Valid actions for packet mirroring rules are: "mirror", "do_not_mirror" and "goto_next". + "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource. + "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. + "disabled": True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall policy rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall policy rule is not enforced and traffic behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall policy rule will be enabled. + "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. + "kind": "compute#firewallPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Returns compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall rules and compute#packetMirroringRule for packet mirroring rules. + "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. + "destAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10. + "A String", + ], + "destFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic destination. Maximum number of destination fqdn allowed is 100. + "A String", + ], + "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], + "destNetworkScope": "A String", # Network scope of the traffic destination. + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], + "destThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic destination. + "A String", + ], + "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. + { + "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. + "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"]. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "srcAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10. + "A String", + ], + "srcFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic source. Maximum number of source fqdn allowed is 100. + "A String", + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], + "srcNetworkScope": "A String", # Network scope of the traffic source. + "srcNetworks": [ # Networks of the traffic source. It can be either a full or partial url. + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], + "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. + }, + ], + "srcThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic source. + "A String", + ], + }, + "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority. + "ruleName": "A String", # An optional name for the rule. This field is not a unique identifier and can be updated. + "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall policy rule. + "securityProfileGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL of a SecurityProfile resource instance. Example: https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/v1/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/my-security-profile-group Must be specified if action is one of 'apply_security_profile_group' or 'mirror'. Cannot be specified for other actions. + "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. + "A String", + ], + "targetSecureTags": [ # A list of secure tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetSecureTag are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those EFFECTIVE secure tags, if all the target_secure_tag are in INEFFECTIVE state, then this rule will be ignored. targetSecureTag may not be set at the same time as targetServiceAccounts. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetSecureTag are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network. Maximum number of target label tags allowed is 256. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. + }, + ], + "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule. + "A String", + ], + "tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions. + }, + ], "priority": 42, # [Output only] Priority of firewall policy association. Not applicable for type=HIERARCHY. "rules": [ # [Output only] The rules that apply to the network. { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html index 6b5fa042b44..d9308b594fa 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html @@ -107,6 +107,9 @@

Instance Methods

removeRule(project, region, securityPolicy, priority=None, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a rule at the specified priority.

+

+ setLabels(project, region, resource, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the labels on a security policy. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.

Method Details

addRule(project, region, securityPolicy, body=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -250,11 +253,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -593,6 +596,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -767,11 +771,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -969,11 +973,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1058,6 +1062,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -1232,11 +1237,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1468,6 +1473,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -1642,11 +1648,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1778,6 +1784,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -1952,11 +1959,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -2267,11 +2274,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -2551,4 +2558,140 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ setLabels(project, region, resource, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the labels on a security policy. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The region for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "labelFingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the previous set of labels for this resource, used to detect conflicts. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels. Make a get() request to the resource to get the latest fingerprint.
+  "labels": { # The labels to set for this resource.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html index 9be709b52b9..785c76b0c07 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. + { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authentication": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead. "authorization": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. +{ # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authentication": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead. "authorization": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. @@ -462,7 +462,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Contains a list of TargetHttpsProxy resources. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server. "items": [ # A list of TargetHttpsProxy resources. - { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. + { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authentication": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead. "authorization": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. +{ # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authentication": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead. "authorization": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html index 693121a65cf..aa7b489473f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -359,8 +359,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -508,8 +508,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -648,8 +648,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -754,7 +754,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -844,8 +844,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -904,7 +904,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -994,8 +994,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1143,8 +1143,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1283,8 +1283,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1389,7 +1389,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1479,8 +1479,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1644,6 +1644,9 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { + "cacheTags": [ # Not implemented. + "A String", + ], "host": "A String", # If set, this invalidation rule will only apply to requests with a Host header matching host. "path": "A String", } @@ -1803,7 +1806,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1893,8 +1896,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1952,7 +1955,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2042,8 +2045,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2092,7 +2095,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2182,8 +2185,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2288,7 +2291,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2378,8 +2381,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2468,7 +2471,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2558,8 +2561,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2617,7 +2620,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2707,8 +2710,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2757,7 +2760,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2847,8 +2850,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2953,7 +2956,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3043,8 +3046,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3253,7 +3256,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3343,8 +3346,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3402,7 +3405,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3492,8 +3495,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3542,7 +3545,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3632,8 +3635,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3738,7 +3741,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3828,8 +3831,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4007,7 +4010,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4097,8 +4100,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4156,7 +4159,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4246,8 +4249,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4296,7 +4299,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4386,8 +4389,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4492,7 +4495,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4582,8 +4585,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationBlocks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationBlocks.html index f1d2411b3d2..f194750c94e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationBlocks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationBlocks.html @@ -86,6 +86,9 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ performMaintenance(project, zone, reservation, reservationBlock, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Allows customers to perform maintenance on a reservation block

Method Details

close() @@ -123,7 +126,6 @@

Method Details

"cluster": "A String", # The cluster name of the reservation block. }, "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # [Output Only] Maintenance information for this reservation block. - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. @@ -187,7 +189,6 @@

Method Details

"cluster": "A String", # The cluster name of the reservation block. }, "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # [Output Only] Maintenance information for this reservation block. - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. @@ -242,4 +243,138 @@

Method Details

+
+ performMaintenance(project, zone, reservation, reservationBlock, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Allows customers to perform maintenance on a reservation block
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. Zone name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  reservation: string, The name of the reservation. Name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID. (required)
+  reservationBlock: string, The name of the reservation block. Name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "maintenanceScope": "A String", # Specifies if all, running or unused hosts are in scope for this request.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html index 95afa92ac7e..4d36e6645ad 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html @@ -101,6 +101,9 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ performMaintenance(project, zone, reservation, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Perform maintenance on an extended reservation

resize(project, zone, reservation, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Resizes the reservation (applicable to standalone reservations only). For more information, read Modifying reservations.

@@ -171,7 +174,6 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Instance termination action is invoked when the reservation is deleted. This only applies to reservations with a Deployment type. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "reservationSharingPolicy": { # Specify the reservation sharing policy. If unspecified, the reservation will not be shared with Google Cloud managed services. @@ -183,7 +185,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "reservationBlockCount": 42, # The number of reservation blocks associated with this reservation. "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # Maintenance information for this reservation - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. @@ -481,7 +482,6 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Instance termination action is invoked when the reservation is deleted. This only applies to reservations with a Deployment type. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "reservationSharingPolicy": { # Specify the reservation sharing policy. If unspecified, the reservation will not be shared with Google Cloud managed services. @@ -493,7 +493,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "reservationBlockCount": 42, # The number of reservation blocks associated with this reservation. "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # Maintenance information for this reservation - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. @@ -660,7 +659,6 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Instance termination action is invoked when the reservation is deleted. This only applies to reservations with a Deployment type. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "reservationSharingPolicy": { # Specify the reservation sharing policy. If unspecified, the reservation will not be shared with Google Cloud managed services. @@ -672,7 +670,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "reservationBlockCount": 42, # The number of reservation blocks associated with this reservation. "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # Maintenance information for this reservation - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. @@ -919,7 +916,6 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Instance termination action is invoked when the reservation is deleted. This only applies to reservations with a Deployment type. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "reservationSharingPolicy": { # Specify the reservation sharing policy. If unspecified, the reservation will not be shared with Google Cloud managed services. @@ -931,7 +927,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "reservationBlockCount": 42, # The number of reservation blocks associated with this reservation. "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # Maintenance information for this reservation - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. @@ -1036,6 +1031,139 @@

Method Details

+
+ performMaintenance(project, zone, reservation, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Perform maintenance on an extended reservation
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. Zone name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  reservation: string, The name of the reservation. Name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "maintenanceScope": "A String", # Specifies if all, running or unused hosts are in scope for this request.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
resize(project, zone, reservation, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Resizes the reservation (applicable to standalone reservations only). For more information, read Modifying reservations.
@@ -1344,7 +1472,6 @@ 

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Instance termination action is invoked when the reservation is deleted. This only applies to reservations with a Deployment type. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "reservationSharingPolicy": { # Specify the reservation sharing policy. If unspecified, the reservation will not be shared with Google Cloud managed services. @@ -1356,7 +1483,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "reservationBlockCount": 42, # The number of reservation blocks associated with this reservation. "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # Maintenance information for this reservation - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html index 5ea0e4c3da6..6014bcdd73c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html @@ -264,11 +264,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -487,6 +487,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -661,11 +662,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -944,6 +945,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -1118,11 +1120,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1319,11 +1321,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1407,6 +1409,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -1581,11 +1584,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1816,6 +1819,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -1990,11 +1994,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -2166,6 +2170,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -2340,11 +2345,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -2654,11 +2659,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html index 780bfc40760..0507bb5319f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "privateIpGoogleAccess": True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # This field is for internal use. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch. - "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT, or PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. + "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PEER_MIGRATION or PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. A subnet with purpose set to PEER_MIGRATION is used for subnet migration from one peered VPC to another. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. "region": "A String", # URL of the region where the Subnetwork resides. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "reservedInternalRange": "A String", # The URL of the reserved internal range. "role": "A String", # The role of subnetwork. Currently, this field is only used when purpose is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. The value can be set to ACTIVE or BACKUP. An ACTIVE subnetwork is one that is currently being used for Envoy-based load balancers in a region. A BACKUP subnetwork is one that is ready to be promoted to ACTIVE or is currently draining. This field can be updated with a patch request. @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "privateIpGoogleAccess": True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # This field is for internal use. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch. - "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT, or PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. + "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PEER_MIGRATION or PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. A subnet with purpose set to PEER_MIGRATION is used for subnet migration from one peered VPC to another. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. "region": "A String", # URL of the region where the Subnetwork resides. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "reservedInternalRange": "A String", # The URL of the reserved internal range. "role": "A String", # The role of subnetwork. Currently, this field is only used when purpose is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. The value can be set to ACTIVE or BACKUP. An ACTIVE subnetwork is one that is currently being used for Envoy-based load balancers in a region. A BACKUP subnetwork is one that is ready to be promoted to ACTIVE or is currently draining. This field can be updated with a patch request. @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "privateIpGoogleAccess": True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # This field is for internal use. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch. - "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT, or PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. + "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PEER_MIGRATION or PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. A subnet with purpose set to PEER_MIGRATION is used for subnet migration from one peered VPC to another. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. "region": "A String", # URL of the region where the Subnetwork resides. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "reservedInternalRange": "A String", # The URL of the reserved internal range. "role": "A String", # The role of subnetwork. Currently, this field is only used when purpose is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. The value can be set to ACTIVE or BACKUP. An ACTIVE subnetwork is one that is currently being used for Envoy-based load balancers in a region. A BACKUP subnetwork is one that is ready to be promoted to ACTIVE or is currently draining. This field can be updated with a patch request. @@ -876,7 +876,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "privateIpGoogleAccess": True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # This field is for internal use. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch. - "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT, or PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. + "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PEER_MIGRATION or PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. A subnet with purpose set to PEER_MIGRATION is used for subnet migration from one peered VPC to another. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. "region": "A String", # URL of the region where the Subnetwork resides. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "reservedInternalRange": "A String", # The URL of the reserved internal range. "role": "A String", # The role of subnetwork. Currently, this field is only used when purpose is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. The value can be set to ACTIVE or BACKUP. An ACTIVE subnetwork is one that is currently being used for Envoy-based load balancers in a region. A BACKUP subnetwork is one that is ready to be promoted to ACTIVE or is currently draining. This field can be updated with a patch request. @@ -941,7 +941,7 @@

Method Details

"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. "network": "A String", # Network URL. - "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT, or PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. + "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PEER_MIGRATION or PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. A subnet with purpose set to PEER_MIGRATION is used for subnet migration from one peered VPC to another. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. "role": "A String", # The role of subnetwork. Currently, this field is only used when purpose is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. The value can be set to ACTIVE or BACKUP. An ACTIVE subnetwork is one that is currently being used for Envoy-based load balancers in a region. A BACKUP subnetwork is one that is ready to be promoted to ACTIVE or is currently draining. This field can be updated with a patch request. "secondaryIpRanges": [ # Secondary IP ranges. { # Secondary IP range of a usable subnetwork. @@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "privateIpGoogleAccess": True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # This field is for internal use. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch. - "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT, or PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. + "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PEER_MIGRATION or PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. A subnet with purpose set to PEER_MIGRATION is used for subnet migration from one peered VPC to another. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. "region": "A String", # URL of the region where the Subnetwork resides. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "reservedInternalRange": "A String", # The URL of the reserved internal range. "role": "A String", # The role of subnetwork. Currently, this field is only used when purpose is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. The value can be set to ACTIVE or BACKUP. An ACTIVE subnetwork is one that is currently being used for Envoy-based load balancers in a region. A BACKUP subnetwork is one that is ready to be promoted to ACTIVE or is currently draining. This field can be updated with a patch request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html index 0e4a1c8ead3..fbe6a7c62ab 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@

Method Details

"items": { # A list of TargetHttpsProxiesScopedList resources. "a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of TargetHttpsProxies. "targetHttpsProxies": [ # A list of TargetHttpsProxies contained in this scope. - { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. + { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authentication": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead. "authorization": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. + { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authentication": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead. "authorization": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. +{ # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authentication": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead. "authorization": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Contains a list of TargetHttpsProxy resources. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server. "items": [ # A list of TargetHttpsProxy resources. - { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. + { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authentication": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead. "authorization": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. +{ # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authentication": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead. "authorization": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html index 68ad1845fd7..4503d07b9cd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -244,8 +244,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -393,8 +393,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -533,8 +533,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -639,7 +639,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -729,8 +729,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -968,7 +968,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1058,8 +1058,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1207,8 +1207,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1257,7 +1257,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1347,8 +1347,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1453,7 +1453,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1543,8 +1543,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1602,7 +1602,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1692,8 +1692,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1751,7 +1751,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1841,8 +1841,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1891,7 +1891,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1981,8 +1981,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2087,7 +2087,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2177,8 +2177,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2341,6 +2341,9 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { + "cacheTags": [ # Not implemented. + "A String", + ], "host": "A String", # If set, this invalidation rule will only apply to requests with a Host header matching host. "path": "A String", } @@ -2499,7 +2502,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2589,8 +2592,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2648,7 +2651,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2738,8 +2741,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2788,7 +2791,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2878,8 +2881,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2984,7 +2987,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3074,8 +3077,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3163,7 +3166,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3253,8 +3256,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3312,7 +3315,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3402,8 +3405,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3452,7 +3455,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3542,8 +3545,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3648,7 +3651,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3738,8 +3741,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3946,7 +3949,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4036,8 +4039,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4095,7 +4098,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4185,8 +4188,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4235,7 +4238,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4325,8 +4328,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4431,7 +4434,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4521,8 +4524,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4702,7 +4705,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4792,8 +4795,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4851,7 +4854,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4941,8 +4944,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4991,7 +4994,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -5081,8 +5084,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -5187,7 +5190,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -5277,8 +5280,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.wireGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.wireGroups.html index 57a0d7a054c..ae5febe0826 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.wireGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.wireGroups.html @@ -265,7 +265,15 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", "serviceLevel": { # Service level details determined for the wire group configuration. # Service level details determined for the wire group configuration. - "availabilityClass": "A String", # [Output Only] The availability SLA that the wire group qualifies for. One of the following: `NO_AVAILABILITY_SLA`, `AVAILABILITY_99`, or `AVAILABILITY_999`. + "availabilityClass": "A String", # [Output Only] The availability SLA that the wire group qualifies for. One of the following: `NO_AVAILABILITY_SLA`, `AVAILABILITY_99`, `AVAILABILITY_999`, or `AVAILABILITY_9995`. + }, + "topology": { # Topology details for the wire group. # Topology details for the wire group configuration. + "endpoints": [ # Topology details for all endpoints in the wire group. + { # Topology details for a single wire group endpoint. + "city": "A String", # The InterconnectLocation.city (metropolitan area designator) that all interconnects are located in. + "label": "A String", # Endpoint label from the wire group. + }, + ], }, "wireGroupProperties": { # The properties of a wire group. These properties determine how a group of redundant wires are created and managed. # Properties of the wire group. "type": "A String", # The type of the wire group, one of the following: - WIRE: a single pseudowire over two Interconnect connections with no redundancy. - REDUNDANT: two pseudowires over four Interconnect connections, with two connections in one metro and two connections in another metro. Each redundant pair of Interconnect connections spans both edge availability domains of the metro. Each pseudowire connects Interconnect connections in matching edge availability domains of the two metros. - BOX_AND_CROSS: four pseudowires over four Interconnect connections, with two connections in one metro and two connections in another metro. Each redundant pair of Interconnect connections spans both edge availability domains of the metro. Two pseudowires connect Interconnect connections in matching edge availability domains of the two metros. Two additional pseudowires connect the non-matching edge availability domains of the two metros. @@ -343,7 +351,15 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", "serviceLevel": { # Service level details determined for the wire group configuration. # Service level details determined for the wire group configuration. - "availabilityClass": "A String", # [Output Only] The availability SLA that the wire group qualifies for. One of the following: `NO_AVAILABILITY_SLA`, `AVAILABILITY_99`, or `AVAILABILITY_999`. + "availabilityClass": "A String", # [Output Only] The availability SLA that the wire group qualifies for. One of the following: `NO_AVAILABILITY_SLA`, `AVAILABILITY_99`, `AVAILABILITY_999`, or `AVAILABILITY_9995`. + }, + "topology": { # Topology details for the wire group. # Topology details for the wire group configuration. + "endpoints": [ # Topology details for all endpoints in the wire group. + { # Topology details for a single wire group endpoint. + "city": "A String", # The InterconnectLocation.city (metropolitan area designator) that all interconnects are located in. + "label": "A String", # Endpoint label from the wire group. + }, + ], }, "wireGroupProperties": { # The properties of a wire group. These properties determine how a group of redundant wires are created and managed. # Properties of the wire group. "type": "A String", # The type of the wire group, one of the following: - WIRE: a single pseudowire over two Interconnect connections with no redundancy. - REDUNDANT: two pseudowires over four Interconnect connections, with two connections in one metro and two connections in another metro. Each redundant pair of Interconnect connections spans both edge availability domains of the metro. Each pseudowire connects Interconnect connections in matching edge availability domains of the two metros. - BOX_AND_CROSS: four pseudowires over four Interconnect connections, with two connections in one metro and two connections in another metro. Each redundant pair of Interconnect connections spans both edge availability domains of the metro. Two pseudowires connect Interconnect connections in matching edge availability domains of the two metros. Two additional pseudowires connect the non-matching edge availability domains of the two metros. @@ -389,7 +405,7 @@

Method Details

} requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder - validateOnly: boolean, [Input Only] Validate the new configuration, but don't create it. If applicable, any configuration notices are returned in the `configurationNotices` field. + validateOnly: boolean, [Input Only] Validate the new configuration, but don't create it. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -553,7 +569,15 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", "serviceLevel": { # Service level details determined for the wire group configuration. # Service level details determined for the wire group configuration. - "availabilityClass": "A String", # [Output Only] The availability SLA that the wire group qualifies for. One of the following: `NO_AVAILABILITY_SLA`, `AVAILABILITY_99`, or `AVAILABILITY_999`. + "availabilityClass": "A String", # [Output Only] The availability SLA that the wire group qualifies for. One of the following: `NO_AVAILABILITY_SLA`, `AVAILABILITY_99`, `AVAILABILITY_999`, or `AVAILABILITY_9995`. + }, + "topology": { # Topology details for the wire group. # Topology details for the wire group configuration. + "endpoints": [ # Topology details for all endpoints in the wire group. + { # Topology details for a single wire group endpoint. + "city": "A String", # The InterconnectLocation.city (metropolitan area designator) that all interconnects are located in. + "label": "A String", # Endpoint label from the wire group. + }, + ], }, "wireGroupProperties": { # The properties of a wire group. These properties determine how a group of redundant wires are created and managed. # Properties of the wire group. "type": "A String", # The type of the wire group, one of the following: - WIRE: a single pseudowire over two Interconnect connections with no redundancy. - REDUNDANT: two pseudowires over four Interconnect connections, with two connections in one metro and two connections in another metro. Each redundant pair of Interconnect connections spans both edge availability domains of the metro. Each pseudowire connects Interconnect connections in matching edge availability domains of the two metros. - BOX_AND_CROSS: four pseudowires over four Interconnect connections, with two connections in one metro and two connections in another metro. Each redundant pair of Interconnect connections spans both edge availability domains of the metro. Two pseudowires connect Interconnect connections in matching edge availability domains of the two metros. Two additional pseudowires connect the non-matching edge availability domains of the two metros. @@ -664,7 +688,15 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", "serviceLevel": { # Service level details determined for the wire group configuration. # Service level details determined for the wire group configuration. - "availabilityClass": "A String", # [Output Only] The availability SLA that the wire group qualifies for. One of the following: `NO_AVAILABILITY_SLA`, `AVAILABILITY_99`, or `AVAILABILITY_999`. + "availabilityClass": "A String", # [Output Only] The availability SLA that the wire group qualifies for. One of the following: `NO_AVAILABILITY_SLA`, `AVAILABILITY_99`, `AVAILABILITY_999`, or `AVAILABILITY_9995`. + }, + "topology": { # Topology details for the wire group. # Topology details for the wire group configuration. + "endpoints": [ # Topology details for all endpoints in the wire group. + { # Topology details for a single wire group endpoint. + "city": "A String", # The InterconnectLocation.city (metropolitan area designator) that all interconnects are located in. + "label": "A String", # Endpoint label from the wire group. + }, + ], }, "wireGroupProperties": { # The properties of a wire group. These properties determine how a group of redundant wires are created and managed. # Properties of the wire group. "type": "A String", # The type of the wire group, one of the following: - WIRE: a single pseudowire over two Interconnect connections with no redundancy. - REDUNDANT: two pseudowires over four Interconnect connections, with two connections in one metro and two connections in another metro. Each redundant pair of Interconnect connections spans both edge availability domains of the metro. Each pseudowire connects Interconnect connections in matching edge availability domains of the two metros. - BOX_AND_CROSS: four pseudowires over four Interconnect connections, with two connections in one metro and two connections in another metro. Each redundant pair of Interconnect connections spans both edge availability domains of the metro. Two pseudowires connect Interconnect connections in matching edge availability domains of the two metros. Two additional pseudowires connect the non-matching edge availability domains of the two metros. @@ -711,7 +743,7 @@

Method Details

requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder updateMask: string, update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request. - validateOnly: boolean, [Input Only] Validate the new configuration, but don't update it. If applicable, any configuration notices are returned in the `configurationNotices` field. + validateOnly: boolean, [Input Only] Validate the new configuration, but don't update it. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html index 47a36ba0d9f..27d0b72a8a1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. }, ], "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. @@ -384,9 +384,9 @@

Method Details

"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, @@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -1101,7 +1101,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. }, ], "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. @@ -1135,9 +1135,9 @@

Method Details

"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, @@ -1533,7 +1533,7 @@

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -1545,7 +1545,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. }, ], "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. @@ -1579,9 +1579,9 @@

Method Details

"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, @@ -2107,7 +2107,7 @@

Method Details

"networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set. + "parentNicName": "A String", # Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, use IPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. @@ -2119,7 +2119,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set. + "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. }, ], "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. @@ -2153,9 +2153,9 @@

Method Details

"availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "gracefulShutdown": { # Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. - "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendBuckets.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendBuckets.html index 5541d9c903b..511aebf133e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendBuckets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendBuckets.html @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -647,7 +647,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -840,7 +840,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -934,7 +934,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html index 461645f5993..cebd75961ea 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html @@ -95,6 +95,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(project, backendService, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the specified BackendService resource.

+

+ getEffectiveSecurityPolicies(project, backendService, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns effective security policies applied to this backend service.

getHealth(project, backendService, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets the most recent health check results for this BackendService. Example request body: { "group": "/zones/us-east1-b/instanceGroups/lb-backend-example" }

@@ -342,7 +345,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -885,7 +888,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -1066,6 +1069,277 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getEffectiveSecurityPolicies(project, backendService, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns effective security policies applied to this backend service.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  backendService: string, Name of the Backend Service for this request. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "securityPolicies": [ # Effective security policies for the backend service.
+    { # Represents a Google Cloud Armor security policy resource. Only external backend services that use load balancers can reference a security policy. For more information, see Google Cloud Armor security policy overview.
+      "adaptiveProtectionConfig": { # Configuration options for Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection (CAAP).
+        "autoDeployConfig": { # Configuration options for Adaptive Protection auto-deploy feature.
+          "confidenceThreshold": 3.14,
+          "expirationSec": 42,
+          "impactedBaselineThreshold": 3.14,
+          "loadThreshold": 3.14,
+        },
+        "layer7DdosDefenseConfig": { # Configuration options for L7 DDoS detection. This field is only supported in Global Security Policies of type CLOUD_ARMOR. # If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning.
+          "enable": True or False, # If set to true, enables CAAP for L7 DDoS detection. This field is only supported in Global Security Policies of type CLOUD_ARMOR.
+          "ruleVisibility": "A String", # Rule visibility can be one of the following: STANDARD - opaque rules. (default) PREMIUM - transparent rules. This field is only supported in Global Security Policies of type CLOUD_ARMOR.
+          "thresholdConfigs": [ # Configuration options for layer7 adaptive protection for various customizable thresholds.
+            {
+              "autoDeployConfidenceThreshold": 3.14,
+              "autoDeployExpirationSec": 42,
+              "autoDeployImpactedBaselineThreshold": 3.14,
+              "autoDeployLoadThreshold": 3.14,
+              "detectionAbsoluteQps": 3.14,
+              "detectionLoadThreshold": 3.14,
+              "detectionRelativeToBaselineQps": 3.14,
+              "name": "A String", # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. The name must be unique within the security policy.
+              "trafficGranularityConfigs": [ # Configuration options for enabling Adaptive Protection to operate on specified granular traffic units.
+                { # Configurations to specifc granular traffic units processed by Adaptive Protection.
+                  "enableEachUniqueValue": True or False, # If enabled, traffic matching each unique value for the specified type constitutes a separate traffic unit. It can only be set to true if `value` is empty.
+                  "type": "A String", # Type of this configuration.
+                  "value": "A String", # Requests that match this value constitute a granular traffic unit.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "advancedOptionsConfig": {
+        "jsonCustomConfig": { # Custom configuration to apply the JSON parsing. Only applicable when json_parsing is set to STANDARD.
+          "contentTypes": [ # A list of custom Content-Type header values to apply the JSON parsing. As per RFC 1341, a Content-Type header value has the following format: Content-Type := type "/" subtype *[";" parameter] When configuring a custom Content-Type header value, only the type/subtype needs to be specified, and the parameters should be excluded.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "jsonParsing": "A String",
+        "logLevel": "A String",
+        "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive.
+        "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "associations": [ # A list of associations that belong to this policy.
+        {
+          "attachmentId": "A String", # The resource that the security policy is attached to.
+          "displayName": "A String", # [Output Only] The display name of the security policy of the association.
+          "excludedFolders": [ # A list of folders to exclude from the security policy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "excludedProjects": [ # A list of projects to exclude from the security policy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "name": "A String", # The name for an association.
+          "securityPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] The security policy ID of the association.
+          "shortName": "A String", # [Output Only] The short name of the security policy of the association.
+        },
+      ],
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+      "ddosProtectionConfig": {
+        "ddosProtection": "A String",
+      },
+      "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+      "displayName": "A String", # User-provided name of the organization security policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the security policy is created. This should only be used when SecurityPolicyType is FIREWALL. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the security policy.
+      "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+      "kind": "compute#securityPolicy", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyfor security policies
+      "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this security policy, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the security policy.
+      "labels": { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      "parent": "A String", # [Output Only] The parent of the security policy.
+      "recaptchaOptionsConfig": {
+        "redirectSiteKey": "A String", # An optional field to supply a reCAPTCHA site key to be used for all the rules using the redirect action with the type of GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA under the security policy. The specified site key needs to be created from the reCAPTCHA API. The user is responsible for the validity of the specified site key. If not specified, a Google-managed site key is used. This field is only supported in Global Security Policies of type CLOUD_ARMOR.
+      },
+      "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional security policy resides. This field is not applicable to global security policies.
+      "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Total count of all security policy rule tuples. A security policy can not exceed a set number of tuples.
+      "rules": [ # A list of rules that belong to this policy. There must always be a default rule which is a rule with priority 2147483647 and match all condition (for the match condition this means match "*" for srcIpRanges and for the networkMatch condition every field must be either match "*" or not set). If no rules are provided when creating a security policy, a default rule with action "allow" will be added.
+        { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny).
+          "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the rule is matched. The following are the valid actions: - allow: allow access to target. - deny(STATUS): deny access to target, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid values for `STATUS` are 403, 404, and 502. - rate_based_ban: limit client traffic to the configured threshold and ban the client if the traffic exceeds the threshold. Configure parameters for this action in RateLimitOptions. Requires rate_limit_options to be set. - redirect: redirect to a different target. This can either be an internal reCAPTCHA redirect, or an external URL-based redirect via a 302 response. Parameters for this action can be configured via redirectOptions. This action is only supported in Global Security Policies of type CLOUD_ARMOR. - throttle: limit client traffic to the configured threshold. Configure parameters for this action in rateLimitOptions. Requires rate_limit_options to be set for this.
+          "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+          "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+          "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. This field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+          "headerAction": { # Optional, additional actions that are performed on headers. This field is only supported in Global Security Policies of type CLOUD_ARMOR.
+            "requestHeadersToAdds": [ # The list of request headers to add or overwrite if they're already present.
+              {
+                "headerName": "A String", # The name of the header to set.
+                "headerValue": "A String", # The value to set the named header to.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "kind": "compute#securityPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyRule for security policy rules
+          "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced.
+            "config": { # The configuration options available when specifying versioned_expr. This field must be specified if versioned_expr is specified and cannot be specified if versioned_expr is not specified.
+              "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+                {
+                  "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number.
+                  "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"]. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                },
+              ],
+              "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of src_ip_ranges allowed is 10.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "expr": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # User defined CEVAL expression. A CEVAL expression is used to specify match criteria such as origin.ip, source.region_code and contents in the request header. Expressions containing `evaluateThreatIntelligence` require Cloud Armor Managed Protection Plus tier and are not supported in Edge Policies nor in Regional Policies. Expressions containing `evaluatePreconfiguredExpr('sourceiplist-*')` require Cloud Armor Managed Protection Plus tier and are only supported in Global Security Policies.
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+              "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+              "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+              "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+            },
+            "exprOptions": { # The configuration options available when specifying a user defined CEVAL expression (i.e., 'expr').
+              "recaptchaOptions": { # reCAPTCHA configuration options to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate reCAPTCHA tokens, this field has no effect.
+                "actionTokenSiteKeys": [ # A list of site keys to be used during the validation of reCAPTCHA action-tokens. The provided site keys need to be created from reCAPTCHA API under the same project where the security policy is created.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "sessionTokenSiteKeys": [ # A list of site keys to be used during the validation of reCAPTCHA session-tokens. The provided site keys need to be created from reCAPTCHA API under the same project where the security policy is created.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+            "versionedExpr": "A String", # Preconfigured versioned expression. If this field is specified, config must also be specified. Available preconfigured expressions along with their requirements are: SRC_IPS_V1 - must specify the corresponding src_ip_range field in config.
+          },
+          "networkMatch": { # Represents a match condition that incoming network traffic is evaluated against. # A match condition that incoming packets are evaluated against for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK security policies. If it matches, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. The match criteria for a rule consists of built-in match fields (like 'srcIpRanges') and potentially multiple user-defined match fields ('userDefinedFields'). Field values may be extracted directly from the packet or derived from it (e.g. 'srcRegionCodes'). Some fields may not be present in every packet (e.g. 'srcPorts'). A user-defined field is only present if the base header is found in the packet and the entire field is in bounds. Each match field may specify which values can match it, listing one or more ranges, prefixes, or exact values that are considered a match for the field. A field value must be present in order to match a specified match field. If no match values are specified for a match field, then any field value is considered to match it, and it's not required to be present. For strings specifying '*' is also equivalent to match all. For a packet to match a rule, all specified match fields must match the corresponding field values derived from the packet. Example: networkMatch: srcIpRanges: - "192.0.2.0/24" - "198.51.100.0/24" userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" values: - "1-0x1fff" The above match condition matches packets with a source IP in 192.0.2.0/24 or 198.51.100.0/24 and a user-defined field named "ipv4_fragment_offset" with a value between 1 and 0x1fff inclusive.
+            "destIpRanges": [ # Destination IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "destPorts": [ # Destination port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023").
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "ipProtocols": [ # IPv4 protocol / IPv6 next header (after extension headers). Each element can be an 8-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "6"), range (e.g. "253-254"), or one of the following protocol names: "tcp", "udp", "icmp", "esp", "ah", "ipip", or "sctp".
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "srcAsns": [ # BGP Autonomous System Number associated with the source IP address.
+              42,
+            ],
+            "srcIpRanges": [ # Source IPv4/IPv6 addresses or CIDR prefixes, in standard text format.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "srcPorts": [ # Source port numbers for TCP/UDP/SCTP. Each element can be a 16-bit unsigned decimal number (e.g. "80") or range (e.g. "0-1023").
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "srcRegionCodes": [ # Two-letter ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 country code associated with the source IP address.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "userDefinedFields": [ # User-defined fields. Each element names a defined field and lists the matching values for that field.
+              {
+                "name": "A String", # Name of the user-defined field, as given in the definition.
+                "values": [ # Matching values of the field. Each element can be a 32-bit unsigned decimal or hexadecimal (starting with "0x") number (e.g. "64") or range (e.g. "0x400-0x7ff").
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "preconfiguredWafConfig": { # Preconfigured WAF configuration to be applied for the rule. If the rule does not evaluate preconfigured WAF rules, i.e., if evaluatePreconfiguredWaf() is not used, this field will have no effect.
+            "exclusions": [ # A list of exclusions to apply during preconfigured WAF evaluation.
+              {
+                "requestCookiesToExclude": [ # A list of request cookie names whose value will be excluded from inspection during preconfigured WAF evaluation.
+                  {
+                    "op": "A String", # The match operator for the field.
+                    "val": "A String", # The value of the field.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "requestHeadersToExclude": [ # A list of request header names whose value will be excluded from inspection during preconfigured WAF evaluation.
+                  {
+                    "op": "A String", # The match operator for the field.
+                    "val": "A String", # The value of the field.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "requestQueryParamsToExclude": [ # A list of request query parameter names whose value will be excluded from inspection during preconfigured WAF evaluation. Note that the parameter can be in the query string or in the POST body.
+                  {
+                    "op": "A String", # The match operator for the field.
+                    "val": "A String", # The value of the field.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "requestUrisToExclude": [ # A list of request URIs from the request line to be excluded from inspection during preconfigured WAF evaluation. When specifying this field, the query or fragment part should be excluded.
+                  {
+                    "op": "A String", # The match operator for the field.
+                    "val": "A String", # The value of the field.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "targetRuleIds": [ # A list of target rule IDs under the WAF rule set to apply the preconfigured WAF exclusion. If omitted, it refers to all the rule IDs under the WAF rule set.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "targetRuleSet": "A String", # Target WAF rule set to apply the preconfigured WAF exclusion.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "preview": True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
+          "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+          "rateLimitOptions": { # Must be specified if the action is "rate_based_ban" or "throttle". Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+            "banDurationSec": 42, # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is "rate_based_ban". If specified, determines the time (in seconds) the traffic will continue to be banned by the rate limit after the rate falls below the threshold.
+            "banThreshold": { # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is "rate_based_ban". If specified, the key will be banned for the configured 'ban_duration_sec' when the number of requests that exceed the 'rate_limit_threshold' also exceed this 'ban_threshold'.
+              "count": 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+              "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+            },
+            "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
+            "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL.
+            "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified.
+              {
+                "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
+                "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL.
+              },
+            ],
+            "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
+            "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are `deny(STATUS)`, where valid values for `STATUS` are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and `redirect`, where the redirect parameters come from `exceedRedirectOptions` below. The `redirect` action is only supported in Global Security Policies of type CLOUD_ARMOR.
+            "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect. This field is only supported in Global Security Policies of type CLOUD_ARMOR.
+              "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+              "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+            },
+            "rateLimitThreshold": { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
+              "count": 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+              "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+            },
+          },
+          "redirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions. This field is only supported in Global Security Policies of type CLOUD_ARMOR.
+            "target": "A String", # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
+            "type": "A String", # Type of the redirect action.
+          },
+          "ruleNumber": "A String", # Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.
+          "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall security policy rule.
+          "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+      "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+      "shortName": "A String", # User-provided name of the organization security policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the security policy is created. This should only be used when SecurityPolicyType is CLOUD_ARMOR. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      "type": "A String", # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. - CLOUD_ARMOR: Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. - CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE: Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (Cloud Storage). They filter requests before the request is served from Google's cache. - CLOUD_ARMOR_INTERNAL_SERVICE: Cloud Armor internal service policies can be configured to filter HTTP requests targeting services managed by Traffic Director in a service mesh. They filter requests before the request is served from the application. - CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK: Cloud Armor network policies can be configured to filter packets targeting network load balancing resources such as backend services, target pools, target instances, and instances with external IPs. They filter requests before the request is served from the application. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
+      "userDefinedFields": [ # Definitions of user-defined fields for CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK policies. A user-defined field consists of up to 4 bytes extracted from a fixed offset in the packet, relative to the IPv4, IPv6, TCP, or UDP header, with an optional mask to select certain bits. Rules may then specify matching values for these fields. Example: userDefinedFields: - name: "ipv4_fragment_offset" base: IPV4 offset: 6 size: 2 mask: "0x1fff"
+        {
+          "base": "A String", # The base relative to which 'offset' is measured. Possible values are: - IPV4: Points to the beginning of the IPv4 header. - IPV6: Points to the beginning of the IPv6 header. - TCP: Points to the beginning of the TCP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. - UDP: Points to the beginning of the UDP header, skipping over any IPv4 options or IPv6 extension headers. Not present for non-first fragments. required
+          "mask": "A String", # If specified, apply this mask (bitwise AND) to the field to ignore bits before matching. Encoded as a hexadecimal number (starting with "0x"). The last byte of the field (in network byte order) corresponds to the least significant byte of the mask.
+          "name": "A String", # The name of this field. Must be unique within the policy.
+          "offset": 42, # Offset of the first byte of the field (in network byte order) relative to 'base'.
+          "size": 42, # Size of the field in bytes. Valid values: 1-4.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+
getHealth(project, backendService, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the most recent health check results for this BackendService. Example request body: { "group": "/zones/us-east1-b/instanceGroups/lb-backend-example" }
@@ -1220,7 +1494,7 @@ 

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -1588,7 +1862,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -1855,7 +2129,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -2138,7 +2412,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -2887,7 +3161,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.futureReservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.futureReservations.html index 5542766431f..09447c04fda 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.futureReservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.futureReservations.html @@ -142,9 +142,7 @@

Method Details

"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation in RFC3339 text format. "deploymentType": "A String", # Type of the deployment requested as part of future reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the future reservation. - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates if this group of VMs have opportunistic maintenance enabled. This will be set on the FR by customers, and will be used for reservation and reservation block maintenance . "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this future reservation. The server defines this identifier. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Action to take during reservation termination. "kind": "compute#futureReservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#futureReservation for future reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "namePrefix": "A String", # Name prefix for the reservations to be created at the time of delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created reservations name format will be -date-####. @@ -595,9 +593,7 @@

Method Details

"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation in RFC3339 text format. "deploymentType": "A String", # Type of the deployment requested as part of future reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the future reservation. - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates if this group of VMs have opportunistic maintenance enabled. This will be set on the FR by customers, and will be used for reservation and reservation block maintenance . "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this future reservation. The server defines this identifier. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Action to take during reservation termination. "kind": "compute#futureReservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#futureReservation for future reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "namePrefix": "A String", # Name prefix for the reservations to be created at the time of delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created reservations name format will be -date-####. @@ -743,9 +739,7 @@

Method Details

"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation in RFC3339 text format. "deploymentType": "A String", # Type of the deployment requested as part of future reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the future reservation. - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates if this group of VMs have opportunistic maintenance enabled. This will be set on the FR by customers, and will be used for reservation and reservation block maintenance . "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this future reservation. The server defines this identifier. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Action to take during reservation termination. "kind": "compute#futureReservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#futureReservation for future reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "namePrefix": "A String", # Name prefix for the reservations to be created at the time of delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created reservations name format will be -date-####. @@ -1021,9 +1015,7 @@

Method Details

"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation in RFC3339 text format. "deploymentType": "A String", # Type of the deployment requested as part of future reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the future reservation. - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates if this group of VMs have opportunistic maintenance enabled. This will be set on the FR by customers, and will be used for reservation and reservation block maintenance . "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this future reservation. The server defines this identifier. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Action to take during reservation termination. "kind": "compute#futureReservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#futureReservation for future reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "namePrefix": "A String", # Name prefix for the reservations to be created at the time of delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created reservations name format will be -date-####. @@ -1202,9 +1194,7 @@

Method Details

"creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation in RFC3339 text format. "deploymentType": "A String", # Type of the deployment requested as part of future reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the future reservation. - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates if this group of VMs have opportunistic maintenance enabled. This will be set on the FR by customers, and will be used for reservation and reservation block maintenance . "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this future reservation. The server defines this identifier. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Action to take during reservation termination. "kind": "compute#futureReservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#futureReservation for future reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "namePrefix": "A String", # Name prefix for the reservations to be created at the time of delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created reservations name format will be -date-####. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html index f8f0a6ca6cc..5918011fc39 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html @@ -706,7 +706,7 @@

Method Details

"instances": [ # [Required] List of specifications of per-instance configs. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { @@ -2192,7 +2192,7 @@

Method Details

"items": [ # [Output Only] The list of PerInstanceConfig. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { @@ -2579,7 +2579,7 @@

Method Details

"perInstanceConfigs": [ # The list of per-instance configurations to insert or patch on this managed instance group. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { @@ -4410,7 +4410,7 @@

Method Details

"perInstanceConfigs": [ # The list of per-instance configurations to insert or patch on this managed instance group. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html index d0283a09231..6765652d27b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html @@ -369,6 +369,13 @@

Method Details

"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -866,6 +873,13 @@

Method Details

"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -1231,6 +1245,13 @@

Method Details

"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -1681,6 +1702,13 @@

Method Details

"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html index 9893de04f37..7fcfaed6c48 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- delete(project, zone, instance, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ delete(project, zone, instance, noGracefulShutdown=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes the specified Instance resource. For more information, see Deleting an instance.

deleteAccessConfig(project, zone, instance, accessConfig, networkInterface, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@

Instance Methods

startWithEncryptionKey(project, zone, instance, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Starts an instance that was stopped using the instances().stop method. For more information, see Restart an instance.

- stop(project, zone, instance, discardLocalSsd=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ stop(project, zone, instance, discardLocalSsd=None, noGracefulShutdown=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Stops a running instance, shutting it down cleanly, and allows you to restart the instance at a later time. Stopped instances do not incur VM usage charges while they are stopped. However, resources that the VM is using, such as persistent disks and static IP addresses, will continue to be charged until they are deleted. For more information, see Stopping an instance.

suspend(project, zone, instance, discardLocalSsd=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -797,11 +797,26 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. - "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] The precise location of your instance within the zone's data center, including the block, sub-block, and host. The field is formatted as follows: blockId/subBlockId/hostId. + "physicalHostTopology": { # Represents the physical host topology of the host on which the VM is running. # [Output Only] A series of fields containing the global name of the Compute Engine cluster, as well as the ID of the block, sub-block, and host on which the running instance is located. + "block": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the block in which the running instance is located. Instances within the same block experience low network latency. + "cluster": "A String", # [Output Only] The global name of the Compute Engine cluster where the running instance is located. + "host": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the host on which the running instance is located. Instances on the same host experience the lowest possible network latency. + "subblock": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the sub-block in which the running instance is located. Instances in the same sub-block experience lower network latency than instances in the same block. + }, "scheduling": { "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format. }, + "shutdownDetails": { # [Output Only] Details about the instance stopping state. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "requestTimestamp": "A String", + "stopState": "A String", + "targetState": "A String", + }, "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information. "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered. "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format. @@ -816,6 +831,13 @@

Method Details

"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -1416,6 +1438,13 @@

Method Details

"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -1617,13 +1646,14 @@

Method Details

- delete(project, zone, instance, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) + delete(project, zone, instance, noGracefulShutdown=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Deletes the specified Instance resource. For more information, see Deleting an instance.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
   instance: string, Name of the instance resource to delete. (required)
+  noGracefulShutdown: boolean, If set to true, Graceful Shutdown is skipped.
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -2264,11 +2294,26 @@ 

Method Details

"A String", ], "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. - "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] The precise location of your instance within the zone's data center, including the block, sub-block, and host. The field is formatted as follows: blockId/subBlockId/hostId. + "physicalHostTopology": { # Represents the physical host topology of the host on which the VM is running. # [Output Only] A series of fields containing the global name of the Compute Engine cluster, as well as the ID of the block, sub-block, and host on which the running instance is located. + "block": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the block in which the running instance is located. Instances within the same block experience low network latency. + "cluster": "A String", # [Output Only] The global name of the Compute Engine cluster where the running instance is located. + "host": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the host on which the running instance is located. Instances on the same host experience the lowest possible network latency. + "subblock": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the sub-block in which the running instance is located. Instances in the same sub-block experience lower network latency than instances in the same block. + }, "scheduling": { "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format. }, + "shutdownDetails": { # [Output Only] Details about the instance stopping state. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "requestTimestamp": "A String", + "stopState": "A String", + "targetState": "A String", + }, "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information. "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered. "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format. @@ -2283,6 +2328,13 @@

Method Details

"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -2382,6 +2434,84 @@

Method Details

{ "displayName": "A String", # [Output Only] Deprecated, please use short name instead. The display name of the firewall policy. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the firewall policy. + "packetMirroringRules": [ # [Output Only] The packet mirroring rules that apply to the instance. + { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). + "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions for firewall rules are: "allow", "deny", "apply_security_profile_group" and "goto_next". Valid actions for packet mirroring rules are: "mirror", "do_not_mirror" and "goto_next". + "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource. + "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. + "disabled": True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall policy rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall policy rule is not enforced and traffic behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall policy rule will be enabled. + "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. + "kind": "compute#firewallPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Returns compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall rules and compute#packetMirroringRule for packet mirroring rules. + "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. + "destAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10. + "A String", + ], + "destFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic destination. Maximum number of destination fqdn allowed is 100. + "A String", + ], + "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], + "destNetworkScope": "A String", # Network scope of the traffic destination. + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], + "destThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic destination. + "A String", + ], + "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. + { + "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. + "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"]. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "srcAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10. + "A String", + ], + "srcFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic source. Maximum number of source fqdn allowed is 100. + "A String", + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], + "srcNetworkScope": "A String", # Network scope of the traffic source. + "srcNetworks": [ # Networks of the traffic source. It can be either a full or partial url. + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], + "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. + }, + ], + "srcThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic source. + "A String", + ], + }, + "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority. + "ruleName": "A String", # An optional name for the rule. This field is not a unique identifier and can be updated. + "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall policy rule. + "securityProfileGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL of a SecurityProfile resource instance. Example: https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/v1/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/my-security-profile-group Must be specified if action is one of 'apply_security_profile_group' or 'mirror'. Cannot be specified for other actions. + "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. + "A String", + ], + "targetSecureTags": [ # A list of secure tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetSecureTag are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those EFFECTIVE secure tags, if all the target_secure_tag are in INEFFECTIVE state, then this rule will be ignored. targetSecureTag may not be set at the same time as targetServiceAccounts. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetSecureTag are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network. Maximum number of target label tags allowed is 256. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. + }, + ], + "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule. + "A String", + ], + "tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions. + }, + ], "priority": 42, # [Output only] Priority of firewall policy association. Not applicable for type=HIERARCHY. "rules": [ # [Output Only] The rules that apply to the instance. Only rules that target the specific VM instance are returned if target service accounts or target secure tags are specified in the rules. { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). @@ -2645,11 +2775,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -2828,7 +2958,7 @@

Method Details

zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required) instance: string, Name of the instance for this request. (required) port: integer, Specifies which COM or serial port to retrieve data from. - start: string, Specifies the starting byte position of the output to return. To start with the first byte of output to the specified port, omit this field or set it to `0`. If the output for that byte position is available, this field matches the `start` parameter sent with the request. If the amount of serial console output exceeds the size of the buffer (1 MB), the oldest output is discarded and is no longer available. If the requested start position refers to discarded output, the start position is adjusted to the oldest output still available, and the adjusted start position is returned as the `start` property value. You can also provide a negative start position, which translates to the most recent number of bytes written to the serial port. For example, -3 is interpreted as the most recent 3 bytes written to the serial console. + start: string, Specifies the starting byte position of the output to return. To start with the first byte of output to the specified port, omit this field or set it to `0`. If the output for that byte position is available, this field matches the `start` parameter sent with the request. If the amount of serial console output exceeds the size of the buffer (1 MB), the oldest output is discarded and is no longer available. If the requested start position refers to discarded output, the start position is adjusted to the oldest output still available, and the adjusted start position is returned as the `start` property value. You can also provide a negative start position, which translates to the most recent number of bytes written to the serial port. For example, -3 is interpreted as the most recent 3 bytes written to the serial console. Note that the negative start is bounded by the retained buffer size, and the returned serial console output will not exceed the max buffer size. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -3163,11 +3293,26 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. - "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] The precise location of your instance within the zone's data center, including the block, sub-block, and host. The field is formatted as follows: blockId/subBlockId/hostId. + "physicalHostTopology": { # Represents the physical host topology of the host on which the VM is running. # [Output Only] A series of fields containing the global name of the Compute Engine cluster, as well as the ID of the block, sub-block, and host on which the running instance is located. + "block": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the block in which the running instance is located. Instances within the same block experience low network latency. + "cluster": "A String", # [Output Only] The global name of the Compute Engine cluster where the running instance is located. + "host": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the host on which the running instance is located. Instances on the same host experience the lowest possible network latency. + "subblock": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the sub-block in which the running instance is located. Instances in the same sub-block experience lower network latency than instances in the same block. + }, "scheduling": { "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format. }, + "shutdownDetails": { # [Output Only] Details about the instance stopping state. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "requestTimestamp": "A String", + "stopState": "A String", + "targetState": "A String", + }, "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information. "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered. "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format. @@ -3182,6 +3327,13 @@

Method Details

"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -3654,11 +3806,26 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. - "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] The precise location of your instance within the zone's data center, including the block, sub-block, and host. The field is formatted as follows: blockId/subBlockId/hostId. + "physicalHostTopology": { # Represents the physical host topology of the host on which the VM is running. # [Output Only] A series of fields containing the global name of the Compute Engine cluster, as well as the ID of the block, sub-block, and host on which the running instance is located. + "block": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the block in which the running instance is located. Instances within the same block experience low network latency. + "cluster": "A String", # [Output Only] The global name of the Compute Engine cluster where the running instance is located. + "host": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the host on which the running instance is located. Instances on the same host experience the lowest possible network latency. + "subblock": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the sub-block in which the running instance is located. Instances in the same sub-block experience lower network latency than instances in the same block. + }, "scheduling": { "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format. }, + "shutdownDetails": { # [Output Only] Details about the instance stopping state. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "requestTimestamp": "A String", + "stopState": "A String", + "targetState": "A String", + }, "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information. "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered. "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format. @@ -3673,6 +3840,13 @@

Method Details

"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -5704,6 +5878,13 @@

Method Details

{ # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -6917,7 +7098,7 @@

Method Details

- stop(project, zone, instance, discardLocalSsd=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) + stop(project, zone, instance, discardLocalSsd=None, noGracefulShutdown=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Stops a running instance, shutting it down cleanly, and allows you to restart the instance at a later time. Stopped instances do not incur VM usage charges while they are stopped. However, resources that the VM is using, such as persistent disks and static IP addresses, will continue to be charged until they are deleted. For more information, see Stopping an instance.
 
 Args:
@@ -6925,6 +7106,7 @@ 

Method Details

zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required) instance: string, Name of the instance resource to stop. (required) discardLocalSsd: boolean, This property is required if the instance has any attached Local SSD disks. If false, Local SSD data will be preserved when the instance is suspended. If true, the contents of any attached Local SSD disks will be discarded. + noGracefulShutdown: boolean, If set to true, Graceful Shutdown is skipped. requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values @@ -7460,11 +7642,26 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. - "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] The precise location of your instance within the zone's data center, including the block, sub-block, and host. The field is formatted as follows: blockId/subBlockId/hostId. + "physicalHostTopology": { # Represents the physical host topology of the host on which the VM is running. # [Output Only] A series of fields containing the global name of the Compute Engine cluster, as well as the ID of the block, sub-block, and host on which the running instance is located. + "block": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the block in which the running instance is located. Instances within the same block experience low network latency. + "cluster": "A String", # [Output Only] The global name of the Compute Engine cluster where the running instance is located. + "host": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the host on which the running instance is located. Instances on the same host experience the lowest possible network latency. + "subblock": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID of the sub-block in which the running instance is located. Instances in the same sub-block experience lower network latency than instances in the same block. + }, "scheduling": { "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. "terminationTimestamp": "A String", # Time in future when the instance will be terminated in RFC3339 text format. }, + "shutdownDetails": { # [Output Only] Details about the instance stopping state. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "requestTimestamp": "A String", + "stopState": "A String", + "targetState": "A String", + }, "upcomingMaintenance": { # Upcoming Maintenance notification information. "canReschedule": True or False, # Indicates if the maintenance can be customer triggered. "latestWindowStartTime": "A String", # The latest time for the planned maintenance window to start. This timestamp value is in RFC3339 text format. @@ -7479,6 +7676,13 @@

Method Details

"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Sets the scheduling options for this instance. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnectLocations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnectLocations.html index 7b06557fea1..11e7e7aeab2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnectLocations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnectLocations.html @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) Location resource. You can use this resource to find location details about an Interconnect attachment (VLAN). For more information about interconnect attachments, read Creating VLAN Attachments. "address": "A String", # [Output Only] The postal address of the Point of Presence, each line in the address is separated by a newline character. "availabilityZone": "A String", # [Output Only] Availability zone for this InterconnectLocation. Within a metropolitan area (metro), maintenance will not be simultaneously scheduled in more than one availability zone. Example: "zone1" or "zone2". - "availableFeatures": [ # [Output only] List of features available at this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - MACSEC + "availableFeatures": [ # [Output only] List of features available at this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - IF_MACSEC "A String", ], "availableLinkTypes": [ # [Output only] List of link types available at this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) Location resource. You can use this resource to find location details about an Interconnect attachment (VLAN). For more information about interconnect attachments, read Creating VLAN Attachments. "address": "A String", # [Output Only] The postal address of the Point of Presence, each line in the address is separated by a newline character. "availabilityZone": "A String", # [Output Only] Availability zone for this InterconnectLocation. Within a metropolitan area (metro), maintenance will not be simultaneously scheduled in more than one availability zone. Example: "zone1" or "zone2". - "availableFeatures": [ # [Output only] List of features available at this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - MACSEC + "availableFeatures": [ # [Output only] List of features available at this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - IF_MACSEC "A String", ], "availableLinkTypes": [ # [Output only] List of link types available at this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.licenses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.licenses.html index 487b140f548..58b3c4a25cd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.licenses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.licenses.html @@ -254,9 +254,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#license", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#license for licenses. "licenseCode": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique code used to attach this license to images, snapshots, and disks. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. - "resourceRequirements": { - "minGuestCpuCount": 42, # Minimum number of guest cpus required to use the Instance. Enforced at Instance creation and Instance start. - "minMemoryMb": 42, # Minimum memory required to use the Instance. Enforced at Instance creation and Instance start. + "resourceRequirements": { # [Input Only] Deprecated. + "minGuestCpuCount": 42, # [Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum number of guest cpus required to use the Instance. + "minMemoryMb": 42, # [Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum memory required to use the Instance. }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "transferable": True or False, # If false, licenses will not be copied from the source resource when creating an image from a disk, disk from snapshot, or snapshot from disk. @@ -329,9 +329,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#license", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#license for licenses. "licenseCode": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique code used to attach this license to images, snapshots, and disks. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. - "resourceRequirements": { - "minGuestCpuCount": 42, # Minimum number of guest cpus required to use the Instance. Enforced at Instance creation and Instance start. - "minMemoryMb": 42, # Minimum memory required to use the Instance. Enforced at Instance creation and Instance start. + "resourceRequirements": { # [Input Only] Deprecated. + "minGuestCpuCount": 42, # [Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum number of guest cpus required to use the Instance. + "minMemoryMb": 42, # [Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum memory required to use the Instance. }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "transferable": True or False, # If false, licenses will not be copied from the source resource when creating an image from a disk, disk from snapshot, or snapshot from disk. @@ -484,9 +484,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#license", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#license for licenses. "licenseCode": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique code used to attach this license to images, snapshots, and disks. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. - "resourceRequirements": { - "minGuestCpuCount": 42, # Minimum number of guest cpus required to use the Instance. Enforced at Instance creation and Instance start. - "minMemoryMb": 42, # Minimum memory required to use the Instance. Enforced at Instance creation and Instance start. + "resourceRequirements": { # [Input Only] Deprecated. + "minGuestCpuCount": 42, # [Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum number of guest cpus required to use the Instance. + "minMemoryMb": 42, # [Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum memory required to use the Instance. }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "transferable": True or False, # If false, licenses will not be copied from the source resource when creating an image from a disk, disk from snapshot, or snapshot from disk. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html index eede8664e41..f4799837bb5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html @@ -480,6 +480,13 @@

Method Details

"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -683,6 +690,13 @@

Method Details

"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -1029,6 +1043,13 @@

Method Details

"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -1232,6 +1253,13 @@

Method Details

"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -1659,6 +1687,13 @@

Method Details

"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -1862,6 +1897,13 @@

Method Details

"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkProfiles.html index 8d0df9e0509..5d00eafafd4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkProfiles.html @@ -144,6 +144,10 @@

Method Details

}, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#networkProfile", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkProfile for network profiles. + "location": { # [Output Only] Location to which the network is restricted. + "name": "A String", + "scope": "A String", + }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. @@ -211,6 +215,10 @@

Method Details

}, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#networkProfile", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkProfile for network profiles. + "location": { # [Output Only] Location to which the network is restricted. + "name": "A String", + "scope": "A String", + }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html index f442b01010e..f85d4339409 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes. The minimum value for this field is 1300 and the maximum value is 8896. The suggested value is 1500, which is the default MTU used on the Internet, or 8896 if you want to use Jumbo frames. If unspecified, the value defaults to 1460. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "networkFirewallPolicyEnforcementOrder": "A String", # The network firewall policy enforcement order. Can be either AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL or BEFORE_CLASSIC_FIREWALL. Defaults to AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL if the field is not specified. - "networkProfile": "A String", # A full or partial URL of the network profile to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/alpha/projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} + "networkProfile": "A String", # A full or partial URL of the network profile to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/{api_version}/projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} "peerings": [ # [Output Only] A list of network peerings for the resource. { # A network peering attached to a network resource. The message includes the peering name, peer network, peering state, and a flag indicating whether Google Compute Engine should automatically create routes for the peering. "autoCreateRoutes": True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE. @@ -446,6 +446,8 @@

Method Details

"bgpAlwaysCompareMed": True or False, # Enable comparison of Multi-Exit Discriminators (MED) across routes with different neighbor ASNs when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm. "bgpBestPathSelectionMode": "A String", # The BGP best path selection algorithm to be employed within this network for dynamic routes learned by Cloud Routers. Can be LEGACY (default) or STANDARD. "bgpInterRegionCost": "A String", # Allows to define a preferred approach for handling inter-region cost in the selection process when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm. Can be DEFAULT or ADD_COST_TO_MED. + "effectiveBgpAlwaysCompareMed": True or False, # [Output Only] Effective value of the bgp_always_compare_med field. + "effectiveBgpInterRegionCost": "A String", # [Output Only] Effective value of the bgp_inter_region_cost field. "routingMode": "A String", # The network-wide routing mode to use. If set to REGIONAL, this network's Cloud Routers will only advertise routes with subnets of this network in the same region as the router. If set to GLOBAL, this network's Cloud Routers will advertise routes with all subnets of this network, across regions. }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -476,6 +478,84 @@

Method Details

{ "displayName": "A String", # [Output Only] Deprecated, please use short name instead. The display name of the firewall policy. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the firewall policy. + "packetMirroringRules": [ # [Output Only] The packet mirroring rules that apply to the network. + { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). + "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions for firewall rules are: "allow", "deny", "apply_security_profile_group" and "goto_next". Valid actions for packet mirroring rules are: "mirror", "do_not_mirror" and "goto_next". + "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource. + "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. + "disabled": True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall policy rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall policy rule is not enforced and traffic behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall policy rule will be enabled. + "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. + "kind": "compute#firewallPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Returns compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall rules and compute#packetMirroringRule for packet mirroring rules. + "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. + "destAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10. + "A String", + ], + "destFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic destination. Maximum number of destination fqdn allowed is 100. + "A String", + ], + "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], + "destNetworkScope": "A String", # Network scope of the traffic destination. + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], + "destThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic destination. + "A String", + ], + "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. + { + "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. + "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"]. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "srcAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10. + "A String", + ], + "srcFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic source. Maximum number of source fqdn allowed is 100. + "A String", + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], + "srcNetworkScope": "A String", # Network scope of the traffic source. + "srcNetworks": [ # Networks of the traffic source. It can be either a full or partial url. + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], + "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. + }, + ], + "srcThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic source. + "A String", + ], + }, + "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority. + "ruleName": "A String", # An optional name for the rule. This field is not a unique identifier and can be updated. + "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall policy rule. + "securityProfileGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL of a SecurityProfile resource instance. Example: https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/v1/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/my-security-profile-group Must be specified if action is one of 'apply_security_profile_group' or 'mirror'. Cannot be specified for other actions. + "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. + "A String", + ], + "targetSecureTags": [ # A list of secure tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetSecureTag are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those EFFECTIVE secure tags, if all the target_secure_tag are in INEFFECTIVE state, then this rule will be ignored. targetSecureTag may not be set at the same time as targetServiceAccounts. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetSecureTag are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network. Maximum number of target label tags allowed is 256. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. + }, + ], + "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule. + "A String", + ], + "tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions. + }, + ], "priority": 42, # [Output only] Priority of firewall policy association. Not applicable for type=HIERARCHY. "rules": [ # [Output Only] The rules that apply to the network. { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). @@ -739,11 +819,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -799,7 +879,7 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes. The minimum value for this field is 1300 and the maximum value is 8896. The suggested value is 1500, which is the default MTU used on the Internet, or 8896 if you want to use Jumbo frames. If unspecified, the value defaults to 1460. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "networkFirewallPolicyEnforcementOrder": "A String", # The network firewall policy enforcement order. Can be either AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL or BEFORE_CLASSIC_FIREWALL. Defaults to AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL if the field is not specified. - "networkProfile": "A String", # A full or partial URL of the network profile to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/alpha/projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} + "networkProfile": "A String", # A full or partial URL of the network profile to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/{api_version}/projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} "peerings": [ # [Output Only] A list of network peerings for the resource. { # A network peering attached to a network resource. The message includes the peering name, peer network, peering state, and a flag indicating whether Google Compute Engine should automatically create routes for the peering. "autoCreateRoutes": True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE. @@ -820,6 +900,8 @@

Method Details

"bgpAlwaysCompareMed": True or False, # Enable comparison of Multi-Exit Discriminators (MED) across routes with different neighbor ASNs when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm. "bgpBestPathSelectionMode": "A String", # The BGP best path selection algorithm to be employed within this network for dynamic routes learned by Cloud Routers. Can be LEGACY (default) or STANDARD. "bgpInterRegionCost": "A String", # Allows to define a preferred approach for handling inter-region cost in the selection process when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm. Can be DEFAULT or ADD_COST_TO_MED. + "effectiveBgpAlwaysCompareMed": True or False, # [Output Only] Effective value of the bgp_always_compare_med field. + "effectiveBgpInterRegionCost": "A String", # [Output Only] Effective value of the bgp_inter_region_cost field. "routingMode": "A String", # The network-wide routing mode to use. If set to REGIONAL, this network's Cloud Routers will only advertise routes with subnets of this network in the same region as the router. If set to GLOBAL, this network's Cloud Routers will advertise routes with all subnets of this network, across regions. }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -982,7 +1064,7 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes. The minimum value for this field is 1300 and the maximum value is 8896. The suggested value is 1500, which is the default MTU used on the Internet, or 8896 if you want to use Jumbo frames. If unspecified, the value defaults to 1460. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "networkFirewallPolicyEnforcementOrder": "A String", # The network firewall policy enforcement order. Can be either AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL or BEFORE_CLASSIC_FIREWALL. Defaults to AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL if the field is not specified. - "networkProfile": "A String", # A full or partial URL of the network profile to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/alpha/projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} + "networkProfile": "A String", # A full or partial URL of the network profile to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/{api_version}/projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} "peerings": [ # [Output Only] A list of network peerings for the resource. { # A network peering attached to a network resource. The message includes the peering name, peer network, peering state, and a flag indicating whether Google Compute Engine should automatically create routes for the peering. "autoCreateRoutes": True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE. @@ -1003,6 +1085,8 @@

Method Details

"bgpAlwaysCompareMed": True or False, # Enable comparison of Multi-Exit Discriminators (MED) across routes with different neighbor ASNs when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm. "bgpBestPathSelectionMode": "A String", # The BGP best path selection algorithm to be employed within this network for dynamic routes learned by Cloud Routers. Can be LEGACY (default) or STANDARD. "bgpInterRegionCost": "A String", # Allows to define a preferred approach for handling inter-region cost in the selection process when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm. Can be DEFAULT or ADD_COST_TO_MED. + "effectiveBgpAlwaysCompareMed": True or False, # [Output Only] Effective value of the bgp_always_compare_med field. + "effectiveBgpInterRegionCost": "A String", # [Output Only] Effective value of the bgp_inter_region_cost field. "routingMode": "A String", # The network-wide routing mode to use. If set to REGIONAL, this network's Cloud Routers will only advertise routes with subnets of this network in the same region as the router. If set to GLOBAL, this network's Cloud Routers will advertise routes with all subnets of this network, across regions. }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -1133,7 +1217,7 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes. The minimum value for this field is 1300 and the maximum value is 8896. The suggested value is 1500, which is the default MTU used on the Internet, or 8896 if you want to use Jumbo frames. If unspecified, the value defaults to 1460. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "networkFirewallPolicyEnforcementOrder": "A String", # The network firewall policy enforcement order. Can be either AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL or BEFORE_CLASSIC_FIREWALL. Defaults to AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL if the field is not specified. - "networkProfile": "A String", # A full or partial URL of the network profile to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/alpha/projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} + "networkProfile": "A String", # A full or partial URL of the network profile to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/{api_version}/projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} "peerings": [ # [Output Only] A list of network peerings for the resource. { # A network peering attached to a network resource. The message includes the peering name, peer network, peering state, and a flag indicating whether Google Compute Engine should automatically create routes for the peering. "autoCreateRoutes": True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE. @@ -1154,6 +1238,8 @@

Method Details

"bgpAlwaysCompareMed": True or False, # Enable comparison of Multi-Exit Discriminators (MED) across routes with different neighbor ASNs when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm. "bgpBestPathSelectionMode": "A String", # The BGP best path selection algorithm to be employed within this network for dynamic routes learned by Cloud Routers. Can be LEGACY (default) or STANDARD. "bgpInterRegionCost": "A String", # Allows to define a preferred approach for handling inter-region cost in the selection process when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm. Can be DEFAULT or ADD_COST_TO_MED. + "effectiveBgpAlwaysCompareMed": True or False, # [Output Only] Effective value of the bgp_always_compare_med field. + "effectiveBgpInterRegionCost": "A String", # [Output Only] Effective value of the bgp_inter_region_cost field. "routingMode": "A String", # The network-wide routing mode to use. If set to REGIONAL, this network's Cloud Routers will only advertise routes with subnets of this network in the same region as the router. If set to GLOBAL, this network's Cloud Routers will advertise routes with all subnets of this network, across regions. }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.organizationSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.organizationSecurityPolicies.html index 4df68aad15e..1c730720074 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.organizationSecurityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.organizationSecurityPolicies.html @@ -402,11 +402,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -857,6 +857,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -1020,11 +1021,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1236,11 +1237,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1317,6 +1318,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -1480,11 +1482,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1707,6 +1709,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -1870,11 +1873,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -2194,6 +2197,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -2357,11 +2361,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -2653,11 +2657,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.projects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.projects.html index dd840f75aac..41d9cfeed1a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.projects.html @@ -676,7 +676,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultNetworkTier": "A String", # This signifies the default network tier used for configuring resources of the project and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. Initially the default network tier is PREMIUM. "defaultServiceAccount": "A String", # [Output Only] Default service account used by VMs running in this project. "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource. - "enabledFeatures": [ # Restricted features enabled for use on this project. + "enabledFeatures": [ # An optional list of restricted features enabled for use on this project. "A String", ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. This is *not* the project ID, and is just a unique ID used by Compute Engine to identify resources. @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. - "usageExportLocation": { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # The naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored. + "usageExportLocation": { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # An optional naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored. "bucketName": "A String", # The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the usage report object is stored. The Google Service Account is granted write access to this bucket. This can either be the bucket name by itself, such as example-bucket, or the bucket name with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/ in front of it, such as gs://example-bucket. "reportNamePrefix": "A String", # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage_gce. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions. }, @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultNetworkTier": "A String", # This signifies the default network tier used for configuring resources of the project and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. Initially the default network tier is PREMIUM. "defaultServiceAccount": "A String", # [Output Only] Default service account used by VMs running in this project. "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource. - "enabledFeatures": [ # Restricted features enabled for use on this project. + "enabledFeatures": [ # An optional list of restricted features enabled for use on this project. "A String", ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. This is *not* the project ID, and is just a unique ID used by Compute Engine to identify resources. @@ -747,7 +747,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. - "usageExportLocation": { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # The naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored. + "usageExportLocation": { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # An optional naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored. "bucketName": "A String", # The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the usage report object is stored. The Google Service Account is granted write access to this bucket. This can either be the bucket name by itself, such as example-bucket, or the bucket name with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/ in front of it, such as gs://example-bucket. "reportNamePrefix": "A String", # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage_gce. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions. }, @@ -846,7 +846,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultNetworkTier": "A String", # This signifies the default network tier used for configuring resources of the project and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. Initially the default network tier is PREMIUM. "defaultServiceAccount": "A String", # [Output Only] Default service account used by VMs running in this project. "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource. - "enabledFeatures": [ # Restricted features enabled for use on this project. + "enabledFeatures": [ # An optional list of restricted features enabled for use on this project. "A String", ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. This is *not* the project ID, and is just a unique ID used by Compute Engine to identify resources. @@ -862,7 +862,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. - "usageExportLocation": { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # The naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored. + "usageExportLocation": { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # An optional naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored. "bucketName": "A String", # The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the usage report object is stored. The Google Service Account is granted write access to this bucket. This can either be the bucket name by itself, such as example-bucket, or the bucket name with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/ in front of it, such as gs://example-bucket. "reportNamePrefix": "A String", # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage_gce. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html index 2ddb6e1907e..15408c778a2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -1574,7 +1574,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html index f6c5a3d8d6a..59f5606e6a3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html @@ -186,7 +186,6 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Instance termination action is invoked when the reservation is deleted. This only applies to reservations with a Deployment type. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "reservationSharingPolicy": { # Specify the reservation sharing policy. If unspecified, the reservation will not be shared with Google Cloud managed services. @@ -198,7 +197,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "reservationBlockCount": 42, # The number of reservation blocks associated with this reservation. "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # Maintenance information for this reservation - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. @@ -400,7 +398,6 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Instance termination action is invoked when the reservation is deleted. This only applies to reservations with a Deployment type. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "reservationSharingPolicy": { # Specify the reservation sharing policy. If unspecified, the reservation will not be shared with Google Cloud managed services. @@ -412,7 +409,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "reservationBlockCount": 42, # The number of reservation blocks associated with this reservation. "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # Maintenance information for this reservation - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. @@ -559,7 +555,6 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Instance termination action is invoked when the reservation is deleted. This only applies to reservations with a Deployment type. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "reservationSharingPolicy": { # Specify the reservation sharing policy. If unspecified, the reservation will not be shared with Google Cloud managed services. @@ -571,7 +566,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "reservationBlockCount": 42, # The number of reservation blocks associated with this reservation. "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # Maintenance information for this reservation - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. @@ -847,7 +841,6 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Instance termination action is invoked when the reservation is deleted. This only applies to reservations with a Deployment type. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "reservationSharingPolicy": { # Specify the reservation sharing policy. If unspecified, the reservation will not be shared with Google Cloud managed services. @@ -859,7 +852,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "reservationBlockCount": 42, # The number of reservation blocks associated with this reservation. "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # Maintenance information for this reservation - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. @@ -1068,7 +1060,6 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Instance termination action is invoked when the reservation is deleted. This only applies to reservations with a Deployment type. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "reservationSharingPolicy": { # Specify the reservation sharing policy. If unspecified, the reservation will not be shared with Google Cloud managed services. @@ -1080,7 +1071,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "reservationBlockCount": 42, # The number of reservation blocks associated with this reservation. "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # Maintenance information for this reservation - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. @@ -1324,7 +1314,6 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Instance termination action is invoked when the reservation is deleted. This only applies to reservations with a Deployment type. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "reservationSharingPolicy": { # Specify the reservation sharing policy. If unspecified, the reservation will not be shared with Google Cloud managed services. @@ -1336,7 +1325,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "reservationBlockCount": 42, # The number of reservation blocks associated with this reservation. "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # Maintenance information for this reservation - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html index 3bd8bc6ff48..1f7d2cb757f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html @@ -461,7 +461,7 @@

Method Details

"instances": [ # [Required] List of specifications of per-instance configs. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { @@ -1947,7 +1947,7 @@

Method Details

"items": [ # [Output Only] The list of PerInstanceConfig. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { @@ -2334,7 +2334,7 @@

Method Details

"perInstanceConfigs": [ # The list of per-instance configurations to insert or patch on this managed instance group. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { @@ -4165,7 +4165,7 @@

Method Details

"perInstanceConfigs": [ # The list of per-instance configurations to insert or patch on this managed instance group. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html index 51a70283b68..e18297fa417 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html @@ -479,6 +479,13 @@

Method Details

"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -796,6 +803,13 @@

Method Details

"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. @@ -1247,6 +1261,13 @@

Method Details

"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html index d91ec9a9e0d..0e5949c130b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html @@ -322,6 +322,13 @@

Method Details

"scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. + "gracefulShutdown": { # The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance. + "enabled": True or False, # Opts-in for graceful shutdown. + "maxDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. "localSsdRecoveryTimeout": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the maximum amount of time a Local Ssd Vm should wait while recovery of the Local Ssd state is attempted. Its value should be in between 0 and 168 hours with hour granularity and the default value being 1 hour. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionMultiMigs.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionMultiMigs.html index 8728cac7325..2ad2c7c4dd8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionMultiMigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionMultiMigs.html @@ -246,8 +246,8 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#multiMig", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#multiMig for multi-MIGs. "name": "A String", # The name of the multi-MIG. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "region": "A String", # [Output only] The URL of the region where the resource resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. You cannot set the region as a field in the request body. - "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies for this multi-MIG. - "workloadPolicy": "A String", + "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies message for a multi-MIG. Specifies the workload policy configuration of the multi-MIG. # Resource policies for this multi-MIG. + "workloadPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the workload policy for this multi-MIG. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a workload policy: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource. }
@@ -270,8 +270,8 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#multiMig", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#multiMig for multi-MIGs. "name": "A String", # The name of the multi-MIG. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "region": "A String", # [Output only] The URL of the region where the resource resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. You cannot set the region as a field in the request body. - "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies for this multi-MIG. - "workloadPolicy": "A String", + "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies message for a multi-MIG. Specifies the workload policy configuration of the multi-MIG. # Resource policies for this multi-MIG. + "workloadPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the workload policy for this multi-MIG. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a workload policy: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource. } @@ -424,8 +424,8 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#multiMig", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#multiMig for multi-MIGs. "name": "A String", # The name of the multi-MIG. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "region": "A String", # [Output only] The URL of the region where the resource resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. You cannot set the region as a field in the request body. - "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies for this multi-MIG. - "workloadPolicy": "A String", + "resourcePolicies": { # Resource policies message for a multi-MIG. Specifies the workload policy configuration of the multi-MIG. # Resource policies for this multi-MIG. + "workloadPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the workload policy for this multi-MIG. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a workload policy: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html index 04531bb6935..e7cb7d0fd02 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html @@ -977,6 +977,84 @@

Method Details

{ "displayName": "A String", # [Output Only] The display name of the firewall policy. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the firewall policy. + "packetMirroringRules": [ # [Output only] The packet mirroring rules that apply to the network. + { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). + "action": "A String", # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Valid actions for firewall rules are: "allow", "deny", "apply_security_profile_group" and "goto_next". Valid actions for packet mirroring rules are: "mirror", "do_not_mirror" and "goto_next". + "description": "A String", # An optional description for this resource. + "direction": "A String", # The direction in which this rule applies. + "disabled": True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall policy rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall policy rule is not enforced and traffic behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall policy rule will be enabled. + "enableLogging": True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on "goto_next" rules. + "kind": "compute#firewallPolicyRule", # [Output only] Type of the resource. Returns compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall rules and compute#packetMirroringRule for packet mirroring rules. + "match": { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding 'action' is enforced. + "destAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic destination. Maximum number of destination address groups is 10. + "A String", + ], + "destFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic destination. Maximum number of destination fqdn allowed is 100. + "A String", + ], + "destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], + "destNetworkScope": "A String", # Network scope of the traffic destination. + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], + "destThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic destination. + "A String", + ], + "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. + { + "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. + "ports": [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: ["22"], ["80","443"], and ["12345-12349"]. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "srcAddressGroups": [ # Address groups which should be matched against the traffic source. Maximum number of source address groups is 10. + "A String", + ], + "srcFqdns": [ # Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) which should be matched against traffic source. Maximum number of source fqdn allowed is 100. + "A String", + ], + "srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], + "srcNetworkScope": "A String", # Network scope of the traffic source. + "srcNetworks": [ # Networks of the traffic source. It can be either a full or partial url. + "A String", + ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], + "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. + }, + ], + "srcThreatIntelligences": [ # Names of Network Threat Intelligence lists. The IPs in these lists will be matched against traffic source. + "A String", + ], + }, + "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority. + "ruleName": "A String", # An optional name for the rule. This field is not a unique identifier and can be updated. + "ruleTupleCount": 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall policy rule. + "securityProfileGroup": "A String", # A fully-qualified URL of a SecurityProfile resource instance. Example: https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/v1/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/my-security-profile-group Must be specified if action is one of 'apply_security_profile_group' or 'mirror'. Cannot be specified for other actions. + "targetResources": [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. + "A String", + ], + "targetSecureTags": [ # A list of secure tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetSecureTag are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those EFFECTIVE secure tags, if all the target_secure_tag are in INEFFECTIVE state, then this rule will be ignored. targetSecureTag may not be set at the same time as targetServiceAccounts. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetSecureTag are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network. Maximum number of target label tags allowed is 256. + { + "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted. + }, + ], + "targetServiceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule. + "A String", + ], + "tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions. + }, + ], "priority": 42, # [Output only] Priority of firewall policy association. Not applicable for type=HIERARCHY. "rules": [ # [Output only] The rules that apply to the network. { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny). diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSecurityPolicies.html index 604d2a5ffc3..86c24540117 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSecurityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSecurityPolicies.html @@ -107,6 +107,9 @@

Instance Methods

removeRule(project, region, securityPolicy, priority=None, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a rule at the specified priority.

+

+ setLabels(project, region, resource, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the labels on a security policy. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.

Method Details

addRule(project, region, securityPolicy, body=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -242,11 +245,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -577,6 +580,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -740,11 +744,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -928,11 +932,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1011,6 +1015,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -1174,11 +1179,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1402,6 +1407,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -1565,11 +1571,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1692,6 +1698,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -1855,11 +1862,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -2154,11 +2161,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -2430,4 +2437,139 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ setLabels(project, region, resource, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the labels on a security policy. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The region for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "labelFingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the previous set of labels for this resource, used to detect conflicts. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels. Make a get() request to the resource to get the latest fingerprint.
+  "labels": { # The labels to set for this resource.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html index ab8de00e2a1..1f2e6be6bbf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. + { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authentication": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead. "authorization": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. +{ # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authentication": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead. "authorization": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. @@ -458,7 +458,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Contains a list of TargetHttpsProxy resources. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server. "items": [ # A list of TargetHttpsProxy resources. - { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. + { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authentication": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead. "authorization": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. +{ # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authentication": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead. "authorization": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html index be15d546bf5..f3c844f1338 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -358,8 +358,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -507,8 +507,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -647,8 +647,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -843,8 +843,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -901,7 +901,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -991,8 +991,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1140,8 +1140,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1190,7 +1190,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1280,8 +1280,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1476,8 +1476,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1796,7 +1796,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1886,8 +1886,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1945,7 +1945,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2035,8 +2035,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2085,7 +2085,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2175,8 +2175,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2281,7 +2281,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2371,8 +2371,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2459,7 +2459,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2549,8 +2549,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2608,7 +2608,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2698,8 +2698,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2748,7 +2748,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2838,8 +2838,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2944,7 +2944,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3034,8 +3034,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3241,7 +3241,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3331,8 +3331,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3390,7 +3390,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3480,8 +3480,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3530,7 +3530,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3620,8 +3620,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3726,7 +3726,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3816,8 +3816,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3992,7 +3992,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4082,8 +4082,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4141,7 +4141,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4231,8 +4231,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4281,7 +4281,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4371,8 +4371,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4477,7 +4477,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4567,8 +4567,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservationBlocks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservationBlocks.html index 33c280d918c..13345d7e003 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservationBlocks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservationBlocks.html @@ -122,7 +122,6 @@

Method Details

"cluster": "A String", # The cluster name of the reservation block. }, "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # [Output Only] Maintenance information for this reservation block. - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. @@ -179,7 +178,6 @@

Method Details

"cluster": "A String", # The cluster name of the reservation block. }, "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # [Output Only] Maintenance information for this reservation block. - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html index f9614d4288c..b21154d5dbc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html @@ -171,7 +171,6 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Instance termination action is invoked when the reservation is deleted. This only applies to reservations with a Deployment type. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "reservationSharingPolicy": { # Specify the reservation sharing policy. If unspecified, the reservation will not be shared with Google Cloud managed services. @@ -183,7 +182,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "reservationBlockCount": 42, # The number of reservation blocks associated with this reservation. "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # Maintenance information for this reservation - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. @@ -468,7 +466,6 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Instance termination action is invoked when the reservation is deleted. This only applies to reservations with a Deployment type. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "reservationSharingPolicy": { # Specify the reservation sharing policy. If unspecified, the reservation will not be shared with Google Cloud managed services. @@ -480,7 +477,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "reservationBlockCount": 42, # The number of reservation blocks associated with this reservation. "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # Maintenance information for this reservation - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. @@ -635,7 +631,6 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Instance termination action is invoked when the reservation is deleted. This only applies to reservations with a Deployment type. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "reservationSharingPolicy": { # Specify the reservation sharing policy. If unspecified, the reservation will not be shared with Google Cloud managed services. @@ -647,7 +642,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "reservationBlockCount": 42, # The number of reservation blocks associated with this reservation. "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # Maintenance information for this reservation - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. @@ -881,7 +875,6 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Instance termination action is invoked when the reservation is deleted. This only applies to reservations with a Deployment type. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "reservationSharingPolicy": { # Specify the reservation sharing policy. If unspecified, the reservation will not be shared with Google Cloud managed services. @@ -893,7 +886,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "reservationBlockCount": 42, # The number of reservation blocks associated with this reservation. "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # Maintenance information for this reservation - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. @@ -1293,7 +1285,6 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Instance termination action is invoked when the reservation is deleted. This only applies to reservations with a Deployment type. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "reservationSharingPolicy": { # Specify the reservation sharing policy. If unspecified, the reservation will not be shared with Google Cloud managed services. @@ -1305,7 +1296,6 @@

Method Details

"resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Contains output only fields. # [Output Only] Status information for Reservation resource. "reservationBlockCount": 42, # The number of reservation blocks associated with this reservation. "reservationMaintenance": { # Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks. # Maintenance information for this reservation - "enableOpportunisticMaintenance": True or False, # This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible. "maintenanceOngoingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance. "maintenancePendingCount": 42, # Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have pending maintenance. "schedulingType": "A String", # The type of maintenance for the reservation. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html index b68ffdae43d..fa334f8f8f5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html @@ -281,6 +281,11 @@

Method Details

"maxPortsPerVm": 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config. "minPortsPerVm": 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM. "name": "A String", # Unique name of this Nat service. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. + "nat64Subnetworks": [ # List of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT64 Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS is selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNat64Option above. + { # Specifies a subnetwork to enable NAT64. + "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT64. + }, + ], "natIpAllocateOption": "A String", # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty. "natIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this Nat service. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project. "A String", @@ -307,6 +312,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat": "A String", # Specify the Nat option, which can take one of the following values: - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES: All of the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES: All of the primary IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field subnetwork below) The default is SUBNETWORK_IP_RANGE_TO_NAT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. Note that if this field contains ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES then there should not be any other Router.Nat section in any Router for this network in this region. + "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat64": "A String", # Specify the Nat option for NAT64, which can take one of the following values: - ALL_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: All of the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field nat64_subnetwork below) The default is NAT64_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. Note that if this field contains NAT64_ALL_V6_SUBNETWORKS no other Router.Nat section in this region can also enable NAT64 for any Subnetworks in this network. Other Router.Nat sections can still be present to enable NAT44 only. "subnetworks": [ # A list of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS is selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNatOption above. { # Defines the IP ranges that want to use NAT for a subnetwork. "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT. @@ -755,6 +761,11 @@

Method Details

"maxPortsPerVm": 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config. "minPortsPerVm": 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM. "name": "A String", # Unique name of this Nat service. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. + "nat64Subnetworks": [ # List of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT64 Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS is selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNat64Option above. + { # Specifies a subnetwork to enable NAT64. + "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT64. + }, + ], "natIpAllocateOption": "A String", # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty. "natIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this Nat service. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project. "A String", @@ -781,6 +792,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat": "A String", # Specify the Nat option, which can take one of the following values: - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES: All of the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES: All of the primary IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field subnetwork below) The default is SUBNETWORK_IP_RANGE_TO_NAT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. Note that if this field contains ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES then there should not be any other Router.Nat section in any Router for this network in this region. + "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat64": "A String", # Specify the Nat option for NAT64, which can take one of the following values: - ALL_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: All of the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field nat64_subnetwork below) The default is NAT64_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. Note that if this field contains NAT64_ALL_V6_SUBNETWORKS no other Router.Nat section in this region can also enable NAT64 for any Subnetworks in this network. Other Router.Nat sections can still be present to enable NAT44 only. "subnetworks": [ # A list of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS is selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNatOption above. { # Defines the IP ranges that want to use NAT for a subnetwork. "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT. @@ -1379,6 +1391,11 @@

Method Details

"maxPortsPerVm": 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config. "minPortsPerVm": 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM. "name": "A String", # Unique name of this Nat service. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. + "nat64Subnetworks": [ # List of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT64 Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS is selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNat64Option above. + { # Specifies a subnetwork to enable NAT64. + "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT64. + }, + ], "natIpAllocateOption": "A String", # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty. "natIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this Nat service. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project. "A String", @@ -1405,6 +1422,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat": "A String", # Specify the Nat option, which can take one of the following values: - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES: All of the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES: All of the primary IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field subnetwork below) The default is SUBNETWORK_IP_RANGE_TO_NAT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. Note that if this field contains ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES then there should not be any other Router.Nat section in any Router for this network in this region. + "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat64": "A String", # Specify the Nat option for NAT64, which can take one of the following values: - ALL_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: All of the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field nat64_subnetwork below) The default is NAT64_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. Note that if this field contains NAT64_ALL_V6_SUBNETWORKS no other Router.Nat section in this region can also enable NAT64 for any Subnetworks in this network. Other Router.Nat sections can still be present to enable NAT44 only. "subnetworks": [ # A list of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS is selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNatOption above. { # Defines the IP ranges that want to use NAT for a subnetwork. "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT. @@ -1676,6 +1694,11 @@

Method Details

"maxPortsPerVm": 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config. "minPortsPerVm": 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM. "name": "A String", # Unique name of this Nat service. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. + "nat64Subnetworks": [ # List of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT64 Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS is selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNat64Option above. + { # Specifies a subnetwork to enable NAT64. + "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT64. + }, + ], "natIpAllocateOption": "A String", # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty. "natIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this Nat service. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project. "A String", @@ -1702,6 +1725,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat": "A String", # Specify the Nat option, which can take one of the following values: - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES: All of the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES: All of the primary IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field subnetwork below) The default is SUBNETWORK_IP_RANGE_TO_NAT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. Note that if this field contains ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES then there should not be any other Router.Nat section in any Router for this network in this region. + "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat64": "A String", # Specify the Nat option for NAT64, which can take one of the following values: - ALL_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: All of the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field nat64_subnetwork below) The default is NAT64_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. Note that if this field contains NAT64_ALL_V6_SUBNETWORKS no other Router.Nat section in this region can also enable NAT64 for any Subnetworks in this network. Other Router.Nat sections can still be present to enable NAT44 only. "subnetworks": [ # A list of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS is selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNatOption above. { # Defines the IP ranges that want to use NAT for a subnetwork. "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT. @@ -2049,6 +2073,11 @@

Method Details

"maxPortsPerVm": 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config. "minPortsPerVm": 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM. "name": "A String", # Unique name of this Nat service. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. + "nat64Subnetworks": [ # List of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT64 Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS is selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNat64Option above. + { # Specifies a subnetwork to enable NAT64. + "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT64. + }, + ], "natIpAllocateOption": "A String", # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty. "natIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this Nat service. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project. "A String", @@ -2075,6 +2104,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat": "A String", # Specify the Nat option, which can take one of the following values: - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES: All of the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES: All of the primary IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field subnetwork below) The default is SUBNETWORK_IP_RANGE_TO_NAT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. Note that if this field contains ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES then there should not be any other Router.Nat section in any Router for this network in this region. + "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat64": "A String", # Specify the Nat option for NAT64, which can take one of the following values: - ALL_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: All of the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field nat64_subnetwork below) The default is NAT64_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. Note that if this field contains NAT64_ALL_V6_SUBNETWORKS no other Router.Nat section in this region can also enable NAT64 for any Subnetworks in this network. Other Router.Nat sections can still be present to enable NAT44 only. "subnetworks": [ # A list of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS is selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNatOption above. { # Defines the IP ranges that want to use NAT for a subnetwork. "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT. @@ -2488,6 +2518,11 @@

Method Details

"maxPortsPerVm": 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config. "minPortsPerVm": 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM. "name": "A String", # Unique name of this Nat service. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. + "nat64Subnetworks": [ # List of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT64 Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS is selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNat64Option above. + { # Specifies a subnetwork to enable NAT64. + "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT64. + }, + ], "natIpAllocateOption": "A String", # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty. "natIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this Nat service. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project. "A String", @@ -2514,6 +2549,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat": "A String", # Specify the Nat option, which can take one of the following values: - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES: All of the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES: All of the primary IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field subnetwork below) The default is SUBNETWORK_IP_RANGE_TO_NAT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. Note that if this field contains ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES then there should not be any other Router.Nat section in any Router for this network in this region. + "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat64": "A String", # Specify the Nat option for NAT64, which can take one of the following values: - ALL_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: All of the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field nat64_subnetwork below) The default is NAT64_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. Note that if this field contains NAT64_ALL_V6_SUBNETWORKS no other Router.Nat section in this region can also enable NAT64 for any Subnetworks in this network. Other Router.Nat sections can still be present to enable NAT44 only. "subnetworks": [ # A list of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS is selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNatOption above. { # Defines the IP ranges that want to use NAT for a subnetwork. "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT. @@ -2654,6 +2690,11 @@

Method Details

"maxPortsPerVm": 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config. "minPortsPerVm": 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM. "name": "A String", # Unique name of this Nat service. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. + "nat64Subnetworks": [ # List of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT64 Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS is selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNat64Option above. + { # Specifies a subnetwork to enable NAT64. + "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT64. + }, + ], "natIpAllocateOption": "A String", # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty. "natIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this Nat service. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project. "A String", @@ -2680,6 +2721,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat": "A String", # Specify the Nat option, which can take one of the following values: - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES: All of the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES: All of the primary IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field subnetwork below) The default is SUBNETWORK_IP_RANGE_TO_NAT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. Note that if this field contains ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES then there should not be any other Router.Nat section in any Router for this network in this region. + "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat64": "A String", # Specify the Nat option for NAT64, which can take one of the following values: - ALL_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: All of the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field nat64_subnetwork below) The default is NAT64_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. Note that if this field contains NAT64_ALL_V6_SUBNETWORKS no other Router.Nat section in this region can also enable NAT64 for any Subnetworks in this network. Other Router.Nat sections can still be present to enable NAT44 only. "subnetworks": [ # A list of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS is selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNatOption above. { # Defines the IP ranges that want to use NAT for a subnetwork. "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT. @@ -2856,6 +2898,11 @@

Method Details

"maxPortsPerVm": 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config. "minPortsPerVm": 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM. "name": "A String", # Unique name of this Nat service. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. + "nat64Subnetworks": [ # List of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT64 Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS is selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNat64Option above. + { # Specifies a subnetwork to enable NAT64. + "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT64. + }, + ], "natIpAllocateOption": "A String", # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty. "natIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this Nat service. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project. "A String", @@ -2882,6 +2929,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat": "A String", # Specify the Nat option, which can take one of the following values: - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES: All of the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES: All of the primary IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field subnetwork below) The default is SUBNETWORK_IP_RANGE_TO_NAT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. Note that if this field contains ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES then there should not be any other Router.Nat section in any Router for this network in this region. + "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat64": "A String", # Specify the Nat option for NAT64, which can take one of the following values: - ALL_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: All of the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field nat64_subnetwork below) The default is NAT64_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. Note that if this field contains NAT64_ALL_V6_SUBNETWORKS no other Router.Nat section in this region can also enable NAT64 for any Subnetworks in this network. Other Router.Nat sections can still be present to enable NAT44 only. "subnetworks": [ # A list of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS is selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNatOption above. { # Defines the IP ranges that want to use NAT for a subnetwork. "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html index 7d5d3b4f4f8..d656148281c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html @@ -256,11 +256,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -472,6 +472,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -635,11 +636,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -911,6 +912,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -1074,11 +1076,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1261,11 +1263,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1343,6 +1345,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -1506,11 +1509,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1733,6 +1736,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -1896,11 +1900,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -2063,6 +2067,7 @@

Method Details

}, "jsonParsing": "A String", "logLevel": "A String", + "requestBodyInspectionSize": "A String", # The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only "8KB" and "128KB" are supported. Values are case insensitive. "userIpRequestHeaders": [ # An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address. "A String", ], @@ -2226,11 +2231,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -2524,11 +2529,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html index 2726d98b434..e2174179525 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html @@ -160,8 +160,10 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "internalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # The internal IPv6 address range that is owned by this subnetwork. "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange. + "ipCollection": "A String", # Reference to the source of IP, like a PublicDelegatedPrefix (PDP) for BYOIP. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in EXTERNAL_IPV6_SUBNETWORK_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating a dual stack subnetwork with external access using BYOIP: - Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/projectId/regions/region /publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - Partial URL, as in - projects/projectId/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/ sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] This field is for internal use. + "ipv6GceEndpoint": "A String", # [Output Only] Possible endpoints of this subnetwork. It can be one of the following: - VM_ONLY: The subnetwork can be used for creating instances and IPv6 addresses with VM endpoint type. Such a subnetwork gets external IPv6 ranges from a public delegated prefix and cannot be used to create NetLb. - VM_AND_FR: The subnetwork can be used for creating both VM instances and Forwarding Rules. It can also be used to reserve IPv6 addresses with both VM and FR endpoint types. Such a subnetwork gets its IPv6 range from Google IP Pool directly. "kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources. "logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging. "aggregationInterval": "A String", # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. Toggles the aggregation interval for collecting flow logs. Increasing the interval time will reduce the amount of generated flow logs for long lasting connections. Default is an interval of 5 seconds per connection. @@ -177,7 +179,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "privateIpGoogleAccess": True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # This field is for internal use. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch. - "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT, or PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. + "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PEER_MIGRATION or PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. A subnet with purpose set to PEER_MIGRATION is used for subnet migration from one peered VPC to another. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. "region": "A String", # URL of the region where the Subnetwork resides. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "reservedInternalRange": "A String", # The URL of the reserved internal range. "role": "A String", # The role of subnetwork. Currently, this field is only used when purpose is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. The value can be set to ACTIVE or BACKUP. An ACTIVE subnetwork is one that is currently being used for Envoy-based load balancers in a region. A BACKUP subnetwork is one that is ready to be promoted to ACTIVE or is currently draining. This field can be updated with a patch request. @@ -527,8 +529,10 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "internalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # The internal IPv6 address range that is owned by this subnetwork. "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange. + "ipCollection": "A String", # Reference to the source of IP, like a PublicDelegatedPrefix (PDP) for BYOIP. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in EXTERNAL_IPV6_SUBNETWORK_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating a dual stack subnetwork with external access using BYOIP: - Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/projectId/regions/region /publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - Partial URL, as in - projects/projectId/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/ sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] This field is for internal use. + "ipv6GceEndpoint": "A String", # [Output Only] Possible endpoints of this subnetwork. It can be one of the following: - VM_ONLY: The subnetwork can be used for creating instances and IPv6 addresses with VM endpoint type. Such a subnetwork gets external IPv6 ranges from a public delegated prefix and cannot be used to create NetLb. - VM_AND_FR: The subnetwork can be used for creating both VM instances and Forwarding Rules. It can also be used to reserve IPv6 addresses with both VM and FR endpoint types. Such a subnetwork gets its IPv6 range from Google IP Pool directly. "kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources. "logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging. "aggregationInterval": "A String", # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. Toggles the aggregation interval for collecting flow logs. Increasing the interval time will reduce the amount of generated flow logs for long lasting connections. Default is an interval of 5 seconds per connection. @@ -544,7 +548,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "privateIpGoogleAccess": True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # This field is for internal use. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch. - "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT, or PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. + "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PEER_MIGRATION or PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. A subnet with purpose set to PEER_MIGRATION is used for subnet migration from one peered VPC to another. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. "region": "A String", # URL of the region where the Subnetwork resides. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "reservedInternalRange": "A String", # The URL of the reserved internal range. "role": "A String", # The role of subnetwork. Currently, this field is only used when purpose is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. The value can be set to ACTIVE or BACKUP. An ACTIVE subnetwork is one that is currently being used for Envoy-based load balancers in a region. A BACKUP subnetwork is one that is ready to be promoted to ACTIVE or is currently draining. This field can be updated with a patch request. @@ -632,8 +636,10 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "internalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # The internal IPv6 address range that is owned by this subnetwork. "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange. + "ipCollection": "A String", # Reference to the source of IP, like a PublicDelegatedPrefix (PDP) for BYOIP. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in EXTERNAL_IPV6_SUBNETWORK_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating a dual stack subnetwork with external access using BYOIP: - Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/projectId/regions/region /publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - Partial URL, as in - projects/projectId/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/ sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] This field is for internal use. + "ipv6GceEndpoint": "A String", # [Output Only] Possible endpoints of this subnetwork. It can be one of the following: - VM_ONLY: The subnetwork can be used for creating instances and IPv6 addresses with VM endpoint type. Such a subnetwork gets external IPv6 ranges from a public delegated prefix and cannot be used to create NetLb. - VM_AND_FR: The subnetwork can be used for creating both VM instances and Forwarding Rules. It can also be used to reserve IPv6 addresses with both VM and FR endpoint types. Such a subnetwork gets its IPv6 range from Google IP Pool directly. "kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources. "logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging. "aggregationInterval": "A String", # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. Toggles the aggregation interval for collecting flow logs. Increasing the interval time will reduce the amount of generated flow logs for long lasting connections. Default is an interval of 5 seconds per connection. @@ -649,7 +655,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "privateIpGoogleAccess": True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # This field is for internal use. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch. - "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT, or PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. + "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PEER_MIGRATION or PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. A subnet with purpose set to PEER_MIGRATION is used for subnet migration from one peered VPC to another. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. "region": "A String", # URL of the region where the Subnetwork resides. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "reservedInternalRange": "A String", # The URL of the reserved internal range. "role": "A String", # The role of subnetwork. Currently, this field is only used when purpose is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. The value can be set to ACTIVE or BACKUP. An ACTIVE subnetwork is one that is currently being used for Envoy-based load balancers in a region. A BACKUP subnetwork is one that is ready to be promoted to ACTIVE or is currently draining. This field can be updated with a patch request. @@ -816,8 +822,10 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "internalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # The internal IPv6 address range that is owned by this subnetwork. "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange. + "ipCollection": "A String", # Reference to the source of IP, like a PublicDelegatedPrefix (PDP) for BYOIP. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in EXTERNAL_IPV6_SUBNETWORK_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating a dual stack subnetwork with external access using BYOIP: - Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/projectId/regions/region /publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - Partial URL, as in - projects/projectId/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/ sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] This field is for internal use. + "ipv6GceEndpoint": "A String", # [Output Only] Possible endpoints of this subnetwork. It can be one of the following: - VM_ONLY: The subnetwork can be used for creating instances and IPv6 addresses with VM endpoint type. Such a subnetwork gets external IPv6 ranges from a public delegated prefix and cannot be used to create NetLb. - VM_AND_FR: The subnetwork can be used for creating both VM instances and Forwarding Rules. It can also be used to reserve IPv6 addresses with both VM and FR endpoint types. Such a subnetwork gets its IPv6 range from Google IP Pool directly. "kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources. "logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging. "aggregationInterval": "A String", # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. Toggles the aggregation interval for collecting flow logs. Increasing the interval time will reduce the amount of generated flow logs for long lasting connections. Default is an interval of 5 seconds per connection. @@ -833,7 +841,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "privateIpGoogleAccess": True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # This field is for internal use. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch. - "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT, or PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. + "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PEER_MIGRATION or PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. A subnet with purpose set to PEER_MIGRATION is used for subnet migration from one peered VPC to another. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. "region": "A String", # URL of the region where the Subnetwork resides. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "reservedInternalRange": "A String", # The URL of the reserved internal range. "role": "A String", # The role of subnetwork. Currently, this field is only used when purpose is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. The value can be set to ACTIVE or BACKUP. An ACTIVE subnetwork is one that is currently being used for Envoy-based load balancers in a region. A BACKUP subnetwork is one that is ready to be promoted to ACTIVE or is currently draining. This field can be updated with a patch request. @@ -894,7 +902,7 @@

Method Details

"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. "network": "A String", # Network URL. - "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT, or PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. + "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PEER_MIGRATION or PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. A subnet with purpose set to PEER_MIGRATION is used for subnet migration from one peered VPC to another. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. "role": "A String", # The role of subnetwork. Currently, this field is only used when purpose is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. The value can be set to ACTIVE or BACKUP. An ACTIVE subnetwork is one that is currently being used for Envoy-based load balancers in a region. A BACKUP subnetwork is one that is ready to be promoted to ACTIVE or is currently draining. This field can be updated with a patch request. "secondaryIpRanges": [ # Secondary IP ranges. { # Secondary IP range of a usable subnetwork. @@ -972,8 +980,10 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "internalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # The internal IPv6 address range that is owned by this subnetwork. "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange. + "ipCollection": "A String", # Reference to the source of IP, like a PublicDelegatedPrefix (PDP) for BYOIP. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in EXTERNAL_IPV6_SUBNETWORK_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating a dual stack subnetwork with external access using BYOIP: - Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/projectId/regions/region /publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - Partial URL, as in - projects/projectId/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/ sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] This field is for internal use. + "ipv6GceEndpoint": "A String", # [Output Only] Possible endpoints of this subnetwork. It can be one of the following: - VM_ONLY: The subnetwork can be used for creating instances and IPv6 addresses with VM endpoint type. Such a subnetwork gets external IPv6 ranges from a public delegated prefix and cannot be used to create NetLb. - VM_AND_FR: The subnetwork can be used for creating both VM instances and Forwarding Rules. It can also be used to reserve IPv6 addresses with both VM and FR endpoint types. Such a subnetwork gets its IPv6 range from Google IP Pool directly. "kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources. "logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging. "aggregationInterval": "A String", # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. Toggles the aggregation interval for collecting flow logs. Increasing the interval time will reduce the amount of generated flow logs for long lasting connections. Default is an interval of 5 seconds per connection. @@ -989,7 +999,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "privateIpGoogleAccess": True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # This field is for internal use. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch. - "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT, or PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. + "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PEER_MIGRATION or PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. A subnet with purpose set to PEER_MIGRATION is used for subnet migration from one peered VPC to another. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. "region": "A String", # URL of the region where the Subnetwork resides. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "reservedInternalRange": "A String", # The URL of the reserved internal range. "role": "A String", # The role of subnetwork. Currently, this field is only used when purpose is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. The value can be set to ACTIVE or BACKUP. An ACTIVE subnetwork is one that is currently being used for Envoy-based load balancers in a region. A BACKUP subnetwork is one that is ready to be promoted to ACTIVE or is currently draining. This field can be updated with a patch request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetHttpsProxies.html index 091ad514781..ef1b0f9289e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetHttpsProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetHttpsProxies.html @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@

Method Details

"items": { # A list of TargetHttpsProxiesScopedList resources. "a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of TargetHttpsProxies. "targetHttpsProxies": [ # A list of TargetHttpsProxies contained in this scope. - { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. + { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authentication": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead. "authorization": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. + { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authentication": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead. "authorization": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. +{ # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authentication": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead. "authorization": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Contains a list of TargetHttpsProxy resources. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server. "items": [ # A list of TargetHttpsProxy resources. - { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. + { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authentication": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead. "authorization": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. @@ -636,7 +636,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. +{ # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authentication": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead. "authorization": "A String", # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html index e7432d77cb7..05a35ce3614 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -244,8 +244,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -393,8 +393,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -533,8 +533,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -639,7 +639,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -729,8 +729,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -965,7 +965,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1055,8 +1055,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1114,7 +1114,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1204,8 +1204,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1254,7 +1254,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1344,8 +1344,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1540,8 +1540,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1597,7 +1597,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1687,8 +1687,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1746,7 +1746,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1836,8 +1836,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1976,8 +1976,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2082,7 +2082,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2172,8 +2172,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2490,7 +2490,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2580,8 +2580,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2639,7 +2639,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2729,8 +2729,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2779,7 +2779,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2869,8 +2869,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2975,7 +2975,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3065,8 +3065,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3152,7 +3152,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3242,8 +3242,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3301,7 +3301,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3391,8 +3391,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3441,7 +3441,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3531,8 +3531,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3637,7 +3637,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3727,8 +3727,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3932,7 +3932,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4022,8 +4022,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4081,7 +4081,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4171,8 +4171,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4221,7 +4221,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4311,8 +4311,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4417,7 +4417,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4507,8 +4507,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4685,7 +4685,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4775,8 +4775,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4834,7 +4834,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4924,8 +4924,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4974,7 +4974,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -5064,8 +5064,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -5170,7 +5170,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -5260,8 +5260,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html index 97f6e9b8af6..fa912fa31fc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -646,7 +646,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -838,7 +838,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -931,7 +931,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html index 92d59248695..57c91016f6f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -857,7 +857,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -1764,7 +1764,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -2026,7 +2026,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -2754,7 +2754,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html index 8b89e41cef3..dcf808484d0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html @@ -279,6 +279,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the networkFirewallPolicies Resource.

+

+ networkProfiles() +

+

Returns the networkProfiles Resource.

+

networks()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html index 98359bf3a71..75eccc116d0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html @@ -143,12 +143,24 @@

Instance Methods

resize(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, size, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Resizes the managed instance group. If you increase the size, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes instances. The resize operation is marked DONE when the resize actions are scheduled even if the group has not yet added or deleted any instances. You must separately verify the status of the creating or deleting actions with the listmanagedinstances method. When resizing down, the instance group arbitrarily chooses the order in which VMs are deleted. The group takes into account some VM attributes when making the selection including: + The status of the VM instance. + The health of the VM instance. + The instance template version the VM is based on. + For regional managed instance groups, the location of the VM instance. This list is subject to change. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.

+

+ resumeInstances(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be resumed. This method increases the targetSize and decreases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you resume. The resumeInstances operation is marked DONE if the resumeInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the RESUMING action with the listmanagedinstances method. In this request, you can only specify instances that are suspended. For example, if an instance was previously suspended using the suspendInstances method, it can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. If a health check is attached to the managed instance group, the specified instances will be verified as healthy after they are resumed. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.

setInstanceTemplate(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Specifies the instance template to use when creating new instances in this group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE.

setTargetPools(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Modifies the target pools to which all instances in this managed instance group are assigned. The target pools automatically apply to all of the instances in the managed instance group. This operation is marked DONE when you make the request even if the instances have not yet been added to their target pools. The change might take some time to apply to all of the instances in the group depending on the size of the group.

+

+ startInstances(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be started. This method increases the targetSize and decreases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you start. The startInstances operation is marked DONE if the startInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STARTING action with the listmanagedinstances method. In this request, you can only specify instances that are stopped. For example, if an instance was previously stopped using the stopInstances method, it can be started using the startInstances method. If a health check is attached to the managed instance group, the specified instances will be verified as healthy after they are started. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.

+

+ stopInstances(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately stopped. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you stop. The stopInstances operation is marked DONE if the stopInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STOPPING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the standbyPolicy.initialDelaySec field is set, the group delays stopping the instances until initialDelaySec have passed from instance.creationTimestamp (that is, when the instance was created). This delay gives your application time to set itself up and initialize on the instance. If more than initialDelaySec seconds have passed since instance.creationTimestamp when this method is called, there will be zero delay. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is stopped. Stopped instances can be started using the startInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.

+

+ suspendInstances(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately suspended. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you suspend. The suspendInstances operation is marked DONE if the suspendInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the SUSPENDING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the standbyPolicy.initialDelaySec field is set, the group delays suspension of the instances until initialDelaySec have passed from instance.creationTimestamp (that is, when the instance was created). This delay gives your application time to set itself up and initialize on the instance. If more than initialDelaySec seconds have passed since instance.creationTimestamp when this method is called, there will be zero delay. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Suspended instances can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.

updatePerInstanceConfigs(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Inserts or updates per-instance configurations for the managed instance group. perInstanceConfig.name serves as a key used to distinguish whether to perform insert or patch.

@@ -387,6 +399,10 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. + "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. + "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or stop a VM after that VM was created. The initial delay gives the initialization script the time to prepare your VM for a quick scale out. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. + "mode": "A String", # Defines how a MIG resumes or starts VMs from a standby pool when the group scales out. The default mode is `MANUAL`. + }, "statefulPolicy": { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager "preservedState": { # Configuration of preserved resources. "disks": { # Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. @@ -427,6 +443,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "targetSize": 42, # The target number of running instances for this managed instance group. You can reduce this number by using the instanceGroupManager deleteInstances or abandonInstances methods. Resizing the group also changes this number. + "targetStoppedSize": 42, # The target number of stopped instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Stop instance using the stopInstances method or start instances using the startInstances method. - Manually change the targetStoppedSize using the update method. + "targetSuspendedSize": 42, # The target number of suspended instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Suspend instance using the suspendInstances method or resume instances using the resumeInstances method. - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. Valid values are: - PROACTIVE (default): The group attempts to maintain an even distribution of VM instances across zones in the region. - NONE: For non-autoscaled groups, proactive redistribution is disabled. "maxSurge": { # Encapsulates numeric value that can be either absolute or relative. # The maximum number of instances that can be created above the specified targetSize during the update process. This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxSurge is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates. At least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxSurge. @@ -659,7 +677,7 @@

Method Details

"instances": [ # [Required] List of specifications of per-instance configs. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { @@ -1295,6 +1313,10 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. + "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. + "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or stop a VM after that VM was created. The initial delay gives the initialization script the time to prepare your VM for a quick scale out. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. + "mode": "A String", # Defines how a MIG resumes or starts VMs from a standby pool when the group scales out. The default mode is `MANUAL`. + }, "statefulPolicy": { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager "preservedState": { # Configuration of preserved resources. "disks": { # Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. @@ -1335,6 +1357,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "targetSize": 42, # The target number of running instances for this managed instance group. You can reduce this number by using the instanceGroupManager deleteInstances or abandonInstances methods. Resizing the group also changes this number. + "targetStoppedSize": 42, # The target number of stopped instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Stop instance using the stopInstances method or start instances using the startInstances method. - Manually change the targetStoppedSize using the update method. + "targetSuspendedSize": 42, # The target number of suspended instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Suspend instance using the suspendInstances method or resume instances using the resumeInstances method. - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. Valid values are: - PROACTIVE (default): The group attempts to maintain an even distribution of VM instances across zones in the region. - NONE: For non-autoscaled groups, proactive redistribution is disabled. "maxSurge": { # Encapsulates numeric value that can be either absolute or relative. # The maximum number of instances that can be created above the specified targetSize during the update process. This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxSurge is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates. At least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxSurge. @@ -1451,6 +1475,10 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. + "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. + "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or stop a VM after that VM was created. The initial delay gives the initialization script the time to prepare your VM for a quick scale out. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. + "mode": "A String", # Defines how a MIG resumes or starts VMs from a standby pool when the group scales out. The default mode is `MANUAL`. + }, "statefulPolicy": { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager "preservedState": { # Configuration of preserved resources. "disks": { # Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. @@ -1491,6 +1519,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "targetSize": 42, # The target number of running instances for this managed instance group. You can reduce this number by using the instanceGroupManager deleteInstances or abandonInstances methods. Resizing the group also changes this number. + "targetStoppedSize": 42, # The target number of stopped instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Stop instance using the stopInstances method or start instances using the startInstances method. - Manually change the targetStoppedSize using the update method. + "targetSuspendedSize": 42, # The target number of suspended instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Suspend instance using the suspendInstances method or resume instances using the resumeInstances method. - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. Valid values are: - PROACTIVE (default): The group attempts to maintain an even distribution of VM instances across zones in the region. - NONE: For non-autoscaled groups, proactive redistribution is disabled. "maxSurge": { # Encapsulates numeric value that can be either absolute or relative. # The maximum number of instances that can be created above the specified targetSize during the update process. This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxSurge is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates. At least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxSurge. @@ -1736,6 +1766,10 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. + "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. + "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or stop a VM after that VM was created. The initial delay gives the initialization script the time to prepare your VM for a quick scale out. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. + "mode": "A String", # Defines how a MIG resumes or starts VMs from a standby pool when the group scales out. The default mode is `MANUAL`. + }, "statefulPolicy": { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager "preservedState": { # Configuration of preserved resources. "disks": { # Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. @@ -1776,6 +1810,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "targetSize": 42, # The target number of running instances for this managed instance group. You can reduce this number by using the instanceGroupManager deleteInstances or abandonInstances methods. Resizing the group also changes this number. + "targetStoppedSize": 42, # The target number of stopped instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Stop instance using the stopInstances method or start instances using the startInstances method. - Manually change the targetStoppedSize using the update method. + "targetSuspendedSize": 42, # The target number of suspended instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Suspend instance using the suspendInstances method or resume instances using the resumeInstances method. - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. Valid values are: - PROACTIVE (default): The group attempts to maintain an even distribution of VM instances across zones in the region. - NONE: For non-autoscaled groups, proactive redistribution is disabled. "maxSurge": { # Encapsulates numeric value that can be either absolute or relative. # The maximum number of instances that can be created above the specified targetSize during the update process. This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxSurge is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates. At least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxSurge. @@ -2071,7 +2107,7 @@

Method Details

"items": [ # [Output Only] The list of PerInstanceConfig. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { @@ -2232,6 +2268,10 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. + "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. + "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or stop a VM after that VM was created. The initial delay gives the initialization script the time to prepare your VM for a quick scale out. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. + "mode": "A String", # Defines how a MIG resumes or starts VMs from a standby pool when the group scales out. The default mode is `MANUAL`. + }, "statefulPolicy": { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager "preservedState": { # Configuration of preserved resources. "disks": { # Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. @@ -2272,6 +2312,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "targetSize": 42, # The target number of running instances for this managed instance group. You can reduce this number by using the instanceGroupManager deleteInstances or abandonInstances methods. Resizing the group also changes this number. + "targetStoppedSize": 42, # The target number of stopped instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Stop instance using the stopInstances method or start instances using the startInstances method. - Manually change the targetStoppedSize using the update method. + "targetSuspendedSize": 42, # The target number of suspended instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Suspend instance using the suspendInstances method or resume instances using the resumeInstances method. - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. Valid values are: - PROACTIVE (default): The group attempts to maintain an even distribution of VM instances across zones in the region. - NONE: For non-autoscaled groups, proactive redistribution is disabled. "maxSurge": { # Encapsulates numeric value that can be either absolute or relative. # The maximum number of instances that can be created above the specified targetSize during the update process. This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxSurge is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates. At least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxSurge. @@ -2435,7 +2477,7 @@

Method Details

"perInstanceConfigs": [ # The list of per-instance configurations to insert or patch on this managed instance group. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { @@ -2848,6 +2890,140 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ resumeInstances(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be resumed. This method increases the targetSize and decreases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you resume. The resumeInstances operation is marked DONE if the resumeInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the RESUMING action with the listmanagedinstances method. In this request, you can only specify instances that are suspended. For example, if an instance was previously suspended using the suspendInstances method, it can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. If a health check is attached to the managed instance group, the specified instances will be verified as healthy after they are resumed. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone where the managed instance group is located. (required)
+  instanceGroupManager: string, The name of the managed instance group. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "instances": [ # The URLs of one or more instances to resume. This can be a full URL or a partial URL, such as zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
setInstanceTemplate(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Specifies the instance template to use when creating new instances in this group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE.
@@ -3115,6 +3291,410 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ startInstances(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be started. This method increases the targetSize and decreases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you start. The startInstances operation is marked DONE if the startInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STARTING action with the listmanagedinstances method. In this request, you can only specify instances that are stopped. For example, if an instance was previously stopped using the stopInstances method, it can be started using the startInstances method. If a health check is attached to the managed instance group, the specified instances will be verified as healthy after they are started. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone where the managed instance group is located. (required)
+  instanceGroupManager: string, The name of the managed instance group. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "instances": [ # The URLs of one or more instances to start. This can be a full URL or a partial URL, such as zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ stopInstances(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately stopped. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you stop. The stopInstances operation is marked DONE if the stopInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STOPPING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the standbyPolicy.initialDelaySec field is set, the group delays stopping the instances until initialDelaySec have passed from instance.creationTimestamp (that is, when the instance was created). This delay gives your application time to set itself up and initialize on the instance. If more than initialDelaySec seconds have passed since instance.creationTimestamp when this method is called, there will be zero delay. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is stopped. Stopped instances can be started using the startInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone where the managed instance group is located. (required)
+  instanceGroupManager: string, The name of the managed instance group. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "forceStop": True or False, # If this flag is set to true, the Instance Group Manager will proceed to stop the instances, skipping initialization on them.
+  "instances": [ # The URLs of one or more instances to stop. This can be a full URL or a partial URL, such as zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ suspendInstances(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately suspended. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you suspend. The suspendInstances operation is marked DONE if the suspendInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the SUSPENDING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the standbyPolicy.initialDelaySec field is set, the group delays suspension of the instances until initialDelaySec have passed from instance.creationTimestamp (that is, when the instance was created). This delay gives your application time to set itself up and initialize on the instance. If more than initialDelaySec seconds have passed since instance.creationTimestamp when this method is called, there will be zero delay. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Suspended instances can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone where the managed instance group is located. (required)
+  instanceGroupManager: string, The name of the managed instance group. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "forceSuspend": True or False, # If this flag is set to true, the Instance Group Manager will proceed to suspend the instances, skipping initialization on them.
+  "instances": [ # The URLs of one or more instances to suspend. This can be a full URL or a partial URL, such as zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
updatePerInstanceConfigs(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Inserts or updates per-instance configurations for the managed instance group. perInstanceConfig.name serves as a key used to distinguish whether to perform insert or patch.
@@ -3130,7 +3710,7 @@ 

Method Details

"perInstanceConfigs": [ # The list of per-instance configurations to insert or patch on this managed instance group. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html index 9edaf3ac877..71c1ff569ec 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html @@ -762,7 +762,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. - "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] The precise location of your instance within the zone's data center, including the block, sub-block, and host. The field is formatted as follows: blockId/subBlockId/hostId. "scheduling": { "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. }, @@ -2151,7 +2151,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. - "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] The precise location of your instance within the zone's data center, including the block, sub-block, and host. The field is formatted as follows: blockId/subBlockId/hostId. "scheduling": { "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. }, @@ -2507,7 +2507,7 @@

Method Details

zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required) instance: string, Name of the instance for this request. (required) port: integer, Specifies which COM or serial port to retrieve data from. - start: string, Specifies the starting byte position of the output to return. To start with the first byte of output to the specified port, omit this field or set it to `0`. If the output for that byte position is available, this field matches the `start` parameter sent with the request. If the amount of serial console output exceeds the size of the buffer (1 MB), the oldest output is discarded and is no longer available. If the requested start position refers to discarded output, the start position is adjusted to the oldest output still available, and the adjusted start position is returned as the `start` property value. You can also provide a negative start position, which translates to the most recent number of bytes written to the serial port. For example, -3 is interpreted as the most recent 3 bytes written to the serial console. + start: string, Specifies the starting byte position of the output to return. To start with the first byte of output to the specified port, omit this field or set it to `0`. If the output for that byte position is available, this field matches the `start` parameter sent with the request. If the amount of serial console output exceeds the size of the buffer (1 MB), the oldest output is discarded and is no longer available. If the requested start position refers to discarded output, the start position is adjusted to the oldest output still available, and the adjusted start position is returned as the `start` property value. You can also provide a negative start position, which translates to the most recent number of bytes written to the serial port. For example, -3 is interpreted as the most recent 3 bytes written to the serial console. Note that the negative start is bounded by the retained buffer size, and the returned serial console output will not exceed the max buffer size. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -2793,7 +2793,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. - "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] The precise location of your instance within the zone's data center, including the block, sub-block, and host. The field is formatted as follows: blockId/subBlockId/hostId. "scheduling": { "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. }, @@ -3247,7 +3247,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. - "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] The precise location of your instance within the zone's data center, including the block, sub-block, and host. The field is formatted as follows: blockId/subBlockId/hostId. "scheduling": { "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. }, @@ -6722,7 +6722,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "resourceStatus": { # Contains output only fields. Use this sub-message for actual values set on Instance attributes as compared to the value requested by the user (intent) in their instance CRUD calls. # [Output Only] Specifies values set for instance attributes as compared to the values requested by user in the corresponding input only field. - "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running. + "physicalHost": "A String", # [Output Only] The precise location of your instance within the zone's data center, including the block, sub-block, and host. The field is formatted as follows: blockId/subBlockId/hostId. "scheduling": { "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain to place the instance in. The value must be a number between 1 and the number of availability domains specified in the spread placement policy attached to the instance. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnectLocations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnectLocations.html index 691548226ec..08acabf2ed4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnectLocations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnectLocations.html @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) Location resource. You can use this resource to find location details about an Interconnect attachment (VLAN). For more information about interconnect attachments, read Creating VLAN Attachments. "address": "A String", # [Output Only] The postal address of the Point of Presence, each line in the address is separated by a newline character. "availabilityZone": "A String", # [Output Only] Availability zone for this InterconnectLocation. Within a metropolitan area (metro), maintenance will not be simultaneously scheduled in more than one availability zone. Example: "zone1" or "zone2". - "availableFeatures": [ # [Output only] List of features available at this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - MACSEC + "availableFeatures": [ # [Output only] List of features available at this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - IF_MACSEC "A String", ], "availableLinkTypes": [ # [Output only] List of link types available at this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) Location resource. You can use this resource to find location details about an Interconnect attachment (VLAN). For more information about interconnect attachments, read Creating VLAN Attachments. "address": "A String", # [Output Only] The postal address of the Point of Presence, each line in the address is separated by a newline character. "availabilityZone": "A String", # [Output Only] Availability zone for this InterconnectLocation. Within a metropolitan area (metro), maintenance will not be simultaneously scheduled in more than one availability zone. Example: "zone1" or "zone2". - "availableFeatures": [ # [Output only] List of features available at this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - MACSEC + "availableFeatures": [ # [Output only] List of features available at this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - IF_MACSEC "A String", ], "availableLinkTypes": [ # [Output only] List of link types available at this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.licenses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.licenses.html index 721f07030a5..2986605406f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.licenses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.licenses.html @@ -254,9 +254,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#license", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#license for licenses. "licenseCode": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique code used to attach this license to images, snapshots, and disks. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. - "resourceRequirements": { - "minGuestCpuCount": 42, # Minimum number of guest cpus required to use the Instance. Enforced at Instance creation and Instance start. - "minMemoryMb": 42, # Minimum memory required to use the Instance. Enforced at Instance creation and Instance start. + "resourceRequirements": { # [Input Only] Deprecated. + "minGuestCpuCount": 42, # [Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum number of guest cpus required to use the Instance. + "minMemoryMb": 42, # [Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum memory required to use the Instance. }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "transferable": True or False, # If false, licenses will not be copied from the source resource when creating an image from a disk, disk from snapshot, or snapshot from disk. @@ -329,9 +329,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#license", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#license for licenses. "licenseCode": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique code used to attach this license to images, snapshots, and disks. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. - "resourceRequirements": { - "minGuestCpuCount": 42, # Minimum number of guest cpus required to use the Instance. Enforced at Instance creation and Instance start. - "minMemoryMb": 42, # Minimum memory required to use the Instance. Enforced at Instance creation and Instance start. + "resourceRequirements": { # [Input Only] Deprecated. + "minGuestCpuCount": 42, # [Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum number of guest cpus required to use the Instance. + "minMemoryMb": 42, # [Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum memory required to use the Instance. }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "transferable": True or False, # If false, licenses will not be copied from the source resource when creating an image from a disk, disk from snapshot, or snapshot from disk. @@ -484,9 +484,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#license", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#license for licenses. "licenseCode": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique code used to attach this license to images, snapshots, and disks. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. - "resourceRequirements": { - "minGuestCpuCount": 42, # Minimum number of guest cpus required to use the Instance. Enforced at Instance creation and Instance start. - "minMemoryMb": 42, # Minimum memory required to use the Instance. Enforced at Instance creation and Instance start. + "resourceRequirements": { # [Input Only] Deprecated. + "minGuestCpuCount": 42, # [Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum number of guest cpus required to use the Instance. + "minMemoryMb": 42, # [Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum memory required to use the Instance. }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "transferable": True or False, # If false, licenses will not be copied from the source resource when creating an image from a disk, disk from snapshot, or snapshot from disk. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkProfiles.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9dddc98b1b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkProfiles.html @@ -0,0 +1,261 @@ + + + +

Compute Engine API . networkProfiles

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(project, networkProfile, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns the specified network profile.

+

+ list(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a list of network profiles available to the specified project.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(project, networkProfile, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns the specified network profile.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  networkProfile: string, Name of the network profile to return. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # NetworkProfile represents a Google managed network profile resource.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional description of this resource.
+  "features": { # [Output Only] Features supported by the network.
+    "addressPurposes": [ # Specifies what address purposes are supported. If empty, all address purposes are supported.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "allowAliasIpRanges": "A String", # Specifies whether alias IP ranges (and secondary address ranges) are allowed.
+    "allowAutoModeSubnet": "A String", # Specifies whether auto mode subnet creation is allowed.
+    "allowClassDFirewalls": "A String", # Specifies whether firewalls for Class D address ranges are supported.
+    "allowCloudNat": "A String", # Specifies whether cloud NAT creation is allowed.
+    "allowCloudRouter": "A String", # Specifies whether cloud router creation is allowed.
+    "allowExternalIpAccess": "A String", # Specifies whether VMs are allowed to have external IP access on network interfaces connected to this VPC.
+    "allowInterconnect": "A String", # Specifies whether Cloud Interconnect creation is allowed.
+    "allowLoadBalancing": "A String", # Specifies whether cloud load balancing is allowed.
+    "allowMultiNicInSameNetwork": "A String", # Specifies whether multi-nic in the same network is allowed.
+    "allowPacketMirroring": "A String", # Specifies whether Packet Mirroring 1.0 is supported.
+    "allowPrivateGoogleAccess": "A String", # Specifies whether private Google access is allowed.
+    "allowPsc": "A String", # Specifies whether PSC creation is allowed.
+    "allowSameNetworkUnicast": "A String", # Specifies whether unicast within the same network is allowed.
+    "allowStaticRoutes": "A String", # Specifies whether static route creation is allowed.
+    "allowSubInterfaces": "A String", # Specifies whether sub interfaces are allowed.
+    "allowVpcPeering": "A String", # Specifies whether VPC peering is allowed.
+    "allowVpn": "A String", # Specifies whether VPN creation is allowed.
+    "interfaceTypes": [ # If set, limits the interface types that the network supports. If empty, all interface types are supported.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "subnetPurposes": [ # Specifies which subnetwork purposes are supported.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "subnetStackTypes": [ # Specifies which subnetwork stack types are supported.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "unicast": "A String", # Specifies which type of unicast is supported.
+  },
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#networkProfile", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkProfile for network profiles.
+  "location": { # [Output Only] Location to which the network is restricted.
+    "name": "A String",
+    "scope": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] Zone to which the network is restricted.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves a list of network profiles available to the specified project.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq "double quoted literal"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Contains a list of network profiles.
+  "etag": "A String",
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # A list of NetworkProfile resources.
+    { # NetworkProfile represents a Google managed network profile resource.
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+      "description": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional description of this resource.
+      "features": { # [Output Only] Features supported by the network.
+        "addressPurposes": [ # Specifies what address purposes are supported. If empty, all address purposes are supported.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "allowAliasIpRanges": "A String", # Specifies whether alias IP ranges (and secondary address ranges) are allowed.
+        "allowAutoModeSubnet": "A String", # Specifies whether auto mode subnet creation is allowed.
+        "allowClassDFirewalls": "A String", # Specifies whether firewalls for Class D address ranges are supported.
+        "allowCloudNat": "A String", # Specifies whether cloud NAT creation is allowed.
+        "allowCloudRouter": "A String", # Specifies whether cloud router creation is allowed.
+        "allowExternalIpAccess": "A String", # Specifies whether VMs are allowed to have external IP access on network interfaces connected to this VPC.
+        "allowInterconnect": "A String", # Specifies whether Cloud Interconnect creation is allowed.
+        "allowLoadBalancing": "A String", # Specifies whether cloud load balancing is allowed.
+        "allowMultiNicInSameNetwork": "A String", # Specifies whether multi-nic in the same network is allowed.
+        "allowPacketMirroring": "A String", # Specifies whether Packet Mirroring 1.0 is supported.
+        "allowPrivateGoogleAccess": "A String", # Specifies whether private Google access is allowed.
+        "allowPsc": "A String", # Specifies whether PSC creation is allowed.
+        "allowSameNetworkUnicast": "A String", # Specifies whether unicast within the same network is allowed.
+        "allowStaticRoutes": "A String", # Specifies whether static route creation is allowed.
+        "allowSubInterfaces": "A String", # Specifies whether sub interfaces are allowed.
+        "allowVpcPeering": "A String", # Specifies whether VPC peering is allowed.
+        "allowVpn": "A String", # Specifies whether VPN creation is allowed.
+        "interfaceTypes": [ # If set, limits the interface types that the network supports. If empty, all interface types are supported.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "subnetPurposes": [ # Specifies which subnetwork purposes are supported.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "subnetStackTypes": [ # Specifies which subnetwork stack types are supported.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "unicast": "A String", # Specifies which type of unicast is supported.
+      },
+      "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+      "kind": "compute#networkProfile", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkProfile for network profiles.
+      "location": { # [Output Only] Location to which the network is restricted.
+        "name": "A String",
+        "scope": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource.
+      "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+      "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+      "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] Zone to which the network is restricted.
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#networkProfileList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#networkProfileList for network profiles.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources. end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html index 1f9bf7bf38b..f3b9977386d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html @@ -422,6 +422,7 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes. The minimum value for this field is 1300 and the maximum value is 8896. The suggested value is 1500, which is the default MTU used on the Internet, or 8896 if you want to use Jumbo frames. If unspecified, the value defaults to 1460. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "networkFirewallPolicyEnforcementOrder": "A String", # The network firewall policy enforcement order. Can be either AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL or BEFORE_CLASSIC_FIREWALL. Defaults to AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL if the field is not specified. + "networkProfile": "A String", # A full or partial URL of the network profile to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/{api_version}/projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} "peerings": [ # [Output Only] A list of network peerings for the resource. { # A network peering attached to a network resource. The message includes the peering name, peer network, peering state, and a flag indicating whether Google Compute Engine should automatically create routes for the peering. "autoCreateRoutes": True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE. @@ -439,6 +440,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "routingConfig": { # A routing configuration attached to a network resource. The message includes the list of routers associated with the network, and a flag indicating the type of routing behavior to enforce network-wide. # The network-level routing configuration for this network. Used by Cloud Router to determine what type of network-wide routing behavior to enforce. + "bgpAlwaysCompareMed": True or False, # Enable comparison of Multi-Exit Discriminators (MED) across routes with different neighbor ASNs when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm. + "bgpBestPathSelectionMode": "A String", # The BGP best path selection algorithm to be employed within this network for dynamic routes learned by Cloud Routers. Can be LEGACY (default) or STANDARD. + "bgpInterRegionCost": "A String", # Allows to define a preferred approach for handling inter-region cost in the selection process when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm. Can be DEFAULT or ADD_COST_TO_MED. "routingMode": "A String", # The network-wide routing mode to use. If set to REGIONAL, this network's Cloud Routers will only advertise routes with subnets of this network in the same region as the router. If set to GLOBAL, this network's Cloud Routers will advertise routes with all subnets of this network, across regions. }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -625,6 +629,7 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes. The minimum value for this field is 1300 and the maximum value is 8896. The suggested value is 1500, which is the default MTU used on the Internet, or 8896 if you want to use Jumbo frames. If unspecified, the value defaults to 1460. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "networkFirewallPolicyEnforcementOrder": "A String", # The network firewall policy enforcement order. Can be either AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL or BEFORE_CLASSIC_FIREWALL. Defaults to AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL if the field is not specified. + "networkProfile": "A String", # A full or partial URL of the network profile to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/{api_version}/projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} "peerings": [ # [Output Only] A list of network peerings for the resource. { # A network peering attached to a network resource. The message includes the peering name, peer network, peering state, and a flag indicating whether Google Compute Engine should automatically create routes for the peering. "autoCreateRoutes": True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE. @@ -642,6 +647,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "routingConfig": { # A routing configuration attached to a network resource. The message includes the list of routers associated with the network, and a flag indicating the type of routing behavior to enforce network-wide. # The network-level routing configuration for this network. Used by Cloud Router to determine what type of network-wide routing behavior to enforce. + "bgpAlwaysCompareMed": True or False, # Enable comparison of Multi-Exit Discriminators (MED) across routes with different neighbor ASNs when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm. + "bgpBestPathSelectionMode": "A String", # The BGP best path selection algorithm to be employed within this network for dynamic routes learned by Cloud Routers. Can be LEGACY (default) or STANDARD. + "bgpInterRegionCost": "A String", # Allows to define a preferred approach for handling inter-region cost in the selection process when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm. Can be DEFAULT or ADD_COST_TO_MED. "routingMode": "A String", # The network-wide routing mode to use. If set to REGIONAL, this network's Cloud Routers will only advertise routes with subnets of this network in the same region as the router. If set to GLOBAL, this network's Cloud Routers will advertise routes with all subnets of this network, across regions. }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -804,6 +812,7 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes. The minimum value for this field is 1300 and the maximum value is 8896. The suggested value is 1500, which is the default MTU used on the Internet, or 8896 if you want to use Jumbo frames. If unspecified, the value defaults to 1460. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "networkFirewallPolicyEnforcementOrder": "A String", # The network firewall policy enforcement order. Can be either AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL or BEFORE_CLASSIC_FIREWALL. Defaults to AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL if the field is not specified. + "networkProfile": "A String", # A full or partial URL of the network profile to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/{api_version}/projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} "peerings": [ # [Output Only] A list of network peerings for the resource. { # A network peering attached to a network resource. The message includes the peering name, peer network, peering state, and a flag indicating whether Google Compute Engine should automatically create routes for the peering. "autoCreateRoutes": True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE. @@ -821,6 +830,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "routingConfig": { # A routing configuration attached to a network resource. The message includes the list of routers associated with the network, and a flag indicating the type of routing behavior to enforce network-wide. # The network-level routing configuration for this network. Used by Cloud Router to determine what type of network-wide routing behavior to enforce. + "bgpAlwaysCompareMed": True or False, # Enable comparison of Multi-Exit Discriminators (MED) across routes with different neighbor ASNs when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm. + "bgpBestPathSelectionMode": "A String", # The BGP best path selection algorithm to be employed within this network for dynamic routes learned by Cloud Routers. Can be LEGACY (default) or STANDARD. + "bgpInterRegionCost": "A String", # Allows to define a preferred approach for handling inter-region cost in the selection process when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm. Can be DEFAULT or ADD_COST_TO_MED. "routingMode": "A String", # The network-wide routing mode to use. If set to REGIONAL, this network's Cloud Routers will only advertise routes with subnets of this network in the same region as the router. If set to GLOBAL, this network's Cloud Routers will advertise routes with all subnets of this network, across regions. }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -951,6 +963,7 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes. The minimum value for this field is 1300 and the maximum value is 8896. The suggested value is 1500, which is the default MTU used on the Internet, or 8896 if you want to use Jumbo frames. If unspecified, the value defaults to 1460. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "networkFirewallPolicyEnforcementOrder": "A String", # The network firewall policy enforcement order. Can be either AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL or BEFORE_CLASSIC_FIREWALL. Defaults to AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL if the field is not specified. + "networkProfile": "A String", # A full or partial URL of the network profile to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/{api_version}/projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} "peerings": [ # [Output Only] A list of network peerings for the resource. { # A network peering attached to a network resource. The message includes the peering name, peer network, peering state, and a flag indicating whether Google Compute Engine should automatically create routes for the peering. "autoCreateRoutes": True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE. @@ -968,6 +981,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "routingConfig": { # A routing configuration attached to a network resource. The message includes the list of routers associated with the network, and a flag indicating the type of routing behavior to enforce network-wide. # The network-level routing configuration for this network. Used by Cloud Router to determine what type of network-wide routing behavior to enforce. + "bgpAlwaysCompareMed": True or False, # Enable comparison of Multi-Exit Discriminators (MED) across routes with different neighbor ASNs when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm. + "bgpBestPathSelectionMode": "A String", # The BGP best path selection algorithm to be employed within this network for dynamic routes learned by Cloud Routers. Can be LEGACY (default) or STANDARD. + "bgpInterRegionCost": "A String", # Allows to define a preferred approach for handling inter-region cost in the selection process when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm. Can be DEFAULT or ADD_COST_TO_MED. "routingMode": "A String", # The network-wide routing mode to use. If set to REGIONAL, this network's Cloud Routers will only advertise routes with subnets of this network in the same region as the router. If set to GLOBAL, this network's Cloud Routers will advertise routes with all subnets of this network, across regions. }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.projects.html index f707dc7e317..e2557dd58b9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.projects.html @@ -673,7 +673,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultNetworkTier": "A String", # This signifies the default network tier used for configuring resources of the project and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. Initially the default network tier is PREMIUM. "defaultServiceAccount": "A String", # [Output Only] Default service account used by VMs running in this project. "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource. - "enabledFeatures": [ # Restricted features enabled for use on this project. + "enabledFeatures": [ # An optional list of restricted features enabled for use on this project. "A String", ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. This is *not* the project ID, and is just a unique ID used by Compute Engine to identify resources. @@ -688,7 +688,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. - "usageExportLocation": { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # The naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored. + "usageExportLocation": { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # An optional naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored. "bucketName": "A String", # The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the usage report object is stored. The Google Service Account is granted write access to this bucket. This can either be the bucket name by itself, such as example-bucket, or the bucket name with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/ in front of it, such as gs://example-bucket. "reportNamePrefix": "A String", # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage_gce. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions. }, @@ -727,7 +727,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultNetworkTier": "A String", # This signifies the default network tier used for configuring resources of the project and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. Initially the default network tier is PREMIUM. "defaultServiceAccount": "A String", # [Output Only] Default service account used by VMs running in this project. "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource. - "enabledFeatures": [ # Restricted features enabled for use on this project. + "enabledFeatures": [ # An optional list of restricted features enabled for use on this project. "A String", ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. This is *not* the project ID, and is just a unique ID used by Compute Engine to identify resources. @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. - "usageExportLocation": { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # The naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored. + "usageExportLocation": { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # An optional naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored. "bucketName": "A String", # The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the usage report object is stored. The Google Service Account is granted write access to this bucket. This can either be the bucket name by itself, such as example-bucket, or the bucket name with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/ in front of it, such as gs://example-bucket. "reportNamePrefix": "A String", # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage_gce. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions. }, @@ -841,7 +841,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultNetworkTier": "A String", # This signifies the default network tier used for configuring resources of the project and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. Initially the default network tier is PREMIUM. "defaultServiceAccount": "A String", # [Output Only] Default service account used by VMs running in this project. "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource. - "enabledFeatures": [ # Restricted features enabled for use on this project. + "enabledFeatures": [ # An optional list of restricted features enabled for use on this project. "A String", ], "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. This is *not* the project ID, and is just a unique ID used by Compute Engine to identify resources. @@ -856,7 +856,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. - "usageExportLocation": { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # The naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored. + "usageExportLocation": { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # An optional naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored. "bucketName": "A String", # The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the usage report object is stored. The Google Service Account is granted write access to this bucket. This can either be the bucket name by itself, such as example-bucket, or the bucket name with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/ in front of it, such as gs://example-bucket. "reportNamePrefix": "A String", # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage_gce. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html index 1394a3537cb..85adbc80d20 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -973,7 +973,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -1220,7 +1220,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. @@ -2084,7 +2084,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC. "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html index 811dedeacfd..21d0ba1708b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html @@ -137,12 +137,24 @@

Instance Methods

resize(project, region, instanceGroupManager, size, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Changes the intended size of the managed instance group. If you increase the size, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes one or more instances. The resize operation is marked DONE if the resize request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the creating or deleting actions with the listmanagedinstances method. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.

+

+ resumeInstances(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be resumed. This method increases the targetSize and decreases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you resume. The resumeInstances operation is marked DONE if the resumeInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the RESUMING action with the listmanagedinstances method. In this request, you can only specify instances that are suspended. For example, if an instance was previously suspended using the suspendInstances method, it can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. If a health check is attached to the managed instance group, the specified instances will be verified as healthy after they are resumed. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.

setInstanceTemplate(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Sets the instance template to use when creating new instances or recreating instances in this group. Existing instances are not affected.

setTargetPools(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Modifies the target pools to which all new instances in this group are assigned. Existing instances in the group are not affected.

+

+ startInstances(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be started. This method increases the targetSize and decreases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you start. The startInstances operation is marked DONE if the startInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STARTING action with the listmanagedinstances method. In this request, you can only specify instances that are stopped. For example, if an instance was previously stopped using the stopInstances method, it can be started using the startInstances method. If a health check is attached to the managed instance group, the specified instances will be verified as healthy after they are started. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.

+

+ stopInstances(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately stopped. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you stop. The stopInstances operation is marked DONE if the stopInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STOPPING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the standbyPolicy.initialDelaySec field is set, the group delays stopping the instances until initialDelaySec have passed from instance.creationTimestamp (that is, when the instance was created). This delay gives your application time to set itself up and initialize on the instance. If more than initialDelaySec seconds have passed since instance.creationTimestamp when this method is called, there will be zero delay. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is stopped. Stopped instances can be started using the startInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.

+

+ suspendInstances(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately suspended. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you suspend. The suspendInstances operation is marked DONE if the suspendInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the SUSPENDING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the standbyPolicy.initialDelaySec field is set, the group delays suspension of the instances until initialDelaySec have passed from instance.creationTimestamp (that is, when the instance was created). This delay gives your application time to set itself up and initialize on the instance. If more than initialDelaySec seconds have passed since instance.creationTimestamp when this method is called, there will be zero delay. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Suspended instances can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.

updatePerInstanceConfigs(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Inserts or updates per-instance configurations for the managed instance group. perInstanceConfig.name serves as a key used to distinguish whether to perform insert or patch.

@@ -437,7 +449,7 @@

Method Details

"instances": [ # [Required] List of specifications of per-instance configs. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { @@ -1073,6 +1085,10 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. + "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. + "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or stop a VM after that VM was created. The initial delay gives the initialization script the time to prepare your VM for a quick scale out. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. + "mode": "A String", # Defines how a MIG resumes or starts VMs from a standby pool when the group scales out. The default mode is `MANUAL`. + }, "statefulPolicy": { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager "preservedState": { # Configuration of preserved resources. "disks": { # Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. @@ -1113,6 +1129,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "targetSize": 42, # The target number of running instances for this managed instance group. You can reduce this number by using the instanceGroupManager deleteInstances or abandonInstances methods. Resizing the group also changes this number. + "targetStoppedSize": 42, # The target number of stopped instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Stop instance using the stopInstances method or start instances using the startInstances method. - Manually change the targetStoppedSize using the update method. + "targetSuspendedSize": 42, # The target number of suspended instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Suspend instance using the suspendInstances method or resume instances using the resumeInstances method. - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. Valid values are: - PROACTIVE (default): The group attempts to maintain an even distribution of VM instances across zones in the region. - NONE: For non-autoscaled groups, proactive redistribution is disabled. "maxSurge": { # Encapsulates numeric value that can be either absolute or relative. # The maximum number of instances that can be created above the specified targetSize during the update process. This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxSurge is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates. At least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxSurge. @@ -1229,6 +1247,10 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. + "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. + "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or stop a VM after that VM was created. The initial delay gives the initialization script the time to prepare your VM for a quick scale out. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. + "mode": "A String", # Defines how a MIG resumes or starts VMs from a standby pool when the group scales out. The default mode is `MANUAL`. + }, "statefulPolicy": { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager "preservedState": { # Configuration of preserved resources. "disks": { # Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. @@ -1269,6 +1291,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "targetSize": 42, # The target number of running instances for this managed instance group. You can reduce this number by using the instanceGroupManager deleteInstances or abandonInstances methods. Resizing the group also changes this number. + "targetStoppedSize": 42, # The target number of stopped instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Stop instance using the stopInstances method or start instances using the startInstances method. - Manually change the targetStoppedSize using the update method. + "targetSuspendedSize": 42, # The target number of suspended instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Suspend instance using the suspendInstances method or resume instances using the resumeInstances method. - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. Valid values are: - PROACTIVE (default): The group attempts to maintain an even distribution of VM instances across zones in the region. - NONE: For non-autoscaled groups, proactive redistribution is disabled. "maxSurge": { # Encapsulates numeric value that can be either absolute or relative. # The maximum number of instances that can be created above the specified targetSize during the update process. This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxSurge is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates. At least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxSurge. @@ -1514,6 +1538,10 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. + "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. + "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or stop a VM after that VM was created. The initial delay gives the initialization script the time to prepare your VM for a quick scale out. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. + "mode": "A String", # Defines how a MIG resumes or starts VMs from a standby pool when the group scales out. The default mode is `MANUAL`. + }, "statefulPolicy": { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager "preservedState": { # Configuration of preserved resources. "disks": { # Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. @@ -1554,6 +1582,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "targetSize": 42, # The target number of running instances for this managed instance group. You can reduce this number by using the instanceGroupManager deleteInstances or abandonInstances methods. Resizing the group also changes this number. + "targetStoppedSize": 42, # The target number of stopped instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Stop instance using the stopInstances method or start instances using the startInstances method. - Manually change the targetStoppedSize using the update method. + "targetSuspendedSize": 42, # The target number of suspended instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Suspend instance using the suspendInstances method or resume instances using the resumeInstances method. - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. Valid values are: - PROACTIVE (default): The group attempts to maintain an even distribution of VM instances across zones in the region. - NONE: For non-autoscaled groups, proactive redistribution is disabled. "maxSurge": { # Encapsulates numeric value that can be either absolute or relative. # The maximum number of instances that can be created above the specified targetSize during the update process. This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxSurge is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates. At least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxSurge. @@ -1849,7 +1879,7 @@

Method Details

"items": [ # [Output Only] The list of PerInstanceConfig. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { @@ -2010,6 +2040,10 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzi": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL. + "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. + "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or stop a VM after that VM was created. The initial delay gives the initialization script the time to prepare your VM for a quick scale out. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0. + "mode": "A String", # Defines how a MIG resumes or starts VMs from a standby pool when the group scales out. The default mode is `MANUAL`. + }, "statefulPolicy": { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager "preservedState": { # Configuration of preserved resources. "disks": { # Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. @@ -2050,6 +2084,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "targetSize": 42, # The target number of running instances for this managed instance group. You can reduce this number by using the instanceGroupManager deleteInstances or abandonInstances methods. Resizing the group also changes this number. + "targetStoppedSize": 42, # The target number of stopped instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Stop instance using the stopInstances method or start instances using the startInstances method. - Manually change the targetStoppedSize using the update method. + "targetSuspendedSize": 42, # The target number of suspended instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Suspend instance using the suspendInstances method or resume instances using the resumeInstances method. - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. Valid values are: - PROACTIVE (default): The group attempts to maintain an even distribution of VM instances across zones in the region. - NONE: For non-autoscaled groups, proactive redistribution is disabled. "maxSurge": { # Encapsulates numeric value that can be either absolute or relative. # The maximum number of instances that can be created above the specified targetSize during the update process. This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxSurge is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates. At least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxSurge. @@ -2213,7 +2249,7 @@

Method Details

"perInstanceConfigs": [ # The list of per-instance configurations to insert or patch on this managed instance group. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { @@ -2626,6 +2662,140 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ resumeInstances(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be resumed. This method increases the targetSize and decreases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you resume. The resumeInstances operation is marked DONE if the resumeInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the RESUMING action with the listmanagedinstances method. In this request, you can only specify instances that are suspended. For example, if an instance was previously suspended using the suspendInstances method, it can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. If a health check is attached to the managed instance group, the specified instances will be verified as healthy after they are resumed. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  instanceGroupManager: string, Name of the managed instance group. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "instances": [ # The URLs of one or more instances to resume. This can be a full URL or a partial URL, such as zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
setInstanceTemplate(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Sets the instance template to use when creating new instances or recreating instances in this group. Existing instances are not affected.
@@ -2893,6 +3063,410 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ startInstances(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be started. This method increases the targetSize and decreases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you start. The startInstances operation is marked DONE if the startInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STARTING action with the listmanagedinstances method. In this request, you can only specify instances that are stopped. For example, if an instance was previously stopped using the stopInstances method, it can be started using the startInstances method. If a health check is attached to the managed instance group, the specified instances will be verified as healthy after they are started. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  instanceGroupManager: string, Name of the managed instance group. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "instances": [ # The URLs of one or more instances to start. This can be a full URL or a partial URL, such as zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ stopInstances(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately stopped. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you stop. The stopInstances operation is marked DONE if the stopInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STOPPING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the standbyPolicy.initialDelaySec field is set, the group delays stopping the instances until initialDelaySec have passed from instance.creationTimestamp (that is, when the instance was created). This delay gives your application time to set itself up and initialize on the instance. If more than initialDelaySec seconds have passed since instance.creationTimestamp when this method is called, there will be zero delay. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is stopped. Stopped instances can be started using the startInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  instanceGroupManager: string, The name of the managed instance group. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "forceStop": True or False, # If this flag is set to true, the Instance Group Manager will proceed to stop the instances, skipping initialization on them.
+  "instances": [ # The URLs of one or more instances to stop. This can be a full URL or a partial URL, such as zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ suspendInstances(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately suspended. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you suspend. The suspendInstances operation is marked DONE if the suspendInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the SUSPENDING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the standbyPolicy.initialDelaySec field is set, the group delays suspension of the instances until initialDelaySec have passed from instance.creationTimestamp (that is, when the instance was created). This delay gives your application time to set itself up and initialize on the instance. If more than initialDelaySec seconds have passed since instance.creationTimestamp when this method is called, there will be zero delay. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Suspended instances can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  instanceGroupManager: string, Name of the managed instance group. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "forceSuspend": True or False, # If this flag is set to true, the Instance Group Manager will proceed to suspend the instances, skipping initialization on them.
+  "instances": [ # The URLs of one or more instances to suspend. This can be a full URL or a partial URL, such as zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
updatePerInstanceConfigs(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Inserts or updates per-instance configurations for the managed instance group. perInstanceConfig.name serves as a key used to distinguish whether to perform insert or patch.
@@ -2908,7 +3482,7 @@ 

Method Details

"perInstanceConfigs": [ # The list of per-instance configurations to insert or patch on this managed instance group. { "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this per-instance config. This field can be used in optimistic locking. It is ignored when inserting a per-instance config. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update an existing per-instance configuration or the field needs to be unset. - "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. + "name": "A String", # The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error. "preservedState": { # Preserved state for a given instance. # The intended preserved state for the given instance. Does not contain preserved state generated from a stateful policy. "disks": { # Preserved disks defined for this instance. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks. "a_key": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSecurityPolicies.html index 6b4a6126610..bd3f823a5c3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSecurityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSecurityPolicies.html @@ -107,6 +107,9 @@

Instance Methods

removeRule(project, region, securityPolicy, priority=None, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a rule at the specified priority.

+

+ setLabels(project, region, resource, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the labels on a security policy. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.

Method Details

addRule(project, region, securityPolicy, body=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -229,11 +232,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -682,11 +685,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -847,11 +850,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1048,11 +1051,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1392,11 +1395,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1635,11 +1638,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1911,11 +1914,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -2179,4 +2182,139 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ setLabels(project, region, resource, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the labels on a security policy. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The region for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "labelFingerprint": "A String", # The fingerprint of the previous set of labels for this resource, used to detect conflicts. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels. Make a get() request to the resource to get the latest fingerprint.
+  "labels": { # The labels to set for this resource.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html index bdb1700e246..545fcfced2c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. + { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. "certificateMap": "A String", # URL of a certificate map that identifies a certificate map associated with the given target proxy. This field can only be set for Global external Application Load Balancer or Classic Application Load Balancer. For other products use Certificate Manager Certificates instead. If set, sslCertificates will be ignored. Accepted format is //certificatemanager.googleapis.com/projects/{project }/locations/{location}/certificateMaps/{resourceName}. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. +{ # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. "certificateMap": "A String", # URL of a certificate map that identifies a certificate map associated with the given target proxy. This field can only be set for Global external Application Load Balancer or Classic Application Load Balancer. For other products use Certificate Manager Certificates instead. If set, sslCertificates will be ignored. Accepted format is //certificatemanager.googleapis.com/projects/{project }/locations/{location}/certificateMaps/{resourceName}. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Contains a list of TargetHttpsProxy resources. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server. "items": [ # A list of TargetHttpsProxy resources. - { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. + { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. "certificateMap": "A String", # URL of a certificate map that identifies a certificate map associated with the given target proxy. This field can only be set for Global external Application Load Balancer or Classic Application Load Balancer. For other products use Certificate Manager Certificates instead. If set, sslCertificates will be ignored. Accepted format is //certificatemanager.googleapis.com/projects/{project }/locations/{location}/certificateMaps/{resourceName}. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. +{ # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. "certificateMap": "A String", # URL of a certificate map that identifies a certificate map associated with the given target proxy. This field can only be set for Global external Application Load Balancer or Classic Application Load Balancer. For other products use Certificate Manager Certificates instead. If set, sslCertificates will be ignored. Accepted format is //certificatemanager.googleapis.com/projects/{project }/locations/{location}/certificateMaps/{resourceName}. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html index 35eb9b024b4..22f6881aea8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -351,8 +351,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -499,8 +499,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -638,8 +638,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -730,7 +730,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -819,8 +819,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -877,7 +877,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -966,8 +966,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1114,8 +1114,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1253,8 +1253,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1434,8 +1434,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1710,8 +1710,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1769,7 +1769,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1858,8 +1858,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1908,7 +1908,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1997,8 +1997,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2089,7 +2089,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2178,8 +2178,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2266,7 +2266,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2355,8 +2355,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2414,7 +2414,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2503,8 +2503,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2553,7 +2553,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2642,8 +2642,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2734,7 +2734,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2823,8 +2823,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2998,7 +2998,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3087,8 +3087,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3146,7 +3146,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3235,8 +3235,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3285,7 +3285,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3374,8 +3374,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3466,7 +3466,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3555,8 +3555,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3731,7 +3731,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3820,8 +3820,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3879,7 +3879,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3968,8 +3968,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4018,7 +4018,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4107,8 +4107,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4199,7 +4199,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4288,8 +4288,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html index d1f1271609a..104d453b163 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html @@ -811,8 +811,11 @@

Method Details

"nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets. "nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule If an IP address is provided, must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format. For example, the following are all valid IP addresses: - 10.128.0.56 - 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 - 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0 IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/ + "nextHopInterRegionCost": 42, # [Output only] Internal fixed region-to-region cost that Google Cloud calculates based on factors such as network performance, distance, and available bandwidth between regions. "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. + "nextHopMed": 42, # [Output Only] Multi-Exit Discriminator, a BGP route metric that indicates the desirability of a particular route in a network. "nextHopNetwork": "A String", # The URL of the local network if it should handle matching packets. + "nextHopOrigin": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the origin of the route. Can be IGP (Interior Gateway Protocol), EGP (Exterior Gateway Protocol), or INCOMPLETE. "nextHopPeering": "A String", # [Output Only] The network peering name that should handle matching packets, which should conform to RFC1035. "nextHopVpnTunnel": "A String", # The URL to a VpnTunnel that should handle matching packets. "priority": 42, # The priority of this route. Priority is used to break ties in cases where there is more than one matching route of equal prefix length. In cases where multiple routes have equal prefix length, the one with the lowest-numbered priority value wins. The default value is `1000`. The priority value must be from `0` to `65535`, inclusive. @@ -857,8 +860,11 @@

Method Details

"nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets. "nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule If an IP address is provided, must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format. For example, the following are all valid IP addresses: - 10.128.0.56 - 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 - 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0 IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/ + "nextHopInterRegionCost": 42, # [Output only] Internal fixed region-to-region cost that Google Cloud calculates based on factors such as network performance, distance, and available bandwidth between regions. "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. + "nextHopMed": 42, # [Output Only] Multi-Exit Discriminator, a BGP route metric that indicates the desirability of a particular route in a network. "nextHopNetwork": "A String", # The URL of the local network if it should handle matching packets. + "nextHopOrigin": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the origin of the route. Can be IGP (Interior Gateway Protocol), EGP (Exterior Gateway Protocol), or INCOMPLETE. "nextHopPeering": "A String", # [Output Only] The network peering name that should handle matching packets, which should conform to RFC1035. "nextHopVpnTunnel": "A String", # The URL to a VpnTunnel that should handle matching packets. "priority": 42, # The priority of this route. Priority is used to break ties in cases where there is more than one matching route of equal prefix length. In cases where multiple routes have equal prefix length, the one with the lowest-numbered priority value wins. The default value is `1000`. The priority value must be from `0` to `65535`, inclusive. @@ -905,8 +911,11 @@

Method Details

"nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets. "nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule If an IP address is provided, must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format. For example, the following are all valid IP addresses: - 10.128.0.56 - 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 - 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0 IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/ + "nextHopInterRegionCost": 42, # [Output only] Internal fixed region-to-region cost that Google Cloud calculates based on factors such as network performance, distance, and available bandwidth between regions. "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. + "nextHopMed": 42, # [Output Only] Multi-Exit Discriminator, a BGP route metric that indicates the desirability of a particular route in a network. "nextHopNetwork": "A String", # The URL of the local network if it should handle matching packets. + "nextHopOrigin": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the origin of the route. Can be IGP (Interior Gateway Protocol), EGP (Exterior Gateway Protocol), or INCOMPLETE. "nextHopPeering": "A String", # [Output Only] The network peering name that should handle matching packets, which should conform to RFC1035. "nextHopVpnTunnel": "A String", # The URL to a VpnTunnel that should handle matching packets. "priority": 42, # The priority of this route. Priority is used to break ties in cases where there is more than one matching route of equal prefix length. In cases where multiple routes have equal prefix length, the one with the lowest-numbered priority value wins. The default value is `1000`. The priority value must be from `0` to `65535`, inclusive. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routes.html index 022bc846ef4..839546a85ed 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routes.html @@ -257,8 +257,11 @@

Method Details

"nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets. "nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule If an IP address is provided, must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format. For example, the following are all valid IP addresses: - 10.128.0.56 - 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 - 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0 IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/ + "nextHopInterRegionCost": 42, # [Output only] Internal fixed region-to-region cost that Google Cloud calculates based on factors such as network performance, distance, and available bandwidth between regions. "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. + "nextHopMed": 42, # [Output Only] Multi-Exit Discriminator, a BGP route metric that indicates the desirability of a particular route in a network. "nextHopNetwork": "A String", # The URL of the local network if it should handle matching packets. + "nextHopOrigin": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the origin of the route. Can be IGP (Interior Gateway Protocol), EGP (Exterior Gateway Protocol), or INCOMPLETE. "nextHopPeering": "A String", # [Output Only] The network peering name that should handle matching packets, which should conform to RFC1035. "nextHopVpnTunnel": "A String", # The URL to a VpnTunnel that should handle matching packets. "priority": 42, # The priority of this route. Priority is used to break ties in cases where there is more than one matching route of equal prefix length. In cases where multiple routes have equal prefix length, the one with the lowest-numbered priority value wins. The default value is `1000`. The priority value must be from `0` to `65535`, inclusive. @@ -312,8 +315,11 @@

Method Details

"nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets. "nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule If an IP address is provided, must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format. For example, the following are all valid IP addresses: - 10.128.0.56 - 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 - 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0 IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/ + "nextHopInterRegionCost": 42, # [Output only] Internal fixed region-to-region cost that Google Cloud calculates based on factors such as network performance, distance, and available bandwidth between regions. "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. + "nextHopMed": 42, # [Output Only] Multi-Exit Discriminator, a BGP route metric that indicates the desirability of a particular route in a network. "nextHopNetwork": "A String", # The URL of the local network if it should handle matching packets. + "nextHopOrigin": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the origin of the route. Can be IGP (Interior Gateway Protocol), EGP (Exterior Gateway Protocol), or INCOMPLETE. "nextHopPeering": "A String", # [Output Only] The network peering name that should handle matching packets, which should conform to RFC1035. "nextHopVpnTunnel": "A String", # The URL to a VpnTunnel that should handle matching packets. "priority": 42, # The priority of this route. Priority is used to break ties in cases where there is more than one matching route of equal prefix length. In cases where multiple routes have equal prefix length, the one with the lowest-numbered priority value wins. The default value is `1000`. The priority value must be from `0` to `65535`, inclusive. @@ -496,8 +502,11 @@

Method Details

"nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets. "nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule If an IP address is provided, must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format. For example, the following are all valid IP addresses: - 10.128.0.56 - 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 - 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0 IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/ + "nextHopInterRegionCost": 42, # [Output only] Internal fixed region-to-region cost that Google Cloud calculates based on factors such as network performance, distance, and available bandwidth between regions. "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. + "nextHopMed": 42, # [Output Only] Multi-Exit Discriminator, a BGP route metric that indicates the desirability of a particular route in a network. "nextHopNetwork": "A String", # The URL of the local network if it should handle matching packets. + "nextHopOrigin": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the origin of the route. Can be IGP (Interior Gateway Protocol), EGP (Exterior Gateway Protocol), or INCOMPLETE. "nextHopPeering": "A String", # [Output Only] The network peering name that should handle matching packets, which should conform to RFC1035. "nextHopVpnTunnel": "A String", # The URL to a VpnTunnel that should handle matching packets. "priority": 42, # The priority of this route. Priority is used to break ties in cases where there is more than one matching route of equal prefix length. In cases where multiple routes have equal prefix length, the one with the lowest-numbered priority value wins. The default value is `1000`. The priority value must be from `0` to `65535`, inclusive. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.securityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.securityPolicies.html index c28d3702e31..e332807cfe9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.securityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.securityPolicies.html @@ -240,11 +240,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -574,11 +574,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -966,11 +966,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1130,11 +1130,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1330,11 +1330,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1673,11 +1673,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -1956,11 +1956,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. @@ -2231,11 +2231,11 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. "enforceOnKeyConfigs": [ # If specified, any combination of values of enforce_on_key_type/enforce_on_key_name is treated as the key on which ratelimit threshold/action is enforced. You can specify up to 3 enforce_on_key_configs. If enforce_on_key_configs is specified, enforce_on_key must not be specified. { "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. - "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. + "enforceOnKeyType": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKeyConfigs" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on "userIpRequestHeaders" configured with the security policy. If there is no "userIpRequestHeaders" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. }, ], "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.subnetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.subnetworks.html index 3db6b983cd7..9e7900a7660 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.subnetworks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.subnetworks.html @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "privateIpGoogleAccess": True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # This field is for internal use. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch. - "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT, or PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. + "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PEER_MIGRATION or PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. A subnet with purpose set to PEER_MIGRATION is used for subnet migration from one peered VPC to another. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. "region": "A String", # URL of the region where the Subnetwork resides. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "reservedInternalRange": "A String", # The URL of the reserved internal range. "role": "A String", # The role of subnetwork. Currently, this field is only used when purpose is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. The value can be set to ACTIVE or BACKUP. An ACTIVE subnetwork is one that is currently being used for Envoy-based load balancers in a region. A BACKUP subnetwork is one that is ready to be promoted to ACTIVE or is currently draining. This field can be updated with a patch request. @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "privateIpGoogleAccess": True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # This field is for internal use. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch. - "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT, or PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. + "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PEER_MIGRATION or PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. A subnet with purpose set to PEER_MIGRATION is used for subnet migration from one peered VPC to another. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. "region": "A String", # URL of the region where the Subnetwork resides. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "reservedInternalRange": "A String", # The URL of the reserved internal range. "role": "A String", # The role of subnetwork. Currently, this field is only used when purpose is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. The value can be set to ACTIVE or BACKUP. An ACTIVE subnetwork is one that is currently being used for Envoy-based load balancers in a region. A BACKUP subnetwork is one that is ready to be promoted to ACTIVE or is currently draining. This field can be updated with a patch request. @@ -646,7 +646,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "privateIpGoogleAccess": True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # This field is for internal use. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch. - "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT, or PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. + "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PEER_MIGRATION or PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. A subnet with purpose set to PEER_MIGRATION is used for subnet migration from one peered VPC to another. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. "region": "A String", # URL of the region where the Subnetwork resides. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "reservedInternalRange": "A String", # The URL of the reserved internal range. "role": "A String", # The role of subnetwork. Currently, this field is only used when purpose is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. The value can be set to ACTIVE or BACKUP. An ACTIVE subnetwork is one that is currently being used for Envoy-based load balancers in a region. A BACKUP subnetwork is one that is ready to be promoted to ACTIVE or is currently draining. This field can be updated with a patch request. @@ -829,7 +829,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "privateIpGoogleAccess": True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # This field is for internal use. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch. - "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT, or PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. + "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PEER_MIGRATION or PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. A subnet with purpose set to PEER_MIGRATION is used for subnet migration from one peered VPC to another. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. "region": "A String", # URL of the region where the Subnetwork resides. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "reservedInternalRange": "A String", # The URL of the reserved internal range. "role": "A String", # The role of subnetwork. Currently, this field is only used when purpose is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. The value can be set to ACTIVE or BACKUP. An ACTIVE subnetwork is one that is currently being used for Envoy-based load balancers in a region. A BACKUP subnetwork is one that is ready to be promoted to ACTIVE or is currently draining. This field can be updated with a patch request. @@ -889,7 +889,7 @@

Method Details

"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. "network": "A String", # Network URL. - "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT, or PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. + "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PEER_MIGRATION or PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. A subnet with purpose set to PEER_MIGRATION is used for subnet migration from one peered VPC to another. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. "role": "A String", # The role of subnetwork. Currently, this field is only used when purpose is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. The value can be set to ACTIVE or BACKUP. An ACTIVE subnetwork is one that is currently being used for Envoy-based load balancers in a region. A BACKUP subnetwork is one that is ready to be promoted to ACTIVE or is currently draining. This field can be updated with a patch request. "secondaryIpRanges": [ # Secondary IP ranges. { # Secondary IP range of a usable subnetwork. @@ -983,7 +983,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which this subnetwork belongs, provided by the client when initially creating the subnetwork. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "privateIpGoogleAccess": True or False, # Whether the VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigned external IP addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using setPrivateIpGoogleAccess. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # This field is for internal use. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch. - "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT, or PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. + "purpose": "A String", # The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PEER_MIGRATION or PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. A subnet with purpose set to PEER_MIGRATION is used for subnet migration from one peered VPC to another. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. "region": "A String", # URL of the region where the Subnetwork resides. This field can be set only at resource creation time. "reservedInternalRange": "A String", # The URL of the reserved internal range. "role": "A String", # The role of subnetwork. Currently, this field is only used when purpose is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY. The value can be set to ACTIVE or BACKUP. An ACTIVE subnetwork is one that is currently being used for Envoy-based load balancers in a region. A BACKUP subnetwork is one that is ready to be promoted to ACTIVE or is currently draining. This field can be updated with a patch request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetHttpsProxies.html index 1c580a37fa4..3c7ba638275 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetHttpsProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetHttpsProxies.html @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@

Method Details

"items": { # A list of TargetHttpsProxiesScopedList resources. "a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of TargetHttpsProxies. "targetHttpsProxies": [ # A list of TargetHttpsProxies contained in this scope. - { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. + { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. "certificateMap": "A String", # URL of a certificate map that identifies a certificate map associated with the given target proxy. This field can only be set for Global external Application Load Balancer or Classic Application Load Balancer. For other products use Certificate Manager Certificates instead. If set, sslCertificates will be ignored. Accepted format is //certificatemanager.googleapis.com/projects/{project }/locations/{location}/certificateMaps/{resourceName}. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. + { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. "certificateMap": "A String", # URL of a certificate map that identifies a certificate map associated with the given target proxy. This field can only be set for Global external Application Load Balancer or Classic Application Load Balancer. For other products use Certificate Manager Certificates instead. If set, sslCertificates will be ignored. Accepted format is //certificatemanager.googleapis.com/projects/{project }/locations/{location}/certificateMaps/{resourceName}. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. +{ # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. "certificateMap": "A String", # URL of a certificate map that identifies a certificate map associated with the given target proxy. This field can only be set for Global external Application Load Balancer or Classic Application Load Balancer. For other products use Certificate Manager Certificates instead. If set, sslCertificates will be ignored. Accepted format is //certificatemanager.googleapis.com/projects/{project }/locations/{location}/certificateMaps/{resourceName}. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Contains a list of TargetHttpsProxy resources. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server. "items": [ # A list of TargetHttpsProxy resources. - { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. + { # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. "certificateMap": "A String", # URL of a certificate map that identifies a certificate map associated with the given target proxy. This field can only be set for Global external Application Load Balancer or Classic Application Load Balancer. For other products use Certificate Manager Certificates instead. If set, sslCertificates will be ignored. Accepted format is //certificatemanager.googleapis.com/projects/{project }/locations/{location}/certificateMaps/{resourceName}. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. +{ # Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts. "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact. "certificateMap": "A String", # URL of a certificate map that identifies a certificate map associated with the given target proxy. This field can only be set for Global external Application Load Balancer or Classic Application Load Balancer. For other products use Certificate Manager Certificates instead. If set, sslCertificates will be ignored. Accepted format is //certificatemanager.googleapis.com/projects/{project }/locations/{location}/certificateMaps/{resourceName}. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html index 1ab2eb1685d..07483eebdcc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -240,8 +240,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -388,8 +388,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -527,8 +527,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -708,8 +708,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1033,8 +1033,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1092,7 +1092,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1181,8 +1181,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1320,8 +1320,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1412,7 +1412,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1501,8 +1501,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1558,7 +1558,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1647,8 +1647,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1706,7 +1706,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1795,8 +1795,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -1845,7 +1845,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -1934,8 +1934,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2026,7 +2026,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2115,8 +2115,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2433,7 +2433,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2522,8 +2522,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2581,7 +2581,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2670,8 +2670,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2720,7 +2720,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2809,8 +2809,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -2901,7 +2901,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -2990,8 +2990,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3077,7 +3077,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3166,8 +3166,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3225,7 +3225,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3314,8 +3314,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3364,7 +3364,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3453,8 +3453,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3545,7 +3545,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3634,8 +3634,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3808,7 +3808,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -3897,8 +3897,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -3956,7 +3956,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4045,8 +4045,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4095,7 +4095,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4184,8 +4184,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4276,7 +4276,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4365,8 +4365,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4543,7 +4543,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4632,8 +4632,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true. + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4691,7 +4691,7 @@

Method Details

], "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that contains the custom error content. Examples are: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket If errorService is not specified at lower levels like pathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, an errorService specified at a higher level in the UrlMap will be used. If UrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or more errorResponseRules[], it must specify errorService. If load balancer cannot reach the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will be returned, with the original response code (or overrideResponseCode if configured). errorService is not supported for internal or regional HTTP/HTTPS load balancers. }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4780,8 +4780,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use - "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "defaultService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use + "defaultUrlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -4830,7 +4830,7 @@

Method Details

"paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include any text after the first ? or #, and those chars are not allowed here. "A String", ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -4919,8 +4919,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. @@ -5011,7 +5011,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "priority": 42, # For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which a load balancer interprets routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number from 0 to 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules. - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction. "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), see Fetch API Living Standard. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false. "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers header. @@ -5100,8 +5100,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. - "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "service": "A String", # The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + "urlRedirect": { # Specifies settings for an HTTP redirect. # When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. "hostRedirect": "A String", # The host that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be from 1 to 255 characters. "httpsRedirect": True or False, # If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to HTTPS. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request remains the same as that of the request. This must only be set for URL maps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false. "pathRedirect": "A String", # The path that is used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request is used for the redirect. The value must be from 1 to 1024 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.eventSubscriptions.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.eventSubscriptions.html index a3b89212a5f..51c77c30c3a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.eventSubscriptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.eventSubscriptions.html @@ -125,6 +125,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "gsutil": { # GSUtil message includes details of the Destination Cloud Storage bucket. # OPTION 2: Write the event to Cloud Storage bucket. + "gsutilUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the Cloud Storage bucket. + }, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account needed for runtime plane to trigger IP workflow. "type": "A String", # type of the destination }, @@ -249,6 +252,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "gsutil": { # GSUtil message includes details of the Destination Cloud Storage bucket. # OPTION 2: Write the event to Cloud Storage bucket. + "gsutilUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the Cloud Storage bucket. + }, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account needed for runtime plane to trigger IP workflow. "type": "A String", # type of the destination }, @@ -315,6 +321,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "gsutil": { # GSUtil message includes details of the Destination Cloud Storage bucket. # OPTION 2: Write the event to Cloud Storage bucket. + "gsutilUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the Cloud Storage bucket. + }, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account needed for runtime plane to trigger IP workflow. "type": "A String", # type of the destination }, @@ -390,6 +399,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "gsutil": { # GSUtil message includes details of the Destination Cloud Storage bucket. # OPTION 2: Write the event to Cloud Storage bucket. + "gsutilUri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the Cloud Storage bucket. + }, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account needed for runtime plane to trigger IP workflow. "type": "A String", # type of the destination }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html index 90d3120d475..1420ee86d4b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@

Method Details

"connectorVersion": "A String", # Required. Connector version on which the connection is created. The format is: projects/*/locations/*/providers/*/connectors/*/versions/* Only global location is supported for ConnectorVersion resource. "connectorVersionInfraConfig": { # This cofiguration provides infra configs like rate limit threshold which need to be configurable for every connector version # Output only. Infra configs supported by Connector Version. "connectionRatelimitWindowSeconds": "A String", # Output only. The window used for ratelimiting runtime requests to connections. - "deploymentModel": "A String", # Optional. Indicates whether connector is deployed on GKE/CloudRun + "deploymentModel": "A String", # Output only. Indicates whether connector is deployed on GKE/CloudRun "deploymentModelMigrationState": "A String", # Output only. Status of the deployment model migration. "hpaConfig": { # Autoscaling config for connector deployment system metrics. # Output only. HPA autoscaling config. "cpuUtilizationThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Percent CPU utilization where HPA triggers autoscaling. @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@

Method Details

], "envoyImageLocation": "A String", # Output only. GCR location where the envoy image is stored. formatted like: gcr.io/{bucketName}/{imageName} "eventingConfig": { # Eventing Configuration of a connection # Optional. Eventing config of a connection - "additionalVariables": [ # Additional eventing related field values + "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional eventing related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@

Method Details

"stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. }, ], - "authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Auth details for the webhook adapter. + "authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Auth details for the webhook adapter. "additionalVariables": [ # List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@

Method Details

"projectId": "A String", # Optional. Project which has the topic given. "topic": "A String", # Optional. Topic to push events which couldn't be processed. }, - "enrichmentEnabled": True or False, # Enrichment Enabled. + "enrichmentEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Enrichment Enabled. "eventsListenerIngressEndpoint": "A String", # Optional. Ingress endpoint of the event listener. This is used only when private connectivity is enabled. "listenerAuthConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Auth details for the event listener. "additionalVariables": [ # List containing additional auth configs. @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@

Method Details

], "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, - "registrationDestinationConfig": { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. # Registration endpoint for auto registration. + "registrationDestinationConfig": { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. # Optional. Registration endpoint for auto registration. "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Service account needed for runtime plane to access Google Cloud resources. "serviceDirectory": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Service Directory service name. Used for Private Harpoon to resolve the ILB address. e.g. "projects/cloud-connectors-e2e-testing/locations/us-central1/namespaces/istio-system/services/istio-ingressgateway-connectors" "sslConfig": { # SSL Configuration of a connection # Optional. Ssl config of a connection - "additionalVariables": [ # Additional SSL related field values + "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional SSL related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. @@ -569,23 +569,23 @@

Method Details

"stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. }, ], - "clientCertType": "A String", # Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) - "clientCertificate": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Client Certificate + "clientCertType": "A String", # Optional. Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) + "clientCertificate": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Client Certificate "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "clientPrivateKey": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Client Private Key + "clientPrivateKey": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Client Private Key "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "clientPrivateKeyPass": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Secret containing the passphrase protecting the Client Private Key + "clientPrivateKeyPass": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Secret containing the passphrase protecting the Client Private Key "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "privateServerCertificate": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Private Server Certificate. Needs to be specified if trust model is `PRIVATE`. + "privateServerCertificate": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Private Server Certificate. Needs to be specified if trust model is `PRIVATE`. "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "serverCertType": "A String", # Type of Server Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) - "trustModel": "A String", # Trust Model of the SSL connection - "type": "A String", # Controls the ssl type for the given connector version. - "useSsl": True or False, # Bool for enabling SSL + "serverCertType": "A String", # Optional. Type of Server Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) + "trustModel": "A String", # Optional. Trust Model of the SSL connection + "type": "A String", # Optional. Controls the ssl type for the given connector version. + "useSsl": True or False, # Optional. Bool for enabling SSL }, "status": { # ConnectionStatus indicates the state of the connection. # Output only. Current status of the connection. "description": "A String", # Description. @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@

Method Details

"connectorVersion": "A String", # Required. Connector version on which the connection is created. The format is: projects/*/locations/*/providers/*/connectors/*/versions/* Only global location is supported for ConnectorVersion resource. "connectorVersionInfraConfig": { # This cofiguration provides infra configs like rate limit threshold which need to be configurable for every connector version # Output only. Infra configs supported by Connector Version. "connectionRatelimitWindowSeconds": "A String", # Output only. The window used for ratelimiting runtime requests to connections. - "deploymentModel": "A String", # Optional. Indicates whether connector is deployed on GKE/CloudRun + "deploymentModel": "A String", # Output only. Indicates whether connector is deployed on GKE/CloudRun "deploymentModelMigrationState": "A String", # Output only. Status of the deployment model migration. "hpaConfig": { # Autoscaling config for connector deployment system metrics. # Output only. HPA autoscaling config. "cpuUtilizationThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Percent CPU utilization where HPA triggers autoscaling. @@ -816,7 +816,7 @@

Method Details

], "envoyImageLocation": "A String", # Output only. GCR location where the envoy image is stored. formatted like: gcr.io/{bucketName}/{imageName} "eventingConfig": { # Eventing Configuration of a connection # Optional. Eventing config of a connection - "additionalVariables": [ # Additional eventing related field values + "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional eventing related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. @@ -831,7 +831,7 @@

Method Details

"stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. }, ], - "authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Auth details for the webhook adapter. + "authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Auth details for the webhook adapter. "additionalVariables": [ # List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. @@ -907,7 +907,7 @@

Method Details

"projectId": "A String", # Optional. Project which has the topic given. "topic": "A String", # Optional. Topic to push events which couldn't be processed. }, - "enrichmentEnabled": True or False, # Enrichment Enabled. + "enrichmentEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Enrichment Enabled. "eventsListenerIngressEndpoint": "A String", # Optional. Ingress endpoint of the event listener. This is used only when private connectivity is enabled. "listenerAuthConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Auth details for the event listener. "additionalVariables": [ # List containing additional auth configs. @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@

Method Details

], "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, - "registrationDestinationConfig": { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. # Registration endpoint for auto registration. + "registrationDestinationConfig": { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. # Optional. Registration endpoint for auto registration. "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. @@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Service account needed for runtime plane to access Google Cloud resources. "serviceDirectory": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Service Directory service name. Used for Private Harpoon to resolve the ILB address. e.g. "projects/cloud-connectors-e2e-testing/locations/us-central1/namespaces/istio-system/services/istio-ingressgateway-connectors" "sslConfig": { # SSL Configuration of a connection # Optional. Ssl config of a connection - "additionalVariables": [ # Additional SSL related field values + "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional SSL related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. @@ -1097,23 +1097,23 @@

Method Details

"stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. }, ], - "clientCertType": "A String", # Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) - "clientCertificate": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Client Certificate + "clientCertType": "A String", # Optional. Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) + "clientCertificate": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Client Certificate "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "clientPrivateKey": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Client Private Key + "clientPrivateKey": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Client Private Key "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "clientPrivateKeyPass": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Secret containing the passphrase protecting the Client Private Key + "clientPrivateKeyPass": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Secret containing the passphrase protecting the Client Private Key "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "privateServerCertificate": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Private Server Certificate. Needs to be specified if trust model is `PRIVATE`. + "privateServerCertificate": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Private Server Certificate. Needs to be specified if trust model is `PRIVATE`. "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "serverCertType": "A String", # Type of Server Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) - "trustModel": "A String", # Trust Model of the SSL connection - "type": "A String", # Controls the ssl type for the given connector version. - "useSsl": True or False, # Bool for enabling SSL + "serverCertType": "A String", # Optional. Type of Server Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) + "trustModel": "A String", # Optional. Trust Model of the SSL connection + "type": "A String", # Optional. Controls the ssl type for the given connector version. + "useSsl": True or False, # Optional. Bool for enabling SSL }, "status": { # ConnectionStatus indicates the state of the connection. # Output only. Current status of the connection. "description": "A String", # Description. @@ -1326,7 +1326,7 @@

Method Details

"connectorVersion": "A String", # Required. Connector version on which the connection is created. The format is: projects/*/locations/*/providers/*/connectors/*/versions/* Only global location is supported for ConnectorVersion resource. "connectorVersionInfraConfig": { # This cofiguration provides infra configs like rate limit threshold which need to be configurable for every connector version # Output only. Infra configs supported by Connector Version. "connectionRatelimitWindowSeconds": "A String", # Output only. The window used for ratelimiting runtime requests to connections. - "deploymentModel": "A String", # Optional. Indicates whether connector is deployed on GKE/CloudRun + "deploymentModel": "A String", # Output only. Indicates whether connector is deployed on GKE/CloudRun "deploymentModelMigrationState": "A String", # Output only. Status of the deployment model migration. "hpaConfig": { # Autoscaling config for connector deployment system metrics. # Output only. HPA autoscaling config. "cpuUtilizationThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Percent CPU utilization where HPA triggers autoscaling. @@ -1363,7 +1363,7 @@

Method Details

], "envoyImageLocation": "A String", # Output only. GCR location where the envoy image is stored. formatted like: gcr.io/{bucketName}/{imageName} "eventingConfig": { # Eventing Configuration of a connection # Optional. Eventing config of a connection - "additionalVariables": [ # Additional eventing related field values + "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional eventing related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. @@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@

Method Details

"stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. }, ], - "authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Auth details for the webhook adapter. + "authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Auth details for the webhook adapter. "additionalVariables": [ # List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. @@ -1454,7 +1454,7 @@

Method Details

"projectId": "A String", # Optional. Project which has the topic given. "topic": "A String", # Optional. Topic to push events which couldn't be processed. }, - "enrichmentEnabled": True or False, # Enrichment Enabled. + "enrichmentEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Enrichment Enabled. "eventsListenerIngressEndpoint": "A String", # Optional. Ingress endpoint of the event listener. This is used only when private connectivity is enabled. "listenerAuthConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Auth details for the event listener. "additionalVariables": [ # List containing additional auth configs. @@ -1539,7 +1539,7 @@

Method Details

], "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, - "registrationDestinationConfig": { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. # Registration endpoint for auto registration. + "registrationDestinationConfig": { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. # Optional. Registration endpoint for auto registration. "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. @@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Service account needed for runtime plane to access Google Cloud resources. "serviceDirectory": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Service Directory service name. Used for Private Harpoon to resolve the ILB address. e.g. "projects/cloud-connectors-e2e-testing/locations/us-central1/namespaces/istio-system/services/istio-ingressgateway-connectors" "sslConfig": { # SSL Configuration of a connection # Optional. Ssl config of a connection - "additionalVariables": [ # Additional SSL related field values + "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional SSL related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. @@ -1644,23 +1644,23 @@

Method Details

"stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. }, ], - "clientCertType": "A String", # Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) - "clientCertificate": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Client Certificate + "clientCertType": "A String", # Optional. Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) + "clientCertificate": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Client Certificate "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "clientPrivateKey": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Client Private Key + "clientPrivateKey": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Client Private Key "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "clientPrivateKeyPass": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Secret containing the passphrase protecting the Client Private Key + "clientPrivateKeyPass": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Secret containing the passphrase protecting the Client Private Key "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "privateServerCertificate": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Private Server Certificate. Needs to be specified if trust model is `PRIVATE`. + "privateServerCertificate": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Private Server Certificate. Needs to be specified if trust model is `PRIVATE`. "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "serverCertType": "A String", # Type of Server Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) - "trustModel": "A String", # Trust Model of the SSL connection - "type": "A String", # Controls the ssl type for the given connector version. - "useSsl": True or False, # Bool for enabling SSL + "serverCertType": "A String", # Optional. Type of Server Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) + "trustModel": "A String", # Optional. Trust Model of the SSL connection + "type": "A String", # Optional. Controls the ssl type for the given connector version. + "useSsl": True or False, # Optional. Bool for enabling SSL }, "status": { # ConnectionStatus indicates the state of the connection. # Output only. Current status of the connection. "description": "A String", # Description. @@ -1827,7 +1827,7 @@

Method Details

"connectorVersion": "A String", # Required. Connector version on which the connection is created. The format is: projects/*/locations/*/providers/*/connectors/*/versions/* Only global location is supported for ConnectorVersion resource. "connectorVersionInfraConfig": { # This cofiguration provides infra configs like rate limit threshold which need to be configurable for every connector version # Output only. Infra configs supported by Connector Version. "connectionRatelimitWindowSeconds": "A String", # Output only. The window used for ratelimiting runtime requests to connections. - "deploymentModel": "A String", # Optional. Indicates whether connector is deployed on GKE/CloudRun + "deploymentModel": "A String", # Output only. Indicates whether connector is deployed on GKE/CloudRun "deploymentModelMigrationState": "A String", # Output only. Status of the deployment model migration. "hpaConfig": { # Autoscaling config for connector deployment system metrics. # Output only. HPA autoscaling config. "cpuUtilizationThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Percent CPU utilization where HPA triggers autoscaling. @@ -1864,7 +1864,7 @@

Method Details

], "envoyImageLocation": "A String", # Output only. GCR location where the envoy image is stored. formatted like: gcr.io/{bucketName}/{imageName} "eventingConfig": { # Eventing Configuration of a connection # Optional. Eventing config of a connection - "additionalVariables": [ # Additional eventing related field values + "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional eventing related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. @@ -1879,7 +1879,7 @@

Method Details

"stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. }, ], - "authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Auth details for the webhook adapter. + "authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Auth details for the webhook adapter. "additionalVariables": [ # List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. @@ -1955,7 +1955,7 @@

Method Details

"projectId": "A String", # Optional. Project which has the topic given. "topic": "A String", # Optional. Topic to push events which couldn't be processed. }, - "enrichmentEnabled": True or False, # Enrichment Enabled. + "enrichmentEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Enrichment Enabled. "eventsListenerIngressEndpoint": "A String", # Optional. Ingress endpoint of the event listener. This is used only when private connectivity is enabled. "listenerAuthConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Auth details for the event listener. "additionalVariables": [ # List containing additional auth configs. @@ -2040,7 +2040,7 @@

Method Details

], "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, - "registrationDestinationConfig": { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. # Registration endpoint for auto registration. + "registrationDestinationConfig": { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. # Optional. Registration endpoint for auto registration. "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. @@ -2130,7 +2130,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Service account needed for runtime plane to access Google Cloud resources. "serviceDirectory": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Service Directory service name. Used for Private Harpoon to resolve the ILB address. e.g. "projects/cloud-connectors-e2e-testing/locations/us-central1/namespaces/istio-system/services/istio-ingressgateway-connectors" "sslConfig": { # SSL Configuration of a connection # Optional. Ssl config of a connection - "additionalVariables": [ # Additional SSL related field values + "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional SSL related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. @@ -2145,23 +2145,23 @@

Method Details

"stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. }, ], - "clientCertType": "A String", # Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) - "clientCertificate": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Client Certificate + "clientCertType": "A String", # Optional. Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) + "clientCertificate": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Client Certificate "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "clientPrivateKey": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Client Private Key + "clientPrivateKey": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Client Private Key "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "clientPrivateKeyPass": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Secret containing the passphrase protecting the Client Private Key + "clientPrivateKeyPass": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Secret containing the passphrase protecting the Client Private Key "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "privateServerCertificate": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Private Server Certificate. Needs to be specified if trust model is `PRIVATE`. + "privateServerCertificate": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Private Server Certificate. Needs to be specified if trust model is `PRIVATE`. "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "serverCertType": "A String", # Type of Server Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) - "trustModel": "A String", # Trust Model of the SSL connection - "type": "A String", # Controls the ssl type for the given connector version. - "useSsl": True or False, # Bool for enabling SSL + "serverCertType": "A String", # Optional. Type of Server Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) + "trustModel": "A String", # Optional. Trust Model of the SSL connection + "type": "A String", # Optional. Controls the ssl type for the given connector version. + "useSsl": True or False, # Optional. Bool for enabling SSL }, "status": { # ConnectionStatus indicates the state of the connection. # Output only. Current status of the connection. "description": "A String", # Description. @@ -2463,7 +2463,7 @@

Method Details

"connectorVersion": "A String", # Required. Connector version on which the connection is created. The format is: projects/*/locations/*/providers/*/connectors/*/versions/* Only global location is supported for ConnectorVersion resource. "connectorVersionInfraConfig": { # This cofiguration provides infra configs like rate limit threshold which need to be configurable for every connector version # Output only. Infra configs supported by Connector Version. "connectionRatelimitWindowSeconds": "A String", # Output only. The window used for ratelimiting runtime requests to connections. - "deploymentModel": "A String", # Optional. Indicates whether connector is deployed on GKE/CloudRun + "deploymentModel": "A String", # Output only. Indicates whether connector is deployed on GKE/CloudRun "deploymentModelMigrationState": "A String", # Output only. Status of the deployment model migration. "hpaConfig": { # Autoscaling config for connector deployment system metrics. # Output only. HPA autoscaling config. "cpuUtilizationThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Percent CPU utilization where HPA triggers autoscaling. @@ -2500,7 +2500,7 @@

Method Details

], "envoyImageLocation": "A String", # Output only. GCR location where the envoy image is stored. formatted like: gcr.io/{bucketName}/{imageName} "eventingConfig": { # Eventing Configuration of a connection # Optional. Eventing config of a connection - "additionalVariables": [ # Additional eventing related field values + "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional eventing related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. @@ -2515,7 +2515,7 @@

Method Details

"stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. }, ], - "authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Auth details for the webhook adapter. + "authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Auth details for the webhook adapter. "additionalVariables": [ # List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. @@ -2591,7 +2591,7 @@

Method Details

"projectId": "A String", # Optional. Project which has the topic given. "topic": "A String", # Optional. Topic to push events which couldn't be processed. }, - "enrichmentEnabled": True or False, # Enrichment Enabled. + "enrichmentEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Enrichment Enabled. "eventsListenerIngressEndpoint": "A String", # Optional. Ingress endpoint of the event listener. This is used only when private connectivity is enabled. "listenerAuthConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Auth details for the event listener. "additionalVariables": [ # List containing additional auth configs. @@ -2676,7 +2676,7 @@

Method Details

], "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, - "registrationDestinationConfig": { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. # Registration endpoint for auto registration. + "registrationDestinationConfig": { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. # Optional. Registration endpoint for auto registration. "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. @@ -2766,7 +2766,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Service account needed for runtime plane to access Google Cloud resources. "serviceDirectory": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Service Directory service name. Used for Private Harpoon to resolve the ILB address. e.g. "projects/cloud-connectors-e2e-testing/locations/us-central1/namespaces/istio-system/services/istio-ingressgateway-connectors" "sslConfig": { # SSL Configuration of a connection # Optional. Ssl config of a connection - "additionalVariables": [ # Additional SSL related field values + "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional SSL related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. @@ -2781,23 +2781,23 @@

Method Details

"stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. }, ], - "clientCertType": "A String", # Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) - "clientCertificate": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Client Certificate + "clientCertType": "A String", # Optional. Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) + "clientCertificate": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Client Certificate "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "clientPrivateKey": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Client Private Key + "clientPrivateKey": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Client Private Key "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "clientPrivateKeyPass": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Secret containing the passphrase protecting the Client Private Key + "clientPrivateKeyPass": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Secret containing the passphrase protecting the Client Private Key "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "privateServerCertificate": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Private Server Certificate. Needs to be specified if trust model is `PRIVATE`. + "privateServerCertificate": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Private Server Certificate. Needs to be specified if trust model is `PRIVATE`. "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "serverCertType": "A String", # Type of Server Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) - "trustModel": "A String", # Trust Model of the SSL connection - "type": "A String", # Controls the ssl type for the given connector version. - "useSsl": True or False, # Bool for enabling SSL + "serverCertType": "A String", # Optional. Type of Server Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) + "trustModel": "A String", # Optional. Trust Model of the SSL connection + "type": "A String", # Optional. Controls the ssl type for the given connector version. + "useSsl": True or False, # Optional. Bool for enabling SSL }, "status": { # ConnectionStatus indicates the state of the connection. # Output only. Current status of the connection. "description": "A String", # Description. diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html index de2c14465cd..9917a3d013e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html @@ -83,6 +83,12 @@

Instance Methods

deprecate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Deprecates a single CustomConnectorVersion.

+

+ publish(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Publish request for the CustomConnectorVersion. Once approved, the CustomConnectorVersion will be published as PartnerConnector.

+

+ withdraw(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Withdraw the publish request for the CustomConnectorVersion. This can only be used before the CustomConnectorVersion is published.

Method Details

close() @@ -165,4 +171,103 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ publish(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Publish request for the CustomConnectorVersion. Once approved, the CustomConnectorVersion will be published as PartnerConnector.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the form: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/customConnectors/{custom_connector}/customConnectorVersions/{custom_connector_version}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ConnectorsService.PublishCustomConnectorVersion
+  "partnerMetadata": { # Partner metadata details. This will be populated when publishing the custom connector as a partner connector version. On publishing, parntner connector version will be created using the fields in PartnerMetadata. # Required. Partner metadata details for validating and publishing the custom connector as a partner connector version.
+    "acceptGcpTos": True or False, # Required. Whether the user has accepted the Google Cloud Platform Terms of Service (https://cloud.google.com/terms/) and the Google Cloud Marketplace Terms of Service (https://cloud.google.com/terms/marketplace/launcher?hl=en).
+    "additionalComments": "A String", # Optional. Additional comments for the submission.
+    "confirmPartnerRequirements": True or False, # Required. Confirmation that connector meets all applicable requirements mentioned in the Partner Connector Publishing requirements list and Partner onboardiong requirements list (https://cloud.google.com/marketplace/docs/partners/get-started#requirements).
+    "demoUri": "A String", # Required. Public URL for the demo video.
+    "integrationTemplates": "A String", # Required. Integration example templates for the custom connector.
+    "marketplaceProduct": "A String", # Optional. Marketplace product name.
+    "marketplaceProductId": "A String", # Required. Marketplace product ID.
+    "marketplaceProductProjectId": "A String", # Optional. Marketplace product project ID.
+    "marketplaceProductUri": "A String", # Optional. Marketplace product URL.
+    "partner": "A String", # Required. Partner name.
+    "partnerConnectorDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Partner connector display name.
+    "publishRequestTime": "A String", # Output only. Publish request time.
+    "targetApplication": "A String", # Required. Target application for which partner connector is built.
+    "targetCustomerSegment": "A String", # Required. Target customer segment for the partner connector.
+    "useCases": "A String", # Required. Details about partner connector use cases.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ withdraw(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Withdraw the publish request for the CustomConnectorVersion. This can only be used before the CustomConnectorVersion is published.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the form: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/customConnectors/{custom_connector}/customConnectorVersions/{custom_connector_version}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ConnectorsService.WithdrawCustomConnectorVersion
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.global_.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.global_.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html index 772afce4617..2be7365dab2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.global_.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.global_.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html @@ -179,29 +179,29 @@

Method Details

}, "backendVariableTemplates": [ # Optional. Backend variables config templates. This translates to additional variable templates in connection. { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection. - "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` - "clientId": "A String", # The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. + "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. The client secret assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "enablePkce": True or False, # Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. + "enablePkce": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. "omitQueryParams": True or False, # Optional. Omit query params from the redirect URI. - "scopes": [ # The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. "A String", ], - "uri": "A String", # The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. + "uri": "A String", # Optional. The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. }, - "description": "A String", # Description. - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter. - "enumOptions": [ # Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the parameter. + "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` { # EnumOption definition - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the option. - "id": "A String", # Id of the option. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the option. + "id": "A String", # Optional. Id of the option. }, ], "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options - "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings - "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "isAdvanced": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. "multipleSelectConfig": { # MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. # Optional. MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. "allowCustomValues": True or False, # Optional. Allow custom values. @@ -215,36 +215,36 @@

Method Details

], "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. }, - "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. - "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. - "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared. + "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. + "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Optional. Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. + "fieldComparisons": [ # Optional. A list of fields to be compared. { # Field that needs to be compared. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value - "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value. + "comparator": "A String", # Optional. Comparator to use for comparing the field value. "intValue": "A String", # Integer value - "key": "A String", # Key of the field. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the field. "stringValue": "A String", # String value }, ], - "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared. + "logicalExpressions": [ # Optional. A list of nested conditions to be compared. # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression ], - "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. + "logicalOperator": "A String", # Optional. The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. }, - "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable. - "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. - "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. - "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. - "pathTemplate": "A String", # Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. - "type": "A String", # Different types of resource supported. + "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Optional. Role grant configuration for the config variable. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. }, - "roles": [ # List of roles that need to be granted. + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. "A String", ], }, - "state": "A String", # State of the config variable. - "validationRegex": "A String", # Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. - "valueType": "A String", # Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the config variable. + "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. + "valueType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. }, ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Created time. @@ -416,29 +416,29 @@

Method Details

}, "backendVariableTemplates": [ # Optional. Backend variables config templates. This translates to additional variable templates in connection. { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection. - "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` - "clientId": "A String", # The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. + "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. The client secret assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "enablePkce": True or False, # Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. + "enablePkce": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. "omitQueryParams": True or False, # Optional. Omit query params from the redirect URI. - "scopes": [ # The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. "A String", ], - "uri": "A String", # The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. + "uri": "A String", # Optional. The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. }, - "description": "A String", # Description. - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter. - "enumOptions": [ # Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the parameter. + "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` { # EnumOption definition - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the option. - "id": "A String", # Id of the option. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the option. + "id": "A String", # Optional. Id of the option. }, ], "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options - "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings - "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "isAdvanced": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. "multipleSelectConfig": { # MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. # Optional. MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. "allowCustomValues": True or False, # Optional. Allow custom values. @@ -452,36 +452,36 @@

Method Details

], "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. }, - "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. - "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. - "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared. + "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. + "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Optional. Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. + "fieldComparisons": [ # Optional. A list of fields to be compared. { # Field that needs to be compared. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value - "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value. + "comparator": "A String", # Optional. Comparator to use for comparing the field value. "intValue": "A String", # Integer value - "key": "A String", # Key of the field. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the field. "stringValue": "A String", # String value }, ], - "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared. + "logicalExpressions": [ # Optional. A list of nested conditions to be compared. # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression ], - "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. + "logicalOperator": "A String", # Optional. The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. }, - "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable. - "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. - "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. - "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. - "pathTemplate": "A String", # Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. - "type": "A String", # Different types of resource supported. + "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Optional. Role grant configuration for the config variable. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. }, - "roles": [ # List of roles that need to be granted. + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. "A String", ], }, - "state": "A String", # State of the config variable. - "validationRegex": "A String", # Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. - "valueType": "A String", # Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the config variable. + "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. + "valueType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. }, ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Created time. @@ -628,29 +628,29 @@

Method Details

}, "backendVariableTemplates": [ # Optional. Backend variables config templates. This translates to additional variable templates in connection. { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection. - "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` - "clientId": "A String", # The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. + "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. The client secret assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "enablePkce": True or False, # Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. + "enablePkce": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. "omitQueryParams": True or False, # Optional. Omit query params from the redirect URI. - "scopes": [ # The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. "A String", ], - "uri": "A String", # The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. + "uri": "A String", # Optional. The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. }, - "description": "A String", # Description. - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter. - "enumOptions": [ # Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the parameter. + "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` { # EnumOption definition - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the option. - "id": "A String", # Id of the option. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the option. + "id": "A String", # Optional. Id of the option. }, ], "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options - "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings - "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "isAdvanced": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. "multipleSelectConfig": { # MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. # Optional. MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. "allowCustomValues": True or False, # Optional. Allow custom values. @@ -664,36 +664,36 @@

Method Details

], "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. }, - "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. - "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. - "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared. + "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. + "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Optional. Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. + "fieldComparisons": [ # Optional. A list of fields to be compared. { # Field that needs to be compared. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value - "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value. + "comparator": "A String", # Optional. Comparator to use for comparing the field value. "intValue": "A String", # Integer value - "key": "A String", # Key of the field. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the field. "stringValue": "A String", # String value }, ], - "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared. + "logicalExpressions": [ # Optional. A list of nested conditions to be compared. # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression ], - "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. + "logicalOperator": "A String", # Optional. The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. }, - "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable. - "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. - "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. - "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. - "pathTemplate": "A String", # Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. - "type": "A String", # Different types of resource supported. + "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Optional. Role grant configuration for the config variable. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. }, - "roles": [ # List of roles that need to be granted. + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. "A String", ], }, - "state": "A String", # State of the config variable. - "validationRegex": "A String", # Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. - "valueType": "A String", # Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the config variable. + "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. + "valueType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. }, ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Created time. diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.operations.html index 4a97c071f43..3347dceed72 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Connectors API . cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.html
index b07948e6b3f..4866a4df81b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.html
@@ -135,6 +135,12 @@ 

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "launchStage": "A String", # Output only. Flag to mark the version indicating the launch stage. + "marketplaceConnectorDetails": { # Marketplace connector details. # Output only. Marketplace connector details. Will be null if the connector is not marketplace connector. + "marketplaceProduct": "A String", # Marketplace product name. + "marketplaceProductId": "A String", # Marketplace product ID. + "marketplaceProductUri": "A String", # Marketplace product URL. + "partner": "A String", # The name of the partner. + }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the Connector. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/providers/{provider}/connectors/{connector} Only global location is supported for Connector resource. "tags": [ # Output only. Tags of the connector. "A String", @@ -187,6 +193,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "launchStage": "A String", # Output only. Flag to mark the version indicating the launch stage. + "marketplaceConnectorDetails": { # Marketplace connector details. # Output only. Marketplace connector details. Will be null if the connector is not marketplace connector. + "marketplaceProduct": "A String", # Marketplace product name. + "marketplaceProductId": "A String", # Marketplace product ID. + "marketplaceProductUri": "A String", # Marketplace product URL. + "partner": "A String", # The name of the partner. + }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the Connector. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/providers/{provider}/connectors/{connector} Only global location is supported for Connector resource. "tags": [ # Output only. Tags of the connector. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.versions.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.versions.html index c99d760c8dd..d3de3cd61bd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.versions.html @@ -184,29 +184,29 @@

Method Details

"authType": "A String", # The type of authentication configured. "configVariableTemplates": [ # Config variables to describe an `AuthConfig` for a `Connection`. { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection. - "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` - "clientId": "A String", # The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. + "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. The client secret assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "enablePkce": True or False, # Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. + "enablePkce": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. "omitQueryParams": True or False, # Optional. Omit query params from the redirect URI. - "scopes": [ # The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. "A String", ], - "uri": "A String", # The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. + "uri": "A String", # Optional. The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. }, - "description": "A String", # Description. - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter. - "enumOptions": [ # Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the parameter. + "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` { # EnumOption definition - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the option. - "id": "A String", # Id of the option. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the option. + "id": "A String", # Optional. Id of the option. }, ], "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options - "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings - "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "isAdvanced": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. "multipleSelectConfig": { # MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. # Optional. MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. "allowCustomValues": True or False, # Optional. Allow custom values. @@ -220,36 +220,36 @@

Method Details

], "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. }, - "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. - "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. - "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared. + "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. + "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Optional. Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. + "fieldComparisons": [ # Optional. A list of fields to be compared. { # Field that needs to be compared. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value - "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value. + "comparator": "A String", # Optional. Comparator to use for comparing the field value. "intValue": "A String", # Integer value - "key": "A String", # Key of the field. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the field. "stringValue": "A String", # String value }, ], - "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared. + "logicalExpressions": [ # Optional. A list of nested conditions to be compared. # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression ], - "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. + "logicalOperator": "A String", # Optional. The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. }, - "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable. - "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. - "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. - "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. - "pathTemplate": "A String", # Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. - "type": "A String", # Different types of resource supported. + "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Optional. Role grant configuration for the config variable. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. }, - "roles": [ # List of roles that need to be granted. + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. "A String", ], }, - "state": "A String", # State of the config variable. - "validationRegex": "A String", # Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. - "valueType": "A String", # Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the config variable. + "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. + "valueType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. }, ], "description": "A String", # Connector specific description for an authentication template. @@ -260,29 +260,29 @@

Method Details

"authOverrideEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Flag to mark the dynamic auth override. "configVariableTemplates": [ # Output only. List of config variables needed to create a connection. { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection. - "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` - "clientId": "A String", # The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. + "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. The client secret assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "enablePkce": True or False, # Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. + "enablePkce": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. "omitQueryParams": True or False, # Optional. Omit query params from the redirect URI. - "scopes": [ # The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. "A String", ], - "uri": "A String", # The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. + "uri": "A String", # Optional. The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. }, - "description": "A String", # Description. - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter. - "enumOptions": [ # Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the parameter. + "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` { # EnumOption definition - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the option. - "id": "A String", # Id of the option. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the option. + "id": "A String", # Optional. Id of the option. }, ], "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options - "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings - "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "isAdvanced": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. "multipleSelectConfig": { # MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. # Optional. MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. "allowCustomValues": True or False, # Optional. Allow custom values. @@ -296,36 +296,36 @@

Method Details

], "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. }, - "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. - "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. - "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared. + "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. + "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Optional. Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. + "fieldComparisons": [ # Optional. A list of fields to be compared. { # Field that needs to be compared. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value - "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value. + "comparator": "A String", # Optional. Comparator to use for comparing the field value. "intValue": "A String", # Integer value - "key": "A String", # Key of the field. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the field. "stringValue": "A String", # String value }, ], - "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared. + "logicalExpressions": [ # Optional. A list of nested conditions to be compared. # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression ], - "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. + "logicalOperator": "A String", # Optional. The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. }, - "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable. - "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. - "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. - "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. - "pathTemplate": "A String", # Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. - "type": "A String", # Different types of resource supported. + "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Optional. Role grant configuration for the config variable. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. }, - "roles": [ # List of roles that need to be granted. + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. "A String", ], }, - "state": "A String", # State of the config variable. - "validationRegex": "A String", # Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. - "valueType": "A String", # Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the config variable. + "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. + "valueType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. }, ], "connectorInfraConfig": { # This cofiguration provides infra configs like rate limit threshold which need to be configurable for every connector version # Output only. Infra configs supported by Connector. @@ -388,29 +388,29 @@

Method Details

"eventingConfigTemplate": { # Eventing Config details of a connector version. # Output only. Eventing configuration supported by the Connector. "additionalVariables": [ # Additional fields that need to be rendered. { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection. - "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` - "clientId": "A String", # The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. + "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. The client secret assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "enablePkce": True or False, # Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. + "enablePkce": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. "omitQueryParams": True or False, # Optional. Omit query params from the redirect URI. - "scopes": [ # The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. "A String", ], - "uri": "A String", # The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. + "uri": "A String", # Optional. The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. }, - "description": "A String", # Description. - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter. - "enumOptions": [ # Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the parameter. + "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` { # EnumOption definition - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the option. - "id": "A String", # Id of the option. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the option. + "id": "A String", # Optional. Id of the option. }, ], "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options - "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings - "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "isAdvanced": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. "multipleSelectConfig": { # MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. # Optional. MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. "allowCustomValues": True or False, # Optional. Allow custom values. @@ -424,36 +424,36 @@

Method Details

], "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. }, - "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. - "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. - "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared. + "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. + "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Optional. Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. + "fieldComparisons": [ # Optional. A list of fields to be compared. { # Field that needs to be compared. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value - "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value. + "comparator": "A String", # Optional. Comparator to use for comparing the field value. "intValue": "A String", # Integer value - "key": "A String", # Key of the field. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the field. "stringValue": "A String", # String value }, ], - "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared. + "logicalExpressions": [ # Optional. A list of nested conditions to be compared. # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression ], - "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. + "logicalOperator": "A String", # Optional. The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. }, - "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable. - "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. - "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. - "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. - "pathTemplate": "A String", # Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. - "type": "A String", # Different types of resource supported. + "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Optional. Role grant configuration for the config variable. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. }, - "roles": [ # List of roles that need to be granted. + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. "A String", ], }, - "state": "A String", # State of the config variable. - "validationRegex": "A String", # Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. - "valueType": "A String", # Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the config variable. + "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. + "valueType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. }, ], "authConfigTemplates": [ # AuthConfigTemplates represents the auth values for the webhook adapter. @@ -462,29 +462,29 @@

Method Details

"authType": "A String", # The type of authentication configured. "configVariableTemplates": [ # Config variables to describe an `AuthConfig` for a `Connection`. { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection. - "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` - "clientId": "A String", # The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. + "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. The client secret assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "enablePkce": True or False, # Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. + "enablePkce": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. "omitQueryParams": True or False, # Optional. Omit query params from the redirect URI. - "scopes": [ # The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. "A String", ], - "uri": "A String", # The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. + "uri": "A String", # Optional. The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. }, - "description": "A String", # Description. - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter. - "enumOptions": [ # Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the parameter. + "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` { # EnumOption definition - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the option. - "id": "A String", # Id of the option. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the option. + "id": "A String", # Optional. Id of the option. }, ], "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options - "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings - "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "isAdvanced": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. "multipleSelectConfig": { # MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. # Optional. MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. "allowCustomValues": True or False, # Optional. Allow custom values. @@ -498,36 +498,36 @@

Method Details

], "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. }, - "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. - "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. - "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared. + "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. + "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Optional. Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. + "fieldComparisons": [ # Optional. A list of fields to be compared. { # Field that needs to be compared. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value - "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value. + "comparator": "A String", # Optional. Comparator to use for comparing the field value. "intValue": "A String", # Integer value - "key": "A String", # Key of the field. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the field. "stringValue": "A String", # String value }, ], - "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared. + "logicalExpressions": [ # Optional. A list of nested conditions to be compared. # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression ], - "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. + "logicalOperator": "A String", # Optional. The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. }, - "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable. - "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. - "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. - "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. - "pathTemplate": "A String", # Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. - "type": "A String", # Different types of resource supported. + "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Optional. Role grant configuration for the config variable. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. }, - "roles": [ # List of roles that need to be granted. + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. "A String", ], }, - "state": "A String", # State of the config variable. - "validationRegex": "A String", # Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. - "valueType": "A String", # Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the config variable. + "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. + "valueType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. }, ], "description": "A String", # Connector specific description for an authentication template. @@ -538,29 +538,29 @@

Method Details

"autoRefresh": True or False, # Auto refresh to extend webhook life. "autoRegistrationSupported": True or False, # Auto Registration supported. "encryptionKeyTemplate": { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection. # Encryption key (can be either Google managed or CMEK). - "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` - "clientId": "A String", # The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. + "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. The client secret assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "enablePkce": True or False, # Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. + "enablePkce": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. "omitQueryParams": True or False, # Optional. Omit query params from the redirect URI. - "scopes": [ # The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. "A String", ], - "uri": "A String", # The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. + "uri": "A String", # Optional. The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. }, - "description": "A String", # Description. - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter. - "enumOptions": [ # Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the parameter. + "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` { # EnumOption definition - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the option. - "id": "A String", # Id of the option. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the option. + "id": "A String", # Optional. Id of the option. }, ], "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options - "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings - "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "isAdvanced": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. "multipleSelectConfig": { # MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. # Optional. MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. "allowCustomValues": True or False, # Optional. Allow custom values. @@ -574,36 +574,36 @@

Method Details

], "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. }, - "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. - "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. - "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared. + "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. + "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Optional. Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. + "fieldComparisons": [ # Optional. A list of fields to be compared. { # Field that needs to be compared. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value - "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value. + "comparator": "A String", # Optional. Comparator to use for comparing the field value. "intValue": "A String", # Integer value - "key": "A String", # Key of the field. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the field. "stringValue": "A String", # String value }, ], - "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared. + "logicalExpressions": [ # Optional. A list of nested conditions to be compared. # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression ], - "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. + "logicalOperator": "A String", # Optional. The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. }, - "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable. - "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. - "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. - "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. - "pathTemplate": "A String", # Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. - "type": "A String", # Different types of resource supported. + "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Optional. Role grant configuration for the config variable. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. }, - "roles": [ # List of roles that need to be granted. + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. "A String", ], }, - "state": "A String", # State of the config variable. - "validationRegex": "A String", # Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. - "valueType": "A String", # Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the config variable. + "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. + "valueType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. }, "enrichmentSupported": True or False, # Enrichment Supported. "eventListenerType": "A String", # The type of the event listener for a specific connector. @@ -614,29 +614,29 @@

Method Details

"authType": "A String", # The type of authentication configured. "configVariableTemplates": [ # Config variables to describe an `AuthConfig` for a `Connection`. { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection. - "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` - "clientId": "A String", # The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. + "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. The client secret assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "enablePkce": True or False, # Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. + "enablePkce": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. "omitQueryParams": True or False, # Optional. Omit query params from the redirect URI. - "scopes": [ # The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. "A String", ], - "uri": "A String", # The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. + "uri": "A String", # Optional. The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. }, - "description": "A String", # Description. - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter. - "enumOptions": [ # Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the parameter. + "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` { # EnumOption definition - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the option. - "id": "A String", # Id of the option. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the option. + "id": "A String", # Optional. Id of the option. }, ], "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options - "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings - "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "isAdvanced": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. "multipleSelectConfig": { # MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. # Optional. MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. "allowCustomValues": True or False, # Optional. Allow custom values. @@ -650,36 +650,36 @@

Method Details

], "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. }, - "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. - "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. - "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared. + "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. + "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Optional. Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. + "fieldComparisons": [ # Optional. A list of fields to be compared. { # Field that needs to be compared. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value - "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value. + "comparator": "A String", # Optional. Comparator to use for comparing the field value. "intValue": "A String", # Integer value - "key": "A String", # Key of the field. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the field. "stringValue": "A String", # String value }, ], - "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared. + "logicalExpressions": [ # Optional. A list of nested conditions to be compared. # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression ], - "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. + "logicalOperator": "A String", # Optional. The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. }, - "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable. - "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. - "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. - "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. - "pathTemplate": "A String", # Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. - "type": "A String", # Different types of resource supported. + "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Optional. Role grant configuration for the config variable. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. }, - "roles": [ # List of roles that need to be granted. + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. "A String", ], }, - "state": "A String", # State of the config variable. - "validationRegex": "A String", # Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. - "valueType": "A String", # Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the config variable. + "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. + "valueType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. }, ], "description": "A String", # Connector specific description for an authentication template. @@ -717,29 +717,29 @@

Method Details

}, "triggerConfigVariables": [ # Trigger Config fields that needs to be rendered { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection. - "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` - "clientId": "A String", # The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. + "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. The client secret assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "enablePkce": True or False, # Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. + "enablePkce": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. "omitQueryParams": True or False, # Optional. Omit query params from the redirect URI. - "scopes": [ # The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. "A String", ], - "uri": "A String", # The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. + "uri": "A String", # Optional. The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. }, - "description": "A String", # Description. - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter. - "enumOptions": [ # Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the parameter. + "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` { # EnumOption definition - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the option. - "id": "A String", # Id of the option. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the option. + "id": "A String", # Optional. Id of the option. }, ], "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options - "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings - "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "isAdvanced": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. "multipleSelectConfig": { # MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. # Optional. MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. "allowCustomValues": True or False, # Optional. Allow custom values. @@ -753,36 +753,36 @@

Method Details

], "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. }, - "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. - "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. - "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared. + "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. + "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Optional. Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. + "fieldComparisons": [ # Optional. A list of fields to be compared. { # Field that needs to be compared. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value - "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value. + "comparator": "A String", # Optional. Comparator to use for comparing the field value. "intValue": "A String", # Integer value - "key": "A String", # Key of the field. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the field. "stringValue": "A String", # String value }, ], - "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared. + "logicalExpressions": [ # Optional. A list of nested conditions to be compared. # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression ], - "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. + "logicalOperator": "A String", # Optional. The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. }, - "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable. - "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. - "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. - "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. - "pathTemplate": "A String", # Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. - "type": "A String", # Different types of resource supported. + "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Optional. Role grant configuration for the config variable. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. }, - "roles": [ # List of roles that need to be granted. + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. "A String", ], }, - "state": "A String", # State of the config variable. - "validationRegex": "A String", # Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. - "valueType": "A String", # Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the config variable. + "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. + "valueType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. }, ], }, @@ -796,25 +796,25 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the Version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/providers/{provider}/connectors/{connector}/versions/{version} Only global location is supported for Connector resource. "releaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. ReleaseVersion of the connector, for example: "1.0.1-alpha". "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Output only. Role grant configuration for this config variable. It will be DEPRECATED soon. - "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. - "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. - "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. - "pathTemplate": "A String", # Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. - "type": "A String", # Different types of resource supported. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. }, - "roles": [ # List of roles that need to be granted. + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. "A String", ], }, "roleGrants": [ # Output only. Role grant configurations for this connector version. { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. - "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. - "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. - "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. - "pathTemplate": "A String", # Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. - "type": "A String", # Different types of resource supported. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. }, - "roles": [ # List of roles that need to be granted. + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. "A String", ], }, @@ -826,29 +826,29 @@

Method Details

"sslConfigTemplate": { # Ssl config details of a connector version # Output only. Ssl configuration supported by the Connector. "additionalVariables": [ # Any additional fields that need to be rendered { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection. - "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` - "clientId": "A String", # The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. + "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. The client secret assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "enablePkce": True or False, # Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. + "enablePkce": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. "omitQueryParams": True or False, # Optional. Omit query params from the redirect URI. - "scopes": [ # The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. "A String", ], - "uri": "A String", # The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. + "uri": "A String", # Optional. The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. }, - "description": "A String", # Description. - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter. - "enumOptions": [ # Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the parameter. + "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` { # EnumOption definition - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the option. - "id": "A String", # Id of the option. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the option. + "id": "A String", # Optional. Id of the option. }, ], "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options - "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings - "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "isAdvanced": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. "multipleSelectConfig": { # MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. # Optional. MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. "allowCustomValues": True or False, # Optional. Allow custom values. @@ -862,36 +862,36 @@

Method Details

], "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. }, - "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. - "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. - "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared. + "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. + "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Optional. Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. + "fieldComparisons": [ # Optional. A list of fields to be compared. { # Field that needs to be compared. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value - "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value. + "comparator": "A String", # Optional. Comparator to use for comparing the field value. "intValue": "A String", # Integer value - "key": "A String", # Key of the field. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the field. "stringValue": "A String", # String value }, ], - "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared. + "logicalExpressions": [ # Optional. A list of nested conditions to be compared. # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression ], - "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. + "logicalOperator": "A String", # Optional. The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. }, - "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable. - "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. - "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. - "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. - "pathTemplate": "A String", # Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. - "type": "A String", # Different types of resource supported. + "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Optional. Role grant configuration for the config variable. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. }, - "roles": [ # List of roles that need to be granted. + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. "A String", ], }, - "state": "A String", # State of the config variable. - "validationRegex": "A String", # Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. - "valueType": "A String", # Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the config variable. + "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. + "valueType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. }, ], "clientCertType": [ # List of supported Client Cert Types @@ -955,29 +955,29 @@

Method Details

"authType": "A String", # The type of authentication configured. "configVariableTemplates": [ # Config variables to describe an `AuthConfig` for a `Connection`. { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection. - "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` - "clientId": "A String", # The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. + "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. The client secret assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "enablePkce": True or False, # Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. + "enablePkce": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. "omitQueryParams": True or False, # Optional. Omit query params from the redirect URI. - "scopes": [ # The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. "A String", ], - "uri": "A String", # The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. + "uri": "A String", # Optional. The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. }, - "description": "A String", # Description. - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter. - "enumOptions": [ # Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the parameter. + "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` { # EnumOption definition - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the option. - "id": "A String", # Id of the option. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the option. + "id": "A String", # Optional. Id of the option. }, ], "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options - "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings - "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "isAdvanced": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. "multipleSelectConfig": { # MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. # Optional. MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. "allowCustomValues": True or False, # Optional. Allow custom values. @@ -991,36 +991,36 @@

Method Details

], "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. }, - "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. - "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. - "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared. + "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. + "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Optional. Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. + "fieldComparisons": [ # Optional. A list of fields to be compared. { # Field that needs to be compared. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value - "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value. + "comparator": "A String", # Optional. Comparator to use for comparing the field value. "intValue": "A String", # Integer value - "key": "A String", # Key of the field. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the field. "stringValue": "A String", # String value }, ], - "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared. + "logicalExpressions": [ # Optional. A list of nested conditions to be compared. # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression ], - "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. + "logicalOperator": "A String", # Optional. The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. }, - "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable. - "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. - "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. - "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. - "pathTemplate": "A String", # Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. - "type": "A String", # Different types of resource supported. + "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Optional. Role grant configuration for the config variable. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. }, - "roles": [ # List of roles that need to be granted. + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. "A String", ], }, - "state": "A String", # State of the config variable. - "validationRegex": "A String", # Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. - "valueType": "A String", # Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the config variable. + "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. + "valueType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. }, ], "description": "A String", # Connector specific description for an authentication template. @@ -1031,29 +1031,29 @@

Method Details

"authOverrideEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Flag to mark the dynamic auth override. "configVariableTemplates": [ # Output only. List of config variables needed to create a connection. { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection. - "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` - "clientId": "A String", # The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. + "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. The client secret assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "enablePkce": True or False, # Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. + "enablePkce": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. "omitQueryParams": True or False, # Optional. Omit query params from the redirect URI. - "scopes": [ # The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. "A String", ], - "uri": "A String", # The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. + "uri": "A String", # Optional. The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. }, - "description": "A String", # Description. - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter. - "enumOptions": [ # Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the parameter. + "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` { # EnumOption definition - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the option. - "id": "A String", # Id of the option. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the option. + "id": "A String", # Optional. Id of the option. }, ], "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options - "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings - "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "isAdvanced": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. "multipleSelectConfig": { # MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. # Optional. MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. "allowCustomValues": True or False, # Optional. Allow custom values. @@ -1067,36 +1067,36 @@

Method Details

], "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. }, - "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. - "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. - "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared. + "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. + "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Optional. Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. + "fieldComparisons": [ # Optional. A list of fields to be compared. { # Field that needs to be compared. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value - "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value. + "comparator": "A String", # Optional. Comparator to use for comparing the field value. "intValue": "A String", # Integer value - "key": "A String", # Key of the field. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the field. "stringValue": "A String", # String value }, ], - "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared. + "logicalExpressions": [ # Optional. A list of nested conditions to be compared. # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression ], - "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. + "logicalOperator": "A String", # Optional. The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. }, - "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable. - "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. - "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. - "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. - "pathTemplate": "A String", # Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. - "type": "A String", # Different types of resource supported. + "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Optional. Role grant configuration for the config variable. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. }, - "roles": [ # List of roles that need to be granted. + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. "A String", ], }, - "state": "A String", # State of the config variable. - "validationRegex": "A String", # Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. - "valueType": "A String", # Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the config variable. + "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. + "valueType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. }, ], "connectorInfraConfig": { # This cofiguration provides infra configs like rate limit threshold which need to be configurable for every connector version # Output only. Infra configs supported by Connector. @@ -1159,29 +1159,29 @@

Method Details

"eventingConfigTemplate": { # Eventing Config details of a connector version. # Output only. Eventing configuration supported by the Connector. "additionalVariables": [ # Additional fields that need to be rendered. { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection. - "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` - "clientId": "A String", # The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. + "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. The client secret assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "enablePkce": True or False, # Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. + "enablePkce": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. "omitQueryParams": True or False, # Optional. Omit query params from the redirect URI. - "scopes": [ # The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. "A String", ], - "uri": "A String", # The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. + "uri": "A String", # Optional. The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. }, - "description": "A String", # Description. - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter. - "enumOptions": [ # Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the parameter. + "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` { # EnumOption definition - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the option. - "id": "A String", # Id of the option. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the option. + "id": "A String", # Optional. Id of the option. }, ], "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options - "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings - "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "isAdvanced": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. "multipleSelectConfig": { # MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. # Optional. MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. "allowCustomValues": True or False, # Optional. Allow custom values. @@ -1195,36 +1195,36 @@

Method Details

], "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. }, - "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. - "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. - "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared. + "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. + "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Optional. Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. + "fieldComparisons": [ # Optional. A list of fields to be compared. { # Field that needs to be compared. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value - "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value. + "comparator": "A String", # Optional. Comparator to use for comparing the field value. "intValue": "A String", # Integer value - "key": "A String", # Key of the field. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the field. "stringValue": "A String", # String value }, ], - "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared. + "logicalExpressions": [ # Optional. A list of nested conditions to be compared. # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression ], - "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. + "logicalOperator": "A String", # Optional. The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. }, - "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable. - "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. - "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. - "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. - "pathTemplate": "A String", # Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. - "type": "A String", # Different types of resource supported. + "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Optional. Role grant configuration for the config variable. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. }, - "roles": [ # List of roles that need to be granted. + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. "A String", ], }, - "state": "A String", # State of the config variable. - "validationRegex": "A String", # Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. - "valueType": "A String", # Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the config variable. + "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. + "valueType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. }, ], "authConfigTemplates": [ # AuthConfigTemplates represents the auth values for the webhook adapter. @@ -1233,29 +1233,29 @@

Method Details

"authType": "A String", # The type of authentication configured. "configVariableTemplates": [ # Config variables to describe an `AuthConfig` for a `Connection`. { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection. - "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` - "clientId": "A String", # The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. + "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. The client secret assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "enablePkce": True or False, # Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. + "enablePkce": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. "omitQueryParams": True or False, # Optional. Omit query params from the redirect URI. - "scopes": [ # The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. "A String", ], - "uri": "A String", # The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. + "uri": "A String", # Optional. The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. }, - "description": "A String", # Description. - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter. - "enumOptions": [ # Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the parameter. + "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` { # EnumOption definition - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the option. - "id": "A String", # Id of the option. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the option. + "id": "A String", # Optional. Id of the option. }, ], "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options - "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings - "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "isAdvanced": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. "multipleSelectConfig": { # MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. # Optional. MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. "allowCustomValues": True or False, # Optional. Allow custom values. @@ -1269,36 +1269,36 @@

Method Details

], "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. }, - "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. - "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. - "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared. + "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. + "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Optional. Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. + "fieldComparisons": [ # Optional. A list of fields to be compared. { # Field that needs to be compared. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value - "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value. + "comparator": "A String", # Optional. Comparator to use for comparing the field value. "intValue": "A String", # Integer value - "key": "A String", # Key of the field. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the field. "stringValue": "A String", # String value }, ], - "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared. + "logicalExpressions": [ # Optional. A list of nested conditions to be compared. # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression ], - "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. + "logicalOperator": "A String", # Optional. The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. }, - "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable. - "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. - "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. - "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. - "pathTemplate": "A String", # Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. - "type": "A String", # Different types of resource supported. + "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Optional. Role grant configuration for the config variable. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. }, - "roles": [ # List of roles that need to be granted. + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. "A String", ], }, - "state": "A String", # State of the config variable. - "validationRegex": "A String", # Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. - "valueType": "A String", # Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the config variable. + "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. + "valueType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. }, ], "description": "A String", # Connector specific description for an authentication template. @@ -1309,29 +1309,29 @@

Method Details

"autoRefresh": True or False, # Auto refresh to extend webhook life. "autoRegistrationSupported": True or False, # Auto Registration supported. "encryptionKeyTemplate": { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection. # Encryption key (can be either Google managed or CMEK). - "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` - "clientId": "A String", # The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. + "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. The client secret assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "enablePkce": True or False, # Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. + "enablePkce": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. "omitQueryParams": True or False, # Optional. Omit query params from the redirect URI. - "scopes": [ # The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. "A String", ], - "uri": "A String", # The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. + "uri": "A String", # Optional. The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. }, - "description": "A String", # Description. - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter. - "enumOptions": [ # Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the parameter. + "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` { # EnumOption definition - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the option. - "id": "A String", # Id of the option. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the option. + "id": "A String", # Optional. Id of the option. }, ], "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options - "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings - "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "isAdvanced": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. "multipleSelectConfig": { # MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. # Optional. MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. "allowCustomValues": True or False, # Optional. Allow custom values. @@ -1345,36 +1345,36 @@

Method Details

], "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. }, - "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. - "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. - "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared. + "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. + "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Optional. Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. + "fieldComparisons": [ # Optional. A list of fields to be compared. { # Field that needs to be compared. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value - "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value. + "comparator": "A String", # Optional. Comparator to use for comparing the field value. "intValue": "A String", # Integer value - "key": "A String", # Key of the field. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the field. "stringValue": "A String", # String value }, ], - "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared. + "logicalExpressions": [ # Optional. A list of nested conditions to be compared. # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression ], - "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. + "logicalOperator": "A String", # Optional. The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. }, - "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable. - "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. - "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. - "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. - "pathTemplate": "A String", # Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. - "type": "A String", # Different types of resource supported. + "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Optional. Role grant configuration for the config variable. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. }, - "roles": [ # List of roles that need to be granted. + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. "A String", ], }, - "state": "A String", # State of the config variable. - "validationRegex": "A String", # Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. - "valueType": "A String", # Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the config variable. + "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. + "valueType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. }, "enrichmentSupported": True or False, # Enrichment Supported. "eventListenerType": "A String", # The type of the event listener for a specific connector. @@ -1385,29 +1385,29 @@

Method Details

"authType": "A String", # The type of authentication configured. "configVariableTemplates": [ # Config variables to describe an `AuthConfig` for a `Connection`. { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection. - "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` - "clientId": "A String", # The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. + "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. The client secret assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "enablePkce": True or False, # Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. + "enablePkce": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. "omitQueryParams": True or False, # Optional. Omit query params from the redirect URI. - "scopes": [ # The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. "A String", ], - "uri": "A String", # The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. + "uri": "A String", # Optional. The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. }, - "description": "A String", # Description. - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter. - "enumOptions": [ # Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the parameter. + "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` { # EnumOption definition - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the option. - "id": "A String", # Id of the option. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the option. + "id": "A String", # Optional. Id of the option. }, ], "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options - "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings - "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "isAdvanced": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. "multipleSelectConfig": { # MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. # Optional. MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. "allowCustomValues": True or False, # Optional. Allow custom values. @@ -1421,36 +1421,36 @@

Method Details

], "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. }, - "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. - "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. - "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared. + "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. + "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Optional. Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. + "fieldComparisons": [ # Optional. A list of fields to be compared. { # Field that needs to be compared. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value - "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value. + "comparator": "A String", # Optional. Comparator to use for comparing the field value. "intValue": "A String", # Integer value - "key": "A String", # Key of the field. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the field. "stringValue": "A String", # String value }, ], - "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared. + "logicalExpressions": [ # Optional. A list of nested conditions to be compared. # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression ], - "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. + "logicalOperator": "A String", # Optional. The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. }, - "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable. - "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. - "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. - "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. - "pathTemplate": "A String", # Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. - "type": "A String", # Different types of resource supported. + "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Optional. Role grant configuration for the config variable. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. }, - "roles": [ # List of roles that need to be granted. + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. "A String", ], }, - "state": "A String", # State of the config variable. - "validationRegex": "A String", # Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. - "valueType": "A String", # Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the config variable. + "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. + "valueType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. }, ], "description": "A String", # Connector specific description for an authentication template. @@ -1488,29 +1488,29 @@

Method Details

}, "triggerConfigVariables": [ # Trigger Config fields that needs to be rendered { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection. - "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` - "clientId": "A String", # The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. + "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. The client secret assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "enablePkce": True or False, # Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. + "enablePkce": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. "omitQueryParams": True or False, # Optional. Omit query params from the redirect URI. - "scopes": [ # The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. "A String", ], - "uri": "A String", # The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. + "uri": "A String", # Optional. The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. }, - "description": "A String", # Description. - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter. - "enumOptions": [ # Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the parameter. + "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` { # EnumOption definition - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the option. - "id": "A String", # Id of the option. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the option. + "id": "A String", # Optional. Id of the option. }, ], "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options - "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings - "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "isAdvanced": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. "multipleSelectConfig": { # MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. # Optional. MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. "allowCustomValues": True or False, # Optional. Allow custom values. @@ -1524,36 +1524,36 @@

Method Details

], "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. }, - "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. - "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. - "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared. + "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. + "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Optional. Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. + "fieldComparisons": [ # Optional. A list of fields to be compared. { # Field that needs to be compared. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value - "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value. + "comparator": "A String", # Optional. Comparator to use for comparing the field value. "intValue": "A String", # Integer value - "key": "A String", # Key of the field. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the field. "stringValue": "A String", # String value }, ], - "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared. + "logicalExpressions": [ # Optional. A list of nested conditions to be compared. # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression ], - "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. + "logicalOperator": "A String", # Optional. The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. }, - "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable. - "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. - "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. - "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. - "pathTemplate": "A String", # Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. - "type": "A String", # Different types of resource supported. + "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Optional. Role grant configuration for the config variable. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. }, - "roles": [ # List of roles that need to be granted. + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. "A String", ], }, - "state": "A String", # State of the config variable. - "validationRegex": "A String", # Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. - "valueType": "A String", # Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the config variable. + "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. + "valueType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. }, ], }, @@ -1567,25 +1567,25 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the Version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/providers/{provider}/connectors/{connector}/versions/{version} Only global location is supported for Connector resource. "releaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. ReleaseVersion of the connector, for example: "1.0.1-alpha". "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Output only. Role grant configuration for this config variable. It will be DEPRECATED soon. - "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. - "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. - "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. - "pathTemplate": "A String", # Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. - "type": "A String", # Different types of resource supported. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. }, - "roles": [ # List of roles that need to be granted. + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. "A String", ], }, "roleGrants": [ # Output only. Role grant configurations for this connector version. { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. - "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. - "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. - "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. - "pathTemplate": "A String", # Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. - "type": "A String", # Different types of resource supported. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. }, - "roles": [ # List of roles that need to be granted. + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. "A String", ], }, @@ -1597,29 +1597,29 @@

Method Details

"sslConfigTemplate": { # Ssl config details of a connector version # Output only. Ssl configuration supported by the Connector. "additionalVariables": [ # Any additional fields that need to be rendered { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection. - "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` - "clientId": "A String", # The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. + "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. The client secret assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "enablePkce": True or False, # Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. + "enablePkce": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. "omitQueryParams": True or False, # Optional. Omit query params from the redirect URI. - "scopes": [ # The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. "A String", ], - "uri": "A String", # The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. + "uri": "A String", # Optional. The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. }, - "description": "A String", # Description. - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the parameter. - "enumOptions": [ # Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the parameter. + "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` { # EnumOption definition - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the option. - "id": "A String", # Id of the option. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the option. + "id": "A String", # Optional. Id of the option. }, ], "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options - "isAdvanced": True or False, # Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings - "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "isAdvanced": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. "multipleSelectConfig": { # MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. # Optional. MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. "allowCustomValues": True or False, # Optional. Allow custom values. @@ -1633,36 +1633,36 @@

Method Details

], "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. }, - "required": True or False, # Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. - "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. - "fieldComparisons": [ # A list of fields to be compared. + "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. + "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Optional. Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. + "fieldComparisons": [ # Optional. A list of fields to be compared. { # Field that needs to be compared. "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value - "comparator": "A String", # Comparator to use for comparing the field value. + "comparator": "A String", # Optional. Comparator to use for comparing the field value. "intValue": "A String", # Integer value - "key": "A String", # Key of the field. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the field. "stringValue": "A String", # String value }, ], - "logicalExpressions": [ # A list of nested conditions to be compared. + "logicalExpressions": [ # Optional. A list of nested conditions to be compared. # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression ], - "logicalOperator": "A String", # The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. + "logicalOperator": "A String", # Optional. The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. }, - "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Role grant configuration for the config variable. - "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. - "principal": "A String", # Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. - "resource": { # Resource definition # Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. - "pathTemplate": "A String", # Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. - "type": "A String", # Different types of resource supported. + "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Optional. Role grant configuration for the config variable. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. }, - "roles": [ # List of roles that need to be granted. + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. "A String", ], }, - "state": "A String", # State of the config variable. - "validationRegex": "A String", # Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. - "valueType": "A String", # Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the config variable. + "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. + "valueType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. }, ], "clientCertType": [ # List of supported Client Cert Types diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.html index e39eb3f8162..95f64ae6b1d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.html @@ -75,40 +75,22 @@

Contact Center AI Insights API . projects . locations . authorizedViewSets . authorizedViews

Instance Methods

- conversations() -

-

Returns the conversations Resource.

- -

- operations() -

-

Returns the operations Resource.

- + calculateStats(location, filter=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets conversation statistics.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

-

- setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

-

- testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

+ queryMetrics(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Query metrics.

Method Details

- close() -
Close httplib2 connections.
-
- -
- getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+    calculateStats(location, filter=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets conversation statistics.
 
 Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  location: string, Required. The location of the conversations. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter to reduce results to a specific subset. This field is useful for getting statistics about conversations with specific properties.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -117,137 +99,82 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). - "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. - { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. - "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. - { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging. - "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members. - "A String", - ], - "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables. - }, - ], - "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services. - }, - ], - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). - "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. - "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. - "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. - "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. + { # The response for calculating conversation statistics. + "averageDuration": "A String", # The average duration of all conversations. The average is calculated using only conversations that have a time duration. + "averageTurnCount": 42, # The average number of turns per conversation. + "conversationCount": 42, # The total number of conversations. + "conversationCountTimeSeries": { # A time series representing conversations over time. # A time series representing the count of conversations created over time that match that requested filter criteria. + "intervalDuration": "A String", # The duration of each interval. + "points": [ # An ordered list of intervals from earliest to latest, where each interval represents the number of conversations that transpired during the time window. + { # A single interval in a time series. + "conversationCount": 42, # The number of conversations created in this interval. + "startTime": "A String", # The start time of this interval. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`. - "A String", - ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles). + ], + }, + "customHighlighterMatches": { # A map associating each custom highlighter resource name with its respective number of matches in the set of conversations. + "a_key": 42, + }, + "issueMatches": { # A map associating each issue resource name with its respective number of matches in the set of conversations. Key has the format: `projects//locations//issueModels//issues/` Deprecated, use `issue_matches_stats` field instead. + "a_key": 42, + }, + "issueMatchesStats": { # A map associating each issue resource name with its respective number of matches in the set of conversations. Key has the format: `projects//locations//issueModels//issues/` + "a_key": { # Aggregated statistics about an issue. + "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the issue. + "issue": "A String", # Issue resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}/issues/{issue} + "labeledConversationsCount": "A String", # Number of conversations attached to the issue at this point in time. }, - ], - "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. - "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + }, + "smartHighlighterMatches": { # A map associating each smart highlighter display name with its respective number of matches in the set of conversations. + "a_key": 42, + }, }
- setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ queryMetrics(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Query metrics.
 
 Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  location: string, Required. The location of the data. "projects/{project}/locations/{location}" (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
-      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
-        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
-          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
-            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
-              "A String",
-            ],
-            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
-          },
-        ],
-        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+{ # The request for querying metrics.
+  "dimensions": [ # The dimensions that determine the grouping key for the query. Defaults to no dimension if this field is unspecified. If a dimension is specified, its key must also be specified. Each dimension's key must be unique. If a time granularity is also specified, metric values in the dimension will be bucketed by this granularity. Up to one dimension is supported for now.
+    { # A dimension determines the grouping key for the query. In SQL terms, these would be part of both the "SELECT" and "GROUP BY" clauses.
+      "agentDimensionMetadata": { # Metadata about the agent dimension. # Output only. Metadata about the agent dimension.
+        "agentDisplayName": "A String", # Optional. The agent's name
+        "agentId": "A String", # Optional. A user-specified string representing the agent.
+        "agentTeam": "A String", # Optional. A user-specified string representing the agent's team.
       },
-    ],
-    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-        },
-        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      "dimensionKey": "A String", # The key of the dimension.
+      "issueDimensionMetadata": { # Metadata about the issue dimension. # Output only. Metadata about the issue dimension.
+        "issueDisplayName": "A String", # The issue display name.
+        "issueId": "A String", # The issue ID.
+        "issueModelId": "A String", # The parent issue model ID.
       },
-    ],
-    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-  },
-  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
-    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
-      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
-        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
-          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
-        },
-      ],
-      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
-    },
-  ],
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      "qaQuestionAnswerDimensionMetadata": { # Metadata about the QA question-answer dimension. This is useful for showing the answer distribution for questions for a given scorecard. # Output only. Metadata about the QA question-answer dimension.
+        "answerValue": "A String", # Optional. The full body of the question.
+        "qaQuestionId": "A String", # Optional. The QA question ID.
+        "qaScorecardId": "A String", # Optional. The QA scorecard ID.
+        "questionBody": "A String", # Optional. The full body of the question.
+      },
+      "qaQuestionDimensionMetadata": { # Metadata about the QA question dimension. # Output only. Metadata about the QA question dimension.
+        "qaQuestionId": "A String", # Optional. The QA question ID.
+        "qaScorecardId": "A String", # Optional. The QA scorecard ID.
+        "questionBody": "A String", # Optional. The full body of the question.
       },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
     },
   ],
-  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-}
-
- -
- testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
-  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
-    "A String",
-  ],
+  "filter": "A String", # Required. Filter to select a subset of conversations to compute the metrics. Must specify a window of the conversation create time to compute the metrics. The returned metrics will be from the range [DATE(starting create time), DATE(ending create time)).
+  "measureMask": "A String", # Measures to return. Defaults to all measures if this field is unspecified. A valid mask should traverse from the `measure` field from the response. For example, a path from a measure mask to get the conversation count is "conversation_measure.count".
+  "timeGranularity": "A String", # The time granularity of each data point in the time series. Defaults to NONE if this field is unspecified.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -258,10 +185,24 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method. - "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed. - "A String", - ], + { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call. + "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html index 5c327d04d0d..a5ce553611e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html @@ -553,7 +553,11 @@

Method Details

"agentType": "A String", # The agent type, e.g. HUMAN_AGENT. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. - "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. + "location": "A String", # The agent's location. + "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. + "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. + "A String", + ], }, ], "customerSatisfactionRating": 42, # An arbitrary integer value indicating the customer's satisfaction rating. @@ -938,7 +942,11 @@

Method Details

"agentType": "A String", # The agent type, e.g. HUMAN_AGENT. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. - "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. + "location": "A String", # The agent's location. + "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. + "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. + "A String", + ], }, ], "customerSatisfactionRating": 42, # An arbitrary integer value indicating the customer's satisfaction rating. @@ -1353,7 +1361,11 @@

Method Details

"agentType": "A String", # The agent type, e.g. HUMAN_AGENT. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. - "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. + "location": "A String", # The agent's location. + "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. + "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. + "A String", + ], }, ], "customerSatisfactionRating": 42, # An arbitrary integer value indicating the customer's satisfaction rating. @@ -1821,7 +1833,11 @@

Method Details

"agentType": "A String", # The agent type, e.g. HUMAN_AGENT. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. - "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. + "location": "A String", # The agent's location. + "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. + "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. + "A String", + ], }, ], "customerSatisfactionRating": 42, # An arbitrary integer value indicating the customer's satisfaction rating. @@ -2224,7 +2240,11 @@

Method Details

"agentType": "A String", # The agent type, e.g. HUMAN_AGENT. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. - "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. + "location": "A String", # The agent's location. + "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. + "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. + "A String", + ], }, ], "customerSatisfactionRating": 42, # An arbitrary integer value indicating the customer's satisfaction rating. @@ -2609,7 +2629,11 @@

Method Details

"agentType": "A String", # The agent type, e.g. HUMAN_AGENT. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. - "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. + "location": "A String", # The agent's location. + "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. + "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. + "A String", + ], }, ], "customerSatisfactionRating": 42, # An arbitrary integer value indicating the customer's satisfaction rating. @@ -2996,7 +3020,11 @@

Method Details

"agentType": "A String", # The agent type, e.g. HUMAN_AGENT. "displayName": "A String", # The agent's name. "dispositionCode": "A String", # A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call. - "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. + "location": "A String", # The agent's location. + "team": "A String", # A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field. + "teams": [ # User-specified strings representing the agent's teams. + "A String", + ], }, ], "customerSatisfactionRating": 42, # An arbitrary integer value indicating the customer's satisfaction rating. diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html index 12397bb810d..50022a59519 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -80,9 +80,9 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the analysisRules Resource.

- authorizedViewSet() + authorizedViewSets()

-

Returns the authorizedViewSet Resource.

+

Returns the authorizedViewSets Resource.

conversations() diff --git a/docs/dyn/contentwarehouse_v1.projects.locations.documents.html b/docs/dyn/contentwarehouse_v1.projects.locations.documents.html index 82f447a895b..75a73e0e541 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contentwarehouse_v1.projects.locations.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contentwarehouse_v1.projects.locations.documents.html @@ -246,21 +246,21 @@

Method Details

"mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types. - "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire). + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. }, "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes. @@ -277,8 +277,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -1106,8 +1106,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -1141,8 +1141,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -1340,21 +1340,21 @@

Method Details

"mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types. - "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire). + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. }, "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes. @@ -1371,8 +1371,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -2200,8 +2200,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -2235,8 +2235,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -2857,21 +2857,21 @@

Method Details

"mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types. - "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire). + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. }, "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes. @@ -2888,8 +2888,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -3717,8 +3717,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -3752,8 +3752,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -4074,21 +4074,21 @@

Method Details

"mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types. - "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire). + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. }, "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes. @@ -4105,8 +4105,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -4934,8 +4934,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -4969,8 +4969,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -5136,21 +5136,21 @@

Method Details

"mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types. - "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire). + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. }, "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes. @@ -5167,8 +5167,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -5996,8 +5996,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -6031,8 +6031,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -6207,21 +6207,21 @@

Method Details

"mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types. - "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire). + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. }, "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes. @@ -6238,8 +6238,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -7067,8 +7067,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -7102,8 +7102,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -7683,21 +7683,21 @@

Method Details

"mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types. - "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire). + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. }, "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes. @@ -7714,8 +7714,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -8543,8 +8543,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -8578,8 +8578,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. diff --git a/docs/dyn/contentwarehouse_v1.projects.locations.documents.referenceId.html b/docs/dyn/contentwarehouse_v1.projects.locations.documents.referenceId.html index dcd4287d570..6e6abca0788 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contentwarehouse_v1.projects.locations.documents.referenceId.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contentwarehouse_v1.projects.locations.documents.referenceId.html @@ -252,21 +252,21 @@

Method Details

"mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types. - "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire). + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. }, "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes. @@ -283,8 +283,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -1112,8 +1112,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -1147,8 +1147,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -1314,21 +1314,21 @@

Method Details

"mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types. - "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire). + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. }, "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes. @@ -1345,8 +1345,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -2174,8 +2174,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -2209,8 +2209,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -2385,21 +2385,21 @@

Method Details

"mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. "mentionText": "A String", # Optional. Text value of the entity e.g. `1600 Amphitheatre Pkwy`. "normalizedValue": { # Parsed and normalized entity value. # Optional. Normalized entity value. Absent if the extracted value could not be converted or the type (e.g. address) is not supported for certain parsers. This field is also only populated for certain supported document types. - "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto - "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). + "addressValue": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Postal address. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/postal_address.proto + "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], - "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. + "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en". "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines. "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address. - "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). + "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.). "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information. "A String", ], "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland. "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions. - "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire). + "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire). "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts. }, "booleanValue": True or False, # Boolean value. Can be used for entities with binary values, or for checkboxes. @@ -2416,8 +2416,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -3245,8 +3245,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. @@ -3280,8 +3280,8 @@

Method Details

"nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0. "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }. "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.operations.html index 6523e5e550a..8d3f5face83 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Google Cloud Data Catalog API . cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

cancel(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index 4e078244cc7..657378aa1a0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -74,11 +74,6 @@
 
 

Dataform API . projects . locations

Instance Methods

-

- collections() -

-

Returns the collections Resource.

-

repositories()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html index 69c659966b3..bba194dad22 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html @@ -74,11 +74,6 @@

Dataform API . projects . locations . repositories

Instance Methods

-

- commentThreads() -

-

Returns the commentThreads Resource.

-

compilationResults()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1.projects.locations.instances.dnsPeerings.html b/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1.projects.locations.instances.dnsPeerings.html index 53a297b8fc6..66de867c3cb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1.projects.locations.instances.dnsPeerings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1.projects.locations.instances.dnsPeerings.html @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Method Details

{ # DNS peering configuration. These configurations are used to create DNS peering with the customer Cloud DNS. "description": "A String", # Optional. Optional description of the dns zone. "domain": "A String", # Required. The dns name suffix of the zone. - "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the dns peering zone. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}/dnsPeerings/{dns_peering} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the dns peering zone. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}/dnsPeerings/{dns_peering} "targetNetwork": "A String", # Optional. Optional target network to which dns peering should happen. "targetProject": "A String", # Optional. Optional target project to which dns peering should happen. } @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@

Method Details

{ # DNS peering configuration. These configurations are used to create DNS peering with the customer Cloud DNS. "description": "A String", # Optional. Optional description of the dns zone. "domain": "A String", # Required. The dns name suffix of the zone. - "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the dns peering zone. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}/dnsPeerings/{dns_peering} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the dns peering zone. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}/dnsPeerings/{dns_peering} "targetNetwork": "A String", # Optional. Optional target network to which dns peering should happen. "targetProject": "A String", # Optional. Optional target project to which dns peering should happen. }
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

{ # DNS peering configuration. These configurations are used to create DNS peering with the customer Cloud DNS. "description": "A String", # Optional. Optional description of the dns zone. "domain": "A String", # Required. The dns name suffix of the zone. - "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the dns peering zone. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}/dnsPeerings/{dns_peering} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the dns peering zone. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}/dnsPeerings/{dns_peering} "targetNetwork": "A String", # Optional. Optional target network to which dns peering should happen. "targetProject": "A String", # Optional. Optional target project to which dns peering should happen. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1.projects.locations.instances.html index 4ccc5e10dea..261df7ea978 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1.projects.locations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1.projects.locations.instances.html @@ -146,21 +146,21 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the instance was created. - "cryptoKeyConfig": { # The crypto key configuration. This field is used by the Customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK) feature. # The crypto key configuration. This field is used by the Customer-Managed Encryption Keys (CMEK) feature. - "keyReference": "A String", # The name of the key which is used to encrypt/decrypt customer data. For key in Cloud KMS, the key should be in the format of `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. + "cryptoKeyConfig": { # The crypto key configuration. This field is used by the Customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK) feature. # Optional. The crypto key configuration. This field is used by the Customer-Managed Encryption Keys (CMEK) feature. + "keyReference": "A String", # Optional. The name of the key which is used to encrypt/decrypt customer data. For key in Cloud KMS, the key should be in the format of `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. }, "dataplexDataLineageIntegrationEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Option to enable the Dataplex Lineage Integration feature. - "dataprocServiceAccount": "A String", # User-managed service account to set on Dataproc when Cloud Data Fusion creates Dataproc to run data processing pipelines. This allows users to have fine-grained access control on Dataproc's accesses to cloud resources. - "description": "A String", # A description of this instance. + "dataprocServiceAccount": "A String", # Optional. User-managed service account to set on Dataproc when Cloud Data Fusion creates Dataproc to run data processing pipelines. This allows users to have fine-grained access control on Dataproc's accesses to cloud resources. + "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this instance. "disabledReason": [ # Output only. If the instance state is DISABLED, the reason for disabling the instance. "A String", ], - "displayName": "A String", # Display name for an instance. - "enableRbac": True or False, # Option to enable granular role-based access control. - "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # Option to enable Stackdriver Logging. - "enableStackdriverMonitoring": True or False, # Option to enable Stackdriver Monitoring. - "enableZoneSeparation": True or False, # Option to enable granular zone separation. - "eventPublishConfig": { # Confirguration of PubSubEventWriter. # Option to enable and pass metadata for event publishing. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name for an instance. + "enableRbac": True or False, # Optional. Option to enable granular role-based access control. + "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # Optional. Option to enable Stackdriver Logging. + "enableStackdriverMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Option to enable Stackdriver Monitoring. + "enableZoneSeparation": True or False, # Output only. Option to enable granular zone separation. + "eventPublishConfig": { # Confirguration of PubSubEventWriter. # Optional. Option to enable and pass metadata for event publishing. "enabled": True or False, # Required. Option to enable Event Publishing. "topic": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Pub/Sub topic. Format: projects/{project_id}/topics/{topic_id} }, @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of this instance is in the form of projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}. - "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for a Data Fusion instance. These configurations are used for peering with the customer network. Configurations are optional when a public Data Fusion instance is to be created. However, providing these configurations allows several benefits, such as reduced network latency while accessing the customer resources from managed Data Fusion instance nodes, as well as access to the customer on-prem resources. # Network configuration options. These are required when a private Data Fusion instance is to be created. + "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for a Data Fusion instance. These configurations are used for peering with the customer network. Configurations are optional when a public Data Fusion instance is to be created. However, providing these configurations allows several benefits, such as reduced network latency while accessing the customer resources from managed Data Fusion instance nodes, as well as access to the customer on-prem resources. # Optional. Network configuration options. These are required when a private Data Fusion instance is to be created. "connectionType": "A String", # Optional. Type of connection for establishing private IP connectivity between the Data Fusion customer project VPC and the corresponding tenant project from a predefined list of available connection modes. If this field is unspecified for a private instance, VPC peering is used. "ipAllocation": "A String", # Optional. The IP range in CIDR notation to use for the managed Data Fusion instance nodes. This range must not overlap with any other ranges used in the Data Fusion instance network. This is required only when using connection type VPC_PEERING. Format: a.b.c.d/22 Example: 192.168.0.0/22 "network": "A String", # Optional. Name of the network in the customer project with which the Tenant Project will be peered for executing pipelines. In case of shared VPC where the network resides in another host project the network should specified in the form of projects/{host-project-id}/global/networks/{network}. This is only required for connectivity type VPC_PEERING. @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@

Method Details

}, "p4ServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Service agent for the customer project. "patchRevision": "A String", # Optional. Current patch revision of the Data Fusion. - "privateInstance": True or False, # Specifies whether the Data Fusion instance should be private. If set to true, all Data Fusion nodes will have private IP addresses and will not be able to access the public internet. + "privateInstance": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether the Data Fusion instance should be private. If set to true, all Data Fusion nodes will have private IP addresses and will not be able to access the public internet. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated. Use tenant_project_id instead to extract the tenant project ID. "serviceEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Endpoint on which the Data Fusion UI is accessible. @@ -208,9 +208,9 @@

Method Details

"tenantProjectId": "A String", # Output only. The name of the tenant project. "type": "A String", # Required. Instance type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the instance was last updated. - "version": "A String", # Current version of the Data Fusion. Only specifiable in Update. + "version": "A String", # Optional. Current version of the Data Fusion. Only specifiable in Update. "workforceIdentityServiceEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Endpoint on which the Data Fusion UI is accessible to third-party users - "zone": "A String", # Name of the zone in which the Data Fusion instance will be created. Only DEVELOPER instances use this field. + "zone": "A String", # Optional. Name of the zone in which the Data Fusion instance will be created. Only DEVELOPER instances use this field. } instanceId: string, Required. The name of the instance to create. Instance name can only contain lowercase alphanumeric characters and hyphens. It must start with a letter and must not end with a hyphen. It can have a maximum of 30 characters. @@ -311,21 +311,21 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the instance was created. - "cryptoKeyConfig": { # The crypto key configuration. This field is used by the Customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK) feature. # The crypto key configuration. This field is used by the Customer-Managed Encryption Keys (CMEK) feature. - "keyReference": "A String", # The name of the key which is used to encrypt/decrypt customer data. For key in Cloud KMS, the key should be in the format of `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. + "cryptoKeyConfig": { # The crypto key configuration. This field is used by the Customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK) feature. # Optional. The crypto key configuration. This field is used by the Customer-Managed Encryption Keys (CMEK) feature. + "keyReference": "A String", # Optional. The name of the key which is used to encrypt/decrypt customer data. For key in Cloud KMS, the key should be in the format of `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. }, "dataplexDataLineageIntegrationEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Option to enable the Dataplex Lineage Integration feature. - "dataprocServiceAccount": "A String", # User-managed service account to set on Dataproc when Cloud Data Fusion creates Dataproc to run data processing pipelines. This allows users to have fine-grained access control on Dataproc's accesses to cloud resources. - "description": "A String", # A description of this instance. + "dataprocServiceAccount": "A String", # Optional. User-managed service account to set on Dataproc when Cloud Data Fusion creates Dataproc to run data processing pipelines. This allows users to have fine-grained access control on Dataproc's accesses to cloud resources. + "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this instance. "disabledReason": [ # Output only. If the instance state is DISABLED, the reason for disabling the instance. "A String", ], - "displayName": "A String", # Display name for an instance. - "enableRbac": True or False, # Option to enable granular role-based access control. - "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # Option to enable Stackdriver Logging. - "enableStackdriverMonitoring": True or False, # Option to enable Stackdriver Monitoring. - "enableZoneSeparation": True or False, # Option to enable granular zone separation. - "eventPublishConfig": { # Confirguration of PubSubEventWriter. # Option to enable and pass metadata for event publishing. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name for an instance. + "enableRbac": True or False, # Optional. Option to enable granular role-based access control. + "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # Optional. Option to enable Stackdriver Logging. + "enableStackdriverMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Option to enable Stackdriver Monitoring. + "enableZoneSeparation": True or False, # Output only. Option to enable granular zone separation. + "eventPublishConfig": { # Confirguration of PubSubEventWriter. # Optional. Option to enable and pass metadata for event publishing. "enabled": True or False, # Required. Option to enable Event Publishing. "topic": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Pub/Sub topic. Format: projects/{project_id}/topics/{topic_id} }, @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of this instance is in the form of projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}. - "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for a Data Fusion instance. These configurations are used for peering with the customer network. Configurations are optional when a public Data Fusion instance is to be created. However, providing these configurations allows several benefits, such as reduced network latency while accessing the customer resources from managed Data Fusion instance nodes, as well as access to the customer on-prem resources. # Network configuration options. These are required when a private Data Fusion instance is to be created. + "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for a Data Fusion instance. These configurations are used for peering with the customer network. Configurations are optional when a public Data Fusion instance is to be created. However, providing these configurations allows several benefits, such as reduced network latency while accessing the customer resources from managed Data Fusion instance nodes, as well as access to the customer on-prem resources. # Optional. Network configuration options. These are required when a private Data Fusion instance is to be created. "connectionType": "A String", # Optional. Type of connection for establishing private IP connectivity between the Data Fusion customer project VPC and the corresponding tenant project from a predefined list of available connection modes. If this field is unspecified for a private instance, VPC peering is used. "ipAllocation": "A String", # Optional. The IP range in CIDR notation to use for the managed Data Fusion instance nodes. This range must not overlap with any other ranges used in the Data Fusion instance network. This is required only when using connection type VPC_PEERING. Format: a.b.c.d/22 Example: 192.168.0.0/22 "network": "A String", # Optional. Name of the network in the customer project with which the Tenant Project will be peered for executing pipelines. In case of shared VPC where the network resides in another host project the network should specified in the form of projects/{host-project-id}/global/networks/{network}. This is only required for connectivity type VPC_PEERING. @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@

Method Details

}, "p4ServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Service agent for the customer project. "patchRevision": "A String", # Optional. Current patch revision of the Data Fusion. - "privateInstance": True or False, # Specifies whether the Data Fusion instance should be private. If set to true, all Data Fusion nodes will have private IP addresses and will not be able to access the public internet. + "privateInstance": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether the Data Fusion instance should be private. If set to true, all Data Fusion nodes will have private IP addresses and will not be able to access the public internet. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated. Use tenant_project_id instead to extract the tenant project ID. "serviceEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Endpoint on which the Data Fusion UI is accessible. @@ -373,9 +373,9 @@

Method Details

"tenantProjectId": "A String", # Output only. The name of the tenant project. "type": "A String", # Required. Instance type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the instance was last updated. - "version": "A String", # Current version of the Data Fusion. Only specifiable in Update. + "version": "A String", # Optional. Current version of the Data Fusion. Only specifiable in Update. "workforceIdentityServiceEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Endpoint on which the Data Fusion UI is accessible to third-party users - "zone": "A String", # Name of the zone in which the Data Fusion instance will be created. Only DEVELOPER instances use this field. + "zone": "A String", # Optional. Name of the zone in which the Data Fusion instance will be created. Only DEVELOPER instances use this field. }
@@ -466,21 +466,21 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the instance was created. - "cryptoKeyConfig": { # The crypto key configuration. This field is used by the Customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK) feature. # The crypto key configuration. This field is used by the Customer-Managed Encryption Keys (CMEK) feature. - "keyReference": "A String", # The name of the key which is used to encrypt/decrypt customer data. For key in Cloud KMS, the key should be in the format of `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. + "cryptoKeyConfig": { # The crypto key configuration. This field is used by the Customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK) feature. # Optional. The crypto key configuration. This field is used by the Customer-Managed Encryption Keys (CMEK) feature. + "keyReference": "A String", # Optional. The name of the key which is used to encrypt/decrypt customer data. For key in Cloud KMS, the key should be in the format of `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. }, "dataplexDataLineageIntegrationEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Option to enable the Dataplex Lineage Integration feature. - "dataprocServiceAccount": "A String", # User-managed service account to set on Dataproc when Cloud Data Fusion creates Dataproc to run data processing pipelines. This allows users to have fine-grained access control on Dataproc's accesses to cloud resources. - "description": "A String", # A description of this instance. + "dataprocServiceAccount": "A String", # Optional. User-managed service account to set on Dataproc when Cloud Data Fusion creates Dataproc to run data processing pipelines. This allows users to have fine-grained access control on Dataproc's accesses to cloud resources. + "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this instance. "disabledReason": [ # Output only. If the instance state is DISABLED, the reason for disabling the instance. "A String", ], - "displayName": "A String", # Display name for an instance. - "enableRbac": True or False, # Option to enable granular role-based access control. - "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # Option to enable Stackdriver Logging. - "enableStackdriverMonitoring": True or False, # Option to enable Stackdriver Monitoring. - "enableZoneSeparation": True or False, # Option to enable granular zone separation. - "eventPublishConfig": { # Confirguration of PubSubEventWriter. # Option to enable and pass metadata for event publishing. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name for an instance. + "enableRbac": True or False, # Optional. Option to enable granular role-based access control. + "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # Optional. Option to enable Stackdriver Logging. + "enableStackdriverMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Option to enable Stackdriver Monitoring. + "enableZoneSeparation": True or False, # Output only. Option to enable granular zone separation. + "eventPublishConfig": { # Confirguration of PubSubEventWriter. # Optional. Option to enable and pass metadata for event publishing. "enabled": True or False, # Required. Option to enable Event Publishing. "topic": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Pub/Sub topic. Format: projects/{project_id}/topics/{topic_id} }, @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of this instance is in the form of projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}. - "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for a Data Fusion instance. These configurations are used for peering with the customer network. Configurations are optional when a public Data Fusion instance is to be created. However, providing these configurations allows several benefits, such as reduced network latency while accessing the customer resources from managed Data Fusion instance nodes, as well as access to the customer on-prem resources. # Network configuration options. These are required when a private Data Fusion instance is to be created. + "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for a Data Fusion instance. These configurations are used for peering with the customer network. Configurations are optional when a public Data Fusion instance is to be created. However, providing these configurations allows several benefits, such as reduced network latency while accessing the customer resources from managed Data Fusion instance nodes, as well as access to the customer on-prem resources. # Optional. Network configuration options. These are required when a private Data Fusion instance is to be created. "connectionType": "A String", # Optional. Type of connection for establishing private IP connectivity between the Data Fusion customer project VPC and the corresponding tenant project from a predefined list of available connection modes. If this field is unspecified for a private instance, VPC peering is used. "ipAllocation": "A String", # Optional. The IP range in CIDR notation to use for the managed Data Fusion instance nodes. This range must not overlap with any other ranges used in the Data Fusion instance network. This is required only when using connection type VPC_PEERING. Format: a.b.c.d/22 Example: 192.168.0.0/22 "network": "A String", # Optional. Name of the network in the customer project with which the Tenant Project will be peered for executing pipelines. In case of shared VPC where the network resides in another host project the network should specified in the form of projects/{host-project-id}/global/networks/{network}. This is only required for connectivity type VPC_PEERING. @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@

Method Details

}, "p4ServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Service agent for the customer project. "patchRevision": "A String", # Optional. Current patch revision of the Data Fusion. - "privateInstance": True or False, # Specifies whether the Data Fusion instance should be private. If set to true, all Data Fusion nodes will have private IP addresses and will not be able to access the public internet. + "privateInstance": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether the Data Fusion instance should be private. If set to true, all Data Fusion nodes will have private IP addresses and will not be able to access the public internet. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated. Use tenant_project_id instead to extract the tenant project ID. "serviceEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Endpoint on which the Data Fusion UI is accessible. @@ -528,9 +528,9 @@

Method Details

"tenantProjectId": "A String", # Output only. The name of the tenant project. "type": "A String", # Required. Instance type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the instance was last updated. - "version": "A String", # Current version of the Data Fusion. Only specifiable in Update. + "version": "A String", # Optional. Current version of the Data Fusion. Only specifiable in Update. "workforceIdentityServiceEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Endpoint on which the Data Fusion UI is accessible to third-party users - "zone": "A String", # Name of the zone in which the Data Fusion instance will be created. Only DEVELOPER instances use this field. + "zone": "A String", # Optional. Name of the zone in which the Data Fusion instance will be created. Only DEVELOPER instances use this field. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results or empty if there are no more results in the list. @@ -582,21 +582,21 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the instance was created. - "cryptoKeyConfig": { # The crypto key configuration. This field is used by the Customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK) feature. # The crypto key configuration. This field is used by the Customer-Managed Encryption Keys (CMEK) feature. - "keyReference": "A String", # The name of the key which is used to encrypt/decrypt customer data. For key in Cloud KMS, the key should be in the format of `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. + "cryptoKeyConfig": { # The crypto key configuration. This field is used by the Customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK) feature. # Optional. The crypto key configuration. This field is used by the Customer-Managed Encryption Keys (CMEK) feature. + "keyReference": "A String", # Optional. The name of the key which is used to encrypt/decrypt customer data. For key in Cloud KMS, the key should be in the format of `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. }, "dataplexDataLineageIntegrationEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Option to enable the Dataplex Lineage Integration feature. - "dataprocServiceAccount": "A String", # User-managed service account to set on Dataproc when Cloud Data Fusion creates Dataproc to run data processing pipelines. This allows users to have fine-grained access control on Dataproc's accesses to cloud resources. - "description": "A String", # A description of this instance. + "dataprocServiceAccount": "A String", # Optional. User-managed service account to set on Dataproc when Cloud Data Fusion creates Dataproc to run data processing pipelines. This allows users to have fine-grained access control on Dataproc's accesses to cloud resources. + "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of this instance. "disabledReason": [ # Output only. If the instance state is DISABLED, the reason for disabling the instance. "A String", ], - "displayName": "A String", # Display name for an instance. - "enableRbac": True or False, # Option to enable granular role-based access control. - "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # Option to enable Stackdriver Logging. - "enableStackdriverMonitoring": True or False, # Option to enable Stackdriver Monitoring. - "enableZoneSeparation": True or False, # Option to enable granular zone separation. - "eventPublishConfig": { # Confirguration of PubSubEventWriter. # Option to enable and pass metadata for event publishing. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name for an instance. + "enableRbac": True or False, # Optional. Option to enable granular role-based access control. + "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # Optional. Option to enable Stackdriver Logging. + "enableStackdriverMonitoring": True or False, # Optional. Option to enable Stackdriver Monitoring. + "enableZoneSeparation": True or False, # Output only. Option to enable granular zone separation. + "eventPublishConfig": { # Confirguration of PubSubEventWriter. # Optional. Option to enable and pass metadata for event publishing. "enabled": True or False, # Required. Option to enable Event Publishing. "topic": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Pub/Sub topic. Format: projects/{project_id}/topics/{topic_id} }, @@ -620,7 +620,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of this instance is in the form of projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}. - "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for a Data Fusion instance. These configurations are used for peering with the customer network. Configurations are optional when a public Data Fusion instance is to be created. However, providing these configurations allows several benefits, such as reduced network latency while accessing the customer resources from managed Data Fusion instance nodes, as well as access to the customer on-prem resources. # Network configuration options. These are required when a private Data Fusion instance is to be created. + "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for a Data Fusion instance. These configurations are used for peering with the customer network. Configurations are optional when a public Data Fusion instance is to be created. However, providing these configurations allows several benefits, such as reduced network latency while accessing the customer resources from managed Data Fusion instance nodes, as well as access to the customer on-prem resources. # Optional. Network configuration options. These are required when a private Data Fusion instance is to be created. "connectionType": "A String", # Optional. Type of connection for establishing private IP connectivity between the Data Fusion customer project VPC and the corresponding tenant project from a predefined list of available connection modes. If this field is unspecified for a private instance, VPC peering is used. "ipAllocation": "A String", # Optional. The IP range in CIDR notation to use for the managed Data Fusion instance nodes. This range must not overlap with any other ranges used in the Data Fusion instance network. This is required only when using connection type VPC_PEERING. Format: a.b.c.d/22 Example: 192.168.0.0/22 "network": "A String", # Optional. Name of the network in the customer project with which the Tenant Project will be peered for executing pipelines. In case of shared VPC where the network resides in another host project the network should specified in the form of projects/{host-project-id}/global/networks/{network}. This is only required for connectivity type VPC_PEERING. @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@

Method Details

}, "p4ServiceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Service agent for the customer project. "patchRevision": "A String", # Optional. Current patch revision of the Data Fusion. - "privateInstance": True or False, # Specifies whether the Data Fusion instance should be private. If set to true, all Data Fusion nodes will have private IP addresses and will not be able to access the public internet. + "privateInstance": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether the Data Fusion instance should be private. If set to true, all Data Fusion nodes will have private IP addresses and will not be able to access the public internet. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated. Use tenant_project_id instead to extract the tenant project ID. "serviceEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Endpoint on which the Data Fusion UI is accessible. @@ -644,9 +644,9 @@

Method Details

"tenantProjectId": "A String", # Output only. The name of the tenant project. "type": "A String", # Required. Instance type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the instance was last updated. - "version": "A String", # Current version of the Data Fusion. Only specifiable in Update. + "version": "A String", # Optional. Current version of the Data Fusion. Only specifiable in Update. "workforceIdentityServiceEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Endpoint on which the Data Fusion UI is accessible to third-party users - "zone": "A String", # Name of the zone in which the Data Fusion instance will be created. Only DEVELOPER instances use this field. + "zone": "A String", # Optional. Name of the zone in which the Data Fusion instance will be created. Only DEVELOPER instances use this field. } updateMask: string, Field mask is used to specify the fields that the update will overwrite in an instance resource. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask, the label field will be overwritten. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1.projects.locations.operations.html index 56e236c4f37..3113b178e2c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1.projects.locations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Cloud Data Fusion API . cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1.projects.locations.versions.html b/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1.projects.locations.versions.html
index 5d965a31f2b..0a9c6d1da4d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1.projects.locations.versions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1.projects.locations.versions.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Response message for the list available versions request. - "availableVersions": [ # Represents a list of versions that are supported. + "availableVersions": [ # Represents a list of versions that are supported. Deprecated: Use versions field instead. { # The Data Fusion version. This proto message stores information about certain Data Fusion version, which is used for Data Fusion version upgrade. "availableFeatures": [ # Represents a list of available feature names for a given version. "A String", @@ -118,6 +118,16 @@

Method Details

}, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results or empty if there are no more results in the list. + "versions": [ # Represents a list of all versions. + { # The Data Fusion version. This proto message stores information about certain Data Fusion version, which is used for Data Fusion version upgrade. + "availableFeatures": [ # Represents a list of available feature names for a given version. + "A String", + ], + "defaultVersion": True or False, # Whether this is currently the default version for Cloud Data Fusion + "type": "A String", # Type represents the release availability of the version + "versionNumber": "A String", # The version number of the Data Fusion instance, such as '6.0.1.0'. + }, + ], }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html index 273005a1336..b7d6f146d3a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Cloud Data Fusion API . cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1beta1.projects.locations.versions.html b/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1beta1.projects.locations.versions.html
index 024d6622976..2d3f51e4257 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1beta1.projects.locations.versions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datafusion_v1beta1.projects.locations.versions.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Response message for the list available versions request. - "availableVersions": [ # Represents a list of versions that are supported. + "availableVersions": [ # Represents a list of versions that are supported. Deprecated: Use versions field instead. { # The Data Fusion version. "availableFeatures": [ # Represents a list of available feature names for a given version. "A String", @@ -118,6 +118,16 @@

Method Details

}, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results or empty if there are no more results in the list. + "versions": [ # Represents a list of all versions. + { # The Data Fusion version. + "availableFeatures": [ # Represents a list of available feature names for a given version. + "A String", + ], + "defaultVersion": True or False, # Whether this is currently the default version for Cloud Data Fusion + "type": "A String", # Type represents the release availability of the version + "versionNumber": "A String", # The version number of the Data Fusion instance, such as '6.0.1.0'. + }, + ], }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datalineage_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/datalineage_v1.projects.locations.operations.html index f9ded277052..14f6293fc98 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datalineage_v1.projects.locations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datalineage_v1.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Data Lineage API . cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datalineage_v1.projects.locations.processes.html b/docs/dyn/datalineage_v1.projects.locations.processes.html
index 6714e0a6f63..7cba47b671a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datalineage_v1.projects.locations.processes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datalineage_v1.projects.locations.processes.html
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ 

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the lineage process. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processes/{process}`. Can be specified or auto-assigned. {process} must be not longer than 200 characters and only contain characters in a set: `a-zA-Z0-9_-:.` "origin": { # Origin of a process. # Optional. The origin of this process and its runs and lineage events. "name": "A String", # If the source_type isn't CUSTOM, the value of this field should be a GCP resource name of the system, which reports lineage. The project and location parts of the resource name must match the project and location of the lineage resource being created. Examples: - `{source_type: COMPOSER, name: "projects/foo/locations/us/environments/bar"}` - `{source_type: BIGQUERY, name: "projects/foo/locations/eu"}` - `{source_type: CUSTOM, name: "myCustomIntegration"}` - "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the source. Use of a source_type other than `CUSTOM` for process creation or updating is highly discouraged. It may cause additional billing costs and be restricted in the future without notice. + "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the source. Use of a source_type other than `CUSTOM` for process creation or updating is highly discouraged. It might be restricted in the future without notice. There will be increase in cost if you use any of the source types other than `CUSTOM`. }, } @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the lineage process. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processes/{process}`. Can be specified or auto-assigned. {process} must be not longer than 200 characters and only contain characters in a set: `a-zA-Z0-9_-:.` "origin": { # Origin of a process. # Optional. The origin of this process and its runs and lineage events. "name": "A String", # If the source_type isn't CUSTOM, the value of this field should be a GCP resource name of the system, which reports lineage. The project and location parts of the resource name must match the project and location of the lineage resource being created. Examples: - `{source_type: COMPOSER, name: "projects/foo/locations/us/environments/bar"}` - `{source_type: BIGQUERY, name: "projects/foo/locations/eu"}` - `{source_type: CUSTOM, name: "myCustomIntegration"}` - "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the source. Use of a source_type other than `CUSTOM` for process creation or updating is highly discouraged. It may cause additional billing costs and be restricted in the future without notice. + "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the source. Use of a source_type other than `CUSTOM` for process creation or updating is highly discouraged. It might be restricted in the future without notice. There will be increase in cost if you use any of the source types other than `CUSTOM`. }, }
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the lineage process. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processes/{process}`. Can be specified or auto-assigned. {process} must be not longer than 200 characters and only contain characters in a set: `a-zA-Z0-9_-:.` "origin": { # Origin of a process. # Optional. The origin of this process and its runs and lineage events. "name": "A String", # If the source_type isn't CUSTOM, the value of this field should be a GCP resource name of the system, which reports lineage. The project and location parts of the resource name must match the project and location of the lineage resource being created. Examples: - `{source_type: COMPOSER, name: "projects/foo/locations/us/environments/bar"}` - `{source_type: BIGQUERY, name: "projects/foo/locations/eu"}` - `{source_type: CUSTOM, name: "myCustomIntegration"}` - "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the source. Use of a source_type other than `CUSTOM` for process creation or updating is highly discouraged. It may cause additional billing costs and be restricted in the future without notice. + "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the source. Use of a source_type other than `CUSTOM` for process creation or updating is highly discouraged. It might be restricted in the future without notice. There will be increase in cost if you use any of the source types other than `CUSTOM`. }, }
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the lineage process. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processes/{process}`. Can be specified or auto-assigned. {process} must be not longer than 200 characters and only contain characters in a set: `a-zA-Z0-9_-:.` "origin": { # Origin of a process. # Optional. The origin of this process and its runs and lineage events. "name": "A String", # If the source_type isn't CUSTOM, the value of this field should be a GCP resource name of the system, which reports lineage. The project and location parts of the resource name must match the project and location of the lineage resource being created. Examples: - `{source_type: COMPOSER, name: "projects/foo/locations/us/environments/bar"}` - `{source_type: BIGQUERY, name: "projects/foo/locations/eu"}` - `{source_type: CUSTOM, name: "myCustomIntegration"}` - "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the source. Use of a source_type other than `CUSTOM` for process creation or updating is highly discouraged. It may cause additional billing costs and be restricted in the future without notice. + "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the source. Use of a source_type other than `CUSTOM` for process creation or updating is highly discouraged. It might be restricted in the future without notice. There will be increase in cost if you use any of the source types other than `CUSTOM`. }, }, ], @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the lineage process. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processes/{process}`. Can be specified or auto-assigned. {process} must be not longer than 200 characters and only contain characters in a set: `a-zA-Z0-9_-:.` "origin": { # Origin of a process. # Optional. The origin of this process and its runs and lineage events. "name": "A String", # If the source_type isn't CUSTOM, the value of this field should be a GCP resource name of the system, which reports lineage. The project and location parts of the resource name must match the project and location of the lineage resource being created. Examples: - `{source_type: COMPOSER, name: "projects/foo/locations/us/environments/bar"}` - `{source_type: BIGQUERY, name: "projects/foo/locations/eu"}` - `{source_type: CUSTOM, name: "myCustomIntegration"}` - "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the source. Use of a source_type other than `CUSTOM` for process creation or updating is highly discouraged. It may cause additional billing costs and be restricted in the future without notice. + "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the source. Use of a source_type other than `CUSTOM` for process creation or updating is highly discouraged. It might be restricted in the future without notice. There will be increase in cost if you use any of the source types other than `CUSTOM`. }, } @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the lineage process. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processes/{process}`. Can be specified or auto-assigned. {process} must be not longer than 200 characters and only contain characters in a set: `a-zA-Z0-9_-:.` "origin": { # Origin of a process. # Optional. The origin of this process and its runs and lineage events. "name": "A String", # If the source_type isn't CUSTOM, the value of this field should be a GCP resource name of the system, which reports lineage. The project and location parts of the resource name must match the project and location of the lineage resource being created. Examples: - `{source_type: COMPOSER, name: "projects/foo/locations/us/environments/bar"}` - `{source_type: BIGQUERY, name: "projects/foo/locations/eu"}` - `{source_type: CUSTOM, name: "myCustomIntegration"}` - "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the source. Use of a source_type other than `CUSTOM` for process creation or updating is highly discouraged. It may cause additional billing costs and be restricted in the future without notice. + "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the source. Use of a source_type other than `CUSTOM` for process creation or updating is highly discouraged. It might be restricted in the future without notice. There will be increase in cost if you use any of the source types other than `CUSTOM`. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.conversionWorkspaces.html b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.conversionWorkspaces.html index 1c1bd5c8330..96f9f550461 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.conversionWorkspaces.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.conversionWorkspaces.html @@ -512,6 +512,22 @@

Method Details

"customFeatures": { # Custom engine specific features. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "indices": [ # View indices. + { # Index is not used as an independent entity, it is retrieved as part of a Table entity. + "customFeatures": { # Custom engine specific features. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "name": "A String", # The name of the index. + "tableColumns": [ # Table columns used as part of the Index, for example B-TREE index should list the columns which constitutes the index. + "A String", + ], + "tableColumnsDescending": [ # For each table_column, mark whether it's sorting order is ascending (false) or descending (true). If no value is defined, assume all columns are sorted in ascending order. Otherwise, the number of items must match that of table_columns with each value specifying the direction of the matched column by its index. + True or False, + ], + "type": "A String", # Type of index, for example B-TREE. + "unique": True or False, # Boolean value indicating whether the index is unique. + }, + ], "sqlCode": "A String", # The SQL code which creates the view. }, "parentEntity": "A String", # The full name of the parent entity (e.g. schema name). diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.html b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.html index e20e12db42b..116f2cfe4b2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.html @@ -91,6 +91,9 @@

Instance Methods

demoteDestination(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Demotes the destination database to become a read replica of the source. This is applicable for the following migrations: 1. MySQL to Cloud SQL for MySQL 2. PostgreSQL to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL 3. PostgreSQL to AlloyDB for PostgreSQL.

+

+ fetchSourceObjects(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves objects from the source database that can be selected for data migration. This is applicable for the following migrations: 1. PostgreSQL to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL 2. PostgreSQL to AlloyDB for PostgreSQL.

generateSshScript(migrationJob, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Generate a SSH configuration script to configure the reverse SSH connectivity.

@@ -190,6 +193,19 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # The name (URI) of this migration job resource, in the form of: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/migrationJobs/{migrationJob}. + "objectsConfig": { # Configuration for the objects to be migrated. # Optional. The objects that need to be migrated. + "sourceObjectsConfig": { # List of configurations for the source objects to be migrated. # The list of the migration job objects. + "objectConfigs": [ # The list of the objects to be migrated. + { # Config for a single migration job object. + "objectIdentifier": { # An identifier for the Migration Job Object. # The object identifier. + "database": "A String", # The database name. This will be required only if the object uses a database name as part of its unique identifier. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the migration job object. + }, + }, + ], + "objectsSelectionType": "A String", # Optional. The objects selection type of the migration job. + }, + }, "oracleToPostgresConfig": { # Configuration for heterogeneous **Oracle to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL** and **Oracle to AlloyDB for PostgreSQL** migrations. # Configuration for heterogeneous **Oracle to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL** and **Oracle to AlloyDB for PostgreSQL** migrations. "oracleSourceConfig": { # Configuration for Oracle as a source in a migration. # Optional. Configuration for Oracle source. "binaryLogParser": { # Configuration to use Binary Log Parser CDC technique. # Use Binary Log Parser. @@ -233,9 +249,9 @@

Method Details

{ # Specifies the backup details for a single database in Cloud Storage for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server. "database": "A String", # Required. Name of a SQL Server database for which to define backup configuration. "encryptionOptions": { # Encryption settings for the SQL Server database. # Optional. Encryption settings for the database. Required if provided database backups are encrypted. Encryption settings include path to certificate, path to certificate private key, and key password. - "certPath": "A String", # Required. Path to certificate. - "pvkPassword": "A String", # Required. Input only. Private key password. - "pvkPath": "A String", # Required. Path to certificate private key. + "certPath": "A String", # Required. Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file. + "pvkPassword": "A String", # Required. Input only. Password that encrypts the private key. + "pvkPath": "A String", # Required. Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file. }, }, ], @@ -361,6 +377,41 @@

Method Details

} +
+ fetchSourceObjects(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves objects from the source database that can be selected for data migration. This is applicable for the following migrations: 1. PostgreSQL to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL 2. PostgreSQL to AlloyDB for PostgreSQL.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name for the migration job for which source objects should be returned. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
generateSshScript(migrationJob, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Generate a SSH configuration script to configure the reverse SSH connectivity.
@@ -478,6 +529,19 @@ 

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # The name (URI) of this migration job resource, in the form of: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/migrationJobs/{migrationJob}. + "objectsConfig": { # Configuration for the objects to be migrated. # Optional. The objects that need to be migrated. + "sourceObjectsConfig": { # List of configurations for the source objects to be migrated. # The list of the migration job objects. + "objectConfigs": [ # The list of the objects to be migrated. + { # Config for a single migration job object. + "objectIdentifier": { # An identifier for the Migration Job Object. # The object identifier. + "database": "A String", # The database name. This will be required only if the object uses a database name as part of its unique identifier. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the migration job object. + }, + }, + ], + "objectsSelectionType": "A String", # Optional. The objects selection type of the migration job. + }, + }, "oracleToPostgresConfig": { # Configuration for heterogeneous **Oracle to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL** and **Oracle to AlloyDB for PostgreSQL** migrations. # Configuration for heterogeneous **Oracle to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL** and **Oracle to AlloyDB for PostgreSQL** migrations. "oracleSourceConfig": { # Configuration for Oracle as a source in a migration. # Optional. Configuration for Oracle source. "binaryLogParser": { # Configuration to use Binary Log Parser CDC technique. # Use Binary Log Parser. @@ -521,9 +585,9 @@

Method Details

{ # Specifies the backup details for a single database in Cloud Storage for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server. "database": "A String", # Required. Name of a SQL Server database for which to define backup configuration. "encryptionOptions": { # Encryption settings for the SQL Server database. # Optional. Encryption settings for the database. Required if provided database backups are encrypted. Encryption settings include path to certificate, path to certificate private key, and key password. - "certPath": "A String", # Required. Path to certificate. - "pvkPassword": "A String", # Required. Input only. Private key password. - "pvkPath": "A String", # Required. Path to certificate private key. + "certPath": "A String", # Required. Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file. + "pvkPassword": "A String", # Required. Input only. Password that encrypts the private key. + "pvkPath": "A String", # Required. Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file. }, }, ], @@ -648,6 +712,19 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # The name (URI) of this migration job resource, in the form of: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/migrationJobs/{migrationJob}. + "objectsConfig": { # Configuration for the objects to be migrated. # Optional. The objects that need to be migrated. + "sourceObjectsConfig": { # List of configurations for the source objects to be migrated. # The list of the migration job objects. + "objectConfigs": [ # The list of the objects to be migrated. + { # Config for a single migration job object. + "objectIdentifier": { # An identifier for the Migration Job Object. # The object identifier. + "database": "A String", # The database name. This will be required only if the object uses a database name as part of its unique identifier. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the migration job object. + }, + }, + ], + "objectsSelectionType": "A String", # Optional. The objects selection type of the migration job. + }, + }, "oracleToPostgresConfig": { # Configuration for heterogeneous **Oracle to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL** and **Oracle to AlloyDB for PostgreSQL** migrations. # Configuration for heterogeneous **Oracle to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL** and **Oracle to AlloyDB for PostgreSQL** migrations. "oracleSourceConfig": { # Configuration for Oracle as a source in a migration. # Optional. Configuration for Oracle source. "binaryLogParser": { # Configuration to use Binary Log Parser CDC technique. # Use Binary Log Parser. @@ -691,9 +768,9 @@

Method Details

{ # Specifies the backup details for a single database in Cloud Storage for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server. "database": "A String", # Required. Name of a SQL Server database for which to define backup configuration. "encryptionOptions": { # Encryption settings for the SQL Server database. # Optional. Encryption settings for the database. Required if provided database backups are encrypted. Encryption settings include path to certificate, path to certificate private key, and key password. - "certPath": "A String", # Required. Path to certificate. - "pvkPassword": "A String", # Required. Input only. Private key password. - "pvkPath": "A String", # Required. Path to certificate private key. + "certPath": "A String", # Required. Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file. + "pvkPassword": "A String", # Required. Input only. Password that encrypts the private key. + "pvkPath": "A String", # Required. Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file. }, }, ], @@ -779,6 +856,19 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # The name (URI) of this migration job resource, in the form of: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/migrationJobs/{migrationJob}. + "objectsConfig": { # Configuration for the objects to be migrated. # Optional. The objects that need to be migrated. + "sourceObjectsConfig": { # List of configurations for the source objects to be migrated. # The list of the migration job objects. + "objectConfigs": [ # The list of the objects to be migrated. + { # Config for a single migration job object. + "objectIdentifier": { # An identifier for the Migration Job Object. # The object identifier. + "database": "A String", # The database name. This will be required only if the object uses a database name as part of its unique identifier. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the migration job object. + }, + }, + ], + "objectsSelectionType": "A String", # Optional. The objects selection type of the migration job. + }, + }, "oracleToPostgresConfig": { # Configuration for heterogeneous **Oracle to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL** and **Oracle to AlloyDB for PostgreSQL** migrations. # Configuration for heterogeneous **Oracle to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL** and **Oracle to AlloyDB for PostgreSQL** migrations. "oracleSourceConfig": { # Configuration for Oracle as a source in a migration. # Optional. Configuration for Oracle source. "binaryLogParser": { # Configuration to use Binary Log Parser CDC technique. # Use Binary Log Parser. @@ -822,9 +912,9 @@

Method Details

{ # Specifies the backup details for a single database in Cloud Storage for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server. "database": "A String", # Required. Name of a SQL Server database for which to define backup configuration. "encryptionOptions": { # Encryption settings for the SQL Server database. # Optional. Encryption settings for the database. Required if provided database backups are encrypted. Encryption settings include path to certificate, path to certificate private key, and key password. - "certPath": "A String", # Required. Path to certificate. - "pvkPassword": "A String", # Required. Input only. Private key password. - "pvkPath": "A String", # Required. Path to certificate private key. + "certPath": "A String", # Required. Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file. + "pvkPassword": "A String", # Required. Input only. Password that encrypts the private key. + "pvkPath": "A String", # Required. Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file. }, }, ], @@ -882,6 +972,19 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for 'PromoteMigrationJob' request. + "objectsFilter": { # Configuration for the objects to be migrated. # Optional. The object filter to apply to the migration job. + "sourceObjectsConfig": { # List of configurations for the source objects to be migrated. # The list of the migration job objects. + "objectConfigs": [ # The list of the objects to be migrated. + { # Config for a single migration job object. + "objectIdentifier": { # An identifier for the Migration Job Object. # The object identifier. + "database": "A String", # The database name. This will be required only if the object uses a database name as part of its unique identifier. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the migration job object. + }, + }, + ], + "objectsSelectionType": "A String", # Optional. The objects selection type of the migration job. + }, + }, } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -923,6 +1026,19 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for 'RestartMigrationJob' request. + "objectsFilter": { # Configuration for the objects to be migrated. # Optional. The object filter to apply to the migration job. + "sourceObjectsConfig": { # List of configurations for the source objects to be migrated. # The list of the migration job objects. + "objectConfigs": [ # The list of the objects to be migrated. + { # Config for a single migration job object. + "objectIdentifier": { # An identifier for the Migration Job Object. # The object identifier. + "database": "A String", # The database name. This will be required only if the object uses a database name as part of its unique identifier. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the migration job object. + }, + }, + ], + "objectsSelectionType": "A String", # Optional. The objects selection type of the migration job. + }, + }, "skipValidation": True or False, # Optional. Restart the migration job without running prior configuration verification. Defaults to `false`. } @@ -1244,6 +1360,19 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # The name (URI) of this migration job resource, in the form of: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/migrationJobs/{migrationJob}. + "objectsConfig": { # Configuration for the objects to be migrated. # Optional. The objects that need to be migrated. + "sourceObjectsConfig": { # List of configurations for the source objects to be migrated. # The list of the migration job objects. + "objectConfigs": [ # The list of the objects to be migrated. + { # Config for a single migration job object. + "objectIdentifier": { # An identifier for the Migration Job Object. # The object identifier. + "database": "A String", # The database name. This will be required only if the object uses a database name as part of its unique identifier. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the migration job object. + }, + }, + ], + "objectsSelectionType": "A String", # Optional. The objects selection type of the migration job. + }, + }, "oracleToPostgresConfig": { # Configuration for heterogeneous **Oracle to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL** and **Oracle to AlloyDB for PostgreSQL** migrations. # Configuration for heterogeneous **Oracle to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL** and **Oracle to AlloyDB for PostgreSQL** migrations. "oracleSourceConfig": { # Configuration for Oracle as a source in a migration. # Optional. Configuration for Oracle source. "binaryLogParser": { # Configuration to use Binary Log Parser CDC technique. # Use Binary Log Parser. @@ -1287,9 +1416,9 @@

Method Details

{ # Specifies the backup details for a single database in Cloud Storage for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server. "database": "A String", # Required. Name of a SQL Server database for which to define backup configuration. "encryptionOptions": { # Encryption settings for the SQL Server database. # Optional. Encryption settings for the database. Required if provided database backups are encrypted. Encryption settings include path to certificate, path to certificate private key, and key password. - "certPath": "A String", # Required. Path to certificate. - "pvkPassword": "A String", # Required. Input only. Private key password. - "pvkPath": "A String", # Required. Path to certificate private key. + "certPath": "A String", # Required. Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file. + "pvkPassword": "A String", # Required. Input only. Password that encrypts the private key. + "pvkPath": "A String", # Required. Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file. }, }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.objects.html b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.objects.html index 6efe95f0962..4b6cf445d5a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.objects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.objects.html @@ -77,9 +77,21 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Use this method to get details about a migration job object.

getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Use this method to list the objects of a specific migration job.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ lookup(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Use this method to look up a migration job object by its source object identifier.

setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

@@ -92,6 +104,42 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Use this method to get details about a migration job object.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the migration job object resource to get. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A specific Migration Job Object (e.g. a specifc DB Table)
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time of the migration job object.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The error details in case of failure.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The object's name.
+  "phase": "A String", # Output only. The phase of the migration job object.
+  "sourceObject": { # An identifier for the Migration Job Object. # The object identifier in the data source.
+    "database": "A String", # The database name. This will be required only if the object uses a database name as part of its unique identifier.
+    "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the migration job object.
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # The state of the migration job object.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update time of the migration job object.
+}
+
+
getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
@@ -140,6 +188,109 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Use this method to list the objects of a specific migration job.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent migration job that owns the collection of objects. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Maximum number of objects to return. Default is 50. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Page token received from a previous `ListMigrationJObObjectsRequest` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListMigrationJobObjectsRequest` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response containing the objects for a migration job.
+  "migrationJobObjects": [ # List of migration job objects.
+    { # A specific Migration Job Object (e.g. a specifc DB Table)
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time of the migration job object.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The error details in case of failure.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The object's name.
+      "phase": "A String", # Output only. The phase of the migration job object.
+      "sourceObject": { # An identifier for the Migration Job Object. # The object identifier in the data source.
+        "database": "A String", # The database name. This will be required only if the object uses a database name as part of its unique identifier.
+        "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the migration job object.
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # The state of the migration job object.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update time of the migration job object.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ lookup(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Use this method to look up a migration job object by its source object identifier.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent migration job that owns the collection of objects. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for looking up a specific migration job object by its source object identifier.
+  "sourceObjectIdentifier": { # An identifier for the Migration Job Object. # Required. The source object identifier which maps to the migration job object.
+    "database": "A String", # The database name. This will be required only if the object uses a database name as part of its unique identifier.
+    "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the migration job object.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A specific Migration Job Object (e.g. a specifc DB Table)
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time of the migration job object.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The error details in case of failure.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The object's name.
+  "phase": "A String", # Output only. The phase of the migration job object.
+  "sourceObject": { # An identifier for the Migration Job Object. # The object identifier in the data source.
+    "database": "A String", # The database name. This will be required only if the object uses a database name as part of its unique identifier.
+    "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the migration job object.
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # The state of the migration job object.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update time of the migration job object.
+}
+
+
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index d18c18b6f46..9d3400ffe49 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 

Database Migration API . cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
index b41a1a4d1b3..8e15c105874 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 

Database Migration API . cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html
index 69499ebe772..e67fa75f912 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html
@@ -332,6 +332,7 @@ 

Method Details

"resourceTypes": [ # The FHIR resource types to import. The resource types should be a subset of all [supported FHIR resource types](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/fhir-schema-reference#resource-level-specification). Default to all supported FHIR resource types if empty. "A String", ], + "updateFromLatestPredefinedSchema": True or False, # Optional. Whether to update the DataStore schema to the latest predefined schema. If true, the DataStore schema will be updated to include any FHIR fields or resource types that have been added since the last import and corresponding FHIR resources will be imported from the FHIR store. Note this field cannot be used in conjunction with `resource_types`. It should be used after initial import. }, "firestoreSource": { # Firestore source import data from. # Firestore input source. "collectionId": "A String", # Required. The Firestore collection (or entity) to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,500 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index bff34ebe3f0..6500b4fa2b1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -80,6 +80,9 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a ServingConfig. Returns a NOT_FOUND error if the ServingConfig does not exist.

recommend(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Makes a recommendation, which requires a contextual user event.

@@ -95,6 +98,9 @@

Instance Methods

search_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ streamAnswer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.

Method Details

answer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -138,12 +144,15 @@

Method Details

"queryRephraserSpec": { # Query rephraser specification. # Query rephraser specification. "disable": True or False, # Disable query rephraser. "maxRephraseSteps": 42, # Max rephrase steps. The max number is 5 steps. If not set or set to < 1, it will be set to 1 by default. + "modelSpec": { # Query Rephraser Model specification. # Optional. Query Rephraser Model specification. + "modelType": "A String", # Optional. Enabled query rephraser model type. If not set, it will use LARGE by default. + }, }, }, "relatedQuestionsSpec": { # Related questions specification. # Related questions specification. "enable": True or False, # Enable related questions feature if true. }, - "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. # Model specification. + "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. There are two use cases: 1. when only safety_spec.enable is set, the BLOCK_LOW_AND_ABOVE threshold will be applied for all categories. 2. when safety_spec.enable is set and some safety_settings are set, only specified safety_settings are applied. # Model specification. "enable": True or False, # Enable the safety filtering on the answer response. It is false by default. }, "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification. @@ -169,6 +178,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -250,6 +278,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -344,7 +386,9 @@

Method Details

}, "answerQueryToken": "A String", # A global unique ID used for logging. "session": { # External session proto definition. # Session resource object. It will be only available when session field is set and valid in the AnswerQueryRequest request. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -369,6 +413,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -477,6 +535,189 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a ServingConfig. Returns a NOT_FOUND error if the ServingConfig does not exist.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results.
+  "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. ServingConfig created timestamp.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human readable serving config display name. Used in Discovery UI. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  "dissociateControlIds": [ # Condition do not associate specifications. If multiple do not associate conditions match, all matching do not associate controls in the list will execute. Order does not matter. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "diversityLevel": "A String", # How much diversity to use in recommendation model results e.g. `medium-diversity` or `high-diversity`. Currently supported values: * `no-diversity` * `low-diversity` * `medium-diversity` * `high-diversity` * `auto-diversity` If not specified, we choose default based on recommendation model type. Default value: `no-diversity`. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
+  "filterControlIds": [ # Filter controls to use in serving path. All triggered filter controls will be applied. Filter controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 filter controls.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "genericConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Generic Discovery.Currently we support: * `content_search_spec`: configuration for generic content search. # The GenericConfig of the serving configuration.
+    "contentSearchSpec": { # A specification for configuring the behavior of content search. # Specifies the expected behavior of content search. Only valid for content-search enabled data store.
+      "chunkSpec": { # Specifies the chunk spec to be returned from the search response. Only available if the SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS # Specifies the chunk spec to be returned from the search response. Only available if the SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS
+        "numNextChunks": 42, # The number of next chunks to be returned of the current chunk. The maximum allowed value is 3. If not specified, no next chunks will be returned.
+        "numPreviousChunks": 42, # The number of previous chunks to be returned of the current chunk. The maximum allowed value is 3. If not specified, no previous chunks will be returned.
+      },
+      "extractiveContentSpec": { # A specification for configuring the extractive content in a search response. # If there is no extractive_content_spec provided, there will be no extractive answer in the search response.
+        "maxExtractiveAnswerCount": 42, # The maximum number of extractive answers returned in each search result. An extractive answer is a verbatim answer extracted from the original document, which provides a precise and contextually relevant answer to the search query. If the number of matching answers is less than the `max_extractive_answer_count`, return all of the answers. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_answer_count`. At most five answers are returned for each SearchResult.
+        "maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`.
+        "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments.
+        "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments.
+        "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`.
+      },
+      "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode defaults to `DOCUMENTS`.
+      "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response.
+        "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0.
+        "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet.
+        "returnSnippet": True or False, # If `true`, then return snippet. If no snippet can be generated, we return "No snippet is available for this page." A `snippet_status` with `SUCCESS` or `NO_SNIPPET_AVAILABLE` will also be returned.
+      },
+      "summarySpec": { # A specification for configuring a summary returned in a search response. # If `summarySpec` is not specified, summaries are not included in the search response.
+        "ignoreAdversarialQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out adversarial queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect adversarial queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as an adversarial query. For example, a user might ask a question regarding negative comments about the company or submit a query designed to generate unsafe, policy-violating output. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for adversarial queries and return fallback messages instead.
+        "ignoreJailBreakingQuery": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to filter out jail-breaking queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect jail-breaking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a jail-breaking query. A user might add instructions to the query to change the tone, style, language, content of the answer, or ask the model to act as a different entity, e.g. "Reply in the tone of a competing company's CEO". If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for jail-breaking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+        "ignoreLowRelevantContent": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that have low relevance. The default value is `false`. If this field is set to `false`, all search results are used regardless of relevance to generate answers. If set to `true`, only queries with high relevance search results will generate answers.
+        "ignoreNonSummarySeekingQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that are not summary-seeking. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect summary-seeking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a non-summary seeking query. For example, `why is the sky blue` and `Who is the best soccer player in the world?` are summary-seeking queries, but `SFO airport` and `world cup 2026` are not. They are most likely navigational queries. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for non-summary seeking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+        "includeCitations": True or False, # Specifies whether to include citations in the summary. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, summaries include in-line citation numbers. Example summary including citations: BigQuery is Google Cloud's fully managed and completely serverless enterprise data warehouse [1]. BigQuery supports all data types, works across clouds, and has built-in machine learning and business intelligence, all within a unified platform [2, 3]. The citation numbers refer to the returned search results and are 1-indexed. For example, [1] means that the sentence is attributed to the first search result. [2, 3] means that the sentence is attributed to both the second and third search results.
+        "languageCode": "A String", # Language code for Summary. Use language tags defined by [BCP47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). Note: This is an experimental feature.
+        "modelPromptSpec": { # Specification of the prompt to use with the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the prompt provided to the LLM.
+          "preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide.
+        },
+        "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
+          "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
+        },
+        "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
+        "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "ignoreControlIds": [ # Condition ignore specifications. If multiple ignore conditions match, all matching ignore controls in the list will execute. Order does not matter. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration.
+    "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days.
+    "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive.
+    "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion.
+    "demoteContentWatchedPastDays": 42, # Optional. Specifies the number of days to look back for demoting watched content. If set to zero or unset, defaults to the maximum of 365 days.
+    "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied.
+  },
+  "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`
+  "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
+  "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "replacementControlIds": [ # Condition replacement specifications. Applied according to the order in the list. A previously replaced term can not be re-replaced. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "solutionType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Specifies the solution type that a serving config can be associated with.
+  "synonymsControlIds": [ # Condition synonyms specifications. If multiple synonyms conditions match, all matching synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. ServingConfig updated timestamp.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Indicates which fields in the provided ServingConfig to update. The following are NOT supported: * ServingConfig.name If not set, all supported fields are updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results.
+  "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. ServingConfig created timestamp.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human readable serving config display name. Used in Discovery UI. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  "dissociateControlIds": [ # Condition do not associate specifications. If multiple do not associate conditions match, all matching do not associate controls in the list will execute. Order does not matter. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "diversityLevel": "A String", # How much diversity to use in recommendation model results e.g. `medium-diversity` or `high-diversity`. Currently supported values: * `no-diversity` * `low-diversity` * `medium-diversity` * `high-diversity` * `auto-diversity` If not specified, we choose default based on recommendation model type. Default value: `no-diversity`. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
+  "filterControlIds": [ # Filter controls to use in serving path. All triggered filter controls will be applied. Filter controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 filter controls.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "genericConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Generic Discovery.Currently we support: * `content_search_spec`: configuration for generic content search. # The GenericConfig of the serving configuration.
+    "contentSearchSpec": { # A specification for configuring the behavior of content search. # Specifies the expected behavior of content search. Only valid for content-search enabled data store.
+      "chunkSpec": { # Specifies the chunk spec to be returned from the search response. Only available if the SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS # Specifies the chunk spec to be returned from the search response. Only available if the SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS
+        "numNextChunks": 42, # The number of next chunks to be returned of the current chunk. The maximum allowed value is 3. If not specified, no next chunks will be returned.
+        "numPreviousChunks": 42, # The number of previous chunks to be returned of the current chunk. The maximum allowed value is 3. If not specified, no previous chunks will be returned.
+      },
+      "extractiveContentSpec": { # A specification for configuring the extractive content in a search response. # If there is no extractive_content_spec provided, there will be no extractive answer in the search response.
+        "maxExtractiveAnswerCount": 42, # The maximum number of extractive answers returned in each search result. An extractive answer is a verbatim answer extracted from the original document, which provides a precise and contextually relevant answer to the search query. If the number of matching answers is less than the `max_extractive_answer_count`, return all of the answers. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_answer_count`. At most five answers are returned for each SearchResult.
+        "maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`.
+        "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments.
+        "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments.
+        "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`.
+      },
+      "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode defaults to `DOCUMENTS`.
+      "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response.
+        "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0.
+        "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet.
+        "returnSnippet": True or False, # If `true`, then return snippet. If no snippet can be generated, we return "No snippet is available for this page." A `snippet_status` with `SUCCESS` or `NO_SNIPPET_AVAILABLE` will also be returned.
+      },
+      "summarySpec": { # A specification for configuring a summary returned in a search response. # If `summarySpec` is not specified, summaries are not included in the search response.
+        "ignoreAdversarialQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out adversarial queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect adversarial queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as an adversarial query. For example, a user might ask a question regarding negative comments about the company or submit a query designed to generate unsafe, policy-violating output. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for adversarial queries and return fallback messages instead.
+        "ignoreJailBreakingQuery": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to filter out jail-breaking queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect jail-breaking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a jail-breaking query. A user might add instructions to the query to change the tone, style, language, content of the answer, or ask the model to act as a different entity, e.g. "Reply in the tone of a competing company's CEO". If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for jail-breaking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+        "ignoreLowRelevantContent": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that have low relevance. The default value is `false`. If this field is set to `false`, all search results are used regardless of relevance to generate answers. If set to `true`, only queries with high relevance search results will generate answers.
+        "ignoreNonSummarySeekingQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that are not summary-seeking. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect summary-seeking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a non-summary seeking query. For example, `why is the sky blue` and `Who is the best soccer player in the world?` are summary-seeking queries, but `SFO airport` and `world cup 2026` are not. They are most likely navigational queries. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for non-summary seeking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+        "includeCitations": True or False, # Specifies whether to include citations in the summary. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, summaries include in-line citation numbers. Example summary including citations: BigQuery is Google Cloud's fully managed and completely serverless enterprise data warehouse [1]. BigQuery supports all data types, works across clouds, and has built-in machine learning and business intelligence, all within a unified platform [2, 3]. The citation numbers refer to the returned search results and are 1-indexed. For example, [1] means that the sentence is attributed to the first search result. [2, 3] means that the sentence is attributed to both the second and third search results.
+        "languageCode": "A String", # Language code for Summary. Use language tags defined by [BCP47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). Note: This is an experimental feature.
+        "modelPromptSpec": { # Specification of the prompt to use with the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the prompt provided to the LLM.
+          "preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide.
+        },
+        "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
+          "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
+        },
+        "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
+        "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "ignoreControlIds": [ # Condition ignore specifications. If multiple ignore conditions match, all matching ignore controls in the list will execute. Order does not matter. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration.
+    "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days.
+    "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive.
+    "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion.
+    "demoteContentWatchedPastDays": 42, # Optional. Specifies the number of days to look back for demoting watched content. If set to zero or unset, defaults to the maximum of 365 days.
+    "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied.
+  },
+  "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`
+  "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
+  "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "replacementControlIds": [ # Condition replacement specifications. Applied according to the order in the list. A previously replaced term can not be re-replaced. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "solutionType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Specifies the solution type that a serving config can be associated with.
+  "synonymsControlIds": [ # Condition synonyms specifications. If multiple synonyms conditions match, all matching synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. ServingConfig updated timestamp.
+}
+
+
recommend(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Makes a recommendation, which requires a contextual user event.
@@ -736,6 +977,25 @@ 

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -1040,6 +1300,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -1304,4 +1583,432 @@

Method Details

+
+ streamAnswer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.
+
+Args:
+  servingConfig: string, Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ConversationalSearchService.AnswerQuery method.
+  "answerGenerationSpec": { # Answer generation specification. # Answer generation specification.
+    "answerLanguageCode": "A String", # Language code for Answer. Use language tags defined by [BCP47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). Note: This is an experimental feature.
+    "ignoreAdversarialQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out adversarial queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect adversarial queries. No answer is returned if the search query is classified as an adversarial query. For example, a user might ask a question regarding negative comments about the company or submit a query designed to generate unsafe, policy-violating output. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating answers for adversarial queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "ignoreJailBreakingQuery": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to filter out jail-breaking queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect jail-breaking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a jail-breaking query. A user might add instructions to the query to change the tone, style, language, content of the answer, or ask the model to act as a different entity, e.g. "Reply in the tone of a competing company's CEO". If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for jail-breaking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "ignoreLowRelevantContent": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that have low relevance. If this field is set to `false`, all search results are used regardless of relevance to generate answers. If set to `true` or unset, the behavior will be determined automatically by the service.
+    "ignoreNonAnswerSeekingQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that are not answer-seeking. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect answer-seeking queries. No answer is returned if the search query is classified as a non-answer seeking query. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating answers for non-answer seeking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "includeCitations": True or False, # Specifies whether to include citation metadata in the answer. The default value is `false`.
+    "modelSpec": { # Answer Generation Model specification. # Answer generation model specification.
+      "modelVersion": "A String", # Model version. If not set, it will use the default stable model. Allowed values are: stable, preview.
+    },
+    "promptSpec": { # Answer generation prompt specification. # Answer generation prompt specification.
+      "preamble": "A String", # Customized preamble.
+    },
+  },
+  "asynchronousMode": True or False, # Deprecated: This field is deprecated. Streaming Answer API will be supported. Asynchronous mode control. If enabled, the response will be returned with answer/session resource name without final answer. The API users need to do the polling to get the latest status of answer/session by calling ConversationalSearchService.GetAnswer or ConversationalSearchService.GetSession method.
+  "groundingSpec": { # Grounding specification. # Optional. Grounding specification.
+    "filteringLevel": "A String", # Optional. Specifies whether to enable the filtering based on grounding score and at what level.
+    "includeGroundingSupports": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to include grounding_supports in the answer. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, returned answer will have `grounding_score` and will contain GroundingSupports for each claim.
+  },
+  "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Required. Current user query.
+    "queryId": "A String", # Unique Id for the query.
+    "text": "A String", # Plain text.
+  },
+  "queryUnderstandingSpec": { # Query understanding specification. # Query understanding specification.
+    "queryClassificationSpec": { # Query classification specification. # Query classification specification.
+      "types": [ # Enabled query classification types.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "queryRephraserSpec": { # Query rephraser specification. # Query rephraser specification.
+      "disable": True or False, # Disable query rephraser.
+      "maxRephraseSteps": 42, # Max rephrase steps. The max number is 5 steps. If not set or set to < 1, it will be set to 1 by default.
+      "modelSpec": { # Query Rephraser Model specification. # Optional. Query Rephraser Model specification.
+        "modelType": "A String", # Optional. Enabled query rephraser model type. If not set, it will use LARGE by default.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "relatedQuestionsSpec": { # Related questions specification. # Related questions specification.
+    "enable": True or False, # Enable related questions feature if true.
+  },
+  "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. There are two use cases: 1. when only safety_spec.enable is set, the BLOCK_LOW_AND_ABOVE threshold will be applied for all categories. 2. when safety_spec.enable is set and some safety_settings are set, only specified safety_settings are applied. # Model specification.
+    "enable": True or False, # Enable the safety filtering on the answer response. It is false by default.
+  },
+  "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
+    "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
+      "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+          { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
+            "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
+            "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
+              "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value).
+              "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here.
+                { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable).
+                  "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`.
+                  "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above.
+                },
+              ],
+              "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount.
+              "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below.
+            },
+            "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))`
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+        { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+          "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+              { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
+                "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
+                "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
+                  "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value).
+                  "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here.
+                    { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable).
+                      "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`.
+                      "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount.
+                  "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below.
+                },
+                "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))`
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
+          "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
+        },
+      ],
+      "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
+      "maxReturnResults": 42, # Number of search results to return. The default value is 10.
+      "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering, see [Ordering](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order#order) If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+      "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. See [parse and chunk documents](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/parse-chunk-documents)
+    },
+    "searchResultList": { # Search result list. # Search result list.
+      "searchResults": [ # Search results.
+        { # Search result.
+          "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+            "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+            "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+            "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata contains the information of the document of the current chunk. # Metadata of the document from the current chunk.
+              "title": "A String", # Title of the document.
+              "uri": "A String", # Uri of the document.
+            },
+          },
+          "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+            "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+            "documentContexts": [ # List of document contexts. The content will be used for Answer Generation. This is supposed to be the main content of the document that can be long and comprehensive.
+              { # Document context.
+                "content": "A String", # Document content to be used for answer generation.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "extractiveAnswers": [ # Deprecated: This field is deprecated and will have no effect on the Answer generation. Please use document_contexts and extractive_segments fields. List of extractive answers.
+              { # Extractive answer. [Guide](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/snippets#get-answers)
+                "content": "A String", # Extractive answer content.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "extractiveSegments": [ # List of extractive segments.
+              { # Extractive segment. [Guide](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/snippets#extractive-segments) Answer generation will only use it if document_contexts is empty. This is supposed to be shorter snippets.
+                "content": "A String", # Extractive segment content.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "title": "A String", # Title.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "session": "A String", # The session resource name. Not required. When session field is not set, the API is in sessionless mode. We support auto session mode: users can use the wildcard symbol `-` as session ID. A new ID will be automatically generated and assigned.
+  "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ConversationalSearchService.AnswerQuery method.
+  "answer": { # Defines an answer. # Answer resource object. If AnswerQueryRequest.QueryUnderstandingSpec.QueryRephraserSpec.max_rephrase_steps is greater than 1, use Answer.name to fetch answer information using ConversationalSearchService.GetAnswer API.
+    "answerSkippedReasons": [ # Additional answer-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+    "citations": [ # Citations.
+      { # Citation info for a segment.
+        "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive.
+        "sources": [ # Citation sources for the attributed segment.
+          { # Citation source.
+            "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+          },
+        ],
+        "startIndex": "A String", # Index indicates the start of the segment, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+      },
+    ],
+    "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp.
+    "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks.
+    "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports.
+      { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.
+        "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive.
+        "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned.
+        "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks.
+        "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim.
+          { # Citation source.
+            "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+          },
+        ],
+        "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+      },
+    ],
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*`
+    "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information.
+      "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information.
+        { # Query classification information.
+          "positive": True or False, # Classification output.
+          "type": "A String", # Query classification type.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "references": [ # References.
+      { # Reference.
+        "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+          "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+          "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+          "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
+            "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+            "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+            "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "title": "A String", # Title.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+          },
+          "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+        },
+        "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information.
+          "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+          "structData": { # Structured search data.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+          "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
+            { # Chunk content.
+              "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+              "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+            },
+          ],
+          "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+          "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "title": "A String", # Title.
+          "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "relatedQuestions": [ # Suggested related questions.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the answer generation.
+    "steps": [ # Answer generation steps.
+      { # Step information.
+        "actions": [ # Actions.
+          { # Action.
+            "observation": { # Observation. # Observation.
+              "searchResults": [ # Search results observed by the search action, it can be snippets info or chunk info, depending on the citation type set by the user.
+                {
+                  "chunkInfo": [ # If citation_type is CHUNK_LEVEL_CITATION and chunk mode is on, populate chunk info.
+                    { # Chunk information.
+                      "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                      "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                      "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                  "snippetInfo": [ # If citation_type is DOCUMENT_LEVEL_CITATION, populate document level snippets.
+                    { # Snippet information.
+                      "snippet": "A String", # Snippet content.
+                      "snippetStatus": "A String", # Status of the snippet defined by the search team.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "structData": { # Data representation. The structured JSON data for the document. It's populated from the struct data from the Document, or the Chunk in search result.
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "title": "A String", # Title.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "searchAction": { # Search action. # Search action.
+              "query": "A String", # The query to search.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "description": "A String", # The description of the step.
+        "state": "A String", # The state of the step.
+        "thought": "A String", # The thought of the step.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "answerQueryToken": "A String", # A global unique ID used for logging.
+  "session": { # External session proto definition. # Session resource object. It will be only available when session field is set and valid in the AnswerQueryRequest request.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished.
+    "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list.
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*`
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started.
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the session.
+    "turns": [ # Turns.
+      { # Represents a turn, including a query from the user and a answer from service.
+        "answer": "A String", # The resource name of the answer to the user query. Only set if the answer generation (/answer API call) happened in this turn.
+        "detailedAnswer": { # Defines an answer. # Output only. In ConversationalSearchService.GetSession API, if GetSessionRequest.include_answer_details is set to true, this field will be populated when getting answer query session.
+          "answerSkippedReasons": [ # Additional answer-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+          "citations": [ # Citations.
+            { # Citation info for a segment.
+              "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive.
+              "sources": [ # Citation sources for the attributed segment.
+                { # Citation source.
+                  "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+                },
+              ],
+              "startIndex": "A String", # Index indicates the start of the segment, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+            },
+          ],
+          "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp.
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp.
+          "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks.
+          "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports.
+            { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.
+              "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive.
+              "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned.
+              "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks.
+              "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim.
+                { # Citation source.
+                  "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+                },
+              ],
+              "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+            },
+          ],
+          "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*`
+          "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information.
+            "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information.
+              { # Query classification information.
+                "positive": True or False, # Classification output.
+                "type": "A String", # Query classification type.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "references": [ # References.
+            { # Reference.
+              "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
+                  "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                  "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+                  "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "title": "A String", # Title.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                },
+                "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+              },
+              "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information.
+                "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                "structData": { # Structured search data.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+              },
+              "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+                "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
+                  { # Chunk content.
+                    "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                    "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+                    "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+                "title": "A String", # Title.
+                "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "relatedQuestions": [ # Suggested related questions.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "state": "A String", # The state of the answer generation.
+          "steps": [ # Answer generation steps.
+            { # Step information.
+              "actions": [ # Actions.
+                { # Action.
+                  "observation": { # Observation. # Observation.
+                    "searchResults": [ # Search results observed by the search action, it can be snippets info or chunk info, depending on the citation type set by the user.
+                      {
+                        "chunkInfo": [ # If citation_type is CHUNK_LEVEL_CITATION and chunk mode is on, populate chunk info.
+                          { # Chunk information.
+                            "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                            "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                            "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                        "snippetInfo": [ # If citation_type is DOCUMENT_LEVEL_CITATION, populate document level snippets.
+                          { # Snippet information.
+                            "snippet": "A String", # Snippet content.
+                            "snippetStatus": "A String", # Status of the snippet defined by the search team.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "structData": { # Data representation. The structured JSON data for the document. It's populated from the struct data from the Document, or the Chunk in search result.
+                          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                        },
+                        "title": "A String", # Title.
+                        "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "searchAction": { # Search action. # Search action.
+                    "query": "A String", # The query to search.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+              "description": "A String", # The description of the step.
+              "state": "A String", # The state of the step.
+              "thought": "A String", # The thought of the step.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # The user query.
+          "queryId": "A String", # Unique Id for the query.
+          "text": "A String", # Plain text.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html index ca84b4cc340..922762357e7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html @@ -118,6 +118,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html index fe20615f557..1d440e3f223 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@

Instance Methods

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a Session. If the Session to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.

- get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+ get(name, includeAnswerDetails=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a Session.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -116,7 +116,9 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -141,6 +143,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -251,7 +267,9 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -276,6 +294,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -397,11 +429,12 @@

Method Details

- get(name, x__xgafv=None) + get(name, includeAnswerDetails=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets a Session.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The resource name of the Session to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}` (required)
+  includeAnswerDetails: boolean, Optional. If set to true, the full session including all answer details will be returned.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -411,7 +444,9 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -436,6 +471,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -545,7 +594,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}` (required) filter: string, A filter to apply on the list results. The supported features are: user_pseudo_id, state. Example: "user_pseudo_id = some_id" - orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` Example: "update_time desc" "create_time" + orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` * `is_pinned` Example: * "update_time desc" * "create_time" * "is_pinned desc,update_time desc": list sessions by is_pinned first, then by update_time. pageSize: integer, Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000. pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListSessions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -560,7 +609,9 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token, if not returned indicates the last page. "sessions": [ # All the Sessions for a given data store. { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -585,6 +636,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -713,7 +778,9 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -738,6 +805,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -849,7 +930,9 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -874,6 +957,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html index 9250f558366..4ea15a9f761 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

Writes a single user event from the browser. This uses a GET request to due to browser restriction of POST-ing to a third-party domain. This method is used only by the Discovery Engine API JavaScript pixel and Google Tag Manager. Users should not call this method directly.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent DataStore resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. If the collect user event action is applied in DataStore level, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. If the collect user event action is applied in Location level, for example, the event with Document across multiple DataStore, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
   ets: string, The event timestamp in milliseconds. This prevents browser caching of otherwise identical get requests. The name is abbreviated to reduce the payload bytes.
   uri: string, The URL including cgi-parameters but excluding the hash fragment with a length limit of 5,000 characters. This is often more useful than the referer URL, because many browsers only send the domain for third-party requests.
   userEvent: string, Required. URL encoded UserEvent proto with a length limit of 2,000,000 characters.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
index 0fb842a2c3b..27b026c1d64 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
@@ -80,6 +80,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a ServingConfig. Returns a NOT_FOUND error if the ServingConfig does not exist.

recommend(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Makes a recommendation, which requires a contextual user event.

@@ -95,6 +98,9 @@

Instance Methods

search_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ streamAnswer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.

Method Details

answer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -138,12 +144,15 @@

Method Details

"queryRephraserSpec": { # Query rephraser specification. # Query rephraser specification. "disable": True or False, # Disable query rephraser. "maxRephraseSteps": 42, # Max rephrase steps. The max number is 5 steps. If not set or set to < 1, it will be set to 1 by default. + "modelSpec": { # Query Rephraser Model specification. # Optional. Query Rephraser Model specification. + "modelType": "A String", # Optional. Enabled query rephraser model type. If not set, it will use LARGE by default. + }, }, }, "relatedQuestionsSpec": { # Related questions specification. # Related questions specification. "enable": True or False, # Enable related questions feature if true. }, - "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. # Model specification. + "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. There are two use cases: 1. when only safety_spec.enable is set, the BLOCK_LOW_AND_ABOVE threshold will be applied for all categories. 2. when safety_spec.enable is set and some safety_settings are set, only specified safety_settings are applied. # Model specification. "enable": True or False, # Enable the safety filtering on the answer response. It is false by default. }, "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification. @@ -169,6 +178,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -250,6 +278,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -344,7 +386,9 @@

Method Details

}, "answerQueryToken": "A String", # A global unique ID used for logging. "session": { # External session proto definition. # Session resource object. It will be only available when session field is set and valid in the AnswerQueryRequest request. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -369,6 +413,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -477,6 +535,189 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a ServingConfig. Returns a NOT_FOUND error if the ServingConfig does not exist.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results.
+  "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. ServingConfig created timestamp.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human readable serving config display name. Used in Discovery UI. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  "dissociateControlIds": [ # Condition do not associate specifications. If multiple do not associate conditions match, all matching do not associate controls in the list will execute. Order does not matter. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "diversityLevel": "A String", # How much diversity to use in recommendation model results e.g. `medium-diversity` or `high-diversity`. Currently supported values: * `no-diversity` * `low-diversity` * `medium-diversity` * `high-diversity` * `auto-diversity` If not specified, we choose default based on recommendation model type. Default value: `no-diversity`. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
+  "filterControlIds": [ # Filter controls to use in serving path. All triggered filter controls will be applied. Filter controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 filter controls.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "genericConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Generic Discovery.Currently we support: * `content_search_spec`: configuration for generic content search. # The GenericConfig of the serving configuration.
+    "contentSearchSpec": { # A specification for configuring the behavior of content search. # Specifies the expected behavior of content search. Only valid for content-search enabled data store.
+      "chunkSpec": { # Specifies the chunk spec to be returned from the search response. Only available if the SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS # Specifies the chunk spec to be returned from the search response. Only available if the SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS
+        "numNextChunks": 42, # The number of next chunks to be returned of the current chunk. The maximum allowed value is 3. If not specified, no next chunks will be returned.
+        "numPreviousChunks": 42, # The number of previous chunks to be returned of the current chunk. The maximum allowed value is 3. If not specified, no previous chunks will be returned.
+      },
+      "extractiveContentSpec": { # A specification for configuring the extractive content in a search response. # If there is no extractive_content_spec provided, there will be no extractive answer in the search response.
+        "maxExtractiveAnswerCount": 42, # The maximum number of extractive answers returned in each search result. An extractive answer is a verbatim answer extracted from the original document, which provides a precise and contextually relevant answer to the search query. If the number of matching answers is less than the `max_extractive_answer_count`, return all of the answers. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_answer_count`. At most five answers are returned for each SearchResult.
+        "maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`.
+        "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments.
+        "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments.
+        "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`.
+      },
+      "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode defaults to `DOCUMENTS`.
+      "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response.
+        "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0.
+        "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet.
+        "returnSnippet": True or False, # If `true`, then return snippet. If no snippet can be generated, we return "No snippet is available for this page." A `snippet_status` with `SUCCESS` or `NO_SNIPPET_AVAILABLE` will also be returned.
+      },
+      "summarySpec": { # A specification for configuring a summary returned in a search response. # If `summarySpec` is not specified, summaries are not included in the search response.
+        "ignoreAdversarialQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out adversarial queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect adversarial queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as an adversarial query. For example, a user might ask a question regarding negative comments about the company or submit a query designed to generate unsafe, policy-violating output. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for adversarial queries and return fallback messages instead.
+        "ignoreJailBreakingQuery": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to filter out jail-breaking queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect jail-breaking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a jail-breaking query. A user might add instructions to the query to change the tone, style, language, content of the answer, or ask the model to act as a different entity, e.g. "Reply in the tone of a competing company's CEO". If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for jail-breaking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+        "ignoreLowRelevantContent": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that have low relevance. The default value is `false`. If this field is set to `false`, all search results are used regardless of relevance to generate answers. If set to `true`, only queries with high relevance search results will generate answers.
+        "ignoreNonSummarySeekingQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that are not summary-seeking. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect summary-seeking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a non-summary seeking query. For example, `why is the sky blue` and `Who is the best soccer player in the world?` are summary-seeking queries, but `SFO airport` and `world cup 2026` are not. They are most likely navigational queries. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for non-summary seeking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+        "includeCitations": True or False, # Specifies whether to include citations in the summary. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, summaries include in-line citation numbers. Example summary including citations: BigQuery is Google Cloud's fully managed and completely serverless enterprise data warehouse [1]. BigQuery supports all data types, works across clouds, and has built-in machine learning and business intelligence, all within a unified platform [2, 3]. The citation numbers refer to the returned search results and are 1-indexed. For example, [1] means that the sentence is attributed to the first search result. [2, 3] means that the sentence is attributed to both the second and third search results.
+        "languageCode": "A String", # Language code for Summary. Use language tags defined by [BCP47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). Note: This is an experimental feature.
+        "modelPromptSpec": { # Specification of the prompt to use with the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the prompt provided to the LLM.
+          "preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide.
+        },
+        "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
+          "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
+        },
+        "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
+        "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "ignoreControlIds": [ # Condition ignore specifications. If multiple ignore conditions match, all matching ignore controls in the list will execute. Order does not matter. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration.
+    "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days.
+    "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive.
+    "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion.
+    "demoteContentWatchedPastDays": 42, # Optional. Specifies the number of days to look back for demoting watched content. If set to zero or unset, defaults to the maximum of 365 days.
+    "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied.
+  },
+  "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`
+  "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
+  "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "replacementControlIds": [ # Condition replacement specifications. Applied according to the order in the list. A previously replaced term can not be re-replaced. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "solutionType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Specifies the solution type that a serving config can be associated with.
+  "synonymsControlIds": [ # Condition synonyms specifications. If multiple synonyms conditions match, all matching synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. ServingConfig updated timestamp.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Indicates which fields in the provided ServingConfig to update. The following are NOT supported: * ServingConfig.name If not set, all supported fields are updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results.
+  "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. ServingConfig created timestamp.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human readable serving config display name. Used in Discovery UI. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  "dissociateControlIds": [ # Condition do not associate specifications. If multiple do not associate conditions match, all matching do not associate controls in the list will execute. Order does not matter. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "diversityLevel": "A String", # How much diversity to use in recommendation model results e.g. `medium-diversity` or `high-diversity`. Currently supported values: * `no-diversity` * `low-diversity` * `medium-diversity` * `high-diversity` * `auto-diversity` If not specified, we choose default based on recommendation model type. Default value: `no-diversity`. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
+  "filterControlIds": [ # Filter controls to use in serving path. All triggered filter controls will be applied. Filter controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 filter controls.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "genericConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Generic Discovery.Currently we support: * `content_search_spec`: configuration for generic content search. # The GenericConfig of the serving configuration.
+    "contentSearchSpec": { # A specification for configuring the behavior of content search. # Specifies the expected behavior of content search. Only valid for content-search enabled data store.
+      "chunkSpec": { # Specifies the chunk spec to be returned from the search response. Only available if the SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS # Specifies the chunk spec to be returned from the search response. Only available if the SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS
+        "numNextChunks": 42, # The number of next chunks to be returned of the current chunk. The maximum allowed value is 3. If not specified, no next chunks will be returned.
+        "numPreviousChunks": 42, # The number of previous chunks to be returned of the current chunk. The maximum allowed value is 3. If not specified, no previous chunks will be returned.
+      },
+      "extractiveContentSpec": { # A specification for configuring the extractive content in a search response. # If there is no extractive_content_spec provided, there will be no extractive answer in the search response.
+        "maxExtractiveAnswerCount": 42, # The maximum number of extractive answers returned in each search result. An extractive answer is a verbatim answer extracted from the original document, which provides a precise and contextually relevant answer to the search query. If the number of matching answers is less than the `max_extractive_answer_count`, return all of the answers. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_answer_count`. At most five answers are returned for each SearchResult.
+        "maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`.
+        "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments.
+        "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments.
+        "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`.
+      },
+      "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode defaults to `DOCUMENTS`.
+      "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response.
+        "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0.
+        "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet.
+        "returnSnippet": True or False, # If `true`, then return snippet. If no snippet can be generated, we return "No snippet is available for this page." A `snippet_status` with `SUCCESS` or `NO_SNIPPET_AVAILABLE` will also be returned.
+      },
+      "summarySpec": { # A specification for configuring a summary returned in a search response. # If `summarySpec` is not specified, summaries are not included in the search response.
+        "ignoreAdversarialQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out adversarial queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect adversarial queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as an adversarial query. For example, a user might ask a question regarding negative comments about the company or submit a query designed to generate unsafe, policy-violating output. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for adversarial queries and return fallback messages instead.
+        "ignoreJailBreakingQuery": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to filter out jail-breaking queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect jail-breaking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a jail-breaking query. A user might add instructions to the query to change the tone, style, language, content of the answer, or ask the model to act as a different entity, e.g. "Reply in the tone of a competing company's CEO". If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for jail-breaking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+        "ignoreLowRelevantContent": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that have low relevance. The default value is `false`. If this field is set to `false`, all search results are used regardless of relevance to generate answers. If set to `true`, only queries with high relevance search results will generate answers.
+        "ignoreNonSummarySeekingQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that are not summary-seeking. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect summary-seeking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a non-summary seeking query. For example, `why is the sky blue` and `Who is the best soccer player in the world?` are summary-seeking queries, but `SFO airport` and `world cup 2026` are not. They are most likely navigational queries. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for non-summary seeking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+        "includeCitations": True or False, # Specifies whether to include citations in the summary. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, summaries include in-line citation numbers. Example summary including citations: BigQuery is Google Cloud's fully managed and completely serverless enterprise data warehouse [1]. BigQuery supports all data types, works across clouds, and has built-in machine learning and business intelligence, all within a unified platform [2, 3]. The citation numbers refer to the returned search results and are 1-indexed. For example, [1] means that the sentence is attributed to the first search result. [2, 3] means that the sentence is attributed to both the second and third search results.
+        "languageCode": "A String", # Language code for Summary. Use language tags defined by [BCP47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). Note: This is an experimental feature.
+        "modelPromptSpec": { # Specification of the prompt to use with the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the prompt provided to the LLM.
+          "preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide.
+        },
+        "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
+          "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
+        },
+        "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
+        "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "ignoreControlIds": [ # Condition ignore specifications. If multiple ignore conditions match, all matching ignore controls in the list will execute. Order does not matter. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration.
+    "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days.
+    "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive.
+    "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion.
+    "demoteContentWatchedPastDays": 42, # Optional. Specifies the number of days to look back for demoting watched content. If set to zero or unset, defaults to the maximum of 365 days.
+    "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied.
+  },
+  "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`
+  "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
+  "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "replacementControlIds": [ # Condition replacement specifications. Applied according to the order in the list. A previously replaced term can not be re-replaced. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "solutionType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Specifies the solution type that a serving config can be associated with.
+  "synonymsControlIds": [ # Condition synonyms specifications. If multiple synonyms conditions match, all matching synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. ServingConfig updated timestamp.
+}
+
+
recommend(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Makes a recommendation, which requires a contextual user event.
@@ -736,6 +977,25 @@ 

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -1040,6 +1300,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -1304,4 +1583,432 @@

Method Details

+
+ streamAnswer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.
+
+Args:
+  servingConfig: string, Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ConversationalSearchService.AnswerQuery method.
+  "answerGenerationSpec": { # Answer generation specification. # Answer generation specification.
+    "answerLanguageCode": "A String", # Language code for Answer. Use language tags defined by [BCP47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). Note: This is an experimental feature.
+    "ignoreAdversarialQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out adversarial queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect adversarial queries. No answer is returned if the search query is classified as an adversarial query. For example, a user might ask a question regarding negative comments about the company or submit a query designed to generate unsafe, policy-violating output. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating answers for adversarial queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "ignoreJailBreakingQuery": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to filter out jail-breaking queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect jail-breaking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a jail-breaking query. A user might add instructions to the query to change the tone, style, language, content of the answer, or ask the model to act as a different entity, e.g. "Reply in the tone of a competing company's CEO". If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for jail-breaking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "ignoreLowRelevantContent": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that have low relevance. If this field is set to `false`, all search results are used regardless of relevance to generate answers. If set to `true` or unset, the behavior will be determined automatically by the service.
+    "ignoreNonAnswerSeekingQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that are not answer-seeking. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect answer-seeking queries. No answer is returned if the search query is classified as a non-answer seeking query. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating answers for non-answer seeking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "includeCitations": True or False, # Specifies whether to include citation metadata in the answer. The default value is `false`.
+    "modelSpec": { # Answer Generation Model specification. # Answer generation model specification.
+      "modelVersion": "A String", # Model version. If not set, it will use the default stable model. Allowed values are: stable, preview.
+    },
+    "promptSpec": { # Answer generation prompt specification. # Answer generation prompt specification.
+      "preamble": "A String", # Customized preamble.
+    },
+  },
+  "asynchronousMode": True or False, # Deprecated: This field is deprecated. Streaming Answer API will be supported. Asynchronous mode control. If enabled, the response will be returned with answer/session resource name without final answer. The API users need to do the polling to get the latest status of answer/session by calling ConversationalSearchService.GetAnswer or ConversationalSearchService.GetSession method.
+  "groundingSpec": { # Grounding specification. # Optional. Grounding specification.
+    "filteringLevel": "A String", # Optional. Specifies whether to enable the filtering based on grounding score and at what level.
+    "includeGroundingSupports": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to include grounding_supports in the answer. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, returned answer will have `grounding_score` and will contain GroundingSupports for each claim.
+  },
+  "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Required. Current user query.
+    "queryId": "A String", # Unique Id for the query.
+    "text": "A String", # Plain text.
+  },
+  "queryUnderstandingSpec": { # Query understanding specification. # Query understanding specification.
+    "queryClassificationSpec": { # Query classification specification. # Query classification specification.
+      "types": [ # Enabled query classification types.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "queryRephraserSpec": { # Query rephraser specification. # Query rephraser specification.
+      "disable": True or False, # Disable query rephraser.
+      "maxRephraseSteps": 42, # Max rephrase steps. The max number is 5 steps. If not set or set to < 1, it will be set to 1 by default.
+      "modelSpec": { # Query Rephraser Model specification. # Optional. Query Rephraser Model specification.
+        "modelType": "A String", # Optional. Enabled query rephraser model type. If not set, it will use LARGE by default.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "relatedQuestionsSpec": { # Related questions specification. # Related questions specification.
+    "enable": True or False, # Enable related questions feature if true.
+  },
+  "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. There are two use cases: 1. when only safety_spec.enable is set, the BLOCK_LOW_AND_ABOVE threshold will be applied for all categories. 2. when safety_spec.enable is set and some safety_settings are set, only specified safety_settings are applied. # Model specification.
+    "enable": True or False, # Enable the safety filtering on the answer response. It is false by default.
+  },
+  "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
+    "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
+      "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+          { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
+            "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
+            "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
+              "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value).
+              "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here.
+                { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable).
+                  "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`.
+                  "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above.
+                },
+              ],
+              "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount.
+              "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below.
+            },
+            "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))`
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+        { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+          "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+              { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
+                "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
+                "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
+                  "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value).
+                  "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here.
+                    { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable).
+                      "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`.
+                      "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount.
+                  "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below.
+                },
+                "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))`
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
+          "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
+        },
+      ],
+      "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
+      "maxReturnResults": 42, # Number of search results to return. The default value is 10.
+      "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering, see [Ordering](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order#order) If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+      "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. See [parse and chunk documents](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/parse-chunk-documents)
+    },
+    "searchResultList": { # Search result list. # Search result list.
+      "searchResults": [ # Search results.
+        { # Search result.
+          "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+            "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+            "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+            "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata contains the information of the document of the current chunk. # Metadata of the document from the current chunk.
+              "title": "A String", # Title of the document.
+              "uri": "A String", # Uri of the document.
+            },
+          },
+          "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+            "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+            "documentContexts": [ # List of document contexts. The content will be used for Answer Generation. This is supposed to be the main content of the document that can be long and comprehensive.
+              { # Document context.
+                "content": "A String", # Document content to be used for answer generation.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "extractiveAnswers": [ # Deprecated: This field is deprecated and will have no effect on the Answer generation. Please use document_contexts and extractive_segments fields. List of extractive answers.
+              { # Extractive answer. [Guide](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/snippets#get-answers)
+                "content": "A String", # Extractive answer content.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "extractiveSegments": [ # List of extractive segments.
+              { # Extractive segment. [Guide](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/snippets#extractive-segments) Answer generation will only use it if document_contexts is empty. This is supposed to be shorter snippets.
+                "content": "A String", # Extractive segment content.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "title": "A String", # Title.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "session": "A String", # The session resource name. Not required. When session field is not set, the API is in sessionless mode. We support auto session mode: users can use the wildcard symbol `-` as session ID. A new ID will be automatically generated and assigned.
+  "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ConversationalSearchService.AnswerQuery method.
+  "answer": { # Defines an answer. # Answer resource object. If AnswerQueryRequest.QueryUnderstandingSpec.QueryRephraserSpec.max_rephrase_steps is greater than 1, use Answer.name to fetch answer information using ConversationalSearchService.GetAnswer API.
+    "answerSkippedReasons": [ # Additional answer-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+    "citations": [ # Citations.
+      { # Citation info for a segment.
+        "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive.
+        "sources": [ # Citation sources for the attributed segment.
+          { # Citation source.
+            "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+          },
+        ],
+        "startIndex": "A String", # Index indicates the start of the segment, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+      },
+    ],
+    "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp.
+    "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks.
+    "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports.
+      { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.
+        "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive.
+        "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned.
+        "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks.
+        "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim.
+          { # Citation source.
+            "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+          },
+        ],
+        "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+      },
+    ],
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*`
+    "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information.
+      "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information.
+        { # Query classification information.
+          "positive": True or False, # Classification output.
+          "type": "A String", # Query classification type.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "references": [ # References.
+      { # Reference.
+        "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+          "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+          "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+          "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
+            "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+            "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+            "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "title": "A String", # Title.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+          },
+          "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+        },
+        "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information.
+          "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+          "structData": { # Structured search data.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+          "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
+            { # Chunk content.
+              "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+              "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+            },
+          ],
+          "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+          "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "title": "A String", # Title.
+          "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "relatedQuestions": [ # Suggested related questions.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the answer generation.
+    "steps": [ # Answer generation steps.
+      { # Step information.
+        "actions": [ # Actions.
+          { # Action.
+            "observation": { # Observation. # Observation.
+              "searchResults": [ # Search results observed by the search action, it can be snippets info or chunk info, depending on the citation type set by the user.
+                {
+                  "chunkInfo": [ # If citation_type is CHUNK_LEVEL_CITATION and chunk mode is on, populate chunk info.
+                    { # Chunk information.
+                      "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                      "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                      "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                  "snippetInfo": [ # If citation_type is DOCUMENT_LEVEL_CITATION, populate document level snippets.
+                    { # Snippet information.
+                      "snippet": "A String", # Snippet content.
+                      "snippetStatus": "A String", # Status of the snippet defined by the search team.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "structData": { # Data representation. The structured JSON data for the document. It's populated from the struct data from the Document, or the Chunk in search result.
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "title": "A String", # Title.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "searchAction": { # Search action. # Search action.
+              "query": "A String", # The query to search.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "description": "A String", # The description of the step.
+        "state": "A String", # The state of the step.
+        "thought": "A String", # The thought of the step.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "answerQueryToken": "A String", # A global unique ID used for logging.
+  "session": { # External session proto definition. # Session resource object. It will be only available when session field is set and valid in the AnswerQueryRequest request.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished.
+    "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list.
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*`
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started.
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the session.
+    "turns": [ # Turns.
+      { # Represents a turn, including a query from the user and a answer from service.
+        "answer": "A String", # The resource name of the answer to the user query. Only set if the answer generation (/answer API call) happened in this turn.
+        "detailedAnswer": { # Defines an answer. # Output only. In ConversationalSearchService.GetSession API, if GetSessionRequest.include_answer_details is set to true, this field will be populated when getting answer query session.
+          "answerSkippedReasons": [ # Additional answer-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+          "citations": [ # Citations.
+            { # Citation info for a segment.
+              "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive.
+              "sources": [ # Citation sources for the attributed segment.
+                { # Citation source.
+                  "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+                },
+              ],
+              "startIndex": "A String", # Index indicates the start of the segment, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+            },
+          ],
+          "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp.
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp.
+          "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks.
+          "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports.
+            { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.
+              "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive.
+              "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned.
+              "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks.
+              "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim.
+                { # Citation source.
+                  "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+                },
+              ],
+              "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+            },
+          ],
+          "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*`
+          "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information.
+            "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information.
+              { # Query classification information.
+                "positive": True or False, # Classification output.
+                "type": "A String", # Query classification type.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "references": [ # References.
+            { # Reference.
+              "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
+                  "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                  "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+                  "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "title": "A String", # Title.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                },
+                "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+              },
+              "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information.
+                "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                "structData": { # Structured search data.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+              },
+              "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+                "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
+                  { # Chunk content.
+                    "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                    "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+                    "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+                "title": "A String", # Title.
+                "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "relatedQuestions": [ # Suggested related questions.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "state": "A String", # The state of the answer generation.
+          "steps": [ # Answer generation steps.
+            { # Step information.
+              "actions": [ # Actions.
+                { # Action.
+                  "observation": { # Observation. # Observation.
+                    "searchResults": [ # Search results observed by the search action, it can be snippets info or chunk info, depending on the citation type set by the user.
+                      {
+                        "chunkInfo": [ # If citation_type is CHUNK_LEVEL_CITATION and chunk mode is on, populate chunk info.
+                          { # Chunk information.
+                            "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                            "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                            "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                        "snippetInfo": [ # If citation_type is DOCUMENT_LEVEL_CITATION, populate document level snippets.
+                          { # Snippet information.
+                            "snippet": "A String", # Snippet content.
+                            "snippetStatus": "A String", # Status of the snippet defined by the search team.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "structData": { # Data representation. The structured JSON data for the document. It's populated from the struct data from the Document, or the Chunk in search result.
+                          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                        },
+                        "title": "A String", # Title.
+                        "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "searchAction": { # Search action. # Search action.
+                    "query": "A String", # The query to search.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+              "description": "A String", # The description of the step.
+              "state": "A String", # The state of the step.
+              "thought": "A String", # The thought of the step.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # The user query.
+          "queryId": "A String", # Unique Id for the query.
+          "text": "A String", # Plain text.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html index 6b30efff1f0..77bad4e4d9a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html @@ -118,6 +118,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html index 5d789157eaf..75cdc7fb0cb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@

Instance Methods

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a Session. If the Session to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.

- get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+ get(name, includeAnswerDetails=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a Session.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -116,7 +116,9 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -141,6 +143,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -251,7 +267,9 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -276,6 +294,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -397,11 +429,12 @@

Method Details

- get(name, x__xgafv=None) + get(name, includeAnswerDetails=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets a Session.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The resource name of the Session to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}` (required)
+  includeAnswerDetails: boolean, Optional. If set to true, the full session including all answer details will be returned.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -411,7 +444,9 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -436,6 +471,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -545,7 +594,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}` (required) filter: string, A filter to apply on the list results. The supported features are: user_pseudo_id, state. Example: "user_pseudo_id = some_id" - orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` Example: "update_time desc" "create_time" + orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` * `is_pinned` Example: * "update_time desc" * "create_time" * "is_pinned desc,update_time desc": list sessions by is_pinned first, then by update_time. pageSize: integer, Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000. pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListSessions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -560,7 +609,9 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token, if not returned indicates the last page. "sessions": [ # All the Sessions for a given data store. { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -585,6 +636,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -713,7 +778,9 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -738,6 +805,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -849,7 +930,9 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -874,6 +957,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html index 27646ef51c9..28caf4e0e04 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -332,6 +332,7 @@

Method Details

"resourceTypes": [ # The FHIR resource types to import. The resource types should be a subset of all [supported FHIR resource types](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/fhir-schema-reference#resource-level-specification). Default to all supported FHIR resource types if empty. "A String", ], + "updateFromLatestPredefinedSchema": True or False, # Optional. Whether to update the DataStore schema to the latest predefined schema. If true, the DataStore schema will be updated to include any FHIR fields or resource types that have been added since the last import and corresponding FHIR resources will be imported from the FHIR store. Note this field cannot be used in conjunction with `resource_types`. It should be used after initial import. }, "firestoreSource": { # Firestore source import data from. # Firestore input source. "collectionId": "A String", # Required. The Firestore collection (or entity) to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,500 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 98a966e600f..f2c946ac167 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -80,6 +80,9 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a ServingConfig. Returns a NOT_FOUND error if the ServingConfig does not exist.

recommend(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Makes a recommendation, which requires a contextual user event.

@@ -95,6 +98,9 @@

Instance Methods

search_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ streamAnswer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.

Method Details

answer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -138,12 +144,15 @@

Method Details

"queryRephraserSpec": { # Query rephraser specification. # Query rephraser specification. "disable": True or False, # Disable query rephraser. "maxRephraseSteps": 42, # Max rephrase steps. The max number is 5 steps. If not set or set to < 1, it will be set to 1 by default. + "modelSpec": { # Query Rephraser Model specification. # Optional. Query Rephraser Model specification. + "modelType": "A String", # Optional. Enabled query rephraser model type. If not set, it will use LARGE by default. + }, }, }, "relatedQuestionsSpec": { # Related questions specification. # Related questions specification. "enable": True or False, # Enable related questions feature if true. }, - "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. # Model specification. + "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. There are two use cases: 1. when only safety_spec.enable is set, the BLOCK_LOW_AND_ABOVE threshold will be applied for all categories. 2. when safety_spec.enable is set and some safety_settings are set, only specified safety_settings are applied. # Model specification. "enable": True or False, # Enable the safety filtering on the answer response. It is false by default. }, "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification. @@ -169,6 +178,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -250,6 +278,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -344,7 +386,9 @@

Method Details

}, "answerQueryToken": "A String", # A global unique ID used for logging. "session": { # External session proto definition. # Session resource object. It will be only available when session field is set and valid in the AnswerQueryRequest request. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -369,6 +413,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -477,6 +535,189 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a ServingConfig. Returns a NOT_FOUND error if the ServingConfig does not exist.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results.
+  "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. ServingConfig created timestamp.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human readable serving config display name. Used in Discovery UI. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  "dissociateControlIds": [ # Condition do not associate specifications. If multiple do not associate conditions match, all matching do not associate controls in the list will execute. Order does not matter. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "diversityLevel": "A String", # How much diversity to use in recommendation model results e.g. `medium-diversity` or `high-diversity`. Currently supported values: * `no-diversity` * `low-diversity` * `medium-diversity` * `high-diversity` * `auto-diversity` If not specified, we choose default based on recommendation model type. Default value: `no-diversity`. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
+  "filterControlIds": [ # Filter controls to use in serving path. All triggered filter controls will be applied. Filter controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 filter controls.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "genericConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Generic Discovery.Currently we support: * `content_search_spec`: configuration for generic content search. # The GenericConfig of the serving configuration.
+    "contentSearchSpec": { # A specification for configuring the behavior of content search. # Specifies the expected behavior of content search. Only valid for content-search enabled data store.
+      "chunkSpec": { # Specifies the chunk spec to be returned from the search response. Only available if the SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS # Specifies the chunk spec to be returned from the search response. Only available if the SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS
+        "numNextChunks": 42, # The number of next chunks to be returned of the current chunk. The maximum allowed value is 3. If not specified, no next chunks will be returned.
+        "numPreviousChunks": 42, # The number of previous chunks to be returned of the current chunk. The maximum allowed value is 3. If not specified, no previous chunks will be returned.
+      },
+      "extractiveContentSpec": { # A specification for configuring the extractive content in a search response. # If there is no extractive_content_spec provided, there will be no extractive answer in the search response.
+        "maxExtractiveAnswerCount": 42, # The maximum number of extractive answers returned in each search result. An extractive answer is a verbatim answer extracted from the original document, which provides a precise and contextually relevant answer to the search query. If the number of matching answers is less than the `max_extractive_answer_count`, return all of the answers. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_answer_count`. At most five answers are returned for each SearchResult.
+        "maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`.
+        "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments.
+        "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments.
+        "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`.
+      },
+      "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode defaults to `DOCUMENTS`.
+      "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response.
+        "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0.
+        "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet.
+        "returnSnippet": True or False, # If `true`, then return snippet. If no snippet can be generated, we return "No snippet is available for this page." A `snippet_status` with `SUCCESS` or `NO_SNIPPET_AVAILABLE` will also be returned.
+      },
+      "summarySpec": { # A specification for configuring a summary returned in a search response. # If `summarySpec` is not specified, summaries are not included in the search response.
+        "ignoreAdversarialQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out adversarial queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect adversarial queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as an adversarial query. For example, a user might ask a question regarding negative comments about the company or submit a query designed to generate unsafe, policy-violating output. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for adversarial queries and return fallback messages instead.
+        "ignoreJailBreakingQuery": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to filter out jail-breaking queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect jail-breaking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a jail-breaking query. A user might add instructions to the query to change the tone, style, language, content of the answer, or ask the model to act as a different entity, e.g. "Reply in the tone of a competing company's CEO". If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for jail-breaking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+        "ignoreLowRelevantContent": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that have low relevance. The default value is `false`. If this field is set to `false`, all search results are used regardless of relevance to generate answers. If set to `true`, only queries with high relevance search results will generate answers.
+        "ignoreNonSummarySeekingQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that are not summary-seeking. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect summary-seeking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a non-summary seeking query. For example, `why is the sky blue` and `Who is the best soccer player in the world?` are summary-seeking queries, but `SFO airport` and `world cup 2026` are not. They are most likely navigational queries. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for non-summary seeking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+        "includeCitations": True or False, # Specifies whether to include citations in the summary. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, summaries include in-line citation numbers. Example summary including citations: BigQuery is Google Cloud's fully managed and completely serverless enterprise data warehouse [1]. BigQuery supports all data types, works across clouds, and has built-in machine learning and business intelligence, all within a unified platform [2, 3]. The citation numbers refer to the returned search results and are 1-indexed. For example, [1] means that the sentence is attributed to the first search result. [2, 3] means that the sentence is attributed to both the second and third search results.
+        "languageCode": "A String", # Language code for Summary. Use language tags defined by [BCP47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). Note: This is an experimental feature.
+        "modelPromptSpec": { # Specification of the prompt to use with the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the prompt provided to the LLM.
+          "preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide.
+        },
+        "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
+          "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
+        },
+        "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
+        "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "ignoreControlIds": [ # Condition ignore specifications. If multiple ignore conditions match, all matching ignore controls in the list will execute. Order does not matter. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration.
+    "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days.
+    "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive.
+    "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion.
+    "demoteContentWatchedPastDays": 42, # Optional. Specifies the number of days to look back for demoting watched content. If set to zero or unset, defaults to the maximum of 365 days.
+    "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied.
+  },
+  "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`
+  "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
+  "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "replacementControlIds": [ # Condition replacement specifications. Applied according to the order in the list. A previously replaced term can not be re-replaced. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "solutionType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Specifies the solution type that a serving config can be associated with.
+  "synonymsControlIds": [ # Condition synonyms specifications. If multiple synonyms conditions match, all matching synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. ServingConfig updated timestamp.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Indicates which fields in the provided ServingConfig to update. The following are NOT supported: * ServingConfig.name If not set, all supported fields are updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results.
+  "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. ServingConfig created timestamp.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human readable serving config display name. Used in Discovery UI. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  "dissociateControlIds": [ # Condition do not associate specifications. If multiple do not associate conditions match, all matching do not associate controls in the list will execute. Order does not matter. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "diversityLevel": "A String", # How much diversity to use in recommendation model results e.g. `medium-diversity` or `high-diversity`. Currently supported values: * `no-diversity` * `low-diversity` * `medium-diversity` * `high-diversity` * `auto-diversity` If not specified, we choose default based on recommendation model type. Default value: `no-diversity`. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
+  "filterControlIds": [ # Filter controls to use in serving path. All triggered filter controls will be applied. Filter controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 filter controls.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "genericConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Generic Discovery.Currently we support: * `content_search_spec`: configuration for generic content search. # The GenericConfig of the serving configuration.
+    "contentSearchSpec": { # A specification for configuring the behavior of content search. # Specifies the expected behavior of content search. Only valid for content-search enabled data store.
+      "chunkSpec": { # Specifies the chunk spec to be returned from the search response. Only available if the SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS # Specifies the chunk spec to be returned from the search response. Only available if the SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS
+        "numNextChunks": 42, # The number of next chunks to be returned of the current chunk. The maximum allowed value is 3. If not specified, no next chunks will be returned.
+        "numPreviousChunks": 42, # The number of previous chunks to be returned of the current chunk. The maximum allowed value is 3. If not specified, no previous chunks will be returned.
+      },
+      "extractiveContentSpec": { # A specification for configuring the extractive content in a search response. # If there is no extractive_content_spec provided, there will be no extractive answer in the search response.
+        "maxExtractiveAnswerCount": 42, # The maximum number of extractive answers returned in each search result. An extractive answer is a verbatim answer extracted from the original document, which provides a precise and contextually relevant answer to the search query. If the number of matching answers is less than the `max_extractive_answer_count`, return all of the answers. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_answer_count`. At most five answers are returned for each SearchResult.
+        "maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`.
+        "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments.
+        "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments.
+        "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`.
+      },
+      "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode defaults to `DOCUMENTS`.
+      "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response.
+        "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0.
+        "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet.
+        "returnSnippet": True or False, # If `true`, then return snippet. If no snippet can be generated, we return "No snippet is available for this page." A `snippet_status` with `SUCCESS` or `NO_SNIPPET_AVAILABLE` will also be returned.
+      },
+      "summarySpec": { # A specification for configuring a summary returned in a search response. # If `summarySpec` is not specified, summaries are not included in the search response.
+        "ignoreAdversarialQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out adversarial queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect adversarial queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as an adversarial query. For example, a user might ask a question regarding negative comments about the company or submit a query designed to generate unsafe, policy-violating output. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for adversarial queries and return fallback messages instead.
+        "ignoreJailBreakingQuery": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to filter out jail-breaking queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect jail-breaking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a jail-breaking query. A user might add instructions to the query to change the tone, style, language, content of the answer, or ask the model to act as a different entity, e.g. "Reply in the tone of a competing company's CEO". If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for jail-breaking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+        "ignoreLowRelevantContent": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that have low relevance. The default value is `false`. If this field is set to `false`, all search results are used regardless of relevance to generate answers. If set to `true`, only queries with high relevance search results will generate answers.
+        "ignoreNonSummarySeekingQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that are not summary-seeking. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect summary-seeking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a non-summary seeking query. For example, `why is the sky blue` and `Who is the best soccer player in the world?` are summary-seeking queries, but `SFO airport` and `world cup 2026` are not. They are most likely navigational queries. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for non-summary seeking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+        "includeCitations": True or False, # Specifies whether to include citations in the summary. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, summaries include in-line citation numbers. Example summary including citations: BigQuery is Google Cloud's fully managed and completely serverless enterprise data warehouse [1]. BigQuery supports all data types, works across clouds, and has built-in machine learning and business intelligence, all within a unified platform [2, 3]. The citation numbers refer to the returned search results and are 1-indexed. For example, [1] means that the sentence is attributed to the first search result. [2, 3] means that the sentence is attributed to both the second and third search results.
+        "languageCode": "A String", # Language code for Summary. Use language tags defined by [BCP47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). Note: This is an experimental feature.
+        "modelPromptSpec": { # Specification of the prompt to use with the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the prompt provided to the LLM.
+          "preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide.
+        },
+        "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM.
+          "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).
+        },
+        "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.
+        "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "ignoreControlIds": [ # Condition ignore specifications. If multiple ignore conditions match, all matching ignore controls in the list will execute. Order does not matter. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration.
+    "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days.
+    "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive.
+    "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion.
+    "demoteContentWatchedPastDays": 42, # Optional. Specifies the number of days to look back for demoting watched content. If set to zero or unset, defaults to the maximum of 365 days.
+    "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied.
+  },
+  "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`
+  "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
+  "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "replacementControlIds": [ # Condition replacement specifications. Applied according to the order in the list. A previously replaced term can not be re-replaced. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "solutionType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Specifies the solution type that a serving config can be associated with.
+  "synonymsControlIds": [ # Condition synonyms specifications. If multiple synonyms conditions match, all matching synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. ServingConfig updated timestamp.
+}
+
+
recommend(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Makes a recommendation, which requires a contextual user event.
@@ -736,6 +977,25 @@ 

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -1040,6 +1300,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -1304,4 +1583,432 @@

Method Details

+
+ streamAnswer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.
+
+Args:
+  servingConfig: string, Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ConversationalSearchService.AnswerQuery method.
+  "answerGenerationSpec": { # Answer generation specification. # Answer generation specification.
+    "answerLanguageCode": "A String", # Language code for Answer. Use language tags defined by [BCP47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). Note: This is an experimental feature.
+    "ignoreAdversarialQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out adversarial queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect adversarial queries. No answer is returned if the search query is classified as an adversarial query. For example, a user might ask a question regarding negative comments about the company or submit a query designed to generate unsafe, policy-violating output. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating answers for adversarial queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "ignoreJailBreakingQuery": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to filter out jail-breaking queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect jail-breaking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a jail-breaking query. A user might add instructions to the query to change the tone, style, language, content of the answer, or ask the model to act as a different entity, e.g. "Reply in the tone of a competing company's CEO". If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for jail-breaking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "ignoreLowRelevantContent": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that have low relevance. If this field is set to `false`, all search results are used regardless of relevance to generate answers. If set to `true` or unset, the behavior will be determined automatically by the service.
+    "ignoreNonAnswerSeekingQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that are not answer-seeking. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect answer-seeking queries. No answer is returned if the search query is classified as a non-answer seeking query. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating answers for non-answer seeking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "includeCitations": True or False, # Specifies whether to include citation metadata in the answer. The default value is `false`.
+    "modelSpec": { # Answer Generation Model specification. # Answer generation model specification.
+      "modelVersion": "A String", # Model version. If not set, it will use the default stable model. Allowed values are: stable, preview.
+    },
+    "promptSpec": { # Answer generation prompt specification. # Answer generation prompt specification.
+      "preamble": "A String", # Customized preamble.
+    },
+  },
+  "asynchronousMode": True or False, # Deprecated: This field is deprecated. Streaming Answer API will be supported. Asynchronous mode control. If enabled, the response will be returned with answer/session resource name without final answer. The API users need to do the polling to get the latest status of answer/session by calling ConversationalSearchService.GetAnswer or ConversationalSearchService.GetSession method.
+  "groundingSpec": { # Grounding specification. # Optional. Grounding specification.
+    "filteringLevel": "A String", # Optional. Specifies whether to enable the filtering based on grounding score and at what level.
+    "includeGroundingSupports": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to include grounding_supports in the answer. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, returned answer will have `grounding_score` and will contain GroundingSupports for each claim.
+  },
+  "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Required. Current user query.
+    "queryId": "A String", # Unique Id for the query.
+    "text": "A String", # Plain text.
+  },
+  "queryUnderstandingSpec": { # Query understanding specification. # Query understanding specification.
+    "queryClassificationSpec": { # Query classification specification. # Query classification specification.
+      "types": [ # Enabled query classification types.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "queryRephraserSpec": { # Query rephraser specification. # Query rephraser specification.
+      "disable": True or False, # Disable query rephraser.
+      "maxRephraseSteps": 42, # Max rephrase steps. The max number is 5 steps. If not set or set to < 1, it will be set to 1 by default.
+      "modelSpec": { # Query Rephraser Model specification. # Optional. Query Rephraser Model specification.
+        "modelType": "A String", # Optional. Enabled query rephraser model type. If not set, it will use LARGE by default.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "relatedQuestionsSpec": { # Related questions specification. # Related questions specification.
+    "enable": True or False, # Enable related questions feature if true.
+  },
+  "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. There are two use cases: 1. when only safety_spec.enable is set, the BLOCK_LOW_AND_ABOVE threshold will be applied for all categories. 2. when safety_spec.enable is set and some safety_settings are set, only specified safety_settings are applied. # Model specification.
+    "enable": True or False, # Enable the safety filtering on the answer response. It is false by default.
+  },
+  "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
+    "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
+      "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+          { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
+            "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
+            "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
+              "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value).
+              "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here.
+                { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable).
+                  "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`.
+                  "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above.
+                },
+              ],
+              "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount.
+              "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below.
+            },
+            "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))`
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+        { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+          "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+              { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
+                "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
+                "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
+                  "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value).
+                  "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here.
+                    { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable).
+                      "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`.
+                      "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount.
+                  "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below.
+                },
+                "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))`
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
+          "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
+        },
+      ],
+      "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
+      "maxReturnResults": 42, # Number of search results to return. The default value is 10.
+      "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering, see [Ordering](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order#order) If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+      "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. See [parse and chunk documents](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/parse-chunk-documents)
+    },
+    "searchResultList": { # Search result list. # Search result list.
+      "searchResults": [ # Search results.
+        { # Search result.
+          "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+            "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+            "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+            "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata contains the information of the document of the current chunk. # Metadata of the document from the current chunk.
+              "title": "A String", # Title of the document.
+              "uri": "A String", # Uri of the document.
+            },
+          },
+          "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+            "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+            "documentContexts": [ # List of document contexts. The content will be used for Answer Generation. This is supposed to be the main content of the document that can be long and comprehensive.
+              { # Document context.
+                "content": "A String", # Document content to be used for answer generation.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "extractiveAnswers": [ # Deprecated: This field is deprecated and will have no effect on the Answer generation. Please use document_contexts and extractive_segments fields. List of extractive answers.
+              { # Extractive answer. [Guide](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/snippets#get-answers)
+                "content": "A String", # Extractive answer content.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "extractiveSegments": [ # List of extractive segments.
+              { # Extractive segment. [Guide](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/snippets#extractive-segments) Answer generation will only use it if document_contexts is empty. This is supposed to be shorter snippets.
+                "content": "A String", # Extractive segment content.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "title": "A String", # Title.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "session": "A String", # The session resource name. Not required. When session field is not set, the API is in sessionless mode. We support auto session mode: users can use the wildcard symbol `-` as session ID. A new ID will be automatically generated and assigned.
+  "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ConversationalSearchService.AnswerQuery method.
+  "answer": { # Defines an answer. # Answer resource object. If AnswerQueryRequest.QueryUnderstandingSpec.QueryRephraserSpec.max_rephrase_steps is greater than 1, use Answer.name to fetch answer information using ConversationalSearchService.GetAnswer API.
+    "answerSkippedReasons": [ # Additional answer-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+    "citations": [ # Citations.
+      { # Citation info for a segment.
+        "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive.
+        "sources": [ # Citation sources for the attributed segment.
+          { # Citation source.
+            "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+          },
+        ],
+        "startIndex": "A String", # Index indicates the start of the segment, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+      },
+    ],
+    "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp.
+    "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks.
+    "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports.
+      { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.
+        "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive.
+        "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned.
+        "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks.
+        "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim.
+          { # Citation source.
+            "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+          },
+        ],
+        "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+      },
+    ],
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*`
+    "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information.
+      "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information.
+        { # Query classification information.
+          "positive": True or False, # Classification output.
+          "type": "A String", # Query classification type.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "references": [ # References.
+      { # Reference.
+        "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+          "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+          "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+          "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
+            "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+            "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+            "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "title": "A String", # Title.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+          },
+          "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+        },
+        "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information.
+          "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+          "structData": { # Structured search data.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+          "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
+            { # Chunk content.
+              "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+              "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+            },
+          ],
+          "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+          "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "title": "A String", # Title.
+          "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "relatedQuestions": [ # Suggested related questions.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the answer generation.
+    "steps": [ # Answer generation steps.
+      { # Step information.
+        "actions": [ # Actions.
+          { # Action.
+            "observation": { # Observation. # Observation.
+              "searchResults": [ # Search results observed by the search action, it can be snippets info or chunk info, depending on the citation type set by the user.
+                {
+                  "chunkInfo": [ # If citation_type is CHUNK_LEVEL_CITATION and chunk mode is on, populate chunk info.
+                    { # Chunk information.
+                      "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                      "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                      "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                  "snippetInfo": [ # If citation_type is DOCUMENT_LEVEL_CITATION, populate document level snippets.
+                    { # Snippet information.
+                      "snippet": "A String", # Snippet content.
+                      "snippetStatus": "A String", # Status of the snippet defined by the search team.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "structData": { # Data representation. The structured JSON data for the document. It's populated from the struct data from the Document, or the Chunk in search result.
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "title": "A String", # Title.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "searchAction": { # Search action. # Search action.
+              "query": "A String", # The query to search.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "description": "A String", # The description of the step.
+        "state": "A String", # The state of the step.
+        "thought": "A String", # The thought of the step.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "answerQueryToken": "A String", # A global unique ID used for logging.
+  "session": { # External session proto definition. # Session resource object. It will be only available when session field is set and valid in the AnswerQueryRequest request.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished.
+    "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list.
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*`
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started.
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the session.
+    "turns": [ # Turns.
+      { # Represents a turn, including a query from the user and a answer from service.
+        "answer": "A String", # The resource name of the answer to the user query. Only set if the answer generation (/answer API call) happened in this turn.
+        "detailedAnswer": { # Defines an answer. # Output only. In ConversationalSearchService.GetSession API, if GetSessionRequest.include_answer_details is set to true, this field will be populated when getting answer query session.
+          "answerSkippedReasons": [ # Additional answer-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+          "citations": [ # Citations.
+            { # Citation info for a segment.
+              "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive.
+              "sources": [ # Citation sources for the attributed segment.
+                { # Citation source.
+                  "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+                },
+              ],
+              "startIndex": "A String", # Index indicates the start of the segment, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+            },
+          ],
+          "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp.
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp.
+          "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks.
+          "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports.
+            { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.
+              "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive.
+              "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned.
+              "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks.
+              "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim.
+                { # Citation source.
+                  "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+                },
+              ],
+              "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+            },
+          ],
+          "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*`
+          "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information.
+            "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information.
+              { # Query classification information.
+                "positive": True or False, # Classification output.
+                "type": "A String", # Query classification type.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "references": [ # References.
+            { # Reference.
+              "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
+                  "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                  "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+                  "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "title": "A String", # Title.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                },
+                "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+              },
+              "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information.
+                "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                "structData": { # Structured search data.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+              },
+              "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+                "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
+                  { # Chunk content.
+                    "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                    "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+                    "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+                "title": "A String", # Title.
+                "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "relatedQuestions": [ # Suggested related questions.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "state": "A String", # The state of the answer generation.
+          "steps": [ # Answer generation steps.
+            { # Step information.
+              "actions": [ # Actions.
+                { # Action.
+                  "observation": { # Observation. # Observation.
+                    "searchResults": [ # Search results observed by the search action, it can be snippets info or chunk info, depending on the citation type set by the user.
+                      {
+                        "chunkInfo": [ # If citation_type is CHUNK_LEVEL_CITATION and chunk mode is on, populate chunk info.
+                          { # Chunk information.
+                            "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                            "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                            "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                        "snippetInfo": [ # If citation_type is DOCUMENT_LEVEL_CITATION, populate document level snippets.
+                          { # Snippet information.
+                            "snippet": "A String", # Snippet content.
+                            "snippetStatus": "A String", # Status of the snippet defined by the search team.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "structData": { # Data representation. The structured JSON data for the document. It's populated from the struct data from the Document, or the Chunk in search result.
+                          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                        },
+                        "title": "A String", # Title.
+                        "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "searchAction": { # Search action. # Search action.
+                    "query": "A String", # The query to search.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+              "description": "A String", # The description of the step.
+              "state": "A String", # The state of the step.
+              "thought": "A String", # The thought of the step.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # The user query.
+          "queryId": "A String", # Unique Id for the query.
+          "text": "A String", # Plain text.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html index 99c503f72e0..180349dfe22 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html @@ -118,6 +118,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html index d98e6e31743..0d45ef985cd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@

Instance Methods

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a Session. If the Session to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.

- get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+ get(name, includeAnswerDetails=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a Session.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -116,7 +116,9 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -141,6 +143,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -251,7 +267,9 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -276,6 +294,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -397,11 +429,12 @@

Method Details

- get(name, x__xgafv=None) + get(name, includeAnswerDetails=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets a Session.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The resource name of the Session to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}` (required)
+  includeAnswerDetails: boolean, Optional. If set to true, the full session including all answer details will be returned.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -411,7 +444,9 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -436,6 +471,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -545,7 +594,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}` (required) filter: string, A filter to apply on the list results. The supported features are: user_pseudo_id, state. Example: "user_pseudo_id = some_id" - orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` Example: "update_time desc" "create_time" + orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` * `is_pinned` Example: * "update_time desc" * "create_time" * "is_pinned desc,update_time desc": list sessions by is_pinned first, then by update_time. pageSize: integer, Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000. pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListSessions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -560,7 +609,9 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token, if not returned indicates the last page. "sessions": [ # All the Sessions for a given data store. { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -585,6 +636,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -713,7 +778,9 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -738,6 +805,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -849,7 +930,9 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -874,6 +957,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html index aac39924357..df4a39c4957 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

Writes a single user event from the browser. This uses a GET request to due to browser restriction of POST-ing to a third-party domain. This method is used only by the Discovery Engine API JavaScript pixel and Google Tag Manager. Users should not call this method directly.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent DataStore resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. If the collect user event action is applied in DataStore level, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. If the collect user event action is applied in Location level, for example, the event with Document across multiple DataStore, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
   ets: string, The event timestamp in milliseconds. This prevents browser caching of otherwise identical get requests. The name is abbreviated to reduce the payload bytes.
   uri: string, The URL including cgi-parameters but excluding the hash fragment with a length limit of 5,000 characters. This is often more useful than the referer URL, because many browsers only send the domain for third-party requests.
   userEvent: string, Required. URL encoded UserEvent proto with a length limit of 2,000,000 characters.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.userEvents.html
index 2fa28f37a8d..d2b44c5b882 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.userEvents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.userEvents.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 

Method Details

Writes a single user event from the browser. This uses a GET request to due to browser restriction of POST-ing to a third-party domain. This method is used only by the Discovery Engine API JavaScript pixel and Google Tag Manager. Users should not call this method directly.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent DataStore resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. If the collect user event action is applied in DataStore level, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. If the collect user event action is applied in Location level, for example, the event with Document across multiple DataStore, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
   ets: string, The event timestamp in milliseconds. This prevents browser caching of otherwise identical get requests. The name is abbreviated to reduce the payload bytes.
   uri: string, The URL including cgi-parameters but excluding the hash fragment with a length limit of 5,000 characters. This is often more useful than the referer URL, because many browsers only send the domain for third-party requests.
   userEvent: string, Required. URL encoded UserEvent proto with a length limit of 2,000,000 characters.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html
index 10e11d58c81..8b3f9c58c1d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html
@@ -409,6 +409,7 @@ 

Method Details

"resourceTypes": [ # The FHIR resource types to import. The resource types should be a subset of all [supported FHIR resource types](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/fhir-schema-reference#resource-level-specification). Default to all supported FHIR resource types if empty. "A String", ], + "updateFromLatestPredefinedSchema": True or False, # Optional. Whether to update the DataStore schema to the latest predefined schema. If true, the DataStore schema will be updated to include any FHIR fields or resource types that have been added since the last import and corresponding FHIR resources will be imported from the FHIR store. Note this field cannot be used in conjunction with `resource_types`. It should be used after initial import. }, "firestoreSource": { # Firestore source import data from. # Firestore input source. "collectionId": "A String", # Required. The Firestore collection (or entity) to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,500 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 41250c26f97..e87e70a60d2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -107,6 +107,9 @@

Instance Methods

search_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ streamAnswer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.

Method Details

answer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -150,12 +153,15 @@

Method Details

"queryRephraserSpec": { # Query rephraser specification. # Query rephraser specification. "disable": True or False, # Disable query rephraser. "maxRephraseSteps": 42, # Max rephrase steps. The max number is 5 steps. If not set or set to < 1, it will be set to 1 by default. + "modelSpec": { # Query Rephraser Model specification. # Optional. Query Rephraser Model specification. + "modelType": "A String", # Optional. Enabled query rephraser model type. If not set, it will use LARGE by default. + }, }, }, "relatedQuestionsSpec": { # Related questions specification. # Related questions specification. "enable": True or False, # Enable related questions feature if true. }, - "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. # Model specification. + "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. There are two use cases: 1. when only safety_spec.enable is set, the BLOCK_LOW_AND_ABOVE threshold will be applied for all categories. 2. when safety_spec.enable is set and some safety_settings are set, only specified safety_settings are applied. # Model specification. "enable": True or False, # Enable the safety filtering on the answer response. It is false by default. }, "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification. @@ -184,6 +190,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -271,6 +296,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -365,7 +404,9 @@

Method Details

}, "answerQueryToken": "A String", # A global unique ID used for logging. "session": { # External session proto definition. # Session resource object. It will be only available when session field is set and valid in the AnswerQueryRequest request. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -390,6 +431,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -1227,6 +1282,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -1726,6 +1800,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -2182,4 +2275,441 @@

Method Details

+
+ streamAnswer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.
+
+Args:
+  servingConfig: string, Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ConversationalSearchService.AnswerQuery method.
+  "answerGenerationSpec": { # Answer generation specification. # Answer generation specification.
+    "answerLanguageCode": "A String", # Language code for Answer. Use language tags defined by [BCP47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). Note: This is an experimental feature.
+    "ignoreAdversarialQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out adversarial queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect adversarial queries. No answer is returned if the search query is classified as an adversarial query. For example, a user might ask a question regarding negative comments about the company or submit a query designed to generate unsafe, policy-violating output. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating answers for adversarial queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "ignoreJailBreakingQuery": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to filter out jail-breaking queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect jail-breaking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a jail-breaking query. A user might add instructions to the query to change the tone, style, language, content of the answer, or ask the model to act as a different entity, e.g. "Reply in the tone of a competing company's CEO". If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for jail-breaking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "ignoreLowRelevantContent": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that have low relevance. If this field is set to `false`, all search results are used regardless of relevance to generate answers. If set to `true` or unset, the behavior will be determined automatically by the service.
+    "ignoreNonAnswerSeekingQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that are not answer-seeking. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect answer-seeking queries. No answer is returned if the search query is classified as a non-answer seeking query. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating answers for non-answer seeking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "includeCitations": True or False, # Specifies whether to include citation metadata in the answer. The default value is `false`.
+    "modelSpec": { # Answer Generation Model specification. # Answer generation model specification.
+      "modelVersion": "A String", # Model version. If not set, it will use the default stable model. Allowed values are: stable, preview.
+    },
+    "promptSpec": { # Answer generation prompt specification. # Answer generation prompt specification.
+      "preamble": "A String", # Customized preamble.
+    },
+  },
+  "asynchronousMode": True or False, # Deprecated: This field is deprecated. Streaming Answer API will be supported. Asynchronous mode control. If enabled, the response will be returned with answer/session resource name without final answer. The API users need to do the polling to get the latest status of answer/session by calling ConversationalSearchService.GetAnswer or ConversationalSearchService.GetSession method.
+  "groundingSpec": { # Grounding specification. # Optional. Grounding specification.
+    "filteringLevel": "A String", # Optional. Specifies whether to enable the filtering based on grounding score and at what level.
+    "includeGroundingSupports": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to include grounding_supports in the answer. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, returned answer will have `grounding_score` and will contain GroundingSupports for each claim.
+  },
+  "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Required. Current user query.
+    "queryId": "A String", # Unique Id for the query.
+    "text": "A String", # Plain text.
+  },
+  "queryUnderstandingSpec": { # Query understanding specification. # Query understanding specification.
+    "queryClassificationSpec": { # Query classification specification. # Query classification specification.
+      "types": [ # Enabled query classification types.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "queryRephraserSpec": { # Query rephraser specification. # Query rephraser specification.
+      "disable": True or False, # Disable query rephraser.
+      "maxRephraseSteps": 42, # Max rephrase steps. The max number is 5 steps. If not set or set to < 1, it will be set to 1 by default.
+      "modelSpec": { # Query Rephraser Model specification. # Optional. Query Rephraser Model specification.
+        "modelType": "A String", # Optional. Enabled query rephraser model type. If not set, it will use LARGE by default.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "relatedQuestionsSpec": { # Related questions specification. # Related questions specification.
+    "enable": True or False, # Enable related questions feature if true.
+  },
+  "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. There are two use cases: 1. when only safety_spec.enable is set, the BLOCK_LOW_AND_ABOVE threshold will be applied for all categories. 2. when safety_spec.enable is set and some safety_settings are set, only specified safety_settings are applied. # Model specification.
+    "enable": True or False, # Enable the safety filtering on the answer response. It is false by default.
+  },
+  "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
+    "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
+      "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+          { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
+            "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
+            "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
+              "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value).
+              "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here.
+                { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable).
+                  "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`.
+                  "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above.
+                },
+              ],
+              "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount.
+              "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below.
+            },
+            "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))`
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "customFineTuningSpec": { # Defines custom fine tuning spec. # Custom fine tuning configs.
+        "enableSearchAdaptor": True or False, # Whether or not to enable and include custom fine tuned search adaptor model.
+      },
+      "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+        { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+          "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+              { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
+                "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
+                "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
+                  "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value).
+                  "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here.
+                    { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable).
+                      "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`.
+                      "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount.
+                  "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below.
+                },
+                "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))`
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
+          "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
+        },
+      ],
+      "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
+      "maxReturnResults": 42, # Number of search results to return. The default value is 10.
+      "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec": { # Specification to enable natural language understanding capabilities for search requests. # Optional. Specification to enable natural language understanding capabilities for search requests.
+        "filterExtractionCondition": "A String", # The condition under which filter extraction should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
+        "geoSearchQueryDetectionFieldNames": [ # Field names used for location-based filtering, where geolocation filters are detected in natural language search queries. Only valid when the FilterExtractionCondition is set to `ENABLED`. If this field is set, it overrides the field names set in ServingConfig.geo_search_query_detection_field_names.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering, see [Ordering](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order#order) If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+      "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. See [parse and chunk documents](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/parse-chunk-documents)
+    },
+    "searchResultList": { # Search result list. # Search result list.
+      "searchResults": [ # Search results.
+        { # Search result.
+          "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+            "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+            "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+            "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata contains the information of the document of the current chunk. # Metadata of the document from the current chunk.
+              "title": "A String", # Title of the document.
+              "uri": "A String", # Uri of the document.
+            },
+          },
+          "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+            "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+            "documentContexts": [ # List of document contexts. The content will be used for Answer Generation. This is supposed to be the main content of the document that can be long and comprehensive.
+              { # Document context.
+                "content": "A String", # Document content to be used for answer generation.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "extractiveAnswers": [ # Deprecated: This field is deprecated and will have no effect on the Answer generation. Please use document_contexts and extractive_segments fields. List of extractive answers.
+              { # Extractive answer. [Guide](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/snippets#get-answers)
+                "content": "A String", # Extractive answer content.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "extractiveSegments": [ # List of extractive segments.
+              { # Extractive segment. [Guide](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/snippets#extractive-segments) Answer generation will only use it if document_contexts is empty. This is supposed to be shorter snippets.
+                "content": "A String", # Extractive segment content.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "title": "A String", # Title.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "session": "A String", # The session resource name. Not required. When session field is not set, the API is in sessionless mode. We support auto session mode: users can use the wildcard symbol `-` as session ID. A new ID will be automatically generated and assigned.
+  "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ConversationalSearchService.AnswerQuery method.
+  "answer": { # Defines an answer. # Answer resource object. If AnswerQueryRequest.QueryUnderstandingSpec.QueryRephraserSpec.max_rephrase_steps is greater than 1, use Answer.name to fetch answer information using ConversationalSearchService.GetAnswer API.
+    "answerSkippedReasons": [ # Additional answer-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+    "citations": [ # Citations.
+      { # Citation info for a segment.
+        "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive.
+        "sources": [ # Citation sources for the attributed segment.
+          { # Citation source.
+            "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+          },
+        ],
+        "startIndex": "A String", # Index indicates the start of the segment, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+      },
+    ],
+    "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp.
+    "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks.
+    "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports.
+      { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.
+        "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive.
+        "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned.
+        "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks.
+        "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim.
+          { # Citation source.
+            "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+          },
+        ],
+        "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+      },
+    ],
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*`
+    "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information.
+      "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information.
+        { # Query classification information.
+          "positive": True or False, # Classification output.
+          "type": "A String", # Query classification type.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "references": [ # References.
+      { # Reference.
+        "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+          "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+          "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+          "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
+            "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+            "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+            "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "title": "A String", # Title.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+          },
+          "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+        },
+        "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information.
+          "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+          "structData": { # Structured search data.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+          "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
+            { # Chunk content.
+              "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+              "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+            },
+          ],
+          "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+          "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "title": "A String", # Title.
+          "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "relatedQuestions": [ # Suggested related questions.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the answer generation.
+    "steps": [ # Answer generation steps.
+      { # Step information.
+        "actions": [ # Actions.
+          { # Action.
+            "observation": { # Observation. # Observation.
+              "searchResults": [ # Search results observed by the search action, it can be snippets info or chunk info, depending on the citation type set by the user.
+                {
+                  "chunkInfo": [ # If citation_type is CHUNK_LEVEL_CITATION and chunk mode is on, populate chunk info.
+                    { # Chunk information.
+                      "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                      "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                      "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                  "snippetInfo": [ # If citation_type is DOCUMENT_LEVEL_CITATION, populate document level snippets.
+                    { # Snippet information.
+                      "snippet": "A String", # Snippet content.
+                      "snippetStatus": "A String", # Status of the snippet defined by the search team.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "structData": { # Data representation. The structured JSON data for the document. It's populated from the struct data from the Document, or the Chunk in search result.
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "title": "A String", # Title.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "searchAction": { # Search action. # Search action.
+              "query": "A String", # The query to search.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "description": "A String", # The description of the step.
+        "state": "A String", # The state of the step.
+        "thought": "A String", # The thought of the step.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "answerQueryToken": "A String", # A global unique ID used for logging.
+  "session": { # External session proto definition. # Session resource object. It will be only available when session field is set and valid in the AnswerQueryRequest request.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished.
+    "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list.
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*`
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started.
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the session.
+    "turns": [ # Turns.
+      { # Represents a turn, including a query from the user and a answer from service.
+        "answer": "A String", # The resource name of the answer to the user query. Only set if the answer generation (/answer API call) happened in this turn.
+        "detailedAnswer": { # Defines an answer. # Output only. In ConversationalSearchService.GetSession API, if GetSessionRequest.include_answer_details is set to true, this field will be populated when getting answer query session.
+          "answerSkippedReasons": [ # Additional answer-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+          "citations": [ # Citations.
+            { # Citation info for a segment.
+              "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive.
+              "sources": [ # Citation sources for the attributed segment.
+                { # Citation source.
+                  "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+                },
+              ],
+              "startIndex": "A String", # Index indicates the start of the segment, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+            },
+          ],
+          "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp.
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp.
+          "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks.
+          "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports.
+            { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.
+              "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive.
+              "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned.
+              "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks.
+              "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim.
+                { # Citation source.
+                  "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+                },
+              ],
+              "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+            },
+          ],
+          "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*`
+          "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information.
+            "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information.
+              { # Query classification information.
+                "positive": True or False, # Classification output.
+                "type": "A String", # Query classification type.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "references": [ # References.
+            { # Reference.
+              "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
+                  "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                  "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+                  "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "title": "A String", # Title.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                },
+                "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+              },
+              "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information.
+                "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                "structData": { # Structured search data.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+              },
+              "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+                "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
+                  { # Chunk content.
+                    "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                    "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+                    "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+                "title": "A String", # Title.
+                "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "relatedQuestions": [ # Suggested related questions.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "state": "A String", # The state of the answer generation.
+          "steps": [ # Answer generation steps.
+            { # Step information.
+              "actions": [ # Actions.
+                { # Action.
+                  "observation": { # Observation. # Observation.
+                    "searchResults": [ # Search results observed by the search action, it can be snippets info or chunk info, depending on the citation type set by the user.
+                      {
+                        "chunkInfo": [ # If citation_type is CHUNK_LEVEL_CITATION and chunk mode is on, populate chunk info.
+                          { # Chunk information.
+                            "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                            "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                            "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                        "snippetInfo": [ # If citation_type is DOCUMENT_LEVEL_CITATION, populate document level snippets.
+                          { # Snippet information.
+                            "snippet": "A String", # Snippet content.
+                            "snippetStatus": "A String", # Status of the snippet defined by the search team.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "structData": { # Data representation. The structured JSON data for the document. It's populated from the struct data from the Document, or the Chunk in search result.
+                          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                        },
+                        "title": "A String", # Title.
+                        "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "searchAction": { # Search action. # Search action.
+                    "query": "A String", # The query to search.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+              "description": "A String", # The description of the step.
+              "state": "A String", # The state of the step.
+              "thought": "A String", # The thought of the step.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # The user query.
+          "queryId": "A String", # Unique Id for the query.
+          "text": "A String", # Plain text.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html index 02d5b80b513..dd335b1ac60 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html @@ -118,6 +118,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html index b9286c24f8e..57b80ccc1f8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@

Instance Methods

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a Session. If the Session to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.

- get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+ get(name, includeAnswerDetails=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a Session.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -116,7 +116,9 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -141,6 +143,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -251,7 +267,9 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -276,6 +294,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -397,11 +429,12 @@

Method Details

- get(name, x__xgafv=None) + get(name, includeAnswerDetails=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets a Session.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The resource name of the Session to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}` (required)
+  includeAnswerDetails: boolean, Optional. If set to true, the full session including all answer details will be returned.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -411,7 +444,9 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -436,6 +471,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -545,7 +594,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}` (required) filter: string, A filter to apply on the list results. The supported features are: user_pseudo_id, state. Example: "user_pseudo_id = some_id" - orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` Example: "update_time desc" "create_time" + orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` * `is_pinned` Example: * "update_time desc" * "create_time" * "is_pinned desc,update_time desc": list sessions by is_pinned first, then by update_time. pageSize: integer, Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000. pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListSessions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -560,7 +609,9 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token, if not returned indicates the last page. "sessions": [ # All the Sessions for a given data store. { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -585,6 +636,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -713,7 +778,9 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -738,6 +805,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -849,7 +930,9 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -874,6 +957,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html index e1b1317cdbd..779b206c6f0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

Writes a single user event from the browser. This uses a GET request to due to browser restriction of POST-ing to a third-party domain. This method is used only by the Discovery Engine API JavaScript pixel and Google Tag Manager. Users should not call this method directly.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent DataStore resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. If the collect user event action is applied in DataStore level, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. If the collect user event action is applied in Location level, for example, the event with Document across multiple DataStore, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
   ets: string, The event timestamp in milliseconds. This prevents browser caching of otherwise identical get requests. The name is abbreviated to reduce the payload bytes.
   uri: string, The URL including cgi-parameters but excluding the hash fragment with a length limit of 5,000 characters. This is often more useful than the referer URL, because many browsers only send the domain for third-party requests.
   userEvent: string, Required. URL encoded UserEvent proto with a length limit of 2,000,000 characters.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
index 3fee98f28ef..428c0511926 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
@@ -107,6 +107,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

search_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ streamAnswer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.

Method Details

answer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -150,12 +153,15 @@

Method Details

"queryRephraserSpec": { # Query rephraser specification. # Query rephraser specification. "disable": True or False, # Disable query rephraser. "maxRephraseSteps": 42, # Max rephrase steps. The max number is 5 steps. If not set or set to < 1, it will be set to 1 by default. + "modelSpec": { # Query Rephraser Model specification. # Optional. Query Rephraser Model specification. + "modelType": "A String", # Optional. Enabled query rephraser model type. If not set, it will use LARGE by default. + }, }, }, "relatedQuestionsSpec": { # Related questions specification. # Related questions specification. "enable": True or False, # Enable related questions feature if true. }, - "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. # Model specification. + "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. There are two use cases: 1. when only safety_spec.enable is set, the BLOCK_LOW_AND_ABOVE threshold will be applied for all categories. 2. when safety_spec.enable is set and some safety_settings are set, only specified safety_settings are applied. # Model specification. "enable": True or False, # Enable the safety filtering on the answer response. It is false by default. }, "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification. @@ -184,6 +190,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -271,6 +296,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -365,7 +404,9 @@

Method Details

}, "answerQueryToken": "A String", # A global unique ID used for logging. "session": { # External session proto definition. # Session resource object. It will be only available when session field is set and valid in the AnswerQueryRequest request. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -390,6 +431,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -1227,6 +1282,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -1726,6 +1800,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -2182,4 +2275,441 @@

Method Details

+
+ streamAnswer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.
+
+Args:
+  servingConfig: string, Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ConversationalSearchService.AnswerQuery method.
+  "answerGenerationSpec": { # Answer generation specification. # Answer generation specification.
+    "answerLanguageCode": "A String", # Language code for Answer. Use language tags defined by [BCP47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). Note: This is an experimental feature.
+    "ignoreAdversarialQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out adversarial queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect adversarial queries. No answer is returned if the search query is classified as an adversarial query. For example, a user might ask a question regarding negative comments about the company or submit a query designed to generate unsafe, policy-violating output. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating answers for adversarial queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "ignoreJailBreakingQuery": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to filter out jail-breaking queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect jail-breaking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a jail-breaking query. A user might add instructions to the query to change the tone, style, language, content of the answer, or ask the model to act as a different entity, e.g. "Reply in the tone of a competing company's CEO". If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for jail-breaking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "ignoreLowRelevantContent": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that have low relevance. If this field is set to `false`, all search results are used regardless of relevance to generate answers. If set to `true` or unset, the behavior will be determined automatically by the service.
+    "ignoreNonAnswerSeekingQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that are not answer-seeking. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect answer-seeking queries. No answer is returned if the search query is classified as a non-answer seeking query. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating answers for non-answer seeking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "includeCitations": True or False, # Specifies whether to include citation metadata in the answer. The default value is `false`.
+    "modelSpec": { # Answer Generation Model specification. # Answer generation model specification.
+      "modelVersion": "A String", # Model version. If not set, it will use the default stable model. Allowed values are: stable, preview.
+    },
+    "promptSpec": { # Answer generation prompt specification. # Answer generation prompt specification.
+      "preamble": "A String", # Customized preamble.
+    },
+  },
+  "asynchronousMode": True or False, # Deprecated: This field is deprecated. Streaming Answer API will be supported. Asynchronous mode control. If enabled, the response will be returned with answer/session resource name without final answer. The API users need to do the polling to get the latest status of answer/session by calling ConversationalSearchService.GetAnswer or ConversationalSearchService.GetSession method.
+  "groundingSpec": { # Grounding specification. # Optional. Grounding specification.
+    "filteringLevel": "A String", # Optional. Specifies whether to enable the filtering based on grounding score and at what level.
+    "includeGroundingSupports": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to include grounding_supports in the answer. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, returned answer will have `grounding_score` and will contain GroundingSupports for each claim.
+  },
+  "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Required. Current user query.
+    "queryId": "A String", # Unique Id for the query.
+    "text": "A String", # Plain text.
+  },
+  "queryUnderstandingSpec": { # Query understanding specification. # Query understanding specification.
+    "queryClassificationSpec": { # Query classification specification. # Query classification specification.
+      "types": [ # Enabled query classification types.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "queryRephraserSpec": { # Query rephraser specification. # Query rephraser specification.
+      "disable": True or False, # Disable query rephraser.
+      "maxRephraseSteps": 42, # Max rephrase steps. The max number is 5 steps. If not set or set to < 1, it will be set to 1 by default.
+      "modelSpec": { # Query Rephraser Model specification. # Optional. Query Rephraser Model specification.
+        "modelType": "A String", # Optional. Enabled query rephraser model type. If not set, it will use LARGE by default.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "relatedQuestionsSpec": { # Related questions specification. # Related questions specification.
+    "enable": True or False, # Enable related questions feature if true.
+  },
+  "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. There are two use cases: 1. when only safety_spec.enable is set, the BLOCK_LOW_AND_ABOVE threshold will be applied for all categories. 2. when safety_spec.enable is set and some safety_settings are set, only specified safety_settings are applied. # Model specification.
+    "enable": True or False, # Enable the safety filtering on the answer response. It is false by default.
+  },
+  "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
+    "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
+      "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+          { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
+            "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
+            "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
+              "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value).
+              "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here.
+                { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable).
+                  "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`.
+                  "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above.
+                },
+              ],
+              "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount.
+              "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below.
+            },
+            "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))`
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "customFineTuningSpec": { # Defines custom fine tuning spec. # Custom fine tuning configs.
+        "enableSearchAdaptor": True or False, # Whether or not to enable and include custom fine tuned search adaptor model.
+      },
+      "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+        { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+          "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+              { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
+                "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
+                "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
+                  "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value).
+                  "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here.
+                    { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable).
+                      "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`.
+                      "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount.
+                  "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below.
+                },
+                "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))`
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
+          "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
+        },
+      ],
+      "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
+      "maxReturnResults": 42, # Number of search results to return. The default value is 10.
+      "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec": { # Specification to enable natural language understanding capabilities for search requests. # Optional. Specification to enable natural language understanding capabilities for search requests.
+        "filterExtractionCondition": "A String", # The condition under which filter extraction should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
+        "geoSearchQueryDetectionFieldNames": [ # Field names used for location-based filtering, where geolocation filters are detected in natural language search queries. Only valid when the FilterExtractionCondition is set to `ENABLED`. If this field is set, it overrides the field names set in ServingConfig.geo_search_query_detection_field_names.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering, see [Ordering](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order#order) If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+      "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. See [parse and chunk documents](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/parse-chunk-documents)
+    },
+    "searchResultList": { # Search result list. # Search result list.
+      "searchResults": [ # Search results.
+        { # Search result.
+          "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+            "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+            "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+            "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata contains the information of the document of the current chunk. # Metadata of the document from the current chunk.
+              "title": "A String", # Title of the document.
+              "uri": "A String", # Uri of the document.
+            },
+          },
+          "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+            "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+            "documentContexts": [ # List of document contexts. The content will be used for Answer Generation. This is supposed to be the main content of the document that can be long and comprehensive.
+              { # Document context.
+                "content": "A String", # Document content to be used for answer generation.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "extractiveAnswers": [ # Deprecated: This field is deprecated and will have no effect on the Answer generation. Please use document_contexts and extractive_segments fields. List of extractive answers.
+              { # Extractive answer. [Guide](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/snippets#get-answers)
+                "content": "A String", # Extractive answer content.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "extractiveSegments": [ # List of extractive segments.
+              { # Extractive segment. [Guide](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/snippets#extractive-segments) Answer generation will only use it if document_contexts is empty. This is supposed to be shorter snippets.
+                "content": "A String", # Extractive segment content.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "title": "A String", # Title.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "session": "A String", # The session resource name. Not required. When session field is not set, the API is in sessionless mode. We support auto session mode: users can use the wildcard symbol `-` as session ID. A new ID will be automatically generated and assigned.
+  "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ConversationalSearchService.AnswerQuery method.
+  "answer": { # Defines an answer. # Answer resource object. If AnswerQueryRequest.QueryUnderstandingSpec.QueryRephraserSpec.max_rephrase_steps is greater than 1, use Answer.name to fetch answer information using ConversationalSearchService.GetAnswer API.
+    "answerSkippedReasons": [ # Additional answer-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+    "citations": [ # Citations.
+      { # Citation info for a segment.
+        "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive.
+        "sources": [ # Citation sources for the attributed segment.
+          { # Citation source.
+            "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+          },
+        ],
+        "startIndex": "A String", # Index indicates the start of the segment, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+      },
+    ],
+    "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp.
+    "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks.
+    "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports.
+      { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.
+        "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive.
+        "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned.
+        "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks.
+        "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim.
+          { # Citation source.
+            "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+          },
+        ],
+        "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+      },
+    ],
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*`
+    "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information.
+      "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information.
+        { # Query classification information.
+          "positive": True or False, # Classification output.
+          "type": "A String", # Query classification type.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "references": [ # References.
+      { # Reference.
+        "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+          "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+          "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+          "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
+            "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+            "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+            "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "title": "A String", # Title.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+          },
+          "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+        },
+        "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information.
+          "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+          "structData": { # Structured search data.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+          "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
+            { # Chunk content.
+              "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+              "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+            },
+          ],
+          "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+          "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "title": "A String", # Title.
+          "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "relatedQuestions": [ # Suggested related questions.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the answer generation.
+    "steps": [ # Answer generation steps.
+      { # Step information.
+        "actions": [ # Actions.
+          { # Action.
+            "observation": { # Observation. # Observation.
+              "searchResults": [ # Search results observed by the search action, it can be snippets info or chunk info, depending on the citation type set by the user.
+                {
+                  "chunkInfo": [ # If citation_type is CHUNK_LEVEL_CITATION and chunk mode is on, populate chunk info.
+                    { # Chunk information.
+                      "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                      "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                      "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                  "snippetInfo": [ # If citation_type is DOCUMENT_LEVEL_CITATION, populate document level snippets.
+                    { # Snippet information.
+                      "snippet": "A String", # Snippet content.
+                      "snippetStatus": "A String", # Status of the snippet defined by the search team.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "structData": { # Data representation. The structured JSON data for the document. It's populated from the struct data from the Document, or the Chunk in search result.
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "title": "A String", # Title.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "searchAction": { # Search action. # Search action.
+              "query": "A String", # The query to search.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "description": "A String", # The description of the step.
+        "state": "A String", # The state of the step.
+        "thought": "A String", # The thought of the step.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "answerQueryToken": "A String", # A global unique ID used for logging.
+  "session": { # External session proto definition. # Session resource object. It will be only available when session field is set and valid in the AnswerQueryRequest request.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished.
+    "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list.
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*`
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started.
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the session.
+    "turns": [ # Turns.
+      { # Represents a turn, including a query from the user and a answer from service.
+        "answer": "A String", # The resource name of the answer to the user query. Only set if the answer generation (/answer API call) happened in this turn.
+        "detailedAnswer": { # Defines an answer. # Output only. In ConversationalSearchService.GetSession API, if GetSessionRequest.include_answer_details is set to true, this field will be populated when getting answer query session.
+          "answerSkippedReasons": [ # Additional answer-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+          "citations": [ # Citations.
+            { # Citation info for a segment.
+              "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive.
+              "sources": [ # Citation sources for the attributed segment.
+                { # Citation source.
+                  "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+                },
+              ],
+              "startIndex": "A String", # Index indicates the start of the segment, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+            },
+          ],
+          "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp.
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp.
+          "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks.
+          "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports.
+            { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.
+              "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive.
+              "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned.
+              "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks.
+              "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim.
+                { # Citation source.
+                  "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+                },
+              ],
+              "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+            },
+          ],
+          "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*`
+          "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information.
+            "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information.
+              { # Query classification information.
+                "positive": True or False, # Classification output.
+                "type": "A String", # Query classification type.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "references": [ # References.
+            { # Reference.
+              "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
+                  "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                  "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+                  "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "title": "A String", # Title.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                },
+                "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+              },
+              "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information.
+                "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                "structData": { # Structured search data.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+              },
+              "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+                "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
+                  { # Chunk content.
+                    "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                    "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+                    "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+                "title": "A String", # Title.
+                "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "relatedQuestions": [ # Suggested related questions.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "state": "A String", # The state of the answer generation.
+          "steps": [ # Answer generation steps.
+            { # Step information.
+              "actions": [ # Actions.
+                { # Action.
+                  "observation": { # Observation. # Observation.
+                    "searchResults": [ # Search results observed by the search action, it can be snippets info or chunk info, depending on the citation type set by the user.
+                      {
+                        "chunkInfo": [ # If citation_type is CHUNK_LEVEL_CITATION and chunk mode is on, populate chunk info.
+                          { # Chunk information.
+                            "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                            "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                            "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                        "snippetInfo": [ # If citation_type is DOCUMENT_LEVEL_CITATION, populate document level snippets.
+                          { # Snippet information.
+                            "snippet": "A String", # Snippet content.
+                            "snippetStatus": "A String", # Status of the snippet defined by the search team.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "structData": { # Data representation. The structured JSON data for the document. It's populated from the struct data from the Document, or the Chunk in search result.
+                          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                        },
+                        "title": "A String", # Title.
+                        "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "searchAction": { # Search action. # Search action.
+                    "query": "A String", # The query to search.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+              "description": "A String", # The description of the step.
+              "state": "A String", # The state of the step.
+              "thought": "A String", # The thought of the step.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # The user query.
+          "queryId": "A String", # Unique Id for the query.
+          "text": "A String", # Plain text.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html index 82847febfaf..08a07ff3aa9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html @@ -118,6 +118,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html index acb3764f27b..ad012e7d2f6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@

Instance Methods

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a Session. If the Session to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.

- get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+ get(name, includeAnswerDetails=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a Session.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -116,7 +116,9 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -141,6 +143,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -251,7 +267,9 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -276,6 +294,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -397,11 +429,12 @@

Method Details

- get(name, x__xgafv=None) + get(name, includeAnswerDetails=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets a Session.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The resource name of the Session to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}` (required)
+  includeAnswerDetails: boolean, Optional. If set to true, the full session including all answer details will be returned.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -411,7 +444,9 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -436,6 +471,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -545,7 +594,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}` (required) filter: string, A filter to apply on the list results. The supported features are: user_pseudo_id, state. Example: "user_pseudo_id = some_id" - orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` Example: "update_time desc" "create_time" + orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` * `is_pinned` Example: * "update_time desc" * "create_time" * "is_pinned desc,update_time desc": list sessions by is_pinned first, then by update_time. pageSize: integer, Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000. pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListSessions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -560,7 +609,9 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token, if not returned indicates the last page. "sessions": [ # All the Sessions for a given data store. { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -585,6 +636,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -713,7 +778,9 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -738,6 +805,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -849,7 +930,9 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -874,6 +957,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html index f51c6fde44a..5eadf7edb5d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -409,6 +409,7 @@

Method Details

"resourceTypes": [ # The FHIR resource types to import. The resource types should be a subset of all [supported FHIR resource types](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/fhir-schema-reference#resource-level-specification). Default to all supported FHIR resource types if empty. "A String", ], + "updateFromLatestPredefinedSchema": True or False, # Optional. Whether to update the DataStore schema to the latest predefined schema. If true, the DataStore schema will be updated to include any FHIR fields or resource types that have been added since the last import and corresponding FHIR resources will be imported from the FHIR store. Note this field cannot be used in conjunction with `resource_types`. It should be used after initial import. }, "firestoreSource": { # Firestore source import data from. # Firestore input source. "collectionId": "A String", # Required. The Firestore collection (or entity) to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,500 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 1d70170add7..39ac6404c87 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -107,6 +107,9 @@

Instance Methods

search_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ streamAnswer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.

Method Details

answer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -150,12 +153,15 @@

Method Details

"queryRephraserSpec": { # Query rephraser specification. # Query rephraser specification. "disable": True or False, # Disable query rephraser. "maxRephraseSteps": 42, # Max rephrase steps. The max number is 5 steps. If not set or set to < 1, it will be set to 1 by default. + "modelSpec": { # Query Rephraser Model specification. # Optional. Query Rephraser Model specification. + "modelType": "A String", # Optional. Enabled query rephraser model type. If not set, it will use LARGE by default. + }, }, }, "relatedQuestionsSpec": { # Related questions specification. # Related questions specification. "enable": True or False, # Enable related questions feature if true. }, - "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. # Model specification. + "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. There are two use cases: 1. when only safety_spec.enable is set, the BLOCK_LOW_AND_ABOVE threshold will be applied for all categories. 2. when safety_spec.enable is set and some safety_settings are set, only specified safety_settings are applied. # Model specification. "enable": True or False, # Enable the safety filtering on the answer response. It is false by default. }, "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification. @@ -184,6 +190,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -271,6 +296,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -365,7 +404,9 @@

Method Details

}, "answerQueryToken": "A String", # A global unique ID used for logging. "session": { # External session proto definition. # Session resource object. It will be only available when session field is set and valid in the AnswerQueryRequest request. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -390,6 +431,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -1227,6 +1282,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -1726,6 +1800,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -2182,4 +2275,441 @@

Method Details

+
+ streamAnswer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.
+
+Args:
+  servingConfig: string, Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ConversationalSearchService.AnswerQuery method.
+  "answerGenerationSpec": { # Answer generation specification. # Answer generation specification.
+    "answerLanguageCode": "A String", # Language code for Answer. Use language tags defined by [BCP47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). Note: This is an experimental feature.
+    "ignoreAdversarialQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out adversarial queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect adversarial queries. No answer is returned if the search query is classified as an adversarial query. For example, a user might ask a question regarding negative comments about the company or submit a query designed to generate unsafe, policy-violating output. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating answers for adversarial queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "ignoreJailBreakingQuery": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to filter out jail-breaking queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect jail-breaking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a jail-breaking query. A user might add instructions to the query to change the tone, style, language, content of the answer, or ask the model to act as a different entity, e.g. "Reply in the tone of a competing company's CEO". If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for jail-breaking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "ignoreLowRelevantContent": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that have low relevance. If this field is set to `false`, all search results are used regardless of relevance to generate answers. If set to `true` or unset, the behavior will be determined automatically by the service.
+    "ignoreNonAnswerSeekingQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that are not answer-seeking. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect answer-seeking queries. No answer is returned if the search query is classified as a non-answer seeking query. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating answers for non-answer seeking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "includeCitations": True or False, # Specifies whether to include citation metadata in the answer. The default value is `false`.
+    "modelSpec": { # Answer Generation Model specification. # Answer generation model specification.
+      "modelVersion": "A String", # Model version. If not set, it will use the default stable model. Allowed values are: stable, preview.
+    },
+    "promptSpec": { # Answer generation prompt specification. # Answer generation prompt specification.
+      "preamble": "A String", # Customized preamble.
+    },
+  },
+  "asynchronousMode": True or False, # Deprecated: This field is deprecated. Streaming Answer API will be supported. Asynchronous mode control. If enabled, the response will be returned with answer/session resource name without final answer. The API users need to do the polling to get the latest status of answer/session by calling ConversationalSearchService.GetAnswer or ConversationalSearchService.GetSession method.
+  "groundingSpec": { # Grounding specification. # Optional. Grounding specification.
+    "filteringLevel": "A String", # Optional. Specifies whether to enable the filtering based on grounding score and at what level.
+    "includeGroundingSupports": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to include grounding_supports in the answer. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, returned answer will have `grounding_score` and will contain GroundingSupports for each claim.
+  },
+  "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Required. Current user query.
+    "queryId": "A String", # Unique Id for the query.
+    "text": "A String", # Plain text.
+  },
+  "queryUnderstandingSpec": { # Query understanding specification. # Query understanding specification.
+    "queryClassificationSpec": { # Query classification specification. # Query classification specification.
+      "types": [ # Enabled query classification types.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "queryRephraserSpec": { # Query rephraser specification. # Query rephraser specification.
+      "disable": True or False, # Disable query rephraser.
+      "maxRephraseSteps": 42, # Max rephrase steps. The max number is 5 steps. If not set or set to < 1, it will be set to 1 by default.
+      "modelSpec": { # Query Rephraser Model specification. # Optional. Query Rephraser Model specification.
+        "modelType": "A String", # Optional. Enabled query rephraser model type. If not set, it will use LARGE by default.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "relatedQuestionsSpec": { # Related questions specification. # Related questions specification.
+    "enable": True or False, # Enable related questions feature if true.
+  },
+  "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. There are two use cases: 1. when only safety_spec.enable is set, the BLOCK_LOW_AND_ABOVE threshold will be applied for all categories. 2. when safety_spec.enable is set and some safety_settings are set, only specified safety_settings are applied. # Model specification.
+    "enable": True or False, # Enable the safety filtering on the answer response. It is false by default.
+  },
+  "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
+    "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
+      "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+          { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
+            "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
+            "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
+              "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value).
+              "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here.
+                { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable).
+                  "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`.
+                  "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above.
+                },
+              ],
+              "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount.
+              "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below.
+            },
+            "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))`
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "customFineTuningSpec": { # Defines custom fine tuning spec. # Custom fine tuning configs.
+        "enableSearchAdaptor": True or False, # Whether or not to enable and include custom fine tuned search adaptor model.
+      },
+      "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+        { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+          "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+              { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
+                "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
+                "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
+                  "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value).
+                  "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here.
+                    { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable).
+                      "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`.
+                      "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount.
+                  "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below.
+                },
+                "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))`
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
+          "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
+        },
+      ],
+      "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
+      "maxReturnResults": 42, # Number of search results to return. The default value is 10.
+      "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec": { # Specification to enable natural language understanding capabilities for search requests. # Optional. Specification to enable natural language understanding capabilities for search requests.
+        "filterExtractionCondition": "A String", # The condition under which filter extraction should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
+        "geoSearchQueryDetectionFieldNames": [ # Field names used for location-based filtering, where geolocation filters are detected in natural language search queries. Only valid when the FilterExtractionCondition is set to `ENABLED`. If this field is set, it overrides the field names set in ServingConfig.geo_search_query_detection_field_names.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering, see [Ordering](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order#order) If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+      "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. See [parse and chunk documents](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/parse-chunk-documents)
+    },
+    "searchResultList": { # Search result list. # Search result list.
+      "searchResults": [ # Search results.
+        { # Search result.
+          "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+            "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+            "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+            "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata contains the information of the document of the current chunk. # Metadata of the document from the current chunk.
+              "title": "A String", # Title of the document.
+              "uri": "A String", # Uri of the document.
+            },
+          },
+          "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+            "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+            "documentContexts": [ # List of document contexts. The content will be used for Answer Generation. This is supposed to be the main content of the document that can be long and comprehensive.
+              { # Document context.
+                "content": "A String", # Document content to be used for answer generation.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "extractiveAnswers": [ # Deprecated: This field is deprecated and will have no effect on the Answer generation. Please use document_contexts and extractive_segments fields. List of extractive answers.
+              { # Extractive answer. [Guide](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/snippets#get-answers)
+                "content": "A String", # Extractive answer content.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "extractiveSegments": [ # List of extractive segments.
+              { # Extractive segment. [Guide](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/snippets#extractive-segments) Answer generation will only use it if document_contexts is empty. This is supposed to be shorter snippets.
+                "content": "A String", # Extractive segment content.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "title": "A String", # Title.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "session": "A String", # The session resource name. Not required. When session field is not set, the API is in sessionless mode. We support auto session mode: users can use the wildcard symbol `-` as session ID. A new ID will be automatically generated and assigned.
+  "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ConversationalSearchService.AnswerQuery method.
+  "answer": { # Defines an answer. # Answer resource object. If AnswerQueryRequest.QueryUnderstandingSpec.QueryRephraserSpec.max_rephrase_steps is greater than 1, use Answer.name to fetch answer information using ConversationalSearchService.GetAnswer API.
+    "answerSkippedReasons": [ # Additional answer-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+    "citations": [ # Citations.
+      { # Citation info for a segment.
+        "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive.
+        "sources": [ # Citation sources for the attributed segment.
+          { # Citation source.
+            "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+          },
+        ],
+        "startIndex": "A String", # Index indicates the start of the segment, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+      },
+    ],
+    "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp.
+    "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks.
+    "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports.
+      { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.
+        "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive.
+        "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned.
+        "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks.
+        "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim.
+          { # Citation source.
+            "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+          },
+        ],
+        "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+      },
+    ],
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*`
+    "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information.
+      "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information.
+        { # Query classification information.
+          "positive": True or False, # Classification output.
+          "type": "A String", # Query classification type.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "references": [ # References.
+      { # Reference.
+        "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+          "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+          "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+          "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
+            "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+            "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+            "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "title": "A String", # Title.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+          },
+          "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+        },
+        "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information.
+          "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+          "structData": { # Structured search data.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+          "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
+            { # Chunk content.
+              "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+              "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+            },
+          ],
+          "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+          "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "title": "A String", # Title.
+          "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "relatedQuestions": [ # Suggested related questions.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the answer generation.
+    "steps": [ # Answer generation steps.
+      { # Step information.
+        "actions": [ # Actions.
+          { # Action.
+            "observation": { # Observation. # Observation.
+              "searchResults": [ # Search results observed by the search action, it can be snippets info or chunk info, depending on the citation type set by the user.
+                {
+                  "chunkInfo": [ # If citation_type is CHUNK_LEVEL_CITATION and chunk mode is on, populate chunk info.
+                    { # Chunk information.
+                      "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                      "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                      "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                  "snippetInfo": [ # If citation_type is DOCUMENT_LEVEL_CITATION, populate document level snippets.
+                    { # Snippet information.
+                      "snippet": "A String", # Snippet content.
+                      "snippetStatus": "A String", # Status of the snippet defined by the search team.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "structData": { # Data representation. The structured JSON data for the document. It's populated from the struct data from the Document, or the Chunk in search result.
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "title": "A String", # Title.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "searchAction": { # Search action. # Search action.
+              "query": "A String", # The query to search.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "description": "A String", # The description of the step.
+        "state": "A String", # The state of the step.
+        "thought": "A String", # The thought of the step.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "answerQueryToken": "A String", # A global unique ID used for logging.
+  "session": { # External session proto definition. # Session resource object. It will be only available when session field is set and valid in the AnswerQueryRequest request.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished.
+    "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list.
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*`
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started.
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the session.
+    "turns": [ # Turns.
+      { # Represents a turn, including a query from the user and a answer from service.
+        "answer": "A String", # The resource name of the answer to the user query. Only set if the answer generation (/answer API call) happened in this turn.
+        "detailedAnswer": { # Defines an answer. # Output only. In ConversationalSearchService.GetSession API, if GetSessionRequest.include_answer_details is set to true, this field will be populated when getting answer query session.
+          "answerSkippedReasons": [ # Additional answer-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+          "citations": [ # Citations.
+            { # Citation info for a segment.
+              "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive.
+              "sources": [ # Citation sources for the attributed segment.
+                { # Citation source.
+                  "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+                },
+              ],
+              "startIndex": "A String", # Index indicates the start of the segment, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+            },
+          ],
+          "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp.
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp.
+          "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks.
+          "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports.
+            { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.
+              "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive.
+              "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned.
+              "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks.
+              "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim.
+                { # Citation source.
+                  "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+                },
+              ],
+              "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+            },
+          ],
+          "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*`
+          "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information.
+            "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information.
+              { # Query classification information.
+                "positive": True or False, # Classification output.
+                "type": "A String", # Query classification type.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "references": [ # References.
+            { # Reference.
+              "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
+                  "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                  "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+                  "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "title": "A String", # Title.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                },
+                "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+              },
+              "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information.
+                "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                "structData": { # Structured search data.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+              },
+              "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+                "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
+                  { # Chunk content.
+                    "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                    "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+                    "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+                "title": "A String", # Title.
+                "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "relatedQuestions": [ # Suggested related questions.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "state": "A String", # The state of the answer generation.
+          "steps": [ # Answer generation steps.
+            { # Step information.
+              "actions": [ # Actions.
+                { # Action.
+                  "observation": { # Observation. # Observation.
+                    "searchResults": [ # Search results observed by the search action, it can be snippets info or chunk info, depending on the citation type set by the user.
+                      {
+                        "chunkInfo": [ # If citation_type is CHUNK_LEVEL_CITATION and chunk mode is on, populate chunk info.
+                          { # Chunk information.
+                            "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                            "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                            "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                        "snippetInfo": [ # If citation_type is DOCUMENT_LEVEL_CITATION, populate document level snippets.
+                          { # Snippet information.
+                            "snippet": "A String", # Snippet content.
+                            "snippetStatus": "A String", # Status of the snippet defined by the search team.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "structData": { # Data representation. The structured JSON data for the document. It's populated from the struct data from the Document, or the Chunk in search result.
+                          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                        },
+                        "title": "A String", # Title.
+                        "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "searchAction": { # Search action. # Search action.
+                    "query": "A String", # The query to search.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+              "description": "A String", # The description of the step.
+              "state": "A String", # The state of the step.
+              "thought": "A String", # The thought of the step.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # The user query.
+          "queryId": "A String", # Unique Id for the query.
+          "text": "A String", # Plain text.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html index 4888a055d70..b46dfc67b29 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html @@ -118,6 +118,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html index 3beaeab2c68..b4111cf299e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@

Instance Methods

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a Session. If the Session to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.

- get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+ get(name, includeAnswerDetails=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a Session.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -116,7 +116,9 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -141,6 +143,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -251,7 +267,9 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -276,6 +294,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -397,11 +429,12 @@

Method Details

- get(name, x__xgafv=None) + get(name, includeAnswerDetails=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets a Session.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The resource name of the Session to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}` (required)
+  includeAnswerDetails: boolean, Optional. If set to true, the full session including all answer details will be returned.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -411,7 +444,9 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -436,6 +471,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -545,7 +594,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}` (required) filter: string, A filter to apply on the list results. The supported features are: user_pseudo_id, state. Example: "user_pseudo_id = some_id" - orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` Example: "update_time desc" "create_time" + orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` * `is_pinned` Example: * "update_time desc" * "create_time" * "is_pinned desc,update_time desc": list sessions by is_pinned first, then by update_time. pageSize: integer, Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000. pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListSessions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -560,7 +609,9 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token, if not returned indicates the last page. "sessions": [ # All the Sessions for a given data store. { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -585,6 +636,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -713,7 +778,9 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -738,6 +805,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -849,7 +930,9 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -874,6 +957,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html index 0820d6eb85f..27c5063c0c9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

Writes a single user event from the browser. This uses a GET request to due to browser restriction of POST-ing to a third-party domain. This method is used only by the Discovery Engine API JavaScript pixel and Google Tag Manager. Users should not call this method directly.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent DataStore resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. If the collect user event action is applied in DataStore level, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. If the collect user event action is applied in Location level, for example, the event with Document across multiple DataStore, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
   ets: string, The event timestamp in milliseconds. This prevents browser caching of otherwise identical get requests. The name is abbreviated to reduce the payload bytes.
   uri: string, The URL including cgi-parameters but excluding the hash fragment with a length limit of 5,000 characters. This is often more useful than the referer URL, because many browsers only send the domain for third-party requests.
   userEvent: string, Required. URL encoded UserEvent proto with a length limit of 2,000,000 characters.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.evaluations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.evaluations.html
index 6b48ccdb03e..fe5533e4d5f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.evaluations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.evaluations.html
@@ -204,6 +204,25 @@ 

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -470,6 +489,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -712,6 +750,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.userEvents.html index 3a58a55d01e..9257d1f80b8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.userEvents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.userEvents.html @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Method Details

Writes a single user event from the browser. This uses a GET request to due to browser restriction of POST-ing to a third-party domain. This method is used only by the Discovery Engine API JavaScript pixel and Google Tag Manager. Users should not call this method directly.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent DataStore resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. If the collect user event action is applied in DataStore level, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. If the collect user event action is applied in Location level, for example, the event with Document across multiple DataStore, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
   ets: string, The event timestamp in milliseconds. This prevents browser caching of otherwise identical get requests. The name is abbreviated to reduce the payload bytes.
   uri: string, The URL including cgi-parameters but excluding the hash fragment with a length limit of 5,000 characters. This is often more useful than the referer URL, because many browsers only send the domain for third-party requests.
   userEvent: string, Required. URL encoded UserEvent proto with a length limit of 2,000,000 characters.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html
index 6e8a504b366..292d233af86 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html
@@ -332,6 +332,7 @@ 

Method Details

"resourceTypes": [ # The FHIR resource types to import. The resource types should be a subset of all [supported FHIR resource types](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/fhir-schema-reference#resource-level-specification). Default to all supported FHIR resource types if empty. "A String", ], + "updateFromLatestPredefinedSchema": True or False, # Optional. Whether to update the DataStore schema to the latest predefined schema. If true, the DataStore schema will be updated to include any FHIR fields or resource types that have been added since the last import and corresponding FHIR resources will be imported from the FHIR store. Note this field cannot be used in conjunction with `resource_types`. It should be used after initial import. }, "firestoreSource": { # Firestore source import data from. # Firestore input source. "collectionId": "A String", # Required. The Firestore collection (or entity) to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,500 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 6a25ff153be..b3a8e8b3e26 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -107,6 +107,9 @@

Instance Methods

search_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ streamAnswer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.

Method Details

answer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -150,12 +153,15 @@

Method Details

"queryRephraserSpec": { # Query rephraser specification. # Query rephraser specification. "disable": True or False, # Disable query rephraser. "maxRephraseSteps": 42, # Max rephrase steps. The max number is 5 steps. If not set or set to < 1, it will be set to 1 by default. + "modelSpec": { # Query Rephraser Model specification. # Optional. Query Rephraser Model specification. + "modelType": "A String", # Optional. Enabled query rephraser model type. If not set, it will use LARGE by default. + }, }, }, "relatedQuestionsSpec": { # Related questions specification. # Related questions specification. "enable": True or False, # Enable related questions feature if true. }, - "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. # Model specification. + "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. There are two use cases: 1. when only safety_spec.enable is set, the BLOCK_LOW_AND_ABOVE threshold will be applied for all categories. 2. when safety_spec.enable is set and some safety_settings are set, only specified safety_settings are applied. # Model specification. "enable": True or False, # Enable the safety filtering on the answer response. It is false by default. }, "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification. @@ -181,6 +187,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -268,6 +293,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -362,7 +401,9 @@

Method Details

}, "answerQueryToken": "A String", # A global unique ID used for logging. "session": { # External session proto definition. # Session resource object. It will be only available when session field is set and valid in the AnswerQueryRequest request. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -387,6 +428,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -1176,6 +1231,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -1646,6 +1720,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -2076,4 +2169,438 @@

Method Details

+
+ streamAnswer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.
+
+Args:
+  servingConfig: string, Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ConversationalSearchService.AnswerQuery method.
+  "answerGenerationSpec": { # Answer generation specification. # Answer generation specification.
+    "answerLanguageCode": "A String", # Language code for Answer. Use language tags defined by [BCP47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). Note: This is an experimental feature.
+    "ignoreAdversarialQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out adversarial queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect adversarial queries. No answer is returned if the search query is classified as an adversarial query. For example, a user might ask a question regarding negative comments about the company or submit a query designed to generate unsafe, policy-violating output. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating answers for adversarial queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "ignoreJailBreakingQuery": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to filter out jail-breaking queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect jail-breaking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a jail-breaking query. A user might add instructions to the query to change the tone, style, language, content of the answer, or ask the model to act as a different entity, e.g. "Reply in the tone of a competing company's CEO". If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for jail-breaking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "ignoreLowRelevantContent": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that have low relevance. If this field is set to `false`, all search results are used regardless of relevance to generate answers. If set to `true` or unset, the behavior will be determined automatically by the service.
+    "ignoreNonAnswerSeekingQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that are not answer-seeking. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect answer-seeking queries. No answer is returned if the search query is classified as a non-answer seeking query. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating answers for non-answer seeking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "includeCitations": True or False, # Specifies whether to include citation metadata in the answer. The default value is `false`.
+    "modelSpec": { # Answer Generation Model specification. # Answer generation model specification.
+      "modelVersion": "A String", # Model version. If not set, it will use the default stable model. Allowed values are: stable, preview.
+    },
+    "promptSpec": { # Answer generation prompt specification. # Answer generation prompt specification.
+      "preamble": "A String", # Customized preamble.
+    },
+  },
+  "asynchronousMode": True or False, # Deprecated: This field is deprecated. Streaming Answer API will be supported. Asynchronous mode control. If enabled, the response will be returned with answer/session resource name without final answer. The API users need to do the polling to get the latest status of answer/session by calling ConversationalSearchService.GetAnswer or ConversationalSearchService.GetSession method.
+  "groundingSpec": { # Grounding specification. # Optional. Grounding specification.
+    "filteringLevel": "A String", # Optional. Specifies whether to enable the filtering based on grounding score and at what level.
+    "includeGroundingSupports": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to include grounding_supports in the answer. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, returned answer will have `grounding_score` and will contain GroundingSupports for each claim.
+  },
+  "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Required. Current user query.
+    "queryId": "A String", # Unique Id for the query.
+    "text": "A String", # Plain text.
+  },
+  "queryUnderstandingSpec": { # Query understanding specification. # Query understanding specification.
+    "queryClassificationSpec": { # Query classification specification. # Query classification specification.
+      "types": [ # Enabled query classification types.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "queryRephraserSpec": { # Query rephraser specification. # Query rephraser specification.
+      "disable": True or False, # Disable query rephraser.
+      "maxRephraseSteps": 42, # Max rephrase steps. The max number is 5 steps. If not set or set to < 1, it will be set to 1 by default.
+      "modelSpec": { # Query Rephraser Model specification. # Optional. Query Rephraser Model specification.
+        "modelType": "A String", # Optional. Enabled query rephraser model type. If not set, it will use LARGE by default.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "relatedQuestionsSpec": { # Related questions specification. # Related questions specification.
+    "enable": True or False, # Enable related questions feature if true.
+  },
+  "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. There are two use cases: 1. when only safety_spec.enable is set, the BLOCK_LOW_AND_ABOVE threshold will be applied for all categories. 2. when safety_spec.enable is set and some safety_settings are set, only specified safety_settings are applied. # Model specification.
+    "enable": True or False, # Enable the safety filtering on the answer response. It is false by default.
+  },
+  "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
+    "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
+      "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+          { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
+            "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
+            "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
+              "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value).
+              "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here.
+                { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable).
+                  "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`.
+                  "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above.
+                },
+              ],
+              "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount.
+              "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below.
+            },
+            "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))`
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+        { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+          "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+              { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
+                "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
+                "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
+                  "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value).
+                  "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here.
+                    { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable).
+                      "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`.
+                      "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount.
+                  "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below.
+                },
+                "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))`
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
+          "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
+        },
+      ],
+      "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
+      "maxReturnResults": 42, # Number of search results to return. The default value is 10.
+      "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec": { # Specification to enable natural language understanding capabilities for search requests. # Optional. Specification to enable natural language understanding capabilities for search requests.
+        "filterExtractionCondition": "A String", # The condition under which filter extraction should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
+        "geoSearchQueryDetectionFieldNames": [ # Field names used for location-based filtering, where geolocation filters are detected in natural language search queries. Only valid when the FilterExtractionCondition is set to `ENABLED`. If this field is set, it overrides the field names set in ServingConfig.geo_search_query_detection_field_names.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering, see [Ordering](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order#order) If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+      "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. See [parse and chunk documents](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/parse-chunk-documents)
+    },
+    "searchResultList": { # Search result list. # Search result list.
+      "searchResults": [ # Search results.
+        { # Search result.
+          "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+            "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+            "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+            "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata contains the information of the document of the current chunk. # Metadata of the document from the current chunk.
+              "title": "A String", # Title of the document.
+              "uri": "A String", # Uri of the document.
+            },
+          },
+          "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+            "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+            "documentContexts": [ # List of document contexts. The content will be used for Answer Generation. This is supposed to be the main content of the document that can be long and comprehensive.
+              { # Document context.
+                "content": "A String", # Document content to be used for answer generation.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "extractiveAnswers": [ # Deprecated: This field is deprecated and will have no effect on the Answer generation. Please use document_contexts and extractive_segments fields. List of extractive answers.
+              { # Extractive answer. [Guide](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/snippets#get-answers)
+                "content": "A String", # Extractive answer content.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "extractiveSegments": [ # List of extractive segments.
+              { # Extractive segment. [Guide](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/snippets#extractive-segments) Answer generation will only use it if document_contexts is empty. This is supposed to be shorter snippets.
+                "content": "A String", # Extractive segment content.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "title": "A String", # Title.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "session": "A String", # The session resource name. Not required. When session field is not set, the API is in sessionless mode. We support auto session mode: users can use the wildcard symbol `-` as session ID. A new ID will be automatically generated and assigned.
+  "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ConversationalSearchService.AnswerQuery method.
+  "answer": { # Defines an answer. # Answer resource object. If AnswerQueryRequest.QueryUnderstandingSpec.QueryRephraserSpec.max_rephrase_steps is greater than 1, use Answer.name to fetch answer information using ConversationalSearchService.GetAnswer API.
+    "answerSkippedReasons": [ # Additional answer-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+    "citations": [ # Citations.
+      { # Citation info for a segment.
+        "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive.
+        "sources": [ # Citation sources for the attributed segment.
+          { # Citation source.
+            "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+          },
+        ],
+        "startIndex": "A String", # Index indicates the start of the segment, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+      },
+    ],
+    "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp.
+    "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks.
+    "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports.
+      { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.
+        "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive.
+        "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned.
+        "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks.
+        "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim.
+          { # Citation source.
+            "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+          },
+        ],
+        "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+      },
+    ],
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*`
+    "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information.
+      "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information.
+        { # Query classification information.
+          "positive": True or False, # Classification output.
+          "type": "A String", # Query classification type.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "references": [ # References.
+      { # Reference.
+        "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+          "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+          "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+          "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
+            "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+            "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+            "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "title": "A String", # Title.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+          },
+          "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+        },
+        "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information.
+          "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+          "structData": { # Structured search data.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+          "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
+            { # Chunk content.
+              "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+              "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+            },
+          ],
+          "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+          "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "title": "A String", # Title.
+          "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "relatedQuestions": [ # Suggested related questions.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the answer generation.
+    "steps": [ # Answer generation steps.
+      { # Step information.
+        "actions": [ # Actions.
+          { # Action.
+            "observation": { # Observation. # Observation.
+              "searchResults": [ # Search results observed by the search action, it can be snippets info or chunk info, depending on the citation type set by the user.
+                {
+                  "chunkInfo": [ # If citation_type is CHUNK_LEVEL_CITATION and chunk mode is on, populate chunk info.
+                    { # Chunk information.
+                      "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                      "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                      "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                  "snippetInfo": [ # If citation_type is DOCUMENT_LEVEL_CITATION, populate document level snippets.
+                    { # Snippet information.
+                      "snippet": "A String", # Snippet content.
+                      "snippetStatus": "A String", # Status of the snippet defined by the search team.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "structData": { # Data representation. The structured JSON data for the document. It's populated from the struct data from the Document, or the Chunk in search result.
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "title": "A String", # Title.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "searchAction": { # Search action. # Search action.
+              "query": "A String", # The query to search.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "description": "A String", # The description of the step.
+        "state": "A String", # The state of the step.
+        "thought": "A String", # The thought of the step.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "answerQueryToken": "A String", # A global unique ID used for logging.
+  "session": { # External session proto definition. # Session resource object. It will be only available when session field is set and valid in the AnswerQueryRequest request.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished.
+    "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list.
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*`
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started.
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the session.
+    "turns": [ # Turns.
+      { # Represents a turn, including a query from the user and a answer from service.
+        "answer": "A String", # The resource name of the answer to the user query. Only set if the answer generation (/answer API call) happened in this turn.
+        "detailedAnswer": { # Defines an answer. # Output only. In ConversationalSearchService.GetSession API, if GetSessionRequest.include_answer_details is set to true, this field will be populated when getting answer query session.
+          "answerSkippedReasons": [ # Additional answer-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+          "citations": [ # Citations.
+            { # Citation info for a segment.
+              "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive.
+              "sources": [ # Citation sources for the attributed segment.
+                { # Citation source.
+                  "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+                },
+              ],
+              "startIndex": "A String", # Index indicates the start of the segment, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+            },
+          ],
+          "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp.
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp.
+          "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks.
+          "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports.
+            { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.
+              "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive.
+              "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned.
+              "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks.
+              "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim.
+                { # Citation source.
+                  "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+                },
+              ],
+              "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+            },
+          ],
+          "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*`
+          "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information.
+            "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information.
+              { # Query classification information.
+                "positive": True or False, # Classification output.
+                "type": "A String", # Query classification type.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "references": [ # References.
+            { # Reference.
+              "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
+                  "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                  "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+                  "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "title": "A String", # Title.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                },
+                "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+              },
+              "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information.
+                "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                "structData": { # Structured search data.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+              },
+              "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+                "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
+                  { # Chunk content.
+                    "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                    "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+                    "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+                "title": "A String", # Title.
+                "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "relatedQuestions": [ # Suggested related questions.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "state": "A String", # The state of the answer generation.
+          "steps": [ # Answer generation steps.
+            { # Step information.
+              "actions": [ # Actions.
+                { # Action.
+                  "observation": { # Observation. # Observation.
+                    "searchResults": [ # Search results observed by the search action, it can be snippets info or chunk info, depending on the citation type set by the user.
+                      {
+                        "chunkInfo": [ # If citation_type is CHUNK_LEVEL_CITATION and chunk mode is on, populate chunk info.
+                          { # Chunk information.
+                            "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                            "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                            "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                        "snippetInfo": [ # If citation_type is DOCUMENT_LEVEL_CITATION, populate document level snippets.
+                          { # Snippet information.
+                            "snippet": "A String", # Snippet content.
+                            "snippetStatus": "A String", # Status of the snippet defined by the search team.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "structData": { # Data representation. The structured JSON data for the document. It's populated from the struct data from the Document, or the Chunk in search result.
+                          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                        },
+                        "title": "A String", # Title.
+                        "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "searchAction": { # Search action. # Search action.
+                    "query": "A String", # The query to search.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+              "description": "A String", # The description of the step.
+              "state": "A String", # The state of the step.
+              "thought": "A String", # The thought of the step.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # The user query.
+          "queryId": "A String", # Unique Id for the query.
+          "text": "A String", # Plain text.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html index 85570441586..f5e92b204eb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.answers.html @@ -118,6 +118,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html index 5a511f59949..21ac9db094a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@

Instance Methods

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a Session. If the Session to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.

- get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+ get(name, includeAnswerDetails=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a Session.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -116,7 +116,9 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -141,6 +143,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -251,7 +267,9 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -276,6 +294,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -397,11 +429,12 @@

Method Details

- get(name, x__xgafv=None) + get(name, includeAnswerDetails=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets a Session.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The resource name of the Session to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}` (required)
+  includeAnswerDetails: boolean, Optional. If set to true, the full session including all answer details will be returned.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -411,7 +444,9 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -436,6 +471,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -545,7 +594,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}` (required) filter: string, A filter to apply on the list results. The supported features are: user_pseudo_id, state. Example: "user_pseudo_id = some_id" - orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` Example: "update_time desc" "create_time" + orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` * `is_pinned` Example: * "update_time desc" * "create_time" * "is_pinned desc,update_time desc": list sessions by is_pinned first, then by update_time. pageSize: integer, Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000. pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListSessions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -560,7 +609,9 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token, if not returned indicates the last page. "sessions": [ # All the Sessions for a given data store. { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -585,6 +636,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -713,7 +778,9 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -738,6 +805,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -849,7 +930,9 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -874,6 +957,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html index e208cb402ab..3ff62e80bcd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

Writes a single user event from the browser. This uses a GET request to due to browser restriction of POST-ing to a third-party domain. This method is used only by the Discovery Engine API JavaScript pixel and Google Tag Manager. Users should not call this method directly.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent DataStore resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. If the collect user event action is applied in DataStore level, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. If the collect user event action is applied in Location level, for example, the event with Document across multiple DataStore, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
   ets: string, The event timestamp in milliseconds. This prevents browser caching of otherwise identical get requests. The name is abbreviated to reduce the payload bytes.
   uri: string, The URL including cgi-parameters but excluding the hash fragment with a length limit of 5,000 characters. This is often more useful than the referer URL, because many browsers only send the domain for third-party requests.
   userEvent: string, Required. URL encoded UserEvent proto with a length limit of 2,000,000 characters.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
index 0778aab22d9..3a15108f576 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
@@ -107,6 +107,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

search_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ streamAnswer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.

Method Details

answer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -150,12 +153,15 @@

Method Details

"queryRephraserSpec": { # Query rephraser specification. # Query rephraser specification. "disable": True or False, # Disable query rephraser. "maxRephraseSteps": 42, # Max rephrase steps. The max number is 5 steps. If not set or set to < 1, it will be set to 1 by default. + "modelSpec": { # Query Rephraser Model specification. # Optional. Query Rephraser Model specification. + "modelType": "A String", # Optional. Enabled query rephraser model type. If not set, it will use LARGE by default. + }, }, }, "relatedQuestionsSpec": { # Related questions specification. # Related questions specification. "enable": True or False, # Enable related questions feature if true. }, - "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. # Model specification. + "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. There are two use cases: 1. when only safety_spec.enable is set, the BLOCK_LOW_AND_ABOVE threshold will be applied for all categories. 2. when safety_spec.enable is set and some safety_settings are set, only specified safety_settings are applied. # Model specification. "enable": True or False, # Enable the safety filtering on the answer response. It is false by default. }, "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification. @@ -181,6 +187,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -268,6 +293,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -362,7 +401,9 @@

Method Details

}, "answerQueryToken": "A String", # A global unique ID used for logging. "session": { # External session proto definition. # Session resource object. It will be only available when session field is set and valid in the AnswerQueryRequest request. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -387,6 +428,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -1176,6 +1231,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -1646,6 +1720,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -2076,4 +2169,438 @@

Method Details

+
+ streamAnswer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.
+
+Args:
+  servingConfig: string, Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ConversationalSearchService.AnswerQuery method.
+  "answerGenerationSpec": { # Answer generation specification. # Answer generation specification.
+    "answerLanguageCode": "A String", # Language code for Answer. Use language tags defined by [BCP47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). Note: This is an experimental feature.
+    "ignoreAdversarialQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out adversarial queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect adversarial queries. No answer is returned if the search query is classified as an adversarial query. For example, a user might ask a question regarding negative comments about the company or submit a query designed to generate unsafe, policy-violating output. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating answers for adversarial queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "ignoreJailBreakingQuery": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to filter out jail-breaking queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect jail-breaking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a jail-breaking query. A user might add instructions to the query to change the tone, style, language, content of the answer, or ask the model to act as a different entity, e.g. "Reply in the tone of a competing company's CEO". If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for jail-breaking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "ignoreLowRelevantContent": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that have low relevance. If this field is set to `false`, all search results are used regardless of relevance to generate answers. If set to `true` or unset, the behavior will be determined automatically by the service.
+    "ignoreNonAnswerSeekingQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that are not answer-seeking. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect answer-seeking queries. No answer is returned if the search query is classified as a non-answer seeking query. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating answers for non-answer seeking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "includeCitations": True or False, # Specifies whether to include citation metadata in the answer. The default value is `false`.
+    "modelSpec": { # Answer Generation Model specification. # Answer generation model specification.
+      "modelVersion": "A String", # Model version. If not set, it will use the default stable model. Allowed values are: stable, preview.
+    },
+    "promptSpec": { # Answer generation prompt specification. # Answer generation prompt specification.
+      "preamble": "A String", # Customized preamble.
+    },
+  },
+  "asynchronousMode": True or False, # Deprecated: This field is deprecated. Streaming Answer API will be supported. Asynchronous mode control. If enabled, the response will be returned with answer/session resource name without final answer. The API users need to do the polling to get the latest status of answer/session by calling ConversationalSearchService.GetAnswer or ConversationalSearchService.GetSession method.
+  "groundingSpec": { # Grounding specification. # Optional. Grounding specification.
+    "filteringLevel": "A String", # Optional. Specifies whether to enable the filtering based on grounding score and at what level.
+    "includeGroundingSupports": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to include grounding_supports in the answer. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, returned answer will have `grounding_score` and will contain GroundingSupports for each claim.
+  },
+  "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Required. Current user query.
+    "queryId": "A String", # Unique Id for the query.
+    "text": "A String", # Plain text.
+  },
+  "queryUnderstandingSpec": { # Query understanding specification. # Query understanding specification.
+    "queryClassificationSpec": { # Query classification specification. # Query classification specification.
+      "types": [ # Enabled query classification types.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "queryRephraserSpec": { # Query rephraser specification. # Query rephraser specification.
+      "disable": True or False, # Disable query rephraser.
+      "maxRephraseSteps": 42, # Max rephrase steps. The max number is 5 steps. If not set or set to < 1, it will be set to 1 by default.
+      "modelSpec": { # Query Rephraser Model specification. # Optional. Query Rephraser Model specification.
+        "modelType": "A String", # Optional. Enabled query rephraser model type. If not set, it will use LARGE by default.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "relatedQuestionsSpec": { # Related questions specification. # Related questions specification.
+    "enable": True or False, # Enable related questions feature if true.
+  },
+  "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. There are two use cases: 1. when only safety_spec.enable is set, the BLOCK_LOW_AND_ABOVE threshold will be applied for all categories. 2. when safety_spec.enable is set and some safety_settings are set, only specified safety_settings are applied. # Model specification.
+    "enable": True or False, # Enable the safety filtering on the answer response. It is false by default.
+  },
+  "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
+    "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
+      "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+          { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
+            "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
+            "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
+              "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value).
+              "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here.
+                { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable).
+                  "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`.
+                  "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above.
+                },
+              ],
+              "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount.
+              "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below.
+            },
+            "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))`
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+        { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+          "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+              { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
+                "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
+                "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
+                  "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value).
+                  "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here.
+                    { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable).
+                      "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`.
+                      "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount.
+                  "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below.
+                },
+                "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))`
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
+          "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
+        },
+      ],
+      "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
+      "maxReturnResults": 42, # Number of search results to return. The default value is 10.
+      "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec": { # Specification to enable natural language understanding capabilities for search requests. # Optional. Specification to enable natural language understanding capabilities for search requests.
+        "filterExtractionCondition": "A String", # The condition under which filter extraction should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
+        "geoSearchQueryDetectionFieldNames": [ # Field names used for location-based filtering, where geolocation filters are detected in natural language search queries. Only valid when the FilterExtractionCondition is set to `ENABLED`. If this field is set, it overrides the field names set in ServingConfig.geo_search_query_detection_field_names.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering, see [Ordering](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order#order) If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+      "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. See [parse and chunk documents](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/parse-chunk-documents)
+    },
+    "searchResultList": { # Search result list. # Search result list.
+      "searchResults": [ # Search results.
+        { # Search result.
+          "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+            "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+            "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+            "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata contains the information of the document of the current chunk. # Metadata of the document from the current chunk.
+              "title": "A String", # Title of the document.
+              "uri": "A String", # Uri of the document.
+            },
+          },
+          "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+            "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+            "documentContexts": [ # List of document contexts. The content will be used for Answer Generation. This is supposed to be the main content of the document that can be long and comprehensive.
+              { # Document context.
+                "content": "A String", # Document content to be used for answer generation.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "extractiveAnswers": [ # Deprecated: This field is deprecated and will have no effect on the Answer generation. Please use document_contexts and extractive_segments fields. List of extractive answers.
+              { # Extractive answer. [Guide](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/snippets#get-answers)
+                "content": "A String", # Extractive answer content.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "extractiveSegments": [ # List of extractive segments.
+              { # Extractive segment. [Guide](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/snippets#extractive-segments) Answer generation will only use it if document_contexts is empty. This is supposed to be shorter snippets.
+                "content": "A String", # Extractive segment content.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "title": "A String", # Title.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "session": "A String", # The session resource name. Not required. When session field is not set, the API is in sessionless mode. We support auto session mode: users can use the wildcard symbol `-` as session ID. A new ID will be automatically generated and assigned.
+  "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ConversationalSearchService.AnswerQuery method.
+  "answer": { # Defines an answer. # Answer resource object. If AnswerQueryRequest.QueryUnderstandingSpec.QueryRephraserSpec.max_rephrase_steps is greater than 1, use Answer.name to fetch answer information using ConversationalSearchService.GetAnswer API.
+    "answerSkippedReasons": [ # Additional answer-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+    "citations": [ # Citations.
+      { # Citation info for a segment.
+        "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive.
+        "sources": [ # Citation sources for the attributed segment.
+          { # Citation source.
+            "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+          },
+        ],
+        "startIndex": "A String", # Index indicates the start of the segment, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+      },
+    ],
+    "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp.
+    "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks.
+    "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports.
+      { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.
+        "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive.
+        "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned.
+        "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks.
+        "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim.
+          { # Citation source.
+            "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+          },
+        ],
+        "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+      },
+    ],
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*`
+    "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information.
+      "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information.
+        { # Query classification information.
+          "positive": True or False, # Classification output.
+          "type": "A String", # Query classification type.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "references": [ # References.
+      { # Reference.
+        "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+          "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+          "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+          "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
+            "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+            "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+            "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "title": "A String", # Title.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+          },
+          "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+        },
+        "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information.
+          "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+          "structData": { # Structured search data.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+          "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
+            { # Chunk content.
+              "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+              "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+            },
+          ],
+          "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+          "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "title": "A String", # Title.
+          "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "relatedQuestions": [ # Suggested related questions.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the answer generation.
+    "steps": [ # Answer generation steps.
+      { # Step information.
+        "actions": [ # Actions.
+          { # Action.
+            "observation": { # Observation. # Observation.
+              "searchResults": [ # Search results observed by the search action, it can be snippets info or chunk info, depending on the citation type set by the user.
+                {
+                  "chunkInfo": [ # If citation_type is CHUNK_LEVEL_CITATION and chunk mode is on, populate chunk info.
+                    { # Chunk information.
+                      "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                      "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                      "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                  "snippetInfo": [ # If citation_type is DOCUMENT_LEVEL_CITATION, populate document level snippets.
+                    { # Snippet information.
+                      "snippet": "A String", # Snippet content.
+                      "snippetStatus": "A String", # Status of the snippet defined by the search team.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "structData": { # Data representation. The structured JSON data for the document. It's populated from the struct data from the Document, or the Chunk in search result.
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "title": "A String", # Title.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "searchAction": { # Search action. # Search action.
+              "query": "A String", # The query to search.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "description": "A String", # The description of the step.
+        "state": "A String", # The state of the step.
+        "thought": "A String", # The thought of the step.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "answerQueryToken": "A String", # A global unique ID used for logging.
+  "session": { # External session proto definition. # Session resource object. It will be only available when session field is set and valid in the AnswerQueryRequest request.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished.
+    "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list.
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*`
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started.
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the session.
+    "turns": [ # Turns.
+      { # Represents a turn, including a query from the user and a answer from service.
+        "answer": "A String", # The resource name of the answer to the user query. Only set if the answer generation (/answer API call) happened in this turn.
+        "detailedAnswer": { # Defines an answer. # Output only. In ConversationalSearchService.GetSession API, if GetSessionRequest.include_answer_details is set to true, this field will be populated when getting answer query session.
+          "answerSkippedReasons": [ # Additional answer-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+          "citations": [ # Citations.
+            { # Citation info for a segment.
+              "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive.
+              "sources": [ # Citation sources for the attributed segment.
+                { # Citation source.
+                  "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+                },
+              ],
+              "startIndex": "A String", # Index indicates the start of the segment, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+            },
+          ],
+          "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp.
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp.
+          "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks.
+          "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports.
+            { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.
+              "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive.
+              "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned.
+              "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks.
+              "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim.
+                { # Citation source.
+                  "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+                },
+              ],
+              "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+            },
+          ],
+          "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*`
+          "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information.
+            "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information.
+              { # Query classification information.
+                "positive": True or False, # Classification output.
+                "type": "A String", # Query classification type.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "references": [ # References.
+            { # Reference.
+              "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
+                  "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                  "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+                  "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "title": "A String", # Title.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                },
+                "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+              },
+              "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information.
+                "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                "structData": { # Structured search data.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+              },
+              "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+                "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
+                  { # Chunk content.
+                    "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                    "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+                    "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+                "title": "A String", # Title.
+                "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "relatedQuestions": [ # Suggested related questions.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "state": "A String", # The state of the answer generation.
+          "steps": [ # Answer generation steps.
+            { # Step information.
+              "actions": [ # Actions.
+                { # Action.
+                  "observation": { # Observation. # Observation.
+                    "searchResults": [ # Search results observed by the search action, it can be snippets info or chunk info, depending on the citation type set by the user.
+                      {
+                        "chunkInfo": [ # If citation_type is CHUNK_LEVEL_CITATION and chunk mode is on, populate chunk info.
+                          { # Chunk information.
+                            "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                            "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                            "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                        "snippetInfo": [ # If citation_type is DOCUMENT_LEVEL_CITATION, populate document level snippets.
+                          { # Snippet information.
+                            "snippet": "A String", # Snippet content.
+                            "snippetStatus": "A String", # Status of the snippet defined by the search team.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "structData": { # Data representation. The structured JSON data for the document. It's populated from the struct data from the Document, or the Chunk in search result.
+                          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                        },
+                        "title": "A String", # Title.
+                        "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "searchAction": { # Search action. # Search action.
+                    "query": "A String", # The query to search.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+              "description": "A String", # The description of the step.
+              "state": "A String", # The state of the step.
+              "thought": "A String", # The thought of the step.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # The user query.
+          "queryId": "A String", # Unique Id for the query.
+          "text": "A String", # Plain text.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html index bcb74324367..2d4832dc860 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.html @@ -118,6 +118,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html index 7de78ee2ede..796a26fa551 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@

Instance Methods

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a Session. If the Session to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.

- get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+ get(name, includeAnswerDetails=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a Session.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -116,7 +116,9 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -141,6 +143,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -251,7 +267,9 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -276,6 +294,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -397,11 +429,12 @@

Method Details

- get(name, x__xgafv=None) + get(name, includeAnswerDetails=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets a Session.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The resource name of the Session to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}` (required)
+  includeAnswerDetails: boolean, Optional. If set to true, the full session including all answer details will be returned.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -411,7 +444,9 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -436,6 +471,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -545,7 +594,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}` (required) filter: string, A filter to apply on the list results. The supported features are: user_pseudo_id, state. Example: "user_pseudo_id = some_id" - orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` Example: "update_time desc" "create_time" + orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` * `is_pinned` Example: * "update_time desc" * "create_time" * "is_pinned desc,update_time desc": list sessions by is_pinned first, then by update_time. pageSize: integer, Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000. pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListSessions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -560,7 +609,9 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token, if not returned indicates the last page. "sessions": [ # All the Sessions for a given data store. { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -585,6 +636,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -713,7 +778,9 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -738,6 +805,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -849,7 +930,9 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -874,6 +957,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html index da6fa545cb1..0523aee32c2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -332,6 +332,7 @@

Method Details

"resourceTypes": [ # The FHIR resource types to import. The resource types should be a subset of all [supported FHIR resource types](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/fhir-schema-reference#resource-level-specification). Default to all supported FHIR resource types if empty. "A String", ], + "updateFromLatestPredefinedSchema": True or False, # Optional. Whether to update the DataStore schema to the latest predefined schema. If true, the DataStore schema will be updated to include any FHIR fields or resource types that have been added since the last import and corresponding FHIR resources will be imported from the FHIR store. Note this field cannot be used in conjunction with `resource_types`. It should be used after initial import. }, "firestoreSource": { # Firestore source import data from. # Firestore input source. "collectionId": "A String", # Required. The Firestore collection (or entity) to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,500 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 7dd11b049f9..f49ec60e112 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -107,6 +107,9 @@

Instance Methods

search_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ streamAnswer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.

Method Details

answer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -150,12 +153,15 @@

Method Details

"queryRephraserSpec": { # Query rephraser specification. # Query rephraser specification. "disable": True or False, # Disable query rephraser. "maxRephraseSteps": 42, # Max rephrase steps. The max number is 5 steps. If not set or set to < 1, it will be set to 1 by default. + "modelSpec": { # Query Rephraser Model specification. # Optional. Query Rephraser Model specification. + "modelType": "A String", # Optional. Enabled query rephraser model type. If not set, it will use LARGE by default. + }, }, }, "relatedQuestionsSpec": { # Related questions specification. # Related questions specification. "enable": True or False, # Enable related questions feature if true. }, - "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. # Model specification. + "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. There are two use cases: 1. when only safety_spec.enable is set, the BLOCK_LOW_AND_ABOVE threshold will be applied for all categories. 2. when safety_spec.enable is set and some safety_settings are set, only specified safety_settings are applied. # Model specification. "enable": True or False, # Enable the safety filtering on the answer response. It is false by default. }, "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification. @@ -181,6 +187,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -268,6 +293,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -362,7 +401,9 @@

Method Details

}, "answerQueryToken": "A String", # A global unique ID used for logging. "session": { # External session proto definition. # Session resource object. It will be only available when session field is set and valid in the AnswerQueryRequest request. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -387,6 +428,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -1176,6 +1231,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -1646,6 +1720,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -2076,4 +2169,438 @@

Method Details

+
+ streamAnswer(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.
+
+Args:
+  servingConfig: string, Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ConversationalSearchService.AnswerQuery method.
+  "answerGenerationSpec": { # Answer generation specification. # Answer generation specification.
+    "answerLanguageCode": "A String", # Language code for Answer. Use language tags defined by [BCP47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). Note: This is an experimental feature.
+    "ignoreAdversarialQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out adversarial queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect adversarial queries. No answer is returned if the search query is classified as an adversarial query. For example, a user might ask a question regarding negative comments about the company or submit a query designed to generate unsafe, policy-violating output. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating answers for adversarial queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "ignoreJailBreakingQuery": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to filter out jail-breaking queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect jail-breaking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a jail-breaking query. A user might add instructions to the query to change the tone, style, language, content of the answer, or ask the model to act as a different entity, e.g. "Reply in the tone of a competing company's CEO". If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for jail-breaking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "ignoreLowRelevantContent": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that have low relevance. If this field is set to `false`, all search results are used regardless of relevance to generate answers. If set to `true` or unset, the behavior will be determined automatically by the service.
+    "ignoreNonAnswerSeekingQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that are not answer-seeking. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect answer-seeking queries. No answer is returned if the search query is classified as a non-answer seeking query. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating answers for non-answer seeking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+    "includeCitations": True or False, # Specifies whether to include citation metadata in the answer. The default value is `false`.
+    "modelSpec": { # Answer Generation Model specification. # Answer generation model specification.
+      "modelVersion": "A String", # Model version. If not set, it will use the default stable model. Allowed values are: stable, preview.
+    },
+    "promptSpec": { # Answer generation prompt specification. # Answer generation prompt specification.
+      "preamble": "A String", # Customized preamble.
+    },
+  },
+  "asynchronousMode": True or False, # Deprecated: This field is deprecated. Streaming Answer API will be supported. Asynchronous mode control. If enabled, the response will be returned with answer/session resource name without final answer. The API users need to do the polling to get the latest status of answer/session by calling ConversationalSearchService.GetAnswer or ConversationalSearchService.GetSession method.
+  "groundingSpec": { # Grounding specification. # Optional. Grounding specification.
+    "filteringLevel": "A String", # Optional. Specifies whether to enable the filtering based on grounding score and at what level.
+    "includeGroundingSupports": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to include grounding_supports in the answer. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, returned answer will have `grounding_score` and will contain GroundingSupports for each claim.
+  },
+  "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Required. Current user query.
+    "queryId": "A String", # Unique Id for the query.
+    "text": "A String", # Plain text.
+  },
+  "queryUnderstandingSpec": { # Query understanding specification. # Query understanding specification.
+    "queryClassificationSpec": { # Query classification specification. # Query classification specification.
+      "types": [ # Enabled query classification types.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "queryRephraserSpec": { # Query rephraser specification. # Query rephraser specification.
+      "disable": True or False, # Disable query rephraser.
+      "maxRephraseSteps": 42, # Max rephrase steps. The max number is 5 steps. If not set or set to < 1, it will be set to 1 by default.
+      "modelSpec": { # Query Rephraser Model specification. # Optional. Query Rephraser Model specification.
+        "modelType": "A String", # Optional. Enabled query rephraser model type. If not set, it will use LARGE by default.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "relatedQuestionsSpec": { # Related questions specification. # Related questions specification.
+    "enable": True or False, # Enable related questions feature if true.
+  },
+  "safetySpec": { # Safety specification. There are two use cases: 1. when only safety_spec.enable is set, the BLOCK_LOW_AND_ABOVE threshold will be applied for all categories. 2. when safety_spec.enable is set and some safety_settings are set, only specified safety_settings are applied. # Model specification.
+    "enable": True or False, # Enable the safety filtering on the answer response. It is false by default.
+  },
+  "searchSpec": { # Search specification. # Search specification.
+    "searchParams": { # Search parameters. # Search parameters.
+      "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the answer query response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost)
+        "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+          { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
+            "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
+            "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
+              "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value).
+              "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here.
+                { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable).
+                  "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`.
+                  "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above.
+                },
+              ],
+              "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount.
+              "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below.
+            },
+            "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))`
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+        { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+          "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)
+            "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+              { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
+                "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.
+                "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value.
+                  "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value).
+                  "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here.
+                    { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable).
+                      "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`.
+                      "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount.
+                  "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below.
+                },
+                "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))`
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
+          "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
+        },
+      ],
+      "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
+      "maxReturnResults": 42, # Number of search results to return. The default value is 10.
+      "naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec": { # Specification to enable natural language understanding capabilities for search requests. # Optional. Specification to enable natural language understanding capabilities for search requests.
+        "filterExtractionCondition": "A String", # The condition under which filter extraction should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
+        "geoSearchQueryDetectionFieldNames": [ # Field names used for location-based filtering, where geolocation filters are detected in natural language search queries. Only valid when the FilterExtractionCondition is set to `ENABLED`. If this field is set, it overrides the field names set in ServingConfig.geo_search_query_detection_field_names.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering, see [Ordering](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order#order) If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+      "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. See [parse and chunk documents](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/parse-chunk-documents)
+    },
+    "searchResultList": { # Search result list. # Search result list.
+      "searchResults": [ # Search results.
+        { # Search result.
+          "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+            "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+            "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+            "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata contains the information of the document of the current chunk. # Metadata of the document from the current chunk.
+              "title": "A String", # Title of the document.
+              "uri": "A String", # Uri of the document.
+            },
+          },
+          "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+            "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+            "documentContexts": [ # List of document contexts. The content will be used for Answer Generation. This is supposed to be the main content of the document that can be long and comprehensive.
+              { # Document context.
+                "content": "A String", # Document content to be used for answer generation.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "extractiveAnswers": [ # Deprecated: This field is deprecated and will have no effect on the Answer generation. Please use document_contexts and extractive_segments fields. List of extractive answers.
+              { # Extractive answer. [Guide](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/snippets#get-answers)
+                "content": "A String", # Extractive answer content.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "extractiveSegments": [ # List of extractive segments.
+              { # Extractive segment. [Guide](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/snippets#extractive-segments) Answer generation will only use it if document_contexts is empty. This is supposed to be shorter snippets.
+                "content": "A String", # Extractive segment content.
+                "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              },
+            ],
+            "title": "A String", # Title.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "session": "A String", # The session resource name. Not required. When session field is not set, the API is in sessionless mode. We support auto session mode: users can use the wildcard symbol `-` as session ID. A new ID will be automatically generated and assigned.
+  "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ConversationalSearchService.AnswerQuery method.
+  "answer": { # Defines an answer. # Answer resource object. If AnswerQueryRequest.QueryUnderstandingSpec.QueryRephraserSpec.max_rephrase_steps is greater than 1, use Answer.name to fetch answer information using ConversationalSearchService.GetAnswer API.
+    "answerSkippedReasons": [ # Additional answer-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+    "citations": [ # Citations.
+      { # Citation info for a segment.
+        "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive.
+        "sources": [ # Citation sources for the attributed segment.
+          { # Citation source.
+            "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+          },
+        ],
+        "startIndex": "A String", # Index indicates the start of the segment, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+      },
+    ],
+    "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp.
+    "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks.
+    "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports.
+      { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.
+        "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive.
+        "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned.
+        "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks.
+        "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim.
+          { # Citation source.
+            "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+          },
+        ],
+        "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+      },
+    ],
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*`
+    "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information.
+      "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information.
+        { # Query classification information.
+          "positive": True or False, # Classification output.
+          "type": "A String", # Query classification type.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "references": [ # References.
+      { # Reference.
+        "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+          "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+          "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+          "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
+            "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+            "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+            "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "title": "A String", # Title.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+          },
+          "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+        },
+        "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information.
+          "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+          "structData": { # Structured search data.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+          "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
+            { # Chunk content.
+              "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+              "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+              "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+            },
+          ],
+          "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+          "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "title": "A String", # Title.
+          "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "relatedQuestions": [ # Suggested related questions.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the answer generation.
+    "steps": [ # Answer generation steps.
+      { # Step information.
+        "actions": [ # Actions.
+          { # Action.
+            "observation": { # Observation. # Observation.
+              "searchResults": [ # Search results observed by the search action, it can be snippets info or chunk info, depending on the citation type set by the user.
+                {
+                  "chunkInfo": [ # If citation_type is CHUNK_LEVEL_CITATION and chunk mode is on, populate chunk info.
+                    { # Chunk information.
+                      "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                      "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                      "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                  "snippetInfo": [ # If citation_type is DOCUMENT_LEVEL_CITATION, populate document level snippets.
+                    { # Snippet information.
+                      "snippet": "A String", # Snippet content.
+                      "snippetStatus": "A String", # Status of the snippet defined by the search team.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "structData": { # Data representation. The structured JSON data for the document. It's populated from the struct data from the Document, or the Chunk in search result.
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "title": "A String", # Title.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "searchAction": { # Search action. # Search action.
+              "query": "A String", # The query to search.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "description": "A String", # The description of the step.
+        "state": "A String", # The state of the step.
+        "thought": "A String", # The thought of the step.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "answerQueryToken": "A String", # A global unique ID used for logging.
+  "session": { # External session proto definition. # Session resource object. It will be only available when session field is set and valid in the AnswerQueryRequest request.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished.
+    "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list.
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*`
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started.
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the session.
+    "turns": [ # Turns.
+      { # Represents a turn, including a query from the user and a answer from service.
+        "answer": "A String", # The resource name of the answer to the user query. Only set if the answer generation (/answer API call) happened in this turn.
+        "detailedAnswer": { # Defines an answer. # Output only. In ConversationalSearchService.GetSession API, if GetSessionRequest.include_answer_details is set to true, this field will be populated when getting answer query session.
+          "answerSkippedReasons": [ # Additional answer-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "answerText": "A String", # The textual answer.
+          "citations": [ # Citations.
+            { # Citation info for a segment.
+              "endIndex": "A String", # End of the attributed segment, exclusive.
+              "sources": [ # Citation sources for the attributed segment.
+                { # Citation source.
+                  "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+                },
+              ],
+              "startIndex": "A String", # Index indicates the start of the segment, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+            },
+          ],
+          "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp.
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp.
+          "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks.
+          "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports.
+            { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.
+              "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive.
+              "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned.
+              "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks.
+              "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim.
+                { # Citation source.
+                  "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source.
+                },
+              ],
+              "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).
+            },
+          ],
+          "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*`
+          "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information.
+            "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information.
+              { # Query classification information.
+                "positive": True or False, # Classification output.
+                "type": "A String", # Query classification type.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "references": [ # References.
+            { # Reference.
+              "chunkInfo": { # Chunk information. # Chunk information.
+                "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata. # Document metadata.
+                  "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                  "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+                  "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
+                  "title": "A String", # Title.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                },
+                "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+              },
+              "structuredDocumentInfo": { # Structured search information. # Structured document information.
+                "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                "structData": { # Structured search data.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+              },
+              "unstructuredDocumentInfo": { # Unstructured document information. # Unstructured document information.
+                "chunkContents": [ # List of cited chunk contents derived from document content.
+                  { # Chunk content.
+                    "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                    "pageIdentifier": "A String", # Page identifier.
+                    "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                "structData": { # The structured JSON metadata for the document. It is populated from the struct data from the Chunk in search result.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+                "title": "A String", # Title.
+                "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "relatedQuestions": [ # Suggested related questions.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "state": "A String", # The state of the answer generation.
+          "steps": [ # Answer generation steps.
+            { # Step information.
+              "actions": [ # Actions.
+                { # Action.
+                  "observation": { # Observation. # Observation.
+                    "searchResults": [ # Search results observed by the search action, it can be snippets info or chunk info, depending on the citation type set by the user.
+                      {
+                        "chunkInfo": [ # If citation_type is CHUNK_LEVEL_CITATION and chunk mode is on, populate chunk info.
+                          { # Chunk information.
+                            "chunk": "A String", # Chunk resource name.
+                            "content": "A String", # Chunk textual content.
+                            "relevanceScore": 3.14, # The relevance of the chunk for a given query. Values range from 0.0 (completely irrelevant) to 1.0 (completely relevant). This value is for informational purpose only. It may change for the same query and chunk at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "document": "A String", # Document resource name.
+                        "snippetInfo": [ # If citation_type is DOCUMENT_LEVEL_CITATION, populate document level snippets.
+                          { # Snippet information.
+                            "snippet": "A String", # Snippet content.
+                            "snippetStatus": "A String", # Status of the snippet defined by the search team.
+                          },
+                        ],
+                        "structData": { # Data representation. The structured JSON data for the document. It's populated from the struct data from the Document, or the Chunk in search result.
+                          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                        },
+                        "title": "A String", # Title.
+                        "uri": "A String", # URI for the document.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "searchAction": { # Search action. # Search action.
+                    "query": "A String", # The query to search.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+              "description": "A String", # The description of the step.
+              "state": "A String", # The state of the step.
+              "thought": "A String", # The thought of the step.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # The user query.
+          "queryId": "A String", # Unique Id for the query.
+          "text": "A String", # Plain text.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html index 6f33a542ed5..f9be0787ebb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.answers.html @@ -118,6 +118,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html index 81b3509109c..29c7d0858cf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@

Instance Methods

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a Session. If the Session to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.

- get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+ get(name, includeAnswerDetails=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a Session.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -116,7 +116,9 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -141,6 +143,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -251,7 +267,9 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -276,6 +294,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -397,11 +429,12 @@

Method Details

- get(name, x__xgafv=None) + get(name, includeAnswerDetails=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets a Session.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The resource name of the Session to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}` (required)
+  includeAnswerDetails: boolean, Optional. If set to true, the full session including all answer details will be returned.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -411,7 +444,9 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -436,6 +471,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -545,7 +594,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}` (required) filter: string, A filter to apply on the list results. The supported features are: user_pseudo_id, state. Example: "user_pseudo_id = some_id" - orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` Example: "update_time desc" "create_time" + orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` * `is_pinned` Example: * "update_time desc" * "create_time" * "is_pinned desc,update_time desc": list sessions by is_pinned first, then by update_time. pageSize: integer, Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000. pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListSessions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -560,7 +609,9 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token, if not returned indicates the last page. "sessions": [ # All the Sessions for a given data store. { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -585,6 +636,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -713,7 +778,9 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -738,6 +805,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. @@ -849,7 +930,9 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # External session proto definition. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session. "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session finished. + "isPinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*` "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the session started. "state": "A String", # The state of the session. @@ -874,6 +957,20 @@

Method Details

], "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer completed timestamp. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Answer creation timestamp. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks. + "groundingSupports": [ # Optional. Grounding supports. + { # Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`. + "endIndex": "A String", # Required. End of the claim, exclusive. + "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned. + "groundingScore": 3.14, # A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks. + "sources": [ # Optional. Citation sources for the claim. + { # Citation source. + "referenceId": "A String", # ID of the citation source. + }, + ], + "startIndex": "A String", # Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode). + }, + ], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*` "queryUnderstandingInfo": { # Query understanding information. # Query understanding information. "queryClassificationInfo": [ # Query classification information. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html index bc9655d9bb2..2dce5b9c1fc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

Writes a single user event from the browser. This uses a GET request to due to browser restriction of POST-ing to a third-party domain. This method is used only by the Discovery Engine API JavaScript pixel and Google Tag Manager. Users should not call this method directly.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent DataStore resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. If the collect user event action is applied in DataStore level, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. If the collect user event action is applied in Location level, for example, the event with Document across multiple DataStore, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
   ets: string, The event timestamp in milliseconds. This prevents browser caching of otherwise identical get requests. The name is abbreviated to reduce the payload bytes.
   uri: string, The URL including cgi-parameters but excluding the hash fragment with a length limit of 5,000 characters. This is often more useful than the referer URL, because many browsers only send the domain for third-party requests.
   userEvent: string, Required. URL encoded UserEvent proto with a length limit of 2,000,000 characters.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.evaluations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.evaluations.html
index fb55ec2a060..94130f75a45 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.evaluations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.evaluations.html
@@ -201,6 +201,25 @@ 

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -464,6 +483,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, @@ -703,6 +741,25 @@

Method Details

}, "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used. { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. + "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results) + "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. + { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "boostControlSpec": { # Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above. # Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value. + "attributeType": "A String", # The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value). + "controlPoints": [ # The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here. + { # The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable). + "attributeValue": "A String", # Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. + "boostAmount": 3.14, # The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above. + }, + ], + "fieldName": "A String", # The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount. + "interpolationType": "A String", # The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below. + }, + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` + }, + ], + }, "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.userEvents.html index 440af0af113..cd49f265cc6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.userEvents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.userEvents.html @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Method Details

Writes a single user event from the browser. This uses a GET request to due to browser restriction of POST-ing to a third-party domain. This method is used only by the Discovery Engine API JavaScript pixel and Google Tag Manager. Users should not call this method directly.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent DataStore resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. If the collect user event action is applied in DataStore level, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. If the collect user event action is applied in Location level, for example, the event with Document across multiple DataStore, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
   ets: string, The event timestamp in milliseconds. This prevents browser caching of otherwise identical get requests. The name is abbreviated to reduce the payload bytes.
   uri: string, The URL including cgi-parameters but excluding the hash fragment with a length limit of 5,000 characters. This is often more useful than the referer URL, because many browsers only send the domain for third-party requests.
   userEvent: string, Required. URL encoded UserEvent proto with a length limit of 2,000,000 characters.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.firstAndThirdPartyAudiences.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.firstAndThirdPartyAudiences.html
index f3dceab1ab0..3a91525c99f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.firstAndThirdPartyAudiences.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.firstAndThirdPartyAudiences.html
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ 

Method Details

advertiserId: string, The ID of the advertiser that has access to the fetched first and third party audiences. filter: string, Allows filtering by first and third party audience fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions for first and third party audiences can only contain at most one restriction. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * All fields must use the `HAS (:)` operator. Supported fields: * `displayName` Examples: * All first and third party audiences for which the display name contains "Google": `displayName:"Google"`. The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information. orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId` (default) * `displayName` The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix "desc" should be added to the field name. Example: `displayName desc`. - pageSize: integer, Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `200`. If unspecified will default to `100`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified. + pageSize: integer, Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `5000`. If unspecified, this value defaults to `100`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified. pageToken: string, A token identifying a page of results the server should return. Typically, this is the value of next_page_token returned from the previous call to `ListFirstAndThirdPartyAudiences` method. If not specified, the first page of results will be returned. partnerId: string, The ID of the partner that has access to the fetched first and third party audiences. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.firstAndThirdPartyAudiences.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.firstAndThirdPartyAudiences.html index 2cd115630f5..deb47e2ae72 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.firstAndThirdPartyAudiences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.firstAndThirdPartyAudiences.html @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@

Method Details

advertiserId: string, The ID of the advertiser that has access to the fetched first and third party audiences. filter: string, Allows filtering by first and third party audience fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions for first and third party audiences can only contain at most one restriction. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * All fields must use the `HAS (:)` operator. Supported fields: * `displayName` Examples: * All first and third party audiences for which the display name contains "Google": `displayName:"Google"`. The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information. orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId` (default) * `displayName` The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix "desc" should be added to the field name. Example: `displayName desc`. - pageSize: integer, Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `200`. If unspecified will default to `100`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified. + pageSize: integer, Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `5000`. If unspecified, this value defaults to `100`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified. pageToken: string, A token identifying a page of results the server should return. Typically, this is the value of next_page_token returned from the previous call to `ListFirstAndThirdPartyAudiences` method. If not specified, the first page of results will be returned. partnerId: string, The ID of the partner that has access to the fetched first and third party audiences. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.infoTypes.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.infoTypes.html index dd1bca67c40..c2db512ad79 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.infoTypes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.infoTypes.html @@ -115,6 +115,7 @@

Method Details

], "description": "A String", # Description of the infotype. Translated when language is provided in the request. "displayName": "A String", # Human readable form of the infoType name. + "example": "A String", # A sample true positive for this infoType. "name": "A String", # Internal name of the infoType. "sensitivityScore": { # Score is calculated from of all elements in the data profile. A higher level means the data is more sensitive. # The default sensitivity of the infoType. "score": "A String", # The sensitivity score applied to the resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.locations.infoTypes.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.locations.infoTypes.html index 93cdc550e63..79e55ab9b1c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.locations.infoTypes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.locations.infoTypes.html @@ -115,6 +115,7 @@

Method Details

], "description": "A String", # Description of the infotype. Translated when language is provided in the request. "displayName": "A String", # Human readable form of the infoType name. + "example": "A String", # A sample true positive for this infoType. "name": "A String", # Internal name of the infoType. "sensitivityScore": { # Score is calculated from of all elements in the data profile. A higher level means the data is more sensitive. # The default sensitivity of the infoType. "score": "A String", # The sensitivity score applied to the resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.channelConnections.html b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.channelConnections.html index 2f5cb55e64b..92f0eebb974 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.channelConnections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.channelConnections.html @@ -120,6 +120,9 @@

Method Details

"activationToken": "A String", # Input only. Activation token for the channel. The token will be used during the creation of ChannelConnection to bind the channel with the provider project. This field will not be stored in the provider resource. "channel": "A String", # Required. The name of the connected subscriber Channel. This is a weak reference to avoid cross project and cross accounts references. This must be in `projects/{project}/location/{location}/channels/{channel_id}` format. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time. + "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the connection. "uid": "A String", # Output only. Server assigned ID of the resource. The server guarantees uniqueness and immutability until deleted. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last-modified time. @@ -208,6 +211,9 @@

Method Details

"activationToken": "A String", # Input only. Activation token for the channel. The token will be used during the creation of ChannelConnection to bind the channel with the provider project. This field will not be stored in the provider resource. "channel": "A String", # Required. The name of the connected subscriber Channel. This is a weak reference to avoid cross project and cross accounts references. This must be in `projects/{project}/location/{location}/channels/{channel_id}` format. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time. + "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the connection. "uid": "A String", # Output only. Server assigned ID of the resource. The server guarantees uniqueness and immutability until deleted. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last-modified time. @@ -284,6 +290,9 @@

Method Details

"activationToken": "A String", # Input only. Activation token for the channel. The token will be used during the creation of ChannelConnection to bind the channel with the provider project. This field will not be stored in the provider resource. "channel": "A String", # Required. The name of the connected subscriber Channel. This is a weak reference to avoid cross project and cross accounts references. This must be in `projects/{project}/location/{location}/channels/{channel_id}` format. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time. + "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the connection. "uid": "A String", # Output only. Server assigned ID of the resource. The server guarantees uniqueness and immutability until deleted. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last-modified time. diff --git a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.channels.html b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.channels.html index 28f5a5a4624..c81f8bed936 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.channels.html +++ b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.channels.html @@ -123,6 +123,9 @@

Method Details

"activationToken": "A String", # Output only. The activation token for the channel. The token must be used by the provider to register the channel for publishing. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time. "cryptoKeyName": "A String", # Resource name of a KMS crypto key (managed by the user) used to encrypt/decrypt their event data. It must match the pattern `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. + "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the channel. Must be unique within the location on the project and must be in `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/channels/{channel_id}` format. "provider": "A String", # The name of the event provider (e.g. Eventarc SaaS partner) associated with the channel. This provider will be granted permissions to publish events to the channel. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/providers/{provider_id}`. "pubsubTopic": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Pub/Sub topic created and managed by Eventarc system as a transport for the event delivery. Format: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic_id}`. @@ -217,6 +220,9 @@

Method Details

"activationToken": "A String", # Output only. The activation token for the channel. The token must be used by the provider to register the channel for publishing. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time. "cryptoKeyName": "A String", # Resource name of a KMS crypto key (managed by the user) used to encrypt/decrypt their event data. It must match the pattern `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. + "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the channel. Must be unique within the location on the project and must be in `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/channels/{channel_id}` format. "provider": "A String", # The name of the event provider (e.g. Eventarc SaaS partner) associated with the channel. This provider will be granted permissions to publish events to the channel. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/providers/{provider_id}`. "pubsubTopic": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Pub/Sub topic created and managed by Eventarc system as a transport for the event delivery. Format: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic_id}`. @@ -298,6 +304,9 @@

Method Details

"activationToken": "A String", # Output only. The activation token for the channel. The token must be used by the provider to register the channel for publishing. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time. "cryptoKeyName": "A String", # Resource name of a KMS crypto key (managed by the user) used to encrypt/decrypt their event data. It must match the pattern `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. + "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the channel. Must be unique within the location on the project and must be in `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/channels/{channel_id}` format. "provider": "A String", # The name of the event provider (e.g. Eventarc SaaS partner) associated with the channel. This provider will be granted permissions to publish events to the channel. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/providers/{provider_id}`. "pubsubTopic": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Pub/Sub topic created and managed by Eventarc system as a transport for the event delivery. Format: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic_id}`. @@ -341,6 +350,9 @@

Method Details

"activationToken": "A String", # Output only. The activation token for the channel. The token must be used by the provider to register the channel for publishing. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time. "cryptoKeyName": "A String", # Resource name of a KMS crypto key (managed by the user) used to encrypt/decrypt their event data. It must match the pattern `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. + "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the channel. Must be unique within the location on the project and must be in `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/channels/{channel_id}` format. "provider": "A String", # The name of the event provider (e.g. Eventarc SaaS partner) associated with the channel. This provider will be granted permissions to publish events to the channel. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/providers/{provider_id}`. "pubsubTopic": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Pub/Sub topic created and managed by Eventarc system as a transport for the event delivery. Format: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic_id}`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.enrollments.html b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.enrollments.html index 15b240e88a8..c55a81ac8d3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.enrollments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.enrollments.html @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last-modified time. } - enrollmentId: string, Required. The user-provided ID to be assigned to the Enrollment. It should match the format (^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$). + enrollmentId: string, Required. The user-provided ID to be assigned to the Enrollment. It should match the format `^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$`. validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not post it. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.googleApiSources.html b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.googleApiSources.html index 84c574bd3da..75c6d8a77dc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.googleApiSources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.googleApiSources.html @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Resource labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "loggingConfig": { # The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Avdvanced resources. # Optional. Config to control Platform logging for the GoogleApiSource. + "loggingConfig": { # The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Advanced resources. # Optional. Config to control Platform logging for the GoogleApiSource. "logSeverity": "A String", # Optional. The minimum severity of logs that will be sent to Stackdriver/Platform Telemetry. Logs at severitiy ≥ this value will be sent, unless it is NONE. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/googleApiSources/{google_api_source} @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last-modified time. } - googleApiSourceId: string, Required. The user-provided ID to be assigned to the GoogleApiSource. It should match the format (^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$). + googleApiSourceId: string, Required. The user-provided ID to be assigned to the GoogleApiSource. It should match the format `^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$`. validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not post it. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Resource labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "loggingConfig": { # The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Avdvanced resources. # Optional. Config to control Platform logging for the GoogleApiSource. + "loggingConfig": { # The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Advanced resources. # Optional. Config to control Platform logging for the GoogleApiSource. "logSeverity": "A String", # Optional. The minimum severity of logs that will be sent to Stackdriver/Platform Telemetry. Logs at severitiy ≥ this value will be sent, unless it is NONE. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/googleApiSources/{google_api_source} @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Resource labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "loggingConfig": { # The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Avdvanced resources. # Optional. Config to control Platform logging for the GoogleApiSource. + "loggingConfig": { # The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Advanced resources. # Optional. Config to control Platform logging for the GoogleApiSource. "logSeverity": "A String", # Optional. The minimum severity of logs that will be sent to Stackdriver/Platform Telemetry. Logs at severitiy ≥ this value will be sent, unless it is NONE. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/googleApiSources/{google_api_source} @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Resource labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "loggingConfig": { # The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Avdvanced resources. # Optional. Config to control Platform logging for the GoogleApiSource. + "loggingConfig": { # The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Advanced resources. # Optional. Config to control Platform logging for the GoogleApiSource. "logSeverity": "A String", # Optional. The minimum severity of logs that will be sent to Stackdriver/Platform Telemetry. Logs at severitiy ≥ this value will be sent, unless it is NONE. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/googleApiSources/{google_api_source} diff --git a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.messageBuses.html b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.messageBuses.html index 3eff9acba34..6fb60176e7c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.messageBuses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.messageBuses.html @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Resource labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "loggingConfig": { # The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Avdvanced resources. # Optional. Config to control Platform logging for the Message Bus. This log configuration is applied to the Message Bus itself, and all the Enrollments attached to it. + "loggingConfig": { # The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Advanced resources. # Optional. Config to control Platform logging for the Message Bus. This log configuration is applied to the Message Bus itself, and all the Enrollments attached to it. "logSeverity": "A String", # Optional. The minimum severity of logs that will be sent to Stackdriver/Platform Telemetry. Logs at severitiy ≥ this value will be sent, unless it is NONE. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/messageBuses/{message_bus} @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last-modified time. } - messageBusId: string, Required. The user-provided ID to be assigned to the MessageBus. It should match the format (^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$) + messageBusId: string, Required. The user-provided ID to be assigned to the MessageBus. It should match the format `^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$`. validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not post it. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Resource labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "loggingConfig": { # The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Avdvanced resources. # Optional. Config to control Platform logging for the Message Bus. This log configuration is applied to the Message Bus itself, and all the Enrollments attached to it. + "loggingConfig": { # The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Advanced resources. # Optional. Config to control Platform logging for the Message Bus. This log configuration is applied to the Message Bus itself, and all the Enrollments attached to it. "logSeverity": "A String", # Optional. The minimum severity of logs that will be sent to Stackdriver/Platform Telemetry. Logs at severitiy ≥ this value will be sent, unless it is NONE. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/messageBuses/{message_bus} @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@

Method Details

List message buses.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent collection to list triggers on. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent collection to list message buses on. (required)
   filter: string, Optional. The filter field that the list request will filter on. Possible filtersare described in https://google.aip.dev/160.
   orderBy: string, Optional. The sorting order of the resources returned. Value should be a comma-separated list of fields. The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a `desc` suffix; for example: `name desc, update_time`.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return on each page. Note: The service may send fewer.
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ 

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Resource labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "loggingConfig": { # The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Avdvanced resources. # Optional. Config to control Platform logging for the Message Bus. This log configuration is applied to the Message Bus itself, and all the Enrollments attached to it. + "loggingConfig": { # The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Advanced resources. # Optional. Config to control Platform logging for the Message Bus. This log configuration is applied to the Message Bus itself, and all the Enrollments attached to it. "logSeverity": "A String", # Optional. The minimum severity of logs that will be sent to Stackdriver/Platform Telemetry. Logs at severitiy ≥ this value will be sent, unless it is NONE. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/messageBuses/{message_bus} @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Resource labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "loggingConfig": { # The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Avdvanced resources. # Optional. Config to control Platform logging for the Message Bus. This log configuration is applied to the Message Bus itself, and all the Enrollments attached to it. + "loggingConfig": { # The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Advanced resources. # Optional. Config to control Platform logging for the Message Bus. This log configuration is applied to the Message Bus itself, and all the Enrollments attached to it. "logSeverity": "A String", # Optional. The minimum severity of logs that will be sent to Stackdriver/Platform Telemetry. Logs at severitiy ≥ this value will be sent, unless it is NONE. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/messageBuses/{message_bus} diff --git a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.operations.html index 3838af91850..98bde2b79af 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Eventarc API . cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.pipelines.html b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.pipelines.html
index 4053b58bcda..cc3f1fecb30 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.pipelines.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.pipelines.html
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, }, "httpEndpoint": { # Represents a HTTP endpoint destination. # Optional. An HTTP endpoint destination described by an URI. If a DNS FQDN is provided as the endpoint, Pipeline will create a peering zone to the consumer VPC and forward DNS requests to the VPC specified by network config to resolve the service endpoint. See: https://cloud.google.com/dns/docs/zones/zones-overview#peering_zones - "messageBindingTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The CEL expression used to modify how the destination-bound HTTP request is constructed. If a binding expression is not specified here, the message is treated as a CloudEvent and is mapped to the HTTP request according to the CloudEvent HTTP Protocol Binding Binary Content Mode. In this representation, all fields except the `data` and `datacontenttype` field on the message are mapped to HTTP request headers with a prefix of `ce-`. To construct the HTTP request payload and the value of the content-type HTTP header, the payload format is defined as follows: 1) Use the output_payload_format_type on the Pipeline.Destination if it is set, else: 2) Use the input_payload_format_type on the Pipeline if it is set, else: 3) Treat the payload as opaque binary data. The `data` field of the message is converted to the payload format or left as-is for case 3) and then attached as the payload of the HTTP request. The `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to the payload format type or left empty for case 3). However, if a mediation has updated the `datacontenttype` field on the message so that it is not the same as the payload format type but it is still a prefix of the payload format type, then the `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to this `datacontenttype` value. For example, if the `datacontenttype` is "application/json" and the payload format type is "application/json; charset=utf-8", then the `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to "application/json; charset=utf-8". If a non-empty binding expression is specified then this expression is used to modify the default CloudEvent HTTP Protocol Binding Binary Content representation. The result of the CEL expression must be a map of key/value pairs which is used as follows: - If a map named `headers` exists on the result of the expression, then its key/value pairs are directly mapped to the HTTP request headers. The headers values are constructed from the corresponding value type's canonical representation. If the `headers` field doesn't exist then the resulting HTTP request will be the headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message. Note: If the specified binding expression, has updated the `datacontenttype` field on the message so that it is not the same as the payload format type but it is still a prefix of the payload format type, then the `content-type` header in the `headers` map is set to this `datacontenttype` value. - If a field named `body` exists on the result of the expression then its value is directly mapped to the body of the request. If the value of the `body` field is of type bytes or string then it is used for the HTTP request body as-is, with no conversion. If the body field is of any other type then it is converted to a JSON string. If the body field does not exist then the resulting payload of the HTTP request will be data value of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message as described earlier. - Any other fields in the resulting expression will be ignored. The CEL expression may access the incoming CloudEvent message in its definition, as follows: - The `data` field of the incoming CloudEvent message can be accessed using the `message.data` value. Subfields of `message.data` may also be accessed if an input_payload_format has been specified on the Pipeline. - Each attribute of the incoming CloudEvent message can be accessed using the `message.` value, where is replaced with the name of the attribute. - Existing headers can be accessed in the CEL expression using the `headers` variable. The `headers` variable defines a map of key/value pairs corresponding to the HTTP headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message as described earlier. For example, the following CEL expression can be used to construct an HTTP request by adding an additional header to the HTTP headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message and by overwriting the body of the request: ``` { "headers": headers.merge({"new-header-key": "new-header-value"}), "body": "new-body" } ``` Additionally, the following CEL extension functions are provided for use in this CEL expression: - toBase64Url: map.toBase64Url() -> string - Converts a CelValue to a base64url encoded string - toJsonString: map.toJsonString() -> string - Converts a CelValue to a JSON string - merge: map1.merge(map2) -> map3 - Merges the passed CEL map with the existing CEL map the function is applied to. - If the same key exists in both maps, if the key's value is type map both maps are merged else the value from the passed map is used. - denormalize: map.denormalize() -> map - Denormalizes a CEL map such that every value of type map or key in the map is expanded to return a single level map. - The resulting keys are "." separated indices of the map keys. - For example: { "a": 1, "b": { "c": 2, "d": 3 } "e": [4, 5] } .denormalize() -> { "a": 1, "b.c": 2, "b.d": 3, "e.0": 4, "e.1": 5 } - setField: map.setField(key, value) -> message - Sets the field of the message with the given key to the given value. - If the field is not present it will be added. - If the field is present it will be overwritten. - The key can be a dot separated path to set a field in a nested message. - Key must be of type string. - Value may be any valid type. - removeFields: map.removeFields([key1, key2, ...]) -> message - Removes the fields of the map with the given keys. - The keys can be a dot separated path to remove a field in a nested message. - If a key is not found it will be ignored. - Keys must be of type string. - toMap: [map1, map2, ...].toMap() -> map - Converts a CEL list of CEL maps to a single CEL map - toDestinationPayloadFormat(): message.data.toDestinationPayloadFormat() -> string or bytes - Converts the message data to the destination payload format specified in Pipeline.Destination.output_payload_format - This function is meant to be applied to the message.data field. - If the destination payload format is not set, the function will return the message data unchanged. - toCloudEventJsonWithPayloadFormat: message.toCloudEventJsonWithPayloadFormat() -> map - Converts a message to the corresponding structure of JSON format for CloudEvents - This function applies toDestinationPayloadFormat() to the message data. It also sets the corresponding datacontenttype of the CloudEvent, as indicated by Pipeline.Destination.output_payload_format. If no output_payload_format is set it will use the existing datacontenttype on the CloudEvent if present, else leave datacontenttype absent. - This function expects that the content of the message will adhere to the standard CloudEvent format. If it doesn't then this function will fail. - The result is a CEL map that corresponds to the JSON representation of the CloudEvent. To convert that data to a JSON string it can be chained with the toJsonString function. The Pipeline expects that the message it receives adheres to the standard CloudEvent format. If it doesn't then the outgoing message request may fail with a persistent error. + "messageBindingTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The CEL expression used to modify how the destination-bound HTTP request is constructed. If a binding expression is not specified here, the message is treated as a CloudEvent and is mapped to the HTTP request according to the CloudEvent HTTP Protocol Binding Binary Content Mode (https://github.com/cloudevents/spec/blob/main/cloudevents/bindings/http-protocol-binding.md#31-binary-content-mode). In this representation, all fields except the `data` and `datacontenttype` field on the message are mapped to HTTP request headers with a prefix of `ce-`. To construct the HTTP request payload and the value of the content-type HTTP header, the payload format is defined as follows: 1) Use the output_payload_format_type on the Pipeline.Destination if it is set, else: 2) Use the input_payload_format_type on the Pipeline if it is set, else: 3) Treat the payload as opaque binary data. The `data` field of the message is converted to the payload format or left as-is for case 3) and then attached as the payload of the HTTP request. The `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to the payload format type or left empty for case 3). However, if a mediation has updated the `datacontenttype` field on the message so that it is not the same as the payload format type but it is still a prefix of the payload format type, then the `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to this `datacontenttype` value. For example, if the `datacontenttype` is "application/json" and the payload format type is "application/json; charset=utf-8", then the `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to "application/json; charset=utf-8". If a non-empty binding expression is specified then this expression is used to modify the default CloudEvent HTTP Protocol Binding Binary Content representation. The result of the CEL expression must be a map of key/value pairs which is used as follows: - If a map named `headers` exists on the result of the expression, then its key/value pairs are directly mapped to the HTTP request headers. The headers values are constructed from the corresponding value type's canonical representation. If the `headers` field doesn't exist then the resulting HTTP request will be the headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message. Note: If the specified binding expression, has updated the `datacontenttype` field on the message so that it is not the same as the payload format type but it is still a prefix of the payload format type, then the `content-type` header in the `headers` map is set to this `datacontenttype` value. - If a field named `body` exists on the result of the expression then its value is directly mapped to the body of the request. If the value of the `body` field is of type bytes or string then it is used for the HTTP request body as-is, with no conversion. If the body field is of any other type then it is converted to a JSON string. If the body field does not exist then the resulting payload of the HTTP request will be data value of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message as described earlier. - Any other fields in the resulting expression will be ignored. The CEL expression may access the incoming CloudEvent message in its definition, as follows: - The `data` field of the incoming CloudEvent message can be accessed using the `message.data` value. Subfields of `message.data` may also be accessed if an input_payload_format has been specified on the Pipeline. - Each attribute of the incoming CloudEvent message can be accessed using the `message.` value, where is replaced with the name of the attribute. - Existing headers can be accessed in the CEL expression using the `headers` variable. The `headers` variable defines a map of key/value pairs corresponding to the HTTP headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message as described earlier. For example, the following CEL expression can be used to construct an HTTP request by adding an additional header to the HTTP headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message and by overwriting the body of the request: ``` { "headers": headers.merge({"new-header-key": "new-header-value"}), "body": "new-body" } ``` - The default binding for the message payload can be accessed using the `body` variable. It conatins a string representation of the message payload in the format specified by the `output_payload_format` field. If the `input_payload_format` field is not set, the `body` variable contains the same message payload bytes that were published. Additionally, the following CEL extension functions are provided for use in this CEL expression: - toBase64Url: map.toBase64Url() -> string - Converts a CelValue to a base64url encoded string - toJsonString: map.toJsonString() -> string - Converts a CelValue to a JSON string - merge: map1.merge(map2) -> map3 - Merges the passed CEL map with the existing CEL map the function is applied to. - If the same key exists in both maps, if the key's value is type map both maps are merged else the value from the passed map is used. - denormalize: map.denormalize() -> map - Denormalizes a CEL map such that every value of type map or key in the map is expanded to return a single level map. - The resulting keys are "." separated indices of the map keys. - For example: { "a": 1, "b": { "c": 2, "d": 3 } "e": [4, 5] } .denormalize() -> { "a": 1, "b.c": 2, "b.d": 3, "e.0": 4, "e.1": 5 } - setField: map.setField(key, value) -> message - Sets the field of the message with the given key to the given value. - If the field is not present it will be added. - If the field is present it will be overwritten. - The key can be a dot separated path to set a field in a nested message. - Key must be of type string. - Value may be any valid type. - removeFields: map.removeFields([key1, key2, ...]) -> message - Removes the fields of the map with the given keys. - The keys can be a dot separated path to remove a field in a nested message. - If a key is not found it will be ignored. - Keys must be of type string. - toMap: [map1, map2, ...].toMap() -> map - Converts a CEL list of CEL maps to a single CEL map - toCloudEventJsonWithPayloadFormat: message.toCloudEventJsonWithPayloadFormat() -> map - Converts a message to the corresponding structure of JSON format for CloudEvents. - It converts `data` to destination payload format specified in `output_payload_format`. If `output_payload_format` is not set, the data will remain unchanged. - It also sets the corresponding datacontenttype of the CloudEvent, as indicated by `output_payload_format`. If no `output_payload_format` is set it will use the value of the "datacontenttype" attribute on the CloudEvent if present, else remove "datacontenttype" attribute. - This function expects that the content of the message will adhere to the standard CloudEvent format. If it doesn't then this function will fail. - The result is a CEL map that corresponds to the JSON representation of the CloudEvent. To convert that data to a JSON string it can be chained with the toJsonString function. The Pipeline expects that the message it receives adheres to the standard CloudEvent format. If it doesn't then the outgoing message request may fail with a persistent error. "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the HTTP enpdoint. The value must be a RFC2396 URI string. Examples: `https://svc.us-central1.p.local:8080/route`. Only the HTTPS protocol is supported. }, "messageBus": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Message Bus to which events should be published. The Message Bus resource should exist in the same project as the Pipeline. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/messageBuses/{message_bus}` @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. User labels attached to the Pipeline that can be used to group resources. An object containing a list of "key": value pairs. Example: { "name": "wrench", "mass": "1.3kg", "count": "3" }. "a_key": "A String", }, - "loggingConfig": { # The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Avdvanced resources. # Optional. Config to control Platform Logging for Pipelines. + "loggingConfig": { # The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Advanced resources. # Optional. Config to control Platform Logging for Pipelines. "logSeverity": "A String", # Optional. The minimum severity of logs that will be sent to Stackdriver/Platform Telemetry. Logs at severitiy ≥ this value will be sent, unless it is NONE. }, "mediations": [ # Optional. List of mediation operations to be performed on the message. Currently, only one Transformation operation is allowed in each Pipeline. @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last-modified time. A timestamp in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format, with nanosecond resolution and up to nine fractional digits. Examples: "2014-10-02T15:01:23Z" and "2014-10-02T15:01:23.045123456Z". } - pipelineId: string, Required. The user-provided ID to be assigned to the Pipeline. + pipelineId: string, Required. The user-provided ID to be assigned to the Pipeline. It should match the format `^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$`. validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not post it. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "httpEndpoint": { # Represents a HTTP endpoint destination. # Optional. An HTTP endpoint destination described by an URI. If a DNS FQDN is provided as the endpoint, Pipeline will create a peering zone to the consumer VPC and forward DNS requests to the VPC specified by network config to resolve the service endpoint. See: https://cloud.google.com/dns/docs/zones/zones-overview#peering_zones - "messageBindingTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The CEL expression used to modify how the destination-bound HTTP request is constructed. If a binding expression is not specified here, the message is treated as a CloudEvent and is mapped to the HTTP request according to the CloudEvent HTTP Protocol Binding Binary Content Mode. In this representation, all fields except the `data` and `datacontenttype` field on the message are mapped to HTTP request headers with a prefix of `ce-`. To construct the HTTP request payload and the value of the content-type HTTP header, the payload format is defined as follows: 1) Use the output_payload_format_type on the Pipeline.Destination if it is set, else: 2) Use the input_payload_format_type on the Pipeline if it is set, else: 3) Treat the payload as opaque binary data. The `data` field of the message is converted to the payload format or left as-is for case 3) and then attached as the payload of the HTTP request. The `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to the payload format type or left empty for case 3). However, if a mediation has updated the `datacontenttype` field on the message so that it is not the same as the payload format type but it is still a prefix of the payload format type, then the `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to this `datacontenttype` value. For example, if the `datacontenttype` is "application/json" and the payload format type is "application/json; charset=utf-8", then the `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to "application/json; charset=utf-8". If a non-empty binding expression is specified then this expression is used to modify the default CloudEvent HTTP Protocol Binding Binary Content representation. The result of the CEL expression must be a map of key/value pairs which is used as follows: - If a map named `headers` exists on the result of the expression, then its key/value pairs are directly mapped to the HTTP request headers. The headers values are constructed from the corresponding value type's canonical representation. If the `headers` field doesn't exist then the resulting HTTP request will be the headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message. Note: If the specified binding expression, has updated the `datacontenttype` field on the message so that it is not the same as the payload format type but it is still a prefix of the payload format type, then the `content-type` header in the `headers` map is set to this `datacontenttype` value. - If a field named `body` exists on the result of the expression then its value is directly mapped to the body of the request. If the value of the `body` field is of type bytes or string then it is used for the HTTP request body as-is, with no conversion. If the body field is of any other type then it is converted to a JSON string. If the body field does not exist then the resulting payload of the HTTP request will be data value of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message as described earlier. - Any other fields in the resulting expression will be ignored. The CEL expression may access the incoming CloudEvent message in its definition, as follows: - The `data` field of the incoming CloudEvent message can be accessed using the `message.data` value. Subfields of `message.data` may also be accessed if an input_payload_format has been specified on the Pipeline. - Each attribute of the incoming CloudEvent message can be accessed using the `message.` value, where is replaced with the name of the attribute. - Existing headers can be accessed in the CEL expression using the `headers` variable. The `headers` variable defines a map of key/value pairs corresponding to the HTTP headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message as described earlier. For example, the following CEL expression can be used to construct an HTTP request by adding an additional header to the HTTP headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message and by overwriting the body of the request: ``` { "headers": headers.merge({"new-header-key": "new-header-value"}), "body": "new-body" } ``` Additionally, the following CEL extension functions are provided for use in this CEL expression: - toBase64Url: map.toBase64Url() -> string - Converts a CelValue to a base64url encoded string - toJsonString: map.toJsonString() -> string - Converts a CelValue to a JSON string - merge: map1.merge(map2) -> map3 - Merges the passed CEL map with the existing CEL map the function is applied to. - If the same key exists in both maps, if the key's value is type map both maps are merged else the value from the passed map is used. - denormalize: map.denormalize() -> map - Denormalizes a CEL map such that every value of type map or key in the map is expanded to return a single level map. - The resulting keys are "." separated indices of the map keys. - For example: { "a": 1, "b": { "c": 2, "d": 3 } "e": [4, 5] } .denormalize() -> { "a": 1, "b.c": 2, "b.d": 3, "e.0": 4, "e.1": 5 } - setField: map.setField(key, value) -> message - Sets the field of the message with the given key to the given value. - If the field is not present it will be added. - If the field is present it will be overwritten. - The key can be a dot separated path to set a field in a nested message. - Key must be of type string. - Value may be any valid type. - removeFields: map.removeFields([key1, key2, ...]) -> message - Removes the fields of the map with the given keys. - The keys can be a dot separated path to remove a field in a nested message. - If a key is not found it will be ignored. - Keys must be of type string. - toMap: [map1, map2, ...].toMap() -> map - Converts a CEL list of CEL maps to a single CEL map - toDestinationPayloadFormat(): message.data.toDestinationPayloadFormat() -> string or bytes - Converts the message data to the destination payload format specified in Pipeline.Destination.output_payload_format - This function is meant to be applied to the message.data field. - If the destination payload format is not set, the function will return the message data unchanged. - toCloudEventJsonWithPayloadFormat: message.toCloudEventJsonWithPayloadFormat() -> map - Converts a message to the corresponding structure of JSON format for CloudEvents - This function applies toDestinationPayloadFormat() to the message data. It also sets the corresponding datacontenttype of the CloudEvent, as indicated by Pipeline.Destination.output_payload_format. If no output_payload_format is set it will use the existing datacontenttype on the CloudEvent if present, else leave datacontenttype absent. - This function expects that the content of the message will adhere to the standard CloudEvent format. If it doesn't then this function will fail. - The result is a CEL map that corresponds to the JSON representation of the CloudEvent. To convert that data to a JSON string it can be chained with the toJsonString function. The Pipeline expects that the message it receives adheres to the standard CloudEvent format. If it doesn't then the outgoing message request may fail with a persistent error. + "messageBindingTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The CEL expression used to modify how the destination-bound HTTP request is constructed. If a binding expression is not specified here, the message is treated as a CloudEvent and is mapped to the HTTP request according to the CloudEvent HTTP Protocol Binding Binary Content Mode (https://github.com/cloudevents/spec/blob/main/cloudevents/bindings/http-protocol-binding.md#31-binary-content-mode). In this representation, all fields except the `data` and `datacontenttype` field on the message are mapped to HTTP request headers with a prefix of `ce-`. To construct the HTTP request payload and the value of the content-type HTTP header, the payload format is defined as follows: 1) Use the output_payload_format_type on the Pipeline.Destination if it is set, else: 2) Use the input_payload_format_type on the Pipeline if it is set, else: 3) Treat the payload as opaque binary data. The `data` field of the message is converted to the payload format or left as-is for case 3) and then attached as the payload of the HTTP request. The `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to the payload format type or left empty for case 3). However, if a mediation has updated the `datacontenttype` field on the message so that it is not the same as the payload format type but it is still a prefix of the payload format type, then the `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to this `datacontenttype` value. For example, if the `datacontenttype` is "application/json" and the payload format type is "application/json; charset=utf-8", then the `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to "application/json; charset=utf-8". If a non-empty binding expression is specified then this expression is used to modify the default CloudEvent HTTP Protocol Binding Binary Content representation. The result of the CEL expression must be a map of key/value pairs which is used as follows: - If a map named `headers` exists on the result of the expression, then its key/value pairs are directly mapped to the HTTP request headers. The headers values are constructed from the corresponding value type's canonical representation. If the `headers` field doesn't exist then the resulting HTTP request will be the headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message. Note: If the specified binding expression, has updated the `datacontenttype` field on the message so that it is not the same as the payload format type but it is still a prefix of the payload format type, then the `content-type` header in the `headers` map is set to this `datacontenttype` value. - If a field named `body` exists on the result of the expression then its value is directly mapped to the body of the request. If the value of the `body` field is of type bytes or string then it is used for the HTTP request body as-is, with no conversion. If the body field is of any other type then it is converted to a JSON string. If the body field does not exist then the resulting payload of the HTTP request will be data value of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message as described earlier. - Any other fields in the resulting expression will be ignored. The CEL expression may access the incoming CloudEvent message in its definition, as follows: - The `data` field of the incoming CloudEvent message can be accessed using the `message.data` value. Subfields of `message.data` may also be accessed if an input_payload_format has been specified on the Pipeline. - Each attribute of the incoming CloudEvent message can be accessed using the `message.` value, where is replaced with the name of the attribute. - Existing headers can be accessed in the CEL expression using the `headers` variable. The `headers` variable defines a map of key/value pairs corresponding to the HTTP headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message as described earlier. For example, the following CEL expression can be used to construct an HTTP request by adding an additional header to the HTTP headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message and by overwriting the body of the request: ``` { "headers": headers.merge({"new-header-key": "new-header-value"}), "body": "new-body" } ``` - The default binding for the message payload can be accessed using the `body` variable. It conatins a string representation of the message payload in the format specified by the `output_payload_format` field. If the `input_payload_format` field is not set, the `body` variable contains the same message payload bytes that were published. Additionally, the following CEL extension functions are provided for use in this CEL expression: - toBase64Url: map.toBase64Url() -> string - Converts a CelValue to a base64url encoded string - toJsonString: map.toJsonString() -> string - Converts a CelValue to a JSON string - merge: map1.merge(map2) -> map3 - Merges the passed CEL map with the existing CEL map the function is applied to. - If the same key exists in both maps, if the key's value is type map both maps are merged else the value from the passed map is used. - denormalize: map.denormalize() -> map - Denormalizes a CEL map such that every value of type map or key in the map is expanded to return a single level map. - The resulting keys are "." separated indices of the map keys. - For example: { "a": 1, "b": { "c": 2, "d": 3 } "e": [4, 5] } .denormalize() -> { "a": 1, "b.c": 2, "b.d": 3, "e.0": 4, "e.1": 5 } - setField: map.setField(key, value) -> message - Sets the field of the message with the given key to the given value. - If the field is not present it will be added. - If the field is present it will be overwritten. - The key can be a dot separated path to set a field in a nested message. - Key must be of type string. - Value may be any valid type. - removeFields: map.removeFields([key1, key2, ...]) -> message - Removes the fields of the map with the given keys. - The keys can be a dot separated path to remove a field in a nested message. - If a key is not found it will be ignored. - Keys must be of type string. - toMap: [map1, map2, ...].toMap() -> map - Converts a CEL list of CEL maps to a single CEL map - toCloudEventJsonWithPayloadFormat: message.toCloudEventJsonWithPayloadFormat() -> map - Converts a message to the corresponding structure of JSON format for CloudEvents. - It converts `data` to destination payload format specified in `output_payload_format`. If `output_payload_format` is not set, the data will remain unchanged. - It also sets the corresponding datacontenttype of the CloudEvent, as indicated by `output_payload_format`. If no `output_payload_format` is set it will use the value of the "datacontenttype" attribute on the CloudEvent if present, else remove "datacontenttype" attribute. - This function expects that the content of the message will adhere to the standard CloudEvent format. If it doesn't then this function will fail. - The result is a CEL map that corresponds to the JSON representation of the CloudEvent. To convert that data to a JSON string it can be chained with the toJsonString function. The Pipeline expects that the message it receives adheres to the standard CloudEvent format. If it doesn't then the outgoing message request may fail with a persistent error. "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the HTTP enpdoint. The value must be a RFC2396 URI string. Examples: `https://svc.us-central1.p.local:8080/route`. Only the HTTPS protocol is supported. }, "messageBus": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Message Bus to which events should be published. The Message Bus resource should exist in the same project as the Pipeline. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/messageBuses/{message_bus}` @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. User labels attached to the Pipeline that can be used to group resources. An object containing a list of "key": value pairs. Example: { "name": "wrench", "mass": "1.3kg", "count": "3" }. "a_key": "A String", }, - "loggingConfig": { # The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Avdvanced resources. # Optional. Config to control Platform Logging for Pipelines. + "loggingConfig": { # The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Advanced resources. # Optional. Config to control Platform Logging for Pipelines. "logSeverity": "A String", # Optional. The minimum severity of logs that will be sent to Stackdriver/Platform Telemetry. Logs at severitiy ≥ this value will be sent, unless it is NONE. }, "mediations": [ # Optional. List of mediation operations to be performed on the message. Currently, only one Transformation operation is allowed in each Pipeline. @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "httpEndpoint": { # Represents a HTTP endpoint destination. # Optional. An HTTP endpoint destination described by an URI. If a DNS FQDN is provided as the endpoint, Pipeline will create a peering zone to the consumer VPC and forward DNS requests to the VPC specified by network config to resolve the service endpoint. See: https://cloud.google.com/dns/docs/zones/zones-overview#peering_zones - "messageBindingTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The CEL expression used to modify how the destination-bound HTTP request is constructed. If a binding expression is not specified here, the message is treated as a CloudEvent and is mapped to the HTTP request according to the CloudEvent HTTP Protocol Binding Binary Content Mode. In this representation, all fields except the `data` and `datacontenttype` field on the message are mapped to HTTP request headers with a prefix of `ce-`. To construct the HTTP request payload and the value of the content-type HTTP header, the payload format is defined as follows: 1) Use the output_payload_format_type on the Pipeline.Destination if it is set, else: 2) Use the input_payload_format_type on the Pipeline if it is set, else: 3) Treat the payload as opaque binary data. The `data` field of the message is converted to the payload format or left as-is for case 3) and then attached as the payload of the HTTP request. The `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to the payload format type or left empty for case 3). However, if a mediation has updated the `datacontenttype` field on the message so that it is not the same as the payload format type but it is still a prefix of the payload format type, then the `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to this `datacontenttype` value. For example, if the `datacontenttype` is "application/json" and the payload format type is "application/json; charset=utf-8", then the `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to "application/json; charset=utf-8". If a non-empty binding expression is specified then this expression is used to modify the default CloudEvent HTTP Protocol Binding Binary Content representation. The result of the CEL expression must be a map of key/value pairs which is used as follows: - If a map named `headers` exists on the result of the expression, then its key/value pairs are directly mapped to the HTTP request headers. The headers values are constructed from the corresponding value type's canonical representation. If the `headers` field doesn't exist then the resulting HTTP request will be the headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message. Note: If the specified binding expression, has updated the `datacontenttype` field on the message so that it is not the same as the payload format type but it is still a prefix of the payload format type, then the `content-type` header in the `headers` map is set to this `datacontenttype` value. - If a field named `body` exists on the result of the expression then its value is directly mapped to the body of the request. If the value of the `body` field is of type bytes or string then it is used for the HTTP request body as-is, with no conversion. If the body field is of any other type then it is converted to a JSON string. If the body field does not exist then the resulting payload of the HTTP request will be data value of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message as described earlier. - Any other fields in the resulting expression will be ignored. The CEL expression may access the incoming CloudEvent message in its definition, as follows: - The `data` field of the incoming CloudEvent message can be accessed using the `message.data` value. Subfields of `message.data` may also be accessed if an input_payload_format has been specified on the Pipeline. - Each attribute of the incoming CloudEvent message can be accessed using the `message.` value, where is replaced with the name of the attribute. - Existing headers can be accessed in the CEL expression using the `headers` variable. The `headers` variable defines a map of key/value pairs corresponding to the HTTP headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message as described earlier. For example, the following CEL expression can be used to construct an HTTP request by adding an additional header to the HTTP headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message and by overwriting the body of the request: ``` { "headers": headers.merge({"new-header-key": "new-header-value"}), "body": "new-body" } ``` Additionally, the following CEL extension functions are provided for use in this CEL expression: - toBase64Url: map.toBase64Url() -> string - Converts a CelValue to a base64url encoded string - toJsonString: map.toJsonString() -> string - Converts a CelValue to a JSON string - merge: map1.merge(map2) -> map3 - Merges the passed CEL map with the existing CEL map the function is applied to. - If the same key exists in both maps, if the key's value is type map both maps are merged else the value from the passed map is used. - denormalize: map.denormalize() -> map - Denormalizes a CEL map such that every value of type map or key in the map is expanded to return a single level map. - The resulting keys are "." separated indices of the map keys. - For example: { "a": 1, "b": { "c": 2, "d": 3 } "e": [4, 5] } .denormalize() -> { "a": 1, "b.c": 2, "b.d": 3, "e.0": 4, "e.1": 5 } - setField: map.setField(key, value) -> message - Sets the field of the message with the given key to the given value. - If the field is not present it will be added. - If the field is present it will be overwritten. - The key can be a dot separated path to set a field in a nested message. - Key must be of type string. - Value may be any valid type. - removeFields: map.removeFields([key1, key2, ...]) -> message - Removes the fields of the map with the given keys. - The keys can be a dot separated path to remove a field in a nested message. - If a key is not found it will be ignored. - Keys must be of type string. - toMap: [map1, map2, ...].toMap() -> map - Converts a CEL list of CEL maps to a single CEL map - toDestinationPayloadFormat(): message.data.toDestinationPayloadFormat() -> string or bytes - Converts the message data to the destination payload format specified in Pipeline.Destination.output_payload_format - This function is meant to be applied to the message.data field. - If the destination payload format is not set, the function will return the message data unchanged. - toCloudEventJsonWithPayloadFormat: message.toCloudEventJsonWithPayloadFormat() -> map - Converts a message to the corresponding structure of JSON format for CloudEvents - This function applies toDestinationPayloadFormat() to the message data. It also sets the corresponding datacontenttype of the CloudEvent, as indicated by Pipeline.Destination.output_payload_format. If no output_payload_format is set it will use the existing datacontenttype on the CloudEvent if present, else leave datacontenttype absent. - This function expects that the content of the message will adhere to the standard CloudEvent format. If it doesn't then this function will fail. - The result is a CEL map that corresponds to the JSON representation of the CloudEvent. To convert that data to a JSON string it can be chained with the toJsonString function. The Pipeline expects that the message it receives adheres to the standard CloudEvent format. If it doesn't then the outgoing message request may fail with a persistent error. + "messageBindingTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The CEL expression used to modify how the destination-bound HTTP request is constructed. If a binding expression is not specified here, the message is treated as a CloudEvent and is mapped to the HTTP request according to the CloudEvent HTTP Protocol Binding Binary Content Mode (https://github.com/cloudevents/spec/blob/main/cloudevents/bindings/http-protocol-binding.md#31-binary-content-mode). In this representation, all fields except the `data` and `datacontenttype` field on the message are mapped to HTTP request headers with a prefix of `ce-`. To construct the HTTP request payload and the value of the content-type HTTP header, the payload format is defined as follows: 1) Use the output_payload_format_type on the Pipeline.Destination if it is set, else: 2) Use the input_payload_format_type on the Pipeline if it is set, else: 3) Treat the payload as opaque binary data. The `data` field of the message is converted to the payload format or left as-is for case 3) and then attached as the payload of the HTTP request. The `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to the payload format type or left empty for case 3). However, if a mediation has updated the `datacontenttype` field on the message so that it is not the same as the payload format type but it is still a prefix of the payload format type, then the `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to this `datacontenttype` value. For example, if the `datacontenttype` is "application/json" and the payload format type is "application/json; charset=utf-8", then the `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to "application/json; charset=utf-8". If a non-empty binding expression is specified then this expression is used to modify the default CloudEvent HTTP Protocol Binding Binary Content representation. The result of the CEL expression must be a map of key/value pairs which is used as follows: - If a map named `headers` exists on the result of the expression, then its key/value pairs are directly mapped to the HTTP request headers. The headers values are constructed from the corresponding value type's canonical representation. If the `headers` field doesn't exist then the resulting HTTP request will be the headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message. Note: If the specified binding expression, has updated the `datacontenttype` field on the message so that it is not the same as the payload format type but it is still a prefix of the payload format type, then the `content-type` header in the `headers` map is set to this `datacontenttype` value. - If a field named `body` exists on the result of the expression then its value is directly mapped to the body of the request. If the value of the `body` field is of type bytes or string then it is used for the HTTP request body as-is, with no conversion. If the body field is of any other type then it is converted to a JSON string. If the body field does not exist then the resulting payload of the HTTP request will be data value of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message as described earlier. - Any other fields in the resulting expression will be ignored. The CEL expression may access the incoming CloudEvent message in its definition, as follows: - The `data` field of the incoming CloudEvent message can be accessed using the `message.data` value. Subfields of `message.data` may also be accessed if an input_payload_format has been specified on the Pipeline. - Each attribute of the incoming CloudEvent message can be accessed using the `message.` value, where is replaced with the name of the attribute. - Existing headers can be accessed in the CEL expression using the `headers` variable. The `headers` variable defines a map of key/value pairs corresponding to the HTTP headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message as described earlier. For example, the following CEL expression can be used to construct an HTTP request by adding an additional header to the HTTP headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message and by overwriting the body of the request: ``` { "headers": headers.merge({"new-header-key": "new-header-value"}), "body": "new-body" } ``` - The default binding for the message payload can be accessed using the `body` variable. It conatins a string representation of the message payload in the format specified by the `output_payload_format` field. If the `input_payload_format` field is not set, the `body` variable contains the same message payload bytes that were published. Additionally, the following CEL extension functions are provided for use in this CEL expression: - toBase64Url: map.toBase64Url() -> string - Converts a CelValue to a base64url encoded string - toJsonString: map.toJsonString() -> string - Converts a CelValue to a JSON string - merge: map1.merge(map2) -> map3 - Merges the passed CEL map with the existing CEL map the function is applied to. - If the same key exists in both maps, if the key's value is type map both maps are merged else the value from the passed map is used. - denormalize: map.denormalize() -> map - Denormalizes a CEL map such that every value of type map or key in the map is expanded to return a single level map. - The resulting keys are "." separated indices of the map keys. - For example: { "a": 1, "b": { "c": 2, "d": 3 } "e": [4, 5] } .denormalize() -> { "a": 1, "b.c": 2, "b.d": 3, "e.0": 4, "e.1": 5 } - setField: map.setField(key, value) -> message - Sets the field of the message with the given key to the given value. - If the field is not present it will be added. - If the field is present it will be overwritten. - The key can be a dot separated path to set a field in a nested message. - Key must be of type string. - Value may be any valid type. - removeFields: map.removeFields([key1, key2, ...]) -> message - Removes the fields of the map with the given keys. - The keys can be a dot separated path to remove a field in a nested message. - If a key is not found it will be ignored. - Keys must be of type string. - toMap: [map1, map2, ...].toMap() -> map - Converts a CEL list of CEL maps to a single CEL map - toCloudEventJsonWithPayloadFormat: message.toCloudEventJsonWithPayloadFormat() -> map - Converts a message to the corresponding structure of JSON format for CloudEvents. - It converts `data` to destination payload format specified in `output_payload_format`. If `output_payload_format` is not set, the data will remain unchanged. - It also sets the corresponding datacontenttype of the CloudEvent, as indicated by `output_payload_format`. If no `output_payload_format` is set it will use the value of the "datacontenttype" attribute on the CloudEvent if present, else remove "datacontenttype" attribute. - This function expects that the content of the message will adhere to the standard CloudEvent format. If it doesn't then this function will fail. - The result is a CEL map that corresponds to the JSON representation of the CloudEvent. To convert that data to a JSON string it can be chained with the toJsonString function. The Pipeline expects that the message it receives adheres to the standard CloudEvent format. If it doesn't then the outgoing message request may fail with a persistent error. "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the HTTP enpdoint. The value must be a RFC2396 URI string. Examples: `https://svc.us-central1.p.local:8080/route`. Only the HTTPS protocol is supported. }, "messageBus": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Message Bus to which events should be published. The Message Bus resource should exist in the same project as the Pipeline. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/messageBuses/{message_bus}` @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. User labels attached to the Pipeline that can be used to group resources. An object containing a list of "key": value pairs. Example: { "name": "wrench", "mass": "1.3kg", "count": "3" }. "a_key": "A String", }, - "loggingConfig": { # The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Avdvanced resources. # Optional. Config to control Platform Logging for Pipelines. + "loggingConfig": { # The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Advanced resources. # Optional. Config to control Platform Logging for Pipelines. "logSeverity": "A String", # Optional. The minimum severity of logs that will be sent to Stackdriver/Platform Telemetry. Logs at severitiy ≥ this value will be sent, unless it is NONE. }, "mediations": [ # Optional. List of mediation operations to be performed on the message. Currently, only one Transformation operation is allowed in each Pipeline. @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "httpEndpoint": { # Represents a HTTP endpoint destination. # Optional. An HTTP endpoint destination described by an URI. If a DNS FQDN is provided as the endpoint, Pipeline will create a peering zone to the consumer VPC and forward DNS requests to the VPC specified by network config to resolve the service endpoint. See: https://cloud.google.com/dns/docs/zones/zones-overview#peering_zones - "messageBindingTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The CEL expression used to modify how the destination-bound HTTP request is constructed. If a binding expression is not specified here, the message is treated as a CloudEvent and is mapped to the HTTP request according to the CloudEvent HTTP Protocol Binding Binary Content Mode. In this representation, all fields except the `data` and `datacontenttype` field on the message are mapped to HTTP request headers with a prefix of `ce-`. To construct the HTTP request payload and the value of the content-type HTTP header, the payload format is defined as follows: 1) Use the output_payload_format_type on the Pipeline.Destination if it is set, else: 2) Use the input_payload_format_type on the Pipeline if it is set, else: 3) Treat the payload as opaque binary data. The `data` field of the message is converted to the payload format or left as-is for case 3) and then attached as the payload of the HTTP request. The `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to the payload format type or left empty for case 3). However, if a mediation has updated the `datacontenttype` field on the message so that it is not the same as the payload format type but it is still a prefix of the payload format type, then the `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to this `datacontenttype` value. For example, if the `datacontenttype` is "application/json" and the payload format type is "application/json; charset=utf-8", then the `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to "application/json; charset=utf-8". If a non-empty binding expression is specified then this expression is used to modify the default CloudEvent HTTP Protocol Binding Binary Content representation. The result of the CEL expression must be a map of key/value pairs which is used as follows: - If a map named `headers` exists on the result of the expression, then its key/value pairs are directly mapped to the HTTP request headers. The headers values are constructed from the corresponding value type's canonical representation. If the `headers` field doesn't exist then the resulting HTTP request will be the headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message. Note: If the specified binding expression, has updated the `datacontenttype` field on the message so that it is not the same as the payload format type but it is still a prefix of the payload format type, then the `content-type` header in the `headers` map is set to this `datacontenttype` value. - If a field named `body` exists on the result of the expression then its value is directly mapped to the body of the request. If the value of the `body` field is of type bytes or string then it is used for the HTTP request body as-is, with no conversion. If the body field is of any other type then it is converted to a JSON string. If the body field does not exist then the resulting payload of the HTTP request will be data value of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message as described earlier. - Any other fields in the resulting expression will be ignored. The CEL expression may access the incoming CloudEvent message in its definition, as follows: - The `data` field of the incoming CloudEvent message can be accessed using the `message.data` value. Subfields of `message.data` may also be accessed if an input_payload_format has been specified on the Pipeline. - Each attribute of the incoming CloudEvent message can be accessed using the `message.` value, where is replaced with the name of the attribute. - Existing headers can be accessed in the CEL expression using the `headers` variable. The `headers` variable defines a map of key/value pairs corresponding to the HTTP headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message as described earlier. For example, the following CEL expression can be used to construct an HTTP request by adding an additional header to the HTTP headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message and by overwriting the body of the request: ``` { "headers": headers.merge({"new-header-key": "new-header-value"}), "body": "new-body" } ``` Additionally, the following CEL extension functions are provided for use in this CEL expression: - toBase64Url: map.toBase64Url() -> string - Converts a CelValue to a base64url encoded string - toJsonString: map.toJsonString() -> string - Converts a CelValue to a JSON string - merge: map1.merge(map2) -> map3 - Merges the passed CEL map with the existing CEL map the function is applied to. - If the same key exists in both maps, if the key's value is type map both maps are merged else the value from the passed map is used. - denormalize: map.denormalize() -> map - Denormalizes a CEL map such that every value of type map or key in the map is expanded to return a single level map. - The resulting keys are "." separated indices of the map keys. - For example: { "a": 1, "b": { "c": 2, "d": 3 } "e": [4, 5] } .denormalize() -> { "a": 1, "b.c": 2, "b.d": 3, "e.0": 4, "e.1": 5 } - setField: map.setField(key, value) -> message - Sets the field of the message with the given key to the given value. - If the field is not present it will be added. - If the field is present it will be overwritten. - The key can be a dot separated path to set a field in a nested message. - Key must be of type string. - Value may be any valid type. - removeFields: map.removeFields([key1, key2, ...]) -> message - Removes the fields of the map with the given keys. - The keys can be a dot separated path to remove a field in a nested message. - If a key is not found it will be ignored. - Keys must be of type string. - toMap: [map1, map2, ...].toMap() -> map - Converts a CEL list of CEL maps to a single CEL map - toDestinationPayloadFormat(): message.data.toDestinationPayloadFormat() -> string or bytes - Converts the message data to the destination payload format specified in Pipeline.Destination.output_payload_format - This function is meant to be applied to the message.data field. - If the destination payload format is not set, the function will return the message data unchanged. - toCloudEventJsonWithPayloadFormat: message.toCloudEventJsonWithPayloadFormat() -> map - Converts a message to the corresponding structure of JSON format for CloudEvents - This function applies toDestinationPayloadFormat() to the message data. It also sets the corresponding datacontenttype of the CloudEvent, as indicated by Pipeline.Destination.output_payload_format. If no output_payload_format is set it will use the existing datacontenttype on the CloudEvent if present, else leave datacontenttype absent. - This function expects that the content of the message will adhere to the standard CloudEvent format. If it doesn't then this function will fail. - The result is a CEL map that corresponds to the JSON representation of the CloudEvent. To convert that data to a JSON string it can be chained with the toJsonString function. The Pipeline expects that the message it receives adheres to the standard CloudEvent format. If it doesn't then the outgoing message request may fail with a persistent error. + "messageBindingTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The CEL expression used to modify how the destination-bound HTTP request is constructed. If a binding expression is not specified here, the message is treated as a CloudEvent and is mapped to the HTTP request according to the CloudEvent HTTP Protocol Binding Binary Content Mode (https://github.com/cloudevents/spec/blob/main/cloudevents/bindings/http-protocol-binding.md#31-binary-content-mode). In this representation, all fields except the `data` and `datacontenttype` field on the message are mapped to HTTP request headers with a prefix of `ce-`. To construct the HTTP request payload and the value of the content-type HTTP header, the payload format is defined as follows: 1) Use the output_payload_format_type on the Pipeline.Destination if it is set, else: 2) Use the input_payload_format_type on the Pipeline if it is set, else: 3) Treat the payload as opaque binary data. The `data` field of the message is converted to the payload format or left as-is for case 3) and then attached as the payload of the HTTP request. The `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to the payload format type or left empty for case 3). However, if a mediation has updated the `datacontenttype` field on the message so that it is not the same as the payload format type but it is still a prefix of the payload format type, then the `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to this `datacontenttype` value. For example, if the `datacontenttype` is "application/json" and the payload format type is "application/json; charset=utf-8", then the `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to "application/json; charset=utf-8". If a non-empty binding expression is specified then this expression is used to modify the default CloudEvent HTTP Protocol Binding Binary Content representation. The result of the CEL expression must be a map of key/value pairs which is used as follows: - If a map named `headers` exists on the result of the expression, then its key/value pairs are directly mapped to the HTTP request headers. The headers values are constructed from the corresponding value type's canonical representation. If the `headers` field doesn't exist then the resulting HTTP request will be the headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message. Note: If the specified binding expression, has updated the `datacontenttype` field on the message so that it is not the same as the payload format type but it is still a prefix of the payload format type, then the `content-type` header in the `headers` map is set to this `datacontenttype` value. - If a field named `body` exists on the result of the expression then its value is directly mapped to the body of the request. If the value of the `body` field is of type bytes or string then it is used for the HTTP request body as-is, with no conversion. If the body field is of any other type then it is converted to a JSON string. If the body field does not exist then the resulting payload of the HTTP request will be data value of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message as described earlier. - Any other fields in the resulting expression will be ignored. The CEL expression may access the incoming CloudEvent message in its definition, as follows: - The `data` field of the incoming CloudEvent message can be accessed using the `message.data` value. Subfields of `message.data` may also be accessed if an input_payload_format has been specified on the Pipeline. - Each attribute of the incoming CloudEvent message can be accessed using the `message.` value, where is replaced with the name of the attribute. - Existing headers can be accessed in the CEL expression using the `headers` variable. The `headers` variable defines a map of key/value pairs corresponding to the HTTP headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message as described earlier. For example, the following CEL expression can be used to construct an HTTP request by adding an additional header to the HTTP headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message and by overwriting the body of the request: ``` { "headers": headers.merge({"new-header-key": "new-header-value"}), "body": "new-body" } ``` - The default binding for the message payload can be accessed using the `body` variable. It conatins a string representation of the message payload in the format specified by the `output_payload_format` field. If the `input_payload_format` field is not set, the `body` variable contains the same message payload bytes that were published. Additionally, the following CEL extension functions are provided for use in this CEL expression: - toBase64Url: map.toBase64Url() -> string - Converts a CelValue to a base64url encoded string - toJsonString: map.toJsonString() -> string - Converts a CelValue to a JSON string - merge: map1.merge(map2) -> map3 - Merges the passed CEL map with the existing CEL map the function is applied to. - If the same key exists in both maps, if the key's value is type map both maps are merged else the value from the passed map is used. - denormalize: map.denormalize() -> map - Denormalizes a CEL map such that every value of type map or key in the map is expanded to return a single level map. - The resulting keys are "." separated indices of the map keys. - For example: { "a": 1, "b": { "c": 2, "d": 3 } "e": [4, 5] } .denormalize() -> { "a": 1, "b.c": 2, "b.d": 3, "e.0": 4, "e.1": 5 } - setField: map.setField(key, value) -> message - Sets the field of the message with the given key to the given value. - If the field is not present it will be added. - If the field is present it will be overwritten. - The key can be a dot separated path to set a field in a nested message. - Key must be of type string. - Value may be any valid type. - removeFields: map.removeFields([key1, key2, ...]) -> message - Removes the fields of the map with the given keys. - The keys can be a dot separated path to remove a field in a nested message. - If a key is not found it will be ignored. - Keys must be of type string. - toMap: [map1, map2, ...].toMap() -> map - Converts a CEL list of CEL maps to a single CEL map - toCloudEventJsonWithPayloadFormat: message.toCloudEventJsonWithPayloadFormat() -> map - Converts a message to the corresponding structure of JSON format for CloudEvents. - It converts `data` to destination payload format specified in `output_payload_format`. If `output_payload_format` is not set, the data will remain unchanged. - It also sets the corresponding datacontenttype of the CloudEvent, as indicated by `output_payload_format`. If no `output_payload_format` is set it will use the value of the "datacontenttype" attribute on the CloudEvent if present, else remove "datacontenttype" attribute. - This function expects that the content of the message will adhere to the standard CloudEvent format. If it doesn't then this function will fail. - The result is a CEL map that corresponds to the JSON representation of the CloudEvent. To convert that data to a JSON string it can be chained with the toJsonString function. The Pipeline expects that the message it receives adheres to the standard CloudEvent format. If it doesn't then the outgoing message request may fail with a persistent error. "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the HTTP enpdoint. The value must be a RFC2396 URI string. Examples: `https://svc.us-central1.p.local:8080/route`. Only the HTTPS protocol is supported. }, "messageBus": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Message Bus to which events should be published. The Message Bus resource should exist in the same project as the Pipeline. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/messageBuses/{message_bus}` @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. User labels attached to the Pipeline that can be used to group resources. An object containing a list of "key": value pairs. Example: { "name": "wrench", "mass": "1.3kg", "count": "3" }. "a_key": "A String", }, - "loggingConfig": { # The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Avdvanced resources. # Optional. Config to control Platform Logging for Pipelines. + "loggingConfig": { # The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Advanced resources. # Optional. Config to control Platform Logging for Pipelines. "logSeverity": "A String", # Optional. The minimum severity of logs that will be sent to Stackdriver/Platform Telemetry. Logs at severitiy ≥ this value will be sent, unless it is NONE. }, "mediations": [ # Optional. List of mediation operations to be performed on the message. Currently, only one Transformation operation is allowed in each Pipeline. diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.apps.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.apps.html index 1af20e20f6a..e53fbf68e67 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.apps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.apps.html @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { + { # An app. "aabCertificate": { # App bundle test certificate # App bundle test certificate generated for the app. "certificateHashMd5": "A String", # MD5 hash of the certificate used to resign the AAB "certificateHashSha1": "A String", # SHA1 hash of the certificate used to resign the AAB @@ -160,8 +160,8 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { - "token": "A String", + { # A JWT token. + "token": "A String", # The JWT token (three Base64URL-encoded strings joined by dots). }
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { + { # The response message for `ProvisionApp`. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.apps.releases.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.apps.releases.html index c79dd9adfaa..6dea6bb21a2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.apps.releases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.apps.releases.html @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ +{ # The request message for `EnableAccessOnRelease`. "buildVersion": "A String", # Optional. Ignored. Used to be build version of the app release if an instance identifier was provided for the release_id. "displayVersion": "A String", # Optional. Ignored. Used to be display version of the app release if an instance identifier was provided for the release_id. "emails": [ # Optional. An email address which should get access to this release, for example rebeccahe@google.com @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { + { # The response message for `EnableAccessOnRelease`. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.apps.releases.notes.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.apps.releases.notes.html index bb6140dfee1..13bc891e6a3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.apps.releases.notes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.apps.releases.notes.html @@ -96,9 +96,9 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ - "releaseNotes": { # The actual release notes body from the user - "releaseNotes": "A String", +{ # The request message for `CreateReleaseNotes`. + "releaseNotes": { # Release notes for a release. # The actual release notes body from the user + "releaseNotes": "A String", # The actual release notes text from the user. }, } @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { + { # The response message for `CreateReleaseNotes`. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.apps.upload_status.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.apps.upload_status.html index b01efd7bdc8..85be523a584 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.apps.upload_status.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.apps.upload_status.html @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { + { # The response message for `GetUploadStatus`. "errorCode": "A String", # The error code associated with (only set on "FAILURE") "message": "A String", # Any additional context for the given upload status (e.g. error message) Meant to be displayed to the client "release": { # Proto defining a release object # The release that was created from the upload (only set on "SUCCESS") diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.projects.apps.releases.tests.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.projects.apps.releases.tests.html index 686c3f19b7a..4d7cf8f2ebb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.projects.apps.releases.tests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.projects.apps.releases.tests.html @@ -244,6 +244,7 @@

Method Details

"username": "A String", # Optional. Username for automated tests }, "name": "A String", # The name of the release test resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/releases/{release_id}/tests/{test_id}` + "testCase": "A String", # Optional. The test case that was used to generate this release test. Note: The test case may have changed or been deleted since the release test was created. Format: `projects/{project_number}/apps/{app}/testCases/{test_case}` "testState": "A String", # Output only. The state of the release test. } @@ -375,6 +376,7 @@

Method Details

"username": "A String", # Optional. Username for automated tests }, "name": "A String", # The name of the release test resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/releases/{release_id}/tests/{test_id}` + "testCase": "A String", # Optional. The test case that was used to generate this release test. Note: The test case may have changed or been deleted since the release test was created. Format: `projects/{project_number}/apps/{app}/testCases/{test_case}` "testState": "A String", # Output only. The state of the release test. } @@ -512,6 +514,7 @@

Method Details

"username": "A String", # Optional. Username for automated tests }, "name": "A String", # The name of the release test resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/releases/{release_id}/tests/{test_id}` + "testCase": "A String", # Optional. The test case that was used to generate this release test. Note: The test case may have changed or been deleted since the release test was created. Format: `projects/{project_number}/apps/{app}/testCases/{test_case}` "testState": "A String", # Output only. The state of the release test. } @@ -659,6 +662,7 @@

Method Details

"username": "A String", # Optional. Username for automated tests }, "name": "A String", # The name of the release test resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/releases/{release_id}/tests/{test_id}` + "testCase": "A String", # Optional. The test case that was used to generate this release test. Note: The test case may have changed or been deleted since the release test was created. Format: `projects/{project_number}/apps/{app}/testCases/{test_case}` "testState": "A String", # Output only. The state of the release test. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebasedatabase_v1beta.html b/docs/dyn/firebasedatabase_v1beta.html index a1c670d6bed..6fc2263083b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firebasedatabase_v1beta.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firebasedatabase_v1beta.html @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ -

Firebase Realtime Database API

+

Firebase Realtime Database Management API

Instance Methods

projects() diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebasedatabase_v1beta.projects.html b/docs/dyn/firebasedatabase_v1beta.projects.html index 22a2e7bb021..816b31ad737 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firebasedatabase_v1beta.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firebasedatabase_v1beta.projects.html @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ -

Firebase Realtime Database API . projects

+

Firebase Realtime Database Management API . projects

Instance Methods

locations() diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebasedatabase_v1beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/firebasedatabase_v1beta.projects.locations.html index f598f1e24ff..0b6f2bccf40 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firebasedatabase_v1beta.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firebasedatabase_v1beta.projects.locations.html @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ -

Firebase Realtime Database API . projects . locations

+

Firebase Realtime Database Management API . projects . locations

Instance Methods

instances() diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebasedatabase_v1beta.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/firebasedatabase_v1beta.projects.locations.instances.html index 16ad83306ca..380e6616bad 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firebasedatabase_v1beta.projects.locations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firebasedatabase_v1beta.projects.locations.instances.html @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ -

Firebase Realtime Database API . projects . locations . instances

+

Firebase Realtime Database Management API . projects . locations . instances

Instance Methods

close()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebasehosting_v1.operations.html b/docs/dyn/firebasehosting_v1.operations.html index f78c66061ea..e3310ce93e6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firebasehosting_v1.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firebasehosting_v1.operations.html @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Firebase Hosting API . cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
index adca9f98aa9..a072da15be7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
@@ -150,9 +150,13 @@ 

Method Details

"frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties. "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities. "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message. + "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used. "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema @@ -196,6 +200,13 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], @@ -325,6 +336,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -448,9 +461,13 @@

Method Details

"frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties. "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities. "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message. + "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used. "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema @@ -494,6 +511,13 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], @@ -637,6 +661,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. @@ -917,9 +943,13 @@

Method Details

"frequencyPenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Frequency penalties. "logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities. "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message. + "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used. "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. + "responseModalities": [ # Optional. The modalities of the response. + "A String", + ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema @@ -963,6 +993,13 @@

Method Details

}, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. + "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. + "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. + "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. + }, + }, + }, "stopSequences": [ # Optional. Stop sequences. "A String", ], @@ -1106,6 +1143,8 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. + }, "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source. "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used. diff --git a/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html index 2b97e4f0011..d2a8733dcdd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Resource type. Types are defined in IAM's .service files. Valid values for type might be 'storage_buckets', 'compute_instances', 'resourcemanager_customers', 'billing_accounts', etc. }, "resource": { # IAM resource to check permission on - "expectedNextState": { # The proto or JSON formatted expected next state of the resource, wrapped in a google.protobuf.Any proto, against which the policy rules are evaluated. Services not integrated with custom org policy can omit this field. Services integrated with custom org policy must populate this field for all requests where the API call changes the state of the resource. Custom org policy backend uses these attributes to enforce custom org policies. When a proto is wrapped, it is generally the One Platform API proto. When a JSON string is wrapped, use `google.protobuf.StringValue` for the inner value. For create operations, GCP service is expected to pass resource from customer request as is. For update/patch operations, GCP service is expected to compute the next state with the patch provided by the user. See go/custom-constraints-org-policy-integration-guide for additional details. + "expectedNextState": { # The proto or JSON formatted expected next state of the resource, wrapped in a google.protobuf.Any proto, against which the policy rules are evaluated. Services not integrated with custom org policy can omit this field. Services integrated with custom org policy must populate this field for all requests where the API call changes the state of the resource. Custom org policy backend uses these attributes to enforce custom org policies. For create operations, GCP service is expected to pass resource from customer request as is. For update/patch operations, GCP service is expected to compute the next state with the patch provided by the user. See go/custom-constraints-org-policy-integration-guide for additional details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "labels": { # The service defined labels of the resource on which the conditions will be evaluated. The semantics - including the key names - are vague to IAM. If the effective condition has a reference to a `resource.labels[foo]` construct, IAM consults with this map to retrieve the values associated with `foo` key for Conditions evaluation. If the provided key is not found in the labels map, the condition would evaluate to false. This field is in limited use. If your intended use case is not expected to express resource.labels attribute in IAM Conditions, leave this field empty. Before planning on using this attribute please: * Read go/iam-conditions-labels-comm and ensure your service can meet the data availability and management requirements. * Talk to iam-conditions-eng@ about your use case. @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Resource type. Types are defined in IAM's .service files. Valid values for type might be 'storage_buckets', 'compute_instances', 'resourcemanager_customers', 'billing_accounts', etc. }, "resource": { # IAM resource to check permission on - "expectedNextState": { # The proto or JSON formatted expected next state of the resource, wrapped in a google.protobuf.Any proto, against which the policy rules are evaluated. Services not integrated with custom org policy can omit this field. Services integrated with custom org policy must populate this field for all requests where the API call changes the state of the resource. Custom org policy backend uses these attributes to enforce custom org policies. When a proto is wrapped, it is generally the One Platform API proto. When a JSON string is wrapped, use `google.protobuf.StringValue` for the inner value. For create operations, GCP service is expected to pass resource from customer request as is. For update/patch operations, GCP service is expected to compute the next state with the patch provided by the user. See go/custom-constraints-org-policy-integration-guide for additional details. + "expectedNextState": { # The proto or JSON formatted expected next state of the resource, wrapped in a google.protobuf.Any proto, against which the policy rules are evaluated. Services not integrated with custom org policy can omit this field. Services integrated with custom org policy must populate this field for all requests where the API call changes the state of the resource. Custom org policy backend uses these attributes to enforce custom org policies. For create operations, GCP service is expected to pass resource from customer request as is. For update/patch operations, GCP service is expected to compute the next state with the patch provided by the user. See go/custom-constraints-org-policy-integration-guide for additional details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "labels": { # The service defined labels of the resource on which the conditions will be evaluated. The semantics - including the key names - are vague to IAM. If the effective condition has a reference to a `resource.labels[foo]` construct, IAM consults with this map to retrieve the values associated with `foo` key for Conditions evaluation. If the provided key is not found in the labels map, the condition would evaluate to false. This field is in limited use. If your intended use case is not expected to express resource.labels attribute in IAM Conditions, leave this field empty. Before planning on using this attribute please: * Read go/iam-conditions-labels-comm and ensure your service can meet the data availability and management requirements. * Talk to iam-conditions-eng@ about your use case. @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Resource type. Types are defined in IAM's .service files. Valid values for type might be 'storage_buckets', 'compute_instances', 'resourcemanager_customers', 'billing_accounts', etc. }, "resource": { # IAM resource to check permission on - "expectedNextState": { # The proto or JSON formatted expected next state of the resource, wrapped in a google.protobuf.Any proto, against which the policy rules are evaluated. Services not integrated with custom org policy can omit this field. Services integrated with custom org policy must populate this field for all requests where the API call changes the state of the resource. Custom org policy backend uses these attributes to enforce custom org policies. When a proto is wrapped, it is generally the One Platform API proto. When a JSON string is wrapped, use `google.protobuf.StringValue` for the inner value. For create operations, GCP service is expected to pass resource from customer request as is. For update/patch operations, GCP service is expected to compute the next state with the patch provided by the user. See go/custom-constraints-org-policy-integration-guide for additional details. + "expectedNextState": { # The proto or JSON formatted expected next state of the resource, wrapped in a google.protobuf.Any proto, against which the policy rules are evaluated. Services not integrated with custom org policy can omit this field. Services integrated with custom org policy must populate this field for all requests where the API call changes the state of the resource. Custom org policy backend uses these attributes to enforce custom org policies. For create operations, GCP service is expected to pass resource from customer request as is. For update/patch operations, GCP service is expected to compute the next state with the patch provided by the user. See go/custom-constraints-org-policy-integration-guide for additional details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "labels": { # The service defined labels of the resource on which the conditions will be evaluated. The semantics - including the key names - are vague to IAM. If the effective condition has a reference to a `resource.labels[foo]` construct, IAM consults with this map to retrieve the values associated with `foo` key for Conditions evaluation. If the provided key is not found in the labels map, the condition would evaluate to false. This field is in limited use. If your intended use case is not expected to express resource.labels attribute in IAM Conditions, leave this field empty. Before planning on using this attribute please: * Read go/iam-conditions-labels-comm and ensure your service can meet the data availability and management requirements. * Talk to iam-conditions-eng@ about your use case. diff --git a/docs/dyn/index.md b/docs/dyn/index.md index e285bc15693..20979d35502 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/index.md +++ b/docs/dyn/index.md @@ -824,6 +824,9 @@ * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.html) * [v1alpha](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.html) * [v1beta](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.html) +* [v2](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/metastore_v2.html) +* [v2alpha](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.html) +* [v2beta](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.html) ## migrationcenter diff --git a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.connections.html b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.connections.html index 7b68be27822..766021ba6de 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.connections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.connections.html @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@

Method Details

"connectorVersion": "A String", # Required. Connector version on which the connection is created. The format is: projects/*/locations/*/providers/*/connectors/*/versions/* Only global location is supported for ConnectorVersion resource. "connectorVersionInfraConfig": { # This cofiguration provides infra configs like rate limit threshold which need to be configurable for every connector version # Output only. Infra configs supported by Connector Version. "connectionRatelimitWindowSeconds": "A String", # Output only. The window used for ratelimiting runtime requests to connections. - "deploymentModel": "A String", # Optional. Indicates whether connector is deployed on GKE/CloudRun + "deploymentModel": "A String", # Output only. Indicates whether connector is deployed on GKE/CloudRun "deploymentModelMigrationState": "A String", # Output only. Status of the deployment model migration. "hpaConfig": { # Autoscaling config for connector deployment system metrics. # Output only. HPA autoscaling config. "cpuUtilizationThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Percent CPU utilization where HPA triggers autoscaling. @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@

Method Details

], "envoyImageLocation": "A String", # Output only. GCR location where the envoy image is stored. formatted like: gcr.io/{bucketName}/{imageName} "eventingConfig": { # Eventing Configuration of a connection # Optional. Eventing config of a connection - "additionalVariables": [ # Additional eventing related field values + "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional eventing related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@

Method Details

"stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. }, ], - "authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Auth details for the webhook adapter. + "authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Auth details for the webhook adapter. "additionalVariables": [ # List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@

Method Details

"projectId": "A String", # Optional. Project which has the topic given. "topic": "A String", # Optional. Topic to push events which couldn't be processed. }, - "enrichmentEnabled": True or False, # Enrichment Enabled. + "enrichmentEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Enrichment Enabled. "eventsListenerIngressEndpoint": "A String", # Optional. Ingress endpoint of the event listener. This is used only when private connectivity is enabled. "listenerAuthConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Auth details for the event listener. "additionalVariables": [ # List containing additional auth configs. @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@

Method Details

], "key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, - "registrationDestinationConfig": { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. # Registration endpoint for auto registration. + "registrationDestinationConfig": { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. # Optional. Registration endpoint for auto registration. "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. { "host": "A String", # For publicly routable host. @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Service account needed for runtime plane to access Google Cloud resources. "serviceDirectory": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Service Directory service name. Used for Private Harpoon to resolve the ILB address. e.g. "projects/cloud-connectors-e2e-testing/locations/us-central1/namespaces/istio-system/services/istio-ingressgateway-connectors" "sslConfig": { # SSL Configuration of a connection # Optional. Ssl config of a connection - "additionalVariables": [ # Additional SSL related field values + "additionalVariables": [ # Optional. Additional SSL related field values { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. @@ -561,23 +561,23 @@

Method Details

"stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. }, ], - "clientCertType": "A String", # Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) - "clientCertificate": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Client Certificate + "clientCertType": "A String", # Optional. Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) + "clientCertificate": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Client Certificate "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "clientPrivateKey": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Client Private Key + "clientPrivateKey": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Client Private Key "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "clientPrivateKeyPass": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Secret containing the passphrase protecting the Client Private Key + "clientPrivateKeyPass": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Secret containing the passphrase protecting the Client Private Key "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "privateServerCertificate": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Private Server Certificate. Needs to be specified if trust model is `PRIVATE`. + "privateServerCertificate": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. Private Server Certificate. Needs to be specified if trust model is `PRIVATE`. "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. }, - "serverCertType": "A String", # Type of Server Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) - "trustModel": "A String", # Trust Model of the SSL connection - "type": "A String", # Controls the ssl type for the given connector version. - "useSsl": True or False, # Bool for enabling SSL + "serverCertType": "A String", # Optional. Type of Server Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.) + "trustModel": "A String", # Optional. Trust Model of the SSL connection + "type": "A String", # Optional. Controls the ssl type for the given connector version. + "useSsl": True or False, # Optional. Bool for enabling SSL }, "status": { # ConnectionStatus indicates the state of the connection. # Output only. Current status of the connection. "description": "A String", # Description. diff --git a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.html index 30d7e8fd89a..18320ab2a1a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -127,6 +127,9 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ generateOpenApiSpec(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Generate OpenAPI spec for the requested integrations and api triggers

getClients(parent, x__xgafv=None)

Gets the client configuration for the given project and location resource name

@@ -136,6 +139,40 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ generateOpenApiSpec(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Generate OpenAPI spec for the requested integrations and api triggers
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Project and location from which the integrations should be fetched. Format: projects/{project}/location/{location} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for GenerateOpenApiSpec.
+  "apiTriggerResources": [ # Required. List of api triggers
+    { # List of API triggerID and their workflow resource name.
+      "integrationResource": "A String", # Required. Integration where the API is published
+      "triggerId": [ # Required. Trigger Id of the API trigger(s) in the integration
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "fileFormat": "A String", # Required. File format for generated spec.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response of the GenerateOpenApiSpec API.
+  "openApiSpec": "A String", # Open API spec as per the required format
+}
+
+
getClients(parent, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the client configuration for the given project and location resource name
diff --git a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.integrations.html b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.integrations.html
index fad43fbd6fa..0fd4f95c8ed 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.integrations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.integrations.html
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ 

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # The request for scheduling an integration. Next available id: 11 +{ # The request for scheduling an integration. "inputParameters": { # Optional. Input parameters used by integration execution. "a_key": { # The type of the parameter. "booleanArray": { # This message only contains a field of boolean array. # Boolean Array. diff --git a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.integrations.versions.testCases.html b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.integrations.versions.testCases.html index 370d030c6c8..ecc753b75de 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.integrations.versions.testCases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.integrations.versions.testCases.html @@ -182,8 +182,8 @@

Method Details

"testTaskConfigs": [ # Optional. However, the test case doesn't mock or assert anything without test_task_configs. { # The task mock configuration details and assertions for functional tests. Next available id: 6 "assertions": [ # Optional. List of conditions or expressions which should be evaluated to true unless there is a bug/problem in the integration. These are evaluated one the task execution is completed as per the mock strategy in test case - { # An assertion which will check for a condition over task execution status or an expression for task output variables Next available id: 5 - "assertionStrategy": "A String", # The type of assertion to perform. + { # An assertion which will check for a condition over task execution status or an expression for task output variables + "assertionStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The type of assertion to perform. "condition": "A String", # Optional. Standard filter expression for ASSERT_CONDITION to succeed "parameter": { # This message is used for processing and persisting (when applicable) key value pair parameters for each event in the event bus. Next available id: 4 # Optional. Key-value pair for ASSERT_EQUALS, ASSERT_NOT_EQUALS, ASSERT_CONTAINS to succeed "key": "A String", # Key is used to retrieve the corresponding parameter value. This should be unique for a given fired event. These parameters must be predefined in the integration definition. @@ -474,8 +474,8 @@

Method Details

"testTaskConfigs": [ # Optional. However, the test case doesn't mock or assert anything without test_task_configs. { # The task mock configuration details and assertions for functional tests. Next available id: 6 "assertions": [ # Optional. List of conditions or expressions which should be evaluated to true unless there is a bug/problem in the integration. These are evaluated one the task execution is completed as per the mock strategy in test case - { # An assertion which will check for a condition over task execution status or an expression for task output variables Next available id: 5 - "assertionStrategy": "A String", # The type of assertion to perform. + { # An assertion which will check for a condition over task execution status or an expression for task output variables + "assertionStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The type of assertion to perform. "condition": "A String", # Optional. Standard filter expression for ASSERT_CONDITION to succeed "parameter": { # This message is used for processing and persisting (when applicable) key value pair parameters for each event in the event bus. Next available id: 4 # Optional. Key-value pair for ASSERT_EQUALS, ASSERT_NOT_EQUALS, ASSERT_CONTAINS to succeed "key": "A String", # Key is used to retrieve the corresponding parameter value. This should be unique for a given fired event. These parameters must be predefined in the integration definition. @@ -798,8 +798,8 @@

Method Details

{ # The response for executing a functional test. "assertionResults": [ # Results of each assertions ran during execution of test case. { # The result of an assertion. - "assertion": { # An assertion which will check for a condition over task execution status or an expression for task output variables Next available id: 5 # Assertion that was run. - "assertionStrategy": "A String", # The type of assertion to perform. + "assertion": { # An assertion which will check for a condition over task execution status or an expression for task output variables # Assertion that was run. + "assertionStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The type of assertion to perform. "condition": "A String", # Optional. Standard filter expression for ASSERT_CONDITION to succeed "parameter": { # This message is used for processing and persisting (when applicable) key value pair parameters for each event in the event bus. Next available id: 4 # Optional. Key-value pair for ASSERT_EQUALS, ASSERT_NOT_EQUALS, ASSERT_CONTAINS to succeed "key": "A String", # Key is used to retrieve the corresponding parameter value. This should be unique for a given fired event. These parameters must be predefined in the integration definition. @@ -916,8 +916,8 @@

Method Details

"testTaskConfigs": [ # Optional. However, the test case doesn't mock or assert anything without test_task_configs. { # The task mock configuration details and assertions for functional tests. Next available id: 6 "assertions": [ # Optional. List of conditions or expressions which should be evaluated to true unless there is a bug/problem in the integration. These are evaluated one the task execution is completed as per the mock strategy in test case - { # An assertion which will check for a condition over task execution status or an expression for task output variables Next available id: 5 - "assertionStrategy": "A String", # The type of assertion to perform. + { # An assertion which will check for a condition over task execution status or an expression for task output variables + "assertionStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The type of assertion to perform. "condition": "A String", # Optional. Standard filter expression for ASSERT_CONDITION to succeed "parameter": { # This message is used for processing and persisting (when applicable) key value pair parameters for each event in the event bus. Next available id: 4 # Optional. Key-value pair for ASSERT_EQUALS, ASSERT_NOT_EQUALS, ASSERT_CONTAINS to succeed "key": "A String", # Key is used to retrieve the corresponding parameter value. This should be unique for a given fired event. These parameters must be predefined in the integration definition. @@ -1222,8 +1222,8 @@

Method Details

"testTaskConfigs": [ # Optional. However, the test case doesn't mock or assert anything without test_task_configs. { # The task mock configuration details and assertions for functional tests. Next available id: 6 "assertions": [ # Optional. List of conditions or expressions which should be evaluated to true unless there is a bug/problem in the integration. These are evaluated one the task execution is completed as per the mock strategy in test case - { # An assertion which will check for a condition over task execution status or an expression for task output variables Next available id: 5 - "assertionStrategy": "A String", # The type of assertion to perform. + { # An assertion which will check for a condition over task execution status or an expression for task output variables + "assertionStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The type of assertion to perform. "condition": "A String", # Optional. Standard filter expression for ASSERT_CONDITION to succeed "parameter": { # This message is used for processing and persisting (when applicable) key value pair parameters for each event in the event bus. Next available id: 4 # Optional. Key-value pair for ASSERT_EQUALS, ASSERT_NOT_EQUALS, ASSERT_CONTAINS to succeed "key": "A String", # Key is used to retrieve the corresponding parameter value. This should be unique for a given fired event. These parameters must be predefined in the integration definition. @@ -1972,8 +1972,8 @@

Method Details

"testTaskConfigs": [ # Optional. However, the test case doesn't mock or assert anything without test_task_configs. { # The task mock configuration details and assertions for functional tests. Next available id: 6 "assertions": [ # Optional. List of conditions or expressions which should be evaluated to true unless there is a bug/problem in the integration. These are evaluated one the task execution is completed as per the mock strategy in test case - { # An assertion which will check for a condition over task execution status or an expression for task output variables Next available id: 5 - "assertionStrategy": "A String", # The type of assertion to perform. + { # An assertion which will check for a condition over task execution status or an expression for task output variables + "assertionStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The type of assertion to perform. "condition": "A String", # Optional. Standard filter expression for ASSERT_CONDITION to succeed "parameter": { # This message is used for processing and persisting (when applicable) key value pair parameters for each event in the event bus. Next available id: 4 # Optional. Key-value pair for ASSERT_EQUALS, ASSERT_NOT_EQUALS, ASSERT_CONTAINS to succeed "key": "A String", # Key is used to retrieve the corresponding parameter value. This should be unique for a given fired event. These parameters must be predefined in the integration definition. @@ -2264,8 +2264,8 @@

Method Details

"testTaskConfigs": [ # Optional. However, the test case doesn't mock or assert anything without test_task_configs. { # The task mock configuration details and assertions for functional tests. Next available id: 6 "assertions": [ # Optional. List of conditions or expressions which should be evaluated to true unless there is a bug/problem in the integration. These are evaluated one the task execution is completed as per the mock strategy in test case - { # An assertion which will check for a condition over task execution status or an expression for task output variables Next available id: 5 - "assertionStrategy": "A String", # The type of assertion to perform. + { # An assertion which will check for a condition over task execution status or an expression for task output variables + "assertionStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The type of assertion to perform. "condition": "A String", # Optional. Standard filter expression for ASSERT_CONDITION to succeed "parameter": { # This message is used for processing and persisting (when applicable) key value pair parameters for each event in the event bus. Next available id: 4 # Optional. Key-value pair for ASSERT_EQUALS, ASSERT_NOT_EQUALS, ASSERT_CONTAINS to succeed "key": "A String", # Key is used to retrieve the corresponding parameter value. This should be unique for a given fired event. These parameters must be predefined in the integration definition. @@ -2568,8 +2568,8 @@

Method Details

"testTaskConfigs": [ # Optional. However, the test case doesn't mock or assert anything without test_task_configs. { # The task mock configuration details and assertions for functional tests. Next available id: 6 "assertions": [ # Optional. List of conditions or expressions which should be evaluated to true unless there is a bug/problem in the integration. These are evaluated one the task execution is completed as per the mock strategy in test case - { # An assertion which will check for a condition over task execution status or an expression for task output variables Next available id: 5 - "assertionStrategy": "A String", # The type of assertion to perform. + { # An assertion which will check for a condition over task execution status or an expression for task output variables + "assertionStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The type of assertion to perform. "condition": "A String", # Optional. Standard filter expression for ASSERT_CONDITION to succeed "parameter": { # This message is used for processing and persisting (when applicable) key value pair parameters for each event in the event bus. Next available id: 4 # Optional. Key-value pair for ASSERT_EQUALS, ASSERT_NOT_EQUALS, ASSERT_CONTAINS to succeed "key": "A String", # Key is used to retrieve the corresponding parameter value. This should be unique for a given fired event. These parameters must be predefined in the integration definition. @@ -2875,8 +2875,8 @@

Method Details

"testTaskConfigs": [ # Optional. However, the test case doesn't mock or assert anything without test_task_configs. { # The task mock configuration details and assertions for functional tests. Next available id: 6 "assertions": [ # Optional. List of conditions or expressions which should be evaluated to true unless there is a bug/problem in the integration. These are evaluated one the task execution is completed as per the mock strategy in test case - { # An assertion which will check for a condition over task execution status or an expression for task output variables Next available id: 5 - "assertionStrategy": "A String", # The type of assertion to perform. + { # An assertion which will check for a condition over task execution status or an expression for task output variables + "assertionStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The type of assertion to perform. "condition": "A String", # Optional. Standard filter expression for ASSERT_CONDITION to succeed "parameter": { # This message is used for processing and persisting (when applicable) key value pair parameters for each event in the event bus. Next available id: 4 # Optional. Key-value pair for ASSERT_EQUALS, ASSERT_NOT_EQUALS, ASSERT_CONTAINS to succeed "key": "A String", # Key is used to retrieve the corresponding parameter value. This should be unique for a given fired event. These parameters must be predefined in the integration definition. diff --git a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.products.integrations.html b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.products.integrations.html index 8356f8f4c69..538c0f2b913 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.products.integrations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.products.integrations.html @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # The request for scheduling an integration. Next available id: 11 +{ # The request for scheduling an integration. "inputParameters": { # Optional. Input parameters used by integration execution. "a_key": { # The type of the parameter. "booleanArray": { # This message only contains a field of boolean array. # Boolean Array. diff --git a/docs/dyn/localservices_v1.detailedLeadReports.html b/docs/dyn/localservices_v1.detailedLeadReports.html index cb657b2020c..569c3f6decd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/localservices_v1.detailedLeadReports.html +++ b/docs/dyn/localservices_v1.detailedLeadReports.html @@ -148,8 +148,8 @@

Method Details

"consumerPhoneNumber": "A String", # Consumer phone number associated with the phone lead. }, "timezone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Timezone of the particular provider associated to a lead. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.services.html index e4824f3f54b..b8c1ef58961 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.services.html @@ -1175,7 +1175,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.Restore. +{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.RestoreService. "backup": "A String", # Optional. The relative resource name of the metastore service backup to restore from, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}. Mutually exclusive with backup_location, and exactly one of the two must be set. "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI specifying the location of the backup artifacts, namely - backup avro files under "avro/", backup_metastore.json and service.json, in the following form:gs://. Mutually exclusive with backup, and exactly one of the two must be set. "requestId": "A String", # Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format). A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported. diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html index 39d831814c6..284ba7d0091 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html @@ -1304,7 +1304,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.Restore. +{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.RestoreService. "backup": "A String", # Optional. The relative resource name of the metastore service backup to restore from, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}. Mutually exclusive with backup_location, and exactly one of the two must be set. "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI specifying the location of the backup artifacts, namely - backup avro files under "avro/", backup_metastore.json and service.json, in the following form:gs://. Mutually exclusive with backup, and exactly one of the two must be set. "requestId": "A String", # Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format). A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported. diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html index b5b648630d6..4950e31c734 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html @@ -1304,7 +1304,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.Restore. +{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.RestoreService. "backup": "A String", # Optional. The relative resource name of the metastore service backup to restore from, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}. Mutually exclusive with backup_location, and exactly one of the two must be set. "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI specifying the location of the backup artifacts, namely - backup avro files under "avro/", backup_metastore.json and service.json, in the following form:gs://. Mutually exclusive with backup, and exactly one of the two must be set. "requestId": "A String", # Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format). A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported. diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v2.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8ab14dfc4cc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2.html @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + + + +

Dataproc Metastore API

+

Instance Methods

+

+ projects() +

+

Returns the projects Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ new_batch_http_request()

+

Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ new_batch_http_request() +
Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+                Args:
+                  callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+                    form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+                    request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+                    third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+                    error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+                    occurred.
+
+                Returns:
+                  A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+                
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v2.projects.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2.projects.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5debde644a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2.projects.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Dataproc Metastore API . projects

+

Instance Methods

+

+ locations() +

+

Returns the locations Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2.projects.locations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3381c2a1e7d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2.projects.locations.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Dataproc Metastore API . projects . locations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ services() +

+

Returns the services Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v2.projects.locations.services.backups.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2.projects.locations.services.backups.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..964c08e4b5d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2.projects.locations.services.backups.html @@ -0,0 +1,452 @@ + + + +

Dataproc Metastore API . projects . locations . services . backups

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, backupId=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new backup in a given project and location.

+

+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single backup.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single backup.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists backups in a service.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, backupId=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new backup in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The relative resource name of the service in which to create a backup of the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The details of a backup resource.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+  "description": "A String", # The description of the backup.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup finished creating.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the backup, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}
+  "restoringServices": [ # Output only. Services that are restoring from the backup.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "serviceRevision": { # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries. # Output only. The revision of the service at the time of backup.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+    "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
+    },
+    "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the metastore service.
+      { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+        "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+        "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+      },
+    ],
+    "hiveMetastoreConfig": { # Specifies configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service. # Configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service.
+      "auxiliaryVersions": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore version to the auxiliary version configuration. When specified, a secondary Hive metastore service is created along with the primary service. All auxiliary versions must be less than the service's primary version. The key is the auxiliary service name and it must match the regular expression a-z?. This means that the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be hyphens, lowercase letters, or digits, except the last character, which cannot be a hyphen.
+        "a_key": { # Configuration information for the auxiliary service versions.
+          "configOverrides": { # A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the auxiliary Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml) in addition to the primary version's overrides. If keys are present in both the auxiliary version's overrides and the primary version's overrides, the value from the auxiliary version's overrides takes precedence.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the auxiliary metastore service, includes version and region data.
+            { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+              "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+              "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+            },
+          ],
+          "version": "A String", # The Hive metastore version of the auxiliary service. It must be less than the primary Hive metastore service's version.
+        },
+      },
+      "configOverrides": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml). The mappings override system defaults (some keys cannot be overridden). These overrides are also applied to auxiliary versions and can be further customized in the auxiliary version's AuxiliaryVersionConfig.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "endpointProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The protocol to use for the metastore service endpoint. If unspecified, defaults to GRPC.
+      "version": "A String", # Immutable. The Hive metastore schema version.
+    },
+    "labels": { # User-defined labels for the metastore service.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "metadataIntegration": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services. # Optional. The setting that defines how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services and systems.
+      "dataCatalogConfig": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service. # Optional. The integration config for the Data Catalog service.
+        "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the metastore metadata should be synced to Data Catalog. The default value is to disable syncing metastore metadata to Data Catalog.
+      },
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.
+    "scalingConfig": { # Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. Scaling configuration of the metastore service.
+      "scalingFactor": 42, # Optional. Scaling factor from 1 to 5, increments of 1.
+    },
+    "scheduledBackup": { # This specifies the configuration of scheduled backup. # Optional. The configuration of scheduled backup for the metastore service.
+      "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing backup files will be stored below it.
+      "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. The scheduled interval in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron The default is empty: scheduled backup is not enabled. Must be specified to enable scheduled backups.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the scheduled backup is enabled. The default value is false.
+      "latestBackup": { # The details of the latest scheduled backup. # Output only. The details of the latest scheduled backup.
+        "backupId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of an in-progress scheduled backup. Empty if no backup is in progress.
+        "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the backup completion.
+        "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+        "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+      },
+      "nextScheduledTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the next backups execution is scheduled to start.
+      "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the time zone to be used when interpreting cron_schedule. Must be a time zone name from the time zone database (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones), e.g. America/Los_Angeles or Africa/Abidjan. If left unspecified, the default is UTC.
+    },
+    "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service.
+    "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the metastore service, if available.
+    "uid": "A String", # Output only. The globally unique resource identifier of the metastore service.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was last updated.
+    "warehouseGcsUri": "A String", # Required. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies the default warehouse directory of the Hive Metastore.
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+}
+
+  backupId: string, Required. The ID of the backup, which is used as the final component of the backup's name.This value must be between 1 and 64 characters long, begin with a letter, end with a letter or number, and consist of alpha-numeric ASCII characters or hyphens.
+  requestId: string, Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single backup.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The relative resource name of the backup to delete, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}. (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single backup.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The relative resource name of the backup to retrieve, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The details of a backup resource.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+  "description": "A String", # The description of the backup.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup finished creating.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the backup, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}
+  "restoringServices": [ # Output only. Services that are restoring from the backup.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "serviceRevision": { # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries. # Output only. The revision of the service at the time of backup.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+    "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
+    },
+    "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the metastore service.
+      { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+        "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+        "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+      },
+    ],
+    "hiveMetastoreConfig": { # Specifies configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service. # Configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service.
+      "auxiliaryVersions": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore version to the auxiliary version configuration. When specified, a secondary Hive metastore service is created along with the primary service. All auxiliary versions must be less than the service's primary version. The key is the auxiliary service name and it must match the regular expression a-z?. This means that the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be hyphens, lowercase letters, or digits, except the last character, which cannot be a hyphen.
+        "a_key": { # Configuration information for the auxiliary service versions.
+          "configOverrides": { # A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the auxiliary Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml) in addition to the primary version's overrides. If keys are present in both the auxiliary version's overrides and the primary version's overrides, the value from the auxiliary version's overrides takes precedence.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the auxiliary metastore service, includes version and region data.
+            { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+              "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+              "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+            },
+          ],
+          "version": "A String", # The Hive metastore version of the auxiliary service. It must be less than the primary Hive metastore service's version.
+        },
+      },
+      "configOverrides": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml). The mappings override system defaults (some keys cannot be overridden). These overrides are also applied to auxiliary versions and can be further customized in the auxiliary version's AuxiliaryVersionConfig.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "endpointProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The protocol to use for the metastore service endpoint. If unspecified, defaults to GRPC.
+      "version": "A String", # Immutable. The Hive metastore schema version.
+    },
+    "labels": { # User-defined labels for the metastore service.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "metadataIntegration": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services. # Optional. The setting that defines how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services and systems.
+      "dataCatalogConfig": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service. # Optional. The integration config for the Data Catalog service.
+        "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the metastore metadata should be synced to Data Catalog. The default value is to disable syncing metastore metadata to Data Catalog.
+      },
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.
+    "scalingConfig": { # Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. Scaling configuration of the metastore service.
+      "scalingFactor": 42, # Optional. Scaling factor from 1 to 5, increments of 1.
+    },
+    "scheduledBackup": { # This specifies the configuration of scheduled backup. # Optional. The configuration of scheduled backup for the metastore service.
+      "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing backup files will be stored below it.
+      "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. The scheduled interval in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron The default is empty: scheduled backup is not enabled. Must be specified to enable scheduled backups.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the scheduled backup is enabled. The default value is false.
+      "latestBackup": { # The details of the latest scheduled backup. # Output only. The details of the latest scheduled backup.
+        "backupId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of an in-progress scheduled backup. Empty if no backup is in progress.
+        "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the backup completion.
+        "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+        "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+      },
+      "nextScheduledTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the next backups execution is scheduled to start.
+      "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the time zone to be used when interpreting cron_schedule. Must be a time zone name from the time zone database (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones), e.g. America/Los_Angeles or Africa/Abidjan. If left unspecified, the default is UTC.
+    },
+    "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service.
+    "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the metastore service, if available.
+    "uid": "A String", # Output only. The globally unique resource identifier of the metastore service.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was last updated.
+    "warehouseGcsUri": "A String", # Required. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies the default warehouse directory of the Hive Metastore.
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists backups in a service.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The relative resource name of the service whose backups to list, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. The filter to apply to list results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Specify the ordering of results as described in Sorting Order (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order). If not specified, the results will be sorted in the default order.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of backups to return. The response may contain less than the maximum number. If unspecified, no more than 500 backups are returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 are changed to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous DataprocMetastore.ListBackups call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.To retrieve the first page, supply an empty page token.When paginating, other parameters provided to DataprocMetastore.ListBackups must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for DataprocMetastore.ListBackups.
+  "backups": [ # The backups of the specified service.
+    { # The details of a backup resource.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+      "description": "A String", # The description of the backup.
+      "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup finished creating.
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the backup, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}
+      "restoringServices": [ # Output only. Services that are restoring from the backup.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "serviceRevision": { # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries. # Output only. The revision of the service at the time of backup.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+        "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
+        },
+        "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the metastore service.
+          { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+            "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+            "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+          },
+        ],
+        "hiveMetastoreConfig": { # Specifies configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service. # Configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service.
+          "auxiliaryVersions": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore version to the auxiliary version configuration. When specified, a secondary Hive metastore service is created along with the primary service. All auxiliary versions must be less than the service's primary version. The key is the auxiliary service name and it must match the regular expression a-z?. This means that the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be hyphens, lowercase letters, or digits, except the last character, which cannot be a hyphen.
+            "a_key": { # Configuration information for the auxiliary service versions.
+              "configOverrides": { # A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the auxiliary Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml) in addition to the primary version's overrides. If keys are present in both the auxiliary version's overrides and the primary version's overrides, the value from the auxiliary version's overrides takes precedence.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the auxiliary metastore service, includes version and region data.
+                { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+                  "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+                  "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+                },
+              ],
+              "version": "A String", # The Hive metastore version of the auxiliary service. It must be less than the primary Hive metastore service's version.
+            },
+          },
+          "configOverrides": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml). The mappings override system defaults (some keys cannot be overridden). These overrides are also applied to auxiliary versions and can be further customized in the auxiliary version's AuxiliaryVersionConfig.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "endpointProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The protocol to use for the metastore service endpoint. If unspecified, defaults to GRPC.
+          "version": "A String", # Immutable. The Hive metastore schema version.
+        },
+        "labels": { # User-defined labels for the metastore service.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "metadataIntegration": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services. # Optional. The setting that defines how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services and systems.
+          "dataCatalogConfig": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service. # Optional. The integration config for the Data Catalog service.
+            "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the metastore metadata should be synced to Data Catalog. The default value is to disable syncing metastore metadata to Data Catalog.
+          },
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.
+        "scalingConfig": { # Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. Scaling configuration of the metastore service.
+          "scalingFactor": 42, # Optional. Scaling factor from 1 to 5, increments of 1.
+        },
+        "scheduledBackup": { # This specifies the configuration of scheduled backup. # Optional. The configuration of scheduled backup for the metastore service.
+          "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing backup files will be stored below it.
+          "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. The scheduled interval in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron The default is empty: scheduled backup is not enabled. Must be specified to enable scheduled backups.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the scheduled backup is enabled. The default value is false.
+          "latestBackup": { # The details of the latest scheduled backup. # Output only. The details of the latest scheduled backup.
+            "backupId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of an in-progress scheduled backup. Empty if no backup is in progress.
+            "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the backup completion.
+            "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+            "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+          },
+          "nextScheduledTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the next backups execution is scheduled to start.
+          "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the time zone to be used when interpreting cron_schedule. Must be a time zone name from the time zone database (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones), e.g. America/Los_Angeles or Africa/Abidjan. If left unspecified, the default is UTC.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service.
+        "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the metastore service, if available.
+        "uid": "A String", # Output only. The globally unique resource identifier of the metastore service.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was last updated.
+        "warehouseGcsUri": "A String", # Required. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies the default warehouse directory of the Hive Metastore.
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v2.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2.projects.locations.services.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5258a629cf8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2.projects.locations.services.html @@ -0,0 +1,865 @@ + + + +

Dataproc Metastore API . projects . locations . services

+

Instance Methods

+

+ backups() +

+

Returns the backups Resource.

+ +

+ alterLocation(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Alter metadata resource location. The metadata resource can be a database, table, or partition. This functionality only updates the parent directory for the respective metadata resource and does not transfer any existing data to the new location.

+

+ alterTableProperties(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Alter metadata table properties.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, serviceId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a metastore service in a project and location.

+

+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single service.

+

+ exportMetadata(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Exports metadata from a service.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the details of a single service.

+

+ importMetadata(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Imports Metadata into a Dataproc Metastore service.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists services in a project and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ moveTableToDatabase(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Move a table to another database.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the parameters of a single service.

+

+ queryMetadata(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Query Dataproc Metastore metadata.

+

+ restore(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Restores a service from a backup.

+

Method Details

+
+ alterLocation(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Alter metadata resource location. The metadata resource can be a database, table, or partition. This functionality only updates the parent directory for the respective metadata resource and does not transfer any existing data to the new location.
+
+Args:
+  service: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to mutate metadata, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.AlterMetadataResourceLocation.
+  "locationUri": "A String", # Required. The new location URI for the metadata resource.
+  "resourceName": "A String", # Required. The relative metadata resource name in the following format.databases/{database_id} or databases/{database_id}/tables/{table_id} or databases/{database_id}/tables/{table_id}/partitions/{partition_id}
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ alterTableProperties(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Alter metadata table properties.
+
+Args:
+  service: string, Required. The relative resource name of the Dataproc Metastore service that's being used to mutate metadata table properties, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.AlterTableProperties.
+  "properties": { # A map that describes the desired values to mutate. If update_mask is empty, the properties will not update. Otherwise, the properties only alters the value whose associated paths exist in the update mask
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "tableName": "A String", # Required. The name of the table containing the properties you're altering in the following format.databases/{database_id}/tables/{table_id}
+  "updateMask": "A String", # A field mask that specifies the metadata table properties that are overwritten by the update. Fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource (not to the full request). A field is overwritten if it is in the mask.For example, given the target properties: properties { a: 1 b: 2 } And an update properties: properties { a: 2 b: 3 c: 4 } then if the field mask is:paths: "properties.b", "properties.c"then the result will be: properties { a: 1 b: 3 c: 4 }
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, serviceId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a metastore service in a project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The relative resource name of the location in which to create a metastore service, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+  "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
+  },
+  "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the metastore service.
+    { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+      "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+      "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+    },
+  ],
+  "hiveMetastoreConfig": { # Specifies configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service. # Configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service.
+    "auxiliaryVersions": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore version to the auxiliary version configuration. When specified, a secondary Hive metastore service is created along with the primary service. All auxiliary versions must be less than the service's primary version. The key is the auxiliary service name and it must match the regular expression a-z?. This means that the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be hyphens, lowercase letters, or digits, except the last character, which cannot be a hyphen.
+      "a_key": { # Configuration information for the auxiliary service versions.
+        "configOverrides": { # A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the auxiliary Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml) in addition to the primary version's overrides. If keys are present in both the auxiliary version's overrides and the primary version's overrides, the value from the auxiliary version's overrides takes precedence.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the auxiliary metastore service, includes version and region data.
+          { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+            "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+            "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+          },
+        ],
+        "version": "A String", # The Hive metastore version of the auxiliary service. It must be less than the primary Hive metastore service's version.
+      },
+    },
+    "configOverrides": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml). The mappings override system defaults (some keys cannot be overridden). These overrides are also applied to auxiliary versions and can be further customized in the auxiliary version's AuxiliaryVersionConfig.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "endpointProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The protocol to use for the metastore service endpoint. If unspecified, defaults to GRPC.
+    "version": "A String", # Immutable. The Hive metastore schema version.
+  },
+  "labels": { # User-defined labels for the metastore service.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "metadataIntegration": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services. # Optional. The setting that defines how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services and systems.
+    "dataCatalogConfig": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service. # Optional. The integration config for the Data Catalog service.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the metastore metadata should be synced to Data Catalog. The default value is to disable syncing metastore metadata to Data Catalog.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.
+  "scalingConfig": { # Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. Scaling configuration of the metastore service.
+    "scalingFactor": 42, # Optional. Scaling factor from 1 to 5, increments of 1.
+  },
+  "scheduledBackup": { # This specifies the configuration of scheduled backup. # Optional. The configuration of scheduled backup for the metastore service.
+    "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing backup files will be stored below it.
+    "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. The scheduled interval in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron The default is empty: scheduled backup is not enabled. Must be specified to enable scheduled backups.
+    "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the scheduled backup is enabled. The default value is false.
+    "latestBackup": { # The details of the latest scheduled backup. # Output only. The details of the latest scheduled backup.
+      "backupId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of an in-progress scheduled backup. Empty if no backup is in progress.
+      "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the backup completion.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+    },
+    "nextScheduledTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the next backups execution is scheduled to start.
+    "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the time zone to be used when interpreting cron_schedule. Must be a time zone name from the time zone database (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones), e.g. America/Los_Angeles or Africa/Abidjan. If left unspecified, the default is UTC.
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service.
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the metastore service, if available.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The globally unique resource identifier of the metastore service.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was last updated.
+  "warehouseGcsUri": "A String", # Required. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies the default warehouse directory of the Hive Metastore.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+  serviceId: string, Required. The ID of the metastore service, which is used as the final component of the metastore service's name.This value must be between 2 and 63 characters long inclusive, begin with a letter, end with a letter or number, and consist of alpha-numeric ASCII characters or hyphens.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to delete, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ exportMetadata(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Exports metadata from a service.
+
+Args:
+  service: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to run export, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.ExportMetadata.
+  "databaseDumpType": "A String", # Optional. The type of the database dump. If unspecified, defaults to MYSQL.
+  "destinationGcsFolder": "A String", # A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing exported files will be created below it.
+  "requestId": "A String", # Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format). A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the details of a single service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to retrieve, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+  "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
+  },
+  "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the metastore service.
+    { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+      "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+      "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+    },
+  ],
+  "hiveMetastoreConfig": { # Specifies configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service. # Configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service.
+    "auxiliaryVersions": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore version to the auxiliary version configuration. When specified, a secondary Hive metastore service is created along with the primary service. All auxiliary versions must be less than the service's primary version. The key is the auxiliary service name and it must match the regular expression a-z?. This means that the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be hyphens, lowercase letters, or digits, except the last character, which cannot be a hyphen.
+      "a_key": { # Configuration information for the auxiliary service versions.
+        "configOverrides": { # A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the auxiliary Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml) in addition to the primary version's overrides. If keys are present in both the auxiliary version's overrides and the primary version's overrides, the value from the auxiliary version's overrides takes precedence.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the auxiliary metastore service, includes version and region data.
+          { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+            "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+            "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+          },
+        ],
+        "version": "A String", # The Hive metastore version of the auxiliary service. It must be less than the primary Hive metastore service's version.
+      },
+    },
+    "configOverrides": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml). The mappings override system defaults (some keys cannot be overridden). These overrides are also applied to auxiliary versions and can be further customized in the auxiliary version's AuxiliaryVersionConfig.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "endpointProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The protocol to use for the metastore service endpoint. If unspecified, defaults to GRPC.
+    "version": "A String", # Immutable. The Hive metastore schema version.
+  },
+  "labels": { # User-defined labels for the metastore service.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "metadataIntegration": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services. # Optional. The setting that defines how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services and systems.
+    "dataCatalogConfig": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service. # Optional. The integration config for the Data Catalog service.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the metastore metadata should be synced to Data Catalog. The default value is to disable syncing metastore metadata to Data Catalog.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.
+  "scalingConfig": { # Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. Scaling configuration of the metastore service.
+    "scalingFactor": 42, # Optional. Scaling factor from 1 to 5, increments of 1.
+  },
+  "scheduledBackup": { # This specifies the configuration of scheduled backup. # Optional. The configuration of scheduled backup for the metastore service.
+    "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing backup files will be stored below it.
+    "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. The scheduled interval in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron The default is empty: scheduled backup is not enabled. Must be specified to enable scheduled backups.
+    "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the scheduled backup is enabled. The default value is false.
+    "latestBackup": { # The details of the latest scheduled backup. # Output only. The details of the latest scheduled backup.
+      "backupId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of an in-progress scheduled backup. Empty if no backup is in progress.
+      "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the backup completion.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+    },
+    "nextScheduledTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the next backups execution is scheduled to start.
+    "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the time zone to be used when interpreting cron_schedule. Must be a time zone name from the time zone database (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones), e.g. America/Los_Angeles or Africa/Abidjan. If left unspecified, the default is UTC.
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service.
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the metastore service, if available.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The globally unique resource identifier of the metastore service.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was last updated.
+  "warehouseGcsUri": "A String", # Required. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies the default warehouse directory of the Hive Metastore.
+}
+
+ +
+ importMetadata(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Imports Metadata into a Dataproc Metastore service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service to run import, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.CreateMetadataImport.
+  "databaseDump": { # A specification of the location of and metadata about a database dump from a relational database management system. # Immutable. A database dump from a pre-existing metastore's database.
+    "gcsUri": "A String", # Required. A Cloud Storage object or folder URI that specifies the source from which to import metadata. It must begin with gs://.
+    "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the database dump. If unspecified, defaults to MYSQL.
+  },
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the metadata import.
+  "requestId": "A String", # Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format). A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists services in a project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The relative resource name of the location of metastore services to list, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. The filter to apply to list results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Specify the ordering of results as described in Sorting Order (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order). If not specified, the results will be sorted in the default order.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of services to return. The response may contain less than the maximum number. If unspecified, no more than 500 services are returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 are changed to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous DataprocMetastore.ListServices call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.To retrieve the first page, supply an empty page token.When paginating, other parameters provided to DataprocMetastore.ListServices must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for DataprocMetastore.ListServices.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "services": [ # The services in the specified location.
+    { # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+      "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
+      },
+      "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the metastore service.
+        { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+          "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+          "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+        },
+      ],
+      "hiveMetastoreConfig": { # Specifies configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service. # Configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service.
+        "auxiliaryVersions": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore version to the auxiliary version configuration. When specified, a secondary Hive metastore service is created along with the primary service. All auxiliary versions must be less than the service's primary version. The key is the auxiliary service name and it must match the regular expression a-z?. This means that the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be hyphens, lowercase letters, or digits, except the last character, which cannot be a hyphen.
+          "a_key": { # Configuration information for the auxiliary service versions.
+            "configOverrides": { # A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the auxiliary Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml) in addition to the primary version's overrides. If keys are present in both the auxiliary version's overrides and the primary version's overrides, the value from the auxiliary version's overrides takes precedence.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the auxiliary metastore service, includes version and region data.
+              { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+                "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+                "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+              },
+            ],
+            "version": "A String", # The Hive metastore version of the auxiliary service. It must be less than the primary Hive metastore service's version.
+          },
+        },
+        "configOverrides": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml). The mappings override system defaults (some keys cannot be overridden). These overrides are also applied to auxiliary versions and can be further customized in the auxiliary version's AuxiliaryVersionConfig.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "endpointProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The protocol to use for the metastore service endpoint. If unspecified, defaults to GRPC.
+        "version": "A String", # Immutable. The Hive metastore schema version.
+      },
+      "labels": { # User-defined labels for the metastore service.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "metadataIntegration": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services. # Optional. The setting that defines how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services and systems.
+        "dataCatalogConfig": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service. # Optional. The integration config for the Data Catalog service.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the metastore metadata should be synced to Data Catalog. The default value is to disable syncing metastore metadata to Data Catalog.
+        },
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.
+      "scalingConfig": { # Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. Scaling configuration of the metastore service.
+        "scalingFactor": 42, # Optional. Scaling factor from 1 to 5, increments of 1.
+      },
+      "scheduledBackup": { # This specifies the configuration of scheduled backup. # Optional. The configuration of scheduled backup for the metastore service.
+        "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing backup files will be stored below it.
+        "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. The scheduled interval in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron The default is empty: scheduled backup is not enabled. Must be specified to enable scheduled backups.
+        "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the scheduled backup is enabled. The default value is false.
+        "latestBackup": { # The details of the latest scheduled backup. # Output only. The details of the latest scheduled backup.
+          "backupId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of an in-progress scheduled backup. Empty if no backup is in progress.
+          "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the backup completion.
+          "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+          "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+        },
+        "nextScheduledTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the next backups execution is scheduled to start.
+        "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the time zone to be used when interpreting cron_schedule. Must be a time zone name from the time zone database (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones), e.g. America/Los_Angeles or Africa/Abidjan. If left unspecified, the default is UTC.
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service.
+      "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the metastore service, if available.
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. The globally unique resource identifier of the metastore service.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was last updated.
+      "warehouseGcsUri": "A String", # Required. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies the default warehouse directory of the Hive Metastore.
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ moveTableToDatabase(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Move a table to another database.
+
+Args:
+  service: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to mutate metadata, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.MoveTableToDatabase.
+  "dbName": "A String", # Required. The name of the database where the table resides.
+  "destinationDbName": "A String", # Required. The name of the database where the table should be moved.
+  "tableName": "A String", # Required. The name of the table to be moved.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the parameters of a single service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+  "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
+  },
+  "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the metastore service.
+    { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+      "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+      "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+    },
+  ],
+  "hiveMetastoreConfig": { # Specifies configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service. # Configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service.
+    "auxiliaryVersions": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore version to the auxiliary version configuration. When specified, a secondary Hive metastore service is created along with the primary service. All auxiliary versions must be less than the service's primary version. The key is the auxiliary service name and it must match the regular expression a-z?. This means that the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be hyphens, lowercase letters, or digits, except the last character, which cannot be a hyphen.
+      "a_key": { # Configuration information for the auxiliary service versions.
+        "configOverrides": { # A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the auxiliary Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml) in addition to the primary version's overrides. If keys are present in both the auxiliary version's overrides and the primary version's overrides, the value from the auxiliary version's overrides takes precedence.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the auxiliary metastore service, includes version and region data.
+          { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+            "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+            "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+          },
+        ],
+        "version": "A String", # The Hive metastore version of the auxiliary service. It must be less than the primary Hive metastore service's version.
+      },
+    },
+    "configOverrides": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml). The mappings override system defaults (some keys cannot be overridden). These overrides are also applied to auxiliary versions and can be further customized in the auxiliary version's AuxiliaryVersionConfig.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "endpointProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The protocol to use for the metastore service endpoint. If unspecified, defaults to GRPC.
+    "version": "A String", # Immutable. The Hive metastore schema version.
+  },
+  "labels": { # User-defined labels for the metastore service.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "metadataIntegration": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services. # Optional. The setting that defines how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services and systems.
+    "dataCatalogConfig": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service. # Optional. The integration config for the Data Catalog service.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the metastore metadata should be synced to Data Catalog. The default value is to disable syncing metastore metadata to Data Catalog.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.
+  "scalingConfig": { # Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. Scaling configuration of the metastore service.
+    "scalingFactor": 42, # Optional. Scaling factor from 1 to 5, increments of 1.
+  },
+  "scheduledBackup": { # This specifies the configuration of scheduled backup. # Optional. The configuration of scheduled backup for the metastore service.
+    "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing backup files will be stored below it.
+    "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. The scheduled interval in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron The default is empty: scheduled backup is not enabled. Must be specified to enable scheduled backups.
+    "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the scheduled backup is enabled. The default value is false.
+    "latestBackup": { # The details of the latest scheduled backup. # Output only. The details of the latest scheduled backup.
+      "backupId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of an in-progress scheduled backup. Empty if no backup is in progress.
+      "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the backup completion.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+    },
+    "nextScheduledTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the next backups execution is scheduled to start.
+    "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the time zone to be used when interpreting cron_schedule. Must be a time zone name from the time zone database (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones), e.g. America/Los_Angeles or Africa/Abidjan. If left unspecified, the default is UTC.
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service.
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the metastore service, if available.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The globally unique resource identifier of the metastore service.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was last updated.
+  "warehouseGcsUri": "A String", # Required. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies the default warehouse directory of the Hive Metastore.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+  updateMask: string, Required. A field mask used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the metastore service resource by the update. Fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource (not to the full request). A field is overwritten if it is in the mask.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ queryMetadata(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Query Dataproc Metastore metadata.
+
+Args:
+  service: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to query metadata, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.QueryMetadata.
+  "query": "A String", # Required. A read-only SQL query to execute against the metadata database. The query cannot change or mutate the data.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ restore(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Restores a service from a backup.
+
+Args:
+  service: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to run restore, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.Restore.
+  "backup": "A String", # Optional. The relative resource name of the metastore service backup to restore from, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}. Mutually exclusive with backup_location, and exactly one of the two must be set.
+  "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI specifying the location of the backup artifacts, namely - backup avro files under "avro/", backup_metastore.json and service.json, in the following form:gs://. Mutually exclusive with backup, and exactly one of the two must be set.
+  "requestId": "A String", # Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format). A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+  "restoreType": "A String", # Optional. The type of restore. If unspecified, defaults to METADATA_ONLY.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..70100dba2ba --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.html @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + + + +

Dataproc Metastore API

+

Instance Methods

+

+ projects() +

+

Returns the projects Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ new_batch_http_request()

+

Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ new_batch_http_request() +
Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+                Args:
+                  callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+                    form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+                    request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+                    third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+                    error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+                    occurred.
+
+                Returns:
+                  A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+                
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.projects.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.projects.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e65a6f6dbaf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.projects.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Dataproc Metastore API . projects

+

Instance Methods

+

+ locations() +

+

Returns the locations Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.projects.locations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a580fe45fa9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.projects.locations.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Dataproc Metastore API . projects . locations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ services() +

+

Returns the services Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.projects.locations.services.backups.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.projects.locations.services.backups.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e118af3ecec --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.projects.locations.services.backups.html @@ -0,0 +1,476 @@ + + + +

Dataproc Metastore API . projects . locations . services . backups

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, backupId=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new backup in a given project and location.

+

+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single backup.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single backup.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists backups in a service.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, backupId=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new backup in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The relative resource name of the service in which to create a backup of the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The details of a backup resource.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+  "description": "A String", # The description of the backup.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup finished creating.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the backup, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}
+  "restoringServices": [ # Output only. Services that are restoring from the backup.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "serviceRevision": { # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries. # Output only. The revision of the service at the time of backup.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+    "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
+    },
+    "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the metastore service.
+      { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+        "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+        "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+      },
+    ],
+    "hiveMetastoreConfig": { # Specifies configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service. # Configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service.
+      "auxiliaryVersions": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore version to the auxiliary version configuration. When specified, a secondary Hive metastore service is created along with the primary service. All auxiliary versions must be less than the service's primary version. The key is the auxiliary service name and it must match the regular expression a-z?. This means that the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be hyphens, lowercase letters, or digits, except the last character, which cannot be a hyphen.
+        "a_key": { # Configuration information for the auxiliary service versions.
+          "configOverrides": { # A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the auxiliary Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml) in addition to the primary version's overrides. If keys are present in both the auxiliary version's overrides and the primary version's overrides, the value from the auxiliary version's overrides takes precedence.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the auxiliary metastore service, includes version and region data.
+            { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+              "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+              "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+            },
+          ],
+          "version": "A String", # The Hive metastore version of the auxiliary service. It must be less than the primary Hive metastore service's version.
+        },
+      },
+      "configOverrides": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml). The mappings override system defaults (some keys cannot be overridden). These overrides are also applied to auxiliary versions and can be further customized in the auxiliary version's AuxiliaryVersionConfig.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "endpointProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The protocol to use for the metastore service endpoint. If unspecified, defaults to GRPC.
+      "version": "A String", # Immutable. The Hive metastore schema version.
+    },
+    "labels": { # User-defined labels for the metastore service.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "metadataIntegration": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services. # Optional. The setting that defines how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services and systems.
+      "dataCatalogConfig": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service. # Optional. The integration config for the Data Catalog service.
+        "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the metastore metadata should be synced to Data Catalog. The default value is to disable syncing metastore metadata to Data Catalog.
+      },
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.
+    "scalingConfig": { # Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. Scaling configuration of the metastore service.
+      "autoscalingConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The autoscaling configuration.
+        "autoscalingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not autoscaling is enabled for this service.
+        "autoscalingFactor": 42, # Output only. The scaling factor of a service with autoscaling enabled.
+        "limitConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling limit configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The LimitConfig of the service.
+          "maxScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The highest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+          "minScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The lowest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+        },
+      },
+      "scalingFactor": 42, # Optional. Scaling factor from 1 to 5, increments of 1.
+    },
+    "scheduledBackup": { # This specifies the configuration of scheduled backup. # Optional. The configuration of scheduled backup for the metastore service.
+      "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing backup files will be stored below it.
+      "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. The scheduled interval in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron The default is empty: scheduled backup is not enabled. Must be specified to enable scheduled backups.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the scheduled backup is enabled. The default value is false.
+      "latestBackup": { # The details of the latest scheduled backup. # Output only. The details of the latest scheduled backup.
+        "backupId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of an in-progress scheduled backup. Empty if no backup is in progress.
+        "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the backup completion.
+        "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+        "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+      },
+      "nextScheduledTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the next backups execution is scheduled to start.
+      "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the time zone to be used when interpreting cron_schedule. Must be a time zone name from the time zone database (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones), e.g. America/Los_Angeles or Africa/Abidjan. If left unspecified, the default is UTC.
+    },
+    "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service.
+    "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the metastore service, if available.
+    "uid": "A String", # Output only. The globally unique resource identifier of the metastore service.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was last updated.
+    "warehouseGcsUri": "A String", # Required. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies the default warehouse directory of the Hive Metastore.
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+}
+
+  backupId: string, Required. The ID of the backup, which is used as the final component of the backup's name.This value must be between 1 and 64 characters long, begin with a letter, end with a letter or number, and consist of alpha-numeric ASCII characters or hyphens.
+  requestId: string, Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single backup.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The relative resource name of the backup to delete, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}. (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single backup.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The relative resource name of the backup to retrieve, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The details of a backup resource.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+  "description": "A String", # The description of the backup.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup finished creating.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the backup, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}
+  "restoringServices": [ # Output only. Services that are restoring from the backup.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "serviceRevision": { # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries. # Output only. The revision of the service at the time of backup.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+    "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
+    },
+    "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the metastore service.
+      { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+        "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+        "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+      },
+    ],
+    "hiveMetastoreConfig": { # Specifies configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service. # Configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service.
+      "auxiliaryVersions": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore version to the auxiliary version configuration. When specified, a secondary Hive metastore service is created along with the primary service. All auxiliary versions must be less than the service's primary version. The key is the auxiliary service name and it must match the regular expression a-z?. This means that the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be hyphens, lowercase letters, or digits, except the last character, which cannot be a hyphen.
+        "a_key": { # Configuration information for the auxiliary service versions.
+          "configOverrides": { # A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the auxiliary Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml) in addition to the primary version's overrides. If keys are present in both the auxiliary version's overrides and the primary version's overrides, the value from the auxiliary version's overrides takes precedence.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the auxiliary metastore service, includes version and region data.
+            { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+              "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+              "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+            },
+          ],
+          "version": "A String", # The Hive metastore version of the auxiliary service. It must be less than the primary Hive metastore service's version.
+        },
+      },
+      "configOverrides": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml). The mappings override system defaults (some keys cannot be overridden). These overrides are also applied to auxiliary versions and can be further customized in the auxiliary version's AuxiliaryVersionConfig.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "endpointProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The protocol to use for the metastore service endpoint. If unspecified, defaults to GRPC.
+      "version": "A String", # Immutable. The Hive metastore schema version.
+    },
+    "labels": { # User-defined labels for the metastore service.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "metadataIntegration": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services. # Optional. The setting that defines how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services and systems.
+      "dataCatalogConfig": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service. # Optional. The integration config for the Data Catalog service.
+        "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the metastore metadata should be synced to Data Catalog. The default value is to disable syncing metastore metadata to Data Catalog.
+      },
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.
+    "scalingConfig": { # Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. Scaling configuration of the metastore service.
+      "autoscalingConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The autoscaling configuration.
+        "autoscalingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not autoscaling is enabled for this service.
+        "autoscalingFactor": 42, # Output only. The scaling factor of a service with autoscaling enabled.
+        "limitConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling limit configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The LimitConfig of the service.
+          "maxScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The highest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+          "minScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The lowest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+        },
+      },
+      "scalingFactor": 42, # Optional. Scaling factor from 1 to 5, increments of 1.
+    },
+    "scheduledBackup": { # This specifies the configuration of scheduled backup. # Optional. The configuration of scheduled backup for the metastore service.
+      "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing backup files will be stored below it.
+      "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. The scheduled interval in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron The default is empty: scheduled backup is not enabled. Must be specified to enable scheduled backups.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the scheduled backup is enabled. The default value is false.
+      "latestBackup": { # The details of the latest scheduled backup. # Output only. The details of the latest scheduled backup.
+        "backupId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of an in-progress scheduled backup. Empty if no backup is in progress.
+        "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the backup completion.
+        "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+        "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+      },
+      "nextScheduledTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the next backups execution is scheduled to start.
+      "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the time zone to be used when interpreting cron_schedule. Must be a time zone name from the time zone database (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones), e.g. America/Los_Angeles or Africa/Abidjan. If left unspecified, the default is UTC.
+    },
+    "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service.
+    "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the metastore service, if available.
+    "uid": "A String", # Output only. The globally unique resource identifier of the metastore service.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was last updated.
+    "warehouseGcsUri": "A String", # Required. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies the default warehouse directory of the Hive Metastore.
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists backups in a service.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The relative resource name of the service whose backups to list, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. The filter to apply to list results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Specify the ordering of results as described in Sorting Order (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order). If not specified, the results will be sorted in the default order.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of backups to return. The response may contain less than the maximum number. If unspecified, no more than 500 backups are returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 are changed to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous DataprocMetastore.ListBackups call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.To retrieve the first page, supply an empty page token.When paginating, other parameters provided to DataprocMetastore.ListBackups must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for DataprocMetastore.ListBackups.
+  "backups": [ # The backups of the specified service.
+    { # The details of a backup resource.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+      "description": "A String", # The description of the backup.
+      "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup finished creating.
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the backup, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}
+      "restoringServices": [ # Output only. Services that are restoring from the backup.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "serviceRevision": { # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries. # Output only. The revision of the service at the time of backup.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+        "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
+        },
+        "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the metastore service.
+          { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+            "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+            "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+          },
+        ],
+        "hiveMetastoreConfig": { # Specifies configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service. # Configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service.
+          "auxiliaryVersions": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore version to the auxiliary version configuration. When specified, a secondary Hive metastore service is created along with the primary service. All auxiliary versions must be less than the service's primary version. The key is the auxiliary service name and it must match the regular expression a-z?. This means that the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be hyphens, lowercase letters, or digits, except the last character, which cannot be a hyphen.
+            "a_key": { # Configuration information for the auxiliary service versions.
+              "configOverrides": { # A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the auxiliary Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml) in addition to the primary version's overrides. If keys are present in both the auxiliary version's overrides and the primary version's overrides, the value from the auxiliary version's overrides takes precedence.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the auxiliary metastore service, includes version and region data.
+                { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+                  "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+                  "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+                },
+              ],
+              "version": "A String", # The Hive metastore version of the auxiliary service. It must be less than the primary Hive metastore service's version.
+            },
+          },
+          "configOverrides": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml). The mappings override system defaults (some keys cannot be overridden). These overrides are also applied to auxiliary versions and can be further customized in the auxiliary version's AuxiliaryVersionConfig.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "endpointProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The protocol to use for the metastore service endpoint. If unspecified, defaults to GRPC.
+          "version": "A String", # Immutable. The Hive metastore schema version.
+        },
+        "labels": { # User-defined labels for the metastore service.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "metadataIntegration": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services. # Optional. The setting that defines how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services and systems.
+          "dataCatalogConfig": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service. # Optional. The integration config for the Data Catalog service.
+            "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the metastore metadata should be synced to Data Catalog. The default value is to disable syncing metastore metadata to Data Catalog.
+          },
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.
+        "scalingConfig": { # Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. Scaling configuration of the metastore service.
+          "autoscalingConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The autoscaling configuration.
+            "autoscalingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not autoscaling is enabled for this service.
+            "autoscalingFactor": 42, # Output only. The scaling factor of a service with autoscaling enabled.
+            "limitConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling limit configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The LimitConfig of the service.
+              "maxScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The highest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+              "minScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The lowest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+            },
+          },
+          "scalingFactor": 42, # Optional. Scaling factor from 1 to 5, increments of 1.
+        },
+        "scheduledBackup": { # This specifies the configuration of scheduled backup. # Optional. The configuration of scheduled backup for the metastore service.
+          "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing backup files will be stored below it.
+          "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. The scheduled interval in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron The default is empty: scheduled backup is not enabled. Must be specified to enable scheduled backups.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the scheduled backup is enabled. The default value is false.
+          "latestBackup": { # The details of the latest scheduled backup. # Output only. The details of the latest scheduled backup.
+            "backupId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of an in-progress scheduled backup. Empty if no backup is in progress.
+            "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the backup completion.
+            "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+            "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+          },
+          "nextScheduledTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the next backups execution is scheduled to start.
+          "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the time zone to be used when interpreting cron_schedule. Must be a time zone name from the time zone database (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones), e.g. America/Los_Angeles or Africa/Abidjan. If left unspecified, the default is UTC.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service.
+        "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the metastore service, if available.
+        "uid": "A String", # Output only. The globally unique resource identifier of the metastore service.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was last updated.
+        "warehouseGcsUri": "A String", # Required. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies the default warehouse directory of the Hive Metastore.
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.projects.locations.services.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..16a6885a9ed --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.projects.locations.services.html @@ -0,0 +1,1093 @@ + + + +

Dataproc Metastore API . projects . locations . services

+

Instance Methods

+

+ backups() +

+

Returns the backups Resource.

+ +

+ migrationExecutions() +

+

Returns the migrationExecutions Resource.

+ +

+ alterLocation(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Alter metadata resource location. The metadata resource can be a database, table, or partition. This functionality only updates the parent directory for the respective metadata resource and does not transfer any existing data to the new location.

+

+ alterTableProperties(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Alter metadata table properties.

+

+ cancelMigration(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Cancels the ongoing Managed Migration process.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ completeMigration(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Completes the managed migration process. The Dataproc Metastore service will switch to using its own backend database after successful migration.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, serviceId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a metastore service in a project and location.

+

+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single service.

+

+ exportMetadata(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Exports metadata from a service.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the details of a single service.

+

+ importMetadata(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Imports Metadata into a Dataproc Metastore service.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists services in a project and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ moveTableToDatabase(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Move a table to another database.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the parameters of a single service.

+

+ queryMetadata(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Query Dataproc Metastore metadata.

+

+ removeIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Removes the attached IAM policies for a resource

+

+ restore(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Restores a service from a backup.

+

+ startMigration(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Starts the Managed Migration process.

+

Method Details

+
+ alterLocation(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Alter metadata resource location. The metadata resource can be a database, table, or partition. This functionality only updates the parent directory for the respective metadata resource and does not transfer any existing data to the new location.
+
+Args:
+  service: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to mutate metadata, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.AlterMetadataResourceLocation.
+  "locationUri": "A String", # Required. The new location URI for the metadata resource.
+  "resourceName": "A String", # Required. The relative metadata resource name in the following format.databases/{database_id} or databases/{database_id}/tables/{table_id} or databases/{database_id}/tables/{table_id}/partitions/{partition_id}
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ alterTableProperties(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Alter metadata table properties.
+
+Args:
+  service: string, Required. The relative resource name of the Dataproc Metastore service that's being used to mutate metadata table properties, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.AlterTableProperties.
+  "properties": { # A map that describes the desired values to mutate. If update_mask is empty, the properties will not update. Otherwise, the properties only alters the value whose associated paths exist in the update mask
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "tableName": "A String", # Required. The name of the table containing the properties you're altering in the following format.databases/{database_id}/tables/{table_id}
+  "updateMask": "A String", # A field mask that specifies the metadata table properties that are overwritten by the update. Fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource (not to the full request). A field is overwritten if it is in the mask.For example, given the target properties: properties { a: 1 b: 2 } And an update properties: properties { a: 2 b: 3 c: 4 } then if the field mask is:paths: "properties.b", "properties.c"then the result will be: properties { a: 1 b: 3 c: 4 }
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ cancelMigration(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Cancels the ongoing Managed Migration process.
+
+Args:
+  service: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to cancel the ongoing migration to, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.CancelMigration.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ completeMigration(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Completes the managed migration process. The Dataproc Metastore service will switch to using its own backend database after successful migration.
+
+Args:
+  service: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to complete the migration to, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.CompleteMigration.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, serviceId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a metastore service in a project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The relative resource name of the location in which to create a metastore service, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+  "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
+  },
+  "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the metastore service.
+    { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+      "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+      "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+    },
+  ],
+  "hiveMetastoreConfig": { # Specifies configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service. # Configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service.
+    "auxiliaryVersions": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore version to the auxiliary version configuration. When specified, a secondary Hive metastore service is created along with the primary service. All auxiliary versions must be less than the service's primary version. The key is the auxiliary service name and it must match the regular expression a-z?. This means that the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be hyphens, lowercase letters, or digits, except the last character, which cannot be a hyphen.
+      "a_key": { # Configuration information for the auxiliary service versions.
+        "configOverrides": { # A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the auxiliary Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml) in addition to the primary version's overrides. If keys are present in both the auxiliary version's overrides and the primary version's overrides, the value from the auxiliary version's overrides takes precedence.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the auxiliary metastore service, includes version and region data.
+          { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+            "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+            "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+          },
+        ],
+        "version": "A String", # The Hive metastore version of the auxiliary service. It must be less than the primary Hive metastore service's version.
+      },
+    },
+    "configOverrides": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml). The mappings override system defaults (some keys cannot be overridden). These overrides are also applied to auxiliary versions and can be further customized in the auxiliary version's AuxiliaryVersionConfig.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "endpointProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The protocol to use for the metastore service endpoint. If unspecified, defaults to GRPC.
+    "version": "A String", # Immutable. The Hive metastore schema version.
+  },
+  "labels": { # User-defined labels for the metastore service.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "metadataIntegration": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services. # Optional. The setting that defines how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services and systems.
+    "dataCatalogConfig": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service. # Optional. The integration config for the Data Catalog service.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the metastore metadata should be synced to Data Catalog. The default value is to disable syncing metastore metadata to Data Catalog.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.
+  "scalingConfig": { # Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. Scaling configuration of the metastore service.
+    "autoscalingConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The autoscaling configuration.
+      "autoscalingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not autoscaling is enabled for this service.
+      "autoscalingFactor": 42, # Output only. The scaling factor of a service with autoscaling enabled.
+      "limitConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling limit configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The LimitConfig of the service.
+        "maxScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The highest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+        "minScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The lowest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+      },
+    },
+    "scalingFactor": 42, # Optional. Scaling factor from 1 to 5, increments of 1.
+  },
+  "scheduledBackup": { # This specifies the configuration of scheduled backup. # Optional. The configuration of scheduled backup for the metastore service.
+    "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing backup files will be stored below it.
+    "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. The scheduled interval in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron The default is empty: scheduled backup is not enabled. Must be specified to enable scheduled backups.
+    "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the scheduled backup is enabled. The default value is false.
+    "latestBackup": { # The details of the latest scheduled backup. # Output only. The details of the latest scheduled backup.
+      "backupId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of an in-progress scheduled backup. Empty if no backup is in progress.
+      "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the backup completion.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+    },
+    "nextScheduledTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the next backups execution is scheduled to start.
+    "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the time zone to be used when interpreting cron_schedule. Must be a time zone name from the time zone database (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones), e.g. America/Los_Angeles or Africa/Abidjan. If left unspecified, the default is UTC.
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service.
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the metastore service, if available.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The globally unique resource identifier of the metastore service.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was last updated.
+  "warehouseGcsUri": "A String", # Required. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies the default warehouse directory of the Hive Metastore.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+  serviceId: string, Required. The ID of the metastore service, which is used as the final component of the metastore service's name.This value must be between 2 and 63 characters long inclusive, begin with a letter, end with a letter or number, and consist of alpha-numeric ASCII characters or hyphens.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to delete, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ exportMetadata(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Exports metadata from a service.
+
+Args:
+  service: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to run export, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.ExportMetadata.
+  "databaseDumpType": "A String", # Optional. The type of the database dump. If unspecified, defaults to MYSQL.
+  "destinationGcsFolder": "A String", # A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing exported files will be created below it.
+  "requestId": "A String", # Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format). A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the details of a single service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to retrieve, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+  "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
+  },
+  "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the metastore service.
+    { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+      "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+      "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+    },
+  ],
+  "hiveMetastoreConfig": { # Specifies configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service. # Configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service.
+    "auxiliaryVersions": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore version to the auxiliary version configuration. When specified, a secondary Hive metastore service is created along with the primary service. All auxiliary versions must be less than the service's primary version. The key is the auxiliary service name and it must match the regular expression a-z?. This means that the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be hyphens, lowercase letters, or digits, except the last character, which cannot be a hyphen.
+      "a_key": { # Configuration information for the auxiliary service versions.
+        "configOverrides": { # A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the auxiliary Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml) in addition to the primary version's overrides. If keys are present in both the auxiliary version's overrides and the primary version's overrides, the value from the auxiliary version's overrides takes precedence.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the auxiliary metastore service, includes version and region data.
+          { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+            "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+            "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+          },
+        ],
+        "version": "A String", # The Hive metastore version of the auxiliary service. It must be less than the primary Hive metastore service's version.
+      },
+    },
+    "configOverrides": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml). The mappings override system defaults (some keys cannot be overridden). These overrides are also applied to auxiliary versions and can be further customized in the auxiliary version's AuxiliaryVersionConfig.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "endpointProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The protocol to use for the metastore service endpoint. If unspecified, defaults to GRPC.
+    "version": "A String", # Immutable. The Hive metastore schema version.
+  },
+  "labels": { # User-defined labels for the metastore service.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "metadataIntegration": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services. # Optional. The setting that defines how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services and systems.
+    "dataCatalogConfig": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service. # Optional. The integration config for the Data Catalog service.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the metastore metadata should be synced to Data Catalog. The default value is to disable syncing metastore metadata to Data Catalog.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.
+  "scalingConfig": { # Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. Scaling configuration of the metastore service.
+    "autoscalingConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The autoscaling configuration.
+      "autoscalingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not autoscaling is enabled for this service.
+      "autoscalingFactor": 42, # Output only. The scaling factor of a service with autoscaling enabled.
+      "limitConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling limit configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The LimitConfig of the service.
+        "maxScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The highest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+        "minScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The lowest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+      },
+    },
+    "scalingFactor": 42, # Optional. Scaling factor from 1 to 5, increments of 1.
+  },
+  "scheduledBackup": { # This specifies the configuration of scheduled backup. # Optional. The configuration of scheduled backup for the metastore service.
+    "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing backup files will be stored below it.
+    "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. The scheduled interval in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron The default is empty: scheduled backup is not enabled. Must be specified to enable scheduled backups.
+    "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the scheduled backup is enabled. The default value is false.
+    "latestBackup": { # The details of the latest scheduled backup. # Output only. The details of the latest scheduled backup.
+      "backupId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of an in-progress scheduled backup. Empty if no backup is in progress.
+      "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the backup completion.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+    },
+    "nextScheduledTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the next backups execution is scheduled to start.
+    "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the time zone to be used when interpreting cron_schedule. Must be a time zone name from the time zone database (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones), e.g. America/Los_Angeles or Africa/Abidjan. If left unspecified, the default is UTC.
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service.
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the metastore service, if available.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The globally unique resource identifier of the metastore service.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was last updated.
+  "warehouseGcsUri": "A String", # Required. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies the default warehouse directory of the Hive Metastore.
+}
+
+ +
+ importMetadata(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Imports Metadata into a Dataproc Metastore service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service to run import, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.CreateMetadataImport.
+  "databaseDump": { # A specification of the location of and metadata about a database dump from a relational database management system. # Immutable. A database dump from a pre-existing metastore's database.
+    "gcsUri": "A String", # Required. A Cloud Storage object or folder URI that specifies the source from which to import metadata. It must begin with gs://.
+    "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the database dump. If unspecified, defaults to MYSQL.
+  },
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the metadata import.
+  "requestId": "A String", # Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format). A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists services in a project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The relative resource name of the location of metastore services to list, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. The filter to apply to list results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Specify the ordering of results as described in Sorting Order (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order). If not specified, the results will be sorted in the default order.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of services to return. The response may contain less than the maximum number. If unspecified, no more than 500 services are returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 are changed to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous DataprocMetastore.ListServices call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.To retrieve the first page, supply an empty page token.When paginating, other parameters provided to DataprocMetastore.ListServices must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for DataprocMetastore.ListServices.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "services": [ # The services in the specified location.
+    { # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+      "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
+      },
+      "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the metastore service.
+        { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+          "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+          "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+        },
+      ],
+      "hiveMetastoreConfig": { # Specifies configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service. # Configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service.
+        "auxiliaryVersions": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore version to the auxiliary version configuration. When specified, a secondary Hive metastore service is created along with the primary service. All auxiliary versions must be less than the service's primary version. The key is the auxiliary service name and it must match the regular expression a-z?. This means that the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be hyphens, lowercase letters, or digits, except the last character, which cannot be a hyphen.
+          "a_key": { # Configuration information for the auxiliary service versions.
+            "configOverrides": { # A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the auxiliary Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml) in addition to the primary version's overrides. If keys are present in both the auxiliary version's overrides and the primary version's overrides, the value from the auxiliary version's overrides takes precedence.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the auxiliary metastore service, includes version and region data.
+              { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+                "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+                "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+              },
+            ],
+            "version": "A String", # The Hive metastore version of the auxiliary service. It must be less than the primary Hive metastore service's version.
+          },
+        },
+        "configOverrides": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml). The mappings override system defaults (some keys cannot be overridden). These overrides are also applied to auxiliary versions and can be further customized in the auxiliary version's AuxiliaryVersionConfig.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "endpointProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The protocol to use for the metastore service endpoint. If unspecified, defaults to GRPC.
+        "version": "A String", # Immutable. The Hive metastore schema version.
+      },
+      "labels": { # User-defined labels for the metastore service.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "metadataIntegration": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services. # Optional. The setting that defines how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services and systems.
+        "dataCatalogConfig": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service. # Optional. The integration config for the Data Catalog service.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the metastore metadata should be synced to Data Catalog. The default value is to disable syncing metastore metadata to Data Catalog.
+        },
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.
+      "scalingConfig": { # Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. Scaling configuration of the metastore service.
+        "autoscalingConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The autoscaling configuration.
+          "autoscalingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not autoscaling is enabled for this service.
+          "autoscalingFactor": 42, # Output only. The scaling factor of a service with autoscaling enabled.
+          "limitConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling limit configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The LimitConfig of the service.
+            "maxScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The highest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+            "minScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The lowest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+          },
+        },
+        "scalingFactor": 42, # Optional. Scaling factor from 1 to 5, increments of 1.
+      },
+      "scheduledBackup": { # This specifies the configuration of scheduled backup. # Optional. The configuration of scheduled backup for the metastore service.
+        "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing backup files will be stored below it.
+        "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. The scheduled interval in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron The default is empty: scheduled backup is not enabled. Must be specified to enable scheduled backups.
+        "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the scheduled backup is enabled. The default value is false.
+        "latestBackup": { # The details of the latest scheduled backup. # Output only. The details of the latest scheduled backup.
+          "backupId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of an in-progress scheduled backup. Empty if no backup is in progress.
+          "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the backup completion.
+          "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+          "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+        },
+        "nextScheduledTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the next backups execution is scheduled to start.
+        "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the time zone to be used when interpreting cron_schedule. Must be a time zone name from the time zone database (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones), e.g. America/Los_Angeles or Africa/Abidjan. If left unspecified, the default is UTC.
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service.
+      "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the metastore service, if available.
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. The globally unique resource identifier of the metastore service.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was last updated.
+      "warehouseGcsUri": "A String", # Required. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies the default warehouse directory of the Hive Metastore.
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ moveTableToDatabase(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Move a table to another database.
+
+Args:
+  service: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to mutate metadata, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.MoveTableToDatabase.
+  "dbName": "A String", # Required. The name of the database where the table resides.
+  "destinationDbName": "A String", # Required. The name of the database where the table should be moved.
+  "tableName": "A String", # Required. The name of the table to be moved.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the parameters of a single service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+  "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
+  },
+  "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the metastore service.
+    { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+      "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+      "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+    },
+  ],
+  "hiveMetastoreConfig": { # Specifies configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service. # Configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service.
+    "auxiliaryVersions": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore version to the auxiliary version configuration. When specified, a secondary Hive metastore service is created along with the primary service. All auxiliary versions must be less than the service's primary version. The key is the auxiliary service name and it must match the regular expression a-z?. This means that the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be hyphens, lowercase letters, or digits, except the last character, which cannot be a hyphen.
+      "a_key": { # Configuration information for the auxiliary service versions.
+        "configOverrides": { # A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the auxiliary Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml) in addition to the primary version's overrides. If keys are present in both the auxiliary version's overrides and the primary version's overrides, the value from the auxiliary version's overrides takes precedence.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the auxiliary metastore service, includes version and region data.
+          { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+            "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+            "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+          },
+        ],
+        "version": "A String", # The Hive metastore version of the auxiliary service. It must be less than the primary Hive metastore service's version.
+      },
+    },
+    "configOverrides": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml). The mappings override system defaults (some keys cannot be overridden). These overrides are also applied to auxiliary versions and can be further customized in the auxiliary version's AuxiliaryVersionConfig.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "endpointProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The protocol to use for the metastore service endpoint. If unspecified, defaults to GRPC.
+    "version": "A String", # Immutable. The Hive metastore schema version.
+  },
+  "labels": { # User-defined labels for the metastore service.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "metadataIntegration": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services. # Optional. The setting that defines how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services and systems.
+    "dataCatalogConfig": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service. # Optional. The integration config for the Data Catalog service.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the metastore metadata should be synced to Data Catalog. The default value is to disable syncing metastore metadata to Data Catalog.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.
+  "scalingConfig": { # Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. Scaling configuration of the metastore service.
+    "autoscalingConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The autoscaling configuration.
+      "autoscalingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not autoscaling is enabled for this service.
+      "autoscalingFactor": 42, # Output only. The scaling factor of a service with autoscaling enabled.
+      "limitConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling limit configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The LimitConfig of the service.
+        "maxScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The highest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+        "minScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The lowest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+      },
+    },
+    "scalingFactor": 42, # Optional. Scaling factor from 1 to 5, increments of 1.
+  },
+  "scheduledBackup": { # This specifies the configuration of scheduled backup. # Optional. The configuration of scheduled backup for the metastore service.
+    "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing backup files will be stored below it.
+    "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. The scheduled interval in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron The default is empty: scheduled backup is not enabled. Must be specified to enable scheduled backups.
+    "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the scheduled backup is enabled. The default value is false.
+    "latestBackup": { # The details of the latest scheduled backup. # Output only. The details of the latest scheduled backup.
+      "backupId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of an in-progress scheduled backup. Empty if no backup is in progress.
+      "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the backup completion.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+    },
+    "nextScheduledTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the next backups execution is scheduled to start.
+    "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the time zone to be used when interpreting cron_schedule. Must be a time zone name from the time zone database (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones), e.g. America/Los_Angeles or Africa/Abidjan. If left unspecified, the default is UTC.
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service.
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the metastore service, if available.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The globally unique resource identifier of the metastore service.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was last updated.
+  "warehouseGcsUri": "A String", # Required. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies the default warehouse directory of the Hive Metastore.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+  updateMask: string, Required. A field mask used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the metastore service resource by the update. Fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource (not to the full request). A field is overwritten if it is in the mask.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ queryMetadata(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Query Dataproc Metastore metadata.
+
+Args:
+  service: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to query metadata, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.QueryMetadata.
+  "query": "A String", # Required. A read-only SQL query to execute against the metadata database. The query cannot change or mutate the data.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ removeIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Removes the attached IAM policies for a resource
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, Required. The relative resource name of the dataplane resource to remove IAM policy, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/databases/{database_id} or projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/databases/{database_id}/tables/{table_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.RemoveIamPolicy.
+  "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Removes IAM policy attached to database or table asynchronously when it is set. The default is false.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for DataprocMetastore.RemoveIamPolicy.
+  "success": True or False, # True if the policy is successfully removed.
+}
+
+ +
+ restore(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Restores a service from a backup.
+
+Args:
+  service: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to run restore, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.Restore.
+  "backup": "A String", # Optional. The relative resource name of the metastore service backup to restore from, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}. Mutually exclusive with backup_location, and exactly one of the two must be set.
+  "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI specifying the location of the backup artifacts, namely - backup avro files under "avro/", backup_metastore.json and service.json, in the following form:gs://. Mutually exclusive with backup, and exactly one of the two must be set.
+  "requestId": "A String", # Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format). A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+  "restoreType": "A String", # Optional. The type of restore. If unspecified, defaults to METADATA_ONLY.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ startMigration(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Starts the Managed Migration process.
+
+Args:
+  service: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to start migrating to, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.StartMigration.
+  "migrationExecution": { # The details of a migration execution resource. # Required. The configuration details for the migration.
+    "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { # Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. # Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore.
+      "cdcConfig": { # Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. # Required. Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. Dataproc Metastore switches to using its backend database after the cutover phase of migration.
+        "bucket": "A String", # Optional. The bucket to write the intermediate stream event data in. The bucket name must be without any prefix like "gs://". See the bucket naming requirements (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/buckets#naming). This field is optional. If not set, the Artifacts Cloud Storage bucket will be used.
+        "password": "A String", # Required. Input only. The password for the user that Datastream service should use for the MySQL connection. This field is not returned on request.
+        "reverseProxySubnet": "A String", # Required. The URL of the subnetwork resource to create the VM instance hosting the reverse proxy in. More context in https://cloud.google.com/datastream/docs/private-connectivity#reverse-csql-proxy The subnetwork should reside in the network provided in the request that Datastream will peer to and should be in the same region as Datastream, in the following format. projects/{project_id}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}
+        "rootPath": "A String", # Optional. The root path inside the Cloud Storage bucket. The stream event data will be written to this path. The default value is /migration.
+        "subnetIpRange": "A String", # Required. A /29 CIDR IP range for peering with datastream.
+        "username": "A String", # Required. The username that the Datastream service should use for the MySQL connection.
+        "vpcNetwork": "A String", # Required. Fully qualified name of the Cloud SQL instance's VPC network or the shared VPC network that Datastream will peer to, in the following format: projects/{project_id}/locations/global/networks/{network_id}. More context in https://cloud.google.com/datastream/docs/network-connectivity-options#privateconnectivity
+      },
+      "cloudSqlConnectionConfig": { # Configuration information to establish customer database connection before the cutover phase of migration # Required. Configuration information to establish customer database connection before the cutover phase of migration
+        "hiveDatabaseName": "A String", # Required. The hive database name.
+        "instanceConnectionName": "A String", # Required. Cloud SQL database connection name (project_id:region:instance_name)
+        "ipAddress": "A String", # Required. The private IP address of the Cloud SQL instance.
+        "natSubnet": "A String", # Required. The relative resource name of the subnetwork to be used for Private Service Connect. Note that this cannot be a regular subnet and is used only for NAT. (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/about-vpc-hosted-services#psc-subnets) This subnet is used to publish the SOCKS5 proxy service. The subnet size must be at least /29 and it should reside in a network through which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible. The resource name should be in the format, projects/{project_id}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}
+        "password": "A String", # Required. Input only. The password for the user that Dataproc Metastore service will be using to connect to the database. This field is not returned on request.
+        "port": 42, # Required. The network port of the database.
+        "proxySubnet": "A String", # Required. The relative resource name of the subnetwork to deploy the SOCKS5 proxy service in. The subnetwork should reside in a network through which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible. The resource name should be in the format, projects/{project_id}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}
+        "username": "A String", # Required. The username that Dataproc Metastore service will use to connect to the database.
+      },
+    },
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution was started.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution finished.
+    "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}
+    "phase": "A String", # Output only. The current phase of the migration execution.
+    "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the migration execution.
+    "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the migration execution.
+  },
+  "requestId": "A String", # Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..81c5c64d047 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2alpha.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.html @@ -0,0 +1,250 @@ + + + +

Dataproc Metastore API . projects . locations . services . migrationExecutions

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single migration execution.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single migration execution.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists migration executions on a service.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single migration execution.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The relative resource name of the migrationExecution to delete, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}. (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single migration execution.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The relative resource name of the migration execution to retrieve, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The details of a migration execution resource.
+  "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { # Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. # Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore.
+    "cdcConfig": { # Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. # Required. Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. Dataproc Metastore switches to using its backend database after the cutover phase of migration.
+      "bucket": "A String", # Optional. The bucket to write the intermediate stream event data in. The bucket name must be without any prefix like "gs://". See the bucket naming requirements (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/buckets#naming). This field is optional. If not set, the Artifacts Cloud Storage bucket will be used.
+      "password": "A String", # Required. Input only. The password for the user that Datastream service should use for the MySQL connection. This field is not returned on request.
+      "reverseProxySubnet": "A String", # Required. The URL of the subnetwork resource to create the VM instance hosting the reverse proxy in. More context in https://cloud.google.com/datastream/docs/private-connectivity#reverse-csql-proxy The subnetwork should reside in the network provided in the request that Datastream will peer to and should be in the same region as Datastream, in the following format. projects/{project_id}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}
+      "rootPath": "A String", # Optional. The root path inside the Cloud Storage bucket. The stream event data will be written to this path. The default value is /migration.
+      "subnetIpRange": "A String", # Required. A /29 CIDR IP range for peering with datastream.
+      "username": "A String", # Required. The username that the Datastream service should use for the MySQL connection.
+      "vpcNetwork": "A String", # Required. Fully qualified name of the Cloud SQL instance's VPC network or the shared VPC network that Datastream will peer to, in the following format: projects/{project_id}/locations/global/networks/{network_id}. More context in https://cloud.google.com/datastream/docs/network-connectivity-options#privateconnectivity
+    },
+    "cloudSqlConnectionConfig": { # Configuration information to establish customer database connection before the cutover phase of migration # Required. Configuration information to establish customer database connection before the cutover phase of migration
+      "hiveDatabaseName": "A String", # Required. The hive database name.
+      "instanceConnectionName": "A String", # Required. Cloud SQL database connection name (project_id:region:instance_name)
+      "ipAddress": "A String", # Required. The private IP address of the Cloud SQL instance.
+      "natSubnet": "A String", # Required. The relative resource name of the subnetwork to be used for Private Service Connect. Note that this cannot be a regular subnet and is used only for NAT. (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/about-vpc-hosted-services#psc-subnets) This subnet is used to publish the SOCKS5 proxy service. The subnet size must be at least /29 and it should reside in a network through which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible. The resource name should be in the format, projects/{project_id}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}
+      "password": "A String", # Required. Input only. The password for the user that Dataproc Metastore service will be using to connect to the database. This field is not returned on request.
+      "port": 42, # Required. The network port of the database.
+      "proxySubnet": "A String", # Required. The relative resource name of the subnetwork to deploy the SOCKS5 proxy service in. The subnetwork should reside in a network through which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible. The resource name should be in the format, projects/{project_id}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}
+      "username": "A String", # Required. The username that Dataproc Metastore service will use to connect to the database.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution was started.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution finished.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}
+  "phase": "A String", # Output only. The current phase of the migration execution.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the migration execution.
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the migration execution.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists migration executions on a service.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The relative resource name of the service whose migration executions to list, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. The filter to apply to list results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Specify the ordering of results as described in Sorting Order (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order). If not specified, the results will be sorted in the default order.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of migration executions to return. The response may contain less than the maximum number. If unspecified, no more than 500 migration executions are returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 are changed to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous DataprocMetastore.ListMigrationExecutions call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.To retrieve the first page, supply an empty page token.When paginating, other parameters provided to DataprocMetastore.ListMigrationExecutions must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for DataprocMetastore.ListMigrationExecutions.
+  "migrationExecutions": [ # The migration executions on the specified service.
+    { # The details of a migration execution resource.
+      "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { # Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. # Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore.
+        "cdcConfig": { # Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. # Required. Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. Dataproc Metastore switches to using its backend database after the cutover phase of migration.
+          "bucket": "A String", # Optional. The bucket to write the intermediate stream event data in. The bucket name must be without any prefix like "gs://". See the bucket naming requirements (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/buckets#naming). This field is optional. If not set, the Artifacts Cloud Storage bucket will be used.
+          "password": "A String", # Required. Input only. The password for the user that Datastream service should use for the MySQL connection. This field is not returned on request.
+          "reverseProxySubnet": "A String", # Required. The URL of the subnetwork resource to create the VM instance hosting the reverse proxy in. More context in https://cloud.google.com/datastream/docs/private-connectivity#reverse-csql-proxy The subnetwork should reside in the network provided in the request that Datastream will peer to and should be in the same region as Datastream, in the following format. projects/{project_id}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}
+          "rootPath": "A String", # Optional. The root path inside the Cloud Storage bucket. The stream event data will be written to this path. The default value is /migration.
+          "subnetIpRange": "A String", # Required. A /29 CIDR IP range for peering with datastream.
+          "username": "A String", # Required. The username that the Datastream service should use for the MySQL connection.
+          "vpcNetwork": "A String", # Required. Fully qualified name of the Cloud SQL instance's VPC network or the shared VPC network that Datastream will peer to, in the following format: projects/{project_id}/locations/global/networks/{network_id}. More context in https://cloud.google.com/datastream/docs/network-connectivity-options#privateconnectivity
+        },
+        "cloudSqlConnectionConfig": { # Configuration information to establish customer database connection before the cutover phase of migration # Required. Configuration information to establish customer database connection before the cutover phase of migration
+          "hiveDatabaseName": "A String", # Required. The hive database name.
+          "instanceConnectionName": "A String", # Required. Cloud SQL database connection name (project_id:region:instance_name)
+          "ipAddress": "A String", # Required. The private IP address of the Cloud SQL instance.
+          "natSubnet": "A String", # Required. The relative resource name of the subnetwork to be used for Private Service Connect. Note that this cannot be a regular subnet and is used only for NAT. (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/about-vpc-hosted-services#psc-subnets) This subnet is used to publish the SOCKS5 proxy service. The subnet size must be at least /29 and it should reside in a network through which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible. The resource name should be in the format, projects/{project_id}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}
+          "password": "A String", # Required. Input only. The password for the user that Dataproc Metastore service will be using to connect to the database. This field is not returned on request.
+          "port": 42, # Required. The network port of the database.
+          "proxySubnet": "A String", # Required. The relative resource name of the subnetwork to deploy the SOCKS5 proxy service in. The subnetwork should reside in a network through which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible. The resource name should be in the format, projects/{project_id}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}
+          "username": "A String", # Required. The username that Dataproc Metastore service will use to connect to the database.
+        },
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution was started.
+      "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution finished.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}
+      "phase": "A String", # Output only. The current phase of the migration execution.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the migration execution.
+      "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the migration execution.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e659f98a2fb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.html @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + + + +

Dataproc Metastore API

+

Instance Methods

+

+ projects() +

+

Returns the projects Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ new_batch_http_request()

+

Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ new_batch_http_request() +
Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+                Args:
+                  callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+                    form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+                    request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+                    third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+                    error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+                    occurred.
+
+                Returns:
+                  A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+                
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.projects.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.projects.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f587e29ca41 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.projects.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Dataproc Metastore API . projects

+

Instance Methods

+

+ locations() +

+

Returns the locations Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.projects.locations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c7706e291a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.projects.locations.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Dataproc Metastore API . projects . locations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ services() +

+

Returns the services Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.projects.locations.services.backups.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.projects.locations.services.backups.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..90f950fe935 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.projects.locations.services.backups.html @@ -0,0 +1,476 @@ + + + +

Dataproc Metastore API . projects . locations . services . backups

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, backupId=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new backup in a given project and location.

+

+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single backup.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single backup.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists backups in a service.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, backupId=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new backup in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The relative resource name of the service in which to create a backup of the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The details of a backup resource.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+  "description": "A String", # The description of the backup.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup finished creating.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the backup, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}
+  "restoringServices": [ # Output only. Services that are restoring from the backup.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "serviceRevision": { # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries. # Output only. The revision of the service at the time of backup.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+    "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
+    },
+    "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the metastore service.
+      { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+        "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+        "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+      },
+    ],
+    "hiveMetastoreConfig": { # Specifies configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service. # Configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service.
+      "auxiliaryVersions": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore version to the auxiliary version configuration. When specified, a secondary Hive metastore service is created along with the primary service. All auxiliary versions must be less than the service's primary version. The key is the auxiliary service name and it must match the regular expression a-z?. This means that the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be hyphens, lowercase letters, or digits, except the last character, which cannot be a hyphen.
+        "a_key": { # Configuration information for the auxiliary service versions.
+          "configOverrides": { # A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the auxiliary Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml) in addition to the primary version's overrides. If keys are present in both the auxiliary version's overrides and the primary version's overrides, the value from the auxiliary version's overrides takes precedence.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the auxiliary metastore service, includes version and region data.
+            { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+              "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+              "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+            },
+          ],
+          "version": "A String", # The Hive metastore version of the auxiliary service. It must be less than the primary Hive metastore service's version.
+        },
+      },
+      "configOverrides": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml). The mappings override system defaults (some keys cannot be overridden). These overrides are also applied to auxiliary versions and can be further customized in the auxiliary version's AuxiliaryVersionConfig.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "endpointProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The protocol to use for the metastore service endpoint. If unspecified, defaults to GRPC.
+      "version": "A String", # Immutable. The Hive metastore schema version.
+    },
+    "labels": { # User-defined labels for the metastore service.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "metadataIntegration": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services. # Optional. The setting that defines how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services and systems.
+      "dataCatalogConfig": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service. # Optional. The integration config for the Data Catalog service.
+        "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the metastore metadata should be synced to Data Catalog. The default value is to disable syncing metastore metadata to Data Catalog.
+      },
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.
+    "scalingConfig": { # Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. Scaling configuration of the metastore service.
+      "autoscalingConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The autoscaling configuration.
+        "autoscalingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not autoscaling is enabled for this service.
+        "autoscalingFactor": 42, # Output only. The scaling factor of a service with autoscaling enabled.
+        "limitConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling limit configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The LimitConfig of the service.
+          "maxScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The highest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+          "minScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The lowest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+        },
+      },
+      "scalingFactor": 42, # Optional. Scaling factor from 1 to 5, increments of 1.
+    },
+    "scheduledBackup": { # This specifies the configuration of scheduled backup. # Optional. The configuration of scheduled backup for the metastore service.
+      "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing backup files will be stored below it.
+      "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. The scheduled interval in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron The default is empty: scheduled backup is not enabled. Must be specified to enable scheduled backups.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the scheduled backup is enabled. The default value is false.
+      "latestBackup": { # The details of the latest scheduled backup. # Output only. The details of the latest scheduled backup.
+        "backupId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of an in-progress scheduled backup. Empty if no backup is in progress.
+        "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the backup completion.
+        "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+        "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+      },
+      "nextScheduledTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the next backups execution is scheduled to start.
+      "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the time zone to be used when interpreting cron_schedule. Must be a time zone name from the time zone database (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones), e.g. America/Los_Angeles or Africa/Abidjan. If left unspecified, the default is UTC.
+    },
+    "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service.
+    "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the metastore service, if available.
+    "uid": "A String", # Output only. The globally unique resource identifier of the metastore service.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was last updated.
+    "warehouseGcsUri": "A String", # Required. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies the default warehouse directory of the Hive Metastore.
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+}
+
+  backupId: string, Required. The ID of the backup, which is used as the final component of the backup's name.This value must be between 1 and 64 characters long, begin with a letter, end with a letter or number, and consist of alpha-numeric ASCII characters or hyphens.
+  requestId: string, Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single backup.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The relative resource name of the backup to delete, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}. (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single backup.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The relative resource name of the backup to retrieve, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The details of a backup resource.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+  "description": "A String", # The description of the backup.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup finished creating.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the backup, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}
+  "restoringServices": [ # Output only. Services that are restoring from the backup.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "serviceRevision": { # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries. # Output only. The revision of the service at the time of backup.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+    "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
+    },
+    "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the metastore service.
+      { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+        "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+        "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+      },
+    ],
+    "hiveMetastoreConfig": { # Specifies configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service. # Configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service.
+      "auxiliaryVersions": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore version to the auxiliary version configuration. When specified, a secondary Hive metastore service is created along with the primary service. All auxiliary versions must be less than the service's primary version. The key is the auxiliary service name and it must match the regular expression a-z?. This means that the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be hyphens, lowercase letters, or digits, except the last character, which cannot be a hyphen.
+        "a_key": { # Configuration information for the auxiliary service versions.
+          "configOverrides": { # A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the auxiliary Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml) in addition to the primary version's overrides. If keys are present in both the auxiliary version's overrides and the primary version's overrides, the value from the auxiliary version's overrides takes precedence.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the auxiliary metastore service, includes version and region data.
+            { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+              "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+              "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+            },
+          ],
+          "version": "A String", # The Hive metastore version of the auxiliary service. It must be less than the primary Hive metastore service's version.
+        },
+      },
+      "configOverrides": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml). The mappings override system defaults (some keys cannot be overridden). These overrides are also applied to auxiliary versions and can be further customized in the auxiliary version's AuxiliaryVersionConfig.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "endpointProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The protocol to use for the metastore service endpoint. If unspecified, defaults to GRPC.
+      "version": "A String", # Immutable. The Hive metastore schema version.
+    },
+    "labels": { # User-defined labels for the metastore service.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "metadataIntegration": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services. # Optional. The setting that defines how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services and systems.
+      "dataCatalogConfig": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service. # Optional. The integration config for the Data Catalog service.
+        "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the metastore metadata should be synced to Data Catalog. The default value is to disable syncing metastore metadata to Data Catalog.
+      },
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.
+    "scalingConfig": { # Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. Scaling configuration of the metastore service.
+      "autoscalingConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The autoscaling configuration.
+        "autoscalingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not autoscaling is enabled for this service.
+        "autoscalingFactor": 42, # Output only. The scaling factor of a service with autoscaling enabled.
+        "limitConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling limit configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The LimitConfig of the service.
+          "maxScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The highest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+          "minScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The lowest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+        },
+      },
+      "scalingFactor": 42, # Optional. Scaling factor from 1 to 5, increments of 1.
+    },
+    "scheduledBackup": { # This specifies the configuration of scheduled backup. # Optional. The configuration of scheduled backup for the metastore service.
+      "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing backup files will be stored below it.
+      "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. The scheduled interval in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron The default is empty: scheduled backup is not enabled. Must be specified to enable scheduled backups.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the scheduled backup is enabled. The default value is false.
+      "latestBackup": { # The details of the latest scheduled backup. # Output only. The details of the latest scheduled backup.
+        "backupId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of an in-progress scheduled backup. Empty if no backup is in progress.
+        "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the backup completion.
+        "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+        "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+      },
+      "nextScheduledTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the next backups execution is scheduled to start.
+      "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the time zone to be used when interpreting cron_schedule. Must be a time zone name from the time zone database (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones), e.g. America/Los_Angeles or Africa/Abidjan. If left unspecified, the default is UTC.
+    },
+    "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service.
+    "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the metastore service, if available.
+    "uid": "A String", # Output only. The globally unique resource identifier of the metastore service.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was last updated.
+    "warehouseGcsUri": "A String", # Required. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies the default warehouse directory of the Hive Metastore.
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists backups in a service.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The relative resource name of the service whose backups to list, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. The filter to apply to list results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Specify the ordering of results as described in Sorting Order (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order). If not specified, the results will be sorted in the default order.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of backups to return. The response may contain less than the maximum number. If unspecified, no more than 500 backups are returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 are changed to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous DataprocMetastore.ListBackups call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.To retrieve the first page, supply an empty page token.When paginating, other parameters provided to DataprocMetastore.ListBackups must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for DataprocMetastore.ListBackups.
+  "backups": [ # The backups of the specified service.
+    { # The details of a backup resource.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+      "description": "A String", # The description of the backup.
+      "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup finished creating.
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the backup, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}
+      "restoringServices": [ # Output only. Services that are restoring from the backup.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "serviceRevision": { # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries. # Output only. The revision of the service at the time of backup.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+        "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
+        },
+        "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the metastore service.
+          { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+            "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+            "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+          },
+        ],
+        "hiveMetastoreConfig": { # Specifies configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service. # Configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service.
+          "auxiliaryVersions": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore version to the auxiliary version configuration. When specified, a secondary Hive metastore service is created along with the primary service. All auxiliary versions must be less than the service's primary version. The key is the auxiliary service name and it must match the regular expression a-z?. This means that the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be hyphens, lowercase letters, or digits, except the last character, which cannot be a hyphen.
+            "a_key": { # Configuration information for the auxiliary service versions.
+              "configOverrides": { # A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the auxiliary Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml) in addition to the primary version's overrides. If keys are present in both the auxiliary version's overrides and the primary version's overrides, the value from the auxiliary version's overrides takes precedence.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the auxiliary metastore service, includes version and region data.
+                { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+                  "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+                  "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+                },
+              ],
+              "version": "A String", # The Hive metastore version of the auxiliary service. It must be less than the primary Hive metastore service's version.
+            },
+          },
+          "configOverrides": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml). The mappings override system defaults (some keys cannot be overridden). These overrides are also applied to auxiliary versions and can be further customized in the auxiliary version's AuxiliaryVersionConfig.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "endpointProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The protocol to use for the metastore service endpoint. If unspecified, defaults to GRPC.
+          "version": "A String", # Immutable. The Hive metastore schema version.
+        },
+        "labels": { # User-defined labels for the metastore service.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "metadataIntegration": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services. # Optional. The setting that defines how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services and systems.
+          "dataCatalogConfig": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service. # Optional. The integration config for the Data Catalog service.
+            "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the metastore metadata should be synced to Data Catalog. The default value is to disable syncing metastore metadata to Data Catalog.
+          },
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.
+        "scalingConfig": { # Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. Scaling configuration of the metastore service.
+          "autoscalingConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The autoscaling configuration.
+            "autoscalingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not autoscaling is enabled for this service.
+            "autoscalingFactor": 42, # Output only. The scaling factor of a service with autoscaling enabled.
+            "limitConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling limit configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The LimitConfig of the service.
+              "maxScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The highest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+              "minScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The lowest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+            },
+          },
+          "scalingFactor": 42, # Optional. Scaling factor from 1 to 5, increments of 1.
+        },
+        "scheduledBackup": { # This specifies the configuration of scheduled backup. # Optional. The configuration of scheduled backup for the metastore service.
+          "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing backup files will be stored below it.
+          "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. The scheduled interval in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron The default is empty: scheduled backup is not enabled. Must be specified to enable scheduled backups.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the scheduled backup is enabled. The default value is false.
+          "latestBackup": { # The details of the latest scheduled backup. # Output only. The details of the latest scheduled backup.
+            "backupId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of an in-progress scheduled backup. Empty if no backup is in progress.
+            "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the backup completion.
+            "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+            "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+          },
+          "nextScheduledTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the next backups execution is scheduled to start.
+          "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the time zone to be used when interpreting cron_schedule. Must be a time zone name from the time zone database (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones), e.g. America/Los_Angeles or Africa/Abidjan. If left unspecified, the default is UTC.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service.
+        "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the metastore service, if available.
+        "uid": "A String", # Output only. The globally unique resource identifier of the metastore service.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was last updated.
+        "warehouseGcsUri": "A String", # Required. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies the default warehouse directory of the Hive Metastore.
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.projects.locations.services.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..515afcc028a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.projects.locations.services.html @@ -0,0 +1,1093 @@ + + + +

Dataproc Metastore API . projects . locations . services

+

Instance Methods

+

+ backups() +

+

Returns the backups Resource.

+ +

+ migrationExecutions() +

+

Returns the migrationExecutions Resource.

+ +

+ alterLocation(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Alter metadata resource location. The metadata resource can be a database, table, or partition. This functionality only updates the parent directory for the respective metadata resource and does not transfer any existing data to the new location.

+

+ alterTableProperties(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Alter metadata table properties.

+

+ cancelMigration(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Cancels the ongoing Managed Migration process.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ completeMigration(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Completes the managed migration process. The Dataproc Metastore service will switch to using its own backend database after successful migration.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, serviceId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a metastore service in a project and location.

+

+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single service.

+

+ exportMetadata(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Exports metadata from a service.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the details of a single service.

+

+ importMetadata(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Imports Metadata into a Dataproc Metastore service.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists services in a project and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ moveTableToDatabase(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Move a table to another database.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the parameters of a single service.

+

+ queryMetadata(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Query Dataproc Metastore metadata.

+

+ removeIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Removes the attached IAM policies for a resource

+

+ restore(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Restores a service from a backup.

+

+ startMigration(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Starts the Managed Migration process.

+

Method Details

+
+ alterLocation(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Alter metadata resource location. The metadata resource can be a database, table, or partition. This functionality only updates the parent directory for the respective metadata resource and does not transfer any existing data to the new location.
+
+Args:
+  service: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to mutate metadata, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.AlterMetadataResourceLocation.
+  "locationUri": "A String", # Required. The new location URI for the metadata resource.
+  "resourceName": "A String", # Required. The relative metadata resource name in the following format.databases/{database_id} or databases/{database_id}/tables/{table_id} or databases/{database_id}/tables/{table_id}/partitions/{partition_id}
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ alterTableProperties(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Alter metadata table properties.
+
+Args:
+  service: string, Required. The relative resource name of the Dataproc Metastore service that's being used to mutate metadata table properties, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.AlterTableProperties.
+  "properties": { # A map that describes the desired values to mutate. If update_mask is empty, the properties will not update. Otherwise, the properties only alters the value whose associated paths exist in the update mask
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "tableName": "A String", # Required. The name of the table containing the properties you're altering in the following format.databases/{database_id}/tables/{table_id}
+  "updateMask": "A String", # A field mask that specifies the metadata table properties that are overwritten by the update. Fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource (not to the full request). A field is overwritten if it is in the mask.For example, given the target properties: properties { a: 1 b: 2 } And an update properties: properties { a: 2 b: 3 c: 4 } then if the field mask is:paths: "properties.b", "properties.c"then the result will be: properties { a: 1 b: 3 c: 4 }
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ cancelMigration(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Cancels the ongoing Managed Migration process.
+
+Args:
+  service: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to cancel the ongoing migration to, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.CancelMigration.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ completeMigration(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Completes the managed migration process. The Dataproc Metastore service will switch to using its own backend database after successful migration.
+
+Args:
+  service: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to complete the migration to, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.CompleteMigration.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, serviceId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a metastore service in a project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The relative resource name of the location in which to create a metastore service, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+  "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
+  },
+  "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the metastore service.
+    { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+      "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+      "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+    },
+  ],
+  "hiveMetastoreConfig": { # Specifies configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service. # Configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service.
+    "auxiliaryVersions": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore version to the auxiliary version configuration. When specified, a secondary Hive metastore service is created along with the primary service. All auxiliary versions must be less than the service's primary version. The key is the auxiliary service name and it must match the regular expression a-z?. This means that the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be hyphens, lowercase letters, or digits, except the last character, which cannot be a hyphen.
+      "a_key": { # Configuration information for the auxiliary service versions.
+        "configOverrides": { # A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the auxiliary Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml) in addition to the primary version's overrides. If keys are present in both the auxiliary version's overrides and the primary version's overrides, the value from the auxiliary version's overrides takes precedence.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the auxiliary metastore service, includes version and region data.
+          { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+            "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+            "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+          },
+        ],
+        "version": "A String", # The Hive metastore version of the auxiliary service. It must be less than the primary Hive metastore service's version.
+      },
+    },
+    "configOverrides": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml). The mappings override system defaults (some keys cannot be overridden). These overrides are also applied to auxiliary versions and can be further customized in the auxiliary version's AuxiliaryVersionConfig.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "endpointProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The protocol to use for the metastore service endpoint. If unspecified, defaults to GRPC.
+    "version": "A String", # Immutable. The Hive metastore schema version.
+  },
+  "labels": { # User-defined labels for the metastore service.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "metadataIntegration": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services. # Optional. The setting that defines how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services and systems.
+    "dataCatalogConfig": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service. # Optional. The integration config for the Data Catalog service.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the metastore metadata should be synced to Data Catalog. The default value is to disable syncing metastore metadata to Data Catalog.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.
+  "scalingConfig": { # Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. Scaling configuration of the metastore service.
+    "autoscalingConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The autoscaling configuration.
+      "autoscalingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not autoscaling is enabled for this service.
+      "autoscalingFactor": 42, # Output only. The scaling factor of a service with autoscaling enabled.
+      "limitConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling limit configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The LimitConfig of the service.
+        "maxScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The highest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+        "minScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The lowest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+      },
+    },
+    "scalingFactor": 42, # Optional. Scaling factor from 1 to 5, increments of 1.
+  },
+  "scheduledBackup": { # This specifies the configuration of scheduled backup. # Optional. The configuration of scheduled backup for the metastore service.
+    "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing backup files will be stored below it.
+    "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. The scheduled interval in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron The default is empty: scheduled backup is not enabled. Must be specified to enable scheduled backups.
+    "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the scheduled backup is enabled. The default value is false.
+    "latestBackup": { # The details of the latest scheduled backup. # Output only. The details of the latest scheduled backup.
+      "backupId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of an in-progress scheduled backup. Empty if no backup is in progress.
+      "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the backup completion.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+    },
+    "nextScheduledTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the next backups execution is scheduled to start.
+    "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the time zone to be used when interpreting cron_schedule. Must be a time zone name from the time zone database (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones), e.g. America/Los_Angeles or Africa/Abidjan. If left unspecified, the default is UTC.
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service.
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the metastore service, if available.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The globally unique resource identifier of the metastore service.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was last updated.
+  "warehouseGcsUri": "A String", # Required. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies the default warehouse directory of the Hive Metastore.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+  serviceId: string, Required. The ID of the metastore service, which is used as the final component of the metastore service's name.This value must be between 2 and 63 characters long inclusive, begin with a letter, end with a letter or number, and consist of alpha-numeric ASCII characters or hyphens.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to delete, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ exportMetadata(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Exports metadata from a service.
+
+Args:
+  service: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to run export, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.ExportMetadata.
+  "databaseDumpType": "A String", # Optional. The type of the database dump. If unspecified, defaults to MYSQL.
+  "destinationGcsFolder": "A String", # A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing exported files will be created below it.
+  "requestId": "A String", # Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format). A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the details of a single service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to retrieve, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+  "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
+  },
+  "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the metastore service.
+    { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+      "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+      "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+    },
+  ],
+  "hiveMetastoreConfig": { # Specifies configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service. # Configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service.
+    "auxiliaryVersions": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore version to the auxiliary version configuration. When specified, a secondary Hive metastore service is created along with the primary service. All auxiliary versions must be less than the service's primary version. The key is the auxiliary service name and it must match the regular expression a-z?. This means that the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be hyphens, lowercase letters, or digits, except the last character, which cannot be a hyphen.
+      "a_key": { # Configuration information for the auxiliary service versions.
+        "configOverrides": { # A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the auxiliary Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml) in addition to the primary version's overrides. If keys are present in both the auxiliary version's overrides and the primary version's overrides, the value from the auxiliary version's overrides takes precedence.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the auxiliary metastore service, includes version and region data.
+          { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+            "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+            "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+          },
+        ],
+        "version": "A String", # The Hive metastore version of the auxiliary service. It must be less than the primary Hive metastore service's version.
+      },
+    },
+    "configOverrides": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml). The mappings override system defaults (some keys cannot be overridden). These overrides are also applied to auxiliary versions and can be further customized in the auxiliary version's AuxiliaryVersionConfig.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "endpointProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The protocol to use for the metastore service endpoint. If unspecified, defaults to GRPC.
+    "version": "A String", # Immutable. The Hive metastore schema version.
+  },
+  "labels": { # User-defined labels for the metastore service.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "metadataIntegration": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services. # Optional. The setting that defines how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services and systems.
+    "dataCatalogConfig": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service. # Optional. The integration config for the Data Catalog service.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the metastore metadata should be synced to Data Catalog. The default value is to disable syncing metastore metadata to Data Catalog.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.
+  "scalingConfig": { # Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. Scaling configuration of the metastore service.
+    "autoscalingConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The autoscaling configuration.
+      "autoscalingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not autoscaling is enabled for this service.
+      "autoscalingFactor": 42, # Output only. The scaling factor of a service with autoscaling enabled.
+      "limitConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling limit configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The LimitConfig of the service.
+        "maxScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The highest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+        "minScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The lowest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+      },
+    },
+    "scalingFactor": 42, # Optional. Scaling factor from 1 to 5, increments of 1.
+  },
+  "scheduledBackup": { # This specifies the configuration of scheduled backup. # Optional. The configuration of scheduled backup for the metastore service.
+    "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing backup files will be stored below it.
+    "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. The scheduled interval in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron The default is empty: scheduled backup is not enabled. Must be specified to enable scheduled backups.
+    "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the scheduled backup is enabled. The default value is false.
+    "latestBackup": { # The details of the latest scheduled backup. # Output only. The details of the latest scheduled backup.
+      "backupId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of an in-progress scheduled backup. Empty if no backup is in progress.
+      "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the backup completion.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+    },
+    "nextScheduledTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the next backups execution is scheduled to start.
+    "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the time zone to be used when interpreting cron_schedule. Must be a time zone name from the time zone database (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones), e.g. America/Los_Angeles or Africa/Abidjan. If left unspecified, the default is UTC.
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service.
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the metastore service, if available.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The globally unique resource identifier of the metastore service.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was last updated.
+  "warehouseGcsUri": "A String", # Required. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies the default warehouse directory of the Hive Metastore.
+}
+
+ +
+ importMetadata(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Imports Metadata into a Dataproc Metastore service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service to run import, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.CreateMetadataImport.
+  "databaseDump": { # A specification of the location of and metadata about a database dump from a relational database management system. # Immutable. A database dump from a pre-existing metastore's database.
+    "gcsUri": "A String", # Required. A Cloud Storage object or folder URI that specifies the source from which to import metadata. It must begin with gs://.
+    "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the database dump. If unspecified, defaults to MYSQL.
+  },
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the metadata import.
+  "requestId": "A String", # Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format). A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists services in a project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The relative resource name of the location of metastore services to list, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. The filter to apply to list results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Specify the ordering of results as described in Sorting Order (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order). If not specified, the results will be sorted in the default order.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of services to return. The response may contain less than the maximum number. If unspecified, no more than 500 services are returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 are changed to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous DataprocMetastore.ListServices call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.To retrieve the first page, supply an empty page token.When paginating, other parameters provided to DataprocMetastore.ListServices must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for DataprocMetastore.ListServices.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "services": [ # The services in the specified location.
+    { # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+      "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
+      },
+      "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the metastore service.
+        { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+          "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+          "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+        },
+      ],
+      "hiveMetastoreConfig": { # Specifies configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service. # Configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service.
+        "auxiliaryVersions": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore version to the auxiliary version configuration. When specified, a secondary Hive metastore service is created along with the primary service. All auxiliary versions must be less than the service's primary version. The key is the auxiliary service name and it must match the regular expression a-z?. This means that the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be hyphens, lowercase letters, or digits, except the last character, which cannot be a hyphen.
+          "a_key": { # Configuration information for the auxiliary service versions.
+            "configOverrides": { # A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the auxiliary Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml) in addition to the primary version's overrides. If keys are present in both the auxiliary version's overrides and the primary version's overrides, the value from the auxiliary version's overrides takes precedence.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the auxiliary metastore service, includes version and region data.
+              { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+                "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+                "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+              },
+            ],
+            "version": "A String", # The Hive metastore version of the auxiliary service. It must be less than the primary Hive metastore service's version.
+          },
+        },
+        "configOverrides": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml). The mappings override system defaults (some keys cannot be overridden). These overrides are also applied to auxiliary versions and can be further customized in the auxiliary version's AuxiliaryVersionConfig.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "endpointProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The protocol to use for the metastore service endpoint. If unspecified, defaults to GRPC.
+        "version": "A String", # Immutable. The Hive metastore schema version.
+      },
+      "labels": { # User-defined labels for the metastore service.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "metadataIntegration": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services. # Optional. The setting that defines how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services and systems.
+        "dataCatalogConfig": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service. # Optional. The integration config for the Data Catalog service.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the metastore metadata should be synced to Data Catalog. The default value is to disable syncing metastore metadata to Data Catalog.
+        },
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.
+      "scalingConfig": { # Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. Scaling configuration of the metastore service.
+        "autoscalingConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The autoscaling configuration.
+          "autoscalingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not autoscaling is enabled for this service.
+          "autoscalingFactor": 42, # Output only. The scaling factor of a service with autoscaling enabled.
+          "limitConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling limit configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The LimitConfig of the service.
+            "maxScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The highest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+            "minScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The lowest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+          },
+        },
+        "scalingFactor": 42, # Optional. Scaling factor from 1 to 5, increments of 1.
+      },
+      "scheduledBackup": { # This specifies the configuration of scheduled backup. # Optional. The configuration of scheduled backup for the metastore service.
+        "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing backup files will be stored below it.
+        "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. The scheduled interval in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron The default is empty: scheduled backup is not enabled. Must be specified to enable scheduled backups.
+        "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the scheduled backup is enabled. The default value is false.
+        "latestBackup": { # The details of the latest scheduled backup. # Output only. The details of the latest scheduled backup.
+          "backupId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of an in-progress scheduled backup. Empty if no backup is in progress.
+          "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the backup completion.
+          "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+          "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+        },
+        "nextScheduledTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the next backups execution is scheduled to start.
+        "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the time zone to be used when interpreting cron_schedule. Must be a time zone name from the time zone database (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones), e.g. America/Los_Angeles or Africa/Abidjan. If left unspecified, the default is UTC.
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service.
+      "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the metastore service, if available.
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. The globally unique resource identifier of the metastore service.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was last updated.
+      "warehouseGcsUri": "A String", # Required. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies the default warehouse directory of the Hive Metastore.
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ moveTableToDatabase(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Move a table to another database.
+
+Args:
+  service: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to mutate metadata, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.MoveTableToDatabase.
+  "dbName": "A String", # Required. The name of the database where the table resides.
+  "destinationDbName": "A String", # Required. The name of the database where the table should be moved.
+  "tableName": "A String", # Required. The name of the table to be moved.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the parameters of a single service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+  "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
+  },
+  "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the metastore service.
+    { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+      "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+      "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+    },
+  ],
+  "hiveMetastoreConfig": { # Specifies configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service. # Configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service.
+    "auxiliaryVersions": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore version to the auxiliary version configuration. When specified, a secondary Hive metastore service is created along with the primary service. All auxiliary versions must be less than the service's primary version. The key is the auxiliary service name and it must match the regular expression a-z?. This means that the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be hyphens, lowercase letters, or digits, except the last character, which cannot be a hyphen.
+      "a_key": { # Configuration information for the auxiliary service versions.
+        "configOverrides": { # A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the auxiliary Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml) in addition to the primary version's overrides. If keys are present in both the auxiliary version's overrides and the primary version's overrides, the value from the auxiliary version's overrides takes precedence.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "endpoints": [ # Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the auxiliary metastore service, includes version and region data.
+          { # An endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+            "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.
+            "region": "A String", # Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.
+          },
+        ],
+        "version": "A String", # The Hive metastore version of the auxiliary service. It must be less than the primary Hive metastore service's version.
+      },
+    },
+    "configOverrides": { # Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml). The mappings override system defaults (some keys cannot be overridden). These overrides are also applied to auxiliary versions and can be further customized in the auxiliary version's AuxiliaryVersionConfig.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "endpointProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The protocol to use for the metastore service endpoint. If unspecified, defaults to GRPC.
+    "version": "A String", # Immutable. The Hive metastore schema version.
+  },
+  "labels": { # User-defined labels for the metastore service.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "metadataIntegration": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services. # Optional. The setting that defines how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services and systems.
+    "dataCatalogConfig": { # Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service. # Optional. The integration config for the Data Catalog service.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the metastore metadata should be synced to Data Catalog. The default value is to disable syncing metastore metadata to Data Catalog.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.
+  "scalingConfig": { # Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. Scaling configuration of the metastore service.
+    "autoscalingConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The autoscaling configuration.
+      "autoscalingEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not autoscaling is enabled for this service.
+      "autoscalingFactor": 42, # Output only. The scaling factor of a service with autoscaling enabled.
+      "limitConfig": { # Represents the autoscaling limit configuration of a metastore service. # Optional. The LimitConfig of the service.
+        "maxScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The highest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+        "minScalingFactor": 42, # Optional. The lowest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.
+      },
+    },
+    "scalingFactor": 42, # Optional. Scaling factor from 1 to 5, increments of 1.
+  },
+  "scheduledBackup": { # This specifies the configuration of scheduled backup. # Optional. The configuration of scheduled backup for the metastore service.
+    "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing backup files will be stored below it.
+    "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. The scheduled interval in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron The default is empty: scheduled backup is not enabled. Must be specified to enable scheduled backups.
+    "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the scheduled backup is enabled. The default value is false.
+    "latestBackup": { # The details of the latest scheduled backup. # Output only. The details of the latest scheduled backup.
+      "backupId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of an in-progress scheduled backup. Empty if no backup is in progress.
+      "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the backup completion.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was started.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+    },
+    "nextScheduledTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the next backups execution is scheduled to start.
+    "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the time zone to be used when interpreting cron_schedule. Must be a time zone name from the time zone database (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones), e.g. America/Los_Angeles or Africa/Abidjan. If left unspecified, the default is UTC.
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service.
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the metastore service, if available.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The globally unique resource identifier of the metastore service.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was last updated.
+  "warehouseGcsUri": "A String", # Required. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies the default warehouse directory of the Hive Metastore.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+  updateMask: string, Required. A field mask used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the metastore service resource by the update. Fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource (not to the full request). A field is overwritten if it is in the mask.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ queryMetadata(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Query Dataproc Metastore metadata.
+
+Args:
+  service: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to query metadata, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.QueryMetadata.
+  "query": "A String", # Required. A read-only SQL query to execute against the metadata database. The query cannot change or mutate the data.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ removeIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Removes the attached IAM policies for a resource
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, Required. The relative resource name of the dataplane resource to remove IAM policy, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/databases/{database_id} or projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/databases/{database_id}/tables/{table_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.RemoveIamPolicy.
+  "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Removes IAM policy attached to database or table asynchronously when it is set. The default is false.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for DataprocMetastore.RemoveIamPolicy.
+  "success": True or False, # True if the policy is successfully removed.
+}
+
+ +
+ restore(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Restores a service from a backup.
+
+Args:
+  service: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to run restore, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.Restore.
+  "backup": "A String", # Optional. The relative resource name of the metastore service backup to restore from, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}. Mutually exclusive with backup_location, and exactly one of the two must be set.
+  "backupLocation": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage URI specifying the location of the backup artifacts, namely - backup avro files under "avro/", backup_metastore.json and service.json, in the following form:gs://. Mutually exclusive with backup, and exactly one of the two must be set.
+  "requestId": "A String", # Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format). A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+  "restoreType": "A String", # Optional. The type of restore. If unspecified, defaults to METADATA_ONLY.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ startMigration(service, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Starts the Managed Migration process.
+
+Args:
+  service: string, Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to start migrating to, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DataprocMetastore.StartMigration.
+  "migrationExecution": { # The details of a migration execution resource. # Required. The configuration details for the migration.
+    "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { # Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. # Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore.
+      "cdcConfig": { # Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. # Required. Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. Dataproc Metastore switches to using its backend database after the cutover phase of migration.
+        "bucket": "A String", # Optional. The bucket to write the intermediate stream event data in. The bucket name must be without any prefix like "gs://". See the bucket naming requirements (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/buckets#naming). This field is optional. If not set, the Artifacts Cloud Storage bucket will be used.
+        "password": "A String", # Required. Input only. The password for the user that Datastream service should use for the MySQL connection. This field is not returned on request.
+        "reverseProxySubnet": "A String", # Required. The URL of the subnetwork resource to create the VM instance hosting the reverse proxy in. More context in https://cloud.google.com/datastream/docs/private-connectivity#reverse-csql-proxy The subnetwork should reside in the network provided in the request that Datastream will peer to and should be in the same region as Datastream, in the following format. projects/{project_id}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}
+        "rootPath": "A String", # Optional. The root path inside the Cloud Storage bucket. The stream event data will be written to this path. The default value is /migration.
+        "subnetIpRange": "A String", # Required. A /29 CIDR IP range for peering with datastream.
+        "username": "A String", # Required. The username that the Datastream service should use for the MySQL connection.
+        "vpcNetwork": "A String", # Required. Fully qualified name of the Cloud SQL instance's VPC network or the shared VPC network that Datastream will peer to, in the following format: projects/{project_id}/locations/global/networks/{network_id}. More context in https://cloud.google.com/datastream/docs/network-connectivity-options#privateconnectivity
+      },
+      "cloudSqlConnectionConfig": { # Configuration information to establish customer database connection before the cutover phase of migration # Required. Configuration information to establish customer database connection before the cutover phase of migration
+        "hiveDatabaseName": "A String", # Required. The hive database name.
+        "instanceConnectionName": "A String", # Required. Cloud SQL database connection name (project_id:region:instance_name)
+        "ipAddress": "A String", # Required. The private IP address of the Cloud SQL instance.
+        "natSubnet": "A String", # Required. The relative resource name of the subnetwork to be used for Private Service Connect. Note that this cannot be a regular subnet and is used only for NAT. (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/about-vpc-hosted-services#psc-subnets) This subnet is used to publish the SOCKS5 proxy service. The subnet size must be at least /29 and it should reside in a network through which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible. The resource name should be in the format, projects/{project_id}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}
+        "password": "A String", # Required. Input only. The password for the user that Dataproc Metastore service will be using to connect to the database. This field is not returned on request.
+        "port": 42, # Required. The network port of the database.
+        "proxySubnet": "A String", # Required. The relative resource name of the subnetwork to deploy the SOCKS5 proxy service in. The subnetwork should reside in a network through which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible. The resource name should be in the format, projects/{project_id}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}
+        "username": "A String", # Required. The username that Dataproc Metastore service will use to connect to the database.
+      },
+    },
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution was started.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution finished.
+    "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}
+    "phase": "A String", # Output only. The current phase of the migration execution.
+    "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the migration execution.
+    "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the migration execution.
+  },
+  "requestId": "A String", # Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d6434b979e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v2beta.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.html @@ -0,0 +1,250 @@ + + + +

Dataproc Metastore API . projects . locations . services . migrationExecutions

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single migration execution.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single migration execution.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists migration executions on a service.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single migration execution.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The relative resource name of the migrationExecution to delete, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}. (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single migration execution.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The relative resource name of the migration execution to retrieve, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The details of a migration execution resource.
+  "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { # Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. # Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore.
+    "cdcConfig": { # Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. # Required. Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. Dataproc Metastore switches to using its backend database after the cutover phase of migration.
+      "bucket": "A String", # Optional. The bucket to write the intermediate stream event data in. The bucket name must be without any prefix like "gs://". See the bucket naming requirements (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/buckets#naming). This field is optional. If not set, the Artifacts Cloud Storage bucket will be used.
+      "password": "A String", # Required. Input only. The password for the user that Datastream service should use for the MySQL connection. This field is not returned on request.
+      "reverseProxySubnet": "A String", # Required. The URL of the subnetwork resource to create the VM instance hosting the reverse proxy in. More context in https://cloud.google.com/datastream/docs/private-connectivity#reverse-csql-proxy The subnetwork should reside in the network provided in the request that Datastream will peer to and should be in the same region as Datastream, in the following format. projects/{project_id}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}
+      "rootPath": "A String", # Optional. The root path inside the Cloud Storage bucket. The stream event data will be written to this path. The default value is /migration.
+      "subnetIpRange": "A String", # Required. A /29 CIDR IP range for peering with datastream.
+      "username": "A String", # Required. The username that the Datastream service should use for the MySQL connection.
+      "vpcNetwork": "A String", # Required. Fully qualified name of the Cloud SQL instance's VPC network or the shared VPC network that Datastream will peer to, in the following format: projects/{project_id}/locations/global/networks/{network_id}. More context in https://cloud.google.com/datastream/docs/network-connectivity-options#privateconnectivity
+    },
+    "cloudSqlConnectionConfig": { # Configuration information to establish customer database connection before the cutover phase of migration # Required. Configuration information to establish customer database connection before the cutover phase of migration
+      "hiveDatabaseName": "A String", # Required. The hive database name.
+      "instanceConnectionName": "A String", # Required. Cloud SQL database connection name (project_id:region:instance_name)
+      "ipAddress": "A String", # Required. The private IP address of the Cloud SQL instance.
+      "natSubnet": "A String", # Required. The relative resource name of the subnetwork to be used for Private Service Connect. Note that this cannot be a regular subnet and is used only for NAT. (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/about-vpc-hosted-services#psc-subnets) This subnet is used to publish the SOCKS5 proxy service. The subnet size must be at least /29 and it should reside in a network through which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible. The resource name should be in the format, projects/{project_id}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}
+      "password": "A String", # Required. Input only. The password for the user that Dataproc Metastore service will be using to connect to the database. This field is not returned on request.
+      "port": 42, # Required. The network port of the database.
+      "proxySubnet": "A String", # Required. The relative resource name of the subnetwork to deploy the SOCKS5 proxy service in. The subnetwork should reside in a network through which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible. The resource name should be in the format, projects/{project_id}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}
+      "username": "A String", # Required. The username that Dataproc Metastore service will use to connect to the database.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution was started.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution finished.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}
+  "phase": "A String", # Output only. The current phase of the migration execution.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the migration execution.
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the migration execution.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists migration executions on a service.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The relative resource name of the service whose migration executions to list, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. The filter to apply to list results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Specify the ordering of results as described in Sorting Order (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order). If not specified, the results will be sorted in the default order.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of migration executions to return. The response may contain less than the maximum number. If unspecified, no more than 500 migration executions are returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 are changed to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous DataprocMetastore.ListMigrationExecutions call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.To retrieve the first page, supply an empty page token.When paginating, other parameters provided to DataprocMetastore.ListMigrationExecutions must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for DataprocMetastore.ListMigrationExecutions.
+  "migrationExecutions": [ # The migration executions on the specified service.
+    { # The details of a migration execution resource.
+      "cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { # Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore. # Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore.
+        "cdcConfig": { # Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. # Required. Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. Dataproc Metastore switches to using its backend database after the cutover phase of migration.
+          "bucket": "A String", # Optional. The bucket to write the intermediate stream event data in. The bucket name must be without any prefix like "gs://". See the bucket naming requirements (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/buckets#naming). This field is optional. If not set, the Artifacts Cloud Storage bucket will be used.
+          "password": "A String", # Required. Input only. The password for the user that Datastream service should use for the MySQL connection. This field is not returned on request.
+          "reverseProxySubnet": "A String", # Required. The URL of the subnetwork resource to create the VM instance hosting the reverse proxy in. More context in https://cloud.google.com/datastream/docs/private-connectivity#reverse-csql-proxy The subnetwork should reside in the network provided in the request that Datastream will peer to and should be in the same region as Datastream, in the following format. projects/{project_id}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}
+          "rootPath": "A String", # Optional. The root path inside the Cloud Storage bucket. The stream event data will be written to this path. The default value is /migration.
+          "subnetIpRange": "A String", # Required. A /29 CIDR IP range for peering with datastream.
+          "username": "A String", # Required. The username that the Datastream service should use for the MySQL connection.
+          "vpcNetwork": "A String", # Required. Fully qualified name of the Cloud SQL instance's VPC network or the shared VPC network that Datastream will peer to, in the following format: projects/{project_id}/locations/global/networks/{network_id}. More context in https://cloud.google.com/datastream/docs/network-connectivity-options#privateconnectivity
+        },
+        "cloudSqlConnectionConfig": { # Configuration information to establish customer database connection before the cutover phase of migration # Required. Configuration information to establish customer database connection before the cutover phase of migration
+          "hiveDatabaseName": "A String", # Required. The hive database name.
+          "instanceConnectionName": "A String", # Required. Cloud SQL database connection name (project_id:region:instance_name)
+          "ipAddress": "A String", # Required. The private IP address of the Cloud SQL instance.
+          "natSubnet": "A String", # Required. The relative resource name of the subnetwork to be used for Private Service Connect. Note that this cannot be a regular subnet and is used only for NAT. (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/about-vpc-hosted-services#psc-subnets) This subnet is used to publish the SOCKS5 proxy service. The subnet size must be at least /29 and it should reside in a network through which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible. The resource name should be in the format, projects/{project_id}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}
+          "password": "A String", # Required. Input only. The password for the user that Dataproc Metastore service will be using to connect to the database. This field is not returned on request.
+          "port": 42, # Required. The network port of the database.
+          "proxySubnet": "A String", # Required. The relative resource name of the subnetwork to deploy the SOCKS5 proxy service in. The subnetwork should reside in a network through which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible. The resource name should be in the format, projects/{project_id}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}
+          "username": "A String", # Required. The username that Dataproc Metastore service will use to connect to the database.
+        },
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution was started.
+      "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the migration execution finished.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}
+      "phase": "A String", # Output only. The current phase of the migration execution.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the migration execution.
+      "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the current state of the migration execution.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.operations.html index 651d7fa3a20..ede559eb926 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

NetApp API .

Instance Methods

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.storagePools.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
index 76f9eabd2a6..52ffcc1309c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
@@ -98,6 +98,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

switch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

This operation will switch the active/replica zone for a regional storagePool.

+

+ validateDirectoryService(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

ValidateDirectoryService does a connectivity check for a directory service policy attached to the storage pool.

Method Details

close() @@ -414,4 +417,46 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ validateDirectoryService(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
ValidateDirectoryService does a connectivity check for a directory service policy attached to the storage pool.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the storage pool (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # ValidateDirectoryServiceRequest validates the directory service policy attached to the storage pool.
+  "directoryServiceType": "A String", # Type of directory service policy attached to the storage pool.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.html index 5e2f0289a51..370c1ca16bd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.html @@ -74,11 +74,6 @@

NetApp API . projects . locations . volumes

Instance Methods

-

- quotaRules() -

-

Returns the quotaRules Resource.

-

replications()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.replications.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.replications.html index ba6145c8b12..e69ae2d80d2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.replications.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.replications.html @@ -134,6 +134,10 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Description for the destination volume. "shareName": "A String", # Destination volume's share name. If not specified, source volume's share name will be used. "storagePool": "A String", # Required. Existing destination StoragePool name. + "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Optional. Tiering policy for the volume. + "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31. + "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED. + }, "volumeId": "A String", # Desired destination volume resource id. If not specified, source volume's resource id will be used. This value must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens, and cannot end with a hyphen. }, "healthy": True or False, # Output only. Condition of the relationship. Can be one of the following: - true: The replication relationship is healthy. It has not missed the most recent scheduled transfer. - false: The replication relationship is not healthy. It has missed the most recent scheduled transfer. @@ -301,6 +305,10 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Description for the destination volume. "shareName": "A String", # Destination volume's share name. If not specified, source volume's share name will be used. "storagePool": "A String", # Required. Existing destination StoragePool name. + "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Optional. Tiering policy for the volume. + "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31. + "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED. + }, "volumeId": "A String", # Desired destination volume resource id. If not specified, source volume's resource id will be used. This value must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens, and cannot end with a hyphen. }, "healthy": True or False, # Output only. Condition of the relationship. Can be one of the following: - true: The replication relationship is healthy. It has not missed the most recent scheduled transfer. - false: The replication relationship is not healthy. It has missed the most recent scheduled transfer. @@ -364,6 +372,10 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Description for the destination volume. "shareName": "A String", # Destination volume's share name. If not specified, source volume's share name will be used. "storagePool": "A String", # Required. Existing destination StoragePool name. + "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Optional. Tiering policy for the volume. + "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31. + "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED. + }, "volumeId": "A String", # Desired destination volume resource id. If not specified, source volume's resource id will be used. This value must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens, and cannot end with a hyphen. }, "healthy": True or False, # Output only. Condition of the relationship. Can be one of the following: - true: The replication relationship is healthy. It has not missed the most recent scheduled transfer. - false: The replication relationship is not healthy. It has missed the most recent scheduled transfer. @@ -434,6 +446,10 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Description for the destination volume. "shareName": "A String", # Destination volume's share name. If not specified, source volume's share name will be used. "storagePool": "A String", # Required. Existing destination StoragePool name. + "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Optional. Tiering policy for the volume. + "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31. + "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED. + }, "volumeId": "A String", # Desired destination volume resource id. If not specified, source volume's resource id will be used. This value must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens, and cannot end with a hyphen. }, "healthy": True or False, # Output only. Condition of the relationship. Can be one of the following: - true: The replication relationship is healthy. It has not missed the most recent scheduled transfer. - false: The replication relationship is not healthy. It has missed the most recent scheduled transfer. diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html index ab6ecfff858..2a79492cb34 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

NetApp API . cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
index 8d12973fc5a..6dd556a78b6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
@@ -98,6 +98,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

switch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

This operation will switch the active/replica zone for a regional storagePool.

+

+ validateDirectoryService(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

ValidateDirectoryService does a connectivity check for a directory service policy attached to the storage pool.

Method Details

close() @@ -414,4 +417,46 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ validateDirectoryService(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
ValidateDirectoryService does a connectivity check for a directory service policy attached to the storage pool.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the storage pool (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # ValidateDirectoryServiceRequest validates the directory service policy attached to the storage pool.
+  "directoryServiceType": "A String", # Type of directory service policy attached to the storage pool.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html index 6c4ed489f3a..600b2e9654e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html @@ -74,11 +74,6 @@

NetApp API . projects . locations . volumes

Instance Methods

-

- quotaRules() -

-

Returns the quotaRules Resource.

-

replications()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.replications.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.replications.html index 90c6918a212..dd117162ea5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.replications.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.replications.html @@ -134,6 +134,10 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Description for the destination volume. "shareName": "A String", # Destination volume's share name. If not specified, source volume's share name will be used. "storagePool": "A String", # Required. Existing destination StoragePool name. + "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Optional. Tiering policy for the volume. + "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31. + "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED. + }, "volumeId": "A String", # Desired destination volume resource id. If not specified, source volume's resource id will be used. This value must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens, and cannot end with a hyphen. }, "healthy": True or False, # Output only. Condition of the relationship. Can be one of the following: - true: The replication relationship is healthy. It has not missed the most recent scheduled transfer. - false: The replication relationship is not healthy. It has missed the most recent scheduled transfer. @@ -301,6 +305,10 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Description for the destination volume. "shareName": "A String", # Destination volume's share name. If not specified, source volume's share name will be used. "storagePool": "A String", # Required. Existing destination StoragePool name. + "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Optional. Tiering policy for the volume. + "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31. + "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED. + }, "volumeId": "A String", # Desired destination volume resource id. If not specified, source volume's resource id will be used. This value must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens, and cannot end with a hyphen. }, "healthy": True or False, # Output only. Condition of the relationship. Can be one of the following: - true: The replication relationship is healthy. It has not missed the most recent scheduled transfer. - false: The replication relationship is not healthy. It has missed the most recent scheduled transfer. @@ -364,6 +372,10 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Description for the destination volume. "shareName": "A String", # Destination volume's share name. If not specified, source volume's share name will be used. "storagePool": "A String", # Required. Existing destination StoragePool name. + "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Optional. Tiering policy for the volume. + "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31. + "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED. + }, "volumeId": "A String", # Desired destination volume resource id. If not specified, source volume's resource id will be used. This value must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens, and cannot end with a hyphen. }, "healthy": True or False, # Output only. Condition of the relationship. Can be one of the following: - true: The replication relationship is healthy. It has not missed the most recent scheduled transfer. - false: The replication relationship is not healthy. It has missed the most recent scheduled transfer. @@ -434,6 +446,10 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Description for the destination volume. "shareName": "A String", # Destination volume's share name. If not specified, source volume's share name will be used. "storagePool": "A String", # Required. Existing destination StoragePool name. + "tieringPolicy": { # Defines tiering policy for the volume. # Optional. Tiering policy for the volume. + "coolingThresholdDays": 42, # Optional. Time in days to mark the volume's data block as cold and make it eligible for tiering, can be range from 7-183. Default is 31. + "tierAction": "A String", # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume has tiering policy enable/pause. Default is PAUSED. + }, "volumeId": "A String", # Desired destination volume resource id. If not specified, source volume's resource id will be used. This value must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens, and cannot end with a hyphen. }, "healthy": True or False, # Output only. Condition of the relationship. Can be one of the following: - true: The replication relationship is healthy. It has not missed the most recent scheduled transfer. - false: The replication relationship is not healthy. It has missed the most recent scheduled transfer. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html index e4a2c28416a..cc5b79b2b2f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html @@ -492,188 +492,7 @@

Method Details

"relatedProjects": [ # Other projects that may be relevant for reachability analysis. This is applicable to scenarios where a test can cross project boundaries. "A String", ], - "source": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Source specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of source IP address, virtual machine (VM) instance, or Compute Engine network to uniquely identify the source location. Examples: If the source IP address is an internal IP address within a Google Cloud Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network, then you must also specify the VPC network. Otherwise, specify the VM instance, which already contains its internal IP address and VPC network information. If the source of the test is within an on-premises network, then you must provide the destination VPC network. If the source endpoint is a Compute Engine VM instance with multiple network interfaces, the instance itself is not sufficient to identify the endpoint. So, you must also specify the source IP address or VPC network. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the source location is ambiguous. However, the test result may include endpoints that you don't intend to test. - "appEngineVersion": { # Wrapper for the App Engine service version attributes. # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions). - "uri": "A String", # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions) name. - }, - "cloudFunction": { # Wrapper for Cloud Function attributes. # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions). - "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions) name. - }, - "cloudRunRevision": { # Wrapper for Cloud Run revision attributes. # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) - "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) URI. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/revisions/{revision} - }, - "cloudSqlInstance": "A String", # A [Cloud SQL](https://cloud.google.com/sql) instance URI. - "forwardingRule": "A String", # A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud load balancer. Forwarding rules are also used for protocol forwarding, Private Service Connect and other network services to provide forwarding information in the control plane. Format: projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{id} or projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{id} - "forwardingRuleTarget": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the type of the target of the forwarding rule. - "fqdn": "A String", # DNS endpoint of [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). Requires gke_master_cluster to be set, can't be used simultaneoulsly with ip_address or network. Applicable only to destination endpoint. - "gkeMasterCluster": "A String", # A cluster URI for [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). - "instance": "A String", # A Compute Engine instance URI. - "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the endpoint, which can be an external or internal IP. - "loadBalancerId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers. - "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. - "network": "A String", # A Compute Engine network URI. - "networkType": "A String", # Type of the network where the endpoint is located. Applicable only to source endpoint, as destination network type can be inferred from the source. - "port": 42, # The IP protocol port of the endpoint. Only applicable when protocol is TCP or UDP. - "projectId": "A String", # Project ID where the endpoint is located. The Project ID can be derived from the URI if you provide a VM instance or network URI. The following are two cases where you must provide the project ID: 1. Only the IP address is specified, and the IP address is within a Google Cloud project. 2. When you are using Shared VPC and the IP address that you provide is from the service project. In this case, the network that the IP address resides in is defined in the host project. - "redisCluster": "A String", # A [Redis Cluster](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/cluster) URI. - "redisInstance": "A String", # A [Redis Instance](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/redis) URI. - }, - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test's configuration was updated. -} - - testId: string, Required. The logical name of the Connectivity Test in your project with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-40 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the customer project - x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. - Allowed values - 1 - v1 error format - 2 - v2 error format - -Returns: - An object of the form: - - { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call. - "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available. - "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation. - "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. - "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. - { - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, - ], - "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. - }, - "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, - "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, -}
-
- -
- delete(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a specific `ConnectivityTest`.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. Connectivity Test resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/connectivityTests/{test_id}` (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
-  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
-  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
-    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-      {
-        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-      },
-    ],
-    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-  },
-  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
-  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-}
-
- -
- get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the details of a specific Connectivity Test.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. `ConnectivityTest` resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/connectivityTests/{test_id}` (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # A Connectivity Test for a network reachability analysis.
-  "bypassFirewallChecks": True or False, # Whether the test should skip firewall checking. If not provided, we assume false.
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test was created.
-  "description": "A String", # The user-supplied description of the Connectivity Test. Maximum of 512 characters.
-  "destination": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Destination specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of destination IP address, Compute Engine VM instance, or VPC network to uniquely identify the destination location. Even if the destination IP address is not unique, the source IP location is unique. Usually, the analysis can infer the destination endpoint from route information. If the destination you specify is a VM instance and the instance has multiple network interfaces, then you must also specify either a destination IP address or VPC network to identify the destination interface. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the destination location is ambiguous. However, the result can include endpoints that you don't intend to test.
-    "appEngineVersion": { # Wrapper for the App Engine service version attributes. # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions).
-      "uri": "A String", # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions) name.
-    },
-    "cloudFunction": { # Wrapper for Cloud Function attributes. # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions).
-      "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions) name.
-    },
-    "cloudRunRevision": { # Wrapper for Cloud Run revision attributes. # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get)
-      "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) URI. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/revisions/{revision}
-    },
-    "cloudSqlInstance": "A String", # A [Cloud SQL](https://cloud.google.com/sql) instance URI.
-    "forwardingRule": "A String", # A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud load balancer. Forwarding rules are also used for protocol forwarding, Private Service Connect and other network services to provide forwarding information in the control plane. Format: projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{id} or projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{id}
-    "forwardingRuleTarget": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the type of the target of the forwarding rule.
-    "fqdn": "A String", # DNS endpoint of [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). Requires gke_master_cluster to be set, can't be used simultaneoulsly with ip_address or network. Applicable only to destination endpoint.
-    "gkeMasterCluster": "A String", # A cluster URI for [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture).
-    "instance": "A String", # A Compute Engine instance URI.
-    "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the endpoint, which can be an external or internal IP.
-    "loadBalancerId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers.
-    "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to.
-    "network": "A String", # A Compute Engine network URI.
-    "networkType": "A String", # Type of the network where the endpoint is located. Applicable only to source endpoint, as destination network type can be inferred from the source.
-    "port": 42, # The IP protocol port of the endpoint. Only applicable when protocol is TCP or UDP.
-    "projectId": "A String", # Project ID where the endpoint is located. The Project ID can be derived from the URI if you provide a VM instance or network URI. The following are two cases where you must provide the project ID: 1. Only the IP address is specified, and the IP address is within a Google Cloud project. 2. When you are using Shared VPC and the IP address that you provide is from the service project. In this case, the network that the IP address resides in is defined in the host project.
-    "redisCluster": "A String", # A [Redis Cluster](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/cluster) URI.
-    "redisInstance": "A String", # A [Redis Instance](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/redis) URI.
-  },
-  "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of a Connectivity Test.
-  "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user-provided metadata.
-    "a_key": "A String",
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Unique name of the resource using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/connectivityTests/{test_id}`
-  "probingDetails": { # Results of active probing from the last run of the test. # Output only. The probing details of this test from the latest run, present for applicable tests only. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
-    "abortCause": "A String", # The reason probing was aborted.
-    "destinationEgressLocation": { # Representation of a network edge location as per https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/edge-locations. # The EdgeLocation from which a packet destined for/originating from the internet will egress/ingress the Google network. This will only be populated for a connectivity test which has an internet destination/source address. The absence of this field *must not* be used as an indication that the destination/source is part of the Google network.
-      "metropolitanArea": "A String", # Name of the metropolitan area.
-    },
-    "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # The source and destination endpoints derived from the test input and used for active probing.
-      "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
-      "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
-      "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
-      "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
-      "sourceAgentUri": "A String", # URI of the source telemetry agent this packet originates from.
-      "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
-      "sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from.
-      "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
-    },
-    "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Details about an internal failure or the cancellation of active probing.
-      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-        {
-          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-        },
-      ],
-      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-    },
-    "probingLatency": { # Describes measured latency distribution. # Latency as measured by active probing in one direction: from the source to the destination endpoint.
-      "latencyPercentiles": [ # Representative latency percentiles.
-        { # Latency percentile rank and value.
-          "latencyMicros": "A String", # percent-th percentile of latency observed, in microseconds. Fraction of percent/100 of samples have latency lower or equal to the value of this field.
-          "percent": 42, # Percentage of samples this data point applies to.
-        },
-      ],
-    },
-    "result": "A String", # The overall result of active probing.
-    "sentProbeCount": 42, # Number of probes sent.
-    "successfulProbeCount": 42, # Number of probes that reached the destination.
-    "verifyTime": "A String", # The time that reachability was assessed through active probing.
-  },
-  "protocol": "A String", # IP Protocol of the test. When not provided, "TCP" is assumed.
-  "reachabilityDetails": { # Results of the configuration analysis from the last run of the test. # Output only. The reachability details of this test from the latest run. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
+  "returnReachabilityDetails": { # Results of the configuration analysis from the last run of the test. # Output only. The reachability details of this test from the latest run for the return path. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
     "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The details of a failure or a cancellation of reachability analysis.
       "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
       "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
@@ -967,9 +786,7 @@ 

Method Details

], "verifyTime": "A String", # The time of the configuration analysis. }, - "relatedProjects": [ # Other projects that may be relevant for reachability analysis. This is applicable to scenarios where a test can cross project boundaries. - "A String", - ], + "roundTrip": True or False, # Whether run analysis for the return path from destination to source. Default value is false. "source": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Source specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of source IP address, virtual machine (VM) instance, or Compute Engine network to uniquely identify the source location. Examples: If the source IP address is an internal IP address within a Google Cloud Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network, then you must also specify the VPC network. Otherwise, specify the VM instance, which already contains its internal IP address and VPC network information. If the source of the test is within an on-premises network, then you must provide the destination VPC network. If the source endpoint is a Compute Engine VM instance with multiple network interfaces, the instance itself is not sufficient to identify the endpoint. So, you must also specify the source IP address or VPC network. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the source location is ambiguous. However, the test result may include endpoints that you don't intend to test. "appEngineVersion": { # Wrapper for the App Engine service version attributes. # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions). "uri": "A String", # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions) name. @@ -997,16 +814,9 @@

Method Details

"redisInstance": "A String", # A [Redis Instance](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/redis) URI. }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test's configuration was updated. -}
-
- -
- getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+}
 
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  testId: string, Required. The logical name of the Connectivity Test in your project with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-40 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the customer project
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -1015,49 +825,33 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). - "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. - { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. - "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. - { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging. - "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members. - "A String", - ], - "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables. - }, - ], - "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services. - }, - ], - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). - "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. - "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. - "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. - "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. + { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call. + "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`. - "A String", - ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles). - }, - ], - "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. - "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, }
- list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists all Connectivity Tests owned by a project.
+    delete(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes a specific `ConnectivityTest`.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the Connectivity Tests: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global` (required)
-  filter: string, Lists the `ConnectivityTests` that match the filter expression. A filter expression filters the resources listed in the response. The expression must be of the form ` ` where operators: `<`, `>`, `<=`, `>=`, `!=`, `=`, `:` are supported (colon `:` represents a HAS operator which is roughly synonymous with equality). can refer to a proto or JSON field, or a synthetic field. Field names can be camelCase or snake_case. Examples: - Filter by name: name = "projects/proj-1/locations/global/connectivityTests/test-1 - Filter by labels: - Resources that have a key called `foo` labels.foo:* - Resources that have a key called `foo` whose value is `bar` labels.foo = bar
-  orderBy: string, Field to use to sort the list.
-  pageSize: integer, Number of `ConnectivityTests` to return.
-  pageToken: string, Page token from an earlier query, as returned in `next_page_token`.
+  name: string, Required. Connectivity Test resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/connectivityTests/{test_id}` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -1066,50 +860,128 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Response for the `ListConnectivityTests` method. - "nextPageToken": "A String", # Page token to fetch the next set of Connectivity Tests. - "resources": [ # List of Connectivity Tests. - { # A Connectivity Test for a network reachability analysis. - "bypassFirewallChecks": True or False, # Whether the test should skip firewall checking. If not provided, we assume false. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test was created. - "description": "A String", # The user-supplied description of the Connectivity Test. Maximum of 512 characters. - "destination": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Destination specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of destination IP address, Compute Engine VM instance, or VPC network to uniquely identify the destination location. Even if the destination IP address is not unique, the source IP location is unique. Usually, the analysis can infer the destination endpoint from route information. If the destination you specify is a VM instance and the instance has multiple network interfaces, then you must also specify either a destination IP address or VPC network to identify the destination interface. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the destination location is ambiguous. However, the result can include endpoints that you don't intend to test. - "appEngineVersion": { # Wrapper for the App Engine service version attributes. # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions). - "uri": "A String", # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions) name. - }, - "cloudFunction": { # Wrapper for Cloud Function attributes. # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions). - "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions) name. + { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call. + "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, +}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the details of a specific Connectivity Test.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. `ConnectivityTest` resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/connectivityTests/{test_id}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A Connectivity Test for a network reachability analysis.
+  "bypassFirewallChecks": True or False, # Whether the test should skip firewall checking. If not provided, we assume false.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test was created.
+  "description": "A String", # The user-supplied description of the Connectivity Test. Maximum of 512 characters.
+  "destination": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Destination specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of destination IP address, Compute Engine VM instance, or VPC network to uniquely identify the destination location. Even if the destination IP address is not unique, the source IP location is unique. Usually, the analysis can infer the destination endpoint from route information. If the destination you specify is a VM instance and the instance has multiple network interfaces, then you must also specify either a destination IP address or VPC network to identify the destination interface. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the destination location is ambiguous. However, the result can include endpoints that you don't intend to test.
+    "appEngineVersion": { # Wrapper for the App Engine service version attributes. # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions).
+      "uri": "A String", # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions) name.
+    },
+    "cloudFunction": { # Wrapper for Cloud Function attributes. # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions).
+      "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions) name.
+    },
+    "cloudRunRevision": { # Wrapper for Cloud Run revision attributes. # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get)
+      "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) URI. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/revisions/{revision}
+    },
+    "cloudSqlInstance": "A String", # A [Cloud SQL](https://cloud.google.com/sql) instance URI.
+    "forwardingRule": "A String", # A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud load balancer. Forwarding rules are also used for protocol forwarding, Private Service Connect and other network services to provide forwarding information in the control plane. Format: projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{id} or projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{id}
+    "forwardingRuleTarget": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the type of the target of the forwarding rule.
+    "fqdn": "A String", # DNS endpoint of [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). Requires gke_master_cluster to be set, can't be used simultaneoulsly with ip_address or network. Applicable only to destination endpoint.
+    "gkeMasterCluster": "A String", # A cluster URI for [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture).
+    "instance": "A String", # A Compute Engine instance URI.
+    "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the endpoint, which can be an external or internal IP.
+    "loadBalancerId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers.
+    "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to.
+    "network": "A String", # A Compute Engine network URI.
+    "networkType": "A String", # Type of the network where the endpoint is located. Applicable only to source endpoint, as destination network type can be inferred from the source.
+    "port": 42, # The IP protocol port of the endpoint. Only applicable when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+    "projectId": "A String", # Project ID where the endpoint is located. The Project ID can be derived from the URI if you provide a VM instance or network URI. The following are two cases where you must provide the project ID: 1. Only the IP address is specified, and the IP address is within a Google Cloud project. 2. When you are using Shared VPC and the IP address that you provide is from the service project. In this case, the network that the IP address resides in is defined in the host project.
+    "redisCluster": "A String", # A [Redis Cluster](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/cluster) URI.
+    "redisInstance": "A String", # A [Redis Instance](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/redis) URI.
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of a Connectivity Test.
+  "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user-provided metadata.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Unique name of the resource using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/connectivityTests/{test_id}`
+  "probingDetails": { # Results of active probing from the last run of the test. # Output only. The probing details of this test from the latest run, present for applicable tests only. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
+    "abortCause": "A String", # The reason probing was aborted.
+    "destinationEgressLocation": { # Representation of a network edge location as per https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/edge-locations. # The EdgeLocation from which a packet destined for/originating from the internet will egress/ingress the Google network. This will only be populated for a connectivity test which has an internet destination/source address. The absence of this field *must not* be used as an indication that the destination/source is part of the Google network.
+      "metropolitanArea": "A String", # Name of the metropolitan area.
+    },
+    "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # The source and destination endpoints derived from the test input and used for active probing.
+      "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
+      "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
+      "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+      "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
+      "sourceAgentUri": "A String", # URI of the source telemetry agent this packet originates from.
+      "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+      "sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from.
+      "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+    },
+    "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Details about an internal failure or the cancellation of active probing.
+      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+        {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
         },
-        "cloudRunRevision": { # Wrapper for Cloud Run revision attributes. # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get)
-          "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) URI. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/revisions/{revision}
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+    },
+    "probingLatency": { # Describes measured latency distribution. # Latency as measured by active probing in one direction: from the source to the destination endpoint.
+      "latencyPercentiles": [ # Representative latency percentiles.
+        { # Latency percentile rank and value.
+          "latencyMicros": "A String", # percent-th percentile of latency observed, in microseconds. Fraction of percent/100 of samples have latency lower or equal to the value of this field.
+          "percent": 42, # Percentage of samples this data point applies to.
         },
-        "cloudSqlInstance": "A String", # A [Cloud SQL](https://cloud.google.com/sql) instance URI.
-        "forwardingRule": "A String", # A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud load balancer. Forwarding rules are also used for protocol forwarding, Private Service Connect and other network services to provide forwarding information in the control plane. Format: projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{id} or projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{id}
-        "forwardingRuleTarget": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the type of the target of the forwarding rule.
-        "fqdn": "A String", # DNS endpoint of [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). Requires gke_master_cluster to be set, can't be used simultaneoulsly with ip_address or network. Applicable only to destination endpoint.
-        "gkeMasterCluster": "A String", # A cluster URI for [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture).
-        "instance": "A String", # A Compute Engine instance URI.
-        "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the endpoint, which can be an external or internal IP.
-        "loadBalancerId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers.
-        "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to.
-        "network": "A String", # A Compute Engine network URI.
-        "networkType": "A String", # Type of the network where the endpoint is located. Applicable only to source endpoint, as destination network type can be inferred from the source.
-        "port": 42, # The IP protocol port of the endpoint. Only applicable when protocol is TCP or UDP.
-        "projectId": "A String", # Project ID where the endpoint is located. The Project ID can be derived from the URI if you provide a VM instance or network URI. The following are two cases where you must provide the project ID: 1. Only the IP address is specified, and the IP address is within a Google Cloud project. 2. When you are using Shared VPC and the IP address that you provide is from the service project. In this case, the network that the IP address resides in is defined in the host project.
-        "redisCluster": "A String", # A [Redis Cluster](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/cluster) URI.
-        "redisInstance": "A String", # A [Redis Instance](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/redis) URI.
-      },
-      "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of a Connectivity Test.
-      "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user-provided metadata.
-        "a_key": "A String",
-      },
-      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Unique name of the resource using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/connectivityTests/{test_id}`
-      "probingDetails": { # Results of active probing from the last run of the test. # Output only. The probing details of this test from the latest run, present for applicable tests only. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
-        "abortCause": "A String", # The reason probing was aborted.
-        "destinationEgressLocation": { # Representation of a network edge location as per https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/edge-locations. # The EdgeLocation from which a packet destined for/originating from the internet will egress/ingress the Google network. This will only be populated for a connectivity test which has an internet destination/source address. The absence of this field *must not* be used as an indication that the destination/source is part of the Google network.
-          "metropolitanArea": "A String", # Name of the metropolitan area.
+      ],
+    },
+    "result": "A String", # The overall result of active probing.
+    "sentProbeCount": 42, # Number of probes sent.
+    "successfulProbeCount": 42, # Number of probes that reached the destination.
+    "verifyTime": "A String", # The time that reachability was assessed through active probing.
+  },
+  "protocol": "A String", # IP Protocol of the test. When not provided, "TCP" is assumed.
+  "reachabilityDetails": { # Results of the configuration analysis from the last run of the test. # Output only. The reachability details of this test from the latest run. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
+    "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The details of a failure or a cancellation of reachability analysis.
+      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+        {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
         },
-        "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # The source and destination endpoints derived from the test input and used for active probing.
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+    },
+    "result": "A String", # The overall result of the test's configuration analysis.
+    "traces": [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends.
+      { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
+        "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition specified by user request, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
           "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
           "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
           "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
@@ -1119,43 +991,60 @@ 

Method Details

"sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from. "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. }, - "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Details about an internal failure or the cancellation of active probing. - "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. - "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. - { - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + "forwardTraceId": 42, # ID of trace. For forward traces, this ID is unique for each trace. For return traces, it matches ID of associated forward trace. A single forward trace can be associated with none, one or more than one return trace. + "steps": [ # A trace of a test contains multiple steps from the initial state to the final state (delivered, dropped, forwarded, or aborted). The steps are ordered by the processing sequence within the simulated network state machine. It is critical to preserve the order of the steps and avoid reordering or sorting them. + { # A simulated forwarding path is composed of multiple steps. Each step has a well-defined state and an associated configuration. + "abort": { # Details of the final state "abort" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "abort" and reason. + "cause": "A String", # Causes that the analysis is aborted. + "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address that caused the abort. + "projectsMissingPermission": [ # List of project IDs the user specified in the request but lacks access to. In this case, analysis is aborted with the PERMISSION_DENIED cause. + "A String", + ], + "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that caused the abort. }, - ], - "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. - }, - "probingLatency": { # Describes measured latency distribution. # Latency as measured by active probing in one direction: from the source to the destination endpoint. - "latencyPercentiles": [ # Representative latency percentiles. - { # Latency percentile rank and value. - "latencyMicros": "A String", # percent-th percentile of latency observed, in microseconds. Fraction of percent/100 of samples have latency lower or equal to the value of this field. - "percent": 42, # Percentage of samples this data point applies to. + "appEngineVersion": { # For display only. Metadata associated with an App Engine version. # Display information of an App Engine service version. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of an App Engine version. + "environment": "A String", # App Engine execution environment for a version. + "runtime": "A String", # Runtime of the App Engine version. + "uri": "A String", # URI of an App Engine version. }, - ], - }, - "result": "A String", # The overall result of active probing. - "sentProbeCount": 42, # Number of probes sent. - "successfulProbeCount": 42, # Number of probes that reached the destination. - "verifyTime": "A String", # The time that reachability was assessed through active probing. - }, - "protocol": "A String", # IP Protocol of the test. When not provided, "TCP" is assumed. - "reachabilityDetails": { # Results of the configuration analysis from the last run of the test. # Output only. The reachability details of this test from the latest run. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test. - "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The details of a failure or a cancellation of reachability analysis. - "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. - "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. - { - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + "causesDrop": True or False, # This is a step that leads to the final state Drop. + "cloudFunction": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud Function. # Display information of a Cloud Function. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud Function. + "location": "A String", # Location in which the Cloud Function is deployed. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Function. + "versionId": "A String", # Latest successfully deployed version id of the Cloud Function. }, - ], - "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. - }, - "result": "A String", # The overall result of the test's configuration analysis. - "traces": [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends. - { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ``` - "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition specified by user request, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces. + "cloudRunRevision": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud Run revision. # Display information of a Cloud Run revision. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud Run revision. + "location": "A String", # Location in which this revision is deployed. + "serviceUri": "A String", # URI of Cloud Run service this revision belongs to. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Run revision. + }, + "cloudSqlInstance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud SQL instance. # Display information of a Cloud SQL instance. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud SQL instance. + "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of a Cloud SQL instance. + "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of a Cloud SQL instance. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud SQL instance network or empty string if the instance does not have one. + "region": "A String", # Region in which the Cloud SQL instance is running. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud SQL instance. + }, + "deliver": { # Details of the final state "deliver" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "deliver" and reason. + "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the target (if applicable). + "pscGoogleApiTarget": "A String", # PSC Google API target the packet is delivered to (if applicable). + "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that the packet is delivered to. + "storageBucket": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Storage Bucket the packet is delivered to (if applicable). + "target": "A String", # Target type where the packet is delivered to. + }, + "description": "A String", # A description of the step. Usually this is a summary of the state. + "drop": { # Details of the final state "drop" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "drop" and reason. + "cause": "A String", # Cause that the packet is dropped. + "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address of the dropped packet (if relevant). + "region": "A String", # Region of the dropped packet (if relevant). + "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that caused the drop. + "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address of the dropped packet (if relevant). + }, + "endpoint": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Display information of the source and destination under analysis. The endpoint information in an intermediate state may differ with the initial input, as it might be modified by state like NAT, or Connection Proxy. "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address. "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to. "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. @@ -1165,21 +1054,1019 @@

Method Details

"sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from. "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. }, - "forwardTraceId": 42, # ID of trace. For forward traces, this ID is unique for each trace. For return traces, it matches ID of associated forward trace. A single forward trace can be associated with none, one or more than one return trace. - "steps": [ # A trace of a test contains multiple steps from the initial state to the final state (delivered, dropped, forwarded, or aborted). The steps are ordered by the processing sequence within the simulated network state machine. It is critical to preserve the order of the steps and avoid reordering or sorting them. - { # A simulated forwarding path is composed of multiple steps. Each step has a well-defined state and an associated configuration. - "abort": { # Details of the final state "abort" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "abort" and reason. - "cause": "A String", # Causes that the analysis is aborted. - "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address that caused the abort. - "projectsMissingPermission": [ # List of project IDs the user specified in the request but lacks access to. In this case, analysis is aborted with the PERMISSION_DENIED cause. - "A String", - ], - "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that caused the abort. - }, - "appEngineVersion": { # For display only. Metadata associated with an App Engine version. # Display information of an App Engine service version. - "displayName": "A String", # Name of an App Engine version. - "environment": "A String", # App Engine execution environment for a version. - "runtime": "A String", # Runtime of the App Engine version. + "firewall": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a VPC firewall rule, an implied VPC firewall rule, or a firewall policy rule. # Display information of a Compute Engine firewall rule. + "action": "A String", # Possible values: ALLOW, DENY, APPLY_SECURITY_PROFILE_GROUP + "direction": "A String", # Possible values: INGRESS, EGRESS + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the firewall rule. This field might be empty for firewall policy rules. + "firewallRuleType": "A String", # The firewall rule's type. + "networkUri": "A String", # The URI of the VPC network that the firewall rule is associated with. This field is not applicable to hierarchical firewall policy rules. + "policy": "A String", # The name of the firewall policy that this rule is associated with. This field is not applicable to VPC firewall rules and implied VPC firewall rules. + "policyUri": "A String", # The URI of the firewall policy that this rule is associated with. This field is not applicable to VPC firewall rules and implied VPC firewall rules. + "priority": 42, # The priority of the firewall rule. + "targetServiceAccounts": [ # The target service accounts specified by the firewall rule. + "A String", + ], + "targetTags": [ # The target tags defined by the VPC firewall rule. This field is not applicable to firewall policy rules. + "A String", + ], + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the firewall rule. This field is not applicable to implied VPC firewall rules. + }, + "forward": { # Details of the final state "forward" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "forward" and reason. + "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the target (if applicable). + "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that the packet is forwarded to. + "target": "A String", # Target type where this packet is forwarded to. + }, + "forwardingRule": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine forwarding rule. # Display information of a Compute Engine forwarding rule. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of the forwarding rule. + "loadBalancerName": "A String", # Name of the load balancer the forwarding rule belongs to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers (like PSC forwarding rules). + "matchedPortRange": "A String", # Port range defined in the forwarding rule that matches the packet. + "matchedProtocol": "A String", # Protocol defined in the forwarding rule that matches the packet. + "networkUri": "A String", # Network URI. + "pscGoogleApiTarget": "A String", # PSC Google API target this forwarding rule targets (if applicable). + "pscServiceAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC service attachment this forwarding rule targets (if applicable). + "region": "A String", # Region of the forwarding rule. Set only for regional forwarding rules. + "target": "A String", # Target type of the forwarding rule. + "uri": "A String", # URI of the forwarding rule. + "vip": "A String", # VIP of the forwarding rule. + }, + "gkeMaster": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Google Kubernetes Engine (GKE) cluster master. # Display information of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master. + "clusterNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of a GKE cluster network. + "clusterUri": "A String", # URI of a GKE cluster. + "dnsEndpoint": "A String", # DNS endpoint of a GKE cluster control plane. + "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of a GKE cluster control plane. + "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of a GKE cluster control plane. + }, + "googleService": { # For display only. Details of a Google Service sending packets to a VPC network. Although the source IP might be a publicly routable address, some Google Services use special routes within Google production infrastructure to reach Compute Engine Instances. https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/routes#special_return_paths # Display information of a Google service + "googleServiceType": "A String", # Recognized type of a Google Service. + "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address. + }, + "instance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine instance. # Display information of a Compute Engine instance. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine instance. + "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of the network interface. + "interface": "A String", # Name of the network interface of a Compute Engine instance. + "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of the network interface. + "networkTags": [ # Network tags configured on the instance. + "A String", + ], + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. + "pscNetworkAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant). + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account authorized for the instance. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance. + }, + "loadBalancer": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a load balancer. # Display information of the load balancers. Deprecated in favor of the `load_balancer_backend_info` field, not used in new tests. + "backendType": "A String", # Type of load balancer's backend configuration. + "backendUri": "A String", # Backend configuration URI. + "backends": [ # Information for the loadbalancer backends. + { # For display only. Metadata associated with a specific load balancer backend. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine instance or network endpoint. + "healthCheckAllowingFirewallRules": [ # A list of firewall rule URIs allowing probes from health check IP ranges. + "A String", + ], + "healthCheckBlockingFirewallRules": [ # A list of firewall rule URIs blocking probes from health check IP ranges. + "A String", + ], + "healthCheckFirewallState": "A String", # State of the health check firewall configuration. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance or network endpoint. + }, + ], + "healthCheckUri": "A String", # URI of the health check for the load balancer. Deprecated and no longer populated as different load balancer backends might have different health checks. + "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Type of the load balancer. + }, + "loadBalancerBackendInfo": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the load balancer backend. # Display information of a specific load balancer backend. + "backendBucketUri": "A String", # URI of the backend bucket this backend targets (if applicable). + "backendServiceUri": "A String", # URI of the backend service this backend belongs to (if applicable). + "healthCheckFirewallsConfigState": "A String", # Output only. Health check firewalls configuration state for the backend. This is a result of the static firewall analysis (verifying that health check traffic from required IP ranges to the backend is allowed or not). The backend might still be unhealthy even if these firewalls are configured. Please refer to the documentation for more information: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/firewall-rules + "healthCheckUri": "A String", # URI of the health check attached to this backend (if applicable). + "instanceGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the instance group this backend belongs to (if applicable). + "instanceUri": "A String", # URI of the backend instance (if applicable). Populated for instance group backends, and zonal NEG backends. + "name": "A String", # Display name of the backend. For example, it might be an instance name for the instance group backends, or an IP address and port for zonal network endpoint group backends. + "networkEndpointGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the network endpoint group this backend belongs to (if applicable). + "pscGoogleApiTarget": "A String", # PSC Google API target this PSC NEG backend targets (if applicable). + "pscServiceAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC service attachment this PSC NEG backend targets (if applicable). + }, + "nat": { # For display only. Metadata associated with NAT. # Display information of a NAT. + "natGatewayName": "A String", # The name of Cloud NAT Gateway. Only valid when type is CLOUD_NAT. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where NAT translation takes place. + "newDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address after NAT translation. + "newDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port after NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "newSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address after NAT translation. + "newSourcePort": 42, # Source port after NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "oldDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address before NAT translation. + "oldDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port before NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "oldSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address before NAT translation. + "oldSourcePort": 42, # Source port before NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP". + "routerUri": "A String", # Uri of the Cloud Router. Only valid when type is CLOUD_NAT. + "type": "A String", # Type of NAT. + }, + "network": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine network. Next ID: 7 # Display information of a Google Cloud network. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine network. + "matchedIpRange": "A String", # The IP range of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. + "matchedSubnetUri": "A String", # URI of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. + "region": "A String", # The region of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. + }, + "projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. + "proxyConnection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with ProxyConnection. # Display information of a ProxyConnection. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where connection is proxied. + "newDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address of a new connection. + "newDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port of a new connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "newSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address of a new connection. + "newSourcePort": 42, # Source port of a new connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "oldDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address of an original connection + "oldDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port of an original connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "oldSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address of an original connection. + "oldSourcePort": 42, # Source port of an original connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP". + "subnetUri": "A String", # Uri of proxy subnet. + }, + "redisCluster": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Redis Cluster. # Display information of a Redis Cluster. + "discoveryEndpointIpAddress": "A String", # Discovery endpoint IP address of a Redis Cluster. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Redis Cluster. + "location": "A String", # Name of the region in which the Redis Cluster is defined. For example, "us-central1". + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Redis Cluster network in format "projects/{project_id}/global/networks/{network_id}". + "secondaryEndpointIpAddress": "A String", # Secondary endpoint IP address of a Redis Cluster. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Redis Cluster in format "projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}" + }, + "redisInstance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud Redis Instance. # Display information of a Redis Instance. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud Redis Instance. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance network. + "primaryEndpointIp": "A String", # Primary endpoint IP address of a Cloud Redis Instance. + "readEndpointIp": "A String", # Read endpoint IP address of a Cloud Redis Instance (if applicable). + "region": "A String", # Region in which the Cloud Redis Instance is defined. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance. + }, + "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route. + "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network. + "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix. + "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route. + "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a route. + "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route. + "A String", + ], + "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only. + "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only. + "nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route. + "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop. + "priority": 42, # Priority of the route. + "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], + "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable). + "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable. + "routeType": "A String", # Type of route. + "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only. + "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], + "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable). + }, + "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces. + "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group. + }, + "state": "A String", # Each step is in one of the pre-defined states. + "storageBucket": { # For display only. Metadata associated with Storage Bucket. # Display information of a Storage Bucket. Used only for return traces. + "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage Bucket name. + }, + "vpcConnector": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a VPC connector. # Display information of a VPC connector. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPC connector. + "location": "A String", # Location in which the VPC connector is deployed. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPC connector. + }, + "vpnGateway": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine VPN gateway. # Display information of a Compute Engine VPN gateway. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPN gateway. + "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the VPN gateway. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network where the VPN gateway is configured. + "region": "A String", # Name of a Google Cloud region where this VPN gateway is configured. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPN gateway. + "vpnTunnelUri": "A String", # A VPN tunnel that is associated with this VPN gateway. There may be multiple VPN tunnels configured on a VPN gateway, and only the one relevant to the test is displayed. + }, + "vpnTunnel": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine VPN tunnel. # Display information of a Compute Engine VPN tunnel. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPN tunnel. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network where the VPN tunnel is configured. + "region": "A String", # Name of a Google Cloud region where this VPN tunnel is configured. + "remoteGateway": "A String", # URI of a VPN gateway at remote end of the tunnel. + "remoteGatewayIp": "A String", # Remote VPN gateway's IP address. + "routingType": "A String", # Type of the routing policy. + "sourceGateway": "A String", # URI of the VPN gateway at local end of the tunnel. + "sourceGatewayIp": "A String", # Local VPN gateway's IP address. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPN tunnel. + }, + }, + ], + }, + ], + "verifyTime": "A String", # The time of the configuration analysis. + }, + "relatedProjects": [ # Other projects that may be relevant for reachability analysis. This is applicable to scenarios where a test can cross project boundaries. + "A String", + ], + "returnReachabilityDetails": { # Results of the configuration analysis from the last run of the test. # Output only. The reachability details of this test from the latest run for the return path. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The details of a failure or a cancellation of reachability analysis. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "result": "A String", # The overall result of the test's configuration analysis. + "traces": [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends. + { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ``` + "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition specified by user request, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces. + "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address. + "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to. + "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP". + "sourceAgentUri": "A String", # URI of the source telemetry agent this packet originates from. + "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address. + "sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from. + "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + }, + "forwardTraceId": 42, # ID of trace. For forward traces, this ID is unique for each trace. For return traces, it matches ID of associated forward trace. A single forward trace can be associated with none, one or more than one return trace. + "steps": [ # A trace of a test contains multiple steps from the initial state to the final state (delivered, dropped, forwarded, or aborted). The steps are ordered by the processing sequence within the simulated network state machine. It is critical to preserve the order of the steps and avoid reordering or sorting them. + { # A simulated forwarding path is composed of multiple steps. Each step has a well-defined state and an associated configuration. + "abort": { # Details of the final state "abort" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "abort" and reason. + "cause": "A String", # Causes that the analysis is aborted. + "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address that caused the abort. + "projectsMissingPermission": [ # List of project IDs the user specified in the request but lacks access to. In this case, analysis is aborted with the PERMISSION_DENIED cause. + "A String", + ], + "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that caused the abort. + }, + "appEngineVersion": { # For display only. Metadata associated with an App Engine version. # Display information of an App Engine service version. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of an App Engine version. + "environment": "A String", # App Engine execution environment for a version. + "runtime": "A String", # Runtime of the App Engine version. + "uri": "A String", # URI of an App Engine version. + }, + "causesDrop": True or False, # This is a step that leads to the final state Drop. + "cloudFunction": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud Function. # Display information of a Cloud Function. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud Function. + "location": "A String", # Location in which the Cloud Function is deployed. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Function. + "versionId": "A String", # Latest successfully deployed version id of the Cloud Function. + }, + "cloudRunRevision": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud Run revision. # Display information of a Cloud Run revision. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud Run revision. + "location": "A String", # Location in which this revision is deployed. + "serviceUri": "A String", # URI of Cloud Run service this revision belongs to. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Run revision. + }, + "cloudSqlInstance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud SQL instance. # Display information of a Cloud SQL instance. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud SQL instance. + "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of a Cloud SQL instance. + "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of a Cloud SQL instance. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud SQL instance network or empty string if the instance does not have one. + "region": "A String", # Region in which the Cloud SQL instance is running. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud SQL instance. + }, + "deliver": { # Details of the final state "deliver" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "deliver" and reason. + "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the target (if applicable). + "pscGoogleApiTarget": "A String", # PSC Google API target the packet is delivered to (if applicable). + "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that the packet is delivered to. + "storageBucket": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Storage Bucket the packet is delivered to (if applicable). + "target": "A String", # Target type where the packet is delivered to. + }, + "description": "A String", # A description of the step. Usually this is a summary of the state. + "drop": { # Details of the final state "drop" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "drop" and reason. + "cause": "A String", # Cause that the packet is dropped. + "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address of the dropped packet (if relevant). + "region": "A String", # Region of the dropped packet (if relevant). + "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that caused the drop. + "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address of the dropped packet (if relevant). + }, + "endpoint": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Display information of the source and destination under analysis. The endpoint information in an intermediate state may differ with the initial input, as it might be modified by state like NAT, or Connection Proxy. + "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address. + "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to. + "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP". + "sourceAgentUri": "A String", # URI of the source telemetry agent this packet originates from. + "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address. + "sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from. + "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + }, + "firewall": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a VPC firewall rule, an implied VPC firewall rule, or a firewall policy rule. # Display information of a Compute Engine firewall rule. + "action": "A String", # Possible values: ALLOW, DENY, APPLY_SECURITY_PROFILE_GROUP + "direction": "A String", # Possible values: INGRESS, EGRESS + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the firewall rule. This field might be empty for firewall policy rules. + "firewallRuleType": "A String", # The firewall rule's type. + "networkUri": "A String", # The URI of the VPC network that the firewall rule is associated with. This field is not applicable to hierarchical firewall policy rules. + "policy": "A String", # The name of the firewall policy that this rule is associated with. This field is not applicable to VPC firewall rules and implied VPC firewall rules. + "policyUri": "A String", # The URI of the firewall policy that this rule is associated with. This field is not applicable to VPC firewall rules and implied VPC firewall rules. + "priority": 42, # The priority of the firewall rule. + "targetServiceAccounts": [ # The target service accounts specified by the firewall rule. + "A String", + ], + "targetTags": [ # The target tags defined by the VPC firewall rule. This field is not applicable to firewall policy rules. + "A String", + ], + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the firewall rule. This field is not applicable to implied VPC firewall rules. + }, + "forward": { # Details of the final state "forward" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "forward" and reason. + "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the target (if applicable). + "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that the packet is forwarded to. + "target": "A String", # Target type where this packet is forwarded to. + }, + "forwardingRule": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine forwarding rule. # Display information of a Compute Engine forwarding rule. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of the forwarding rule. + "loadBalancerName": "A String", # Name of the load balancer the forwarding rule belongs to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers (like PSC forwarding rules). + "matchedPortRange": "A String", # Port range defined in the forwarding rule that matches the packet. + "matchedProtocol": "A String", # Protocol defined in the forwarding rule that matches the packet. + "networkUri": "A String", # Network URI. + "pscGoogleApiTarget": "A String", # PSC Google API target this forwarding rule targets (if applicable). + "pscServiceAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC service attachment this forwarding rule targets (if applicable). + "region": "A String", # Region of the forwarding rule. Set only for regional forwarding rules. + "target": "A String", # Target type of the forwarding rule. + "uri": "A String", # URI of the forwarding rule. + "vip": "A String", # VIP of the forwarding rule. + }, + "gkeMaster": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Google Kubernetes Engine (GKE) cluster master. # Display information of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master. + "clusterNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of a GKE cluster network. + "clusterUri": "A String", # URI of a GKE cluster. + "dnsEndpoint": "A String", # DNS endpoint of a GKE cluster control plane. + "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of a GKE cluster control plane. + "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of a GKE cluster control plane. + }, + "googleService": { # For display only. Details of a Google Service sending packets to a VPC network. Although the source IP might be a publicly routable address, some Google Services use special routes within Google production infrastructure to reach Compute Engine Instances. https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/routes#special_return_paths # Display information of a Google service + "googleServiceType": "A String", # Recognized type of a Google Service. + "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address. + }, + "instance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine instance. # Display information of a Compute Engine instance. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine instance. + "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of the network interface. + "interface": "A String", # Name of the network interface of a Compute Engine instance. + "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of the network interface. + "networkTags": [ # Network tags configured on the instance. + "A String", + ], + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. + "pscNetworkAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant). + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account authorized for the instance. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance. + }, + "loadBalancer": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a load balancer. # Display information of the load balancers. Deprecated in favor of the `load_balancer_backend_info` field, not used in new tests. + "backendType": "A String", # Type of load balancer's backend configuration. + "backendUri": "A String", # Backend configuration URI. + "backends": [ # Information for the loadbalancer backends. + { # For display only. Metadata associated with a specific load balancer backend. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine instance or network endpoint. + "healthCheckAllowingFirewallRules": [ # A list of firewall rule URIs allowing probes from health check IP ranges. + "A String", + ], + "healthCheckBlockingFirewallRules": [ # A list of firewall rule URIs blocking probes from health check IP ranges. + "A String", + ], + "healthCheckFirewallState": "A String", # State of the health check firewall configuration. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance or network endpoint. + }, + ], + "healthCheckUri": "A String", # URI of the health check for the load balancer. Deprecated and no longer populated as different load balancer backends might have different health checks. + "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Type of the load balancer. + }, + "loadBalancerBackendInfo": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the load balancer backend. # Display information of a specific load balancer backend. + "backendBucketUri": "A String", # URI of the backend bucket this backend targets (if applicable). + "backendServiceUri": "A String", # URI of the backend service this backend belongs to (if applicable). + "healthCheckFirewallsConfigState": "A String", # Output only. Health check firewalls configuration state for the backend. This is a result of the static firewall analysis (verifying that health check traffic from required IP ranges to the backend is allowed or not). The backend might still be unhealthy even if these firewalls are configured. Please refer to the documentation for more information: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/firewall-rules + "healthCheckUri": "A String", # URI of the health check attached to this backend (if applicable). + "instanceGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the instance group this backend belongs to (if applicable). + "instanceUri": "A String", # URI of the backend instance (if applicable). Populated for instance group backends, and zonal NEG backends. + "name": "A String", # Display name of the backend. For example, it might be an instance name for the instance group backends, or an IP address and port for zonal network endpoint group backends. + "networkEndpointGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the network endpoint group this backend belongs to (if applicable). + "pscGoogleApiTarget": "A String", # PSC Google API target this PSC NEG backend targets (if applicable). + "pscServiceAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC service attachment this PSC NEG backend targets (if applicable). + }, + "nat": { # For display only. Metadata associated with NAT. # Display information of a NAT. + "natGatewayName": "A String", # The name of Cloud NAT Gateway. Only valid when type is CLOUD_NAT. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where NAT translation takes place. + "newDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address after NAT translation. + "newDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port after NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "newSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address after NAT translation. + "newSourcePort": 42, # Source port after NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "oldDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address before NAT translation. + "oldDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port before NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "oldSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address before NAT translation. + "oldSourcePort": 42, # Source port before NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP". + "routerUri": "A String", # Uri of the Cloud Router. Only valid when type is CLOUD_NAT. + "type": "A String", # Type of NAT. + }, + "network": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine network. Next ID: 7 # Display information of a Google Cloud network. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine network. + "matchedIpRange": "A String", # The IP range of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. + "matchedSubnetUri": "A String", # URI of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. + "region": "A String", # The region of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. + }, + "projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. + "proxyConnection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with ProxyConnection. # Display information of a ProxyConnection. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where connection is proxied. + "newDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address of a new connection. + "newDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port of a new connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "newSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address of a new connection. + "newSourcePort": 42, # Source port of a new connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "oldDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address of an original connection + "oldDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port of an original connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "oldSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address of an original connection. + "oldSourcePort": 42, # Source port of an original connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP". + "subnetUri": "A String", # Uri of proxy subnet. + }, + "redisCluster": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Redis Cluster. # Display information of a Redis Cluster. + "discoveryEndpointIpAddress": "A String", # Discovery endpoint IP address of a Redis Cluster. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Redis Cluster. + "location": "A String", # Name of the region in which the Redis Cluster is defined. For example, "us-central1". + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Redis Cluster network in format "projects/{project_id}/global/networks/{network_id}". + "secondaryEndpointIpAddress": "A String", # Secondary endpoint IP address of a Redis Cluster. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Redis Cluster in format "projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}" + }, + "redisInstance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud Redis Instance. # Display information of a Redis Instance. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud Redis Instance. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance network. + "primaryEndpointIp": "A String", # Primary endpoint IP address of a Cloud Redis Instance. + "readEndpointIp": "A String", # Read endpoint IP address of a Cloud Redis Instance (if applicable). + "region": "A String", # Region in which the Cloud Redis Instance is defined. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance. + }, + "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route. + "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network. + "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix. + "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route. + "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a route. + "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route. + "A String", + ], + "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only. + "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only. + "nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route. + "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop. + "priority": 42, # Priority of the route. + "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], + "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable). + "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable. + "routeType": "A String", # Type of route. + "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only. + "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], + "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable). + }, + "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces. + "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group. + }, + "state": "A String", # Each step is in one of the pre-defined states. + "storageBucket": { # For display only. Metadata associated with Storage Bucket. # Display information of a Storage Bucket. Used only for return traces. + "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage Bucket name. + }, + "vpcConnector": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a VPC connector. # Display information of a VPC connector. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPC connector. + "location": "A String", # Location in which the VPC connector is deployed. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPC connector. + }, + "vpnGateway": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine VPN gateway. # Display information of a Compute Engine VPN gateway. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPN gateway. + "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the VPN gateway. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network where the VPN gateway is configured. + "region": "A String", # Name of a Google Cloud region where this VPN gateway is configured. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPN gateway. + "vpnTunnelUri": "A String", # A VPN tunnel that is associated with this VPN gateway. There may be multiple VPN tunnels configured on a VPN gateway, and only the one relevant to the test is displayed. + }, + "vpnTunnel": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine VPN tunnel. # Display information of a Compute Engine VPN tunnel. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPN tunnel. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network where the VPN tunnel is configured. + "region": "A String", # Name of a Google Cloud region where this VPN tunnel is configured. + "remoteGateway": "A String", # URI of a VPN gateway at remote end of the tunnel. + "remoteGatewayIp": "A String", # Remote VPN gateway's IP address. + "routingType": "A String", # Type of the routing policy. + "sourceGateway": "A String", # URI of the VPN gateway at local end of the tunnel. + "sourceGatewayIp": "A String", # Local VPN gateway's IP address. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPN tunnel. + }, + }, + ], + }, + ], + "verifyTime": "A String", # The time of the configuration analysis. + }, + "roundTrip": True or False, # Whether run analysis for the return path from destination to source. Default value is false. + "source": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Source specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of source IP address, virtual machine (VM) instance, or Compute Engine network to uniquely identify the source location. Examples: If the source IP address is an internal IP address within a Google Cloud Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network, then you must also specify the VPC network. Otherwise, specify the VM instance, which already contains its internal IP address and VPC network information. If the source of the test is within an on-premises network, then you must provide the destination VPC network. If the source endpoint is a Compute Engine VM instance with multiple network interfaces, the instance itself is not sufficient to identify the endpoint. So, you must also specify the source IP address or VPC network. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the source location is ambiguous. However, the test result may include endpoints that you don't intend to test. + "appEngineVersion": { # Wrapper for the App Engine service version attributes. # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions). + "uri": "A String", # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions) name. + }, + "cloudFunction": { # Wrapper for Cloud Function attributes. # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions). + "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions) name. + }, + "cloudRunRevision": { # Wrapper for Cloud Run revision attributes. # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) + "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) URI. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/revisions/{revision} + }, + "cloudSqlInstance": "A String", # A [Cloud SQL](https://cloud.google.com/sql) instance URI. + "forwardingRule": "A String", # A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud load balancer. Forwarding rules are also used for protocol forwarding, Private Service Connect and other network services to provide forwarding information in the control plane. Format: projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{id} or projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{id} + "forwardingRuleTarget": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the type of the target of the forwarding rule. + "fqdn": "A String", # DNS endpoint of [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). Requires gke_master_cluster to be set, can't be used simultaneoulsly with ip_address or network. Applicable only to destination endpoint. + "gkeMasterCluster": "A String", # A cluster URI for [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). + "instance": "A String", # A Compute Engine instance URI. + "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the endpoint, which can be an external or internal IP. + "loadBalancerId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers. + "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. + "network": "A String", # A Compute Engine network URI. + "networkType": "A String", # Type of the network where the endpoint is located. Applicable only to source endpoint, as destination network type can be inferred from the source. + "port": 42, # The IP protocol port of the endpoint. Only applicable when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "projectId": "A String", # Project ID where the endpoint is located. The Project ID can be derived from the URI if you provide a VM instance or network URI. The following are two cases where you must provide the project ID: 1. Only the IP address is specified, and the IP address is within a Google Cloud project. 2. When you are using Shared VPC and the IP address that you provide is from the service project. In this case, the network that the IP address resides in is defined in the host project. + "redisCluster": "A String", # A [Redis Cluster](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/cluster) URI. + "redisInstance": "A String", # A [Redis Instance](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/redis) URI. + }, + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test's configuration was updated. +}
+
+ +
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists all Connectivity Tests owned by a project.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the Connectivity Tests: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global` (required)
+  filter: string, Lists the `ConnectivityTests` that match the filter expression. A filter expression filters the resources listed in the response. The expression must be of the form ` ` where operators: `<`, `>`, `<=`, `>=`, `!=`, `=`, `:` are supported (colon `:` represents a HAS operator which is roughly synonymous with equality). can refer to a proto or JSON field, or a synthetic field. Field names can be camelCase or snake_case. Examples: - Filter by name: name = "projects/proj-1/locations/global/connectivityTests/test-1 - Filter by labels: - Resources that have a key called `foo` labels.foo:* - Resources that have a key called `foo` whose value is `bar` labels.foo = bar
+  orderBy: string, Field to use to sort the list.
+  pageSize: integer, Number of `ConnectivityTests` to return.
+  pageToken: string, Page token from an earlier query, as returned in `next_page_token`.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for the `ListConnectivityTests` method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Page token to fetch the next set of Connectivity Tests.
+  "resources": [ # List of Connectivity Tests.
+    { # A Connectivity Test for a network reachability analysis.
+      "bypassFirewallChecks": True or False, # Whether the test should skip firewall checking. If not provided, we assume false.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test was created.
+      "description": "A String", # The user-supplied description of the Connectivity Test. Maximum of 512 characters.
+      "destination": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Destination specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of destination IP address, Compute Engine VM instance, or VPC network to uniquely identify the destination location. Even if the destination IP address is not unique, the source IP location is unique. Usually, the analysis can infer the destination endpoint from route information. If the destination you specify is a VM instance and the instance has multiple network interfaces, then you must also specify either a destination IP address or VPC network to identify the destination interface. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the destination location is ambiguous. However, the result can include endpoints that you don't intend to test.
+        "appEngineVersion": { # Wrapper for the App Engine service version attributes. # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions).
+          "uri": "A String", # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions) name.
+        },
+        "cloudFunction": { # Wrapper for Cloud Function attributes. # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions).
+          "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions) name.
+        },
+        "cloudRunRevision": { # Wrapper for Cloud Run revision attributes. # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get)
+          "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) URI. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/revisions/{revision}
+        },
+        "cloudSqlInstance": "A String", # A [Cloud SQL](https://cloud.google.com/sql) instance URI.
+        "forwardingRule": "A String", # A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud load balancer. Forwarding rules are also used for protocol forwarding, Private Service Connect and other network services to provide forwarding information in the control plane. Format: projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{id} or projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{id}
+        "forwardingRuleTarget": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the type of the target of the forwarding rule.
+        "fqdn": "A String", # DNS endpoint of [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). Requires gke_master_cluster to be set, can't be used simultaneoulsly with ip_address or network. Applicable only to destination endpoint.
+        "gkeMasterCluster": "A String", # A cluster URI for [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture).
+        "instance": "A String", # A Compute Engine instance URI.
+        "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the endpoint, which can be an external or internal IP.
+        "loadBalancerId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers.
+        "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to.
+        "network": "A String", # A Compute Engine network URI.
+        "networkType": "A String", # Type of the network where the endpoint is located. Applicable only to source endpoint, as destination network type can be inferred from the source.
+        "port": 42, # The IP protocol port of the endpoint. Only applicable when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+        "projectId": "A String", # Project ID where the endpoint is located. The Project ID can be derived from the URI if you provide a VM instance or network URI. The following are two cases where you must provide the project ID: 1. Only the IP address is specified, and the IP address is within a Google Cloud project. 2. When you are using Shared VPC and the IP address that you provide is from the service project. In this case, the network that the IP address resides in is defined in the host project.
+        "redisCluster": "A String", # A [Redis Cluster](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/cluster) URI.
+        "redisInstance": "A String", # A [Redis Instance](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/redis) URI.
+      },
+      "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of a Connectivity Test.
+      "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user-provided metadata.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Unique name of the resource using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/connectivityTests/{test_id}`
+      "probingDetails": { # Results of active probing from the last run of the test. # Output only. The probing details of this test from the latest run, present for applicable tests only. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
+        "abortCause": "A String", # The reason probing was aborted.
+        "destinationEgressLocation": { # Representation of a network edge location as per https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/edge-locations. # The EdgeLocation from which a packet destined for/originating from the internet will egress/ingress the Google network. This will only be populated for a connectivity test which has an internet destination/source address. The absence of this field *must not* be used as an indication that the destination/source is part of the Google network.
+          "metropolitanArea": "A String", # Name of the metropolitan area.
+        },
+        "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # The source and destination endpoints derived from the test input and used for active probing.
+          "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
+          "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
+          "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+          "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
+          "sourceAgentUri": "A String", # URI of the source telemetry agent this packet originates from.
+          "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+          "sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from.
+          "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+        },
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Details about an internal failure or the cancellation of active probing.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "probingLatency": { # Describes measured latency distribution. # Latency as measured by active probing in one direction: from the source to the destination endpoint.
+          "latencyPercentiles": [ # Representative latency percentiles.
+            { # Latency percentile rank and value.
+              "latencyMicros": "A String", # percent-th percentile of latency observed, in microseconds. Fraction of percent/100 of samples have latency lower or equal to the value of this field.
+              "percent": 42, # Percentage of samples this data point applies to.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "result": "A String", # The overall result of active probing.
+        "sentProbeCount": 42, # Number of probes sent.
+        "successfulProbeCount": 42, # Number of probes that reached the destination.
+        "verifyTime": "A String", # The time that reachability was assessed through active probing.
+      },
+      "protocol": "A String", # IP Protocol of the test. When not provided, "TCP" is assumed.
+      "reachabilityDetails": { # Results of the configuration analysis from the last run of the test. # Output only. The reachability details of this test from the latest run. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The details of a failure or a cancellation of reachability analysis.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "result": "A String", # The overall result of the test's configuration analysis.
+        "traces": [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends.
+          { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
+            "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition specified by user request, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
+              "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
+              "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
+              "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+              "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
+              "sourceAgentUri": "A String", # URI of the source telemetry agent this packet originates from.
+              "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+              "sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from.
+              "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+            },
+            "forwardTraceId": 42, # ID of trace. For forward traces, this ID is unique for each trace. For return traces, it matches ID of associated forward trace. A single forward trace can be associated with none, one or more than one return trace.
+            "steps": [ # A trace of a test contains multiple steps from the initial state to the final state (delivered, dropped, forwarded, or aborted). The steps are ordered by the processing sequence within the simulated network state machine. It is critical to preserve the order of the steps and avoid reordering or sorting them.
+              { # A simulated forwarding path is composed of multiple steps. Each step has a well-defined state and an associated configuration.
+                "abort": { # Details of the final state "abort" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "abort" and reason.
+                  "cause": "A String", # Causes that the analysis is aborted.
+                  "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address that caused the abort.
+                  "projectsMissingPermission": [ # List of project IDs the user specified in the request but lacks access to. In this case, analysis is aborted with the PERMISSION_DENIED cause.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that caused the abort.
+                },
+                "appEngineVersion": { # For display only. Metadata associated with an App Engine version. # Display information of an App Engine service version.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of an App Engine version.
+                  "environment": "A String", # App Engine execution environment for a version.
+                  "runtime": "A String", # Runtime of the App Engine version.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of an App Engine version.
+                },
+                "causesDrop": True or False, # This is a step that leads to the final state Drop.
+                "cloudFunction": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud Function. # Display information of a Cloud Function.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud Function.
+                  "location": "A String", # Location in which the Cloud Function is deployed.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Function.
+                  "versionId": "A String", # Latest successfully deployed version id of the Cloud Function.
+                },
+                "cloudRunRevision": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud Run revision. # Display information of a Cloud Run revision.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud Run revision.
+                  "location": "A String", # Location in which this revision is deployed.
+                  "serviceUri": "A String", # URI of Cloud Run service this revision belongs to.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Run revision.
+                },
+                "cloudSqlInstance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud SQL instance. # Display information of a Cloud SQL instance.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud SQL instance.
+                  "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of a Cloud SQL instance.
+                  "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of a Cloud SQL instance.
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud SQL instance network or empty string if the instance does not have one.
+                  "region": "A String", # Region in which the Cloud SQL instance is running.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud SQL instance.
+                },
+                "deliver": { # Details of the final state "deliver" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "deliver" and reason.
+                  "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the target (if applicable).
+                  "pscGoogleApiTarget": "A String", # PSC Google API target the packet is delivered to (if applicable).
+                  "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that the packet is delivered to.
+                  "storageBucket": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Storage Bucket the packet is delivered to (if applicable).
+                  "target": "A String", # Target type where the packet is delivered to.
+                },
+                "description": "A String", # A description of the step. Usually this is a summary of the state.
+                "drop": { # Details of the final state "drop" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "drop" and reason.
+                  "cause": "A String", # Cause that the packet is dropped.
+                  "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address of the dropped packet (if relevant).
+                  "region": "A String", # Region of the dropped packet (if relevant).
+                  "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that caused the drop.
+                  "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address of the dropped packet (if relevant).
+                },
+                "endpoint": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Display information of the source and destination under analysis. The endpoint information in an intermediate state may differ with the initial input, as it might be modified by state like NAT, or Connection Proxy.
+                  "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
+                  "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
+                  "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+                  "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
+                  "sourceAgentUri": "A String", # URI of the source telemetry agent this packet originates from.
+                  "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+                  "sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from.
+                  "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+                },
+                "firewall": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a VPC firewall rule, an implied VPC firewall rule, or a firewall policy rule. # Display information of a Compute Engine firewall rule.
+                  "action": "A String", # Possible values: ALLOW, DENY, APPLY_SECURITY_PROFILE_GROUP
+                  "direction": "A String", # Possible values: INGRESS, EGRESS
+                  "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the firewall rule. This field might be empty for firewall policy rules.
+                  "firewallRuleType": "A String", # The firewall rule's type.
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # The URI of the VPC network that the firewall rule is associated with. This field is not applicable to hierarchical firewall policy rules.
+                  "policy": "A String", # The name of the firewall policy that this rule is associated with. This field is not applicable to VPC firewall rules and implied VPC firewall rules.
+                  "policyUri": "A String", # The URI of the firewall policy that this rule is associated with. This field is not applicable to VPC firewall rules and implied VPC firewall rules.
+                  "priority": 42, # The priority of the firewall rule.
+                  "targetServiceAccounts": [ # The target service accounts specified by the firewall rule.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "targetTags": [ # The target tags defined by the VPC firewall rule. This field is not applicable to firewall policy rules.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "uri": "A String", # The URI of the firewall rule. This field is not applicable to implied VPC firewall rules.
+                },
+                "forward": { # Details of the final state "forward" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "forward" and reason.
+                  "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the target (if applicable).
+                  "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that the packet is forwarded to.
+                  "target": "A String", # Target type where this packet is forwarded to.
+                },
+                "forwardingRule": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine forwarding rule. # Display information of a Compute Engine forwarding rule.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of the forwarding rule.
+                  "loadBalancerName": "A String", # Name of the load balancer the forwarding rule belongs to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers (like PSC forwarding rules).
+                  "matchedPortRange": "A String", # Port range defined in the forwarding rule that matches the packet.
+                  "matchedProtocol": "A String", # Protocol defined in the forwarding rule that matches the packet.
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # Network URI.
+                  "pscGoogleApiTarget": "A String", # PSC Google API target this forwarding rule targets (if applicable).
+                  "pscServiceAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC service attachment this forwarding rule targets (if applicable).
+                  "region": "A String", # Region of the forwarding rule. Set only for regional forwarding rules.
+                  "target": "A String", # Target type of the forwarding rule.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of the forwarding rule.
+                  "vip": "A String", # VIP of the forwarding rule.
+                },
+                "gkeMaster": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Google Kubernetes Engine (GKE) cluster master. # Display information of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master.
+                  "clusterNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of a GKE cluster network.
+                  "clusterUri": "A String", # URI of a GKE cluster.
+                  "dnsEndpoint": "A String", # DNS endpoint of a GKE cluster control plane.
+                  "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of a GKE cluster control plane.
+                  "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of a GKE cluster control plane.
+                },
+                "googleService": { # For display only. Details of a Google Service sending packets to a VPC network. Although the source IP might be a publicly routable address, some Google Services use special routes within Google production infrastructure to reach Compute Engine Instances. https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/routes#special_return_paths # Display information of a Google service
+                  "googleServiceType": "A String", # Recognized type of a Google Service.
+                  "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+                },
+                "instance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine instance. # Display information of a Compute Engine instance.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine instance.
+                  "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of the network interface.
+                  "interface": "A String", # Name of the network interface of a Compute Engine instance.
+                  "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of the network interface.
+                  "networkTags": [ # Network tags configured on the instance.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network.
+                  "pscNetworkAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant).
+                  "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account authorized for the instance.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance.
+                },
+                "loadBalancer": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a load balancer. # Display information of the load balancers. Deprecated in favor of the `load_balancer_backend_info` field, not used in new tests.
+                  "backendType": "A String", # Type of load balancer's backend configuration.
+                  "backendUri": "A String", # Backend configuration URI.
+                  "backends": [ # Information for the loadbalancer backends.
+                    { # For display only. Metadata associated with a specific load balancer backend.
+                      "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine instance or network endpoint.
+                      "healthCheckAllowingFirewallRules": [ # A list of firewall rule URIs allowing probes from health check IP ranges.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
+                      "healthCheckBlockingFirewallRules": [ # A list of firewall rule URIs blocking probes from health check IP ranges.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
+                      "healthCheckFirewallState": "A String", # State of the health check firewall configuration.
+                      "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance or network endpoint.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "healthCheckUri": "A String", # URI of the health check for the load balancer. Deprecated and no longer populated as different load balancer backends might have different health checks.
+                  "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Type of the load balancer.
+                },
+                "loadBalancerBackendInfo": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the load balancer backend. # Display information of a specific load balancer backend.
+                  "backendBucketUri": "A String", # URI of the backend bucket this backend targets (if applicable).
+                  "backendServiceUri": "A String", # URI of the backend service this backend belongs to (if applicable).
+                  "healthCheckFirewallsConfigState": "A String", # Output only. Health check firewalls configuration state for the backend. This is a result of the static firewall analysis (verifying that health check traffic from required IP ranges to the backend is allowed or not). The backend might still be unhealthy even if these firewalls are configured. Please refer to the documentation for more information: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/firewall-rules
+                  "healthCheckUri": "A String", # URI of the health check attached to this backend (if applicable).
+                  "instanceGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the instance group this backend belongs to (if applicable).
+                  "instanceUri": "A String", # URI of the backend instance (if applicable). Populated for instance group backends, and zonal NEG backends.
+                  "name": "A String", # Display name of the backend. For example, it might be an instance name for the instance group backends, or an IP address and port for zonal network endpoint group backends.
+                  "networkEndpointGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the network endpoint group this backend belongs to (if applicable).
+                  "pscGoogleApiTarget": "A String", # PSC Google API target this PSC NEG backend targets (if applicable).
+                  "pscServiceAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC service attachment this PSC NEG backend targets (if applicable).
+                },
+                "nat": { # For display only. Metadata associated with NAT. # Display information of a NAT.
+                  "natGatewayName": "A String", # The name of Cloud NAT Gateway. Only valid when type is CLOUD_NAT.
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where NAT translation takes place.
+                  "newDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address after NAT translation.
+                  "newDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port after NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+                  "newSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address after NAT translation.
+                  "newSourcePort": 42, # Source port after NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+                  "oldDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address before NAT translation.
+                  "oldDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port before NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+                  "oldSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address before NAT translation.
+                  "oldSourcePort": 42, # Source port before NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+                  "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
+                  "routerUri": "A String", # Uri of the Cloud Router. Only valid when type is CLOUD_NAT.
+                  "type": "A String", # Type of NAT.
+                },
+                "network": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine network. Next ID: 7 # Display information of a Google Cloud network.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine network.
+                  "matchedIpRange": "A String", # The IP range of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test.
+                  "matchedSubnetUri": "A String", # URI of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test.
+                  "region": "A String", # The region of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network.
+                },
+                "projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating.
+                "proxyConnection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with ProxyConnection. # Display information of a ProxyConnection.
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where connection is proxied.
+                  "newDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address of a new connection.
+                  "newDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port of a new connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+                  "newSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address of a new connection.
+                  "newSourcePort": 42, # Source port of a new connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+                  "oldDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address of an original connection
+                  "oldDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port of an original connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+                  "oldSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address of an original connection.
+                  "oldSourcePort": 42, # Source port of an original connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+                  "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
+                  "subnetUri": "A String", # Uri of proxy subnet.
+                },
+                "redisCluster": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Redis Cluster. # Display information of a Redis Cluster.
+                  "discoveryEndpointIpAddress": "A String", # Discovery endpoint IP address of a Redis Cluster.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Redis Cluster.
+                  "location": "A String", # Name of the region in which the Redis Cluster is defined. For example, "us-central1".
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Redis Cluster network in format "projects/{project_id}/global/networks/{network_id}".
+                  "secondaryEndpointIpAddress": "A String", # Secondary endpoint IP address of a Redis Cluster.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a Redis Cluster in format "projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}"
+                },
+                "redisInstance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud Redis Instance. # Display information of a Redis Instance.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud Redis Instance.
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance network.
+                  "primaryEndpointIp": "A String", # Primary endpoint IP address of a Cloud Redis Instance.
+                  "readEndpointIp": "A String", # Read endpoint IP address of a Cloud Redis Instance (if applicable).
+                  "region": "A String", # Region in which the Cloud Redis Instance is defined.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance.
+                },
+                "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route.
+                  "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network.
+                  "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
+                  "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route.
+                  "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a route.
+                  "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only.
+                  "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only.
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only.
+                  "nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route.
+                  "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop.
+                  "priority": 42, # Priority of the route.
+                  "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable).
+                  "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable.
+                  "routeType": "A String", # Type of route.
+                  "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                  "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable).
+                },
+                "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces.
+                  "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group.
+                },
+                "state": "A String", # Each step is in one of the pre-defined states.
+                "storageBucket": { # For display only. Metadata associated with Storage Bucket. # Display information of a Storage Bucket. Used only for return traces.
+                  "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage Bucket name.
+                },
+                "vpcConnector": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a VPC connector. # Display information of a VPC connector.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPC connector.
+                  "location": "A String", # Location in which the VPC connector is deployed.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPC connector.
+                },
+                "vpnGateway": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine VPN gateway. # Display information of a Compute Engine VPN gateway.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPN gateway.
+                  "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the VPN gateway.
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network where the VPN gateway is configured.
+                  "region": "A String", # Name of a Google Cloud region where this VPN gateway is configured.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPN gateway.
+                  "vpnTunnelUri": "A String", # A VPN tunnel that is associated with this VPN gateway. There may be multiple VPN tunnels configured on a VPN gateway, and only the one relevant to the test is displayed.
+                },
+                "vpnTunnel": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine VPN tunnel. # Display information of a Compute Engine VPN tunnel.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPN tunnel.
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network where the VPN tunnel is configured.
+                  "region": "A String", # Name of a Google Cloud region where this VPN tunnel is configured.
+                  "remoteGateway": "A String", # URI of a VPN gateway at remote end of the tunnel.
+                  "remoteGatewayIp": "A String", # Remote VPN gateway's IP address.
+                  "routingType": "A String", # Type of the routing policy.
+                  "sourceGateway": "A String", # URI of the VPN gateway at local end of the tunnel.
+                  "sourceGatewayIp": "A String", # Local VPN gateway's IP address.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPN tunnel.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
+        "verifyTime": "A String", # The time of the configuration analysis.
+      },
+      "relatedProjects": [ # Other projects that may be relevant for reachability analysis. This is applicable to scenarios where a test can cross project boundaries.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "returnReachabilityDetails": { # Results of the configuration analysis from the last run of the test. # Output only. The reachability details of this test from the latest run for the return path. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The details of a failure or a cancellation of reachability analysis.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "result": "A String", # The overall result of the test's configuration analysis.
+        "traces": [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends.
+          { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
+            "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition specified by user request, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
+              "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
+              "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
+              "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+              "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
+              "sourceAgentUri": "A String", # URI of the source telemetry agent this packet originates from.
+              "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+              "sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from.
+              "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+            },
+            "forwardTraceId": 42, # ID of trace. For forward traces, this ID is unique for each trace. For return traces, it matches ID of associated forward trace. A single forward trace can be associated with none, one or more than one return trace.
+            "steps": [ # A trace of a test contains multiple steps from the initial state to the final state (delivered, dropped, forwarded, or aborted). The steps are ordered by the processing sequence within the simulated network state machine. It is critical to preserve the order of the steps and avoid reordering or sorting them.
+              { # A simulated forwarding path is composed of multiple steps. Each step has a well-defined state and an associated configuration.
+                "abort": { # Details of the final state "abort" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "abort" and reason.
+                  "cause": "A String", # Causes that the analysis is aborted.
+                  "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address that caused the abort.
+                  "projectsMissingPermission": [ # List of project IDs the user specified in the request but lacks access to. In this case, analysis is aborted with the PERMISSION_DENIED cause.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that caused the abort.
+                },
+                "appEngineVersion": { # For display only. Metadata associated with an App Engine version. # Display information of an App Engine service version.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of an App Engine version.
+                  "environment": "A String", # App Engine execution environment for a version.
+                  "runtime": "A String", # Runtime of the App Engine version.
                   "uri": "A String", # URI of an App Engine version.
                 },
                 "causesDrop": True or False, # This is a step that leads to the final state Drop.
@@ -1390,187 +2277,482 @@ 

Method Details

"protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only. "A String", ], - "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable). - "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable. - "routeType": "A String", # Type of route. - "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only. - "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable). + "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable. + "routeType": "A String", # Type of route. + "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only. + "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], + "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable). + }, + "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces. + "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group. + }, + "state": "A String", # Each step is in one of the pre-defined states. + "storageBucket": { # For display only. Metadata associated with Storage Bucket. # Display information of a Storage Bucket. Used only for return traces. + "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage Bucket name. + }, + "vpcConnector": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a VPC connector. # Display information of a VPC connector. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPC connector. + "location": "A String", # Location in which the VPC connector is deployed. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPC connector. + }, + "vpnGateway": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine VPN gateway. # Display information of a Compute Engine VPN gateway. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPN gateway. + "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the VPN gateway. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network where the VPN gateway is configured. + "region": "A String", # Name of a Google Cloud region where this VPN gateway is configured. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPN gateway. + "vpnTunnelUri": "A String", # A VPN tunnel that is associated with this VPN gateway. There may be multiple VPN tunnels configured on a VPN gateway, and only the one relevant to the test is displayed. + }, + "vpnTunnel": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine VPN tunnel. # Display information of a Compute Engine VPN tunnel. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPN tunnel. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network where the VPN tunnel is configured. + "region": "A String", # Name of a Google Cloud region where this VPN tunnel is configured. + "remoteGateway": "A String", # URI of a VPN gateway at remote end of the tunnel. + "remoteGatewayIp": "A String", # Remote VPN gateway's IP address. + "routingType": "A String", # Type of the routing policy. + "sourceGateway": "A String", # URI of the VPN gateway at local end of the tunnel. + "sourceGatewayIp": "A String", # Local VPN gateway's IP address. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPN tunnel. + }, + }, + ], + }, + ], + "verifyTime": "A String", # The time of the configuration analysis. + }, + "roundTrip": True or False, # Whether run analysis for the return path from destination to source. Default value is false. + "source": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Source specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of source IP address, virtual machine (VM) instance, or Compute Engine network to uniquely identify the source location. Examples: If the source IP address is an internal IP address within a Google Cloud Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network, then you must also specify the VPC network. Otherwise, specify the VM instance, which already contains its internal IP address and VPC network information. If the source of the test is within an on-premises network, then you must provide the destination VPC network. If the source endpoint is a Compute Engine VM instance with multiple network interfaces, the instance itself is not sufficient to identify the endpoint. So, you must also specify the source IP address or VPC network. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the source location is ambiguous. However, the test result may include endpoints that you don't intend to test. + "appEngineVersion": { # Wrapper for the App Engine service version attributes. # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions). + "uri": "A String", # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions) name. + }, + "cloudFunction": { # Wrapper for Cloud Function attributes. # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions). + "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions) name. + }, + "cloudRunRevision": { # Wrapper for Cloud Run revision attributes. # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) + "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) URI. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/revisions/{revision} + }, + "cloudSqlInstance": "A String", # A [Cloud SQL](https://cloud.google.com/sql) instance URI. + "forwardingRule": "A String", # A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud load balancer. Forwarding rules are also used for protocol forwarding, Private Service Connect and other network services to provide forwarding information in the control plane. Format: projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{id} or projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{id} + "forwardingRuleTarget": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the type of the target of the forwarding rule. + "fqdn": "A String", # DNS endpoint of [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). Requires gke_master_cluster to be set, can't be used simultaneoulsly with ip_address or network. Applicable only to destination endpoint. + "gkeMasterCluster": "A String", # A cluster URI for [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). + "instance": "A String", # A Compute Engine instance URI. + "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the endpoint, which can be an external or internal IP. + "loadBalancerId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers. + "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. + "network": "A String", # A Compute Engine network URI. + "networkType": "A String", # Type of the network where the endpoint is located. Applicable only to source endpoint, as destination network type can be inferred from the source. + "port": 42, # The IP protocol port of the endpoint. Only applicable when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "projectId": "A String", # Project ID where the endpoint is located. The Project ID can be derived from the URI if you provide a VM instance or network URI. The following are two cases where you must provide the project ID: 1. Only the IP address is specified, and the IP address is within a Google Cloud project. 2. When you are using Shared VPC and the IP address that you provide is from the service project. In this case, the network that the IP address resides in is defined in the host project. + "redisCluster": "A String", # A [Redis Cluster](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/cluster) URI. + "redisInstance": "A String", # A [Redis Instance](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/redis) URI. + }, + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test's configuration was updated. + }, + ], + "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached (when querying all locations with `-`). + "A String", + ], +}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the configuration of an existing `ConnectivityTest`. After you update a test, the reachability analysis is performed as part of the long running operation, which completes when the analysis completes. The Reachability state in the test resource is updated with the new result. If the endpoint specifications in `ConnectivityTest` are invalid (for example, they contain non-existent resources in the network, or the user does not have read permissions to the network configurations of listed projects), then the reachability result returns a value of UNKNOWN. If the endpoint specifications in `ConnectivityTest` are incomplete, the reachability result returns a value of `AMBIGUOUS`. See the documentation in `ConnectivityTest` for more details.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. Unique name of the resource using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/connectivityTests/{test_id}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A Connectivity Test for a network reachability analysis.
+  "bypassFirewallChecks": True or False, # Whether the test should skip firewall checking. If not provided, we assume false.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test was created.
+  "description": "A String", # The user-supplied description of the Connectivity Test. Maximum of 512 characters.
+  "destination": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Destination specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of destination IP address, Compute Engine VM instance, or VPC network to uniquely identify the destination location. Even if the destination IP address is not unique, the source IP location is unique. Usually, the analysis can infer the destination endpoint from route information. If the destination you specify is a VM instance and the instance has multiple network interfaces, then you must also specify either a destination IP address or VPC network to identify the destination interface. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the destination location is ambiguous. However, the result can include endpoints that you don't intend to test.
+    "appEngineVersion": { # Wrapper for the App Engine service version attributes. # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions).
+      "uri": "A String", # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions) name.
+    },
+    "cloudFunction": { # Wrapper for Cloud Function attributes. # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions).
+      "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions) name.
+    },
+    "cloudRunRevision": { # Wrapper for Cloud Run revision attributes. # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get)
+      "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) URI. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/revisions/{revision}
+    },
+    "cloudSqlInstance": "A String", # A [Cloud SQL](https://cloud.google.com/sql) instance URI.
+    "forwardingRule": "A String", # A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud load balancer. Forwarding rules are also used for protocol forwarding, Private Service Connect and other network services to provide forwarding information in the control plane. Format: projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{id} or projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{id}
+    "forwardingRuleTarget": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the type of the target of the forwarding rule.
+    "fqdn": "A String", # DNS endpoint of [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). Requires gke_master_cluster to be set, can't be used simultaneoulsly with ip_address or network. Applicable only to destination endpoint.
+    "gkeMasterCluster": "A String", # A cluster URI for [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture).
+    "instance": "A String", # A Compute Engine instance URI.
+    "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the endpoint, which can be an external or internal IP.
+    "loadBalancerId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers.
+    "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to.
+    "network": "A String", # A Compute Engine network URI.
+    "networkType": "A String", # Type of the network where the endpoint is located. Applicable only to source endpoint, as destination network type can be inferred from the source.
+    "port": 42, # The IP protocol port of the endpoint. Only applicable when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+    "projectId": "A String", # Project ID where the endpoint is located. The Project ID can be derived from the URI if you provide a VM instance or network URI. The following are two cases where you must provide the project ID: 1. Only the IP address is specified, and the IP address is within a Google Cloud project. 2. When you are using Shared VPC and the IP address that you provide is from the service project. In this case, the network that the IP address resides in is defined in the host project.
+    "redisCluster": "A String", # A [Redis Cluster](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/cluster) URI.
+    "redisInstance": "A String", # A [Redis Instance](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/redis) URI.
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of a Connectivity Test.
+  "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user-provided metadata.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Unique name of the resource using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/connectivityTests/{test_id}`
+  "probingDetails": { # Results of active probing from the last run of the test. # Output only. The probing details of this test from the latest run, present for applicable tests only. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
+    "abortCause": "A String", # The reason probing was aborted.
+    "destinationEgressLocation": { # Representation of a network edge location as per https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/edge-locations. # The EdgeLocation from which a packet destined for/originating from the internet will egress/ingress the Google network. This will only be populated for a connectivity test which has an internet destination/source address. The absence of this field *must not* be used as an indication that the destination/source is part of the Google network.
+      "metropolitanArea": "A String", # Name of the metropolitan area.
+    },
+    "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # The source and destination endpoints derived from the test input and used for active probing.
+      "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
+      "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
+      "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+      "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
+      "sourceAgentUri": "A String", # URI of the source telemetry agent this packet originates from.
+      "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+      "sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from.
+      "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+    },
+    "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Details about an internal failure or the cancellation of active probing.
+      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+        {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+    },
+    "probingLatency": { # Describes measured latency distribution. # Latency as measured by active probing in one direction: from the source to the destination endpoint.
+      "latencyPercentiles": [ # Representative latency percentiles.
+        { # Latency percentile rank and value.
+          "latencyMicros": "A String", # percent-th percentile of latency observed, in microseconds. Fraction of percent/100 of samples have latency lower or equal to the value of this field.
+          "percent": 42, # Percentage of samples this data point applies to.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "result": "A String", # The overall result of active probing.
+    "sentProbeCount": 42, # Number of probes sent.
+    "successfulProbeCount": 42, # Number of probes that reached the destination.
+    "verifyTime": "A String", # The time that reachability was assessed through active probing.
+  },
+  "protocol": "A String", # IP Protocol of the test. When not provided, "TCP" is assumed.
+  "reachabilityDetails": { # Results of the configuration analysis from the last run of the test. # Output only. The reachability details of this test from the latest run. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
+    "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The details of a failure or a cancellation of reachability analysis.
+      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+        {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+    },
+    "result": "A String", # The overall result of the test's configuration analysis.
+    "traces": [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends.
+      { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
+        "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition specified by user request, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
+          "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
+          "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
+          "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+          "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
+          "sourceAgentUri": "A String", # URI of the source telemetry agent this packet originates from.
+          "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+          "sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from.
+          "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+        },
+        "forwardTraceId": 42, # ID of trace. For forward traces, this ID is unique for each trace. For return traces, it matches ID of associated forward trace. A single forward trace can be associated with none, one or more than one return trace.
+        "steps": [ # A trace of a test contains multiple steps from the initial state to the final state (delivered, dropped, forwarded, or aborted). The steps are ordered by the processing sequence within the simulated network state machine. It is critical to preserve the order of the steps and avoid reordering or sorting them.
+          { # A simulated forwarding path is composed of multiple steps. Each step has a well-defined state and an associated configuration.
+            "abort": { # Details of the final state "abort" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "abort" and reason.
+              "cause": "A String", # Causes that the analysis is aborted.
+              "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address that caused the abort.
+              "projectsMissingPermission": [ # List of project IDs the user specified in the request but lacks access to. In this case, analysis is aborted with the PERMISSION_DENIED cause.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that caused the abort.
+            },
+            "appEngineVersion": { # For display only. Metadata associated with an App Engine version. # Display information of an App Engine service version.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of an App Engine version.
+              "environment": "A String", # App Engine execution environment for a version.
+              "runtime": "A String", # Runtime of the App Engine version.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of an App Engine version.
+            },
+            "causesDrop": True or False, # This is a step that leads to the final state Drop.
+            "cloudFunction": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud Function. # Display information of a Cloud Function.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud Function.
+              "location": "A String", # Location in which the Cloud Function is deployed.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Function.
+              "versionId": "A String", # Latest successfully deployed version id of the Cloud Function.
+            },
+            "cloudRunRevision": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud Run revision. # Display information of a Cloud Run revision.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud Run revision.
+              "location": "A String", # Location in which this revision is deployed.
+              "serviceUri": "A String", # URI of Cloud Run service this revision belongs to.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Run revision.
+            },
+            "cloudSqlInstance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud SQL instance. # Display information of a Cloud SQL instance.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud SQL instance.
+              "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of a Cloud SQL instance.
+              "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of a Cloud SQL instance.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud SQL instance network or empty string if the instance does not have one.
+              "region": "A String", # Region in which the Cloud SQL instance is running.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud SQL instance.
+            },
+            "deliver": { # Details of the final state "deliver" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "deliver" and reason.
+              "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the target (if applicable).
+              "pscGoogleApiTarget": "A String", # PSC Google API target the packet is delivered to (if applicable).
+              "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that the packet is delivered to.
+              "storageBucket": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Storage Bucket the packet is delivered to (if applicable).
+              "target": "A String", # Target type where the packet is delivered to.
+            },
+            "description": "A String", # A description of the step. Usually this is a summary of the state.
+            "drop": { # Details of the final state "drop" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "drop" and reason.
+              "cause": "A String", # Cause that the packet is dropped.
+              "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address of the dropped packet (if relevant).
+              "region": "A String", # Region of the dropped packet (if relevant).
+              "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that caused the drop.
+              "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address of the dropped packet (if relevant).
+            },
+            "endpoint": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Display information of the source and destination under analysis. The endpoint information in an intermediate state may differ with the initial input, as it might be modified by state like NAT, or Connection Proxy.
+              "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
+              "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
+              "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+              "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
+              "sourceAgentUri": "A String", # URI of the source telemetry agent this packet originates from.
+              "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+              "sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from.
+              "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+            },
+            "firewall": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a VPC firewall rule, an implied VPC firewall rule, or a firewall policy rule. # Display information of a Compute Engine firewall rule.
+              "action": "A String", # Possible values: ALLOW, DENY, APPLY_SECURITY_PROFILE_GROUP
+              "direction": "A String", # Possible values: INGRESS, EGRESS
+              "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the firewall rule. This field might be empty for firewall policy rules.
+              "firewallRuleType": "A String", # The firewall rule's type.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # The URI of the VPC network that the firewall rule is associated with. This field is not applicable to hierarchical firewall policy rules.
+              "policy": "A String", # The name of the firewall policy that this rule is associated with. This field is not applicable to VPC firewall rules and implied VPC firewall rules.
+              "policyUri": "A String", # The URI of the firewall policy that this rule is associated with. This field is not applicable to VPC firewall rules and implied VPC firewall rules.
+              "priority": 42, # The priority of the firewall rule.
+              "targetServiceAccounts": [ # The target service accounts specified by the firewall rule.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "targetTags": [ # The target tags defined by the VPC firewall rule. This field is not applicable to firewall policy rules.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "uri": "A String", # The URI of the firewall rule. This field is not applicable to implied VPC firewall rules.
+            },
+            "forward": { # Details of the final state "forward" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "forward" and reason.
+              "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the target (if applicable).
+              "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that the packet is forwarded to.
+              "target": "A String", # Target type where this packet is forwarded to.
+            },
+            "forwardingRule": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine forwarding rule. # Display information of a Compute Engine forwarding rule.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of the forwarding rule.
+              "loadBalancerName": "A String", # Name of the load balancer the forwarding rule belongs to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers (like PSC forwarding rules).
+              "matchedPortRange": "A String", # Port range defined in the forwarding rule that matches the packet.
+              "matchedProtocol": "A String", # Protocol defined in the forwarding rule that matches the packet.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # Network URI.
+              "pscGoogleApiTarget": "A String", # PSC Google API target this forwarding rule targets (if applicable).
+              "pscServiceAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC service attachment this forwarding rule targets (if applicable).
+              "region": "A String", # Region of the forwarding rule. Set only for regional forwarding rules.
+              "target": "A String", # Target type of the forwarding rule.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of the forwarding rule.
+              "vip": "A String", # VIP of the forwarding rule.
+            },
+            "gkeMaster": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Google Kubernetes Engine (GKE) cluster master. # Display information of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master.
+              "clusterNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of a GKE cluster network.
+              "clusterUri": "A String", # URI of a GKE cluster.
+              "dnsEndpoint": "A String", # DNS endpoint of a GKE cluster control plane.
+              "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of a GKE cluster control plane.
+              "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of a GKE cluster control plane.
+            },
+            "googleService": { # For display only. Details of a Google Service sending packets to a VPC network. Although the source IP might be a publicly routable address, some Google Services use special routes within Google production infrastructure to reach Compute Engine Instances. https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/routes#special_return_paths # Display information of a Google service
+              "googleServiceType": "A String", # Recognized type of a Google Service.
+              "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+            },
+            "instance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine instance. # Display information of a Compute Engine instance.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine instance.
+              "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of the network interface.
+              "interface": "A String", # Name of the network interface of a Compute Engine instance.
+              "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of the network interface.
+              "networkTags": [ # Network tags configured on the instance.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network.
+              "pscNetworkAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant).
+              "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account authorized for the instance.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance.
+            },
+            "loadBalancer": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a load balancer. # Display information of the load balancers. Deprecated in favor of the `load_balancer_backend_info` field, not used in new tests.
+              "backendType": "A String", # Type of load balancer's backend configuration.
+              "backendUri": "A String", # Backend configuration URI.
+              "backends": [ # Information for the loadbalancer backends.
+                { # For display only. Metadata associated with a specific load balancer backend.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine instance or network endpoint.
+                  "healthCheckAllowingFirewallRules": [ # A list of firewall rule URIs allowing probes from health check IP ranges.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "healthCheckBlockingFirewallRules": [ # A list of firewall rule URIs blocking probes from health check IP ranges.
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable).
-                },
-                "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces.
-                  "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group.
-                },
-                "state": "A String", # Each step is in one of the pre-defined states.
-                "storageBucket": { # For display only. Metadata associated with Storage Bucket. # Display information of a Storage Bucket. Used only for return traces.
-                  "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage Bucket name.
-                },
-                "vpcConnector": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a VPC connector. # Display information of a VPC connector.
-                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPC connector.
-                  "location": "A String", # Location in which the VPC connector is deployed.
-                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPC connector.
-                },
-                "vpnGateway": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine VPN gateway. # Display information of a Compute Engine VPN gateway.
-                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPN gateway.
-                  "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the VPN gateway.
-                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network where the VPN gateway is configured.
-                  "region": "A String", # Name of a Google Cloud region where this VPN gateway is configured.
-                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPN gateway.
-                  "vpnTunnelUri": "A String", # A VPN tunnel that is associated with this VPN gateway. There may be multiple VPN tunnels configured on a VPN gateway, and only the one relevant to the test is displayed.
-                },
-                "vpnTunnel": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine VPN tunnel. # Display information of a Compute Engine VPN tunnel.
-                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPN tunnel.
-                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network where the VPN tunnel is configured.
-                  "region": "A String", # Name of a Google Cloud region where this VPN tunnel is configured.
-                  "remoteGateway": "A String", # URI of a VPN gateway at remote end of the tunnel.
-                  "remoteGatewayIp": "A String", # Remote VPN gateway's IP address.
-                  "routingType": "A String", # Type of the routing policy.
-                  "sourceGateway": "A String", # URI of the VPN gateway at local end of the tunnel.
-                  "sourceGatewayIp": "A String", # Local VPN gateway's IP address.
-                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPN tunnel.
+                  "healthCheckFirewallState": "A String", # State of the health check firewall configuration.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance or network endpoint.
                 },
-              },
-            ],
+              ],
+              "healthCheckUri": "A String", # URI of the health check for the load balancer. Deprecated and no longer populated as different load balancer backends might have different health checks.
+              "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Type of the load balancer.
+            },
+            "loadBalancerBackendInfo": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the load balancer backend. # Display information of a specific load balancer backend.
+              "backendBucketUri": "A String", # URI of the backend bucket this backend targets (if applicable).
+              "backendServiceUri": "A String", # URI of the backend service this backend belongs to (if applicable).
+              "healthCheckFirewallsConfigState": "A String", # Output only. Health check firewalls configuration state for the backend. This is a result of the static firewall analysis (verifying that health check traffic from required IP ranges to the backend is allowed or not). The backend might still be unhealthy even if these firewalls are configured. Please refer to the documentation for more information: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/firewall-rules
+              "healthCheckUri": "A String", # URI of the health check attached to this backend (if applicable).
+              "instanceGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the instance group this backend belongs to (if applicable).
+              "instanceUri": "A String", # URI of the backend instance (if applicable). Populated for instance group backends, and zonal NEG backends.
+              "name": "A String", # Display name of the backend. For example, it might be an instance name for the instance group backends, or an IP address and port for zonal network endpoint group backends.
+              "networkEndpointGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the network endpoint group this backend belongs to (if applicable).
+              "pscGoogleApiTarget": "A String", # PSC Google API target this PSC NEG backend targets (if applicable).
+              "pscServiceAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC service attachment this PSC NEG backend targets (if applicable).
+            },
+            "nat": { # For display only. Metadata associated with NAT. # Display information of a NAT.
+              "natGatewayName": "A String", # The name of Cloud NAT Gateway. Only valid when type is CLOUD_NAT.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where NAT translation takes place.
+              "newDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address after NAT translation.
+              "newDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port after NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+              "newSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address after NAT translation.
+              "newSourcePort": 42, # Source port after NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+              "oldDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address before NAT translation.
+              "oldDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port before NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+              "oldSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address before NAT translation.
+              "oldSourcePort": 42, # Source port before NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+              "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
+              "routerUri": "A String", # Uri of the Cloud Router. Only valid when type is CLOUD_NAT.
+              "type": "A String", # Type of NAT.
+            },
+            "network": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine network. Next ID: 7 # Display information of a Google Cloud network.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine network.
+              "matchedIpRange": "A String", # The IP range of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test.
+              "matchedSubnetUri": "A String", # URI of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test.
+              "region": "A String", # The region of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network.
+            },
+            "projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating.
+            "proxyConnection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with ProxyConnection. # Display information of a ProxyConnection.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where connection is proxied.
+              "newDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address of a new connection.
+              "newDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port of a new connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+              "newSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address of a new connection.
+              "newSourcePort": 42, # Source port of a new connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+              "oldDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address of an original connection
+              "oldDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port of an original connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+              "oldSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address of an original connection.
+              "oldSourcePort": 42, # Source port of an original connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+              "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
+              "subnetUri": "A String", # Uri of proxy subnet.
+            },
+            "redisCluster": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Redis Cluster. # Display information of a Redis Cluster.
+              "discoveryEndpointIpAddress": "A String", # Discovery endpoint IP address of a Redis Cluster.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Redis Cluster.
+              "location": "A String", # Name of the region in which the Redis Cluster is defined. For example, "us-central1".
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Redis Cluster network in format "projects/{project_id}/global/networks/{network_id}".
+              "secondaryEndpointIpAddress": "A String", # Secondary endpoint IP address of a Redis Cluster.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a Redis Cluster in format "projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}"
+            },
+            "redisInstance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud Redis Instance. # Display information of a Redis Instance.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud Redis Instance.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance network.
+              "primaryEndpointIp": "A String", # Primary endpoint IP address of a Cloud Redis Instance.
+              "readEndpointIp": "A String", # Read endpoint IP address of a Cloud Redis Instance (if applicable).
+              "region": "A String", # Region in which the Cloud Redis Instance is defined.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance.
+            },
+            "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route.
+              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network.
+              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
+              "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route.
+              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of a route.
+              "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only.
+              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only.
+              "nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route.
+              "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop.
+              "priority": 42, # Priority of the route.
+              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable).
+              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable.
+              "routeType": "A String", # Type of route.
+              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable).
+            },
+            "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces.
+              "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group.
+            },
+            "state": "A String", # Each step is in one of the pre-defined states.
+            "storageBucket": { # For display only. Metadata associated with Storage Bucket. # Display information of a Storage Bucket. Used only for return traces.
+              "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage Bucket name.
+            },
+            "vpcConnector": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a VPC connector. # Display information of a VPC connector.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPC connector.
+              "location": "A String", # Location in which the VPC connector is deployed.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPC connector.
+            },
+            "vpnGateway": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine VPN gateway. # Display information of a Compute Engine VPN gateway.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPN gateway.
+              "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the VPN gateway.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network where the VPN gateway is configured.
+              "region": "A String", # Name of a Google Cloud region where this VPN gateway is configured.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPN gateway.
+              "vpnTunnelUri": "A String", # A VPN tunnel that is associated with this VPN gateway. There may be multiple VPN tunnels configured on a VPN gateway, and only the one relevant to the test is displayed.
+            },
+            "vpnTunnel": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine VPN tunnel. # Display information of a Compute Engine VPN tunnel.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPN tunnel.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network where the VPN tunnel is configured.
+              "region": "A String", # Name of a Google Cloud region where this VPN tunnel is configured.
+              "remoteGateway": "A String", # URI of a VPN gateway at remote end of the tunnel.
+              "remoteGatewayIp": "A String", # Remote VPN gateway's IP address.
+              "routingType": "A String", # Type of the routing policy.
+              "sourceGateway": "A String", # URI of the VPN gateway at local end of the tunnel.
+              "sourceGatewayIp": "A String", # Local VPN gateway's IP address.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPN tunnel.
+            },
           },
         ],
-        "verifyTime": "A String", # The time of the configuration analysis.
-      },
-      "relatedProjects": [ # Other projects that may be relevant for reachability analysis. This is applicable to scenarios where a test can cross project boundaries.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "source": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Source specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of source IP address, virtual machine (VM) instance, or Compute Engine network to uniquely identify the source location. Examples: If the source IP address is an internal IP address within a Google Cloud Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network, then you must also specify the VPC network. Otherwise, specify the VM instance, which already contains its internal IP address and VPC network information. If the source of the test is within an on-premises network, then you must provide the destination VPC network. If the source endpoint is a Compute Engine VM instance with multiple network interfaces, the instance itself is not sufficient to identify the endpoint. So, you must also specify the source IP address or VPC network. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the source location is ambiguous. However, the test result may include endpoints that you don't intend to test.
-        "appEngineVersion": { # Wrapper for the App Engine service version attributes. # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions).
-          "uri": "A String", # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions) name.
-        },
-        "cloudFunction": { # Wrapper for Cloud Function attributes. # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions).
-          "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions) name.
-        },
-        "cloudRunRevision": { # Wrapper for Cloud Run revision attributes. # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get)
-          "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) URI. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/revisions/{revision}
-        },
-        "cloudSqlInstance": "A String", # A [Cloud SQL](https://cloud.google.com/sql) instance URI.
-        "forwardingRule": "A String", # A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud load balancer. Forwarding rules are also used for protocol forwarding, Private Service Connect and other network services to provide forwarding information in the control plane. Format: projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{id} or projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{id}
-        "forwardingRuleTarget": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the type of the target of the forwarding rule.
-        "fqdn": "A String", # DNS endpoint of [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). Requires gke_master_cluster to be set, can't be used simultaneoulsly with ip_address or network. Applicable only to destination endpoint.
-        "gkeMasterCluster": "A String", # A cluster URI for [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture).
-        "instance": "A String", # A Compute Engine instance URI.
-        "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the endpoint, which can be an external or internal IP.
-        "loadBalancerId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers.
-        "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to.
-        "network": "A String", # A Compute Engine network URI.
-        "networkType": "A String", # Type of the network where the endpoint is located. Applicable only to source endpoint, as destination network type can be inferred from the source.
-        "port": 42, # The IP protocol port of the endpoint. Only applicable when protocol is TCP or UDP.
-        "projectId": "A String", # Project ID where the endpoint is located. The Project ID can be derived from the URI if you provide a VM instance or network URI. The following are two cases where you must provide the project ID: 1. Only the IP address is specified, and the IP address is within a Google Cloud project. 2. When you are using Shared VPC and the IP address that you provide is from the service project. In this case, the network that the IP address resides in is defined in the host project.
-        "redisCluster": "A String", # A [Redis Cluster](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/cluster) URI.
-        "redisInstance": "A String", # A [Redis Instance](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/redis) URI.
       },
-      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test's configuration was updated.
-    },
-  ],
-  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached (when querying all locations with `-`).
+    ],
+    "verifyTime": "A String", # The time of the configuration analysis.
+  },
+  "relatedProjects": [ # Other projects that may be relevant for reachability analysis. This is applicable to scenarios where a test can cross project boundaries.
     "A String",
   ],
-}
-
- -
- list_next() -
Retrieves the next page of results.
-
-        Args:
-          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
-          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
-
-        Returns:
-          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
-          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
-        
-
- -
- patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates the configuration of an existing `ConnectivityTest`. After you update a test, the reachability analysis is performed as part of the long running operation, which completes when the analysis completes. The Reachability state in the test resource is updated with the new result. If the endpoint specifications in `ConnectivityTest` are invalid (for example, they contain non-existent resources in the network, or the user does not have read permissions to the network configurations of listed projects), then the reachability result returns a value of UNKNOWN. If the endpoint specifications in `ConnectivityTest` are incomplete, the reachability result returns a value of `AMBIGUOUS`. See the documentation in `ConnectivityTest` for more details.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Identifier. Unique name of the resource using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/connectivityTests/{test_id}` (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # A Connectivity Test for a network reachability analysis.
-  "bypassFirewallChecks": True or False, # Whether the test should skip firewall checking. If not provided, we assume false.
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test was created.
-  "description": "A String", # The user-supplied description of the Connectivity Test. Maximum of 512 characters.
-  "destination": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Destination specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of destination IP address, Compute Engine VM instance, or VPC network to uniquely identify the destination location. Even if the destination IP address is not unique, the source IP location is unique. Usually, the analysis can infer the destination endpoint from route information. If the destination you specify is a VM instance and the instance has multiple network interfaces, then you must also specify either a destination IP address or VPC network to identify the destination interface. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the destination location is ambiguous. However, the result can include endpoints that you don't intend to test.
-    "appEngineVersion": { # Wrapper for the App Engine service version attributes. # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions).
-      "uri": "A String", # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions) name.
-    },
-    "cloudFunction": { # Wrapper for Cloud Function attributes. # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions).
-      "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions) name.
-    },
-    "cloudRunRevision": { # Wrapper for Cloud Run revision attributes. # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get)
-      "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) URI. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/revisions/{revision}
-    },
-    "cloudSqlInstance": "A String", # A [Cloud SQL](https://cloud.google.com/sql) instance URI.
-    "forwardingRule": "A String", # A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud load balancer. Forwarding rules are also used for protocol forwarding, Private Service Connect and other network services to provide forwarding information in the control plane. Format: projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{id} or projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{id}
-    "forwardingRuleTarget": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the type of the target of the forwarding rule.
-    "fqdn": "A String", # DNS endpoint of [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). Requires gke_master_cluster to be set, can't be used simultaneoulsly with ip_address or network. Applicable only to destination endpoint.
-    "gkeMasterCluster": "A String", # A cluster URI for [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture).
-    "instance": "A String", # A Compute Engine instance URI.
-    "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the endpoint, which can be an external or internal IP.
-    "loadBalancerId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers.
-    "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to.
-    "network": "A String", # A Compute Engine network URI.
-    "networkType": "A String", # Type of the network where the endpoint is located. Applicable only to source endpoint, as destination network type can be inferred from the source.
-    "port": 42, # The IP protocol port of the endpoint. Only applicable when protocol is TCP or UDP.
-    "projectId": "A String", # Project ID where the endpoint is located. The Project ID can be derived from the URI if you provide a VM instance or network URI. The following are two cases where you must provide the project ID: 1. Only the IP address is specified, and the IP address is within a Google Cloud project. 2. When you are using Shared VPC and the IP address that you provide is from the service project. In this case, the network that the IP address resides in is defined in the host project.
-    "redisCluster": "A String", # A [Redis Cluster](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/cluster) URI.
-    "redisInstance": "A String", # A [Redis Instance](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/redis) URI.
-  },
-  "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of a Connectivity Test.
-  "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user-provided metadata.
-    "a_key": "A String",
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Unique name of the resource using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/connectivityTests/{test_id}`
-  "probingDetails": { # Results of active probing from the last run of the test. # Output only. The probing details of this test from the latest run, present for applicable tests only. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
-    "abortCause": "A String", # The reason probing was aborted.
-    "destinationEgressLocation": { # Representation of a network edge location as per https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/edge-locations. # The EdgeLocation from which a packet destined for/originating from the internet will egress/ingress the Google network. This will only be populated for a connectivity test which has an internet destination/source address. The absence of this field *must not* be used as an indication that the destination/source is part of the Google network.
-      "metropolitanArea": "A String", # Name of the metropolitan area.
-    },
-    "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # The source and destination endpoints derived from the test input and used for active probing.
-      "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
-      "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
-      "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
-      "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
-      "sourceAgentUri": "A String", # URI of the source telemetry agent this packet originates from.
-      "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
-      "sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from.
-      "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
-    },
-    "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Details about an internal failure or the cancellation of active probing.
-      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-        {
-          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-        },
-      ],
-      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-    },
-    "probingLatency": { # Describes measured latency distribution. # Latency as measured by active probing in one direction: from the source to the destination endpoint.
-      "latencyPercentiles": [ # Representative latency percentiles.
-        { # Latency percentile rank and value.
-          "latencyMicros": "A String", # percent-th percentile of latency observed, in microseconds. Fraction of percent/100 of samples have latency lower or equal to the value of this field.
-          "percent": 42, # Percentage of samples this data point applies to.
-        },
-      ],
-    },
-    "result": "A String", # The overall result of active probing.
-    "sentProbeCount": 42, # Number of probes sent.
-    "successfulProbeCount": 42, # Number of probes that reached the destination.
-    "verifyTime": "A String", # The time that reachability was assessed through active probing.
-  },
-  "protocol": "A String", # IP Protocol of the test. When not provided, "TCP" is assumed.
-  "reachabilityDetails": { # Results of the configuration analysis from the last run of the test. # Output only. The reachability details of this test from the latest run. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
+  "returnReachabilityDetails": { # Results of the configuration analysis from the last run of the test. # Output only. The reachability details of this test from the latest run for the return path. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
     "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The details of a failure or a cancellation of reachability analysis.
       "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
       "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
@@ -1864,9 +3046,7 @@ 

Method Details

], "verifyTime": "A String", # The time of the configuration analysis. }, - "relatedProjects": [ # Other projects that may be relevant for reachability analysis. This is applicable to scenarios where a test can cross project boundaries. - "A String", - ], + "roundTrip": True or False, # Whether run analysis for the return path from destination to source. Default value is false. "source": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Source specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of source IP address, virtual machine (VM) instance, or Compute Engine network to uniquely identify the source location. Examples: If the source IP address is an internal IP address within a Google Cloud Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network, then you must also specify the VPC network. Otherwise, specify the VM instance, which already contains its internal IP address and VPC network information. If the source of the test is within an on-premises network, then you must provide the destination VPC network. If the source endpoint is a Compute Engine VM instance with multiple network interfaces, the instance itself is not sufficient to identify the endpoint. So, you must also specify the source IP address or VPC network. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the source location is ambiguous. However, the test result may include endpoints that you don't intend to test. "appEngineVersion": { # Wrapper for the App Engine service version attributes. # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions). "uri": "A String", # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions) name. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.operations.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.operations.html index 02b0ef1e372..a304c9ae213 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.operations.html @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Network Management API . cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
index 48d1b936d04..d429305059c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
@@ -492,188 +492,7 @@ 

Method Details

"relatedProjects": [ # Other projects that may be relevant for reachability analysis. This is applicable to scenarios where a test can cross project boundaries. "A String", ], - "source": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Source specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of source IP address, virtual machine (VM) instance, or Compute Engine network to uniquely identify the source location. Examples: If the source IP address is an internal IP address within a Google Cloud Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network, then you must also specify the VPC network. Otherwise, specify the VM instance, which already contains its internal IP address and VPC network information. If the source of the test is within an on-premises network, then you must provide the destination VPC network. If the source endpoint is a Compute Engine VM instance with multiple network interfaces, the instance itself is not sufficient to identify the endpoint. So, you must also specify the source IP address or VPC network. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the source location is ambiguous. However, the test result may include endpoints that you don't intend to test. - "appEngineVersion": { # Wrapper for the App Engine service version attributes. # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions). - "uri": "A String", # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions) name. - }, - "cloudFunction": { # Wrapper for Cloud Function attributes. # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions). - "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions) name. - }, - "cloudRunRevision": { # Wrapper for Cloud Run revision attributes. # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) - "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) URI. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/revisions/{revision} - }, - "cloudSqlInstance": "A String", # A [Cloud SQL](https://cloud.google.com/sql) instance URI. - "forwardingRule": "A String", # A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud load balancer. Forwarding rules are also used for protocol forwarding, Private Service Connect and other network services to provide forwarding information in the control plane. Format: projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{id} or projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{id} - "forwardingRuleTarget": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the type of the target of the forwarding rule. - "fqdn": "A String", # DNS endpoint of [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). Requires gke_master_cluster to be set, can't be used simultaneoulsly with ip_address or network. Applicable only to destination endpoint. - "gkeMasterCluster": "A String", # A cluster URI for [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). - "instance": "A String", # A Compute Engine instance URI. - "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the endpoint, which can be an external or internal IP. - "loadBalancerId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers. - "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. - "network": "A String", # A Compute Engine network URI. - "networkType": "A String", # Type of the network where the endpoint is located. Applicable only to source endpoint, as destination network type can be inferred from the source. - "port": 42, # The IP protocol port of the endpoint. Only applicable when protocol is TCP or UDP. - "projectId": "A String", # Project ID where the endpoint is located. The Project ID can be derived from the URI if you provide a VM instance or network URI. The following are two cases where you must provide the project ID: 1. Only the IP address is specified, and the IP address is within a Google Cloud project. 2. When you are using Shared VPC and the IP address that you provide is from the service project. In this case, the network that the IP address resides in is defined in the host project. - "redisCluster": "A String", # A [Redis Cluster](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/cluster) URI. - "redisInstance": "A String", # A [Redis Instance](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/redis) URI. - }, - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test's configuration was updated. -} - - testId: string, Required. The logical name of the Connectivity Test in your project with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-40 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the customer project - x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. - Allowed values - 1 - v1 error format - 2 - v2 error format - -Returns: - An object of the form: - - { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call. - "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available. - "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation. - "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. - "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. - { - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, - ], - "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. - }, - "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, - "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, -}
-
- -
- delete(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a specific `ConnectivityTest`.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. Connectivity Test resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/connectivityTests/{test_id}` (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
-  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
-  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
-    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-      {
-        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-      },
-    ],
-    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-  },
-  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
-  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-}
-
- -
- get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the details of a specific Connectivity Test.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. `ConnectivityTest` resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/connectivityTests/{test_id}` (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # A Connectivity Test for a network reachability analysis.
-  "bypassFirewallChecks": True or False, # Whether the test should skip firewall checking. If not provided, we assume false.
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test was created.
-  "description": "A String", # The user-supplied description of the Connectivity Test. Maximum of 512 characters.
-  "destination": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Destination specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of destination IP address, Compute Engine VM instance, or VPC network to uniquely identify the destination location. Even if the destination IP address is not unique, the source IP location is unique. Usually, the analysis can infer the destination endpoint from route information. If the destination you specify is a VM instance and the instance has multiple network interfaces, then you must also specify either a destination IP address or VPC network to identify the destination interface. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the destination location is ambiguous. However, the result can include endpoints that you don't intend to test.
-    "appEngineVersion": { # Wrapper for the App Engine service version attributes. # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions).
-      "uri": "A String", # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions) name.
-    },
-    "cloudFunction": { # Wrapper for Cloud Function attributes. # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions).
-      "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions) name.
-    },
-    "cloudRunRevision": { # Wrapper for Cloud Run revision attributes. # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get)
-      "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) URI. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/revisions/{revision}
-    },
-    "cloudSqlInstance": "A String", # A [Cloud SQL](https://cloud.google.com/sql) instance URI.
-    "forwardingRule": "A String", # A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud load balancer. Forwarding rules are also used for protocol forwarding, Private Service Connect and other network services to provide forwarding information in the control plane. Format: projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{id} or projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{id}
-    "forwardingRuleTarget": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the type of the target of the forwarding rule.
-    "fqdn": "A String", # DNS endpoint of [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). Requires gke_master_cluster to be set, can't be used simultaneoulsly with ip_address or network. Applicable only to destination endpoint.
-    "gkeMasterCluster": "A String", # A cluster URI for [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture).
-    "instance": "A String", # A Compute Engine instance URI.
-    "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the endpoint, which can be an external or internal IP.
-    "loadBalancerId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers.
-    "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to.
-    "network": "A String", # A Compute Engine network URI.
-    "networkType": "A String", # Type of the network where the endpoint is located. Applicable only to source endpoint, as destination network type can be inferred from the source.
-    "port": 42, # The IP protocol port of the endpoint. Only applicable when protocol is TCP or UDP.
-    "projectId": "A String", # Project ID where the endpoint is located. The Project ID can be derived from the URI if you provide a VM instance or network URI. The following are two cases where you must provide the project ID: 1. Only the IP address is specified, and the IP address is within a Google Cloud project. 2. When you are using Shared VPC and the IP address that you provide is from the service project. In this case, the network that the IP address resides in is defined in the host project.
-    "redisCluster": "A String", # A [Redis Cluster](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/cluster) URI.
-    "redisInstance": "A String", # A [Redis Instance](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/redis) URI.
-  },
-  "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of a Connectivity Test.
-  "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user-provided metadata.
-    "a_key": "A String",
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Unique name of the resource using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/connectivityTests/{test}`
-  "probingDetails": { # Results of active probing from the last run of the test. # Output only. The probing details of this test from the latest run, present for applicable tests only. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
-    "abortCause": "A String", # The reason probing was aborted.
-    "destinationEgressLocation": { # Representation of a network edge location as per https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/edge-locations. # The EdgeLocation from which a packet destined for/originating from the internet will egress/ingress the Google network. This will only be populated for a connectivity test which has an internet destination/source address. The absence of this field *must not* be used as an indication that the destination/source is part of the Google network.
-      "metropolitanArea": "A String", # Name of the metropolitan area.
-    },
-    "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # The source and destination endpoints derived from the test input and used for active probing.
-      "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
-      "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
-      "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
-      "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
-      "sourceAgentUri": "A String", # URI of the source telemetry agent this packet originates from.
-      "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
-      "sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from.
-      "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
-    },
-    "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Details about an internal failure or the cancellation of active probing.
-      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-        {
-          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-        },
-      ],
-      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-    },
-    "probingLatency": { # Describes measured latency distribution. # Latency as measured by active probing in one direction: from the source to the destination endpoint.
-      "latencyPercentiles": [ # Representative latency percentiles.
-        { # Latency percentile rank and value.
-          "latencyMicros": "A String", # percent-th percentile of latency observed, in microseconds. Fraction of percent/100 of samples have latency lower or equal to the value of this field.
-          "percent": 42, # Percentage of samples this data point applies to.
-        },
-      ],
-    },
-    "result": "A String", # The overall result of active probing.
-    "sentProbeCount": 42, # Number of probes sent.
-    "successfulProbeCount": 42, # Number of probes that reached the destination.
-    "verifyTime": "A String", # The time that reachability was assessed through active probing.
-  },
-  "protocol": "A String", # IP Protocol of the test. When not provided, "TCP" is assumed.
-  "reachabilityDetails": { # Results of the configuration analysis from the last run of the test. # Output only. The reachability details of this test from the latest run. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
+  "returnReachabilityDetails": { # Results of the configuration analysis from the last run of the test. # Output only. The reachability details of this test from the latest run for the return path. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
     "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The details of a failure or a cancellation of reachability analysis.
       "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
       "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
@@ -967,9 +786,7 @@ 

Method Details

], "verifyTime": "A String", # The time of the configuration analysis. }, - "relatedProjects": [ # Other projects that may be relevant for reachability analysis. This is applicable to scenarios where a test can cross project boundaries. - "A String", - ], + "roundTrip": True or False, # Whether run analysis for the return path from destination to source. Default value is false. "source": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Source specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of source IP address, virtual machine (VM) instance, or Compute Engine network to uniquely identify the source location. Examples: If the source IP address is an internal IP address within a Google Cloud Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network, then you must also specify the VPC network. Otherwise, specify the VM instance, which already contains its internal IP address and VPC network information. If the source of the test is within an on-premises network, then you must provide the destination VPC network. If the source endpoint is a Compute Engine VM instance with multiple network interfaces, the instance itself is not sufficient to identify the endpoint. So, you must also specify the source IP address or VPC network. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the source location is ambiguous. However, the test result may include endpoints that you don't intend to test. "appEngineVersion": { # Wrapper for the App Engine service version attributes. # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions). "uri": "A String", # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions) name. @@ -997,16 +814,9 @@

Method Details

"redisInstance": "A String", # A [Redis Instance](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/redis) URI. }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test's configuration was updated. -}
-
- -
- getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+}
 
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  testId: string, Required. The logical name of the Connectivity Test in your project with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-40 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the customer project
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -1015,49 +825,33 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). - "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. - { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. - "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. - { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging. - "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members. - "A String", - ], - "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables. - }, - ], - "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services. - }, - ], - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). - "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. - "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. - "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. - "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. + { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call. + "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`. - "A String", - ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles). - }, - ], - "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. - "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, }
- list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists all Connectivity Tests owned by a project.
+    delete(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes a specific `ConnectivityTest`.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the Connectivity Tests: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global` (required)
-  filter: string, Lists the `ConnectivityTests` that match the filter expression. A filter expression filters the resources listed in the response. The expression must be of the form ` ` where operators: `<`, `>`, `<=`, `>=`, `!=`, `=`, `:` are supported (colon `:` represents a HAS operator which is roughly synonymous with equality). can refer to a proto or JSON field, or a synthetic field. Field names can be camelCase or snake_case. Examples: - Filter by name: name = "projects/proj-1/locations/global/connectivityTests/test-1 - Filter by labels: - Resources that have a key called `foo` labels.foo:* - Resources that have a key called `foo` whose value is `bar` labels.foo = bar
-  orderBy: string, Field to use to sort the list.
-  pageSize: integer, Number of `ConnectivityTests` to return.
-  pageToken: string, Page token from an earlier query, as returned in `next_page_token`.
+  name: string, Required. Connectivity Test resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/connectivityTests/{test_id}` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -1066,50 +860,128 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Response for the `ListConnectivityTests` method. - "nextPageToken": "A String", # Page token to fetch the next set of Connectivity Tests. - "resources": [ # List of Connectivity Tests. - { # A Connectivity Test for a network reachability analysis. - "bypassFirewallChecks": True or False, # Whether the test should skip firewall checking. If not provided, we assume false. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test was created. - "description": "A String", # The user-supplied description of the Connectivity Test. Maximum of 512 characters. - "destination": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Destination specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of destination IP address, Compute Engine VM instance, or VPC network to uniquely identify the destination location. Even if the destination IP address is not unique, the source IP location is unique. Usually, the analysis can infer the destination endpoint from route information. If the destination you specify is a VM instance and the instance has multiple network interfaces, then you must also specify either a destination IP address or VPC network to identify the destination interface. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the destination location is ambiguous. However, the result can include endpoints that you don't intend to test. - "appEngineVersion": { # Wrapper for the App Engine service version attributes. # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions). - "uri": "A String", # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions) name. - }, - "cloudFunction": { # Wrapper for Cloud Function attributes. # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions). - "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions) name. + { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call. + "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, +}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the details of a specific Connectivity Test.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. `ConnectivityTest` resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/connectivityTests/{test_id}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A Connectivity Test for a network reachability analysis.
+  "bypassFirewallChecks": True or False, # Whether the test should skip firewall checking. If not provided, we assume false.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test was created.
+  "description": "A String", # The user-supplied description of the Connectivity Test. Maximum of 512 characters.
+  "destination": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Destination specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of destination IP address, Compute Engine VM instance, or VPC network to uniquely identify the destination location. Even if the destination IP address is not unique, the source IP location is unique. Usually, the analysis can infer the destination endpoint from route information. If the destination you specify is a VM instance and the instance has multiple network interfaces, then you must also specify either a destination IP address or VPC network to identify the destination interface. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the destination location is ambiguous. However, the result can include endpoints that you don't intend to test.
+    "appEngineVersion": { # Wrapper for the App Engine service version attributes. # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions).
+      "uri": "A String", # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions) name.
+    },
+    "cloudFunction": { # Wrapper for Cloud Function attributes. # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions).
+      "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions) name.
+    },
+    "cloudRunRevision": { # Wrapper for Cloud Run revision attributes. # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get)
+      "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) URI. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/revisions/{revision}
+    },
+    "cloudSqlInstance": "A String", # A [Cloud SQL](https://cloud.google.com/sql) instance URI.
+    "forwardingRule": "A String", # A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud load balancer. Forwarding rules are also used for protocol forwarding, Private Service Connect and other network services to provide forwarding information in the control plane. Format: projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{id} or projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{id}
+    "forwardingRuleTarget": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the type of the target of the forwarding rule.
+    "fqdn": "A String", # DNS endpoint of [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). Requires gke_master_cluster to be set, can't be used simultaneoulsly with ip_address or network. Applicable only to destination endpoint.
+    "gkeMasterCluster": "A String", # A cluster URI for [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture).
+    "instance": "A String", # A Compute Engine instance URI.
+    "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the endpoint, which can be an external or internal IP.
+    "loadBalancerId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers.
+    "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to.
+    "network": "A String", # A Compute Engine network URI.
+    "networkType": "A String", # Type of the network where the endpoint is located. Applicable only to source endpoint, as destination network type can be inferred from the source.
+    "port": 42, # The IP protocol port of the endpoint. Only applicable when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+    "projectId": "A String", # Project ID where the endpoint is located. The Project ID can be derived from the URI if you provide a VM instance or network URI. The following are two cases where you must provide the project ID: 1. Only the IP address is specified, and the IP address is within a Google Cloud project. 2. When you are using Shared VPC and the IP address that you provide is from the service project. In this case, the network that the IP address resides in is defined in the host project.
+    "redisCluster": "A String", # A [Redis Cluster](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/cluster) URI.
+    "redisInstance": "A String", # A [Redis Instance](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/redis) URI.
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of a Connectivity Test.
+  "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user-provided metadata.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Unique name of the resource using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/connectivityTests/{test}`
+  "probingDetails": { # Results of active probing from the last run of the test. # Output only. The probing details of this test from the latest run, present for applicable tests only. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
+    "abortCause": "A String", # The reason probing was aborted.
+    "destinationEgressLocation": { # Representation of a network edge location as per https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/edge-locations. # The EdgeLocation from which a packet destined for/originating from the internet will egress/ingress the Google network. This will only be populated for a connectivity test which has an internet destination/source address. The absence of this field *must not* be used as an indication that the destination/source is part of the Google network.
+      "metropolitanArea": "A String", # Name of the metropolitan area.
+    },
+    "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # The source and destination endpoints derived from the test input and used for active probing.
+      "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
+      "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
+      "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+      "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
+      "sourceAgentUri": "A String", # URI of the source telemetry agent this packet originates from.
+      "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+      "sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from.
+      "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+    },
+    "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Details about an internal failure or the cancellation of active probing.
+      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+        {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
         },
-        "cloudRunRevision": { # Wrapper for Cloud Run revision attributes. # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get)
-          "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) URI. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/revisions/{revision}
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+    },
+    "probingLatency": { # Describes measured latency distribution. # Latency as measured by active probing in one direction: from the source to the destination endpoint.
+      "latencyPercentiles": [ # Representative latency percentiles.
+        { # Latency percentile rank and value.
+          "latencyMicros": "A String", # percent-th percentile of latency observed, in microseconds. Fraction of percent/100 of samples have latency lower or equal to the value of this field.
+          "percent": 42, # Percentage of samples this data point applies to.
         },
-        "cloudSqlInstance": "A String", # A [Cloud SQL](https://cloud.google.com/sql) instance URI.
-        "forwardingRule": "A String", # A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud load balancer. Forwarding rules are also used for protocol forwarding, Private Service Connect and other network services to provide forwarding information in the control plane. Format: projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{id} or projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{id}
-        "forwardingRuleTarget": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the type of the target of the forwarding rule.
-        "fqdn": "A String", # DNS endpoint of [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). Requires gke_master_cluster to be set, can't be used simultaneoulsly with ip_address or network. Applicable only to destination endpoint.
-        "gkeMasterCluster": "A String", # A cluster URI for [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture).
-        "instance": "A String", # A Compute Engine instance URI.
-        "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the endpoint, which can be an external or internal IP.
-        "loadBalancerId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers.
-        "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to.
-        "network": "A String", # A Compute Engine network URI.
-        "networkType": "A String", # Type of the network where the endpoint is located. Applicable only to source endpoint, as destination network type can be inferred from the source.
-        "port": 42, # The IP protocol port of the endpoint. Only applicable when protocol is TCP or UDP.
-        "projectId": "A String", # Project ID where the endpoint is located. The Project ID can be derived from the URI if you provide a VM instance or network URI. The following are two cases where you must provide the project ID: 1. Only the IP address is specified, and the IP address is within a Google Cloud project. 2. When you are using Shared VPC and the IP address that you provide is from the service project. In this case, the network that the IP address resides in is defined in the host project.
-        "redisCluster": "A String", # A [Redis Cluster](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/cluster) URI.
-        "redisInstance": "A String", # A [Redis Instance](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/redis) URI.
-      },
-      "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of a Connectivity Test.
-      "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user-provided metadata.
-        "a_key": "A String",
-      },
-      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Unique name of the resource using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/connectivityTests/{test}`
-      "probingDetails": { # Results of active probing from the last run of the test. # Output only. The probing details of this test from the latest run, present for applicable tests only. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
-        "abortCause": "A String", # The reason probing was aborted.
-        "destinationEgressLocation": { # Representation of a network edge location as per https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/edge-locations. # The EdgeLocation from which a packet destined for/originating from the internet will egress/ingress the Google network. This will only be populated for a connectivity test which has an internet destination/source address. The absence of this field *must not* be used as an indication that the destination/source is part of the Google network.
-          "metropolitanArea": "A String", # Name of the metropolitan area.
+      ],
+    },
+    "result": "A String", # The overall result of active probing.
+    "sentProbeCount": 42, # Number of probes sent.
+    "successfulProbeCount": 42, # Number of probes that reached the destination.
+    "verifyTime": "A String", # The time that reachability was assessed through active probing.
+  },
+  "protocol": "A String", # IP Protocol of the test. When not provided, "TCP" is assumed.
+  "reachabilityDetails": { # Results of the configuration analysis from the last run of the test. # Output only. The reachability details of this test from the latest run. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
+    "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The details of a failure or a cancellation of reachability analysis.
+      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+        {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
         },
-        "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # The source and destination endpoints derived from the test input and used for active probing.
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+    },
+    "result": "A String", # The overall result of the test's configuration analysis.
+    "traces": [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends.
+      { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
+        "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition specified by user request, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
           "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
           "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
           "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
@@ -1119,43 +991,60 @@ 

Method Details

"sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from. "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. }, - "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Details about an internal failure or the cancellation of active probing. - "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. - "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. - { - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + "forwardTraceId": 42, # ID of trace. For forward traces, this ID is unique for each trace. For return traces, it matches ID of associated forward trace. A single forward trace can be associated with none, one or more than one return trace. + "steps": [ # A trace of a test contains multiple steps from the initial state to the final state (delivered, dropped, forwarded, or aborted). The steps are ordered by the processing sequence within the simulated network state machine. It is critical to preserve the order of the steps and avoid reordering or sorting them. + { # A simulated forwarding path is composed of multiple steps. Each step has a well-defined state and an associated configuration. + "abort": { # Details of the final state "abort" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "abort" and reason. + "cause": "A String", # Causes that the analysis is aborted. + "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address that caused the abort. + "projectsMissingPermission": [ # List of project IDs the user specified in the request but lacks access to. In this case, analysis is aborted with the PERMISSION_DENIED cause. + "A String", + ], + "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that caused the abort. }, - ], - "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. - }, - "probingLatency": { # Describes measured latency distribution. # Latency as measured by active probing in one direction: from the source to the destination endpoint. - "latencyPercentiles": [ # Representative latency percentiles. - { # Latency percentile rank and value. - "latencyMicros": "A String", # percent-th percentile of latency observed, in microseconds. Fraction of percent/100 of samples have latency lower or equal to the value of this field. - "percent": 42, # Percentage of samples this data point applies to. + "appEngineVersion": { # For display only. Metadata associated with an App Engine version. # Display information of an App Engine service version. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of an App Engine version. + "environment": "A String", # App Engine execution environment for a version. + "runtime": "A String", # Runtime of the App Engine version. + "uri": "A String", # URI of an App Engine version. }, - ], - }, - "result": "A String", # The overall result of active probing. - "sentProbeCount": 42, # Number of probes sent. - "successfulProbeCount": 42, # Number of probes that reached the destination. - "verifyTime": "A String", # The time that reachability was assessed through active probing. - }, - "protocol": "A String", # IP Protocol of the test. When not provided, "TCP" is assumed. - "reachabilityDetails": { # Results of the configuration analysis from the last run of the test. # Output only. The reachability details of this test from the latest run. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test. - "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The details of a failure or a cancellation of reachability analysis. - "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. - "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. - { - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + "causesDrop": True or False, # This is a step that leads to the final state Drop. + "cloudFunction": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud Function. # Display information of a Cloud Function. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud Function. + "location": "A String", # Location in which the Cloud Function is deployed. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Function. + "versionId": "A String", # Latest successfully deployed version id of the Cloud Function. }, - ], - "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. - }, - "result": "A String", # The overall result of the test's configuration analysis. - "traces": [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends. - { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ``` - "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition specified by user request, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces. + "cloudRunRevision": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud Run revision. # Display information of a Cloud Run revision. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud Run revision. + "location": "A String", # Location in which this revision is deployed. + "serviceUri": "A String", # URI of Cloud Run service this revision belongs to. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Run revision. + }, + "cloudSqlInstance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud SQL instance. # Display information of a Cloud SQL instance. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud SQL instance. + "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of a Cloud SQL instance. + "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of a Cloud SQL instance. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud SQL instance network or empty string if the instance does not have one. + "region": "A String", # Region in which the Cloud SQL instance is running. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud SQL instance. + }, + "deliver": { # Details of the final state "deliver" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "deliver" and reason. + "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the target (if applicable). + "pscGoogleApiTarget": "A String", # PSC Google API target the packet is delivered to (if applicable). + "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that the packet is delivered to. + "storageBucket": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Storage Bucket the packet is delivered to (if applicable). + "target": "A String", # Target type where the packet is delivered to. + }, + "description": "A String", # A description of the step. Usually this is a summary of the state. + "drop": { # Details of the final state "drop" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "drop" and reason. + "cause": "A String", # Cause that the packet is dropped. + "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address of the dropped packet (if relevant). + "region": "A String", # Region of the dropped packet (if relevant). + "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that caused the drop. + "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address of the dropped packet (if relevant). + }, + "endpoint": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Display information of the source and destination under analysis. The endpoint information in an intermediate state may differ with the initial input, as it might be modified by state like NAT, or Connection Proxy. "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address. "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to. "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. @@ -1165,21 +1054,1019 @@

Method Details

"sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from. "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. }, - "forwardTraceId": 42, # ID of trace. For forward traces, this ID is unique for each trace. For return traces, it matches ID of associated forward trace. A single forward trace can be associated with none, one or more than one return trace. - "steps": [ # A trace of a test contains multiple steps from the initial state to the final state (delivered, dropped, forwarded, or aborted). The steps are ordered by the processing sequence within the simulated network state machine. It is critical to preserve the order of the steps and avoid reordering or sorting them. - { # A simulated forwarding path is composed of multiple steps. Each step has a well-defined state and an associated configuration. - "abort": { # Details of the final state "abort" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "abort" and reason. - "cause": "A String", # Causes that the analysis is aborted. - "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address that caused the abort. - "projectsMissingPermission": [ # List of project IDs the user specified in the request but lacks access to. In this case, analysis is aborted with the PERMISSION_DENIED cause. - "A String", - ], - "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that caused the abort. - }, - "appEngineVersion": { # For display only. Metadata associated with an App Engine version. # Display information of an App Engine service version. - "displayName": "A String", # Name of an App Engine version. - "environment": "A String", # App Engine execution environment for a version. - "runtime": "A String", # Runtime of the App Engine version. + "firewall": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a VPC firewall rule, an implied VPC firewall rule, or a firewall policy rule. # Display information of a Compute Engine firewall rule. + "action": "A String", # Possible values: ALLOW, DENY, APPLY_SECURITY_PROFILE_GROUP + "direction": "A String", # Possible values: INGRESS, EGRESS + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the firewall rule. This field might be empty for firewall policy rules. + "firewallRuleType": "A String", # The firewall rule's type. + "networkUri": "A String", # The URI of the VPC network that the firewall rule is associated with. This field is not applicable to hierarchical firewall policy rules. + "policy": "A String", # The name of the firewall policy that this rule is associated with. This field is not applicable to VPC firewall rules and implied VPC firewall rules. + "policyUri": "A String", # The URI of the firewall policy that this rule is associated with. This field is not applicable to VPC firewall rules and implied VPC firewall rules. + "priority": 42, # The priority of the firewall rule. + "targetServiceAccounts": [ # The target service accounts specified by the firewall rule. + "A String", + ], + "targetTags": [ # The target tags defined by the VPC firewall rule. This field is not applicable to firewall policy rules. + "A String", + ], + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the firewall rule. This field is not applicable to implied VPC firewall rules. + }, + "forward": { # Details of the final state "forward" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "forward" and reason. + "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the target (if applicable). + "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that the packet is forwarded to. + "target": "A String", # Target type where this packet is forwarded to. + }, + "forwardingRule": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine forwarding rule. # Display information of a Compute Engine forwarding rule. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of the forwarding rule. + "loadBalancerName": "A String", # Name of the load balancer the forwarding rule belongs to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers (like PSC forwarding rules). + "matchedPortRange": "A String", # Port range defined in the forwarding rule that matches the packet. + "matchedProtocol": "A String", # Protocol defined in the forwarding rule that matches the packet. + "networkUri": "A String", # Network URI. + "pscGoogleApiTarget": "A String", # PSC Google API target this forwarding rule targets (if applicable). + "pscServiceAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC service attachment this forwarding rule targets (if applicable). + "region": "A String", # Region of the forwarding rule. Set only for regional forwarding rules. + "target": "A String", # Target type of the forwarding rule. + "uri": "A String", # URI of the forwarding rule. + "vip": "A String", # VIP of the forwarding rule. + }, + "gkeMaster": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Google Kubernetes Engine (GKE) cluster master. # Display information of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master. + "clusterNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of a GKE cluster network. + "clusterUri": "A String", # URI of a GKE cluster. + "dnsEndpoint": "A String", # DNS endpoint of a GKE cluster control plane. + "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of a GKE cluster control plane. + "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of a GKE cluster control plane. + }, + "googleService": { # For display only. Details of a Google Service sending packets to a VPC network. Although the source IP might be a publicly routable address, some Google Services use special routes within Google production infrastructure to reach Compute Engine Instances. https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/routes#special_return_paths # Display information of a Google service + "googleServiceType": "A String", # Recognized type of a Google Service. + "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address. + }, + "instance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine instance. # Display information of a Compute Engine instance. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine instance. + "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of the network interface. + "interface": "A String", # Name of the network interface of a Compute Engine instance. + "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of the network interface. + "networkTags": [ # Network tags configured on the instance. + "A String", + ], + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. + "pscNetworkAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant). + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account authorized for the instance. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance. + }, + "loadBalancer": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a load balancer. # Display information of the load balancers. Deprecated in favor of the `load_balancer_backend_info` field, not used in new tests. + "backendType": "A String", # Type of load balancer's backend configuration. + "backendUri": "A String", # Backend configuration URI. + "backends": [ # Information for the loadbalancer backends. + { # For display only. Metadata associated with a specific load balancer backend. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine instance or network endpoint. + "healthCheckAllowingFirewallRules": [ # A list of firewall rule URIs allowing probes from health check IP ranges. + "A String", + ], + "healthCheckBlockingFirewallRules": [ # A list of firewall rule URIs blocking probes from health check IP ranges. + "A String", + ], + "healthCheckFirewallState": "A String", # State of the health check firewall configuration. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance or network endpoint. + }, + ], + "healthCheckUri": "A String", # URI of the health check for the load balancer. Deprecated and no longer populated as different load balancer backends might have different health checks. + "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Type of the load balancer. + }, + "loadBalancerBackendInfo": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the load balancer backend. # Display information of a specific load balancer backend. + "backendBucketUri": "A String", # URI of the backend bucket this backend targets (if applicable). + "backendServiceUri": "A String", # URI of the backend service this backend belongs to (if applicable). + "healthCheckFirewallsConfigState": "A String", # Output only. Health check firewalls configuration state for the backend. This is a result of the static firewall analysis (verifying that health check traffic from required IP ranges to the backend is allowed or not). The backend might still be unhealthy even if these firewalls are configured. Please refer to the documentation for more information: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/firewall-rules + "healthCheckUri": "A String", # URI of the health check attached to this backend (if applicable). + "instanceGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the instance group this backend belongs to (if applicable). + "instanceUri": "A String", # URI of the backend instance (if applicable). Populated for instance group backends, and zonal NEG backends. + "name": "A String", # Display name of the backend. For example, it might be an instance name for the instance group backends, or an IP address and port for zonal network endpoint group backends. + "networkEndpointGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the network endpoint group this backend belongs to (if applicable). + "pscGoogleApiTarget": "A String", # PSC Google API target this PSC NEG backend targets (if applicable). + "pscServiceAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC service attachment this PSC NEG backend targets (if applicable). + }, + "nat": { # For display only. Metadata associated with NAT. # Display information of a NAT. + "natGatewayName": "A String", # The name of Cloud NAT Gateway. Only valid when type is CLOUD_NAT. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where NAT translation takes place. + "newDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address after NAT translation. + "newDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port after NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "newSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address after NAT translation. + "newSourcePort": 42, # Source port after NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "oldDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address before NAT translation. + "oldDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port before NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "oldSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address before NAT translation. + "oldSourcePort": 42, # Source port before NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP". + "routerUri": "A String", # Uri of the Cloud Router. Only valid when type is CLOUD_NAT. + "type": "A String", # Type of NAT. + }, + "network": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine network. Next ID: 7 # Display information of a Google Cloud network. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine network. + "matchedIpRange": "A String", # The IP range of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. + "matchedSubnetUri": "A String", # URI of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. + "region": "A String", # The region of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. + }, + "projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. + "proxyConnection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with ProxyConnection. # Display information of a ProxyConnection. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where connection is proxied. + "newDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address of a new connection. + "newDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port of a new connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "newSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address of a new connection. + "newSourcePort": 42, # Source port of a new connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "oldDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address of an original connection + "oldDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port of an original connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "oldSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address of an original connection. + "oldSourcePort": 42, # Source port of an original connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP". + "subnetUri": "A String", # Uri of proxy subnet. + }, + "redisCluster": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Redis Cluster. # Display information of a Redis Cluster. + "discoveryEndpointIpAddress": "A String", # Discovery endpoint IP address of a Redis Cluster. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Redis Cluster. + "location": "A String", # Name of the region in which the Redis Cluster is defined. For example, "us-central1". + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Redis Cluster network in format "projects/{project_id}/global/networks/{network_id}". + "secondaryEndpointIpAddress": "A String", # Secondary endpoint IP address of a Redis Cluster. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Redis Cluster in format "projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}" + }, + "redisInstance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud Redis Instance. # Display information of a Redis Instance. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud Redis Instance. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance network. + "primaryEndpointIp": "A String", # Primary endpoint IP address of a Cloud Redis Instance. + "readEndpointIp": "A String", # Read endpoint IP address of a Cloud Redis Instance (if applicable). + "region": "A String", # Region in which the Cloud Redis Instance is defined. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance. + }, + "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route. + "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network. + "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix. + "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route. + "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a route. + "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route. + "A String", + ], + "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only. + "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only. + "nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route. + "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop. + "priority": 42, # Priority of the route. + "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], + "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable). + "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable. + "routeType": "A String", # Type of route. + "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only. + "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], + "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable). + }, + "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces. + "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group. + }, + "state": "A String", # Each step is in one of the pre-defined states. + "storageBucket": { # For display only. Metadata associated with Storage Bucket. # Display information of a Storage Bucket. Used only for return traces. + "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage Bucket name. + }, + "vpcConnector": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a VPC connector. # Display information of a VPC connector. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPC connector. + "location": "A String", # Location in which the VPC connector is deployed. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPC connector. + }, + "vpnGateway": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine VPN gateway. # Display information of a Compute Engine VPN gateway. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPN gateway. + "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the VPN gateway. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network where the VPN gateway is configured. + "region": "A String", # Name of a Google Cloud region where this VPN gateway is configured. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPN gateway. + "vpnTunnelUri": "A String", # A VPN tunnel that is associated with this VPN gateway. There may be multiple VPN tunnels configured on a VPN gateway, and only the one relevant to the test is displayed. + }, + "vpnTunnel": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine VPN tunnel. # Display information of a Compute Engine VPN tunnel. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPN tunnel. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network where the VPN tunnel is configured. + "region": "A String", # Name of a Google Cloud region where this VPN tunnel is configured. + "remoteGateway": "A String", # URI of a VPN gateway at remote end of the tunnel. + "remoteGatewayIp": "A String", # Remote VPN gateway's IP address. + "routingType": "A String", # Type of the routing policy. + "sourceGateway": "A String", # URI of the VPN gateway at local end of the tunnel. + "sourceGatewayIp": "A String", # Local VPN gateway's IP address. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPN tunnel. + }, + }, + ], + }, + ], + "verifyTime": "A String", # The time of the configuration analysis. + }, + "relatedProjects": [ # Other projects that may be relevant for reachability analysis. This is applicable to scenarios where a test can cross project boundaries. + "A String", + ], + "returnReachabilityDetails": { # Results of the configuration analysis from the last run of the test. # Output only. The reachability details of this test from the latest run for the return path. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The details of a failure or a cancellation of reachability analysis. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "result": "A String", # The overall result of the test's configuration analysis. + "traces": [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends. + { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ``` + "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition specified by user request, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces. + "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address. + "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to. + "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP". + "sourceAgentUri": "A String", # URI of the source telemetry agent this packet originates from. + "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address. + "sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from. + "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + }, + "forwardTraceId": 42, # ID of trace. For forward traces, this ID is unique for each trace. For return traces, it matches ID of associated forward trace. A single forward trace can be associated with none, one or more than one return trace. + "steps": [ # A trace of a test contains multiple steps from the initial state to the final state (delivered, dropped, forwarded, or aborted). The steps are ordered by the processing sequence within the simulated network state machine. It is critical to preserve the order of the steps and avoid reordering or sorting them. + { # A simulated forwarding path is composed of multiple steps. Each step has a well-defined state and an associated configuration. + "abort": { # Details of the final state "abort" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "abort" and reason. + "cause": "A String", # Causes that the analysis is aborted. + "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address that caused the abort. + "projectsMissingPermission": [ # List of project IDs the user specified in the request but lacks access to. In this case, analysis is aborted with the PERMISSION_DENIED cause. + "A String", + ], + "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that caused the abort. + }, + "appEngineVersion": { # For display only. Metadata associated with an App Engine version. # Display information of an App Engine service version. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of an App Engine version. + "environment": "A String", # App Engine execution environment for a version. + "runtime": "A String", # Runtime of the App Engine version. + "uri": "A String", # URI of an App Engine version. + }, + "causesDrop": True or False, # This is a step that leads to the final state Drop. + "cloudFunction": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud Function. # Display information of a Cloud Function. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud Function. + "location": "A String", # Location in which the Cloud Function is deployed. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Function. + "versionId": "A String", # Latest successfully deployed version id of the Cloud Function. + }, + "cloudRunRevision": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud Run revision. # Display information of a Cloud Run revision. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud Run revision. + "location": "A String", # Location in which this revision is deployed. + "serviceUri": "A String", # URI of Cloud Run service this revision belongs to. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Run revision. + }, + "cloudSqlInstance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud SQL instance. # Display information of a Cloud SQL instance. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud SQL instance. + "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of a Cloud SQL instance. + "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of a Cloud SQL instance. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud SQL instance network or empty string if the instance does not have one. + "region": "A String", # Region in which the Cloud SQL instance is running. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud SQL instance. + }, + "deliver": { # Details of the final state "deliver" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "deliver" and reason. + "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the target (if applicable). + "pscGoogleApiTarget": "A String", # PSC Google API target the packet is delivered to (if applicable). + "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that the packet is delivered to. + "storageBucket": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Storage Bucket the packet is delivered to (if applicable). + "target": "A String", # Target type where the packet is delivered to. + }, + "description": "A String", # A description of the step. Usually this is a summary of the state. + "drop": { # Details of the final state "drop" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "drop" and reason. + "cause": "A String", # Cause that the packet is dropped. + "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address of the dropped packet (if relevant). + "region": "A String", # Region of the dropped packet (if relevant). + "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that caused the drop. + "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address of the dropped packet (if relevant). + }, + "endpoint": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Display information of the source and destination under analysis. The endpoint information in an intermediate state may differ with the initial input, as it might be modified by state like NAT, or Connection Proxy. + "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address. + "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to. + "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP". + "sourceAgentUri": "A String", # URI of the source telemetry agent this packet originates from. + "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address. + "sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from. + "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + }, + "firewall": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a VPC firewall rule, an implied VPC firewall rule, or a firewall policy rule. # Display information of a Compute Engine firewall rule. + "action": "A String", # Possible values: ALLOW, DENY, APPLY_SECURITY_PROFILE_GROUP + "direction": "A String", # Possible values: INGRESS, EGRESS + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the firewall rule. This field might be empty for firewall policy rules. + "firewallRuleType": "A String", # The firewall rule's type. + "networkUri": "A String", # The URI of the VPC network that the firewall rule is associated with. This field is not applicable to hierarchical firewall policy rules. + "policy": "A String", # The name of the firewall policy that this rule is associated with. This field is not applicable to VPC firewall rules and implied VPC firewall rules. + "policyUri": "A String", # The URI of the firewall policy that this rule is associated with. This field is not applicable to VPC firewall rules and implied VPC firewall rules. + "priority": 42, # The priority of the firewall rule. + "targetServiceAccounts": [ # The target service accounts specified by the firewall rule. + "A String", + ], + "targetTags": [ # The target tags defined by the VPC firewall rule. This field is not applicable to firewall policy rules. + "A String", + ], + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the firewall rule. This field is not applicable to implied VPC firewall rules. + }, + "forward": { # Details of the final state "forward" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "forward" and reason. + "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the target (if applicable). + "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that the packet is forwarded to. + "target": "A String", # Target type where this packet is forwarded to. + }, + "forwardingRule": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine forwarding rule. # Display information of a Compute Engine forwarding rule. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of the forwarding rule. + "loadBalancerName": "A String", # Name of the load balancer the forwarding rule belongs to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers (like PSC forwarding rules). + "matchedPortRange": "A String", # Port range defined in the forwarding rule that matches the packet. + "matchedProtocol": "A String", # Protocol defined in the forwarding rule that matches the packet. + "networkUri": "A String", # Network URI. + "pscGoogleApiTarget": "A String", # PSC Google API target this forwarding rule targets (if applicable). + "pscServiceAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC service attachment this forwarding rule targets (if applicable). + "region": "A String", # Region of the forwarding rule. Set only for regional forwarding rules. + "target": "A String", # Target type of the forwarding rule. + "uri": "A String", # URI of the forwarding rule. + "vip": "A String", # VIP of the forwarding rule. + }, + "gkeMaster": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Google Kubernetes Engine (GKE) cluster master. # Display information of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master. + "clusterNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of a GKE cluster network. + "clusterUri": "A String", # URI of a GKE cluster. + "dnsEndpoint": "A String", # DNS endpoint of a GKE cluster control plane. + "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of a GKE cluster control plane. + "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of a GKE cluster control plane. + }, + "googleService": { # For display only. Details of a Google Service sending packets to a VPC network. Although the source IP might be a publicly routable address, some Google Services use special routes within Google production infrastructure to reach Compute Engine Instances. https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/routes#special_return_paths # Display information of a Google service + "googleServiceType": "A String", # Recognized type of a Google Service. + "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address. + }, + "instance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine instance. # Display information of a Compute Engine instance. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine instance. + "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of the network interface. + "interface": "A String", # Name of the network interface of a Compute Engine instance. + "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of the network interface. + "networkTags": [ # Network tags configured on the instance. + "A String", + ], + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. + "pscNetworkAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant). + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account authorized for the instance. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance. + }, + "loadBalancer": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a load balancer. # Display information of the load balancers. Deprecated in favor of the `load_balancer_backend_info` field, not used in new tests. + "backendType": "A String", # Type of load balancer's backend configuration. + "backendUri": "A String", # Backend configuration URI. + "backends": [ # Information for the loadbalancer backends. + { # For display only. Metadata associated with a specific load balancer backend. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine instance or network endpoint. + "healthCheckAllowingFirewallRules": [ # A list of firewall rule URIs allowing probes from health check IP ranges. + "A String", + ], + "healthCheckBlockingFirewallRules": [ # A list of firewall rule URIs blocking probes from health check IP ranges. + "A String", + ], + "healthCheckFirewallState": "A String", # State of the health check firewall configuration. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance or network endpoint. + }, + ], + "healthCheckUri": "A String", # URI of the health check for the load balancer. Deprecated and no longer populated as different load balancer backends might have different health checks. + "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Type of the load balancer. + }, + "loadBalancerBackendInfo": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the load balancer backend. # Display information of a specific load balancer backend. + "backendBucketUri": "A String", # URI of the backend bucket this backend targets (if applicable). + "backendServiceUri": "A String", # URI of the backend service this backend belongs to (if applicable). + "healthCheckFirewallsConfigState": "A String", # Output only. Health check firewalls configuration state for the backend. This is a result of the static firewall analysis (verifying that health check traffic from required IP ranges to the backend is allowed or not). The backend might still be unhealthy even if these firewalls are configured. Please refer to the documentation for more information: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/firewall-rules + "healthCheckUri": "A String", # URI of the health check attached to this backend (if applicable). + "instanceGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the instance group this backend belongs to (if applicable). + "instanceUri": "A String", # URI of the backend instance (if applicable). Populated for instance group backends, and zonal NEG backends. + "name": "A String", # Display name of the backend. For example, it might be an instance name for the instance group backends, or an IP address and port for zonal network endpoint group backends. + "networkEndpointGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the network endpoint group this backend belongs to (if applicable). + "pscGoogleApiTarget": "A String", # PSC Google API target this PSC NEG backend targets (if applicable). + "pscServiceAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC service attachment this PSC NEG backend targets (if applicable). + }, + "nat": { # For display only. Metadata associated with NAT. # Display information of a NAT. + "natGatewayName": "A String", # The name of Cloud NAT Gateway. Only valid when type is CLOUD_NAT. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where NAT translation takes place. + "newDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address after NAT translation. + "newDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port after NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "newSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address after NAT translation. + "newSourcePort": 42, # Source port after NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "oldDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address before NAT translation. + "oldDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port before NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "oldSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address before NAT translation. + "oldSourcePort": 42, # Source port before NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP". + "routerUri": "A String", # Uri of the Cloud Router. Only valid when type is CLOUD_NAT. + "type": "A String", # Type of NAT. + }, + "network": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine network. Next ID: 7 # Display information of a Google Cloud network. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine network. + "matchedIpRange": "A String", # The IP range of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. + "matchedSubnetUri": "A String", # URI of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. + "region": "A String", # The region of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. + }, + "projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. + "proxyConnection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with ProxyConnection. # Display information of a ProxyConnection. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where connection is proxied. + "newDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address of a new connection. + "newDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port of a new connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "newSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address of a new connection. + "newSourcePort": 42, # Source port of a new connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "oldDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address of an original connection + "oldDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port of an original connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "oldSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address of an original connection. + "oldSourcePort": 42, # Source port of an original connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP". + "subnetUri": "A String", # Uri of proxy subnet. + }, + "redisCluster": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Redis Cluster. # Display information of a Redis Cluster. + "discoveryEndpointIpAddress": "A String", # Discovery endpoint IP address of a Redis Cluster. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Redis Cluster. + "location": "A String", # Name of the region in which the Redis Cluster is defined. For example, "us-central1". + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Redis Cluster network in format "projects/{project_id}/global/networks/{network_id}". + "secondaryEndpointIpAddress": "A String", # Secondary endpoint IP address of a Redis Cluster. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Redis Cluster in format "projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}" + }, + "redisInstance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud Redis Instance. # Display information of a Redis Instance. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud Redis Instance. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance network. + "primaryEndpointIp": "A String", # Primary endpoint IP address of a Cloud Redis Instance. + "readEndpointIp": "A String", # Read endpoint IP address of a Cloud Redis Instance (if applicable). + "region": "A String", # Region in which the Cloud Redis Instance is defined. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance. + }, + "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route. + "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network. + "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix. + "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route. + "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a route. + "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route. + "A String", + ], + "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only. + "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only. + "nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route. + "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop. + "priority": 42, # Priority of the route. + "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], + "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable). + "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable. + "routeType": "A String", # Type of route. + "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only. + "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], + "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable). + }, + "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces. + "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group. + }, + "state": "A String", # Each step is in one of the pre-defined states. + "storageBucket": { # For display only. Metadata associated with Storage Bucket. # Display information of a Storage Bucket. Used only for return traces. + "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage Bucket name. + }, + "vpcConnector": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a VPC connector. # Display information of a VPC connector. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPC connector. + "location": "A String", # Location in which the VPC connector is deployed. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPC connector. + }, + "vpnGateway": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine VPN gateway. # Display information of a Compute Engine VPN gateway. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPN gateway. + "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the VPN gateway. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network where the VPN gateway is configured. + "region": "A String", # Name of a Google Cloud region where this VPN gateway is configured. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPN gateway. + "vpnTunnelUri": "A String", # A VPN tunnel that is associated with this VPN gateway. There may be multiple VPN tunnels configured on a VPN gateway, and only the one relevant to the test is displayed. + }, + "vpnTunnel": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine VPN tunnel. # Display information of a Compute Engine VPN tunnel. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPN tunnel. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network where the VPN tunnel is configured. + "region": "A String", # Name of a Google Cloud region where this VPN tunnel is configured. + "remoteGateway": "A String", # URI of a VPN gateway at remote end of the tunnel. + "remoteGatewayIp": "A String", # Remote VPN gateway's IP address. + "routingType": "A String", # Type of the routing policy. + "sourceGateway": "A String", # URI of the VPN gateway at local end of the tunnel. + "sourceGatewayIp": "A String", # Local VPN gateway's IP address. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPN tunnel. + }, + }, + ], + }, + ], + "verifyTime": "A String", # The time of the configuration analysis. + }, + "roundTrip": True or False, # Whether run analysis for the return path from destination to source. Default value is false. + "source": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Source specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of source IP address, virtual machine (VM) instance, or Compute Engine network to uniquely identify the source location. Examples: If the source IP address is an internal IP address within a Google Cloud Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network, then you must also specify the VPC network. Otherwise, specify the VM instance, which already contains its internal IP address and VPC network information. If the source of the test is within an on-premises network, then you must provide the destination VPC network. If the source endpoint is a Compute Engine VM instance with multiple network interfaces, the instance itself is not sufficient to identify the endpoint. So, you must also specify the source IP address or VPC network. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the source location is ambiguous. However, the test result may include endpoints that you don't intend to test. + "appEngineVersion": { # Wrapper for the App Engine service version attributes. # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions). + "uri": "A String", # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions) name. + }, + "cloudFunction": { # Wrapper for Cloud Function attributes. # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions). + "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions) name. + }, + "cloudRunRevision": { # Wrapper for Cloud Run revision attributes. # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) + "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) URI. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/revisions/{revision} + }, + "cloudSqlInstance": "A String", # A [Cloud SQL](https://cloud.google.com/sql) instance URI. + "forwardingRule": "A String", # A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud load balancer. Forwarding rules are also used for protocol forwarding, Private Service Connect and other network services to provide forwarding information in the control plane. Format: projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{id} or projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{id} + "forwardingRuleTarget": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the type of the target of the forwarding rule. + "fqdn": "A String", # DNS endpoint of [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). Requires gke_master_cluster to be set, can't be used simultaneoulsly with ip_address or network. Applicable only to destination endpoint. + "gkeMasterCluster": "A String", # A cluster URI for [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). + "instance": "A String", # A Compute Engine instance URI. + "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the endpoint, which can be an external or internal IP. + "loadBalancerId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers. + "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. + "network": "A String", # A Compute Engine network URI. + "networkType": "A String", # Type of the network where the endpoint is located. Applicable only to source endpoint, as destination network type can be inferred from the source. + "port": 42, # The IP protocol port of the endpoint. Only applicable when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "projectId": "A String", # Project ID where the endpoint is located. The Project ID can be derived from the URI if you provide a VM instance or network URI. The following are two cases where you must provide the project ID: 1. Only the IP address is specified, and the IP address is within a Google Cloud project. 2. When you are using Shared VPC and the IP address that you provide is from the service project. In this case, the network that the IP address resides in is defined in the host project. + "redisCluster": "A String", # A [Redis Cluster](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/cluster) URI. + "redisInstance": "A String", # A [Redis Instance](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/redis) URI. + }, + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test's configuration was updated. +}
+
+ +
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists all Connectivity Tests owned by a project.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the Connectivity Tests: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global` (required)
+  filter: string, Lists the `ConnectivityTests` that match the filter expression. A filter expression filters the resources listed in the response. The expression must be of the form ` ` where operators: `<`, `>`, `<=`, `>=`, `!=`, `=`, `:` are supported (colon `:` represents a HAS operator which is roughly synonymous with equality). can refer to a proto or JSON field, or a synthetic field. Field names can be camelCase or snake_case. Examples: - Filter by name: name = "projects/proj-1/locations/global/connectivityTests/test-1 - Filter by labels: - Resources that have a key called `foo` labels.foo:* - Resources that have a key called `foo` whose value is `bar` labels.foo = bar
+  orderBy: string, Field to use to sort the list.
+  pageSize: integer, Number of `ConnectivityTests` to return.
+  pageToken: string, Page token from an earlier query, as returned in `next_page_token`.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for the `ListConnectivityTests` method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Page token to fetch the next set of Connectivity Tests.
+  "resources": [ # List of Connectivity Tests.
+    { # A Connectivity Test for a network reachability analysis.
+      "bypassFirewallChecks": True or False, # Whether the test should skip firewall checking. If not provided, we assume false.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test was created.
+      "description": "A String", # The user-supplied description of the Connectivity Test. Maximum of 512 characters.
+      "destination": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Destination specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of destination IP address, Compute Engine VM instance, or VPC network to uniquely identify the destination location. Even if the destination IP address is not unique, the source IP location is unique. Usually, the analysis can infer the destination endpoint from route information. If the destination you specify is a VM instance and the instance has multiple network interfaces, then you must also specify either a destination IP address or VPC network to identify the destination interface. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the destination location is ambiguous. However, the result can include endpoints that you don't intend to test.
+        "appEngineVersion": { # Wrapper for the App Engine service version attributes. # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions).
+          "uri": "A String", # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions) name.
+        },
+        "cloudFunction": { # Wrapper for Cloud Function attributes. # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions).
+          "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions) name.
+        },
+        "cloudRunRevision": { # Wrapper for Cloud Run revision attributes. # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get)
+          "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) URI. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/revisions/{revision}
+        },
+        "cloudSqlInstance": "A String", # A [Cloud SQL](https://cloud.google.com/sql) instance URI.
+        "forwardingRule": "A String", # A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud load balancer. Forwarding rules are also used for protocol forwarding, Private Service Connect and other network services to provide forwarding information in the control plane. Format: projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{id} or projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{id}
+        "forwardingRuleTarget": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the type of the target of the forwarding rule.
+        "fqdn": "A String", # DNS endpoint of [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). Requires gke_master_cluster to be set, can't be used simultaneoulsly with ip_address or network. Applicable only to destination endpoint.
+        "gkeMasterCluster": "A String", # A cluster URI for [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture).
+        "instance": "A String", # A Compute Engine instance URI.
+        "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the endpoint, which can be an external or internal IP.
+        "loadBalancerId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers.
+        "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to.
+        "network": "A String", # A Compute Engine network URI.
+        "networkType": "A String", # Type of the network where the endpoint is located. Applicable only to source endpoint, as destination network type can be inferred from the source.
+        "port": 42, # The IP protocol port of the endpoint. Only applicable when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+        "projectId": "A String", # Project ID where the endpoint is located. The Project ID can be derived from the URI if you provide a VM instance or network URI. The following are two cases where you must provide the project ID: 1. Only the IP address is specified, and the IP address is within a Google Cloud project. 2. When you are using Shared VPC and the IP address that you provide is from the service project. In this case, the network that the IP address resides in is defined in the host project.
+        "redisCluster": "A String", # A [Redis Cluster](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/cluster) URI.
+        "redisInstance": "A String", # A [Redis Instance](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/redis) URI.
+      },
+      "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of a Connectivity Test.
+      "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user-provided metadata.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Unique name of the resource using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/connectivityTests/{test}`
+      "probingDetails": { # Results of active probing from the last run of the test. # Output only. The probing details of this test from the latest run, present for applicable tests only. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
+        "abortCause": "A String", # The reason probing was aborted.
+        "destinationEgressLocation": { # Representation of a network edge location as per https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/edge-locations. # The EdgeLocation from which a packet destined for/originating from the internet will egress/ingress the Google network. This will only be populated for a connectivity test which has an internet destination/source address. The absence of this field *must not* be used as an indication that the destination/source is part of the Google network.
+          "metropolitanArea": "A String", # Name of the metropolitan area.
+        },
+        "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # The source and destination endpoints derived from the test input and used for active probing.
+          "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
+          "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
+          "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+          "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
+          "sourceAgentUri": "A String", # URI of the source telemetry agent this packet originates from.
+          "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+          "sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from.
+          "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+        },
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Details about an internal failure or the cancellation of active probing.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "probingLatency": { # Describes measured latency distribution. # Latency as measured by active probing in one direction: from the source to the destination endpoint.
+          "latencyPercentiles": [ # Representative latency percentiles.
+            { # Latency percentile rank and value.
+              "latencyMicros": "A String", # percent-th percentile of latency observed, in microseconds. Fraction of percent/100 of samples have latency lower or equal to the value of this field.
+              "percent": 42, # Percentage of samples this data point applies to.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "result": "A String", # The overall result of active probing.
+        "sentProbeCount": 42, # Number of probes sent.
+        "successfulProbeCount": 42, # Number of probes that reached the destination.
+        "verifyTime": "A String", # The time that reachability was assessed through active probing.
+      },
+      "protocol": "A String", # IP Protocol of the test. When not provided, "TCP" is assumed.
+      "reachabilityDetails": { # Results of the configuration analysis from the last run of the test. # Output only. The reachability details of this test from the latest run. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The details of a failure or a cancellation of reachability analysis.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "result": "A String", # The overall result of the test's configuration analysis.
+        "traces": [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends.
+          { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
+            "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition specified by user request, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
+              "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
+              "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
+              "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+              "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
+              "sourceAgentUri": "A String", # URI of the source telemetry agent this packet originates from.
+              "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+              "sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from.
+              "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+            },
+            "forwardTraceId": 42, # ID of trace. For forward traces, this ID is unique for each trace. For return traces, it matches ID of associated forward trace. A single forward trace can be associated with none, one or more than one return trace.
+            "steps": [ # A trace of a test contains multiple steps from the initial state to the final state (delivered, dropped, forwarded, or aborted). The steps are ordered by the processing sequence within the simulated network state machine. It is critical to preserve the order of the steps and avoid reordering or sorting them.
+              { # A simulated forwarding path is composed of multiple steps. Each step has a well-defined state and an associated configuration.
+                "abort": { # Details of the final state "abort" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "abort" and reason.
+                  "cause": "A String", # Causes that the analysis is aborted.
+                  "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address that caused the abort.
+                  "projectsMissingPermission": [ # List of project IDs the user specified in the request but lacks access to. In this case, analysis is aborted with the PERMISSION_DENIED cause.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that caused the abort.
+                },
+                "appEngineVersion": { # For display only. Metadata associated with an App Engine version. # Display information of an App Engine service version.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of an App Engine version.
+                  "environment": "A String", # App Engine execution environment for a version.
+                  "runtime": "A String", # Runtime of the App Engine version.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of an App Engine version.
+                },
+                "causesDrop": True or False, # This is a step that leads to the final state Drop.
+                "cloudFunction": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud Function. # Display information of a Cloud Function.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud Function.
+                  "location": "A String", # Location in which the Cloud Function is deployed.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Function.
+                  "versionId": "A String", # Latest successfully deployed version id of the Cloud Function.
+                },
+                "cloudRunRevision": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud Run revision. # Display information of a Cloud Run revision.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud Run revision.
+                  "location": "A String", # Location in which this revision is deployed.
+                  "serviceUri": "A String", # URI of Cloud Run service this revision belongs to.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Run revision.
+                },
+                "cloudSqlInstance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud SQL instance. # Display information of a Cloud SQL instance.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud SQL instance.
+                  "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of a Cloud SQL instance.
+                  "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of a Cloud SQL instance.
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud SQL instance network or empty string if the instance does not have one.
+                  "region": "A String", # Region in which the Cloud SQL instance is running.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud SQL instance.
+                },
+                "deliver": { # Details of the final state "deliver" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "deliver" and reason.
+                  "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the target (if applicable).
+                  "pscGoogleApiTarget": "A String", # PSC Google API target the packet is delivered to (if applicable).
+                  "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that the packet is delivered to.
+                  "storageBucket": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Storage Bucket the packet is delivered to (if applicable).
+                  "target": "A String", # Target type where the packet is delivered to.
+                },
+                "description": "A String", # A description of the step. Usually this is a summary of the state.
+                "drop": { # Details of the final state "drop" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "drop" and reason.
+                  "cause": "A String", # Cause that the packet is dropped.
+                  "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address of the dropped packet (if relevant).
+                  "region": "A String", # Region of the dropped packet (if relevant).
+                  "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that caused the drop.
+                  "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address of the dropped packet (if relevant).
+                },
+                "endpoint": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Display information of the source and destination under analysis. The endpoint information in an intermediate state may differ with the initial input, as it might be modified by state like NAT, or Connection Proxy.
+                  "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
+                  "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
+                  "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+                  "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
+                  "sourceAgentUri": "A String", # URI of the source telemetry agent this packet originates from.
+                  "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+                  "sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from.
+                  "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+                },
+                "firewall": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a VPC firewall rule, an implied VPC firewall rule, or a firewall policy rule. # Display information of a Compute Engine firewall rule.
+                  "action": "A String", # Possible values: ALLOW, DENY, APPLY_SECURITY_PROFILE_GROUP
+                  "direction": "A String", # Possible values: INGRESS, EGRESS
+                  "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the firewall rule. This field might be empty for firewall policy rules.
+                  "firewallRuleType": "A String", # The firewall rule's type.
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # The URI of the VPC network that the firewall rule is associated with. This field is not applicable to hierarchical firewall policy rules.
+                  "policy": "A String", # The name of the firewall policy that this rule is associated with. This field is not applicable to VPC firewall rules and implied VPC firewall rules.
+                  "policyUri": "A String", # The URI of the firewall policy that this rule is associated with. This field is not applicable to VPC firewall rules and implied VPC firewall rules.
+                  "priority": 42, # The priority of the firewall rule.
+                  "targetServiceAccounts": [ # The target service accounts specified by the firewall rule.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "targetTags": [ # The target tags defined by the VPC firewall rule. This field is not applicable to firewall policy rules.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "uri": "A String", # The URI of the firewall rule. This field is not applicable to implied VPC firewall rules.
+                },
+                "forward": { # Details of the final state "forward" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "forward" and reason.
+                  "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the target (if applicable).
+                  "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that the packet is forwarded to.
+                  "target": "A String", # Target type where this packet is forwarded to.
+                },
+                "forwardingRule": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine forwarding rule. # Display information of a Compute Engine forwarding rule.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of the forwarding rule.
+                  "loadBalancerName": "A String", # Name of the load balancer the forwarding rule belongs to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers (like PSC forwarding rules).
+                  "matchedPortRange": "A String", # Port range defined in the forwarding rule that matches the packet.
+                  "matchedProtocol": "A String", # Protocol defined in the forwarding rule that matches the packet.
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # Network URI.
+                  "pscGoogleApiTarget": "A String", # PSC Google API target this forwarding rule targets (if applicable).
+                  "pscServiceAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC service attachment this forwarding rule targets (if applicable).
+                  "region": "A String", # Region of the forwarding rule. Set only for regional forwarding rules.
+                  "target": "A String", # Target type of the forwarding rule.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of the forwarding rule.
+                  "vip": "A String", # VIP of the forwarding rule.
+                },
+                "gkeMaster": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Google Kubernetes Engine (GKE) cluster master. # Display information of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master.
+                  "clusterNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of a GKE cluster network.
+                  "clusterUri": "A String", # URI of a GKE cluster.
+                  "dnsEndpoint": "A String", # DNS endpoint of a GKE cluster control plane.
+                  "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of a GKE cluster control plane.
+                  "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of a GKE cluster control plane.
+                },
+                "googleService": { # For display only. Details of a Google Service sending packets to a VPC network. Although the source IP might be a publicly routable address, some Google Services use special routes within Google production infrastructure to reach Compute Engine Instances. https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/routes#special_return_paths # Display information of a Google service
+                  "googleServiceType": "A String", # Recognized type of a Google Service.
+                  "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+                },
+                "instance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine instance. # Display information of a Compute Engine instance.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine instance.
+                  "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of the network interface.
+                  "interface": "A String", # Name of the network interface of a Compute Engine instance.
+                  "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of the network interface.
+                  "networkTags": [ # Network tags configured on the instance.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network.
+                  "pscNetworkAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant).
+                  "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account authorized for the instance.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance.
+                },
+                "loadBalancer": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a load balancer. # Display information of the load balancers. Deprecated in favor of the `load_balancer_backend_info` field, not used in new tests.
+                  "backendType": "A String", # Type of load balancer's backend configuration.
+                  "backendUri": "A String", # Backend configuration URI.
+                  "backends": [ # Information for the loadbalancer backends.
+                    { # For display only. Metadata associated with a specific load balancer backend.
+                      "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine instance or network endpoint.
+                      "healthCheckAllowingFirewallRules": [ # A list of firewall rule URIs allowing probes from health check IP ranges.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
+                      "healthCheckBlockingFirewallRules": [ # A list of firewall rule URIs blocking probes from health check IP ranges.
+                        "A String",
+                      ],
+                      "healthCheckFirewallState": "A String", # State of the health check firewall configuration.
+                      "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance or network endpoint.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "healthCheckUri": "A String", # URI of the health check for the load balancer. Deprecated and no longer populated as different load balancer backends might have different health checks.
+                  "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Type of the load balancer.
+                },
+                "loadBalancerBackendInfo": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the load balancer backend. # Display information of a specific load balancer backend.
+                  "backendBucketUri": "A String", # URI of the backend bucket this backend targets (if applicable).
+                  "backendServiceUri": "A String", # URI of the backend service this backend belongs to (if applicable).
+                  "healthCheckFirewallsConfigState": "A String", # Output only. Health check firewalls configuration state for the backend. This is a result of the static firewall analysis (verifying that health check traffic from required IP ranges to the backend is allowed or not). The backend might still be unhealthy even if these firewalls are configured. Please refer to the documentation for more information: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/firewall-rules
+                  "healthCheckUri": "A String", # URI of the health check attached to this backend (if applicable).
+                  "instanceGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the instance group this backend belongs to (if applicable).
+                  "instanceUri": "A String", # URI of the backend instance (if applicable). Populated for instance group backends, and zonal NEG backends.
+                  "name": "A String", # Display name of the backend. For example, it might be an instance name for the instance group backends, or an IP address and port for zonal network endpoint group backends.
+                  "networkEndpointGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the network endpoint group this backend belongs to (if applicable).
+                  "pscGoogleApiTarget": "A String", # PSC Google API target this PSC NEG backend targets (if applicable).
+                  "pscServiceAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC service attachment this PSC NEG backend targets (if applicable).
+                },
+                "nat": { # For display only. Metadata associated with NAT. # Display information of a NAT.
+                  "natGatewayName": "A String", # The name of Cloud NAT Gateway. Only valid when type is CLOUD_NAT.
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where NAT translation takes place.
+                  "newDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address after NAT translation.
+                  "newDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port after NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+                  "newSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address after NAT translation.
+                  "newSourcePort": 42, # Source port after NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+                  "oldDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address before NAT translation.
+                  "oldDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port before NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+                  "oldSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address before NAT translation.
+                  "oldSourcePort": 42, # Source port before NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+                  "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
+                  "routerUri": "A String", # Uri of the Cloud Router. Only valid when type is CLOUD_NAT.
+                  "type": "A String", # Type of NAT.
+                },
+                "network": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine network. Next ID: 7 # Display information of a Google Cloud network.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine network.
+                  "matchedIpRange": "A String", # The IP range of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test.
+                  "matchedSubnetUri": "A String", # URI of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test.
+                  "region": "A String", # The region of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network.
+                },
+                "projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating.
+                "proxyConnection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with ProxyConnection. # Display information of a ProxyConnection.
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where connection is proxied.
+                  "newDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address of a new connection.
+                  "newDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port of a new connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+                  "newSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address of a new connection.
+                  "newSourcePort": 42, # Source port of a new connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+                  "oldDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address of an original connection
+                  "oldDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port of an original connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+                  "oldSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address of an original connection.
+                  "oldSourcePort": 42, # Source port of an original connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+                  "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
+                  "subnetUri": "A String", # Uri of proxy subnet.
+                },
+                "redisCluster": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Redis Cluster. # Display information of a Redis Cluster.
+                  "discoveryEndpointIpAddress": "A String", # Discovery endpoint IP address of a Redis Cluster.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Redis Cluster.
+                  "location": "A String", # Name of the region in which the Redis Cluster is defined. For example, "us-central1".
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Redis Cluster network in format "projects/{project_id}/global/networks/{network_id}".
+                  "secondaryEndpointIpAddress": "A String", # Secondary endpoint IP address of a Redis Cluster.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a Redis Cluster in format "projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}"
+                },
+                "redisInstance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud Redis Instance. # Display information of a Redis Instance.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud Redis Instance.
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance network.
+                  "primaryEndpointIp": "A String", # Primary endpoint IP address of a Cloud Redis Instance.
+                  "readEndpointIp": "A String", # Read endpoint IP address of a Cloud Redis Instance (if applicable).
+                  "region": "A String", # Region in which the Cloud Redis Instance is defined.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance.
+                },
+                "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route.
+                  "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network.
+                  "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
+                  "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route.
+                  "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a route.
+                  "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only.
+                  "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only.
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only.
+                  "nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route.
+                  "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop.
+                  "priority": 42, # Priority of the route.
+                  "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable).
+                  "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable.
+                  "routeType": "A String", # Type of route.
+                  "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                  "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable).
+                },
+                "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces.
+                  "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group.
+                },
+                "state": "A String", # Each step is in one of the pre-defined states.
+                "storageBucket": { # For display only. Metadata associated with Storage Bucket. # Display information of a Storage Bucket. Used only for return traces.
+                  "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage Bucket name.
+                },
+                "vpcConnector": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a VPC connector. # Display information of a VPC connector.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPC connector.
+                  "location": "A String", # Location in which the VPC connector is deployed.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPC connector.
+                },
+                "vpnGateway": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine VPN gateway. # Display information of a Compute Engine VPN gateway.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPN gateway.
+                  "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the VPN gateway.
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network where the VPN gateway is configured.
+                  "region": "A String", # Name of a Google Cloud region where this VPN gateway is configured.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPN gateway.
+                  "vpnTunnelUri": "A String", # A VPN tunnel that is associated with this VPN gateway. There may be multiple VPN tunnels configured on a VPN gateway, and only the one relevant to the test is displayed.
+                },
+                "vpnTunnel": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine VPN tunnel. # Display information of a Compute Engine VPN tunnel.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPN tunnel.
+                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network where the VPN tunnel is configured.
+                  "region": "A String", # Name of a Google Cloud region where this VPN tunnel is configured.
+                  "remoteGateway": "A String", # URI of a VPN gateway at remote end of the tunnel.
+                  "remoteGatewayIp": "A String", # Remote VPN gateway's IP address.
+                  "routingType": "A String", # Type of the routing policy.
+                  "sourceGateway": "A String", # URI of the VPN gateway at local end of the tunnel.
+                  "sourceGatewayIp": "A String", # Local VPN gateway's IP address.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPN tunnel.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
+        "verifyTime": "A String", # The time of the configuration analysis.
+      },
+      "relatedProjects": [ # Other projects that may be relevant for reachability analysis. This is applicable to scenarios where a test can cross project boundaries.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "returnReachabilityDetails": { # Results of the configuration analysis from the last run of the test. # Output only. The reachability details of this test from the latest run for the return path. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The details of a failure or a cancellation of reachability analysis.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "result": "A String", # The overall result of the test's configuration analysis.
+        "traces": [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends.
+          { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
+            "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition specified by user request, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
+              "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
+              "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
+              "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+              "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
+              "sourceAgentUri": "A String", # URI of the source telemetry agent this packet originates from.
+              "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+              "sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from.
+              "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+            },
+            "forwardTraceId": 42, # ID of trace. For forward traces, this ID is unique for each trace. For return traces, it matches ID of associated forward trace. A single forward trace can be associated with none, one or more than one return trace.
+            "steps": [ # A trace of a test contains multiple steps from the initial state to the final state (delivered, dropped, forwarded, or aborted). The steps are ordered by the processing sequence within the simulated network state machine. It is critical to preserve the order of the steps and avoid reordering or sorting them.
+              { # A simulated forwarding path is composed of multiple steps. Each step has a well-defined state and an associated configuration.
+                "abort": { # Details of the final state "abort" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "abort" and reason.
+                  "cause": "A String", # Causes that the analysis is aborted.
+                  "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address that caused the abort.
+                  "projectsMissingPermission": [ # List of project IDs the user specified in the request but lacks access to. In this case, analysis is aborted with the PERMISSION_DENIED cause.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that caused the abort.
+                },
+                "appEngineVersion": { # For display only. Metadata associated with an App Engine version. # Display information of an App Engine service version.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of an App Engine version.
+                  "environment": "A String", # App Engine execution environment for a version.
+                  "runtime": "A String", # Runtime of the App Engine version.
                   "uri": "A String", # URI of an App Engine version.
                 },
                 "causesDrop": True or False, # This is a step that leads to the final state Drop.
@@ -1390,187 +2277,482 @@ 

Method Details

"protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only. "A String", ], - "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable). - "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable. - "routeType": "A String", # Type of route. - "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only. - "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable). + "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable. + "routeType": "A String", # Type of route. + "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only. + "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only. + "A String", + ], + "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable). + }, + "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces. + "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group. + }, + "state": "A String", # Each step is in one of the pre-defined states. + "storageBucket": { # For display only. Metadata associated with Storage Bucket. # Display information of a Storage Bucket. Used only for return traces. + "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage Bucket name. + }, + "vpcConnector": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a VPC connector. # Display information of a VPC connector. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPC connector. + "location": "A String", # Location in which the VPC connector is deployed. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPC connector. + }, + "vpnGateway": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine VPN gateway. # Display information of a Compute Engine VPN gateway. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPN gateway. + "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the VPN gateway. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network where the VPN gateway is configured. + "region": "A String", # Name of a Google Cloud region where this VPN gateway is configured. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPN gateway. + "vpnTunnelUri": "A String", # A VPN tunnel that is associated with this VPN gateway. There may be multiple VPN tunnels configured on a VPN gateway, and only the one relevant to the test is displayed. + }, + "vpnTunnel": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine VPN tunnel. # Display information of a Compute Engine VPN tunnel. + "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPN tunnel. + "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network where the VPN tunnel is configured. + "region": "A String", # Name of a Google Cloud region where this VPN tunnel is configured. + "remoteGateway": "A String", # URI of a VPN gateway at remote end of the tunnel. + "remoteGatewayIp": "A String", # Remote VPN gateway's IP address. + "routingType": "A String", # Type of the routing policy. + "sourceGateway": "A String", # URI of the VPN gateway at local end of the tunnel. + "sourceGatewayIp": "A String", # Local VPN gateway's IP address. + "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPN tunnel. + }, + }, + ], + }, + ], + "verifyTime": "A String", # The time of the configuration analysis. + }, + "roundTrip": True or False, # Whether run analysis for the return path from destination to source. Default value is false. + "source": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Source specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of source IP address, virtual machine (VM) instance, or Compute Engine network to uniquely identify the source location. Examples: If the source IP address is an internal IP address within a Google Cloud Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network, then you must also specify the VPC network. Otherwise, specify the VM instance, which already contains its internal IP address and VPC network information. If the source of the test is within an on-premises network, then you must provide the destination VPC network. If the source endpoint is a Compute Engine VM instance with multiple network interfaces, the instance itself is not sufficient to identify the endpoint. So, you must also specify the source IP address or VPC network. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the source location is ambiguous. However, the test result may include endpoints that you don't intend to test. + "appEngineVersion": { # Wrapper for the App Engine service version attributes. # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions). + "uri": "A String", # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions) name. + }, + "cloudFunction": { # Wrapper for Cloud Function attributes. # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions). + "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions) name. + }, + "cloudRunRevision": { # Wrapper for Cloud Run revision attributes. # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) + "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) URI. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/revisions/{revision} + }, + "cloudSqlInstance": "A String", # A [Cloud SQL](https://cloud.google.com/sql) instance URI. + "forwardingRule": "A String", # A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud load balancer. Forwarding rules are also used for protocol forwarding, Private Service Connect and other network services to provide forwarding information in the control plane. Format: projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{id} or projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{id} + "forwardingRuleTarget": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the type of the target of the forwarding rule. + "fqdn": "A String", # DNS endpoint of [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). Requires gke_master_cluster to be set, can't be used simultaneoulsly with ip_address or network. Applicable only to destination endpoint. + "gkeMasterCluster": "A String", # A cluster URI for [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). + "instance": "A String", # A Compute Engine instance URI. + "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the endpoint, which can be an external or internal IP. + "loadBalancerId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers. + "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. + "network": "A String", # A Compute Engine network URI. + "networkType": "A String", # Type of the network where the endpoint is located. Applicable only to source endpoint, as destination network type can be inferred from the source. + "port": 42, # The IP protocol port of the endpoint. Only applicable when protocol is TCP or UDP. + "projectId": "A String", # Project ID where the endpoint is located. The Project ID can be derived from the URI if you provide a VM instance or network URI. The following are two cases where you must provide the project ID: 1. Only the IP address is specified, and the IP address is within a Google Cloud project. 2. When you are using Shared VPC and the IP address that you provide is from the service project. In this case, the network that the IP address resides in is defined in the host project. + "redisCluster": "A String", # A [Redis Cluster](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/cluster) URI. + "redisInstance": "A String", # A [Redis Instance](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/redis) URI. + }, + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test's configuration was updated. + }, + ], + "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached (when querying all locations with `-`). + "A String", + ], +}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the configuration of an existing `ConnectivityTest`. After you update a test, the reachability analysis is performed as part of the long running operation, which completes when the analysis completes. The Reachability state in the test resource is updated with the new result. If the endpoint specifications in `ConnectivityTest` are invalid (for example, they contain non-existent resources in the network, or the user does not have read permissions to the network configurations of listed projects), then the reachability result returns a value of UNKNOWN. If the endpoint specifications in `ConnectivityTest` are incomplete, the reachability result returns a value of `AMBIGUOUS`. See the documentation in `ConnectivityTest` for more details.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. Unique name of the resource using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/connectivityTests/{test}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A Connectivity Test for a network reachability analysis.
+  "bypassFirewallChecks": True or False, # Whether the test should skip firewall checking. If not provided, we assume false.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test was created.
+  "description": "A String", # The user-supplied description of the Connectivity Test. Maximum of 512 characters.
+  "destination": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Destination specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of destination IP address, Compute Engine VM instance, or VPC network to uniquely identify the destination location. Even if the destination IP address is not unique, the source IP location is unique. Usually, the analysis can infer the destination endpoint from route information. If the destination you specify is a VM instance and the instance has multiple network interfaces, then you must also specify either a destination IP address or VPC network to identify the destination interface. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the destination location is ambiguous. However, the result can include endpoints that you don't intend to test.
+    "appEngineVersion": { # Wrapper for the App Engine service version attributes. # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions).
+      "uri": "A String", # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions) name.
+    },
+    "cloudFunction": { # Wrapper for Cloud Function attributes. # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions).
+      "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions) name.
+    },
+    "cloudRunRevision": { # Wrapper for Cloud Run revision attributes. # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get)
+      "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) URI. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/revisions/{revision}
+    },
+    "cloudSqlInstance": "A String", # A [Cloud SQL](https://cloud.google.com/sql) instance URI.
+    "forwardingRule": "A String", # A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud load balancer. Forwarding rules are also used for protocol forwarding, Private Service Connect and other network services to provide forwarding information in the control plane. Format: projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{id} or projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{id}
+    "forwardingRuleTarget": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the type of the target of the forwarding rule.
+    "fqdn": "A String", # DNS endpoint of [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). Requires gke_master_cluster to be set, can't be used simultaneoulsly with ip_address or network. Applicable only to destination endpoint.
+    "gkeMasterCluster": "A String", # A cluster URI for [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture).
+    "instance": "A String", # A Compute Engine instance URI.
+    "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the endpoint, which can be an external or internal IP.
+    "loadBalancerId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers.
+    "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to.
+    "network": "A String", # A Compute Engine network URI.
+    "networkType": "A String", # Type of the network where the endpoint is located. Applicable only to source endpoint, as destination network type can be inferred from the source.
+    "port": 42, # The IP protocol port of the endpoint. Only applicable when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+    "projectId": "A String", # Project ID where the endpoint is located. The Project ID can be derived from the URI if you provide a VM instance or network URI. The following are two cases where you must provide the project ID: 1. Only the IP address is specified, and the IP address is within a Google Cloud project. 2. When you are using Shared VPC and the IP address that you provide is from the service project. In this case, the network that the IP address resides in is defined in the host project.
+    "redisCluster": "A String", # A [Redis Cluster](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/cluster) URI.
+    "redisInstance": "A String", # A [Redis Instance](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/redis) URI.
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of a Connectivity Test.
+  "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user-provided metadata.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Unique name of the resource using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/connectivityTests/{test}`
+  "probingDetails": { # Results of active probing from the last run of the test. # Output only. The probing details of this test from the latest run, present for applicable tests only. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
+    "abortCause": "A String", # The reason probing was aborted.
+    "destinationEgressLocation": { # Representation of a network edge location as per https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/edge-locations. # The EdgeLocation from which a packet destined for/originating from the internet will egress/ingress the Google network. This will only be populated for a connectivity test which has an internet destination/source address. The absence of this field *must not* be used as an indication that the destination/source is part of the Google network.
+      "metropolitanArea": "A String", # Name of the metropolitan area.
+    },
+    "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # The source and destination endpoints derived from the test input and used for active probing.
+      "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
+      "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
+      "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+      "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
+      "sourceAgentUri": "A String", # URI of the source telemetry agent this packet originates from.
+      "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+      "sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from.
+      "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+    },
+    "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Details about an internal failure or the cancellation of active probing.
+      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+        {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+    },
+    "probingLatency": { # Describes measured latency distribution. # Latency as measured by active probing in one direction: from the source to the destination endpoint.
+      "latencyPercentiles": [ # Representative latency percentiles.
+        { # Latency percentile rank and value.
+          "latencyMicros": "A String", # percent-th percentile of latency observed, in microseconds. Fraction of percent/100 of samples have latency lower or equal to the value of this field.
+          "percent": 42, # Percentage of samples this data point applies to.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "result": "A String", # The overall result of active probing.
+    "sentProbeCount": 42, # Number of probes sent.
+    "successfulProbeCount": 42, # Number of probes that reached the destination.
+    "verifyTime": "A String", # The time that reachability was assessed through active probing.
+  },
+  "protocol": "A String", # IP Protocol of the test. When not provided, "TCP" is assumed.
+  "reachabilityDetails": { # Results of the configuration analysis from the last run of the test. # Output only. The reachability details of this test from the latest run. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
+    "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The details of a failure or a cancellation of reachability analysis.
+      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+        {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+    },
+    "result": "A String", # The overall result of the test's configuration analysis.
+    "traces": [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends.
+      { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
+        "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition specified by user request, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
+          "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
+          "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
+          "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+          "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
+          "sourceAgentUri": "A String", # URI of the source telemetry agent this packet originates from.
+          "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+          "sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from.
+          "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+        },
+        "forwardTraceId": 42, # ID of trace. For forward traces, this ID is unique for each trace. For return traces, it matches ID of associated forward trace. A single forward trace can be associated with none, one or more than one return trace.
+        "steps": [ # A trace of a test contains multiple steps from the initial state to the final state (delivered, dropped, forwarded, or aborted). The steps are ordered by the processing sequence within the simulated network state machine. It is critical to preserve the order of the steps and avoid reordering or sorting them.
+          { # A simulated forwarding path is composed of multiple steps. Each step has a well-defined state and an associated configuration.
+            "abort": { # Details of the final state "abort" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "abort" and reason.
+              "cause": "A String", # Causes that the analysis is aborted.
+              "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address that caused the abort.
+              "projectsMissingPermission": [ # List of project IDs the user specified in the request but lacks access to. In this case, analysis is aborted with the PERMISSION_DENIED cause.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that caused the abort.
+            },
+            "appEngineVersion": { # For display only. Metadata associated with an App Engine version. # Display information of an App Engine service version.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of an App Engine version.
+              "environment": "A String", # App Engine execution environment for a version.
+              "runtime": "A String", # Runtime of the App Engine version.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of an App Engine version.
+            },
+            "causesDrop": True or False, # This is a step that leads to the final state Drop.
+            "cloudFunction": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud Function. # Display information of a Cloud Function.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud Function.
+              "location": "A String", # Location in which the Cloud Function is deployed.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Function.
+              "versionId": "A String", # Latest successfully deployed version id of the Cloud Function.
+            },
+            "cloudRunRevision": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud Run revision. # Display information of a Cloud Run revision.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud Run revision.
+              "location": "A String", # Location in which this revision is deployed.
+              "serviceUri": "A String", # URI of Cloud Run service this revision belongs to.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Run revision.
+            },
+            "cloudSqlInstance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud SQL instance. # Display information of a Cloud SQL instance.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud SQL instance.
+              "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of a Cloud SQL instance.
+              "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of a Cloud SQL instance.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud SQL instance network or empty string if the instance does not have one.
+              "region": "A String", # Region in which the Cloud SQL instance is running.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud SQL instance.
+            },
+            "deliver": { # Details of the final state "deliver" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "deliver" and reason.
+              "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the target (if applicable).
+              "pscGoogleApiTarget": "A String", # PSC Google API target the packet is delivered to (if applicable).
+              "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that the packet is delivered to.
+              "storageBucket": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Storage Bucket the packet is delivered to (if applicable).
+              "target": "A String", # Target type where the packet is delivered to.
+            },
+            "description": "A String", # A description of the step. Usually this is a summary of the state.
+            "drop": { # Details of the final state "drop" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "drop" and reason.
+              "cause": "A String", # Cause that the packet is dropped.
+              "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address of the dropped packet (if relevant).
+              "region": "A String", # Region of the dropped packet (if relevant).
+              "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that caused the drop.
+              "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address of the dropped packet (if relevant).
+            },
+            "endpoint": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Display information of the source and destination under analysis. The endpoint information in an intermediate state may differ with the initial input, as it might be modified by state like NAT, or Connection Proxy.
+              "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
+              "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
+              "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+              "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
+              "sourceAgentUri": "A String", # URI of the source telemetry agent this packet originates from.
+              "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+              "sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from.
+              "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+            },
+            "firewall": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a VPC firewall rule, an implied VPC firewall rule, or a firewall policy rule. # Display information of a Compute Engine firewall rule.
+              "action": "A String", # Possible values: ALLOW, DENY, APPLY_SECURITY_PROFILE_GROUP
+              "direction": "A String", # Possible values: INGRESS, EGRESS
+              "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the firewall rule. This field might be empty for firewall policy rules.
+              "firewallRuleType": "A String", # The firewall rule's type.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # The URI of the VPC network that the firewall rule is associated with. This field is not applicable to hierarchical firewall policy rules.
+              "policy": "A String", # The name of the firewall policy that this rule is associated with. This field is not applicable to VPC firewall rules and implied VPC firewall rules.
+              "policyUri": "A String", # The URI of the firewall policy that this rule is associated with. This field is not applicable to VPC firewall rules and implied VPC firewall rules.
+              "priority": 42, # The priority of the firewall rule.
+              "targetServiceAccounts": [ # The target service accounts specified by the firewall rule.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "targetTags": [ # The target tags defined by the VPC firewall rule. This field is not applicable to firewall policy rules.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "uri": "A String", # The URI of the firewall rule. This field is not applicable to implied VPC firewall rules.
+            },
+            "forward": { # Details of the final state "forward" and associated resource. # Display information of the final state "forward" and reason.
+              "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the target (if applicable).
+              "resourceUri": "A String", # URI of the resource that the packet is forwarded to.
+              "target": "A String", # Target type where this packet is forwarded to.
+            },
+            "forwardingRule": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine forwarding rule. # Display information of a Compute Engine forwarding rule.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of the forwarding rule.
+              "loadBalancerName": "A String", # Name of the load balancer the forwarding rule belongs to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers (like PSC forwarding rules).
+              "matchedPortRange": "A String", # Port range defined in the forwarding rule that matches the packet.
+              "matchedProtocol": "A String", # Protocol defined in the forwarding rule that matches the packet.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # Network URI.
+              "pscGoogleApiTarget": "A String", # PSC Google API target this forwarding rule targets (if applicable).
+              "pscServiceAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC service attachment this forwarding rule targets (if applicable).
+              "region": "A String", # Region of the forwarding rule. Set only for regional forwarding rules.
+              "target": "A String", # Target type of the forwarding rule.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of the forwarding rule.
+              "vip": "A String", # VIP of the forwarding rule.
+            },
+            "gkeMaster": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Google Kubernetes Engine (GKE) cluster master. # Display information of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master.
+              "clusterNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of a GKE cluster network.
+              "clusterUri": "A String", # URI of a GKE cluster.
+              "dnsEndpoint": "A String", # DNS endpoint of a GKE cluster control plane.
+              "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of a GKE cluster control plane.
+              "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of a GKE cluster control plane.
+            },
+            "googleService": { # For display only. Details of a Google Service sending packets to a VPC network. Although the source IP might be a publicly routable address, some Google Services use special routes within Google production infrastructure to reach Compute Engine Instances. https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/routes#special_return_paths # Display information of a Google service
+              "googleServiceType": "A String", # Recognized type of a Google Service.
+              "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
+            },
+            "instance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine instance. # Display information of a Compute Engine instance.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine instance.
+              "externalIp": "A String", # External IP address of the network interface.
+              "interface": "A String", # Name of the network interface of a Compute Engine instance.
+              "internalIp": "A String", # Internal IP address of the network interface.
+              "networkTags": [ # Network tags configured on the instance.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network.
+              "pscNetworkAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant).
+              "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account authorized for the instance.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance.
+            },
+            "loadBalancer": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a load balancer. # Display information of the load balancers. Deprecated in favor of the `load_balancer_backend_info` field, not used in new tests.
+              "backendType": "A String", # Type of load balancer's backend configuration.
+              "backendUri": "A String", # Backend configuration URI.
+              "backends": [ # Information for the loadbalancer backends.
+                { # For display only. Metadata associated with a specific load balancer backend.
+                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine instance or network endpoint.
+                  "healthCheckAllowingFirewallRules": [ # A list of firewall rule URIs allowing probes from health check IP ranges.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "healthCheckBlockingFirewallRules": [ # A list of firewall rule URIs blocking probes from health check IP ranges.
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable).
-                },
-                "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces.
-                  "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group.
-                },
-                "state": "A String", # Each step is in one of the pre-defined states.
-                "storageBucket": { # For display only. Metadata associated with Storage Bucket. # Display information of a Storage Bucket. Used only for return traces.
-                  "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage Bucket name.
-                },
-                "vpcConnector": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a VPC connector. # Display information of a VPC connector.
-                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPC connector.
-                  "location": "A String", # Location in which the VPC connector is deployed.
-                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPC connector.
-                },
-                "vpnGateway": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine VPN gateway. # Display information of a Compute Engine VPN gateway.
-                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPN gateway.
-                  "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the VPN gateway.
-                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network where the VPN gateway is configured.
-                  "region": "A String", # Name of a Google Cloud region where this VPN gateway is configured.
-                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPN gateway.
-                  "vpnTunnelUri": "A String", # A VPN tunnel that is associated with this VPN gateway. There may be multiple VPN tunnels configured on a VPN gateway, and only the one relevant to the test is displayed.
-                },
-                "vpnTunnel": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine VPN tunnel. # Display information of a Compute Engine VPN tunnel.
-                  "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPN tunnel.
-                  "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network where the VPN tunnel is configured.
-                  "region": "A String", # Name of a Google Cloud region where this VPN tunnel is configured.
-                  "remoteGateway": "A String", # URI of a VPN gateway at remote end of the tunnel.
-                  "remoteGatewayIp": "A String", # Remote VPN gateway's IP address.
-                  "routingType": "A String", # Type of the routing policy.
-                  "sourceGateway": "A String", # URI of the VPN gateway at local end of the tunnel.
-                  "sourceGatewayIp": "A String", # Local VPN gateway's IP address.
-                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPN tunnel.
+                  "healthCheckFirewallState": "A String", # State of the health check firewall configuration.
+                  "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance or network endpoint.
                 },
-              },
-            ],
+              ],
+              "healthCheckUri": "A String", # URI of the health check for the load balancer. Deprecated and no longer populated as different load balancer backends might have different health checks.
+              "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Type of the load balancer.
+            },
+            "loadBalancerBackendInfo": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the load balancer backend. # Display information of a specific load balancer backend.
+              "backendBucketUri": "A String", # URI of the backend bucket this backend targets (if applicable).
+              "backendServiceUri": "A String", # URI of the backend service this backend belongs to (if applicable).
+              "healthCheckFirewallsConfigState": "A String", # Output only. Health check firewalls configuration state for the backend. This is a result of the static firewall analysis (verifying that health check traffic from required IP ranges to the backend is allowed or not). The backend might still be unhealthy even if these firewalls are configured. Please refer to the documentation for more information: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/firewall-rules
+              "healthCheckUri": "A String", # URI of the health check attached to this backend (if applicable).
+              "instanceGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the instance group this backend belongs to (if applicable).
+              "instanceUri": "A String", # URI of the backend instance (if applicable). Populated for instance group backends, and zonal NEG backends.
+              "name": "A String", # Display name of the backend. For example, it might be an instance name for the instance group backends, or an IP address and port for zonal network endpoint group backends.
+              "networkEndpointGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the network endpoint group this backend belongs to (if applicable).
+              "pscGoogleApiTarget": "A String", # PSC Google API target this PSC NEG backend targets (if applicable).
+              "pscServiceAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC service attachment this PSC NEG backend targets (if applicable).
+            },
+            "nat": { # For display only. Metadata associated with NAT. # Display information of a NAT.
+              "natGatewayName": "A String", # The name of Cloud NAT Gateway. Only valid when type is CLOUD_NAT.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where NAT translation takes place.
+              "newDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address after NAT translation.
+              "newDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port after NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+              "newSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address after NAT translation.
+              "newSourcePort": 42, # Source port after NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+              "oldDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address before NAT translation.
+              "oldDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port before NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+              "oldSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address before NAT translation.
+              "oldSourcePort": 42, # Source port before NAT translation. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+              "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
+              "routerUri": "A String", # Uri of the Cloud Router. Only valid when type is CLOUD_NAT.
+              "type": "A String", # Type of NAT.
+            },
+            "network": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine network. Next ID: 7 # Display information of a Google Cloud network.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Compute Engine network.
+              "matchedIpRange": "A String", # The IP range of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test.
+              "matchedSubnetUri": "A String", # URI of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test.
+              "region": "A String", # The region of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network.
+            },
+            "projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating.
+            "proxyConnection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with ProxyConnection. # Display information of a ProxyConnection.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where connection is proxied.
+              "newDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address of a new connection.
+              "newDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port of a new connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+              "newSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address of a new connection.
+              "newSourcePort": 42, # Source port of a new connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+              "oldDestinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address of an original connection
+              "oldDestinationPort": 42, # Destination port of an original connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+              "oldSourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address of an original connection.
+              "oldSourcePort": 42, # Source port of an original connection. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
+              "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
+              "subnetUri": "A String", # Uri of proxy subnet.
+            },
+            "redisCluster": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Redis Cluster. # Display information of a Redis Cluster.
+              "discoveryEndpointIpAddress": "A String", # Discovery endpoint IP address of a Redis Cluster.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Redis Cluster.
+              "location": "A String", # Name of the region in which the Redis Cluster is defined. For example, "us-central1".
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Redis Cluster network in format "projects/{project_id}/global/networks/{network_id}".
+              "secondaryEndpointIpAddress": "A String", # Secondary endpoint IP address of a Redis Cluster.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a Redis Cluster in format "projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}"
+            },
+            "redisInstance": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud Redis Instance. # Display information of a Redis Instance.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of a Cloud Redis Instance.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance network.
+              "primaryEndpointIp": "A String", # Primary endpoint IP address of a Cloud Redis Instance.
+              "readEndpointIp": "A String", # Read endpoint IP address of a Cloud Redis Instance (if applicable).
+              "region": "A String", # Region in which the Cloud Redis Instance is defined.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a Cloud Redis Instance.
+            },
+            "route": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine route. # Display information of a Compute Engine route.
+              "advertisedRouteNextHopUri": "A String", # For advertised routes, the URI of their next hop, i.e. the URI of the hybrid endpoint (VPN tunnel, Interconnect attachment, NCC router appliance) the advertised prefix is advertised through, or URI of the source peered network.
+              "advertisedRouteSourceRouterUri": "A String", # For advertised dynamic routes, the URI of the Cloud Router that advertised the corresponding IP prefix.
+              "destIpRange": "A String", # Destination IP range of the route.
+              "destPortRanges": [ # Destination port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of a route.
+              "instanceTags": [ # Instance tags of the route.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "nccHubUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Hub. NCC_HUB routes only.
+              "nccSpokeUri": "A String", # URI of a NCC Spoke. NCC_HUB routes only.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. NETWORK routes only.
+              "nextHop": "A String", # Next hop of the route.
+              "nextHopType": "A String", # Type of next hop.
+              "priority": 42, # Priority of the route.
+              "protocols": [ # Protocols of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "region": "A String", # Region of the route (if applicable).
+              "routeScope": "A String", # Indicates where route is applicable.
+              "routeType": "A String", # Type of route.
+              "srcIpRange": "A String", # Source IP address range of the route. Policy based routes only.
+              "srcPortRanges": [ # Source port ranges of the route. Policy based routes only.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a route (if applicable).
+            },
+            "serverlessNeg": { # For display only. Metadata associated with the serverless network endpoint group backend. # Display information of a Serverless network endpoint group backend. Used only for return traces.
+              "negUri": "A String", # URI of the serverless network endpoint group.
+            },
+            "state": "A String", # Each step is in one of the pre-defined states.
+            "storageBucket": { # For display only. Metadata associated with Storage Bucket. # Display information of a Storage Bucket. Used only for return traces.
+              "bucket": "A String", # Cloud Storage Bucket name.
+            },
+            "vpcConnector": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a VPC connector. # Display information of a VPC connector.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPC connector.
+              "location": "A String", # Location in which the VPC connector is deployed.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPC connector.
+            },
+            "vpnGateway": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine VPN gateway. # Display information of a Compute Engine VPN gateway.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPN gateway.
+              "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the VPN gateway.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network where the VPN gateway is configured.
+              "region": "A String", # Name of a Google Cloud region where this VPN gateway is configured.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPN gateway.
+              "vpnTunnelUri": "A String", # A VPN tunnel that is associated with this VPN gateway. There may be multiple VPN tunnels configured on a VPN gateway, and only the one relevant to the test is displayed.
+            },
+            "vpnTunnel": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine VPN tunnel. # Display information of a Compute Engine VPN tunnel.
+              "displayName": "A String", # Name of a VPN tunnel.
+              "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network where the VPN tunnel is configured.
+              "region": "A String", # Name of a Google Cloud region where this VPN tunnel is configured.
+              "remoteGateway": "A String", # URI of a VPN gateway at remote end of the tunnel.
+              "remoteGatewayIp": "A String", # Remote VPN gateway's IP address.
+              "routingType": "A String", # Type of the routing policy.
+              "sourceGateway": "A String", # URI of the VPN gateway at local end of the tunnel.
+              "sourceGatewayIp": "A String", # Local VPN gateway's IP address.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI of a VPN tunnel.
+            },
           },
         ],
-        "verifyTime": "A String", # The time of the configuration analysis.
-      },
-      "relatedProjects": [ # Other projects that may be relevant for reachability analysis. This is applicable to scenarios where a test can cross project boundaries.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "source": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Source specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of source IP address, virtual machine (VM) instance, or Compute Engine network to uniquely identify the source location. Examples: If the source IP address is an internal IP address within a Google Cloud Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network, then you must also specify the VPC network. Otherwise, specify the VM instance, which already contains its internal IP address and VPC network information. If the source of the test is within an on-premises network, then you must provide the destination VPC network. If the source endpoint is a Compute Engine VM instance with multiple network interfaces, the instance itself is not sufficient to identify the endpoint. So, you must also specify the source IP address or VPC network. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the source location is ambiguous. However, the test result may include endpoints that you don't intend to test.
-        "appEngineVersion": { # Wrapper for the App Engine service version attributes. # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions).
-          "uri": "A String", # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions) name.
-        },
-        "cloudFunction": { # Wrapper for Cloud Function attributes. # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions).
-          "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions) name.
-        },
-        "cloudRunRevision": { # Wrapper for Cloud Run revision attributes. # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get)
-          "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) URI. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/revisions/{revision}
-        },
-        "cloudSqlInstance": "A String", # A [Cloud SQL](https://cloud.google.com/sql) instance URI.
-        "forwardingRule": "A String", # A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud load balancer. Forwarding rules are also used for protocol forwarding, Private Service Connect and other network services to provide forwarding information in the control plane. Format: projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{id} or projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{id}
-        "forwardingRuleTarget": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the type of the target of the forwarding rule.
-        "fqdn": "A String", # DNS endpoint of [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). Requires gke_master_cluster to be set, can't be used simultaneoulsly with ip_address or network. Applicable only to destination endpoint.
-        "gkeMasterCluster": "A String", # A cluster URI for [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture).
-        "instance": "A String", # A Compute Engine instance URI.
-        "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the endpoint, which can be an external or internal IP.
-        "loadBalancerId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers.
-        "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to.
-        "network": "A String", # A Compute Engine network URI.
-        "networkType": "A String", # Type of the network where the endpoint is located. Applicable only to source endpoint, as destination network type can be inferred from the source.
-        "port": 42, # The IP protocol port of the endpoint. Only applicable when protocol is TCP or UDP.
-        "projectId": "A String", # Project ID where the endpoint is located. The Project ID can be derived from the URI if you provide a VM instance or network URI. The following are two cases where you must provide the project ID: 1. Only the IP address is specified, and the IP address is within a Google Cloud project. 2. When you are using Shared VPC and the IP address that you provide is from the service project. In this case, the network that the IP address resides in is defined in the host project.
-        "redisCluster": "A String", # A [Redis Cluster](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/cluster) URI.
-        "redisInstance": "A String", # A [Redis Instance](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/redis) URI.
       },
-      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test's configuration was updated.
-    },
-  ],
-  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached (when querying all locations with `-`).
+    ],
+    "verifyTime": "A String", # The time of the configuration analysis.
+  },
+  "relatedProjects": [ # Other projects that may be relevant for reachability analysis. This is applicable to scenarios where a test can cross project boundaries.
     "A String",
   ],
-}
-
- -
- list_next() -
Retrieves the next page of results.
-
-        Args:
-          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
-          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
-
-        Returns:
-          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
-          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
-        
-
- -
- patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates the configuration of an existing `ConnectivityTest`. After you update a test, the reachability analysis is performed as part of the long running operation, which completes when the analysis completes. The Reachability state in the test resource is updated with the new result. If the endpoint specifications in `ConnectivityTest` are invalid (for example, they contain non-existent resources in the network, or the user does not have read permissions to the network configurations of listed projects), then the reachability result returns a value of UNKNOWN. If the endpoint specifications in `ConnectivityTest` are incomplete, the reachability result returns a value of `AMBIGUOUS`. See the documentation in `ConnectivityTest` for more details.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Identifier. Unique name of the resource using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/connectivityTests/{test}` (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # A Connectivity Test for a network reachability analysis.
-  "bypassFirewallChecks": True or False, # Whether the test should skip firewall checking. If not provided, we assume false.
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test was created.
-  "description": "A String", # The user-supplied description of the Connectivity Test. Maximum of 512 characters.
-  "destination": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Destination specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of destination IP address, Compute Engine VM instance, or VPC network to uniquely identify the destination location. Even if the destination IP address is not unique, the source IP location is unique. Usually, the analysis can infer the destination endpoint from route information. If the destination you specify is a VM instance and the instance has multiple network interfaces, then you must also specify either a destination IP address or VPC network to identify the destination interface. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the destination location is ambiguous. However, the result can include endpoints that you don't intend to test.
-    "appEngineVersion": { # Wrapper for the App Engine service version attributes. # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions).
-      "uri": "A String", # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions) name.
-    },
-    "cloudFunction": { # Wrapper for Cloud Function attributes. # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions).
-      "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Function](https://cloud.google.com/functions) name.
-    },
-    "cloudRunRevision": { # Wrapper for Cloud Run revision attributes. # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get)
-      "uri": "A String", # A [Cloud Run](https://cloud.google.com/run) [revision](https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/namespaces.revisions/get) URI. The format is: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/revisions/{revision}
-    },
-    "cloudSqlInstance": "A String", # A [Cloud SQL](https://cloud.google.com/sql) instance URI.
-    "forwardingRule": "A String", # A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud load balancer. Forwarding rules are also used for protocol forwarding, Private Service Connect and other network services to provide forwarding information in the control plane. Format: projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{id} or projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{id}
-    "forwardingRuleTarget": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the type of the target of the forwarding rule.
-    "fqdn": "A String", # DNS endpoint of [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture). Requires gke_master_cluster to be set, can't be used simultaneoulsly with ip_address or network. Applicable only to destination endpoint.
-    "gkeMasterCluster": "A String", # A cluster URI for [Google Kubernetes Engine cluster control plane](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/cluster-architecture).
-    "instance": "A String", # A Compute Engine instance URI.
-    "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the endpoint, which can be an external or internal IP.
-    "loadBalancerId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to. Empty for forwarding rules not related to load balancers.
-    "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the load balancer the forwarding rule points to.
-    "network": "A String", # A Compute Engine network URI.
-    "networkType": "A String", # Type of the network where the endpoint is located. Applicable only to source endpoint, as destination network type can be inferred from the source.
-    "port": 42, # The IP protocol port of the endpoint. Only applicable when protocol is TCP or UDP.
-    "projectId": "A String", # Project ID where the endpoint is located. The Project ID can be derived from the URI if you provide a VM instance or network URI. The following are two cases where you must provide the project ID: 1. Only the IP address is specified, and the IP address is within a Google Cloud project. 2. When you are using Shared VPC and the IP address that you provide is from the service project. In this case, the network that the IP address resides in is defined in the host project.
-    "redisCluster": "A String", # A [Redis Cluster](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/cluster) URI.
-    "redisInstance": "A String", # A [Redis Instance](https://cloud.google.com/memorystore/docs/redis) URI.
-  },
-  "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of a Connectivity Test.
-  "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user-provided metadata.
-    "a_key": "A String",
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Unique name of the resource using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/connectivityTests/{test}`
-  "probingDetails": { # Results of active probing from the last run of the test. # Output only. The probing details of this test from the latest run, present for applicable tests only. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
-    "abortCause": "A String", # The reason probing was aborted.
-    "destinationEgressLocation": { # Representation of a network edge location as per https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/edge-locations. # The EdgeLocation from which a packet destined for/originating from the internet will egress/ingress the Google network. This will only be populated for a connectivity test which has an internet destination/source address. The absence of this field *must not* be used as an indication that the destination/source is part of the Google network.
-      "metropolitanArea": "A String", # Name of the metropolitan area.
-    },
-    "endpointInfo": { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # The source and destination endpoints derived from the test input and used for active probing.
-      "destinationIp": "A String", # Destination IP address.
-      "destinationNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
-      "destinationPort": 42, # Destination port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
-      "protocol": "A String", # IP protocol in string format, for example: "TCP", "UDP", "ICMP".
-      "sourceAgentUri": "A String", # URI of the source telemetry agent this packet originates from.
-      "sourceIp": "A String", # Source IP address.
-      "sourceNetworkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where this packet originates from.
-      "sourcePort": 42, # Source port. Only valid when protocol is TCP or UDP.
-    },
-    "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Details about an internal failure or the cancellation of active probing.
-      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-        {
-          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-        },
-      ],
-      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-    },
-    "probingLatency": { # Describes measured latency distribution. # Latency as measured by active probing in one direction: from the source to the destination endpoint.
-      "latencyPercentiles": [ # Representative latency percentiles.
-        { # Latency percentile rank and value.
-          "latencyMicros": "A String", # percent-th percentile of latency observed, in microseconds. Fraction of percent/100 of samples have latency lower or equal to the value of this field.
-          "percent": 42, # Percentage of samples this data point applies to.
-        },
-      ],
-    },
-    "result": "A String", # The overall result of active probing.
-    "sentProbeCount": 42, # Number of probes sent.
-    "successfulProbeCount": 42, # Number of probes that reached the destination.
-    "verifyTime": "A String", # The time that reachability was assessed through active probing.
-  },
-  "protocol": "A String", # IP Protocol of the test. When not provided, "TCP" is assumed.
-  "reachabilityDetails": { # Results of the configuration analysis from the last run of the test. # Output only. The reachability details of this test from the latest run. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
+  "returnReachabilityDetails": { # Results of the configuration analysis from the last run of the test. # Output only. The reachability details of this test from the latest run for the return path. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.
     "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The details of a failure or a cancellation of reachability analysis.
       "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
       "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
@@ -1864,9 +3046,7 @@ 

Method Details

], "verifyTime": "A String", # The time of the configuration analysis. }, - "relatedProjects": [ # Other projects that may be relevant for reachability analysis. This is applicable to scenarios where a test can cross project boundaries. - "A String", - ], + "roundTrip": True or False, # Whether run analysis for the return path from destination to source. Default value is false. "source": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Source specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of source IP address, virtual machine (VM) instance, or Compute Engine network to uniquely identify the source location. Examples: If the source IP address is an internal IP address within a Google Cloud Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network, then you must also specify the VPC network. Otherwise, specify the VM instance, which already contains its internal IP address and VPC network information. If the source of the test is within an on-premises network, then you must provide the destination VPC network. If the source endpoint is a Compute Engine VM instance with multiple network interfaces, the instance itself is not sufficient to identify the endpoint. So, you must also specify the source IP address or VPC network. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the source location is ambiguous. However, the test result may include endpoints that you don't intend to test. "appEngineVersion": { # Wrapper for the App Engine service version attributes. # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions). "uri": "A String", # An [App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine) [service version](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/admin-api/reference/rest/v1/apps.services.versions) name. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.operations.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.operations.html index 132f4cbe96a..c180f8434a7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.operations.html @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Network Management API . Instance Methods

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.operations.html
index dc46778dc76..565e54b9b54 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 

Network Security API . cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.html
index 7431dbe3327..c52541ee00a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.html
@@ -110,8 +110,9 @@ 

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # SecurityProfileGroup is a resource that defines the behavior for various ProfileTypes. Next ID: 11 +{ # SecurityProfileGroup is a resource that defines the behavior for various ProfileTypes. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Resource creation timestamp. + "customInterceptProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the CustomIntercept configuration. "customMirroringProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the CustomMirroring configuration. "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of the profile group. Max length 2048 characters. "etag": "A String", # Output only. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. @@ -203,8 +204,9 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # SecurityProfileGroup is a resource that defines the behavior for various ProfileTypes. Next ID: 11 + { # SecurityProfileGroup is a resource that defines the behavior for various ProfileTypes. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Resource creation timestamp. + "customInterceptProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the CustomIntercept configuration. "customMirroringProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the CustomMirroring configuration. "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of the profile group. Max length 2048 characters. "etag": "A String", # Output only. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. @@ -236,8 +238,9 @@

Method Details

{ # Response returned by the ListSecurityProfileGroups method. "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`. "securityProfileGroups": [ # List of SecurityProfileGroups resources. - { # SecurityProfileGroup is a resource that defines the behavior for various ProfileTypes. Next ID: 11 + { # SecurityProfileGroup is a resource that defines the behavior for various ProfileTypes. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Resource creation timestamp. + "customInterceptProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the CustomIntercept configuration. "customMirroringProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the CustomMirroring configuration. "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of the profile group. Max length 2048 characters. "etag": "A String", # Output only. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. @@ -275,8 +278,9 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # SecurityProfileGroup is a resource that defines the behavior for various ProfileTypes. Next ID: 11 +{ # SecurityProfileGroup is a resource that defines the behavior for various ProfileTypes. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Resource creation timestamp. + "customInterceptProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the CustomIntercept configuration. "customMirroringProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the CustomMirroring configuration. "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of the profile group. Max length 2048 characters. "etag": "A String", # Output only. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.html index 8e0444ab385..64425a1cc1e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.html @@ -110,8 +110,11 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # SecurityProfile is a resource that defines the behavior for one of many ProfileTypes. Next ID: 12 +{ # SecurityProfile is a resource that defines the behavior for one of many ProfileTypes. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Resource creation timestamp. + "customInterceptProfile": { # CustomInterceptProfile defines the Packet Intercept Endpoint Group used to intercept traffic to a third-party firewall in a Firewall rule. # The custom TPPI configuration for the SecurityProfile. + "interceptEndpointGroup": "A String", # Required. The InterceptEndpointGroup to which traffic associated with the SP should be mirrored. + }, "customMirroringProfile": { # CustomMirroringProfile defines an action for mirroring traffic to a collector's EndpointGroup # The custom Packet Mirroring v2 configuration for the SecurityProfile. "mirroringEndpointGroup": "A String", # Required. The MirroringEndpointGroup to which traffic associated with the SP should be mirrored. }, @@ -220,8 +223,11 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # SecurityProfile is a resource that defines the behavior for one of many ProfileTypes. Next ID: 12 + { # SecurityProfile is a resource that defines the behavior for one of many ProfileTypes. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Resource creation timestamp. + "customInterceptProfile": { # CustomInterceptProfile defines the Packet Intercept Endpoint Group used to intercept traffic to a third-party firewall in a Firewall rule. # The custom TPPI configuration for the SecurityProfile. + "interceptEndpointGroup": "A String", # Required. The InterceptEndpointGroup to which traffic associated with the SP should be mirrored. + }, "customMirroringProfile": { # CustomMirroringProfile defines an action for mirroring traffic to a collector's EndpointGroup # The custom Packet Mirroring v2 configuration for the SecurityProfile. "mirroringEndpointGroup": "A String", # Required. The MirroringEndpointGroup to which traffic associated with the SP should be mirrored. }, @@ -270,8 +276,11 @@

Method Details

{ # Response returned by the ListSecurityProfiles method. "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`. "securityProfiles": [ # List of SecurityProfile resources. - { # SecurityProfile is a resource that defines the behavior for one of many ProfileTypes. Next ID: 12 + { # SecurityProfile is a resource that defines the behavior for one of many ProfileTypes. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Resource creation timestamp. + "customInterceptProfile": { # CustomInterceptProfile defines the Packet Intercept Endpoint Group used to intercept traffic to a third-party firewall in a Firewall rule. # The custom TPPI configuration for the SecurityProfile. + "interceptEndpointGroup": "A String", # Required. The InterceptEndpointGroup to which traffic associated with the SP should be mirrored. + }, "customMirroringProfile": { # CustomMirroringProfile defines an action for mirroring traffic to a collector's EndpointGroup # The custom Packet Mirroring v2 configuration for the SecurityProfile. "mirroringEndpointGroup": "A String", # Required. The MirroringEndpointGroup to which traffic associated with the SP should be mirrored. }, @@ -326,8 +335,11 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # SecurityProfile is a resource that defines the behavior for one of many ProfileTypes. Next ID: 12 +{ # SecurityProfile is a resource that defines the behavior for one of many ProfileTypes. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Resource creation timestamp. + "customInterceptProfile": { # CustomInterceptProfile defines the Packet Intercept Endpoint Group used to intercept traffic to a third-party firewall in a Firewall rule. # The custom TPPI configuration for the SecurityProfile. + "interceptEndpointGroup": "A String", # Required. The InterceptEndpointGroup to which traffic associated with the SP should be mirrored. + }, "customMirroringProfile": { # CustomMirroringProfile defines an action for mirroring traffic to a collector's EndpointGroup # The custom Packet Mirroring v2 configuration for the SecurityProfile. "mirroringEndpointGroup": "A String", # Required. The MirroringEndpointGroup to which traffic associated with the SP should be mirrored. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.authzPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.authzPolicies.html index edb2768c429..d0527cd92b0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.authzPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.authzPolicies.html @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. A human-readable description of the resource. "httpRules": [ # Optional. A list of authorization HTTP rules to match against the incoming request. A policy match occurs when at least one HTTP rule matches the request or when no HTTP rules are specified in the policy. At least one HTTP Rule is required for Allow or Deny Action. Limited to 5 rules. { # Conditions to match against the incoming request. - "from": { # Describes properties of one or more sources of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of one or more sources of a request. + "from": { # Describes properties of one or more sources of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of a source of a request. "notSources": [ # Optional. Describes the negated properties of request sources. Matches requests from sources that do not match the criteria specified in this field. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. { # Describes the properties of a single source. "principals": [ # Optional. A list of identities derived from the client's certificate. This field will not match on a request unless mutual TLS is enabled for the Forwarding rule or Gateway. Each identity is a string whose value is matched against the URI SAN, or DNS SAN or the subject field in the client's certificate. The match can be exact, prefix, suffix or a substring match. One of exact, prefix, suffix or contains must be specified. Limited to 5 principals. @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "sources": [ # Optional. Describes the properties of a request's sources. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. Limited to 5 sources. A match occurs when ANY source (in sources or notSources) matches the request. Within a single source, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a single field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY principal matches AND ANY ipBlocks match. + "sources": [ # Optional. Describes the properties of a request's sources. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. Limited to 1 source. A match occurs when ANY source (in sources or notSources) matches the request. Within a single source, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a single field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY principal matches AND ANY ipBlocks match. { # Describes the properties of a single source. "principals": [ # Optional. A list of identities derived from the client's certificate. This field will not match on a request unless mutual TLS is enabled for the Forwarding rule or Gateway. Each identity is a string whose value is matched against the URI SAN, or DNS SAN or the subject field in the client's certificate. The match can be exact, prefix, suffix or a substring match. One of exact, prefix, suffix or contains must be specified. Limited to 5 principals. { # Determines how a string value should be matched. @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "to": { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. + "to": { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of a target of a request. "notOperations": [ # Optional. Describes the negated properties of the targets of a request. Matches requests for operations that do not match the criteria specified in this field. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. "headerSet": { # Describes a set of HTTP headers to match against. # Optional. A list of headers to match against in http header. @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "operations": [ # Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. Limited to 5 operations. A match occurs when ANY operation (in operations or notOperations) matches. Within an operation, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY path matches AND ANY header matches and ANY method matches. + "operations": [ # Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. Limited to 1 operation. A match occurs when ANY operation (in operations or notOperations) matches. Within an operation, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY path matches AND ANY header matches and ANY method matches. { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. "headerSet": { # Describes a set of HTTP headers to match against. # Optional. A list of headers to match against in http header. "headers": [ # Required. A list of headers to match against in http header. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). The match follows AND semantics which means all the headers must match. Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 5 matches. @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. A human-readable description of the resource. "httpRules": [ # Optional. A list of authorization HTTP rules to match against the incoming request. A policy match occurs when at least one HTTP rule matches the request or when no HTTP rules are specified in the policy. At least one HTTP Rule is required for Allow or Deny Action. Limited to 5 rules. { # Conditions to match against the incoming request. - "from": { # Describes properties of one or more sources of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of one or more sources of a request. + "from": { # Describes properties of one or more sources of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of a source of a request. "notSources": [ # Optional. Describes the negated properties of request sources. Matches requests from sources that do not match the criteria specified in this field. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. { # Describes the properties of a single source. "principals": [ # Optional. A list of identities derived from the client's certificate. This field will not match on a request unless mutual TLS is enabled for the Forwarding rule or Gateway. Each identity is a string whose value is matched against the URI SAN, or DNS SAN or the subject field in the client's certificate. The match can be exact, prefix, suffix or a substring match. One of exact, prefix, suffix or contains must be specified. Limited to 5 principals. @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "sources": [ # Optional. Describes the properties of a request's sources. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. Limited to 5 sources. A match occurs when ANY source (in sources or notSources) matches the request. Within a single source, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a single field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY principal matches AND ANY ipBlocks match. + "sources": [ # Optional. Describes the properties of a request's sources. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. Limited to 1 source. A match occurs when ANY source (in sources or notSources) matches the request. Within a single source, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a single field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY principal matches AND ANY ipBlocks match. { # Describes the properties of a single source. "principals": [ # Optional. A list of identities derived from the client's certificate. This field will not match on a request unless mutual TLS is enabled for the Forwarding rule or Gateway. Each identity is a string whose value is matched against the URI SAN, or DNS SAN or the subject field in the client's certificate. The match can be exact, prefix, suffix or a substring match. One of exact, prefix, suffix or contains must be specified. Limited to 5 principals. { # Determines how a string value should be matched. @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "to": { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. + "to": { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of a target of a request. "notOperations": [ # Optional. Describes the negated properties of the targets of a request. Matches requests for operations that do not match the criteria specified in this field. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. "headerSet": { # Describes a set of HTTP headers to match against. # Optional. A list of headers to match against in http header. @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "operations": [ # Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. Limited to 5 operations. A match occurs when ANY operation (in operations or notOperations) matches. Within an operation, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY path matches AND ANY header matches and ANY method matches. + "operations": [ # Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. Limited to 1 operation. A match occurs when ANY operation (in operations or notOperations) matches. Within an operation, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY path matches AND ANY header matches and ANY method matches. { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. "headerSet": { # Describes a set of HTTP headers to match against. # Optional. A list of headers to match against in http header. "headers": [ # Required. A list of headers to match against in http header. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). The match follows AND semantics which means all the headers must match. Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 5 matches. @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. A human-readable description of the resource. "httpRules": [ # Optional. A list of authorization HTTP rules to match against the incoming request. A policy match occurs when at least one HTTP rule matches the request or when no HTTP rules are specified in the policy. At least one HTTP Rule is required for Allow or Deny Action. Limited to 5 rules. { # Conditions to match against the incoming request. - "from": { # Describes properties of one or more sources of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of one or more sources of a request. + "from": { # Describes properties of one or more sources of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of a source of a request. "notSources": [ # Optional. Describes the negated properties of request sources. Matches requests from sources that do not match the criteria specified in this field. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. { # Describes the properties of a single source. "principals": [ # Optional. A list of identities derived from the client's certificate. This field will not match on a request unless mutual TLS is enabled for the Forwarding rule or Gateway. Each identity is a string whose value is matched against the URI SAN, or DNS SAN or the subject field in the client's certificate. The match can be exact, prefix, suffix or a substring match. One of exact, prefix, suffix or contains must be specified. Limited to 5 principals. @@ -656,7 +656,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "sources": [ # Optional. Describes the properties of a request's sources. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. Limited to 5 sources. A match occurs when ANY source (in sources or notSources) matches the request. Within a single source, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a single field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY principal matches AND ANY ipBlocks match. + "sources": [ # Optional. Describes the properties of a request's sources. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. Limited to 1 source. A match occurs when ANY source (in sources or notSources) matches the request. Within a single source, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a single field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY principal matches AND ANY ipBlocks match. { # Describes the properties of a single source. "principals": [ # Optional. A list of identities derived from the client's certificate. This field will not match on a request unless mutual TLS is enabled for the Forwarding rule or Gateway. Each identity is a string whose value is matched against the URI SAN, or DNS SAN or the subject field in the client's certificate. The match can be exact, prefix, suffix or a substring match. One of exact, prefix, suffix or contains must be specified. Limited to 5 principals. { # Determines how a string value should be matched. @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "to": { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. + "to": { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of a target of a request. "notOperations": [ # Optional. Describes the negated properties of the targets of a request. Matches requests for operations that do not match the criteria specified in this field. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. "headerSet": { # Describes a set of HTTP headers to match against. # Optional. A list of headers to match against in http header. @@ -726,7 +726,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "operations": [ # Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. Limited to 5 operations. A match occurs when ANY operation (in operations or notOperations) matches. Within an operation, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY path matches AND ANY header matches and ANY method matches. + "operations": [ # Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. Limited to 1 operation. A match occurs when ANY operation (in operations or notOperations) matches. Within an operation, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY path matches AND ANY header matches and ANY method matches. { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. "headerSet": { # Describes a set of HTTP headers to match against. # Optional. A list of headers to match against in http header. "headers": [ # Required. A list of headers to match against in http header. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). The match follows AND semantics which means all the headers must match. Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 5 matches. @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. A human-readable description of the resource. "httpRules": [ # Optional. A list of authorization HTTP rules to match against the incoming request. A policy match occurs when at least one HTTP rule matches the request or when no HTTP rules are specified in the policy. At least one HTTP Rule is required for Allow or Deny Action. Limited to 5 rules. { # Conditions to match against the incoming request. - "from": { # Describes properties of one or more sources of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of one or more sources of a request. + "from": { # Describes properties of one or more sources of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of a source of a request. "notSources": [ # Optional. Describes the negated properties of request sources. Matches requests from sources that do not match the criteria specified in this field. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. { # Describes the properties of a single source. "principals": [ # Optional. A list of identities derived from the client's certificate. This field will not match on a request unless mutual TLS is enabled for the Forwarding rule or Gateway. Each identity is a string whose value is matched against the URI SAN, or DNS SAN or the subject field in the client's certificate. The match can be exact, prefix, suffix or a substring match. One of exact, prefix, suffix or contains must be specified. Limited to 5 principals. @@ -857,7 +857,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "sources": [ # Optional. Describes the properties of a request's sources. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. Limited to 5 sources. A match occurs when ANY source (in sources or notSources) matches the request. Within a single source, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a single field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY principal matches AND ANY ipBlocks match. + "sources": [ # Optional. Describes the properties of a request's sources. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. Limited to 1 source. A match occurs when ANY source (in sources or notSources) matches the request. Within a single source, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a single field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY principal matches AND ANY ipBlocks match. { # Describes the properties of a single source. "principals": [ # Optional. A list of identities derived from the client's certificate. This field will not match on a request unless mutual TLS is enabled for the Forwarding rule or Gateway. Each identity is a string whose value is matched against the URI SAN, or DNS SAN or the subject field in the client's certificate. The match can be exact, prefix, suffix or a substring match. One of exact, prefix, suffix or contains must be specified. Limited to 5 principals. { # Determines how a string value should be matched. @@ -887,7 +887,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "to": { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. + "to": { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of a target of a request. "notOperations": [ # Optional. Describes the negated properties of the targets of a request. Matches requests for operations that do not match the criteria specified in this field. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. "headerSet": { # Describes a set of HTTP headers to match against. # Optional. A list of headers to match against in http header. @@ -927,7 +927,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "operations": [ # Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. Limited to 5 operations. A match occurs when ANY operation (in operations or notOperations) matches. Within an operation, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY path matches AND ANY header matches and ANY method matches. + "operations": [ # Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. Limited to 1 operation. A match occurs when ANY operation (in operations or notOperations) matches. Within an operation, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY path matches AND ANY header matches and ANY method matches. { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. "headerSet": { # Describes a set of HTTP headers to match against. # Optional. A list of headers to match against in http header. "headers": [ # Required. A list of headers to match against in http header. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). The match follows AND semantics which means all the headers must match. Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 5 matches. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.operations.html index 44bf501869e..382e02cc926 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Network Security API . cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.operations.html
index c7bfc4f68d3..abf9c6524fd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 

Network Security API . cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.html
index 568ae73b43f..434be6137c5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.html
@@ -110,8 +110,9 @@ 

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # SecurityProfileGroup is a resource that defines the behavior for various ProfileTypes. Next ID: 11 +{ # SecurityProfileGroup is a resource that defines the behavior for various ProfileTypes. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Resource creation timestamp. + "customInterceptProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the CustomIntercept configuration. "customMirroringProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the CustomMirroring configuration. "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of the profile group. Max length 2048 characters. "etag": "A String", # Output only. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. @@ -203,8 +204,9 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # SecurityProfileGroup is a resource that defines the behavior for various ProfileTypes. Next ID: 11 + { # SecurityProfileGroup is a resource that defines the behavior for various ProfileTypes. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Resource creation timestamp. + "customInterceptProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the CustomIntercept configuration. "customMirroringProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the CustomMirroring configuration. "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of the profile group. Max length 2048 characters. "etag": "A String", # Output only. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. @@ -236,8 +238,9 @@

Method Details

{ # Response returned by the ListSecurityProfileGroups method. "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`. "securityProfileGroups": [ # List of SecurityProfileGroups resources. - { # SecurityProfileGroup is a resource that defines the behavior for various ProfileTypes. Next ID: 11 + { # SecurityProfileGroup is a resource that defines the behavior for various ProfileTypes. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Resource creation timestamp. + "customInterceptProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the CustomIntercept configuration. "customMirroringProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the CustomMirroring configuration. "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of the profile group. Max length 2048 characters. "etag": "A String", # Output only. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. @@ -275,8 +278,9 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # SecurityProfileGroup is a resource that defines the behavior for various ProfileTypes. Next ID: 11 +{ # SecurityProfileGroup is a resource that defines the behavior for various ProfileTypes. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Resource creation timestamp. + "customInterceptProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the CustomIntercept configuration. "customMirroringProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the CustomMirroring configuration. "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of the profile group. Max length 2048 characters. "etag": "A String", # Output only. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.html index 49d7c10af13..bcca6980231 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.html @@ -110,8 +110,11 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # SecurityProfile is a resource that defines the behavior for one of many ProfileTypes. Next ID: 12 +{ # SecurityProfile is a resource that defines the behavior for one of many ProfileTypes. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Resource creation timestamp. + "customInterceptProfile": { # CustomInterceptProfile defines the Packet Intercept Endpoint Group used to intercept traffic to a third-party firewall in a Firewall rule. # The custom TPPI configuration for the SecurityProfile. + "interceptEndpointGroup": "A String", # Required. The InterceptEndpointGroup to which traffic associated with the SP should be mirrored. + }, "customMirroringProfile": { # CustomMirroringProfile defines an action for mirroring traffic to a collector's EndpointGroup # The custom Packet Mirroring v2 configuration for the SecurityProfile. "mirroringEndpointGroup": "A String", # Required. The MirroringEndpointGroup to which traffic associated with the SP should be mirrored. }, @@ -220,8 +223,11 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # SecurityProfile is a resource that defines the behavior for one of many ProfileTypes. Next ID: 12 + { # SecurityProfile is a resource that defines the behavior for one of many ProfileTypes. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Resource creation timestamp. + "customInterceptProfile": { # CustomInterceptProfile defines the Packet Intercept Endpoint Group used to intercept traffic to a third-party firewall in a Firewall rule. # The custom TPPI configuration for the SecurityProfile. + "interceptEndpointGroup": "A String", # Required. The InterceptEndpointGroup to which traffic associated with the SP should be mirrored. + }, "customMirroringProfile": { # CustomMirroringProfile defines an action for mirroring traffic to a collector's EndpointGroup # The custom Packet Mirroring v2 configuration for the SecurityProfile. "mirroringEndpointGroup": "A String", # Required. The MirroringEndpointGroup to which traffic associated with the SP should be mirrored. }, @@ -270,8 +276,11 @@

Method Details

{ # Response returned by the ListSecurityProfiles method. "nextPageToken": "A String", # If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`. "securityProfiles": [ # List of SecurityProfile resources. - { # SecurityProfile is a resource that defines the behavior for one of many ProfileTypes. Next ID: 12 + { # SecurityProfile is a resource that defines the behavior for one of many ProfileTypes. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Resource creation timestamp. + "customInterceptProfile": { # CustomInterceptProfile defines the Packet Intercept Endpoint Group used to intercept traffic to a third-party firewall in a Firewall rule. # The custom TPPI configuration for the SecurityProfile. + "interceptEndpointGroup": "A String", # Required. The InterceptEndpointGroup to which traffic associated with the SP should be mirrored. + }, "customMirroringProfile": { # CustomMirroringProfile defines an action for mirroring traffic to a collector's EndpointGroup # The custom Packet Mirroring v2 configuration for the SecurityProfile. "mirroringEndpointGroup": "A String", # Required. The MirroringEndpointGroup to which traffic associated with the SP should be mirrored. }, @@ -326,8 +335,11 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # SecurityProfile is a resource that defines the behavior for one of many ProfileTypes. Next ID: 12 +{ # SecurityProfile is a resource that defines the behavior for one of many ProfileTypes. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Resource creation timestamp. + "customInterceptProfile": { # CustomInterceptProfile defines the Packet Intercept Endpoint Group used to intercept traffic to a third-party firewall in a Firewall rule. # The custom TPPI configuration for the SecurityProfile. + "interceptEndpointGroup": "A String", # Required. The InterceptEndpointGroup to which traffic associated with the SP should be mirrored. + }, "customMirroringProfile": { # CustomMirroringProfile defines an action for mirroring traffic to a collector's EndpointGroup # The custom Packet Mirroring v2 configuration for the SecurityProfile. "mirroringEndpointGroup": "A String", # Required. The MirroringEndpointGroup to which traffic associated with the SP should be mirrored. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.authzPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.authzPolicies.html index 953a1f4281e..55a7eb7c4fe 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.authzPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.authzPolicies.html @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. A human-readable description of the resource. "httpRules": [ # Optional. A list of authorization HTTP rules to match against the incoming request. A policy match occurs when at least one HTTP rule matches the request or when no HTTP rules are specified in the policy. At least one HTTP Rule is required for Allow or Deny Action. Limited to 5 rules. { # Conditions to match against the incoming request. - "from": { # Describes properties of one or more sources of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of one or more sources of a request. + "from": { # Describes properties of one or more sources of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of a source of a request. "notSources": [ # Optional. Describes the negated properties of request sources. Matches requests from sources that do not match the criteria specified in this field. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. { # Describes the properties of a single source. "principals": [ # Optional. A list of identities derived from the client's certificate. This field will not match on a request unless mutual TLS is enabled for the Forwarding rule or Gateway. Each identity is a string whose value is matched against the URI SAN, or DNS SAN or the subject field in the client's certificate. The match can be exact, prefix, suffix or a substring match. One of exact, prefix, suffix or contains must be specified. Limited to 5 principals. @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "sources": [ # Optional. Describes the properties of a request's sources. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. Limited to 5 sources. A match occurs when ANY source (in sources or notSources) matches the request. Within a single source, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a single field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY principal matches AND ANY ipBlocks match. + "sources": [ # Optional. Describes the properties of a request's sources. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. Limited to 1 source. A match occurs when ANY source (in sources or notSources) matches the request. Within a single source, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a single field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY principal matches AND ANY ipBlocks match. { # Describes the properties of a single source. "principals": [ # Optional. A list of identities derived from the client's certificate. This field will not match on a request unless mutual TLS is enabled for the Forwarding rule or Gateway. Each identity is a string whose value is matched against the URI SAN, or DNS SAN or the subject field in the client's certificate. The match can be exact, prefix, suffix or a substring match. One of exact, prefix, suffix or contains must be specified. Limited to 5 principals. { # Determines how a string value should be matched. @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "to": { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. + "to": { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of a target of a request. "notOperations": [ # Optional. Describes the negated properties of the targets of a request. Matches requests for operations that do not match the criteria specified in this field. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. "headerSet": { # Describes a set of HTTP headers to match against. # Optional. A list of headers to match against in http header. @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "operations": [ # Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. Limited to 5 operations. A match occurs when ANY operation (in operations or notOperations) matches. Within an operation, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY path matches AND ANY header matches and ANY method matches. + "operations": [ # Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. Limited to 1 operation. A match occurs when ANY operation (in operations or notOperations) matches. Within an operation, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY path matches AND ANY header matches and ANY method matches. { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. "headerSet": { # Describes a set of HTTP headers to match against. # Optional. A list of headers to match against in http header. "headers": [ # Required. A list of headers to match against in http header. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). The match follows AND semantics which means all the headers must match. Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 5 matches. @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. A human-readable description of the resource. "httpRules": [ # Optional. A list of authorization HTTP rules to match against the incoming request. A policy match occurs when at least one HTTP rule matches the request or when no HTTP rules are specified in the policy. At least one HTTP Rule is required for Allow or Deny Action. Limited to 5 rules. { # Conditions to match against the incoming request. - "from": { # Describes properties of one or more sources of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of one or more sources of a request. + "from": { # Describes properties of one or more sources of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of a source of a request. "notSources": [ # Optional. Describes the negated properties of request sources. Matches requests from sources that do not match the criteria specified in this field. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. { # Describes the properties of a single source. "principals": [ # Optional. A list of identities derived from the client's certificate. This field will not match on a request unless mutual TLS is enabled for the Forwarding rule or Gateway. Each identity is a string whose value is matched against the URI SAN, or DNS SAN or the subject field in the client's certificate. The match can be exact, prefix, suffix or a substring match. One of exact, prefix, suffix or contains must be specified. Limited to 5 principals. @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "sources": [ # Optional. Describes the properties of a request's sources. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. Limited to 5 sources. A match occurs when ANY source (in sources or notSources) matches the request. Within a single source, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a single field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY principal matches AND ANY ipBlocks match. + "sources": [ # Optional. Describes the properties of a request's sources. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. Limited to 1 source. A match occurs when ANY source (in sources or notSources) matches the request. Within a single source, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a single field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY principal matches AND ANY ipBlocks match. { # Describes the properties of a single source. "principals": [ # Optional. A list of identities derived from the client's certificate. This field will not match on a request unless mutual TLS is enabled for the Forwarding rule or Gateway. Each identity is a string whose value is matched against the URI SAN, or DNS SAN or the subject field in the client's certificate. The match can be exact, prefix, suffix or a substring match. One of exact, prefix, suffix or contains must be specified. Limited to 5 principals. { # Determines how a string value should be matched. @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "to": { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. + "to": { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of a target of a request. "notOperations": [ # Optional. Describes the negated properties of the targets of a request. Matches requests for operations that do not match the criteria specified in this field. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. "headerSet": { # Describes a set of HTTP headers to match against. # Optional. A list of headers to match against in http header. @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "operations": [ # Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. Limited to 5 operations. A match occurs when ANY operation (in operations or notOperations) matches. Within an operation, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY path matches AND ANY header matches and ANY method matches. + "operations": [ # Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. Limited to 1 operation. A match occurs when ANY operation (in operations or notOperations) matches. Within an operation, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY path matches AND ANY header matches and ANY method matches. { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. "headerSet": { # Describes a set of HTTP headers to match against. # Optional. A list of headers to match against in http header. "headers": [ # Required. A list of headers to match against in http header. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). The match follows AND semantics which means all the headers must match. Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 5 matches. @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. A human-readable description of the resource. "httpRules": [ # Optional. A list of authorization HTTP rules to match against the incoming request. A policy match occurs when at least one HTTP rule matches the request or when no HTTP rules are specified in the policy. At least one HTTP Rule is required for Allow or Deny Action. Limited to 5 rules. { # Conditions to match against the incoming request. - "from": { # Describes properties of one or more sources of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of one or more sources of a request. + "from": { # Describes properties of one or more sources of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of a source of a request. "notSources": [ # Optional. Describes the negated properties of request sources. Matches requests from sources that do not match the criteria specified in this field. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. { # Describes the properties of a single source. "principals": [ # Optional. A list of identities derived from the client's certificate. This field will not match on a request unless mutual TLS is enabled for the Forwarding rule or Gateway. Each identity is a string whose value is matched against the URI SAN, or DNS SAN or the subject field in the client's certificate. The match can be exact, prefix, suffix or a substring match. One of exact, prefix, suffix or contains must be specified. Limited to 5 principals. @@ -656,7 +656,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "sources": [ # Optional. Describes the properties of a request's sources. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. Limited to 5 sources. A match occurs when ANY source (in sources or notSources) matches the request. Within a single source, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a single field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY principal matches AND ANY ipBlocks match. + "sources": [ # Optional. Describes the properties of a request's sources. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. Limited to 1 source. A match occurs when ANY source (in sources or notSources) matches the request. Within a single source, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a single field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY principal matches AND ANY ipBlocks match. { # Describes the properties of a single source. "principals": [ # Optional. A list of identities derived from the client's certificate. This field will not match on a request unless mutual TLS is enabled for the Forwarding rule or Gateway. Each identity is a string whose value is matched against the URI SAN, or DNS SAN or the subject field in the client's certificate. The match can be exact, prefix, suffix or a substring match. One of exact, prefix, suffix or contains must be specified. Limited to 5 principals. { # Determines how a string value should be matched. @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "to": { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. + "to": { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of a target of a request. "notOperations": [ # Optional. Describes the negated properties of the targets of a request. Matches requests for operations that do not match the criteria specified in this field. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. "headerSet": { # Describes a set of HTTP headers to match against. # Optional. A list of headers to match against in http header. @@ -726,7 +726,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "operations": [ # Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. Limited to 5 operations. A match occurs when ANY operation (in operations or notOperations) matches. Within an operation, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY path matches AND ANY header matches and ANY method matches. + "operations": [ # Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. Limited to 1 operation. A match occurs when ANY operation (in operations or notOperations) matches. Within an operation, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY path matches AND ANY header matches and ANY method matches. { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. "headerSet": { # Describes a set of HTTP headers to match against. # Optional. A list of headers to match against in http header. "headers": [ # Required. A list of headers to match against in http header. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). The match follows AND semantics which means all the headers must match. Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 5 matches. @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. A human-readable description of the resource. "httpRules": [ # Optional. A list of authorization HTTP rules to match against the incoming request. A policy match occurs when at least one HTTP rule matches the request or when no HTTP rules are specified in the policy. At least one HTTP Rule is required for Allow or Deny Action. Limited to 5 rules. { # Conditions to match against the incoming request. - "from": { # Describes properties of one or more sources of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of one or more sources of a request. + "from": { # Describes properties of one or more sources of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of a source of a request. "notSources": [ # Optional. Describes the negated properties of request sources. Matches requests from sources that do not match the criteria specified in this field. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. { # Describes the properties of a single source. "principals": [ # Optional. A list of identities derived from the client's certificate. This field will not match on a request unless mutual TLS is enabled for the Forwarding rule or Gateway. Each identity is a string whose value is matched against the URI SAN, or DNS SAN or the subject field in the client's certificate. The match can be exact, prefix, suffix or a substring match. One of exact, prefix, suffix or contains must be specified. Limited to 5 principals. @@ -857,7 +857,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "sources": [ # Optional. Describes the properties of a request's sources. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. Limited to 5 sources. A match occurs when ANY source (in sources or notSources) matches the request. Within a single source, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a single field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY principal matches AND ANY ipBlocks match. + "sources": [ # Optional. Describes the properties of a request's sources. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. Limited to 1 source. A match occurs when ANY source (in sources or notSources) matches the request. Within a single source, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a single field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY principal matches AND ANY ipBlocks match. { # Describes the properties of a single source. "principals": [ # Optional. A list of identities derived from the client's certificate. This field will not match on a request unless mutual TLS is enabled for the Forwarding rule or Gateway. Each identity is a string whose value is matched against the URI SAN, or DNS SAN or the subject field in the client's certificate. The match can be exact, prefix, suffix or a substring match. One of exact, prefix, suffix or contains must be specified. Limited to 5 principals. { # Determines how a string value should be matched. @@ -887,7 +887,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "to": { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. + "to": { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. # Optional. Describes properties of a target of a request. "notOperations": [ # Optional. Describes the negated properties of the targets of a request. Matches requests for operations that do not match the criteria specified in this field. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. "headerSet": { # Describes a set of HTTP headers to match against. # Optional. A list of headers to match against in http header. @@ -927,7 +927,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "operations": [ # Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. Limited to 5 operations. A match occurs when ANY operation (in operations or notOperations) matches. Within an operation, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY path matches AND ANY header matches and ANY method matches. + "operations": [ # Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. Limited to 1 operation. A match occurs when ANY operation (in operations or notOperations) matches. Within an operation, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY path matches AND ANY header matches and ANY method matches. { # Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. "headerSet": { # Describes a set of HTTP headers to match against. # Optional. A list of headers to match against in http header. "headers": [ # Required. A list of headers to match against in http header. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). The match follows AND semantics which means all the headers must match. Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 5 matches. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index 2e4684540f9..8494601a7c4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -104,6 +104,26 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the gatewaySecurityPolicies Resource.

+

+ interceptDeploymentGroups() +

+

Returns the interceptDeploymentGroups Resource.

+ +

+ interceptDeployments() +

+

Returns the interceptDeployments Resource.

+ +

+ interceptEndpointGroupAssociations() +

+

Returns the interceptEndpointGroupAssociations Resource.

+ +

+ interceptEndpointGroups() +

+

Returns the interceptEndpointGroups Resource.

+

mirroringDeploymentGroups()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.interceptDeploymentGroups.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.interceptDeploymentGroups.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..13daf38a6fa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.interceptDeploymentGroups.html @@ -0,0 +1,341 @@ + + + +

Network Security API . projects . locations . interceptDeploymentGroups

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, interceptDeploymentGroupId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new InterceptDeploymentGroup in a given project and location.

+

+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single InterceptDeploymentGroup.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single InterceptDeploymentGroup.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists InterceptDeploymentGroups in a given project and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a single InterceptDeploymentGroup.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, interceptDeploymentGroupId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new InterceptDeploymentGroup in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Message describing InterceptDeploymentGroup object
+  "connectedEndpointGroups": [ # Output only. The list of Intercept Endpoint Groups that are connected to this resource.
+    { # An endpoint group connected to this deployment group.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. A connected intercept endpoint group.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. Then name of the InterceptDeploymentGroup.
+  "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The network that is being used for the deployment. Format is: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment group.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp
+}
+
+  interceptDeploymentGroupId: string, Required. Id of the requesting object If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and intercept_deployment_group_id from the method_signature of Create RPC
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single InterceptDeploymentGroup.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single InterceptDeploymentGroup.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message describing InterceptDeploymentGroup object
+  "connectedEndpointGroups": [ # Output only. The list of Intercept Endpoint Groups that are connected to this resource.
+    { # An endpoint group connected to this deployment group.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. A connected intercept endpoint group.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. Then name of the InterceptDeploymentGroup.
+  "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The network that is being used for the deployment. Format is: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment group.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists InterceptDeploymentGroups in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Parent value for ListInterceptDeploymentGroupsRequest (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message for response to listing InterceptDeploymentGroups
+  "interceptDeploymentGroups": [ # The list of InterceptDeploymentGroup
+    { # Message describing InterceptDeploymentGroup object
+      "connectedEndpointGroups": [ # Output only. The list of Intercept Endpoint Groups that are connected to this resource.
+        { # An endpoint group connected to this deployment group.
+          "name": "A String", # Output only. A connected intercept endpoint group.
+        },
+      ],
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
+      "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. Then name of the InterceptDeploymentGroup.
+      "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The network that is being used for the deployment. Format is: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}.
+      "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment group.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a single InterceptDeploymentGroup.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. Identifier. Then name of the InterceptDeploymentGroup. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Message describing InterceptDeploymentGroup object
+  "connectedEndpointGroups": [ # Output only. The list of Intercept Endpoint Groups that are connected to this resource.
+    { # An endpoint group connected to this deployment group.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. A connected intercept endpoint group.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. Then name of the InterceptDeploymentGroup.
+  "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The network that is being used for the deployment. Format is: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment group.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the InterceptDeploymentGroup resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.interceptDeployments.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.interceptDeployments.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..459d0a9aa92 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.interceptDeployments.html @@ -0,0 +1,328 @@ + + + +

Network Security API . projects . locations . interceptDeployments

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, interceptDeploymentId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new InterceptDeployment in a given project and location.

+

+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single InterceptDeployment.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single InterceptDeployment.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists InterceptDeployments in a given project and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a single InterceptDeployment.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, interceptDeploymentId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new InterceptDeployment in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Message describing InterceptDeployment object
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
+  "forwardingRule": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The regional load balancer which the intercepted traffic should be forwarded to. Format is: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}
+  "interceptDeploymentGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Intercept Deployment Group that this resource is part of. Format is: `projects/{project}/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/{interceptDeploymentGroup}`
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The name of the InterceptDeployment.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp
+}
+
+  interceptDeploymentId: string, Required. Id of the requesting object If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and intercept_deployment_id from the method_signature of Create RPC
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single InterceptDeployment.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single InterceptDeployment.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message describing InterceptDeployment object
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
+  "forwardingRule": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The regional load balancer which the intercepted traffic should be forwarded to. Format is: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}
+  "interceptDeploymentGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Intercept Deployment Group that this resource is part of. Format is: `projects/{project}/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/{interceptDeploymentGroup}`
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The name of the InterceptDeployment.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists InterceptDeployments in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Parent value for ListInterceptDeploymentsRequest (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message for response to listing InterceptDeployments
+  "interceptDeployments": [ # The list of InterceptDeployment
+    { # Message describing InterceptDeployment object
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
+      "forwardingRule": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The regional load balancer which the intercepted traffic should be forwarded to. Format is: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}
+      "interceptDeploymentGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Intercept Deployment Group that this resource is part of. Format is: `projects/{project}/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/{interceptDeploymentGroup}`
+      "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The name of the InterceptDeployment.
+      "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a single InterceptDeployment.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. Identifier. The name of the InterceptDeployment. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Message describing InterceptDeployment object
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
+  "forwardingRule": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The regional load balancer which the intercepted traffic should be forwarded to. Format is: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}
+  "interceptDeploymentGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Intercept Deployment Group that this resource is part of. Format is: `projects/{project}/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/{interceptDeploymentGroup}`
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The name of the InterceptDeployment.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the InterceptDeployment resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2cde383f0c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.html @@ -0,0 +1,349 @@ + + + +

Network Security API . projects . locations . interceptEndpointGroupAssociations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, interceptEndpointGroupAssociationId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation in a given project and location.

+

+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists InterceptEndpointGroupAssociations in a given project and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a single InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, interceptEndpointGroupAssociationId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Message describing InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation object
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
+  "interceptEndpointGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Intercept Endpoint Group that this resource is connected to. Format is: `projects/{project}/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroups/{interceptEndpointGroup}`
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locationsDetails": [ # Output only. The list of locations that this association is in and its details.
+    { # Details about the association status in a specific cloud location.
+      "location": "A String", # Output only. The cloud location.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The association state in this location.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The name of the InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation.
+  "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint group association.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp
+}
+
+  interceptEndpointGroupAssociationId: string, Optional. Id of the requesting object If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and intercept_endpoint_group_association_id from the method_signature of Create RPC
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message describing InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation object
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
+  "interceptEndpointGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Intercept Endpoint Group that this resource is connected to. Format is: `projects/{project}/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroups/{interceptEndpointGroup}`
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locationsDetails": [ # Output only. The list of locations that this association is in and its details.
+    { # Details about the association status in a specific cloud location.
+      "location": "A String", # Output only. The cloud location.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The association state in this location.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The name of the InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation.
+  "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint group association.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists InterceptEndpointGroupAssociations in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Parent value for ListInterceptEndpointGroupAssociationsRequest (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message for response to listing InterceptEndpointGroupAssociations
+  "interceptEndpointGroupAssociations": [ # The list of InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation
+    { # Message describing InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation object
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
+      "interceptEndpointGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Intercept Endpoint Group that this resource is connected to. Format is: `projects/{project}/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroups/{interceptEndpointGroup}`
+      "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "locationsDetails": [ # Output only. The list of locations that this association is in and its details.
+        { # Details about the association status in a specific cloud location.
+          "location": "A String", # Output only. The cloud location.
+          "state": "A String", # Output only. The association state in this location.
+        },
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The name of the InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation.
+      "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}.
+      "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint group association.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a single InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. Identifier. The name of the InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Message describing InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation object
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
+  "interceptEndpointGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Intercept Endpoint Group that this resource is connected to. Format is: `projects/{project}/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroups/{interceptEndpointGroup}`
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locationsDetails": [ # Output only. The list of locations that this association is in and its details.
+    { # Details about the association status in a specific cloud location.
+      "location": "A String", # Output only. The cloud location.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The association state in this location.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The name of the InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation.
+  "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint group association.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroups.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1423b76628e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroups.html @@ -0,0 +1,353 @@ + + + +

Network Security API . projects . locations . interceptEndpointGroups

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, interceptEndpointGroupId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new InterceptEndpointGroup in a given project and location.

+

+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single InterceptEndpointGroup.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single InterceptEndpointGroup.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists InterceptEndpointGroups in a given project and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a single InterceptEndpointGroup.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, interceptEndpointGroupId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new InterceptEndpointGroup in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Value for parent. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Message describing InterceptEndpointGroup object.
+  "associations": [ # Output only. List of Intercept Endpoint Group Associations that are associated to this endpoint group.
+    { # This is a subset of the InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation message, containing fields to be used by the consumer.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/{interceptEndpointGroupAssociation}
+      "network": "A String", # Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the association.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. User-provided description of the endpoint group. Used as additional context for the endpoint group.
+  "interceptDeploymentGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Intercept Deployment Group that this resource is connected to. Format is: `projects/{project}/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/{interceptDeploymentGroup}`
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The name of the InterceptEndpointGroup.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint group.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp
+}
+
+  interceptEndpointGroupId: string, Required. Id of the requesting object If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and intercept_endpoint_group_id from the method_signature of Create RPC
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single InterceptEndpointGroup.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single InterceptEndpointGroup.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message describing InterceptEndpointGroup object.
+  "associations": [ # Output only. List of Intercept Endpoint Group Associations that are associated to this endpoint group.
+    { # This is a subset of the InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation message, containing fields to be used by the consumer.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/{interceptEndpointGroupAssociation}
+      "network": "A String", # Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the association.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. User-provided description of the endpoint group. Used as additional context for the endpoint group.
+  "interceptDeploymentGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Intercept Deployment Group that this resource is connected to. Format is: `projects/{project}/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/{interceptDeploymentGroup}`
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The name of the InterceptEndpointGroup.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint group.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists InterceptEndpointGroups in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Parent value for ListInterceptEndpointGroupsRequest (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message for response to listing InterceptEndpointGroups
+  "interceptEndpointGroups": [ # The list of InterceptEndpointGroup
+    { # Message describing InterceptEndpointGroup object.
+      "associations": [ # Output only. List of Intercept Endpoint Group Associations that are associated to this endpoint group.
+        { # This is a subset of the InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation message, containing fields to be used by the consumer.
+          "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/{interceptEndpointGroupAssociation}
+          "network": "A String", # Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.
+          "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the association.
+        },
+      ],
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. User-provided description of the endpoint group. Used as additional context for the endpoint group.
+      "interceptDeploymentGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Intercept Deployment Group that this resource is connected to. Format is: `projects/{project}/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/{interceptDeploymentGroup}`
+      "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The name of the InterceptEndpointGroup.
+      "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint group.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a single InterceptEndpointGroup.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. Identifier. The name of the InterceptEndpointGroup. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Message describing InterceptEndpointGroup object.
+  "associations": [ # Output only. List of Intercept Endpoint Group Associations that are associated to this endpoint group.
+    { # This is a subset of the InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation message, containing fields to be used by the consumer.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/{interceptEndpointGroupAssociation}
+      "network": "A String", # Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the association.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. User-provided description of the endpoint group. Used as additional context for the endpoint group.
+  "interceptDeploymentGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Intercept Deployment Group that this resource is connected to. Format is: `projects/{project}/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/{interceptDeploymentGroup}`
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The name of the InterceptEndpointGroup.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint group.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the InterceptEndpointGroup resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.mirroringDeploymentGroups.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.mirroringDeploymentGroups.html index 072c8e67a13..c4a2d6b553a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.mirroringDeploymentGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.mirroringDeploymentGroups.html @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Message describing MirroringDeploymentGroup object +{ # Message describing MirroringDeploymentGroup object NEXT ID: 10 "connectedEndpointGroups": [ # Output only. The list of Mirroring Endpoint Groups that are connected to this resource. { # An endpoint group connected to this deployment group. "name": "A String", # Output only. A connected mirroring endpoint group. @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Message describing MirroringDeploymentGroup object + { # Message describing MirroringDeploymentGroup object NEXT ID: 10 "connectedEndpointGroups": [ # Output only. The list of Mirroring Endpoint Groups that are connected to this resource. { # An endpoint group connected to this deployment group. "name": "A String", # Output only. A connected mirroring endpoint group. @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Message for response to listing MirroringDeploymentGroups "mirroringDeploymentGroups": [ # The list of MirroringDeploymentGroup - { # Message describing MirroringDeploymentGroup object + { # Message describing MirroringDeploymentGroup object NEXT ID: 10 "connectedEndpointGroups": [ # Output only. The list of Mirroring Endpoint Groups that are connected to this resource. { # An endpoint group connected to this deployment group. "name": "A String", # Output only. A connected mirroring endpoint group. @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Message describing MirroringDeploymentGroup object +{ # Message describing MirroringDeploymentGroup object NEXT ID: 10 "connectedEndpointGroups": [ # Output only. The list of Mirroring Endpoint Groups that are connected to this resource. { # An endpoint group connected to this deployment group. "name": "A String", # Output only. A connected mirroring endpoint group. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html index 72a712c6b8e..4e7d20578f4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Network Security API . cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index f8f2a61fa07..ea2e521c7ab 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 

Network Services API . cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
index ed713370c6b..e6a78db62e5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 

Network Services API . cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.constraints.html b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.constraints.html
index 30a8c023f6a..fdc8f8d6610 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.constraints.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.constraints.html
@@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the constraint. Must be in one of the following forms: * `projects/{project_number}/constraints/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/constraints/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/constraints/{constraint_name}` For example, "/projects/123/constraints/compute.disableSerialPortAccess". "supportsDryRun": True or False, # Shows if dry run is supported for this constraint or not. + "supportsSimulation": True or False, # Shows if simulation is supported for this constraint or not. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # Page token used to retrieve the next page. This is currently not used. diff --git a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.policies.html b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.policies.html index 45a10b73b6f..9432cbdc653 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.policies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.policies.html @@ -131,6 +131,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -159,6 +162,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -188,6 +194,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -228,6 +237,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -256,6 +268,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -285,6 +300,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -351,6 +369,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -379,6 +400,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -408,6 +432,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -455,6 +482,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -483,6 +513,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -512,6 +545,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -564,6 +600,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -592,6 +631,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -621,6 +663,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -679,6 +724,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -707,6 +755,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -736,6 +787,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -777,6 +831,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -805,6 +862,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -834,6 +894,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.organizations.constraints.html b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.organizations.constraints.html index 1a06118eacb..14cea73e0e8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.organizations.constraints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.organizations.constraints.html @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the constraint. Must be in one of the following forms: * `projects/{project_number}/constraints/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/constraints/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/constraints/{constraint_name}` For example, "/projects/123/constraints/compute.disableSerialPortAccess". "supportsDryRun": True or False, # Shows if dry run is supported for this constraint or not. + "supportsSimulation": True or False, # Shows if simulation is supported for this constraint or not. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # Page token used to retrieve the next page. This is currently not used. diff --git a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.organizations.policies.html b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.organizations.policies.html index 46702ab807e..e7114a9ec7b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.organizations.policies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.organizations.policies.html @@ -131,6 +131,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -159,6 +162,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -188,6 +194,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -228,6 +237,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -256,6 +268,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -285,6 +300,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -351,6 +369,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -379,6 +400,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -408,6 +432,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -455,6 +482,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -483,6 +513,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -512,6 +545,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -564,6 +600,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -592,6 +631,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -621,6 +663,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -679,6 +724,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -707,6 +755,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -736,6 +787,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -777,6 +831,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -805,6 +862,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -834,6 +894,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.projects.constraints.html b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.projects.constraints.html index cb89317d601..4a62c9519d4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.projects.constraints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.projects.constraints.html @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the constraint. Must be in one of the following forms: * `projects/{project_number}/constraints/{constraint_name}` * `folders/{folder_id}/constraints/{constraint_name}` * `organizations/{organization_id}/constraints/{constraint_name}` For example, "/projects/123/constraints/compute.disableSerialPortAccess". "supportsDryRun": True or False, # Shows if dry run is supported for this constraint or not. + "supportsSimulation": True or False, # Shows if simulation is supported for this constraint or not. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # Page token used to retrieve the next page. This is currently not used. diff --git a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.projects.policies.html b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.projects.policies.html index 1c2223aa7fb..7a9b383f384 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.projects.policies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.projects.policies.html @@ -131,6 +131,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -159,6 +162,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -188,6 +194,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -228,6 +237,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -256,6 +268,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -285,6 +300,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -351,6 +369,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -379,6 +400,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -408,6 +432,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -455,6 +482,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -483,6 +513,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -512,6 +545,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -564,6 +600,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -592,6 +631,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -621,6 +663,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -679,6 +724,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -707,6 +755,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -736,6 +787,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -777,6 +831,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -805,6 +862,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", @@ -834,6 +894,9 @@

Method Details

}, "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints. + "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true } + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints. "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.patchDeployments.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.patchDeployments.html index 5be7ba3c028..7a8a0f0f086 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.patchDeployments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.patchDeployments.html @@ -269,8 +269,8 @@

Method Details

"seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions. "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week. @@ -449,8 +449,8 @@

Method Details

"seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions. "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week. @@ -653,8 +653,8 @@

Method Details

"seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions. "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week. @@ -844,8 +844,8 @@

Method Details

"seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions. "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week. @@ -1041,8 +1041,8 @@

Method Details

"seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions. "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week. @@ -1221,8 +1221,8 @@

Method Details

"seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions. "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week. @@ -1413,8 +1413,8 @@

Method Details

"seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions. "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week. @@ -1605,8 +1605,8 @@

Method Details

"seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions. "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week. diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1beta.projects.patchDeployments.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1beta.projects.patchDeployments.html index 4b547c23b20..8af397f9e11 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1beta.projects.patchDeployments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1beta.projects.patchDeployments.html @@ -269,8 +269,8 @@

Method Details

"seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions. "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week. @@ -449,8 +449,8 @@

Method Details

"seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions. "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week. @@ -653,8 +653,8 @@

Method Details

"seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions. "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week. @@ -844,8 +844,8 @@

Method Details

"seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions. "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week. @@ -1041,8 +1041,8 @@

Method Details

"seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions. "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week. @@ -1221,8 +1221,8 @@

Method Details

"seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions. "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week. @@ -1413,8 +1413,8 @@

Method Details

"seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions. "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week. @@ -1605,8 +1605,8 @@

Method Details

"seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone. - "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York". - "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a". + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions. "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week. diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.backupCollections.backups.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.backupCollections.backups.html index 80df4b27836..60ad67e201d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.backupCollections.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.backupCollections.backups.html @@ -210,6 +210,7 @@

Method Details

"shardCount": 42, # Output only. Number of shards for the cluster. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the backup. "totalSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total size of the backup in bytes. + "uid": "A String", # Output only. System assigned unique identifier of the backup. }
@@ -251,6 +252,7 @@

Method Details

"shardCount": 42, # Output only. Number of shards for the cluster. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the backup. "totalSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total size of the backup in bytes. + "uid": "A String", # Output only. System assigned unique identifier of the backup. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list. diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.backupCollections.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.backupCollections.html index 5d54a54014c..42b93259f69 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.backupCollections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.backupCollections.html @@ -115,6 +115,7 @@

Method Details

"cluster": "A String", # Output only. The full resource path of the cluster the backup collection belongs to. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster} "clusterUid": "A String", # Output only. The cluster uid of the backup collection. "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the backup collection. + "uid": "A String", # Output only. System assigned unique identifier of the backup collection. }
@@ -140,6 +141,7 @@

Method Details

"cluster": "A String", # Output only. The full resource path of the cluster the backup collection belongs to. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster} "clusterUid": "A String", # Output only. The cluster uid of the backup collection. "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the backup collection. + "uid": "A String", # Output only. System assigned unique identifier of the backup collection. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list. diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html index 1e421ed541a..0104efaf790 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . Instance Methods

backup(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Backup Redis Cluster. If this is the first time a backup is being created, a backup collection will be created at the backend, and this backup belongs to this collection. Both collection and backup will have a resource name. Backup will be executed for each shard. A replica (primary if nonHA) will be selected to perform the execution. Backup call will be rejected if there is an ongoing backup or update operation.

+

Backup Redis Cluster. If this is the first time a backup is being created, a backup collection will be created at the backend, and this backup belongs to this collection. Both collection and backup will have a resource name. Backup will be executed for each shard. A replica (primary if nonHA) will be selected to perform the execution. Backup call will be rejected if there is an ongoing backup or update operation. Be aware that during preview, if the cluster's internal software version is too old, critical update will be performed before actual backup. Once the internal software version is updated to the minimum version required by the backup feature, subsequent backups will not require critical update. After preview, there will be no critical update needed for backup.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

backup(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Backup Redis Cluster. If this is the first time a backup is being created, a backup collection will be created at the backend, and this backup belongs to this collection. Both collection and backup will have a resource name. Backup will be executed for each shard. A replica (primary if nonHA) will be selected to perform the execution. Backup call will be rejected if there is an ongoing backup or update operation.
+  
Backup Redis Cluster. If this is the first time a backup is being created, a backup collection will be created at the backend, and this backup belongs to this collection. Both collection and backup will have a resource name. Backup will be executed for each shard. A replica (primary if nonHA) will be selected to perform the execution. Backup call will be rejected if there is an ongoing backup or update operation. Be aware that during preview, if the cluster's internal software version is too old, critical update will be performed before actual backup. Once the internal software version is updated to the minimum version required by the backup feature, subsequent backups will not require critical update. After preview, there will be no critical update needed for backup.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Redis cluster resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region. (required)
@@ -167,20 +167,30 @@ 

Method Details

"automatedBackupConfig": { # The automated backup config for a cluster. # Optional. The automated backup config for the cluster. "automatedBackupMode": "A String", # Optional. The automated backup mode. If the mode is disabled, the other fields will be ignored. "fixedFrequencySchedule": { # This schedule allows the backup to be triggered at a fixed frequency (currently only daily is supported). # Optional. Trigger automated backups at a fixed frequency. - "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. If not specified, the default value is the start of the hour when the automated backup config is enabled. For example, if the automated backup config is enabled at 10:13 AM UTC without specifying start_time, the default start time is 10:00 AM UTC. + "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Required. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. This field is required. "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59. "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999. "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, }, - "retention": "A String", # Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. If not specified, the default value is 100 years which is also the maximum value supported. The minimum value is 1 day. + "retention": "A String", # Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. The value should be between 1 day and 365 days. If not specified, the default value is 35 days. }, "backupCollection": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The backup collection full resource name. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection} "clusterEndpoints": [ # Optional. A list of cluster enpoints. { # ClusterEndpoint consists of PSC connections that are created as a group in each VPC network for accessing the cluster. In each group, there shall be one connection for each service attachment in the cluster. "connections": [ # A group of PSC connections. They are created in the same VPC network, one for each service attachment in the cluster. { # Detailed information of each PSC connection. + "pscAutoConnection": { # Details of consumer resources in a PSC connection that is created through Service Connectivity Automation. # Detailed information of a PSC connection that is created through service connectivity automation. + "address": "A String", # Output only. The IP allocated on the consumer network for the PSC forwarding rule. + "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the PSC connection. + "forwardingRule": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the consumer side forwarding rule. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/regions/us-east1/forwardingRules/{resourceId}. + "network": "A String", # Required. The consumer network where the IP address resides, in the form of projects/{project_id}/global/networks/{network_id}. + "projectId": "A String", # Required. The consumer project_id where the forwarding rule is created from. + "pscConnectionId": "A String", # Output only. The PSC connection id of the forwarding rule connected to the service attachment. + "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # Output only. The status of the PSC connection. Please note that this value is updated periodically. Please use Private Service Connect APIs for the latest status. + "serviceAttachment": "A String", # Output only. The service attachment which is the target of the PSC connection, in the form of projects/{project-id}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{service-attachment-id}. + }, "pscConnection": { # Details of consumer resources in a PSC connection. # Detailed information of a PSC connection that is created by the customer who owns the cluster. "address": "A String", # Required. The IP allocated on the consumer network for the PSC forwarding rule. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the PSC connection. @@ -402,20 +412,30 @@

Method Details

"automatedBackupConfig": { # The automated backup config for a cluster. # Optional. The automated backup config for the cluster. "automatedBackupMode": "A String", # Optional. The automated backup mode. If the mode is disabled, the other fields will be ignored. "fixedFrequencySchedule": { # This schedule allows the backup to be triggered at a fixed frequency (currently only daily is supported). # Optional. Trigger automated backups at a fixed frequency. - "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. If not specified, the default value is the start of the hour when the automated backup config is enabled. For example, if the automated backup config is enabled at 10:13 AM UTC without specifying start_time, the default start time is 10:00 AM UTC. + "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Required. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. This field is required. "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59. "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999. "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, }, - "retention": "A String", # Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. If not specified, the default value is 100 years which is also the maximum value supported. The minimum value is 1 day. + "retention": "A String", # Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. The value should be between 1 day and 365 days. If not specified, the default value is 35 days. }, "backupCollection": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The backup collection full resource name. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection} "clusterEndpoints": [ # Optional. A list of cluster enpoints. { # ClusterEndpoint consists of PSC connections that are created as a group in each VPC network for accessing the cluster. In each group, there shall be one connection for each service attachment in the cluster. "connections": [ # A group of PSC connections. They are created in the same VPC network, one for each service attachment in the cluster. { # Detailed information of each PSC connection. + "pscAutoConnection": { # Details of consumer resources in a PSC connection that is created through Service Connectivity Automation. # Detailed information of a PSC connection that is created through service connectivity automation. + "address": "A String", # Output only. The IP allocated on the consumer network for the PSC forwarding rule. + "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the PSC connection. + "forwardingRule": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the consumer side forwarding rule. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/regions/us-east1/forwardingRules/{resourceId}. + "network": "A String", # Required. The consumer network where the IP address resides, in the form of projects/{project_id}/global/networks/{network_id}. + "projectId": "A String", # Required. The consumer project_id where the forwarding rule is created from. + "pscConnectionId": "A String", # Output only. The PSC connection id of the forwarding rule connected to the service attachment. + "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # Output only. The status of the PSC connection. Please note that this value is updated periodically. Please use Private Service Connect APIs for the latest status. + "serviceAttachment": "A String", # Output only. The service attachment which is the target of the PSC connection, in the form of projects/{project-id}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{service-attachment-id}. + }, "pscConnection": { # Details of consumer resources in a PSC connection. # Detailed information of a PSC connection that is created by the customer who owns the cluster. "address": "A String", # Required. The IP allocated on the consumer network for the PSC forwarding rule. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the PSC connection. @@ -603,20 +623,30 @@

Method Details

"automatedBackupConfig": { # The automated backup config for a cluster. # Optional. The automated backup config for the cluster. "automatedBackupMode": "A String", # Optional. The automated backup mode. If the mode is disabled, the other fields will be ignored. "fixedFrequencySchedule": { # This schedule allows the backup to be triggered at a fixed frequency (currently only daily is supported). # Optional. Trigger automated backups at a fixed frequency. - "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. If not specified, the default value is the start of the hour when the automated backup config is enabled. For example, if the automated backup config is enabled at 10:13 AM UTC without specifying start_time, the default start time is 10:00 AM UTC. + "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Required. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. This field is required. "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59. "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999. "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, }, - "retention": "A String", # Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. If not specified, the default value is 100 years which is also the maximum value supported. The minimum value is 1 day. + "retention": "A String", # Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. The value should be between 1 day and 365 days. If not specified, the default value is 35 days. }, "backupCollection": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The backup collection full resource name. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection} "clusterEndpoints": [ # Optional. A list of cluster enpoints. { # ClusterEndpoint consists of PSC connections that are created as a group in each VPC network for accessing the cluster. In each group, there shall be one connection for each service attachment in the cluster. "connections": [ # A group of PSC connections. They are created in the same VPC network, one for each service attachment in the cluster. { # Detailed information of each PSC connection. + "pscAutoConnection": { # Details of consumer resources in a PSC connection that is created through Service Connectivity Automation. # Detailed information of a PSC connection that is created through service connectivity automation. + "address": "A String", # Output only. The IP allocated on the consumer network for the PSC forwarding rule. + "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the PSC connection. + "forwardingRule": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the consumer side forwarding rule. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/regions/us-east1/forwardingRules/{resourceId}. + "network": "A String", # Required. The consumer network where the IP address resides, in the form of projects/{project_id}/global/networks/{network_id}. + "projectId": "A String", # Required. The consumer project_id where the forwarding rule is created from. + "pscConnectionId": "A String", # Output only. The PSC connection id of the forwarding rule connected to the service attachment. + "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # Output only. The status of the PSC connection. Please note that this value is updated periodically. Please use Private Service Connect APIs for the latest status. + "serviceAttachment": "A String", # Output only. The service attachment which is the target of the PSC connection, in the form of projects/{project-id}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{service-attachment-id}. + }, "pscConnection": { # Details of consumer resources in a PSC connection. # Detailed information of a PSC connection that is created by the customer who owns the cluster. "address": "A String", # Required. The IP allocated on the consumer network for the PSC forwarding rule. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the PSC connection. @@ -787,20 +817,30 @@

Method Details

"automatedBackupConfig": { # The automated backup config for a cluster. # Optional. The automated backup config for the cluster. "automatedBackupMode": "A String", # Optional. The automated backup mode. If the mode is disabled, the other fields will be ignored. "fixedFrequencySchedule": { # This schedule allows the backup to be triggered at a fixed frequency (currently only daily is supported). # Optional. Trigger automated backups at a fixed frequency. - "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. If not specified, the default value is the start of the hour when the automated backup config is enabled. For example, if the automated backup config is enabled at 10:13 AM UTC without specifying start_time, the default start time is 10:00 AM UTC. + "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Required. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. This field is required. "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59. "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999. "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, }, - "retention": "A String", # Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. If not specified, the default value is 100 years which is also the maximum value supported. The minimum value is 1 day. + "retention": "A String", # Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. The value should be between 1 day and 365 days. If not specified, the default value is 35 days. }, "backupCollection": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The backup collection full resource name. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection} "clusterEndpoints": [ # Optional. A list of cluster enpoints. { # ClusterEndpoint consists of PSC connections that are created as a group in each VPC network for accessing the cluster. In each group, there shall be one connection for each service attachment in the cluster. "connections": [ # A group of PSC connections. They are created in the same VPC network, one for each service attachment in the cluster. { # Detailed information of each PSC connection. + "pscAutoConnection": { # Details of consumer resources in a PSC connection that is created through Service Connectivity Automation. # Detailed information of a PSC connection that is created through service connectivity automation. + "address": "A String", # Output only. The IP allocated on the consumer network for the PSC forwarding rule. + "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the PSC connection. + "forwardingRule": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the consumer side forwarding rule. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/regions/us-east1/forwardingRules/{resourceId}. + "network": "A String", # Required. The consumer network where the IP address resides, in the form of projects/{project_id}/global/networks/{network_id}. + "projectId": "A String", # Required. The consumer project_id where the forwarding rule is created from. + "pscConnectionId": "A String", # Output only. The PSC connection id of the forwarding rule connected to the service attachment. + "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # Output only. The status of the PSC connection. Please note that this value is updated periodically. Please use Private Service Connect APIs for the latest status. + "serviceAttachment": "A String", # Output only. The service attachment which is the target of the PSC connection, in the form of projects/{project-id}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{service-attachment-id}. + }, "pscConnection": { # Details of consumer resources in a PSC connection. # Detailed information of a PSC connection that is created by the customer who owns the cluster. "address": "A String", # Required. The IP allocated on the consumer network for the PSC forwarding rule. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the PSC connection. diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupCollections.backups.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupCollections.backups.html index c662c9dd4d8..e46928a569d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupCollections.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupCollections.backups.html @@ -210,6 +210,7 @@

Method Details

"shardCount": 42, # Output only. Number of shards for the cluster. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the backup. "totalSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total size of the backup in bytes. + "uid": "A String", # Output only. System assigned unique identifier of the backup. }
@@ -251,6 +252,7 @@

Method Details

"shardCount": 42, # Output only. Number of shards for the cluster. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the backup. "totalSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total size of the backup in bytes. + "uid": "A String", # Output only. System assigned unique identifier of the backup. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list. diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupCollections.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupCollections.html index b2d4b7c4026..ab865c95e04 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupCollections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupCollections.html @@ -115,6 +115,7 @@

Method Details

"cluster": "A String", # Output only. The full resource path of the cluster the backup collection belongs to. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster} "clusterUid": "A String", # Output only. The cluster uid of the backup collection. "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the backup collection. + "uid": "A String", # Output only. System assigned unique identifier of the backup collection. }
@@ -140,6 +141,7 @@

Method Details

"cluster": "A String", # Output only. The full resource path of the cluster the backup collection belongs to. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster} "clusterUid": "A String", # Output only. The cluster uid of the backup collection. "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the backup collection. + "uid": "A String", # Output only. System assigned unique identifier of the backup collection. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list. diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html index 86ce037e925..31073e1a587 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . Instance Methods

backup(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Backup Redis Cluster. If this is the first time a backup is being created, a backup collection will be created at the backend, and this backup belongs to this collection. Both collection and backup will have a resource name. Backup will be executed for each shard. A replica (primary if nonHA) will be selected to perform the execution. Backup call will be rejected if there is an ongoing backup or update operation.

+

Backup Redis Cluster. If this is the first time a backup is being created, a backup collection will be created at the backend, and this backup belongs to this collection. Both collection and backup will have a resource name. Backup will be executed for each shard. A replica (primary if nonHA) will be selected to perform the execution. Backup call will be rejected if there is an ongoing backup or update operation. Be aware that during preview, if the cluster's internal software version is too old, critical update will be performed before actual backup. Once the internal software version is updated to the minimum version required by the backup feature, subsequent backups will not require critical update. After preview, there will be no critical update needed for backup.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

backup(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Backup Redis Cluster. If this is the first time a backup is being created, a backup collection will be created at the backend, and this backup belongs to this collection. Both collection and backup will have a resource name. Backup will be executed for each shard. A replica (primary if nonHA) will be selected to perform the execution. Backup call will be rejected if there is an ongoing backup or update operation.
+  
Backup Redis Cluster. If this is the first time a backup is being created, a backup collection will be created at the backend, and this backup belongs to this collection. Both collection and backup will have a resource name. Backup will be executed for each shard. A replica (primary if nonHA) will be selected to perform the execution. Backup call will be rejected if there is an ongoing backup or update operation. Be aware that during preview, if the cluster's internal software version is too old, critical update will be performed before actual backup. Once the internal software version is updated to the minimum version required by the backup feature, subsequent backups will not require critical update. After preview, there will be no critical update needed for backup.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Redis cluster resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region. (required)
@@ -167,20 +167,30 @@ 

Method Details

"automatedBackupConfig": { # The automated backup config for a cluster. # Optional. The automated backup config for the cluster. "automatedBackupMode": "A String", # Optional. The automated backup mode. If the mode is disabled, the other fields will be ignored. "fixedFrequencySchedule": { # This schedule allows the backup to be triggered at a fixed frequency (currently only daily is supported). # Optional. Trigger automated backups at a fixed frequency. - "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. If not specified, the default value is the start of the hour when the automated backup config is enabled. For example, if the automated backup config is enabled at 10:13 AM UTC without specifying start_time, the default start time is 10:00 AM UTC. + "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Required. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. This field is required. "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59. "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999. "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, }, - "retention": "A String", # Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. If not specified, the default value is 100 years which is also the maximum value supported. The minimum value is 1 day. + "retention": "A String", # Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. The value should be between 1 day and 365 days. If not specified, the default value is 35 days. }, "backupCollection": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The backup collection full resource name. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection} "clusterEndpoints": [ # Optional. A list of cluster enpoints. { # ClusterEndpoint consists of PSC connections that are created as a group in each VPC network for accessing the cluster. In each group, there shall be one connection for each service attachment in the cluster. "connections": [ # A group of PSC connections. They are created in the same VPC network, one for each service attachment in the cluster. { # Detailed information of each PSC connection. + "pscAutoConnection": { # Details of consumer resources in a PSC connection that is created through Service Connectivity Automation. # Detailed information of a PSC connection that is created through service connectivity automation. + "address": "A String", # Output only. The IP allocated on the consumer network for the PSC forwarding rule. + "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the PSC connection. + "forwardingRule": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the consumer side forwarding rule. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/regions/us-east1/forwardingRules/{resourceId}. + "network": "A String", # Required. The consumer network where the IP address resides, in the form of projects/{project_id}/global/networks/{network_id}. + "projectId": "A String", # Required. The consumer project_id where the forwarding rule is created from. + "pscConnectionId": "A String", # Output only. The PSC connection id of the forwarding rule connected to the service attachment. + "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # Output only. The status of the PSC connection. Please note that this value is updated periodically. Please use Private Service Connect APIs for the latest status. + "serviceAttachment": "A String", # Output only. The service attachment which is the target of the PSC connection, in the form of projects/{project-id}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{service-attachment-id}. + }, "pscConnection": { # Details of consumer resources in a PSC connection. # Detailed information of a PSC connection that is created by the customer who owns the cluster. "address": "A String", # Required. The IP allocated on the consumer network for the PSC forwarding rule. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the PSC connection. @@ -402,20 +412,30 @@

Method Details

"automatedBackupConfig": { # The automated backup config for a cluster. # Optional. The automated backup config for the cluster. "automatedBackupMode": "A String", # Optional. The automated backup mode. If the mode is disabled, the other fields will be ignored. "fixedFrequencySchedule": { # This schedule allows the backup to be triggered at a fixed frequency (currently only daily is supported). # Optional. Trigger automated backups at a fixed frequency. - "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. If not specified, the default value is the start of the hour when the automated backup config is enabled. For example, if the automated backup config is enabled at 10:13 AM UTC without specifying start_time, the default start time is 10:00 AM UTC. + "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Required. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. This field is required. "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59. "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999. "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, }, - "retention": "A String", # Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. If not specified, the default value is 100 years which is also the maximum value supported. The minimum value is 1 day. + "retention": "A String", # Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. The value should be between 1 day and 365 days. If not specified, the default value is 35 days. }, "backupCollection": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The backup collection full resource name. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection} "clusterEndpoints": [ # Optional. A list of cluster enpoints. { # ClusterEndpoint consists of PSC connections that are created as a group in each VPC network for accessing the cluster. In each group, there shall be one connection for each service attachment in the cluster. "connections": [ # A group of PSC connections. They are created in the same VPC network, one for each service attachment in the cluster. { # Detailed information of each PSC connection. + "pscAutoConnection": { # Details of consumer resources in a PSC connection that is created through Service Connectivity Automation. # Detailed information of a PSC connection that is created through service connectivity automation. + "address": "A String", # Output only. The IP allocated on the consumer network for the PSC forwarding rule. + "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the PSC connection. + "forwardingRule": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the consumer side forwarding rule. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/regions/us-east1/forwardingRules/{resourceId}. + "network": "A String", # Required. The consumer network where the IP address resides, in the form of projects/{project_id}/global/networks/{network_id}. + "projectId": "A String", # Required. The consumer project_id where the forwarding rule is created from. + "pscConnectionId": "A String", # Output only. The PSC connection id of the forwarding rule connected to the service attachment. + "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # Output only. The status of the PSC connection. Please note that this value is updated periodically. Please use Private Service Connect APIs for the latest status. + "serviceAttachment": "A String", # Output only. The service attachment which is the target of the PSC connection, in the form of projects/{project-id}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{service-attachment-id}. + }, "pscConnection": { # Details of consumer resources in a PSC connection. # Detailed information of a PSC connection that is created by the customer who owns the cluster. "address": "A String", # Required. The IP allocated on the consumer network for the PSC forwarding rule. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the PSC connection. @@ -603,20 +623,30 @@

Method Details

"automatedBackupConfig": { # The automated backup config for a cluster. # Optional. The automated backup config for the cluster. "automatedBackupMode": "A String", # Optional. The automated backup mode. If the mode is disabled, the other fields will be ignored. "fixedFrequencySchedule": { # This schedule allows the backup to be triggered at a fixed frequency (currently only daily is supported). # Optional. Trigger automated backups at a fixed frequency. - "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. If not specified, the default value is the start of the hour when the automated backup config is enabled. For example, if the automated backup config is enabled at 10:13 AM UTC without specifying start_time, the default start time is 10:00 AM UTC. + "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Required. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. This field is required. "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59. "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999. "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, }, - "retention": "A String", # Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. If not specified, the default value is 100 years which is also the maximum value supported. The minimum value is 1 day. + "retention": "A String", # Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. The value should be between 1 day and 365 days. If not specified, the default value is 35 days. }, "backupCollection": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The backup collection full resource name. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection} "clusterEndpoints": [ # Optional. A list of cluster enpoints. { # ClusterEndpoint consists of PSC connections that are created as a group in each VPC network for accessing the cluster. In each group, there shall be one connection for each service attachment in the cluster. "connections": [ # A group of PSC connections. They are created in the same VPC network, one for each service attachment in the cluster. { # Detailed information of each PSC connection. + "pscAutoConnection": { # Details of consumer resources in a PSC connection that is created through Service Connectivity Automation. # Detailed information of a PSC connection that is created through service connectivity automation. + "address": "A String", # Output only. The IP allocated on the consumer network for the PSC forwarding rule. + "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the PSC connection. + "forwardingRule": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the consumer side forwarding rule. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/regions/us-east1/forwardingRules/{resourceId}. + "network": "A String", # Required. The consumer network where the IP address resides, in the form of projects/{project_id}/global/networks/{network_id}. + "projectId": "A String", # Required. The consumer project_id where the forwarding rule is created from. + "pscConnectionId": "A String", # Output only. The PSC connection id of the forwarding rule connected to the service attachment. + "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # Output only. The status of the PSC connection. Please note that this value is updated periodically. Please use Private Service Connect APIs for the latest status. + "serviceAttachment": "A String", # Output only. The service attachment which is the target of the PSC connection, in the form of projects/{project-id}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{service-attachment-id}. + }, "pscConnection": { # Details of consumer resources in a PSC connection. # Detailed information of a PSC connection that is created by the customer who owns the cluster. "address": "A String", # Required. The IP allocated on the consumer network for the PSC forwarding rule. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the PSC connection. @@ -787,20 +817,30 @@

Method Details

"automatedBackupConfig": { # The automated backup config for a cluster. # Optional. The automated backup config for the cluster. "automatedBackupMode": "A String", # Optional. The automated backup mode. If the mode is disabled, the other fields will be ignored. "fixedFrequencySchedule": { # This schedule allows the backup to be triggered at a fixed frequency (currently only daily is supported). # Optional. Trigger automated backups at a fixed frequency. - "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. If not specified, the default value is the start of the hour when the automated backup config is enabled. For example, if the automated backup config is enabled at 10:13 AM UTC without specifying start_time, the default start time is 10:00 AM UTC. + "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Required. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. This field is required. "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59. "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999. "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. }, }, - "retention": "A String", # Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. If not specified, the default value is 100 years which is also the maximum value supported. The minimum value is 1 day. + "retention": "A String", # Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. The value should be between 1 day and 365 days. If not specified, the default value is 35 days. }, "backupCollection": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The backup collection full resource name. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection} "clusterEndpoints": [ # Optional. A list of cluster enpoints. { # ClusterEndpoint consists of PSC connections that are created as a group in each VPC network for accessing the cluster. In each group, there shall be one connection for each service attachment in the cluster. "connections": [ # A group of PSC connections. They are created in the same VPC network, one for each service attachment in the cluster. { # Detailed information of each PSC connection. + "pscAutoConnection": { # Details of consumer resources in a PSC connection that is created through Service Connectivity Automation. # Detailed information of a PSC connection that is created through service connectivity automation. + "address": "A String", # Output only. The IP allocated on the consumer network for the PSC forwarding rule. + "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the PSC connection. + "forwardingRule": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the consumer side forwarding rule. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/regions/us-east1/forwardingRules/{resourceId}. + "network": "A String", # Required. The consumer network where the IP address resides, in the form of projects/{project_id}/global/networks/{network_id}. + "projectId": "A String", # Required. The consumer project_id where the forwarding rule is created from. + "pscConnectionId": "A String", # Output only. The PSC connection id of the forwarding rule connected to the service attachment. + "pscConnectionStatus": "A String", # Output only. The status of the PSC connection. Please note that this value is updated periodically. Please use Private Service Connect APIs for the latest status. + "serviceAttachment": "A String", # Output only. The service attachment which is the target of the PSC connection, in the form of projects/{project-id}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{service-attachment-id}. + }, "pscConnection": { # Details of consumer resources in a PSC connection. # Detailed information of a PSC connection that is created by the customer who owns the cluster. "address": "A String", # Required. The IP allocated on the consumer network for the PSC forwarding rule. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the PSC connection. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.attackPaths.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.attackPaths.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..75cdb2fd151 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.attackPaths.html @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ + + + +

Security Command Center API . organizations . attackPaths

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists the attack paths for a set of simulation results or valued resources and filter.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists the attack paths for a set of simulation results or valued resources and filter.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Name of parent to list attack paths. Valid formats: `organizations/{organization}`, `organizations/{organization}/simulations/{simulation}` `organizations/{organization}/simulations/{simulation}/attackExposureResults/{attack_exposure_result_v2}` `organizations/{organization}/simulations/{simulation}/valuedResources/{valued_resource}` (required)
+  filter: string, The filter expression that filters the attack path in the response. Supported fields: * `valued_resources` supports =
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return in a single response. Default is 10, minimum is 1, maximum is 1000.
+  pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListAttackPathsResponse`; indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListAttackPaths` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for listing the attack paths for a given simulation or valued resource.
+  "attackPaths": [ # The attack paths that the attack path simulation identified.
+    { # A path that an attacker could take to reach an exposed resource.
+      "edges": [ # A list of the edges between nodes in this attack path.
+        { # Represents a connection between a source node and a destination node in this attack path.
+          "destination": "A String", # The attack node uuid of the destination node.
+          "source": "A String", # The attack node uuid of the source node.
+        },
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # The attack path name, for example, `organizations/12/simulation/34/valuedResources/56/attackPaths/78`
+      "pathNodes": [ # A list of nodes that exist in this attack path.
+        { # Represents one point that an attacker passes through in this attack path.
+          "associatedFindings": [ # The findings associated with this node in the attack path.
+            { # A finding that is associated with this node in the attack path.
+              "canonicalFinding": "A String", # Canonical name of the associated findings. Example: `organizations/123/sources/456/findings/789`
+              "findingCategory": "A String", # The additional taxonomy group within findings from a given source.
+              "name": "A String", # Full resource name of the finding.
+            },
+          ],
+          "attackSteps": [ # A list of attack step nodes that exist in this attack path node.
+            { # Detailed steps the attack can take between path nodes.
+              "description": "A String", # Attack step description
+              "displayName": "A String", # User friendly name of the attack step
+              "labels": { # Attack step labels for metadata
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "type": "A String", # Attack step type. Can be either AND, OR or DEFENSE
+              "uuid": "A String", # Unique ID for one Node
+            },
+          ],
+          "displayName": "A String", # Human-readable name of this resource.
+          "resource": "A String", # The name of the resource at this point in the attack path. The format of the name follows the Cloud Asset Inventory [resource name format](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/resource-name-format)
+          "resourceType": "A String", # The [supported resource type](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types)
+          "uuid": "A String", # Unique id of the attack path node.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.html index b4ab746e410..46bc1a276b4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.html @@ -79,6 +79,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the assets Resource.

+

+ attackPaths() +

+

Returns the attackPaths Resource.

+

bigQueryExports()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.operations.html index 3e04c9f0f34..8ea96807eae 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.operations.html @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Security Command Center API . cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

cancel(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta1.organizations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta1.organizations.operations.html
index 650413515eb..ba0dddf6021 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta1.organizations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta1.organizations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 

Security Command Center API . Instance Methods

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.configs.html b/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.configs.html
index 43061feeeec..f695ff03117 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.configs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.configs.html
@@ -259,6 +259,7 @@ 

Method Details

], }, "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. + "additionalIamInfo": "A String", # Optional information about the IAM configuration. This is typically used to link to documentation about a product's IAM roles and permissions. "documentationRootUrl": "A String", # The URL to the root of documentation. "overview": "A String", # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field. "pages": [ # The top level pages for the documentation set. @@ -516,6 +517,9 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "renamedServices": { # Map of service names to renamed services. Keys are the package relative service names and values are the name to be used for the service client and call options. publishing: go_settings: renamed_services: Publisher: TopicAdmin + "a_key": "A String", + }, }, "javaSettings": { # Settings for Java client libraries. # Settings for legacy Java features, supported in the Service YAML. "common": { # Required information for every language. # Some settings. @@ -921,6 +925,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. + "additionalIamInfo": "A String", # Optional information about the IAM configuration. This is typically used to link to documentation about a product's IAM roles and permissions. "documentationRootUrl": "A String", # The URL to the root of documentation. "overview": "A String", # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field. "pages": [ # The top level pages for the documentation set. @@ -1178,6 +1183,9 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "renamedServices": { # Map of service names to renamed services. Keys are the package relative service names and values are the name to be used for the service client and call options. publishing: go_settings: renamed_services: Publisher: TopicAdmin + "a_key": "A String", + }, }, "javaSettings": { # Settings for Java client libraries. # Settings for legacy Java features, supported in the Service YAML. "common": { # Required information for every language. # Some settings. @@ -1595,6 +1603,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. + "additionalIamInfo": "A String", # Optional information about the IAM configuration. This is typically used to link to documentation about a product's IAM roles and permissions. "documentationRootUrl": "A String", # The URL to the root of documentation. "overview": "A String", # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field. "pages": [ # The top level pages for the documentation set. @@ -1852,6 +1861,9 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "renamedServices": { # Map of service names to renamed services. Keys are the package relative service names and values are the name to be used for the service client and call options. publishing: go_settings: renamed_services: Publisher: TopicAdmin + "a_key": "A String", + }, }, "javaSettings": { # Settings for Java client libraries. # Settings for legacy Java features, supported in the Service YAML. "common": { # Required information for every language. # Some settings. @@ -2269,6 +2281,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. + "additionalIamInfo": "A String", # Optional information about the IAM configuration. This is typically used to link to documentation about a product's IAM roles and permissions. "documentationRootUrl": "A String", # The URL to the root of documentation. "overview": "A String", # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field. "pages": [ # The top level pages for the documentation set. @@ -2526,6 +2539,9 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "renamedServices": { # Map of service names to renamed services. Keys are the package relative service names and values are the name to be used for the service client and call options. publishing: go_settings: renamed_services: Publisher: TopicAdmin + "a_key": "A String", + }, }, "javaSettings": { # Settings for Java client libraries. # Settings for legacy Java features, supported in the Service YAML. "common": { # Required information for every language. # Some settings. diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html b/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html index 744df2668dd..2e2c9a434d4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html @@ -454,6 +454,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "documentation": { # `Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation. # Additional API documentation. + "additionalIamInfo": "A String", # Optional information about the IAM configuration. This is typically used to link to documentation about a product's IAM roles and permissions. "documentationRootUrl": "A String", # The URL to the root of documentation. "overview": "A String", # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field. "pages": [ # The top level pages for the documentation set. @@ -711,6 +712,9 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "renamedServices": { # Map of service names to renamed services. Keys are the package relative service names and values are the name to be used for the service client and call options. publishing: go_settings: renamed_services: Publisher: TopicAdmin + "a_key": "A String", + }, }, "javaSettings": { # Settings for Java client libraries. # Settings for legacy Java features, supported in the Service YAML. "common": { # Required information for every language. # Some settings. diff --git a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.versions.html b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.versions.html index 88710edcb07..ebd7da3cf6c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.versions.html @@ -225,6 +225,7 @@

Method Details

"owner": "A String", # The name of the owner for the community gallery template. "repository": "A String", # The name of the repository for the community gallery template. "signature": "A String", # The signature of the community gallery template as computed at import time. This value is recomputed whenever the template is updated from the gallery. + "templateDeveloperId": "A String", # The developer id of the community gallery template. This value is set whenever the template is created from the gallery. "version": "A String", # The version of the community gallery template. }, "name": "A String", # Custom Template display name. @@ -944,6 +945,7 @@

Method Details

"owner": "A String", # The name of the owner for the community gallery template. "repository": "A String", # The name of the repository for the community gallery template. "signature": "A String", # The signature of the community gallery template as computed at import time. This value is recomputed whenever the template is updated from the gallery. + "templateDeveloperId": "A String", # The developer id of the community gallery template. This value is set whenever the template is created from the gallery. "version": "A String", # The version of the community gallery template. }, "name": "A String", # Custom Template display name. @@ -1666,6 +1668,7 @@

Method Details

"owner": "A String", # The name of the owner for the community gallery template. "repository": "A String", # The name of the repository for the community gallery template. "signature": "A String", # The signature of the community gallery template as computed at import time. This value is recomputed whenever the template is updated from the gallery. + "templateDeveloperId": "A String", # The developer id of the community gallery template. This value is set whenever the template is created from the gallery. "version": "A String", # The version of the community gallery template. }, "name": "A String", # Custom Template display name. @@ -2386,6 +2389,7 @@

Method Details

"owner": "A String", # The name of the owner for the community gallery template. "repository": "A String", # The name of the repository for the community gallery template. "signature": "A String", # The signature of the community gallery template as computed at import time. This value is recomputed whenever the template is updated from the gallery. + "templateDeveloperId": "A String", # The developer id of the community gallery template. This value is set whenever the template is created from the gallery. "version": "A String", # The version of the community gallery template. }, "name": "A String", # Custom Template display name. @@ -3105,6 +3109,7 @@

Method Details

"owner": "A String", # The name of the owner for the community gallery template. "repository": "A String", # The name of the repository for the community gallery template. "signature": "A String", # The signature of the community gallery template as computed at import time. This value is recomputed whenever the template is updated from the gallery. + "templateDeveloperId": "A String", # The developer id of the community gallery template. This value is set whenever the template is created from the gallery. "version": "A String", # The version of the community gallery template. }, "name": "A String", # Custom Template display name. @@ -3819,6 +3824,7 @@

Method Details

"owner": "A String", # The name of the owner for the community gallery template. "repository": "A String", # The name of the repository for the community gallery template. "signature": "A String", # The signature of the community gallery template as computed at import time. This value is recomputed whenever the template is updated from the gallery. + "templateDeveloperId": "A String", # The developer id of the community gallery template. This value is set whenever the template is created from the gallery. "version": "A String", # The version of the community gallery template. }, "name": "A String", # Custom Template display name. @@ -4532,6 +4538,7 @@

Method Details

"owner": "A String", # The name of the owner for the community gallery template. "repository": "A String", # The name of the repository for the community gallery template. "signature": "A String", # The signature of the community gallery template as computed at import time. This value is recomputed whenever the template is updated from the gallery. + "templateDeveloperId": "A String", # The developer id of the community gallery template. This value is set whenever the template is created from the gallery. "version": "A String", # The version of the community gallery template. }, "name": "A String", # Custom Template display name. diff --git a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.html b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.html index 5d94df6432b..2aaad09bb74 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.html +++ b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.html @@ -323,6 +323,7 @@

Method Details

"owner": "A String", # The name of the owner for the community gallery template. "repository": "A String", # The name of the repository for the community gallery template. "signature": "A String", # The signature of the community gallery template as computed at import time. This value is recomputed whenever the template is updated from the gallery. + "templateDeveloperId": "A String", # The developer id of the community gallery template. This value is set whenever the template is created from the gallery. "version": "A String", # The version of the community gallery template. }, "name": "A String", # Custom Template display name. @@ -1045,6 +1046,7 @@

Method Details

"owner": "A String", # The name of the owner for the community gallery template. "repository": "A String", # The name of the repository for the community gallery template. "signature": "A String", # The signature of the community gallery template as computed at import time. This value is recomputed whenever the template is updated from the gallery. + "templateDeveloperId": "A String", # The developer id of the community gallery template. This value is set whenever the template is created from the gallery. "version": "A String", # The version of the community gallery template. }, "name": "A String", # Custom Template display name. @@ -1682,6 +1684,7 @@

Method Details

"owner": "A String", # The name of the owner for the community gallery template. "repository": "A String", # The name of the repository for the community gallery template. "signature": "A String", # The signature of the community gallery template as computed at import time. This value is recomputed whenever the template is updated from the gallery. + "templateDeveloperId": "A String", # The developer id of the community gallery template. This value is set whenever the template is created from the gallery. "version": "A String", # The version of the community gallery template. }, "name": "A String", # Custom Template display name. @@ -2322,6 +2325,7 @@

Method Details

"owner": "A String", # The name of the owner for the community gallery template. "repository": "A String", # The name of the repository for the community gallery template. "signature": "A String", # The signature of the community gallery template as computed at import time. This value is recomputed whenever the template is updated from the gallery. + "templateDeveloperId": "A String", # The developer id of the community gallery template. This value is set whenever the template is created from the gallery. "version": "A String", # The version of the community gallery template. }, "name": "A String", # Custom Template display name. @@ -3070,6 +3074,7 @@

Method Details

"owner": "A String", # The name of the owner for the community gallery template. "repository": "A String", # The name of the repository for the community gallery template. "signature": "A String", # The signature of the community gallery template as computed at import time. This value is recomputed whenever the template is updated from the gallery. + "templateDeveloperId": "A String", # The developer id of the community gallery template. This value is set whenever the template is created from the gallery. "version": "A String", # The version of the community gallery template. }, "name": "A String", # Custom Template display name. @@ -3744,6 +3749,7 @@

Method Details

"owner": "A String", # The name of the owner for the community gallery template. "repository": "A String", # The name of the repository for the community gallery template. "signature": "A String", # The signature of the community gallery template as computed at import time. This value is recomputed whenever the template is updated from the gallery. + "templateDeveloperId": "A String", # The developer id of the community gallery template. This value is set whenever the template is created from the gallery. "version": "A String", # The version of the community gallery template. }, "name": "A String", # Custom Template display name. @@ -4407,6 +4413,7 @@

Method Details

"owner": "A String", # The name of the owner for the community gallery template. "repository": "A String", # The name of the repository for the community gallery template. "signature": "A String", # The signature of the community gallery template as computed at import time. This value is recomputed whenever the template is updated from the gallery. + "templateDeveloperId": "A String", # The developer id of the community gallery template. This value is set whenever the template is created from the gallery. "version": "A String", # The version of the community gallery template. }, "name": "A String", # Custom Template display name. @@ -5044,6 +5051,7 @@

Method Details

"owner": "A String", # The name of the owner for the community gallery template. "repository": "A String", # The name of the repository for the community gallery template. "signature": "A String", # The signature of the community gallery template as computed at import time. This value is recomputed whenever the template is updated from the gallery. + "templateDeveloperId": "A String", # The developer id of the community gallery template. This value is set whenever the template is created from the gallery. "version": "A String", # The version of the community gallery template. }, "name": "A String", # Custom Template display name. diff --git a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.templates.html b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.templates.html index 660e34fb4c5..e04e6ea8912 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.templates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.templates.html @@ -123,6 +123,7 @@

Method Details

"owner": "A String", # The name of the owner for the community gallery template. "repository": "A String", # The name of the repository for the community gallery template. "signature": "A String", # The signature of the community gallery template as computed at import time. This value is recomputed whenever the template is updated from the gallery. + "templateDeveloperId": "A String", # The developer id of the community gallery template. This value is set whenever the template is created from the gallery. "version": "A String", # The version of the community gallery template. }, "name": "A String", # Custom Template display name. @@ -151,6 +152,7 @@

Method Details

"owner": "A String", # The name of the owner for the community gallery template. "repository": "A String", # The name of the repository for the community gallery template. "signature": "A String", # The signature of the community gallery template as computed at import time. This value is recomputed whenever the template is updated from the gallery. + "templateDeveloperId": "A String", # The developer id of the community gallery template. This value is set whenever the template is created from the gallery. "version": "A String", # The version of the community gallery template. }, "name": "A String", # Custom Template display name. @@ -199,6 +201,7 @@

Method Details

"owner": "A String", # The name of the owner for the community gallery template. "repository": "A String", # The name of the repository for the community gallery template. "signature": "A String", # The signature of the community gallery template as computed at import time. This value is recomputed whenever the template is updated from the gallery. + "templateDeveloperId": "A String", # The developer id of the community gallery template. This value is set whenever the template is created from the gallery. "version": "A String", # The version of the community gallery template. }, "name": "A String", # Custom Template display name. @@ -238,6 +241,7 @@

Method Details

"owner": "A String", # The name of the owner for the community gallery template. "repository": "A String", # The name of the repository for the community gallery template. "signature": "A String", # The signature of the community gallery template as computed at import time. This value is recomputed whenever the template is updated from the gallery. + "templateDeveloperId": "A String", # The developer id of the community gallery template. This value is set whenever the template is created from the gallery. "version": "A String", # The version of the community gallery template. }, "name": "A String", # Custom Template display name. @@ -291,6 +295,7 @@

Method Details

"owner": "A String", # The name of the owner for the community gallery template. "repository": "A String", # The name of the repository for the community gallery template. "signature": "A String", # The signature of the community gallery template as computed at import time. This value is recomputed whenever the template is updated from the gallery. + "templateDeveloperId": "A String", # The developer id of the community gallery template. This value is set whenever the template is created from the gallery. "version": "A String", # The version of the community gallery template. }, "name": "A String", # Custom Template display name. @@ -322,6 +327,7 @@

Method Details

"owner": "A String", # The name of the owner for the community gallery template. "repository": "A String", # The name of the repository for the community gallery template. "signature": "A String", # The signature of the community gallery template as computed at import time. This value is recomputed whenever the template is updated from the gallery. + "templateDeveloperId": "A String", # The developer id of the community gallery template. This value is set whenever the template is created from the gallery. "version": "A String", # The version of the community gallery template. }, "name": "A String", # Custom Template display name. @@ -351,6 +357,7 @@

Method Details

"owner": "A String", # The name of the owner for the community gallery template. "repository": "A String", # The name of the repository for the community gallery template. "signature": "A String", # The signature of the community gallery template as computed at import time. This value is recomputed whenever the template is updated from the gallery. + "templateDeveloperId": "A String", # The developer id of the community gallery template. This value is set whenever the template is created from the gallery. "version": "A String", # The version of the community gallery template. }, "name": "A String", # Custom Template display name. diff --git a/docs/dyn/vault_v1.operations.html b/docs/dyn/vault_v1.operations.html index 30a594efba0..e3136fa990f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vault_v1.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vault_v1.operations.html @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Google Vault API . cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.jwt.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.jwt.html
index dc46b41bda8..21369eb3404 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.jwt.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.jwt.html
@@ -11640,7 +11640,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, }, "countryCode": "A String", # Country code used to display the card's country (when the user is not in that country), as well as to display localized content when content is not available in the user's locale. - "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Android Pay app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. + "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Wallet app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. "merchantSigninInfo": { # Information about the merchant hosted signin flow for a program. # Information about the ability to signin and add a valuable for this program through a merchant site. Used when MERCHANT_HOSTED_SIGNIN is enabled. "signinWebsite": { # The URL to direct the user to for the merchant's signin site. "description": "A String", # The URI's title appearing in the app as text. Recommended maximum is 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. Note that in some contexts this text is not used, such as when `description` is part of an image. @@ -13141,7 +13141,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "countryCode": "A String", # Country code used to display the card's country (when the user is not in that country), as well as to display localized content when content is not available in the user's locale. - "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Android Pay app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. + "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Wallet app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. "merchantSigninInfo": { # Information about the merchant hosted signin flow for a program. # Information about the ability to signin and add a valuable for this program through a merchant site. Used when MERCHANT_HOSTED_SIGNIN is enabled. "signinWebsite": { # The URL to direct the user to for the merchant's signin site. "description": "A String", # The URI's title appearing in the app as text. Recommended maximum is 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. Note that in some contexts this text is not used, such as when `description` is part of an image. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyclass.html index bf3d4f4d28c..b2f0d0721cb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyclass.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyclass.html @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "countryCode": "A String", # Country code used to display the card's country (when the user is not in that country), as well as to display localized content when content is not available in the user's locale. - "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Android Pay app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. + "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Wallet app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. "merchantSigninInfo": { # Information about the merchant hosted signin flow for a program. # Information about the ability to signin and add a valuable for this program through a merchant site. Used when MERCHANT_HOSTED_SIGNIN is enabled. "signinWebsite": { # The URL to direct the user to for the merchant's signin site. "description": "A String", # The URI's title appearing in the app as text. Recommended maximum is 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. Note that in some contexts this text is not used, such as when `description` is part of an image. @@ -1881,7 +1881,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "countryCode": "A String", # Country code used to display the card's country (when the user is not in that country), as well as to display localized content when content is not available in the user's locale. - "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Android Pay app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. + "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Wallet app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. "merchantSigninInfo": { # Information about the merchant hosted signin flow for a program. # Information about the ability to signin and add a valuable for this program through a merchant site. Used when MERCHANT_HOSTED_SIGNIN is enabled. "signinWebsite": { # The URL to direct the user to for the merchant's signin site. "description": "A String", # The URI's title appearing in the app as text. Recommended maximum is 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. Note that in some contexts this text is not used, such as when `description` is part of an image. @@ -3068,7 +3068,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "countryCode": "A String", # Country code used to display the card's country (when the user is not in that country), as well as to display localized content when content is not available in the user's locale. - "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Android Pay app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. + "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Wallet app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. "merchantSigninInfo": { # Information about the merchant hosted signin flow for a program. # Information about the ability to signin and add a valuable for this program through a merchant site. Used when MERCHANT_HOSTED_SIGNIN is enabled. "signinWebsite": { # The URL to direct the user to for the merchant's signin site. "description": "A String", # The URI's title appearing in the app as text. Recommended maximum is 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. Note that in some contexts this text is not used, such as when `description` is part of an image. @@ -4254,7 +4254,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "countryCode": "A String", # Country code used to display the card's country (when the user is not in that country), as well as to display localized content when content is not available in the user's locale. - "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Android Pay app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. + "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Wallet app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. "merchantSigninInfo": { # Information about the merchant hosted signin flow for a program. # Information about the ability to signin and add a valuable for this program through a merchant site. Used when MERCHANT_HOSTED_SIGNIN is enabled. "signinWebsite": { # The URL to direct the user to for the merchant's signin site. "description": "A String", # The URI's title appearing in the app as text. Recommended maximum is 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. Note that in some contexts this text is not used, such as when `description` is part of an image. @@ -5456,7 +5456,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "countryCode": "A String", # Country code used to display the card's country (when the user is not in that country), as well as to display localized content when content is not available in the user's locale. - "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Android Pay app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. + "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Wallet app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. "merchantSigninInfo": { # Information about the merchant hosted signin flow for a program. # Information about the ability to signin and add a valuable for this program through a merchant site. Used when MERCHANT_HOSTED_SIGNIN is enabled. "signinWebsite": { # The URL to direct the user to for the merchant's signin site. "description": "A String", # The URI's title appearing in the app as text. Recommended maximum is 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. Note that in some contexts this text is not used, such as when `description` is part of an image. @@ -6646,7 +6646,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "countryCode": "A String", # Country code used to display the card's country (when the user is not in that country), as well as to display localized content when content is not available in the user's locale. - "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Android Pay app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. + "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Wallet app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. "merchantSigninInfo": { # Information about the merchant hosted signin flow for a program. # Information about the ability to signin and add a valuable for this program through a merchant site. Used when MERCHANT_HOSTED_SIGNIN is enabled. "signinWebsite": { # The URL to direct the user to for the merchant's signin site. "description": "A String", # The URI's title appearing in the app as text. Recommended maximum is 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. Note that in some contexts this text is not used, such as when `description` is part of an image. @@ -7832,7 +7832,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "countryCode": "A String", # Country code used to display the card's country (when the user is not in that country), as well as to display localized content when content is not available in the user's locale. - "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Android Pay app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. + "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Wallet app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. "merchantSigninInfo": { # Information about the merchant hosted signin flow for a program. # Information about the ability to signin and add a valuable for this program through a merchant site. Used when MERCHANT_HOSTED_SIGNIN is enabled. "signinWebsite": { # The URL to direct the user to for the merchant's signin site. "description": "A String", # The URI's title appearing in the app as text. Recommended maximum is 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. Note that in some contexts this text is not used, such as when `description` is part of an image. @@ -9020,7 +9020,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "countryCode": "A String", # Country code used to display the card's country (when the user is not in that country), as well as to display localized content when content is not available in the user's locale. - "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Android Pay app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. + "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Wallet app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. "merchantSigninInfo": { # Information about the merchant hosted signin flow for a program. # Information about the ability to signin and add a valuable for this program through a merchant site. Used when MERCHANT_HOSTED_SIGNIN is enabled. "signinWebsite": { # The URL to direct the user to for the merchant's signin site. "description": "A String", # The URI's title appearing in the app as text. Recommended maximum is 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. Note that in some contexts this text is not used, such as when `description` is part of an image. @@ -10206,7 +10206,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "countryCode": "A String", # Country code used to display the card's country (when the user is not in that country), as well as to display localized content when content is not available in the user's locale. - "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Android Pay app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. + "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Wallet app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. "merchantSigninInfo": { # Information about the merchant hosted signin flow for a program. # Information about the ability to signin and add a valuable for this program through a merchant site. Used when MERCHANT_HOSTED_SIGNIN is enabled. "signinWebsite": { # The URL to direct the user to for the merchant's signin site. "description": "A String", # The URI's title appearing in the app as text. Recommended maximum is 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. Note that in some contexts this text is not used, such as when `description` is part of an image. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyobject.html index decb0af8210..ea6e0196e37 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyobject.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyobject.html @@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "countryCode": "A String", # Country code used to display the card's country (when the user is not in that country), as well as to display localized content when content is not available in the user's locale. - "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Android Pay app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. + "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Wallet app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. "merchantSigninInfo": { # Information about the merchant hosted signin flow for a program. # Information about the ability to signin and add a valuable for this program through a merchant site. Used when MERCHANT_HOSTED_SIGNIN is enabled. "signinWebsite": { # The URL to direct the user to for the merchant's signin site. "description": "A String", # The URI's title appearing in the app as text. Recommended maximum is 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. Note that in some contexts this text is not used, such as when `description` is part of an image. @@ -2989,7 +2989,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "countryCode": "A String", # Country code used to display the card's country (when the user is not in that country), as well as to display localized content when content is not available in the user's locale. - "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Android Pay app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. + "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Wallet app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. "merchantSigninInfo": { # Information about the merchant hosted signin flow for a program. # Information about the ability to signin and add a valuable for this program through a merchant site. Used when MERCHANT_HOSTED_SIGNIN is enabled. "signinWebsite": { # The URL to direct the user to for the merchant's signin site. "description": "A String", # The URI's title appearing in the app as text. Recommended maximum is 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. Note that in some contexts this text is not used, such as when `description` is part of an image. @@ -4959,7 +4959,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "countryCode": "A String", # Country code used to display the card's country (when the user is not in that country), as well as to display localized content when content is not available in the user's locale. - "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Android Pay app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. + "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Wallet app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. "merchantSigninInfo": { # Information about the merchant hosted signin flow for a program. # Information about the ability to signin and add a valuable for this program through a merchant site. Used when MERCHANT_HOSTED_SIGNIN is enabled. "signinWebsite": { # The URL to direct the user to for the merchant's signin site. "description": "A String", # The URI's title appearing in the app as text. Recommended maximum is 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. Note that in some contexts this text is not used, such as when `description` is part of an image. @@ -6928,7 +6928,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "countryCode": "A String", # Country code used to display the card's country (when the user is not in that country), as well as to display localized content when content is not available in the user's locale. - "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Android Pay app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. + "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Wallet app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. "merchantSigninInfo": { # Information about the merchant hosted signin flow for a program. # Information about the ability to signin and add a valuable for this program through a merchant site. Used when MERCHANT_HOSTED_SIGNIN is enabled. "signinWebsite": { # The URL to direct the user to for the merchant's signin site. "description": "A String", # The URI's title appearing in the app as text. Recommended maximum is 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. Note that in some contexts this text is not used, such as when `description` is part of an image. @@ -8913,7 +8913,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "countryCode": "A String", # Country code used to display the card's country (when the user is not in that country), as well as to display localized content when content is not available in the user's locale. - "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Android Pay app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. + "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Wallet app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. "merchantSigninInfo": { # Information about the merchant hosted signin flow for a program. # Information about the ability to signin and add a valuable for this program through a merchant site. Used when MERCHANT_HOSTED_SIGNIN is enabled. "signinWebsite": { # The URL to direct the user to for the merchant's signin site. "description": "A String", # The URI's title appearing in the app as text. Recommended maximum is 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. Note that in some contexts this text is not used, such as when `description` is part of an image. @@ -10905,7 +10905,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "countryCode": "A String", # Country code used to display the card's country (when the user is not in that country), as well as to display localized content when content is not available in the user's locale. - "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Android Pay app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. + "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Wallet app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. "merchantSigninInfo": { # Information about the merchant hosted signin flow for a program. # Information about the ability to signin and add a valuable for this program through a merchant site. Used when MERCHANT_HOSTED_SIGNIN is enabled. "signinWebsite": { # The URL to direct the user to for the merchant's signin site. "description": "A String", # The URI's title appearing in the app as text. Recommended maximum is 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. Note that in some contexts this text is not used, such as when `description` is part of an image. @@ -12876,7 +12876,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "countryCode": "A String", # Country code used to display the card's country (when the user is not in that country), as well as to display localized content when content is not available in the user's locale. - "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Android Pay app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. + "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Wallet app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. "merchantSigninInfo": { # Information about the merchant hosted signin flow for a program. # Information about the ability to signin and add a valuable for this program through a merchant site. Used when MERCHANT_HOSTED_SIGNIN is enabled. "signinWebsite": { # The URL to direct the user to for the merchant's signin site. "description": "A String", # The URI's title appearing in the app as text. Recommended maximum is 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. Note that in some contexts this text is not used, such as when `description` is part of an image. @@ -14845,7 +14845,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "countryCode": "A String", # Country code used to display the card's country (when the user is not in that country), as well as to display localized content when content is not available in the user's locale. - "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Android Pay app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. + "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Wallet app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. "merchantSigninInfo": { # Information about the merchant hosted signin flow for a program. # Information about the ability to signin and add a valuable for this program through a merchant site. Used when MERCHANT_HOSTED_SIGNIN is enabled. "signinWebsite": { # The URL to direct the user to for the merchant's signin site. "description": "A String", # The URI's title appearing in the app as text. Recommended maximum is 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. Note that in some contexts this text is not used, such as when `description` is part of an image. @@ -16816,7 +16816,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "countryCode": "A String", # Country code used to display the card's country (when the user is not in that country), as well as to display localized content when content is not available in the user's locale. - "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Android Pay app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. + "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Wallet app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. "merchantSigninInfo": { # Information about the merchant hosted signin flow for a program. # Information about the ability to signin and add a valuable for this program through a merchant site. Used when MERCHANT_HOSTED_SIGNIN is enabled. "signinWebsite": { # The URL to direct the user to for the merchant's signin site. "description": "A String", # The URI's title appearing in the app as text. Recommended maximum is 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. Note that in some contexts this text is not used, such as when `description` is part of an image. @@ -18785,7 +18785,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "countryCode": "A String", # Country code used to display the card's country (when the user is not in that country), as well as to display localized content when content is not available in the user's locale. - "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Android Pay app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. + "discoverableProgram": { # Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Wallet app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering. # Information about how the class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Pay app. "merchantSigninInfo": { # Information about the merchant hosted signin flow for a program. # Information about the ability to signin and add a valuable for this program through a merchant site. Used when MERCHANT_HOSTED_SIGNIN is enabled. "signinWebsite": { # The URL to direct the user to for the merchant's signin site. "description": "A String", # The URI's title appearing in the app as text. Recommended maximum is 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. Note that in some contexts this text is not used, such as when `description` is part of an image. diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.operations.html index e321e6c9456..158f7fe077b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Cloud Workstations API . cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html
index 0334504f62e..a952473013f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html
@@ -196,8 +196,8 @@ 

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `"nvidia-tesla-p100"`. }, ], - "boostConfigs": [ # Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. - { # A configuration that workstations can boost to. + "boostConfigs": [ # Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. If specified, users will have the option to choose from the list of boost configs when starting a workstation. + { # A boost configuration is a set of resources that a workstation can use to increase its performance. If a boost configuration is specified, when starting a workstation, users can choose to use a VM provisioned under the boost config by passing the boost config id in the start request. If no boost config id is provided in the start request, the system will choose a VM from the pool provisioned under the default config. "accelerators": [ # Optional. A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the boost instance. Defaults to `none`. { # An accelerator card attached to the instance. "count": 42, # Optional. Number of accelerator cards exposed to the instance. @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@

Method Details

], "bootDiskSizeGb": 42, # Optional. The size of the boot disk for the VM in gigabytes (GB). The minimum boot disk size is `30` GB. Defaults to `50` GB. "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on boosted Cloud Workstations VMs running using this boost configuration. Defaults to false. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on boost configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. - "id": "A String", # Optional. Required. The id to be used for the boost configuration. + "id": "A String", # Required. The id to be used for the boost configuration. "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The type of machine that boosted VM instances will use—for example, `e2-standard-4`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). Defaults to `e2-standard-4`. "poolSize": 42, # Optional. The number of boost VMs that the system should keep idle so that workstations can be boosted quickly. Defaults to `0`. }, @@ -420,8 +420,8 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `"nvidia-tesla-p100"`. }, ], - "boostConfigs": [ # Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. - { # A configuration that workstations can boost to. + "boostConfigs": [ # Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. If specified, users will have the option to choose from the list of boost configs when starting a workstation. + { # A boost configuration is a set of resources that a workstation can use to increase its performance. If a boost configuration is specified, when starting a workstation, users can choose to use a VM provisioned under the boost config by passing the boost config id in the start request. If no boost config id is provided in the start request, the system will choose a VM from the pool provisioned under the default config. "accelerators": [ # Optional. A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the boost instance. Defaults to `none`. { # An accelerator card attached to the instance. "count": 42, # Optional. Number of accelerator cards exposed to the instance. @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@

Method Details

], "bootDiskSizeGb": 42, # Optional. The size of the boot disk for the VM in gigabytes (GB). The minimum boot disk size is `30` GB. Defaults to `50` GB. "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on boosted Cloud Workstations VMs running using this boost configuration. Defaults to false. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on boost configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. - "id": "A String", # Optional. Required. The id to be used for the boost configuration. + "id": "A String", # Required. The id to be used for the boost configuration. "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The type of machine that boosted VM instances will use—for example, `e2-standard-4`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). Defaults to `e2-standard-4`. "poolSize": 42, # Optional. The number of boost VMs that the system should keep idle so that workstations can be boosted quickly. Defaults to `0`. }, @@ -632,8 +632,8 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `"nvidia-tesla-p100"`. }, ], - "boostConfigs": [ # Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. - { # A configuration that workstations can boost to. + "boostConfigs": [ # Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. If specified, users will have the option to choose from the list of boost configs when starting a workstation. + { # A boost configuration is a set of resources that a workstation can use to increase its performance. If a boost configuration is specified, when starting a workstation, users can choose to use a VM provisioned under the boost config by passing the boost config id in the start request. If no boost config id is provided in the start request, the system will choose a VM from the pool provisioned under the default config. "accelerators": [ # Optional. A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the boost instance. Defaults to `none`. { # An accelerator card attached to the instance. "count": 42, # Optional. Number of accelerator cards exposed to the instance. @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@

Method Details

], "bootDiskSizeGb": 42, # Optional. The size of the boot disk for the VM in gigabytes (GB). The minimum boot disk size is `30` GB. Defaults to `50` GB. "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on boosted Cloud Workstations VMs running using this boost configuration. Defaults to false. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on boost configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. - "id": "A String", # Optional. Required. The id to be used for the boost configuration. + "id": "A String", # Required. The id to be used for the boost configuration. "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The type of machine that boosted VM instances will use—for example, `e2-standard-4`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). Defaults to `e2-standard-4`. "poolSize": 42, # Optional. The number of boost VMs that the system should keep idle so that workstations can be boosted quickly. Defaults to `0`. }, @@ -798,8 +798,8 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `"nvidia-tesla-p100"`. }, ], - "boostConfigs": [ # Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. - { # A configuration that workstations can boost to. + "boostConfigs": [ # Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. If specified, users will have the option to choose from the list of boost configs when starting a workstation. + { # A boost configuration is a set of resources that a workstation can use to increase its performance. If a boost configuration is specified, when starting a workstation, users can choose to use a VM provisioned under the boost config by passing the boost config id in the start request. If no boost config id is provided in the start request, the system will choose a VM from the pool provisioned under the default config. "accelerators": [ # Optional. A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the boost instance. Defaults to `none`. { # An accelerator card attached to the instance. "count": 42, # Optional. Number of accelerator cards exposed to the instance. @@ -808,7 +808,7 @@

Method Details

], "bootDiskSizeGb": 42, # Optional. The size of the boot disk for the VM in gigabytes (GB). The minimum boot disk size is `30` GB. Defaults to `50` GB. "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on boosted Cloud Workstations VMs running using this boost configuration. Defaults to false. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on boost configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. - "id": "A String", # Optional. Required. The id to be used for the boost configuration. + "id": "A String", # Required. The id to be used for the boost configuration. "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The type of machine that boosted VM instances will use—for example, `e2-standard-4`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). Defaults to `e2-standard-4`. "poolSize": 42, # Optional. The number of boost VMs that the system should keep idle so that workstations can be boosted quickly. Defaults to `0`. }, @@ -979,8 +979,8 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `"nvidia-tesla-p100"`. }, ], - "boostConfigs": [ # Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. - { # A configuration that workstations can boost to. + "boostConfigs": [ # Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. If specified, users will have the option to choose from the list of boost configs when starting a workstation. + { # A boost configuration is a set of resources that a workstation can use to increase its performance. If a boost configuration is specified, when starting a workstation, users can choose to use a VM provisioned under the boost config by passing the boost config id in the start request. If no boost config id is provided in the start request, the system will choose a VM from the pool provisioned under the default config. "accelerators": [ # Optional. A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the boost instance. Defaults to `none`. { # An accelerator card attached to the instance. "count": 42, # Optional. Number of accelerator cards exposed to the instance. @@ -989,7 +989,7 @@

Method Details

], "bootDiskSizeGb": 42, # Optional. The size of the boot disk for the VM in gigabytes (GB). The minimum boot disk size is `30` GB. Defaults to `50` GB. "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on boosted Cloud Workstations VMs running using this boost configuration. Defaults to false. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on boost configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. - "id": "A String", # Optional. Required. The id to be used for the boost configuration. + "id": "A String", # Required. The id to be used for the boost configuration. "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The type of machine that boosted VM instances will use—for example, `e2-standard-4`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). Defaults to `e2-standard-4`. "poolSize": 42, # Optional. The number of boost VMs that the system should keep idle so that workstations can be boosted quickly. Defaults to `0`. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html index 4ac2b6143ae..358beae540b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

Instance Methods

Deletes the specified workstation.

generateAccessToken(workstation, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns a short-lived credential that can be used to send authenticated and authorized traffic to a workstation.

+

Returns a short-lived credential that can be used to send authenticated and authorized traffic to a workstation. Once generated this token cannot be revoked and is good for the lifetime of the token.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the requested workstation.

@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@

Method Details

generateAccessToken(workstation, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns a short-lived credential that can be used to send authenticated and authorized traffic to a workstation.
+  
Returns a short-lived credential that can be used to send authenticated and authorized traffic to a workstation. Once generated this token cannot be revoked and is good for the lifetime of the token.
 
 Args:
   workstation: string, Required. Name of the workstation for which the access token should be generated. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html
index ab017aaf829..4c31f3a1d8a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 

Cloud Workstations API . cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html
index f31a1fbac05..cc7d648ce9b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.html
@@ -196,8 +196,8 @@ 

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `"nvidia-tesla-p100"`. }, ], - "boostConfigs": [ # Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. - { # A configuration that workstations can boost to. + "boostConfigs": [ # Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. If specified, users will have the option to choose from the list of boost configs when starting a workstation. + { # A boost configuration is a set of resources that a workstation can use to increase its performance. If a boost configuration is specified, when starting a workstation, users can choose to use a VM provisioned under the boost config by passing the boost config id in the start request. If no boost config id is provided in the start request, the system will choose a VM from the pool provisioned under the default config. "accelerators": [ # Optional. A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the boost instance. Defaults to `none`. { # An accelerator card attached to the instance. "count": 42, # Optional. Number of accelerator cards exposed to the instance. @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@

Method Details

], "bootDiskSizeGb": 42, # Optional. The size of the boot disk for the VM in gigabytes (GB). The minimum boot disk size is `30` GB. Defaults to `50` GB. "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on boosted Cloud Workstations VMs running using this boost configuration. Defaults to false. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on boost configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. - "id": "A String", # Optional. Required. The id to be used for the boost configuration. + "id": "A String", # Required. The id to be used for the boost configuration. "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The type of machine that boosted VM instances will use—for example, `e2-standard-4`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). Defaults to `e2-standard-4`. "poolSize": 42, # Optional. The number of boost VMs that the system should keep idle so that workstations can be boosted quickly. Defaults to `0`. }, @@ -425,8 +425,8 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `"nvidia-tesla-p100"`. }, ], - "boostConfigs": [ # Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. - { # A configuration that workstations can boost to. + "boostConfigs": [ # Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. If specified, users will have the option to choose from the list of boost configs when starting a workstation. + { # A boost configuration is a set of resources that a workstation can use to increase its performance. If a boost configuration is specified, when starting a workstation, users can choose to use a VM provisioned under the boost config by passing the boost config id in the start request. If no boost config id is provided in the start request, the system will choose a VM from the pool provisioned under the default config. "accelerators": [ # Optional. A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the boost instance. Defaults to `none`. { # An accelerator card attached to the instance. "count": 42, # Optional. Number of accelerator cards exposed to the instance. @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@

Method Details

], "bootDiskSizeGb": 42, # Optional. The size of the boot disk for the VM in gigabytes (GB). The minimum boot disk size is `30` GB. Defaults to `50` GB. "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on boosted Cloud Workstations VMs running using this boost configuration. Defaults to false. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on boost configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. - "id": "A String", # Optional. Required. The id to be used for the boost configuration. + "id": "A String", # Required. The id to be used for the boost configuration. "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The type of machine that boosted VM instances will use—for example, `e2-standard-4`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). Defaults to `e2-standard-4`. "poolSize": 42, # Optional. The number of boost VMs that the system should keep idle so that workstations can be boosted quickly. Defaults to `0`. }, @@ -642,8 +642,8 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `"nvidia-tesla-p100"`. }, ], - "boostConfigs": [ # Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. - { # A configuration that workstations can boost to. + "boostConfigs": [ # Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. If specified, users will have the option to choose from the list of boost configs when starting a workstation. + { # A boost configuration is a set of resources that a workstation can use to increase its performance. If a boost configuration is specified, when starting a workstation, users can choose to use a VM provisioned under the boost config by passing the boost config id in the start request. If no boost config id is provided in the start request, the system will choose a VM from the pool provisioned under the default config. "accelerators": [ # Optional. A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the boost instance. Defaults to `none`. { # An accelerator card attached to the instance. "count": 42, # Optional. Number of accelerator cards exposed to the instance. @@ -652,7 +652,7 @@

Method Details

], "bootDiskSizeGb": 42, # Optional. The size of the boot disk for the VM in gigabytes (GB). The minimum boot disk size is `30` GB. Defaults to `50` GB. "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on boosted Cloud Workstations VMs running using this boost configuration. Defaults to false. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on boost configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. - "id": "A String", # Optional. Required. The id to be used for the boost configuration. + "id": "A String", # Required. The id to be used for the boost configuration. "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The type of machine that boosted VM instances will use—for example, `e2-standard-4`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). Defaults to `e2-standard-4`. "poolSize": 42, # Optional. The number of boost VMs that the system should keep idle so that workstations can be boosted quickly. Defaults to `0`. }, @@ -813,8 +813,8 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `"nvidia-tesla-p100"`. }, ], - "boostConfigs": [ # Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. - { # A configuration that workstations can boost to. + "boostConfigs": [ # Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. If specified, users will have the option to choose from the list of boost configs when starting a workstation. + { # A boost configuration is a set of resources that a workstation can use to increase its performance. If a boost configuration is specified, when starting a workstation, users can choose to use a VM provisioned under the boost config by passing the boost config id in the start request. If no boost config id is provided in the start request, the system will choose a VM from the pool provisioned under the default config. "accelerators": [ # Optional. A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the boost instance. Defaults to `none`. { # An accelerator card attached to the instance. "count": 42, # Optional. Number of accelerator cards exposed to the instance. @@ -823,7 +823,7 @@

Method Details

], "bootDiskSizeGb": 42, # Optional. The size of the boot disk for the VM in gigabytes (GB). The minimum boot disk size is `30` GB. Defaults to `50` GB. "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on boosted Cloud Workstations VMs running using this boost configuration. Defaults to false. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on boost configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. - "id": "A String", # Optional. Required. The id to be used for the boost configuration. + "id": "A String", # Required. The id to be used for the boost configuration. "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The type of machine that boosted VM instances will use—for example, `e2-standard-4`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). Defaults to `e2-standard-4`. "poolSize": 42, # Optional. The number of boost VMs that the system should keep idle so that workstations can be boosted quickly. Defaults to `0`. }, @@ -999,8 +999,8 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Optional. Type of accelerator resource to attach to the instance, for example, `"nvidia-tesla-p100"`. }, ], - "boostConfigs": [ # Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. - { # A configuration that workstations can boost to. + "boostConfigs": [ # Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. If specified, users will have the option to choose from the list of boost configs when starting a workstation. + { # A boost configuration is a set of resources that a workstation can use to increase its performance. If a boost configuration is specified, when starting a workstation, users can choose to use a VM provisioned under the boost config by passing the boost config id in the start request. If no boost config id is provided in the start request, the system will choose a VM from the pool provisioned under the default config. "accelerators": [ # Optional. A list of the type and count of accelerator cards attached to the boost instance. Defaults to `none`. { # An accelerator card attached to the instance. "count": 42, # Optional. Number of accelerator cards exposed to the instance. @@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@

Method Details

], "bootDiskSizeGb": 42, # Optional. The size of the boot disk for the VM in gigabytes (GB). The minimum boot disk size is `30` GB. Defaults to `50` GB. "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable nested virtualization on boosted Cloud Workstations VMs running using this boost configuration. Defaults to false. Nested virtualization lets you run virtual machine (VM) instances inside your workstation. Before enabling nested virtualization, consider the following important considerations. Cloud Workstations instances are subject to the [same restrictions as Compute Engine instances](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/overview#restrictions): * **Organization policy**: projects, folders, or organizations may be restricted from creating nested VMs if the **Disable VM nested virtualization** constraint is enforced in the organization policy. For more information, see the Compute Engine section, [Checking whether nested virtualization is allowed](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/nested-virtualization/managing-constraint#checking_whether_nested_virtualization_is_allowed). * **Performance**: nested VMs might experience a 10% or greater decrease in performance for workloads that are CPU-bound and possibly greater than a 10% decrease for workloads that are input/output bound. * **Machine Type**: nested virtualization can only be enabled on boost configurations that specify a machine_type in the N1 or N2 machine series. - "id": "A String", # Optional. Required. The id to be used for the boost configuration. + "id": "A String", # Required. The id to be used for the boost configuration. "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The type of machine that boosted VM instances will use—for example, `e2-standard-4`. For more information about machine types that Cloud Workstations supports, see the list of [available machine types](https://cloud.google.com/workstations/docs/available-machine-types). Defaults to `e2-standard-4`. "poolSize": 42, # Optional. The number of boost VMs that the system should keep idle so that workstations can be boosted quickly. Defaults to `0`. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html index cc4dbfd203b..457d2837de6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workstations_v1beta.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.html @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

Instance Methods

Deletes the specified workstation.

generateAccessToken(workstation, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns a short-lived credential that can be used to send authenticated and authorized traffic to a workstation.

+

Returns a short-lived credential that can be used to send authenticated and authorized traffic to a workstation. Once generated this token cannot be revoked and is good for the lifetime of the token.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the requested workstation.

@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@

Method Details

generateAccessToken(workstation, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns a short-lived credential that can be used to send authenticated and authorized traffic to a workstation.
+  
Returns a short-lived credential that can be used to send authenticated and authorized traffic to a workstation. Once generated this token cannot be revoked and is good for the lifetime of the token.
 
 Args:
   workstation: string, Required. Name of the workstation for which the access token should be generated. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.youtube.v3.html b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.youtube.v3.html
index 577002cbe33..3284b087c59 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.youtube.v3.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.youtube.v3.html
@@ -74,11 +74,6 @@
 
 

YouTube Data API v3 . youtube . v3

Instance Methods

-

- liveChat() -

-

Returns the liveChat Resource.

-

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json index 08d6597bed7..518d6f2164e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json @@ -1912,7 +1912,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240708", +"revision": "20241203", "rootUrl": "https://adsense.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { @@ -2786,11 +2786,11 @@ true "id": "TimeZone", "properties": { "id": { -"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".", +"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".", "type": "string" }, "version": { -"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".", +"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsenseplatform.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsenseplatform.v1.json index d45f007e704..ade7f7e7293 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsenseplatform.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsenseplatform.v1.json @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240722", +"revision": "20241204", "rootUrl": "https://adsenseplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { @@ -703,11 +703,11 @@ "id": "TimeZone", "properties": { "id": { -"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".", +"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".", "type": "string" }, "version": { -"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".", +"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsenseplatform.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsenseplatform.v1alpha.json index 4d7a453fe27..58b161b66f9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsenseplatform.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsenseplatform.v1alpha.json @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240710", +"revision": "20241203", "rootUrl": "https://adsenseplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { @@ -703,11 +703,11 @@ "id": "TimeZone", "properties": { "id": { -"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".", +"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".", "type": "string" }, "version": { -"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".", +"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json index f83d72419c3..b34cfd8f008 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json @@ -12767,7 +12767,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookRuntimeTemplate` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntimeTemplate` represents the NotebookRuntimeTemplate ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntimeTemplate's resource name. * `display_name` supports = and != * `labels` supports general map functions that is: * `labels.key=value` - key:value equality * `labels.key:* or labels:key - key existence * A key including a space must be quoted. `labels.\"a key\"`. * `notebookRuntimeType` supports = and !=. notebookRuntimeType enum: [USER_DEFINED, ONE_CLICK]. Some examples: * `notebookRuntimeTemplate=notebookRuntimeTemplate123` * `displayName=\"myDisplayName\"` * `labels.myKey=\"myValue\"` * `notebookRuntimeType=USER_DEFINED`", +"description": "Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookRuntimeTemplate` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntimeTemplate` represents the NotebookRuntimeTemplate ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntimeTemplate's resource name. * `display_name` supports = and != * `labels` supports general map functions that is: * `labels.key=value` - key:value equality * `labels.key:* or labels:key - key existence * A key including a space must be quoted. `labels.\"a key\"`. * `notebookRuntimeType` supports = and !=. notebookRuntimeType enum: [USER_DEFINED, ONE_CLICK]. * `machineType` supports = and !=. * `acceleratorType` supports = and !=. Some examples: * `notebookRuntimeTemplate=notebookRuntimeTemplate123` * `displayName=\"myDisplayName\"` * `labels.myKey=\"myValue\"` * `notebookRuntimeType=USER_DEFINED` * `machineType=e2-standard-4` * `acceleratorType=NVIDIA_TESLA_T4`", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -13147,7 +13147,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookRuntime` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntime` represents the NotebookRuntime ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntime's resource name. * `displayName` supports = and != and regex. * `notebookRuntimeTemplate` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntimeTemplate` represents the NotebookRuntimeTemplate ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntimeTemplate's resource name. * `healthState` supports = and !=. healthState enum: [HEALTHY, UNHEALTHY, HEALTH_STATE_UNSPECIFIED]. * `runtimeState` supports = and !=. runtimeState enum: [RUNTIME_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, RUNNING, BEING_STARTED, BEING_STOPPED, STOPPED, BEING_UPGRADED, ERROR, INVALID]. * `runtimeUser` supports = and !=. * API version is UI only: `uiState` supports = and !=. uiState enum: [UI_RESOURCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_CREATED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_ACTIVE, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_CREATION_FAILED]. * `notebookRuntimeType` supports = and !=. notebookRuntimeType enum: [USER_DEFINED, ONE_CLICK]. Some examples: * `notebookRuntime=\"notebookRuntime123\"` * `displayName=\"myDisplayName\"` and `displayName=~\"myDisplayNameRegex\"` * `notebookRuntimeTemplate=\"notebookRuntimeTemplate321\"` * `healthState=HEALTHY` * `runtimeState=RUNNING` * `runtimeUser=\"test@google.com\"` * `uiState=UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED` * `notebookRuntimeType=USER_DEFINED`", +"description": "Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookRuntime` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntime` represents the NotebookRuntime ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntime's resource name. * `displayName` supports = and != and regex. * `notebookRuntimeTemplate` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntimeTemplate` represents the NotebookRuntimeTemplate ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntimeTemplate's resource name. * `healthState` supports = and !=. healthState enum: [HEALTHY, UNHEALTHY, HEALTH_STATE_UNSPECIFIED]. * `runtimeState` supports = and !=. runtimeState enum: [RUNTIME_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, RUNNING, BEING_STARTED, BEING_STOPPED, STOPPED, BEING_UPGRADED, ERROR, INVALID]. * `runtimeUser` supports = and !=. * API version is UI only: `uiState` supports = and !=. uiState enum: [UI_RESOURCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_CREATED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_ACTIVE, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_CREATION_FAILED]. * `notebookRuntimeType` supports = and !=. notebookRuntimeType enum: [USER_DEFINED, ONE_CLICK]. * `machineType` supports = and !=. * `acceleratorType` supports = and !=. Some examples: * `notebookRuntime=\"notebookRuntime123\"` * `displayName=\"myDisplayName\"` and `displayName=~\"myDisplayNameRegex\"` * `notebookRuntimeTemplate=\"notebookRuntimeTemplate321\"` * `healthState=HEALTHY` * `runtimeState=RUNNING` * `runtimeUser=\"test@google.com\"` * `uiState=UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED` * `notebookRuntimeType=USER_DEFINED` * `machineType=e2-standard-4` * `acceleratorType=NVIDIA_TESLA_T4`", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -14740,6 +14740,157 @@ } }, "resources": { +"operations": { +"methods": { +"cancel": { +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.operations.cancel", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:cancel", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.operations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.operations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/operations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.operations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The standard list filter.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The standard list page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The standard list page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}/operations", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"wait": { +"description": "Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/operations/{operationsId}:wait", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.operations.wait", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to wait on.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"timeout": { +"description": "The maximum duration to wait before timing out. If left blank, the wait will be at most the time permitted by the underlying HTTP/RPC protocol. If RPC context deadline is also specified, the shorter one will be used.", +"format": "google-duration", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:wait", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, "ragFiles": { "methods": { "delete": { @@ -14856,6 +15007,159 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] } +}, +"resources": { +"operations": { +"methods": { +"cancel": { +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/ragFiles/{ragFilesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.operations.cancel", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+/ragFiles/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:cancel", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/ragFiles/{ragFilesId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.operations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+/ragFiles/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/ragFiles/{ragFilesId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.operations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+/ragFiles/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/ragFiles/{ragFilesId}/operations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.operations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The standard list filter.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+/ragFiles/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The standard list page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The standard list page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}/operations", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"wait": { +"description": "Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/ragFiles/{ragFilesId}/operations/{operationsId}:wait", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.operations.wait", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to wait on.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+/ragFiles/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"timeout": { +"description": "The maximum duration to wait before timing out. If left blank, the wait will be at most the time permitted by the underlying HTTP/RPC protocol. If RPC context deadline is also specified, the shorter one will be used.", +"format": "google-duration", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:wait", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} } } } @@ -18990,7 +19294,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241119", +"revision": "20241203", "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoResponse": { @@ -19288,7 +19592,6 @@ "properties": { "encodedVideo": { "description": "Base 64 encoded video bytes.", -"format": "byte", "type": "string" }, "encoding": { @@ -23477,6 +23780,30 @@ "toolParameterKvMatchInput": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ToolParameterKVMatchInput", "description": "Input for tool parameter key value match metric." +}, +"trajectoryAnyOrderMatchInput": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchInput", +"description": "Input for trajectory match any order metric." +}, +"trajectoryExactMatchInput": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryExactMatchInput", +"description": "Input for trajectory exact match metric." +}, +"trajectoryInOrderMatchInput": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryInOrderMatchInput", +"description": "Input for trajectory in order match metric." +}, +"trajectoryPrecisionInput": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryPrecisionInput", +"description": "Input for trajectory precision metric." +}, +"trajectoryRecallInput": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryRecallInput", +"description": "Input for trajectory recall metric." +}, +"trajectorySingleToolUseInput": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectorySingleToolUseInput", +"description": "Input for trajectory single tool use metric." } }, "type": "object" @@ -23584,6 +23911,30 @@ "toolParameterKvMatchResults": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ToolParameterKVMatchResults", "description": "Results for tool parameter key value match metric." +}, +"trajectoryAnyOrderMatchResults": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchResults", +"description": "Result for trajectory any order match metric." +}, +"trajectoryExactMatchResults": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryExactMatchResults", +"description": "Result for trajectory exact match metric." +}, +"trajectoryInOrderMatchResults": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryInOrderMatchResults", +"description": "Result for trajectory in order match metric." +}, +"trajectoryPrecisionResults": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryPrecisionResults", +"description": "Result for trajectory precision metric." +}, +"trajectoryRecallResults": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryRecallResults", +"description": "Results for trajectory recall metric." +}, +"trajectorySingleToolUseResults": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectorySingleToolUseResults", +"description": "Results for trajectory single tool use metric." } }, "type": "object" @@ -26521,6 +26872,25 @@ "description": "Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.", "type": "string" }, +"responseModalities": { +"description": "Optional. The modalities of the response.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"MODALITY_UNSPECIFIED", +"TEXT", +"IMAGE", +"AUDIO" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified modality. Will be processed as text.", +"Text modality.", +"Image modality.", +"Audio modality." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "responseSchema": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema", "description": "Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response." @@ -26534,6 +26904,10 @@ "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, +"speechConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SpeechConfig", +"description": "Optional. The speech generation config." +}, "stopSequences": { "description": "Optional. Stop sequences.", "items": { @@ -26546,6 +26920,22 @@ "format": "float", "type": "number" }, +"tokenResolution": { +"description": "Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.", +"enum": [ +"TOKEN_RESOLUTION_UNSPECIFIED", +"TOKEN_RESOLUTION_LOW", +"TOKEN_RESOLUTION_MEDIUM", +"TOKEN_RESOLUTION_HIGH" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Token resolution has not been set.", +"Token resolution set to low (64 tokens).", +"Token resolution set to medium (256 tokens).", +"Token resolution set to high (P&S with 256 tokens)." +], +"type": "string" +}, "topK": { "description": "Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.", "format": "float", @@ -27262,6 +27652,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagFileTransformationConfig", "description": "Specifies the transformation config for RagFiles." }, +"sharePointSources": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SharePointSources", +"description": "SharePoint sources." +}, "slackSource": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SlackSource", "description": "Slack channels with their corresponding access tokens." @@ -28859,6 +29253,7 @@ "NVIDIA_A100_80GB", "NVIDIA_L4", "NVIDIA_H100_80GB", +"NVIDIA_H100_MEGA_80GB", "TPU_V2", "TPU_V3", "TPU_V4_POD", @@ -28878,6 +29273,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -28891,6 +29287,7 @@ false "Nvidia A100 80GB GPU.", "Nvidia L4 GPU.", "Nvidia H100 80Gb GPU.", +"Nvidia H100 Mega 80Gb GPU.", "TPU v2.", "TPU v3.", "TPU v4.", @@ -31556,6 +31953,11 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"dataPersistentDiskSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1PersistentDiskSpec", +"description": "Output only. The specification of persistent disk attached to the notebook runtime as data disk storage.", +"readOnly": true +}, "description": { "description": "The description of the NotebookRuntime.", "type": "string" @@ -31569,6 +31971,11 @@ false "description": "Output only. Customer-managed encryption key spec for the notebook runtime.", "readOnly": true }, +"eucConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1NotebookEucConfig", +"description": "Output only. EUC configuration of the notebook runtime.", +"readOnly": true +}, "expirationTime": { "description": "Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime will be expired: 1. System Predefined NotebookRuntime: 24 hours after creation. After expiration, system predifined runtime will be deleted. 2. User created NotebookRuntime: 6 months after last upgrade. After expiration, user created runtime will be stopped and allowed for upgrade.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -31607,11 +32014,21 @@ false "description": "The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your NotebookRuntime. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one NotebookRuntime (System labels are excluded). See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. System reserved label keys are prefixed with \"aiplatform.googleapis.com/\" and are immutable. Following system labels exist for NotebookRuntime: * \"aiplatform.googleapis.com/notebook_runtime_gce_instance_id\": output only, its value is the Compute Engine instance id. * \"aiplatform.googleapis.com/colab_enterprise_entry_service\": its value is either \"bigquery\" or \"vertex\"; if absent, it should be \"vertex\". This is to describe the entry service, either BigQuery or Vertex.", "type": "object" }, +"machineSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1MachineSpec", +"description": "Output only. The specification of a single machine used by the notebook runtime.", +"readOnly": true +}, "name": { "description": "Output only. The resource name of the NotebookRuntime.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"networkSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1NetworkSpec", +"description": "Output only. Network spec of the notebook runtime.", +"readOnly": true +}, "networkTags": { "description": "Optional. The Compute Engine tags to add to runtime (see [Tagging instances](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/add-remove-network-tags)).", "items": { @@ -31684,10 +32101,15 @@ false "type": "boolean" }, "serviceAccount": { -"description": "Output only. The service account that the NotebookRuntime workload runs as.", +"description": "Output only. Deprecated: This field is no longer used and the \"Vertex AI Notebook Service Account\" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. The service account that the NotebookRuntime workload runs as.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"shieldedVmConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ShieldedVmConfig", +"description": "Output only. Runtime Shielded VM spec.", +"readOnly": true +}, "updateTime": { "description": "Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime was most recently updated.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -31741,7 +32163,8 @@ false "description": "The idle shutdown configuration of NotebookRuntimeTemplate. This config will only be set when idle shutdown is enabled." }, "isDefault": { -"description": "Output only. The default template to use if not specified.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Output only. Deprecated: This field has no behavior. Use notebook_runtime_type = 'ONE_CLICK' instead. The default template to use if not specified.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, @@ -31786,7 +32209,8 @@ false "type": "string" }, "serviceAccount": { -"description": "The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: This field is ignored and the \"Vertex AI Notebook Service Account\" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. For NotebookExecutionJob, use NotebookExecutionJob.service_account instead. The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.", "type": "string" }, "shieldedVmConfig": { @@ -32784,6 +33208,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1PrebuiltVoiceConfig": { +"description": "The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1PrebuiltVoiceConfig", +"properties": { +"voiceName": { +"description": "The name of the preset voice to use.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1PredefinedSplit": { "description": "Assigns input data to training, validation, and test sets based on the value of a provided key. Supported only for tabular Datasets.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1PredefinedSplit", @@ -34119,6 +34554,10 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"sharePointSources": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SharePointSources", +"description": "The RagFile is imported from a SharePoint source." +}, "slackSource": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SlackSource", "description": "The RagFile is imported from a Slack channel." @@ -34239,6 +34678,10 @@ false "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagEmbeddingModelConfig", "description": "Optional. Immutable. The embedding model config of the Vector DB." }, +"ragManagedDb": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagVectorDbConfigRagManagedDb", +"description": "The config for the RAG-managed Vector DB." +}, "vertexVectorSearch": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagVectorDbConfigVertexVectorSearch", "description": "The config for the Vertex Vector Search." @@ -34257,6 +34700,12 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagVectorDbConfigRagManagedDb": { +"description": "The config for the default RAG-managed Vector DB.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagVectorDbConfigRagManagedDb", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagVectorDbConfigVertexVectorSearch": { "description": "The config for the Vertex Vector Search.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagVectorDbConfigVertexVectorSearch", @@ -40045,6 +40494,64 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SharePointSources": { +"description": "The SharePointSources to pass to ImportRagFiles.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SharePointSources", +"properties": { +"sharePointSources": { +"description": "The SharePoint sources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SharePointSourcesSharePointSource" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SharePointSourcesSharePointSource": { +"description": "An individual SharePointSource.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SharePointSourcesSharePointSource", +"properties": { +"clientId": { +"description": "The Application ID for the app registered in Microsoft Azure Portal. The application must also be configured with MS Graph permissions \"Files.ReadAll\", \"Sites.ReadAll\" and BrowserSiteLists.Read.All.", +"type": "string" +}, +"clientSecret": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ApiAuthApiKeyConfig", +"description": "The application secret for the app registered in Azure." +}, +"driveId": { +"description": "The ID of the drive to download from.", +"type": "string" +}, +"driveName": { +"description": "The name of the drive to download from.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fileId": { +"description": "Output only. The SharePoint file id. Output only.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"sharepointFolderId": { +"description": "The ID of the SharePoint folder to download from.", +"type": "string" +}, +"sharepointFolderPath": { +"description": "The path of the SharePoint folder to download from.", +"type": "string" +}, +"sharepointSiteName": { +"description": "The name of the SharePoint site to download from. This can be the site name or the site id.", +"type": "string" +}, +"tenantId": { +"description": "Unique identifier of the Azure Active Directory Instance.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ShieldedVmConfig": { "description": "A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm).", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ShieldedVmConfig", @@ -40173,6 +40680,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SpeechConfig": { +"description": "The speech generation config.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SpeechConfig", +"properties": { +"voiceConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1VoiceConfig", +"description": "The configuration for the speaker to use." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1StartNotebookRuntimeOperationMetadata": { "description": "Metadata information for NotebookService.StartNotebookRuntime.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1StartNotebookRuntimeOperationMetadata", @@ -41960,6 +42478,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"googleSearch": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ToolGoogleSearch", +"description": "Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google." +}, "googleSearchRetrieval": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GoogleSearchRetrieval", "description": "Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search." @@ -41971,6 +42493,21 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ToolCall": { +"description": "Spec for tool call.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ToolCall", +"properties": { +"toolInput": { +"description": "Optional. Spec for tool input", +"type": "string" +}, +"toolName": { +"description": "Required. Spec for tool name", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ToolCallValidInput": { "description": "Input for tool call valid metric.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ToolCallValidInput", @@ -42049,6 +42586,12 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ToolGoogleSearch": { +"description": "GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ToolGoogleSearch", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ToolNameMatchInput": { "description": "Input for tool name match metric.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ToolNameMatchInput", @@ -42379,6 +42922,423 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Trajectory": { +"description": "Spec for trajectory.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Trajectory", +"properties": { +"toolCalls": { +"description": "Required. Tool calls in the trajectory.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ToolCall" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchInput": { +"description": "Instances and metric spec for TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch metric.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchInput", +"properties": { +"instances": { +"description": "Required. Repeated TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch instance.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchInstance" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"metricSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchSpec", +"description": "Required. Spec for TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch metric." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchInstance": { +"description": "Spec for TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchInstance", +"properties": { +"predictedTrajectory": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Trajectory", +"description": "Required. Spec for predicted tool call trajectory." +}, +"referenceTrajectory": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Trajectory", +"description": "Required. Spec for reference tool call trajectory." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchMetricValue": { +"description": "TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch metric value for an instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchMetricValue", +"properties": { +"score": { +"description": "Output only. TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch score.", +"format": "float", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchResults": { +"description": "Results for TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch metric.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchResults", +"properties": { +"trajectoryAnyOrderMatchMetricValues": { +"description": "Output only. TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch metric values.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchMetricValue" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchSpec": { +"description": "Spec for TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch metric - returns 1 if all tool calls in the reference trajectory appear in the predicted trajectory in any order, else 0.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchSpec", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryExactMatchInput": { +"description": "Instances and metric spec for TrajectoryExactMatch metric.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryExactMatchInput", +"properties": { +"instances": { +"description": "Required. Repeated TrajectoryExactMatch instance.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryExactMatchInstance" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"metricSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryExactMatchSpec", +"description": "Required. Spec for TrajectoryExactMatch metric." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryExactMatchInstance": { +"description": "Spec for TrajectoryExactMatch instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryExactMatchInstance", +"properties": { +"predictedTrajectory": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Trajectory", +"description": "Required. Spec for predicted tool call trajectory." +}, +"referenceTrajectory": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Trajectory", +"description": "Required. Spec for reference tool call trajectory." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryExactMatchMetricValue": { +"description": "TrajectoryExactMatch metric value for an instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryExactMatchMetricValue", +"properties": { +"score": { +"description": "Output only. TrajectoryExactMatch score.", +"format": "float", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryExactMatchResults": { +"description": "Results for TrajectoryExactMatch metric.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryExactMatchResults", +"properties": { +"trajectoryExactMatchMetricValues": { +"description": "Output only. TrajectoryExactMatch metric values.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryExactMatchMetricValue" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryExactMatchSpec": { +"description": "Spec for TrajectoryExactMatch metric - returns 1 if tool calls in the reference trajectory exactly match the predicted trajectory, else 0.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryExactMatchSpec", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryInOrderMatchInput": { +"description": "Instances and metric spec for TrajectoryInOrderMatch metric.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryInOrderMatchInput", +"properties": { +"instances": { +"description": "Required. Repeated TrajectoryInOrderMatch instance.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryInOrderMatchInstance" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"metricSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryInOrderMatchSpec", +"description": "Required. Spec for TrajectoryInOrderMatch metric." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryInOrderMatchInstance": { +"description": "Spec for TrajectoryInOrderMatch instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryInOrderMatchInstance", +"properties": { +"predictedTrajectory": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Trajectory", +"description": "Required. Spec for predicted tool call trajectory." +}, +"referenceTrajectory": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Trajectory", +"description": "Required. Spec for reference tool call trajectory." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryInOrderMatchMetricValue": { +"description": "TrajectoryInOrderMatch metric value for an instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryInOrderMatchMetricValue", +"properties": { +"score": { +"description": "Output only. TrajectoryInOrderMatch score.", +"format": "float", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryInOrderMatchResults": { +"description": "Results for TrajectoryInOrderMatch metric.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryInOrderMatchResults", +"properties": { +"trajectoryInOrderMatchMetricValues": { +"description": "Output only. TrajectoryInOrderMatch metric values.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryInOrderMatchMetricValue" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryInOrderMatchSpec": { +"description": "Spec for TrajectoryInOrderMatch metric - returns 1 if tool calls in the reference trajectory appear in the predicted trajectory in the same order, else 0.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryInOrderMatchSpec", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryPrecisionInput": { +"description": "Instances and metric spec for TrajectoryPrecision metric.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryPrecisionInput", +"properties": { +"instances": { +"description": "Required. Repeated TrajectoryPrecision instance.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryPrecisionInstance" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"metricSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryPrecisionSpec", +"description": "Required. Spec for TrajectoryPrecision metric." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryPrecisionInstance": { +"description": "Spec for TrajectoryPrecision instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryPrecisionInstance", +"properties": { +"predictedTrajectory": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Trajectory", +"description": "Required. Spec for predicted tool call trajectory." +}, +"referenceTrajectory": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Trajectory", +"description": "Required. Spec for reference tool call trajectory." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryPrecisionMetricValue": { +"description": "TrajectoryPrecision metric value for an instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryPrecisionMetricValue", +"properties": { +"score": { +"description": "Output only. TrajectoryPrecision score.", +"format": "float", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryPrecisionResults": { +"description": "Results for TrajectoryPrecision metric.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryPrecisionResults", +"properties": { +"trajectoryPrecisionMetricValues": { +"description": "Output only. TrajectoryPrecision metric values.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryPrecisionMetricValue" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryPrecisionSpec": { +"description": "Spec for TrajectoryPrecision metric - returns a float score based on average precision of individual tool calls.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryPrecisionSpec", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryRecallInput": { +"description": "Instances and metric spec for TrajectoryRecall metric.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryRecallInput", +"properties": { +"instances": { +"description": "Required. Repeated TrajectoryRecall instance.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryRecallInstance" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"metricSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryRecallSpec", +"description": "Required. Spec for TrajectoryRecall metric." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryRecallInstance": { +"description": "Spec for TrajectoryRecall instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryRecallInstance", +"properties": { +"predictedTrajectory": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Trajectory", +"description": "Required. Spec for predicted tool call trajectory." +}, +"referenceTrajectory": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Trajectory", +"description": "Required. Spec for reference tool call trajectory." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryRecallMetricValue": { +"description": "TrajectoryRecall metric value for an instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryRecallMetricValue", +"properties": { +"score": { +"description": "Output only. TrajectoryRecall score.", +"format": "float", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryRecallResults": { +"description": "Results for TrajectoryRecall metric.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryRecallResults", +"properties": { +"trajectoryRecallMetricValues": { +"description": "Output only. TrajectoryRecall metric values.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryRecallMetricValue" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryRecallSpec": { +"description": "Spec for TrajectoryRecall metric - returns a float score based on average recall of individual tool calls.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectoryRecallSpec", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectorySingleToolUseInput": { +"description": "Instances and metric spec for TrajectorySingleToolUse metric.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectorySingleToolUseInput", +"properties": { +"instances": { +"description": "Required. Repeated TrajectorySingleToolUse instance.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectorySingleToolUseInstance" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"metricSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectorySingleToolUseSpec", +"description": "Required. Spec for TrajectorySingleToolUse metric." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectorySingleToolUseInstance": { +"description": "Spec for TrajectorySingleToolUse instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectorySingleToolUseInstance", +"properties": { +"predictedTrajectory": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Trajectory", +"description": "Required. Spec for predicted tool call trajectory." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectorySingleToolUseMetricValue": { +"description": "TrajectorySingleToolUse metric value for an instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectorySingleToolUseMetricValue", +"properties": { +"score": { +"description": "Output only. TrajectorySingleToolUse score.", +"format": "float", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectorySingleToolUseResults": { +"description": "Results for TrajectorySingleToolUse metric.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectorySingleToolUseResults", +"properties": { +"trajectorySingleToolUseMetricValues": { +"description": "Output only. TrajectorySingleToolUse metric values.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectorySingleToolUseMetricValue" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectorySingleToolUseSpec": { +"description": "Spec for TrajectorySingleToolUse metric - returns 1 if tool is present in the predicted trajectory, else 0.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TrajectorySingleToolUseSpec", +"properties": { +"toolName": { +"description": "Required. Spec for tool name to be checked for in the predicted trajectory.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Trial": { "description": "A message representing a Trial. A Trial contains a unique set of Parameters that has been or will be evaluated, along with the objective metrics got by running the Trial.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Trial", @@ -43183,6 +44143,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1VoiceConfig": { +"description": "The configuration for the voice to use.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1VoiceConfig", +"properties": { +"prebuiltVoiceConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1PrebuiltVoiceConfig", +"description": "The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1WorkerPoolSpec": { "description": "Represents the spec of a worker pool in a job.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1WorkerPoolSpec", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json index c6f1b068917..1edbe657ea1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json @@ -950,6 +950,34 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"deploy": { +"description": "Deploys publisher models.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:deploy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.deploy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"destination" +], +"parameters": { +"destination": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Location to deploy the model in. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+destination}:deploy", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DeployPublisherModelRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "evaluateInstances": { "description": "Evaluates instances based on a given metric.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:evaluateInstances", @@ -15126,7 +15154,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookRuntimeTemplate` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntimeTemplate` represents the NotebookRuntimeTemplate ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntimeTemplate's resource name. * `display_name` supports = and != * `labels` supports general map functions that is: * `labels.key=value` - key:value equality * `labels.key:* or labels:key - key existence * A key including a space must be quoted. `labels.\"a key\"`. * `notebookRuntimeType` supports = and !=. notebookRuntimeType enum: [USER_DEFINED, ONE_CLICK]. Some examples: * `notebookRuntimeTemplate=notebookRuntimeTemplate123` * `displayName=\"myDisplayName\"` * `labels.myKey=\"myValue\"` * `notebookRuntimeType=USER_DEFINED`", +"description": "Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookRuntimeTemplate` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntimeTemplate` represents the NotebookRuntimeTemplate ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntimeTemplate's resource name. * `display_name` supports = and != * `labels` supports general map functions that is: * `labels.key=value` - key:value equality * `labels.key:* or labels:key - key existence * A key including a space must be quoted. `labels.\"a key\"`. * `notebookRuntimeType` supports = and !=. notebookRuntimeType enum: [USER_DEFINED, ONE_CLICK]. * `machineType` supports = and !=. * `acceleratorType` supports = and !=. Some examples: * `notebookRuntimeTemplate=notebookRuntimeTemplate123` * `displayName=\"myDisplayName\"` * `labels.myKey=\"myValue\"` * `notebookRuntimeType=USER_DEFINED` * `machineType=e2-standard-4` * `acceleratorType=NVIDIA_TESLA_T4`", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -15534,7 +15562,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookRuntime` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntime` represents the NotebookRuntime ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntime's resource name. * `displayName` supports = and != and regex. * `notebookRuntimeTemplate` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntimeTemplate` represents the NotebookRuntimeTemplate ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntimeTemplate's resource name. * `healthState` supports = and !=. healthState enum: [HEALTHY, UNHEALTHY, HEALTH_STATE_UNSPECIFIED]. * `runtimeState` supports = and !=. runtimeState enum: [RUNTIME_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, RUNNING, BEING_STARTED, BEING_STOPPED, STOPPED, BEING_UPGRADED, ERROR, INVALID]. * `runtimeUser` supports = and !=. * API version is UI only: `uiState` supports = and !=. uiState enum: [UI_RESOURCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_CREATED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_ACTIVE, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_CREATION_FAILED]. * `notebookRuntimeType` supports = and !=. notebookRuntimeType enum: [USER_DEFINED, ONE_CLICK]. Some examples: * `notebookRuntime=\"notebookRuntime123\"` * `displayName=\"myDisplayName\"` and `displayName=~\"myDisplayNameRegex\"` * `notebookRuntimeTemplate=\"notebookRuntimeTemplate321\"` * `healthState=HEALTHY` * `runtimeState=RUNNING` * `runtimeUser=\"test@google.com\"` * `uiState=UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED` * `notebookRuntimeType=USER_DEFINED`", +"description": "Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookRuntime` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntime` represents the NotebookRuntime ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntime's resource name. * `displayName` supports = and != and regex. * `notebookRuntimeTemplate` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntimeTemplate` represents the NotebookRuntimeTemplate ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntimeTemplate's resource name. * `healthState` supports = and !=. healthState enum: [HEALTHY, UNHEALTHY, HEALTH_STATE_UNSPECIFIED]. * `runtimeState` supports = and !=. runtimeState enum: [RUNTIME_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, RUNNING, BEING_STARTED, BEING_STOPPED, STOPPED, BEING_UPGRADED, ERROR, INVALID]. * `runtimeUser` supports = and !=. * API version is UI only: `uiState` supports = and !=. uiState enum: [UI_RESOURCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_CREATED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_ACTIVE, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_CREATION_FAILED]. * `notebookRuntimeType` supports = and !=. notebookRuntimeType enum: [USER_DEFINED, ONE_CLICK]. * `machineType` supports = and !=. * `acceleratorType` supports = and !=. Some examples: * `notebookRuntime=\"notebookRuntime123\"` * `displayName=\"myDisplayName\"` and `displayName=~\"myDisplayNameRegex\"` * `notebookRuntimeTemplate=\"notebookRuntimeTemplate321\"` * `healthState=HEALTHY` * `runtimeState=RUNNING` * `runtimeUser=\"test@google.com\"` * `uiState=UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED` * `notebookRuntimeType=USER_DEFINED` * `machineType=e2-standard-4` * `acceleratorType=NVIDIA_TESLA_T4`", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -17793,6 +17821,34 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"streamQuery": { +"description": "Streams queries using a reasoning engine.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}:streamQuery", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.streamQuery", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the ReasoningEngine resource to use. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:streamQuery", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1StreamQueryReasoningEngineRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleApiHttpBody" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } }, "resources": { @@ -21725,6 +21781,11 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, +"listAllVersions": { +"description": "Optional. List all publisher model versions if the flag is set to true.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, "orderBy": { "description": "Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending.", "location": "query", @@ -21808,7 +21869,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241119", +"revision": "20241203", "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoResponse": { @@ -22106,7 +22167,6 @@ "properties": { "encodedVideo": { "description": "Base 64 encoded video bytes.", -"format": "byte", "type": "string" }, "encoding": { @@ -25927,6 +25987,37 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DeployPublisherModelRequest": { +"description": "Request message for ModelGardenService.DeployPublisherModel.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DeployPublisherModelRequest", +"properties": { +"acceptEula": { +"description": "Optional. Whether the user accepts the End User License Agreement (EULA) for the model.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"dedicatedResources": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DedicatedResources", +"description": "Optional. The dedicated resources to use for the endpoint. If not set, the default resources will be used." +}, +"endpointDisplayName": { +"description": "Optional. The user-specified display name of the endpoint. If not set, a default name will be used.", +"type": "string" +}, +"huggingFaceAccessToken": { +"description": "Optional. The Hugging Face read access token used to access the model artifacts of gated models.", +"type": "string" +}, +"model": { +"description": "Required. The name of the PublisherModel resource. Format: `publishers/{publisher}/models/{publisher_model}@{version_id}`, or `publishers/hf-{hugging-face-author}/models/{hugging-face-model-name}@001`", +"type": "string" +}, +"modelDisplayName": { +"description": "Optional. The user-specified display name of the uploaded model. If not set, a default name will be used.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DeploySolverOperationMetadata": { "description": "Runtime operation information for SolverService.DeploySolver.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DeploySolverOperationMetadata", @@ -26387,14 +26478,17 @@ "description": "Optional. Hyperparameters for Distillation." }, "pipelineRootDirectory": { -"description": "Required. A path in a Cloud Storage bucket, which will be treated as the root output directory of the distillation pipeline. It is used by the system to generate the paths of output artifacts.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Required. Deprecated. A path in a Cloud Storage bucket, which will be treated as the root output directory of the distillation pipeline. It is used by the system to generate the paths of output artifacts.", "type": "string" }, "studentModel": { -"description": "The student model that is being tuned, e.g., \"google/gemma-2b-1.1-it\".", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "The student model that is being tuned, e.g., \"google/gemma-2b-1.1-it\". Deprecated. Use base_model instead.", "type": "string" }, "trainingDatasetUri": { +"deprecated": true, "description": "Required. Cloud Storage path to file containing training dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file.", "type": "string" }, @@ -26813,6 +26907,30 @@ "toolParameterKvMatchInput": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ToolParameterKVMatchInput", "description": "Input for tool parameter key value match metric." +}, +"trajectoryAnyOrderMatchInput": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchInput", +"description": "Input for trajectory match any order metric." +}, +"trajectoryExactMatchInput": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryExactMatchInput", +"description": "Input for trajectory exact match metric." +}, +"trajectoryInOrderMatchInput": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryInOrderMatchInput", +"description": "Input for trajectory in order match metric." +}, +"trajectoryPrecisionInput": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryPrecisionInput", +"description": "Input for trajectory precision metric." +}, +"trajectoryRecallInput": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryRecallInput", +"description": "Input for trajectory recall metric." +}, +"trajectorySingleToolUseInput": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectorySingleToolUseInput", +"description": "Input for trajectory single tool use metric." } }, "type": "object" @@ -26920,6 +27038,30 @@ "toolParameterKvMatchResults": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ToolParameterKVMatchResults", "description": "Results for tool parameter key value match metric." +}, +"trajectoryAnyOrderMatchResults": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchResults", +"description": "Result for trajectory any order match metric." +}, +"trajectoryExactMatchResults": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryExactMatchResults", +"description": "Result for trajectory exact match metric." +}, +"trajectoryInOrderMatchResults": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryInOrderMatchResults", +"description": "Result for trajectory in order match metric." +}, +"trajectoryPrecisionResults": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryPrecisionResults", +"description": "Result for trajectory precision metric." +}, +"trajectoryRecallResults": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryRecallResults", +"description": "Results for trajectory recall metric." +}, +"trajectorySingleToolUseResults": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectorySingleToolUseResults", +"description": "Results for trajectory single tool use metric." } }, "type": "object" @@ -28409,6 +28551,25 @@ "description": "Identifier. Name of the FeatureGroup. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{featureGroup}`", "type": "string" }, +"serviceAccountEmail": { +"description": "Output only. A Service Account unique to this FeatureGroup. The role bigquery.dataViewer should be granted to this service account to allow Vertex AI Feature Store to access source data while running jobs under this FeatureGroup.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"serviceAgentType": { +"description": "Optional. Service agent type used during jobs under a FeatureGroup. By default, the Vertex AI Service Agent is used. When using an IAM Policy to isolate this FeatureGroup within a project, a separate service account should be provisioned by setting this field to `SERVICE_AGENT_TYPE_FEATURE_GROUP`. This will generate a separate service account to access the BigQuery source table.", +"enum": [ +"SERVICE_AGENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SERVICE_AGENT_TYPE_PROJECT", +"SERVICE_AGENT_TYPE_FEATURE_GROUP" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"By default, the project-level Vertex AI Service Agent is enabled.", +"Specifies the project-level Vertex AI Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents).", +"Enable a FeatureGroup service account to be created by Vertex AI and output in the field `service_account_email`. This service account will be used to read from the source BigQuery table during jobs under a FeatureGroup." +], +"type": "string" +}, "updateTime": { "description": "Output only. Timestamp when this FeatureGroup was last updated.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -30463,6 +30624,25 @@ "description": "Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.", "type": "string" }, +"responseModalities": { +"description": "Optional. The modalities of the response.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"MODALITY_UNSPECIFIED", +"TEXT", +"IMAGE", +"AUDIO" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified modality. Will be processed as text.", +"Text modality.", +"Image modality.", +"Audio modality." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "responseSchema": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema", "description": "Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response." @@ -30476,6 +30656,10 @@ "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, +"speechConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SpeechConfig", +"description": "Optional. The speech generation config." +}, "stopSequences": { "description": "Optional. Stop sequences.", "items": { @@ -30488,6 +30672,22 @@ "format": "float", "type": "number" }, +"tokenResolution": { +"description": "Optional. If specified, the token resolution specified will be used.", +"enum": [ +"TOKEN_RESOLUTION_UNSPECIFIED", +"TOKEN_RESOLUTION_LOW", +"TOKEN_RESOLUTION_MEDIUM", +"TOKEN_RESOLUTION_HIGH" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Token resolution has not been set.", +"Token resolution set to low (64 tokens).", +"Token resolution set to medium (256 tokens).", +"Token resolution set to high (P&S with 256 tokens)." +], +"type": "string" +}, "topK": { "description": "Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.", "format": "float", @@ -32993,6 +33193,7 @@ "NVIDIA_A100_80GB", "NVIDIA_L4", "NVIDIA_H100_80GB", +"NVIDIA_H100_MEGA_80GB", "TPU_V2", "TPU_V3", "TPU_V4_POD", @@ -33012,6 +33213,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -33025,6 +33227,7 @@ false "Nvidia A100 80GB GPU.", "Nvidia L4 GPU.", "Nvidia H100 80Gb GPU.", +"Nvidia H100 Mega 80Gb GPU.", "TPU v2.", "TPU v3.", "TPU v4.", @@ -36457,6 +36660,11 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"dataPersistentDiskSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1PersistentDiskSpec", +"description": "Output only. The specification of persistent disk attached to the notebook runtime as data disk storage.", +"readOnly": true +}, "description": { "description": "The description of the NotebookRuntime.", "type": "string" @@ -36470,6 +36678,11 @@ false "description": "Output only. Customer-managed encryption key spec for the notebook runtime.", "readOnly": true }, +"eucConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1NotebookEucConfig", +"description": "Output only. EUC configuration of the notebook runtime.", +"readOnly": true +}, "expirationTime": { "description": "Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime will be expired: 1. System Predefined NotebookRuntime: 24 hours after creation. After expiration, system predifined runtime will be deleted. 2. User created NotebookRuntime: 6 months after last upgrade. After expiration, user created runtime will be stopped and allowed for upgrade.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -36508,11 +36721,21 @@ false "description": "The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your NotebookRuntime. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. No more than 64 user labels can be associated with one NotebookRuntime (System labels are excluded). See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. System reserved label keys are prefixed with \"aiplatform.googleapis.com/\" and are immutable. Following system labels exist for NotebookRuntime: * \"aiplatform.googleapis.com/notebook_runtime_gce_instance_id\": output only, its value is the Compute Engine instance id. * \"aiplatform.googleapis.com/colab_enterprise_entry_service\": its value is either \"bigquery\" or \"vertex\"; if absent, it should be \"vertex\". This is to describe the entry service, either BigQuery or Vertex.", "type": "object" }, +"machineSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1MachineSpec", +"description": "Output only. The specification of a single machine used by the notebook runtime.", +"readOnly": true +}, "name": { "description": "Output only. The resource name of the NotebookRuntime.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"networkSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1NetworkSpec", +"description": "Output only. Network spec of the notebook runtime.", +"readOnly": true +}, "networkTags": { "description": "Optional. The Compute Engine tags to add to runtime (see [Tagging instances](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/add-remove-network-tags)).", "items": { @@ -36585,10 +36808,15 @@ false "type": "boolean" }, "serviceAccount": { -"description": "Output only. The service account that the NotebookRuntime workload runs as.", +"description": "Output only. Deprecated: This field is no longer used and the \"Vertex AI Notebook Service Account\" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. The service account that the NotebookRuntime workload runs as.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"shieldedVmConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ShieldedVmConfig", +"description": "Output only. Runtime Shielded VM spec.", +"readOnly": true +}, "updateTime": { "description": "Output only. Timestamp when this NotebookRuntime was most recently updated.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -36642,7 +36870,8 @@ false "description": "The idle shutdown configuration of NotebookRuntimeTemplate. This config will only be set when idle shutdown is enabled." }, "isDefault": { -"description": "Output only. The default template to use if not specified.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Output only. Deprecated: This field has no behavior. Use notebook_runtime_type = 'ONE_CLICK' instead. The default template to use if not specified.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, @@ -36687,7 +36916,8 @@ false "type": "string" }, "serviceAccount": { -"description": "The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: This field is ignored and the \"Vertex AI Notebook Service Account\" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. For NotebookExecutionJob, use NotebookExecutionJob.service_account instead. The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.", "type": "string" }, "shieldedVmConfig": { @@ -37373,7 +37603,7 @@ false "properties": { "defaultRuntime": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1PipelineJobRuntimeConfigDefaultRuntime", -"description": "Optional. The default runtime for the PipelineJob. If not provided, Vertex Custom Job(on demand) is used as the runtime. For Vertex Custom Job, please refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/overview." +"description": "Optional. The default runtime for the PipelineJob. If not set, Standard Vertex Custom Job(https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/overview) is used as the runtime. If set, all pipeline tasks will run on the default runtime unless a task is a GCPC custom job component (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/pipelines/customjob-component) based task. If the task is based on a GCPC custom job component, it runs solely according to the component's configuration." }, "failurePolicy": { "description": "Represents the failure policy of a pipeline. Currently, the default of a pipeline is that the pipeline will continue to run until no more tasks can be executed, also known as PIPELINE_FAILURE_POLICY_FAIL_SLOW. However, if a pipeline is set to PIPELINE_FAILURE_POLICY_FAIL_FAST, it will stop scheduling any new tasks when a task has failed. Any scheduled tasks will continue to completion.", @@ -37441,7 +37671,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1PipelineJobRuntimeConfigPersistentResourceRuntimeDetail": { -"description": "Persistent resource based runtime detail. For more information, refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/persistent-resource-overview", +"description": "Persistent resource based runtime detail. For more information about persistent resource, refer to https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/persistent-resource-overview", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1PipelineJobRuntimeConfigPersistentResourceRuntimeDetail", "properties": { "persistentResourceName": { @@ -37853,6 +38083,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1PrebuiltVoiceConfig": { +"description": "The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1PrebuiltVoiceConfig", +"properties": { +"voiceName": { +"description": "The name of the preset voice to use.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1PredefinedSplit": { "description": "Assigns input data to training, validation, and test sets based on the value of a provided key. Supported only for tabular Datasets.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1PredefinedSplit", @@ -46028,6 +46269,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SpeechConfig": { +"description": "The speech generation config.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SpeechConfig", +"properties": { +"voiceConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1VoiceConfig", +"description": "The configuration for the speaker to use." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1StartNotebookRuntimeOperationMetadata": { "description": "Metadata information for NotebookService.StartNotebookRuntime.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1StartNotebookRuntimeOperationMetadata", @@ -46087,6 +46339,25 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1StreamQueryReasoningEngineRequest": { +"description": "Request message for ReasoningEngineExecutionService.StreamQuery.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1StreamQueryReasoningEngineRequest", +"properties": { +"classMethod": { +"description": "Optional. Class method to be used for the stream query. It is optional and defaults to \"stream_query\" if unspecified.", +"type": "string" +}, +"input": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Optional. Input content provided by users in JSON object format. Examples include text query, function calling parameters, media bytes, etc.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1StreamRawPredictRequest": { "description": "Request message for PredictionService.StreamRawPredict.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1StreamRawPredictRequest", @@ -47928,6 +48199,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"googleSearch": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ToolGoogleSearch", +"description": "Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google." +}, "googleSearchRetrieval": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GoogleSearchRetrieval", "description": "Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search." @@ -47939,6 +48214,21 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ToolCall": { +"description": "Spec for tool call.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ToolCall", +"properties": { +"toolInput": { +"description": "Optional. Spec for tool input", +"type": "string" +}, +"toolName": { +"description": "Required. Spec for tool name", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ToolCallValidInput": { "description": "Input for tool call valid metric.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ToolCallValidInput", @@ -48023,6 +48313,12 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ToolGoogleSearch": { +"description": "GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ToolGoogleSearch", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ToolNameMatchInput": { "description": "Input for tool name match metric.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ToolNameMatchInput", @@ -48411,6 +48707,423 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Trajectory": { +"description": "Spec for trajectory.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Trajectory", +"properties": { +"toolCalls": { +"description": "Required. Tool calls in the trajectory.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ToolCall" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchInput": { +"description": "Instances and metric spec for TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch metric.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchInput", +"properties": { +"instances": { +"description": "Required. Repeated TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch instance.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchInstance" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"metricSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchSpec", +"description": "Required. Spec for TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch metric." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchInstance": { +"description": "Spec for TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchInstance", +"properties": { +"predictedTrajectory": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Trajectory", +"description": "Required. Spec for predicted tool call trajectory." +}, +"referenceTrajectory": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Trajectory", +"description": "Required. Spec for reference tool call trajectory." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchMetricValue": { +"description": "TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch metric value for an instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchMetricValue", +"properties": { +"score": { +"description": "Output only. TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch score.", +"format": "float", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchResults": { +"description": "Results for TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch metric.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchResults", +"properties": { +"trajectoryAnyOrderMatchMetricValues": { +"description": "Output only. TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch metric values.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchMetricValue" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchSpec": { +"description": "Spec for TrajectoryAnyOrderMatch metric - returns 1 if all tool calls in the reference trajectory appear in the predicted trajectory in any order, else 0.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryAnyOrderMatchSpec", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryExactMatchInput": { +"description": "Instances and metric spec for TrajectoryExactMatch metric.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryExactMatchInput", +"properties": { +"instances": { +"description": "Required. Repeated TrajectoryExactMatch instance.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryExactMatchInstance" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"metricSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryExactMatchSpec", +"description": "Required. Spec for TrajectoryExactMatch metric." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryExactMatchInstance": { +"description": "Spec for TrajectoryExactMatch instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryExactMatchInstance", +"properties": { +"predictedTrajectory": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Trajectory", +"description": "Required. Spec for predicted tool call trajectory." +}, +"referenceTrajectory": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Trajectory", +"description": "Required. Spec for reference tool call trajectory." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryExactMatchMetricValue": { +"description": "TrajectoryExactMatch metric value for an instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryExactMatchMetricValue", +"properties": { +"score": { +"description": "Output only. TrajectoryExactMatch score.", +"format": "float", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryExactMatchResults": { +"description": "Results for TrajectoryExactMatch metric.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryExactMatchResults", +"properties": { +"trajectoryExactMatchMetricValues": { +"description": "Output only. TrajectoryExactMatch metric values.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryExactMatchMetricValue" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryExactMatchSpec": { +"description": "Spec for TrajectoryExactMatch metric - returns 1 if tool calls in the reference trajectory exactly match the predicted trajectory, else 0.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryExactMatchSpec", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryInOrderMatchInput": { +"description": "Instances and metric spec for TrajectoryInOrderMatch metric.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryInOrderMatchInput", +"properties": { +"instances": { +"description": "Required. Repeated TrajectoryInOrderMatch instance.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryInOrderMatchInstance" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"metricSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryInOrderMatchSpec", +"description": "Required. Spec for TrajectoryInOrderMatch metric." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryInOrderMatchInstance": { +"description": "Spec for TrajectoryInOrderMatch instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryInOrderMatchInstance", +"properties": { +"predictedTrajectory": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Trajectory", +"description": "Required. Spec for predicted tool call trajectory." +}, +"referenceTrajectory": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Trajectory", +"description": "Required. Spec for reference tool call trajectory." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryInOrderMatchMetricValue": { +"description": "TrajectoryInOrderMatch metric value for an instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryInOrderMatchMetricValue", +"properties": { +"score": { +"description": "Output only. TrajectoryInOrderMatch score.", +"format": "float", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryInOrderMatchResults": { +"description": "Results for TrajectoryInOrderMatch metric.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryInOrderMatchResults", +"properties": { +"trajectoryInOrderMatchMetricValues": { +"description": "Output only. TrajectoryInOrderMatch metric values.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryInOrderMatchMetricValue" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryInOrderMatchSpec": { +"description": "Spec for TrajectoryInOrderMatch metric - returns 1 if tool calls in the reference trajectory appear in the predicted trajectory in the same order, else 0.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryInOrderMatchSpec", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryPrecisionInput": { +"description": "Instances and metric spec for TrajectoryPrecision metric.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryPrecisionInput", +"properties": { +"instances": { +"description": "Required. Repeated TrajectoryPrecision instance.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryPrecisionInstance" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"metricSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryPrecisionSpec", +"description": "Required. Spec for TrajectoryPrecision metric." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryPrecisionInstance": { +"description": "Spec for TrajectoryPrecision instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryPrecisionInstance", +"properties": { +"predictedTrajectory": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Trajectory", +"description": "Required. Spec for predicted tool call trajectory." +}, +"referenceTrajectory": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Trajectory", +"description": "Required. Spec for reference tool call trajectory." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryPrecisionMetricValue": { +"description": "TrajectoryPrecision metric value for an instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryPrecisionMetricValue", +"properties": { +"score": { +"description": "Output only. TrajectoryPrecision score.", +"format": "float", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryPrecisionResults": { +"description": "Results for TrajectoryPrecision metric.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryPrecisionResults", +"properties": { +"trajectoryPrecisionMetricValues": { +"description": "Output only. TrajectoryPrecision metric values.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryPrecisionMetricValue" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryPrecisionSpec": { +"description": "Spec for TrajectoryPrecision metric - returns a float score based on average precision of individual tool calls.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryPrecisionSpec", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryRecallInput": { +"description": "Instances and metric spec for TrajectoryRecall metric.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryRecallInput", +"properties": { +"instances": { +"description": "Required. Repeated TrajectoryRecall instance.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryRecallInstance" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"metricSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryRecallSpec", +"description": "Required. Spec for TrajectoryRecall metric." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryRecallInstance": { +"description": "Spec for TrajectoryRecall instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryRecallInstance", +"properties": { +"predictedTrajectory": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Trajectory", +"description": "Required. Spec for predicted tool call trajectory." +}, +"referenceTrajectory": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Trajectory", +"description": "Required. Spec for reference tool call trajectory." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryRecallMetricValue": { +"description": "TrajectoryRecall metric value for an instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryRecallMetricValue", +"properties": { +"score": { +"description": "Output only. TrajectoryRecall score.", +"format": "float", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryRecallResults": { +"description": "Results for TrajectoryRecall metric.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryRecallResults", +"properties": { +"trajectoryRecallMetricValues": { +"description": "Output only. TrajectoryRecall metric values.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryRecallMetricValue" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryRecallSpec": { +"description": "Spec for TrajectoryRecall metric - returns a float score based on average recall of individual tool calls.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectoryRecallSpec", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectorySingleToolUseInput": { +"description": "Instances and metric spec for TrajectorySingleToolUse metric.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectorySingleToolUseInput", +"properties": { +"instances": { +"description": "Required. Repeated TrajectorySingleToolUse instance.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectorySingleToolUseInstance" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"metricSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectorySingleToolUseSpec", +"description": "Required. Spec for TrajectorySingleToolUse metric." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectorySingleToolUseInstance": { +"description": "Spec for TrajectorySingleToolUse instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectorySingleToolUseInstance", +"properties": { +"predictedTrajectory": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Trajectory", +"description": "Required. Spec for predicted tool call trajectory." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectorySingleToolUseMetricValue": { +"description": "TrajectorySingleToolUse metric value for an instance.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectorySingleToolUseMetricValue", +"properties": { +"score": { +"description": "Output only. TrajectorySingleToolUse score.", +"format": "float", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectorySingleToolUseResults": { +"description": "Results for TrajectorySingleToolUse metric.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectorySingleToolUseResults", +"properties": { +"trajectorySingleToolUseMetricValues": { +"description": "Output only. TrajectorySingleToolUse metric values.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectorySingleToolUseMetricValue" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectorySingleToolUseSpec": { +"description": "Spec for TrajectorySingleToolUse metric - returns 1 if tool is present in the predicted trajectory, else 0.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrajectorySingleToolUseSpec", +"properties": { +"toolName": { +"description": "Required. Spec for tool name to be checked for in the predicted trajectory.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Trial": { "description": "A message representing a Trial. A Trial contains a unique set of Parameters that has been or will be evaluated, along with the objective metrics got by running the Trial.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Trial", @@ -49279,6 +49992,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1VoiceConfig": { +"description": "The configuration for the voice to use.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1VoiceConfig", +"properties": { +"prebuiltVoiceConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1PrebuiltVoiceConfig", +"description": "The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1WorkerPoolSpec": { "description": "Represents the spec of a worker pool in a job.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1WorkerPoolSpec", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json index 4d3d632bf1d..9106b8e88e6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ "parameterOrder": [], "parameters": { "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of customers to show in a page of results. A number between 1 and 100 (inclusive).", +"description": "Required. The maximum number of customers to show in a page of results. A number between 1 and 100 (inclusive).", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of devices to show in a page of results. Must be between 1 and 100 inclusive.", +"description": "Required. The maximum number of devices to show in a page of results. Must be between 1 and 100 inclusive.", "format": "int64", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240916", +"revision": "20241202", "rootUrl": "https://androiddeviceprovisioning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ClaimDeviceRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json index a21f0915495..d2a86647262 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json @@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241120", +"revision": "20241204", "rootUrl": "https://androidmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdbShellCommandEvent": { @@ -4815,6 +4815,20 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, +"privateSpacePolicy": { +"description": "Optional. Controls whether a private space is allowed on the device.", +"enum": [ +"PRIVATE_SPACE_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED", +"PRIVATE_SPACE_ALLOWED", +"PRIVATE_SPACE_DISALLOWED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified. Defaults to PRIVATE_SPACE_ALLOWED.", +"Users can create a private space profile.", +"Users cannot create a private space profile. Supported only for company-owned devices with a work profile. Caution: Any existing private space will be removed." +], +"type": "string" +}, "screenCaptureDisabled": { "description": "If true, screen capture is disabled for all users.", "type": "boolean" @@ -5093,7 +5107,7 @@ false "type": "boolean" }, "keyguardDisabled": { -"description": "If true, this disables the Lock Screen (https://source.android.com/docs/core/display/multi_display/lock-screen) for primary and/or secondary displays.", +"description": "If true, this disables the Lock Screen (https://source.android.com/docs/core/display/multi_display/lock-screen) for primary and/or secondary displays. This policy is supported only in dedicated device management mode.", "type": "boolean" }, "keyguardDisabledFeatures": { @@ -6626,11 +6640,13 @@ false "description": "Required. Wi-Fi roaming mode for the specified SSID.", "enum": [ "WIFI_ROAMING_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"WIFI_ROAMING_DISABLED", "WIFI_ROAMING_DEFAULT", "WIFI_ROAMING_AGGRESSIVE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified. Defaults to WIFI_ROAMING_DEFAULT.", +"Wi-Fi roaming is disabled. Supported on Android 15 and above on fully managed devices and work profiles on company-owned devices. A nonComplianceDetail with MANAGEMENT_MODE is reported for other management modes. A nonComplianceDetail with API_LEVEL is reported if the Android version is less than 15.", "Default Wi-Fi roaming mode of the device.", "Aggressive roaming mode which allows quicker Wi-Fi roaming. Supported on Android 15 and above on fully managed devices and work profiles on company-owned devices. A nonComplianceDetail with MANAGEMENT_MODE is reported for other management modes. A nonComplianceDetail with API_LEVEL is reported if the Android version is less than 15. A nonComplianceDetail with DEVICE_INCOMPATIBLE is reported if the device does not support aggressive roaming mode." ], diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json index a3f1865c3be..81092973365 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json @@ -1712,6 +1712,53 @@ } }, "services": { +"methods": { +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes the specified service and all enclosed versions.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/services/{servicesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "appengine.projects.locations.applications.services.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"projectsId", +"locationsId", +"applicationsId", +"servicesId" +], +"parameters": { +"applicationsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"locationsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"projectsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. Name of the resource requested. Example: apps/myapp/services/default.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"servicesId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/services/{servicesId}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, "resources": { "versions": { "methods": { @@ -1778,7 +1825,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241118", +"revision": "20241205", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiConfigHandler": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json index 3caa5d7053a..971d52b8055 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json @@ -1819,6 +1819,53 @@ } }, "services": { +"methods": { +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes the specified service and all enclosed versions.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/services/{servicesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "appengine.projects.locations.applications.services.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"projectsId", +"locationsId", +"applicationsId", +"servicesId" +], +"parameters": { +"applicationsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"locationsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"projectsId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. Name of the resource requested. Example: apps/myapp/services/default.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"servicesId": { +"description": "Part of `name`. See documentation of `projectsId`.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/applications/{applicationsId}/services/{servicesId}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, "resources": { "versions": { "methods": { @@ -1978,7 +2025,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241118", +"revision": "20241205", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiConfigHandler": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json index 676fb7c6cd7..3c86f6bebc9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "accessPolicyVersion": { -"description": "Optional. The version of the access policy schema to fetch. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for conditional access policy binding in datasets must specify version 3. Dataset with no conditional role bindings in access policy may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. This field will be maped to [IAM Policy version] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#versions) and will be used to fetch policy from IAM. If unset or if 0 or 1 value is used for dataset with conditional bindings, access entry with condition will have role string appended by 'withcond' string followed by a hash value. For example : { \"access\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/bigquery.dataViewer_with_conditionalbinding_7a34awqsda\", \"userByEmail\": \"user@example.com\", } ] } Please refer https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/troubleshooting-withcond for more details.", +"description": "Optional. The version of the access policy schema to fetch. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for conditional access policy binding in datasets must specify version 3. Dataset with no conditional role bindings in access policy may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. This field will be mapped to [IAM Policy version] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#versions) and will be used to fetch policy from IAM. If unset or if 0 or 1 value is used for dataset with conditional bindings, access entry with condition will have role string appended by 'withcond' string followed by a hash value. For example : { \"access\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/bigquery.dataViewer_with_conditionalbinding_7a34awqsda\", \"userByEmail\": \"user@example.com\", } ] } Please refer https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/troubleshooting-withcond for more details.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "accessPolicyVersion": { -"description": "Optional. The version of the provided access policy schema. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. This version refers to the schema version of the access policy and not the version of access policy. This field's value can be equal or more than the access policy schema provided in the request. For example, * Requests with conditional access policy binding in datasets must specify version 3. * But dataset with no conditional role bindings in access policy may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. If unset or if 0 or 1 value is used for dataset with conditional bindings, request will be rejected. This field will be maped to IAM Policy version (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#versions) and will be used to set policy in IAM.", +"description": "Optional. The version of the provided access policy schema. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. This version refers to the schema version of the access policy and not the version of access policy. This field's value can be equal or more than the access policy schema provided in the request. For example, * Requests with conditional access policy binding in datasets must specify version 3. * But dataset with no conditional role bindings in access policy may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. If unset or if 0 or 1 value is used for dataset with conditional bindings, request will be rejected. This field will be mapped to IAM Policy version (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#versions) and will be used to set policy in IAM.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "accessPolicyVersion": { -"description": "Optional. The version of the provided access policy schema. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. This version refers to the schema version of the access policy and not the version of access policy. This field's value can be equal or more than the access policy schema provided in the request. For example, * Operations updating conditional access policy binding in datasets must specify version 3. Some of the operations are : - Adding a new access policy entry with condition. - Removing an access policy entry with condition. - Updating an access policy entry with condition. * But dataset with no conditional role bindings in access policy may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. If unset or if 0 or 1 value is used for dataset with conditional bindings, request will be rejected. This field will be maped to IAM Policy version (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#versions) and will be used to set policy in IAM.", +"description": "Optional. The version of the provided access policy schema. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. This version refers to the schema version of the access policy and not the version of access policy. This field's value can be equal or more than the access policy schema provided in the request. For example, * Operations updating conditional access policy binding in datasets must specify version 3. Some of the operations are : - Adding a new access policy entry with condition. - Removing an access policy entry with condition. - Updating an access policy entry with condition. * But dataset with no conditional role bindings in access policy may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. If unset or if 0 or 1 value is used for dataset with conditional bindings, request will be rejected. This field will be mapped to IAM Policy version (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#versions) and will be used to set policy in IAM.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "accessPolicyVersion": { -"description": "Optional. The version of the provided access policy schema. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. This version refers to the schema version of the access policy and not the version of access policy. This field's value can be equal or more than the access policy schema provided in the request. For example, * Operations updating conditional access policy binding in datasets must specify version 3. Some of the operations are : - Adding a new access policy entry with condition. - Removing an access policy entry with condition. - Updating an access policy entry with condition. * But dataset with no conditional role bindings in access policy may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. If unset or if 0 or 1 value is used for dataset with conditional bindings, request will be rejected. This field will be maped to IAM Policy version (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#versions) and will be used to set policy in IAM.", +"description": "Optional. The version of the provided access policy schema. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. This version refers to the schema version of the access policy and not the version of access policy. This field's value can be equal or more than the access policy schema provided in the request. For example, * Operations updating conditional access policy binding in datasets must specify version 3. Some of the operations are : - Adding a new access policy entry with condition. - Removing an access policy entry with condition. - Updating an access policy entry with condition. * But dataset with no conditional role bindings in access policy may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. If unset or if 0 or 1 value is used for dataset with conditional bindings, request will be rejected. This field will be mapped to IAM Policy version (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#versions) and will be used to set policy in IAM.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" @@ -2009,7 +2009,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241111", +"revision": "20241115", "rootUrl": "https://bigquery.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AggregateClassificationMetrics": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json index 14fc50e2db2..e4e3fab6572 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ ] }, "create": { -"description": "Creates a space with no members. Can be used to create a named space, or a group chat in `Import mode`. For an example, see [Create a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-spaces). If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name. Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) When authenticating as an app, the `space.customer` field must be set in the request.", +"description": "Creates a space. Can be used to create a named space, or a group chat in `Import mode`. For an example, see [Create a space](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-spaces). Supports the following types of [authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize): - [App authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-app) with [administrator approval](https://support.google.com/a?p=chat-app-auth) in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) - [User authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) When authenticating as an app, the `space.customer` field must be set in the request. Space membership upon creation depends on whether the space is created in `Import mode`: * **Import mode:** No members are created. * **All other modes:** The calling user is added as a member. This is: * The app itself when using app authentication. * The human user when using user authentication. If you receive the error message `ALREADY_EXISTS` when creating a space, try a different `displayName`. An existing space within the Google Workspace organization might already use this display name.", "flatPath": "v1/spaces", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "chat.spaces.create", @@ -1344,7 +1344,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241124", +"revision": "20241203", "rootUrl": "https://chat.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessSettings": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json index 90c9ad3ca08..2be55c06d7b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241124", +"revision": "20241203", "rootUrl": "https://checks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { @@ -682,9 +682,9 @@ "The model generates content that is malicious, intimidating, bullying, or abusive towards another individual.", "The model generates content that is sexually explicit in nature.", "The model promotes violence, hatred, discrimination on the basis of race, religion, etc.", -"The model facilitates harm by providing health advice or guidance.", +"The model provides or offers to facilitate access to medical advice or guidance.", "The model generates content that contains gratuitous, realistic descriptions of violence or gore.", -"" +"The model generates profanity and obscenities." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -734,9 +734,9 @@ "The model generates content that is malicious, intimidating, bullying, or abusive towards another individual.", "The model generates content that is sexually explicit in nature.", "The model promotes violence, hatred, discrimination on the basis of race, religion, etc.", -"The model facilitates harm by providing health advice or guidance.", +"The model provides or offers to facilitate access to medical advice or guidance.", "The model generates content that contains gratuitous, realistic descriptions of violence or gore.", -"" +"The model generates profanity and obscenities." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json index 9bb3e0af1f3..b466804c7a9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json @@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241116", +"revision": "20241202", "rootUrl": "https://cloudchannel.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudChannelV1ActivateEntitlementRequest": { @@ -5962,18 +5962,18 @@ false "type": "object" }, "GoogleTypePostalAddress": { -"description": "Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478", +"description": "Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478", "id": "GoogleTypePostalAddress", "properties": { "addressLines": { -"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).", +"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).", "items": { "type": "string" }, "type": "array" }, "administrativeArea": { -"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.", +"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.", "type": "string" }, "languageCode": { @@ -5989,7 +5989,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "postalCode": { -"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).", +"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).", "type": "string" }, "recipients": { @@ -6009,7 +6009,7 @@ false "type": "integer" }, "sortingCode": { -"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (e.g. \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (e.g. C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).", +"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (For example \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (For example C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).", "type": "string" }, "sublocality": { @@ -6024,11 +6024,11 @@ false "id": "GoogleTypeTimeZone", "properties": { "id": { -"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".", +"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".", "type": "string" }, "version": { -"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".", +"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json index b22e5d78e2a..6fc4dcd6b4d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json @@ -1894,6 +1894,41 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, +"getEffectiveSecurityPolicies": { +"description": "Returns effective security policies applied to this backend service.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}/getEffectiveSecurityPolicies", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.backendServices.getEffectiveSecurityPolicies", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"backendService" +], +"parameters": { +"backendService": { +"description": "Name of the Backend Service for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}/getEffectiveSecurityPolicies", +"response": { +"$ref": "BackendServicesGetEffectiveSecurityPoliciesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, "getHealth": { "description": "Gets the most recent health check results for this BackendService. Example request body: { \"group\": \"/zones/us-east1-b/instanceGroups/lb-backend-example\" }", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}/getHealth", @@ -2457,7 +2492,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "[Input Only] Validate the new configuration, but don't create it. If applicable, any configuration notices are returned in the `configurationNotices` field.", +"description": "[Input Only] Validate the new configuration, but don't create it.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -2558,8 +2593,14 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, +"updateMask": { +"description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "validateOnly": { -"description": "[Input Only] Validate the new configuration, but don't update it. If applicable, any configuration notices are returned in the `configurationNotices` field.", +"description": "[Input Only] Validate the new configuration, but don't update it.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -11621,7 +11662,7 @@ ] }, "addNetworkInterface": { -"description": "Adds a network interface to an instance.", +"description": "Adds one dynamic network interface to an active instance.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/addNetworkInterface", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.instances.addNetworkInterface", @@ -11901,7 +11942,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "noGracefulShutdown": { -"description": "If true, skips Graceful Shutdown.", +"description": "If set to true, Graceful Shutdown is skipped.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, @@ -11996,7 +12037,7 @@ ] }, "deleteNetworkInterface": { -"description": "Deletes one network interface from an active instance. InstancesDeleteNetworkInterfaceRequest indicates: - instance from which to delete, using project+zone+resource_id fields; - network interface to be deleted, using network_interface_name field; Only VLAN interface deletion is supported for now.", +"description": "Deletes one dynamic network interface from an active instance. InstancesDeleteNetworkInterfaceRequest indicates: - instance from which to delete, using project+zone+resource_id fields; - dynamic network interface to be deleted, using network_interface_name field;", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/deleteNetworkInterface", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.instances.deleteNetworkInterface", @@ -12014,7 +12055,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "networkInterfaceName": { -"description": "The name of the network interface to be deleted from the instance. Only VLAN network interface deletion is supported.", +"description": "The name of the dynamic network interface to be deleted from the instance.", "location": "query", "required": true, "type": "string" @@ -12438,7 +12479,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "start": { -"description": "Specifies the starting byte position of the output to return. To start with the first byte of output to the specified port, omit this field or set it to `0`. If the output for that byte position is available, this field matches the `start` parameter sent with the request. If the amount of serial console output exceeds the size of the buffer (1 MB), the oldest output is discarded and is no longer available. If the requested start position refers to discarded output, the start position is adjusted to the oldest output still available, and the adjusted start position is returned as the `start` property value. You can also provide a negative start position, which translates to the most recent number of bytes written to the serial port. For example, -3 is interpreted as the most recent 3 bytes written to the serial console.", +"description": "Specifies the starting byte position of the output to return. To start with the first byte of output to the specified port, omit this field or set it to `0`. If the output for that byte position is available, this field matches the `start` parameter sent with the request. If the amount of serial console output exceeds the size of the buffer (1 MB), the oldest output is discarded and is no longer available. If the requested start position refers to discarded output, the start position is adjusted to the oldest output still available, and the adjusted start position is returned as the `start` property value. You can also provide a negative start position, which translates to the most recent number of bytes written to the serial port. For example, -3 is interpreted as the most recent 3 bytes written to the serial console. Note that the negative start is bounded by the retained buffer size, and the returned serial console output will not exceed the max buffer size.", "format": "int64", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -14013,7 +14054,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "noGracefulShutdown": { -"description": "If true, skips Graceful Shutdown.", +"description": "If set to true, Graceful Shutdown is skipped.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, @@ -17604,6 +17645,54 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] +}, +"update": { +"description": "Updates a License resource in the specified project. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenses/{license}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "compute.licenses.update", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"license" +], +"parameters": { +"license": { +"description": "The license name for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/licenses/{license}", +"request": { +"$ref": "License" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -33125,6 +33214,56 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] +}, +"setLabels": { +"description": "Sets the labels on a security policy. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/securityPolicies/{resource}/setLabels", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionSecurityPolicies.setLabels", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/securityPolicies/{resource}/setLabels", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionSetLabelsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -35856,6 +35995,62 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] +}, +"performMaintenance": { +"description": "Allows customers to perform maintenance on a reservation block", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservation}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlock}/performMaintenance", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.reservationBlocks.performMaintenance", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"reservation", +"reservationBlock" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"reservation": { +"description": "The name of the reservation. Name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"reservationBlock": { +"description": "The name of the reservation block. Name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "Name of the zone for this request. Zone name should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservation}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlock}/performMaintenance", +"request": { +"$ref": "ReservationsBlocksPerformMaintenanceRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -36171,6 +36366,54 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, +"performMaintenance": { +"description": "Perform maintenance on an extended reservation", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservation}/performMaintenance", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.reservations.performMaintenance", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"reservation" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"reservation": { +"description": "The name of the reservation. Name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "Name of the zone for this request. Zone name should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservation}/performMaintenance", +"request": { +"$ref": "ReservationsPerformMaintenanceRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, "resize": { "description": "Resizes the reservation (applicable to standalone reservations only). For more information, read Modifying reservations.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservation}/resize", @@ -46441,7 +46684,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "[Input Only] Validate the new configuration, but don't create it. If applicable, any configuration notices are returned in the `configurationNotices` field.", +"description": "[Input Only] Validate the new configuration, but don't create it.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -46556,7 +46799,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "[Input Only] Validate the new configuration, but don't update it. If applicable, any configuration notices are returned in the `configurationNotices` field.", +"description": "[Input Only] Validate the new configuration, but don't update it.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, @@ -47179,7 +47422,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241112", +"revision": "20241201", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -47334,6 +47577,7 @@ "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -47370,6 +47614,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -47394,6 +47639,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -47486,6 +47732,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -47522,6 +47769,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -47546,6 +47794,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -47620,6 +47869,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -47656,6 +47906,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -47680,6 +47931,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -48041,6 +48293,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -48077,6 +48330,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -48101,6 +48355,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -48193,6 +48448,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -48229,6 +48485,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -48253,6 +48510,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -48327,6 +48585,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -48363,6 +48622,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -48387,6 +48647,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -49308,6 +49569,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -49344,6 +49606,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -49368,6 +49631,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -49460,6 +49724,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -49496,6 +49761,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -49520,6 +49786,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -49652,6 +49919,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -49688,6 +49956,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -49712,6 +49981,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -50161,7 +50431,7 @@ false "description": "The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy." }, "cacheMode": { -"description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.", +"description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC.", "enum": [ "CACHE_ALL_STATIC", "FORCE_CACHE_ALL", @@ -50330,6 +50600,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -50366,6 +50637,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -50390,6 +50662,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -50481,6 +50754,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -50517,6 +50791,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -50541,6 +50816,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -50860,6 +51136,7 @@ false "enum": [ "ALL", "GRPC", +"H2C", "HTTP", "HTTP2", "HTTPS", @@ -50871,6 +51148,7 @@ false "enumDescriptions": [ "ALL includes TCP, UDP, ICMP, ESP, AH and SCTP. Note that this should never be used together with target_xx_proxies.", "gRPC (available for Traffic Director).", +"HTTP2 over cleartext", "", "HTTP/2 with SSL.", "", @@ -51039,6 +51317,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -51075,6 +51354,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -51099,6 +51379,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -51152,7 +51433,7 @@ false "description": "The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy." }, "cacheMode": { -"description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.", +"description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC.", "enum": [ "CACHE_ALL_STATIC", "FORCE_CACHE_ALL", @@ -51514,6 +51795,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -51550,6 +51832,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -51574,6 +51857,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -51666,6 +51950,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -51702,6 +51987,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -51726,6 +52012,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -51970,6 +52257,19 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"BackendServicesGetEffectiveSecurityPoliciesResponse": { +"id": "BackendServicesGetEffectiveSecurityPoliciesResponse", +"properties": { +"securityPolicies": { +"description": "Effective security policies for the backend service.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SecurityPolicy" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BackendServicesScopedList": { "id": "BackendServicesScopedList", "properties": { @@ -52007,6 +52307,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -52043,6 +52344,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -52067,6 +52369,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -52600,6 +52903,13 @@ false "CacheInvalidationRule": { "id": "CacheInvalidationRule", "properties": { +"cacheTags": { +"description": "Not implemented.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "host": { "description": "If set, this invalidation rule will only apply to requests with a Host header matching host.", "type": "string" @@ -52953,6 +53263,7 @@ false "GRAPHICS_OPTIMIZED", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED_M3", +"MEMORY_OPTIMIZED_M4", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED_X4", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED_X4_16TB", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED_X4_24TB", @@ -52986,6 +53297,7 @@ false "", "", "", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -53055,6 +53367,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -53091,6 +53404,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -53115,6 +53429,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -53207,6 +53522,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -53243,6 +53559,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -53267,6 +53584,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -53382,6 +53700,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -53418,6 +53737,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -53442,6 +53762,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -53715,6 +54036,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -53751,6 +54073,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -53775,6 +54098,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -54330,6 +54654,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -54366,6 +54691,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -54390,6 +54716,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -54554,6 +54881,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -54590,6 +54918,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -54614,6 +54943,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -54669,12 +54999,12 @@ false "id": "DiskPairReplicationState", "properties": { "dataReplicationState": { -"description": "[Output Only] The status of disk creation. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_INITIALIZING: The device is doing the initial replication after starting the replication. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATING_HEALTHY: The primary disk is healthily replicating to the secondary device i.e. last_replication_time is within RPO. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATING_BEHIND: The replication is lagging above the SLO limit due to some internal issue. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATING_UNHEALTHY: The replication is lagging, and the RPO is not being met due to some internal issue. . - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATION_STUCK: The replication is completely stuck due to some internal error. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_STOPPING: The replication is under the process of being stopped. This is a transient state. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_STOPPED: The replication between the disk-pairs have stopped. ", +"description": "[Output Only] The status of disk creation. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_INITIALIZING: The device is doing the initial replication after starting the replication. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATING_HEALTHY: The primary disk is healthily replicating to the secondary device i.e. last_replication_time is within RPO. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATING_BEHIND_HIGH_CHURN: The replication is lagging above the SLO limit due to some internal issue. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATING_BEHIND_SYSTEM_LAGGING: The replication is lagging, and the RPO is not being met due to some internal issue. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATION_STUCK: The replication is completely stuck due to some internal error. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_STOPPING: The replication is under the process of being stopped. This is a transient state. - ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_STOPPED: The replication between the disk-pairs have stopped. ", "enum": [ "ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_INITIALIZING", -"ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATING_BEHIND", +"ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATING_BEHIND_HIGH_CHURN", +"ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATING_BEHIND_SYSTEM_LAGGING", "ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATING_HEALTHY", -"ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATING_UNHEALTHY", "ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_REPLICATION_STUCK", "ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_STOPPED", "ASYNC_REPLICATION_STATE_STOPPING", @@ -54683,8 +55013,8 @@ false "enumDescriptions": [ "The device is doing the initial replication after starting the replication.", "The replication is lagging behind (last_replication_time > RPO), because the disk's change rate is above the supported limit.", -"The primary disk is healthily replicating to the secondary device i.e. last_replication_time is within RPO.", "The replication is lagging, and the RPO is not being met due to some internal issue.", +"The primary disk is healthily replicating to the secondary device i.e. last_replication_time is within RPO.", "The replication is completely stuck due to some internal error.", "The replication between the disk-pairs have stopped.", "The replication is under the process of being stopped. This is a transient sate.", @@ -54939,6 +55269,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -54975,6 +55306,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -54999,6 +55331,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -55091,6 +55424,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -55127,6 +55461,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -55151,6 +55486,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -55225,6 +55561,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -55261,6 +55598,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -55285,6 +55623,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -55396,6 +55735,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -55432,6 +55772,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -55456,6 +55797,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -55700,6 +56042,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -55736,6 +56079,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -55760,6 +56104,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -55970,6 +56315,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -56006,6 +56352,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -56030,6 +56377,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -56307,6 +56655,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -56343,6 +56692,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -56367,6 +56717,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -56626,6 +56977,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -56662,6 +57014,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -56686,6 +57039,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -57339,6 +57693,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -57375,6 +57730,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -57399,6 +57755,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -57491,6 +57848,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -57527,6 +57885,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -57551,6 +57910,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -57653,6 +58013,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -57689,6 +58050,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -57713,6 +58075,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -57753,6 +58116,10 @@ false "FutureReservation": { "id": "FutureReservation", "properties": { +"aggregateReservation": { +"$ref": "AllocationAggregateReservation", +"description": "Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation." +}, "autoCreatedReservationsDeleteTime": { "description": "Future timestamp when the FR auto-created reservations will be deleted by Compute Engine. Format of this field must be a valid href=\"https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt\">RFC3339 value.", "type": "string" @@ -57791,29 +58158,11 @@ false "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the future reservation.", "type": "string" }, -"enableOpportunisticMaintenance": { -"description": "Indicates if this group of VMs have opportunistic maintenance enabled. This will be set on the FR by customers, and will be used for reservation and reservation block maintenance .", -"type": "boolean" -}, "id": { "description": "[Output Only] A unique identifier for this future reservation. The server defines this identifier.", "format": "uint64", "type": "string" }, -"instanceTerminationAction": { -"description": "Action to take during reservation termination.", -"enum": [ -"DELETE", -"INSTANCE_TERMINATION_ACTION_UNSPECIFIED", -"STOP" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Delete the VM.", -"Default value. This value is unused.", -"Stop the VM without storing in-memory content. default action." -], -"type": "string" -}, "kind": { "default": "compute#futureReservation", "description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#futureReservation for future reservations.", @@ -57847,6 +58196,20 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, +"reservationMode": { +"description": "The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and expected pricing.", +"enum": [ +"CALENDAR", +"DEFAULT", +"RESERVATION_MODE_UNSPECIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The delivered reservations will delivered at specified start time and terminated at specified end time along with terminating the VMs running on it.", +"The delivered reservations do not terminate VMs at the end of reservations. This is default mode.", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, "reservationName": { "description": "Name of reservations where the capacity is provisioned at the time of delivery of future reservations. If the reservation with the given name does not exist already, it is created automatically at the time of Approval with INACTIVE state till specified start-time. Either provide the reservation_name or a name_prefix.", "type": "string" @@ -58227,6 +58590,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -58263,6 +58627,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -58287,6 +58652,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -58388,6 +58754,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -58424,6 +58791,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -58448,6 +58816,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -58522,6 +58891,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -58558,6 +58928,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -58582,6 +58953,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -58810,10 +59182,6 @@ false "description": "Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks.", "id": "GroupMaintenanceInfo", "properties": { -"enableOpportunisticMaintenance": { -"description": "This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible.", -"type": "boolean" -}, "maintenanceOngoingCount": { "description": "Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance.", "format": "int32", @@ -59350,6 +59718,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -59386,6 +59755,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -59410,6 +59780,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -59624,6 +59995,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -59660,6 +60032,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -59684,6 +60057,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -59785,6 +60159,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -59821,6 +60196,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -59845,6 +60221,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -59919,6 +60296,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -59955,6 +60333,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -59979,6 +60358,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -60078,6 +60458,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -60114,6 +60495,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -60138,6 +60520,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -60212,6 +60595,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -60248,6 +60632,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -60272,6 +60657,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -60779,6 +61165,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -60815,6 +61202,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -60839,6 +61227,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -61052,15 +61441,15 @@ false }, "routeAction": { "$ref": "HttpRouteAction", -"description": "In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction." +"description": "In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction." }, "service": { -"description": "The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set.", +"description": "The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set.", "type": "string" }, "urlRedirect": { "$ref": "HttpRedirectAction", -"description": "When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." +"description": "When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." } }, "type": "object" @@ -61239,6 +61628,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -61275,6 +61665,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -61299,6 +61690,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -61642,6 +62034,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -61678,6 +62071,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -61702,6 +62096,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -62060,7 +62455,7 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The instance is halted and we are performing tear down tasks like network deprogramming, releasing quota, IP, tearing down disks etc.", -"The instance is shutting down gracefully.", +"The instance is gracefully shutting down.", "Resources are being allocated for the instance.", "The instance is in repair.", "The instance is running.", @@ -62154,6 +62549,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -62190,6 +62586,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -62214,6 +62611,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -62429,6 +62827,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -62465,6 +62864,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -62489,6 +62889,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -62581,6 +62982,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -62617,6 +63019,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -62641,6 +63044,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -63039,6 +63443,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -63075,6 +63480,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -63099,6 +63505,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -63249,7 +63656,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerInstanceLifecyclePolicy", "properties": { "defaultActionOnFailure": { -"description": "The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM. ", +"description": "The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application fails a health check. Valid values are - REPAIR (default): MIG automatically repairs a failed VM by recreating it. For more information, see about repairing VMs in a MIG. - DO_NOTHING: MIG does not repair a failed VM.", "enum": [ "DELETE", "DO_NOTHING", @@ -63257,8 +63664,8 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "MIG deletes a failed or an unhealthy VM. Deleting the VM decreases the target size of the MIG.", -"MIG does not repair a failed or an unhealthy VM.", -"(Default) MIG automatically repairs a failed or an unhealthy VM by recreating it. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG." +"MIG does not repair a failed VM.", +"(default): MIG automatically repairs a failed VM by recreating it. For more information, see about repairing VMs in a MIG." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -63280,16 +63687,16 @@ false "description": "The configuration for metadata based readiness signal sent by the instance during initialization when stopping / suspending an instance. The Instance Group Manager will wait for a signal that indicates successful initialization before stopping / suspending an instance. If a successful readiness signal is not sent before timeout, the corresponding instance will not be stopped / suspended. Instead, an error will be visible in the lastAttempt.errors field of the managed instance in the listmanagedinstances method. If metadataBasedReadinessSignal.timeoutSec is unset, the Instance Group Manager will directly proceed to suspend / stop instances, skipping initialization on them." }, "onFailedHealthCheck": { -"description": "The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): The MIG performs the same action as specified in the instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to REPAIR, then the MIG repairs unhealthy VMs. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to DO_NOTHING, then the MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. - REPAIR: The MIG repairs unhealthy VMs by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: The MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs. For more information, see About repairing VMs in a MIG. ", +"description": "The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. Valid values are: - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by recreating it. - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. For more information, see about repairing VMs in a MIG. ", "enum": [ "DEFAULT_ACTION", "DO_NOTHING", "REPAIR" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"(Default) The MIG performs the same action as specified in the instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to REPAIR, then the MIG repairs unhealthy VMs. If the defaultActionOnFailure field is set to DO_NOTHING, then the MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs.", -"The MIG doesn't repair unhealthy VMs.", -"The MIG repairs unhealthy VMs by recreating it." +"(Default) MIG uses the same action configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field.", +"MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM.", +"MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by recreating it." ], "type": "string" } @@ -63363,6 +63770,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -63399,6 +63807,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -63423,6 +63832,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -63762,6 +64172,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -63798,6 +64209,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -63822,6 +64234,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -64383,6 +64796,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -64419,6 +64833,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -64443,6 +64858,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -64572,6 +64988,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -64608,6 +65025,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -64632,6 +65050,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -64837,6 +65256,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -64873,6 +65293,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -64897,6 +65318,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -65002,6 +65424,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -65038,6 +65461,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -65062,6 +65486,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -65172,6 +65597,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -65208,6 +65634,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -65232,6 +65659,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -65324,6 +65752,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -65360,6 +65789,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -65384,6 +65814,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -65905,6 +66336,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -65941,6 +66373,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -65965,6 +66398,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -66057,6 +66491,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -66093,6 +66528,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -66117,6 +66553,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -66191,6 +66628,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -66227,6 +66665,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -66251,6 +66690,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -66319,7 +66759,7 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The instance is halted and we are performing tear down tasks like network deprogramming, releasing quota, IP, tearing down disks etc.", -"The instance is shutting down gracefully.", +"The instance is gracefully shutting down.", "Resources are being allocated for the instance.", "The instance is in repair.", "The instance is running.", @@ -66400,6 +66840,13 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] The name of the firewall policy.", "type": "string" }, +"packetMirroringRules": { +"description": "[Output Only] The packet mirroring rules that apply to the instance.", +"items": { +"$ref": "FirewallPolicyRule" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "priority": { "description": "[Output only] Priority of firewall policy association. Not applicable for type=HIERARCHY.", "format": "int32", @@ -66575,6 +67022,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -66611,6 +67059,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -66635,6 +67084,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -66977,6 +67427,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -67013,6 +67464,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -67037,6 +67489,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -67228,6 +67681,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -67264,6 +67718,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -67288,6 +67743,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -67373,6 +67829,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -67409,6 +67866,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -67433,6 +67891,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -67507,9 +67966,11 @@ false "description": "[Output only] List of features available for this Interconnect connection, which can take one of the following values: - IF_MACSEC If present then the Interconnect connection is provisioned on MACsec capable hardware ports. If not present then the Interconnect connection is provisioned on non-MACsec capable ports and MACsec isn't supported and enabling MACsec fails.", "items": { "enum": [ +"IF_CROSS_SITE_NETWORK", "IF_MACSEC" ], "enumDescriptions": [ +"Cross Site Networking", "Media Access Control security (MACsec)" ], "type": "string" @@ -67667,9 +68128,11 @@ false "description": "Optional. List of features requested for this Interconnect connection, which can take one of the following values: - IF_MACSEC If specified then the connection is created on MACsec capable hardware ports. If not specified, the default value is false, which allocates non-MACsec capable ports first if available. This parameter can be provided only with Interconnect INSERT. It isn't valid for Interconnect PATCH.", "items": { "enum": [ +"IF_CROSS_SITE_NETWORK", "IF_MACSEC" ], "enumDescriptions": [ +"Cross Site Networking", "Media Access Control security (MACsec)" ], "type": "string" @@ -67704,6 +68167,13 @@ false "The interconnect has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this interconnect." ], "type": "string" +}, +"wireGroups": { +"description": "[Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if this list is non-empty.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -68138,6 +68608,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -68174,6 +68645,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -68198,6 +68670,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -68606,6 +69079,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -68642,6 +69116,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -68666,6 +69141,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -68758,6 +69234,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -68794,6 +69271,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -68818,6 +69296,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -68923,6 +69402,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -68959,6 +69439,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -68983,6 +69464,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -69541,6 +70023,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -69577,6 +70060,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -69601,6 +70085,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -69693,6 +70178,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -69729,6 +70215,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -69753,6 +70240,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -69803,12 +70291,14 @@ false "type": "string" }, "availableFeatures": { -"description": "[Output only] List of features available at this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - MACSEC ", +"description": "[Output only] List of features available at this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - IF_MACSEC ", "items": { "enum": [ +"IF_CROSS_SITE_NETWORK", "IF_MACSEC" ], "enumDescriptions": [ +"Cross Site Networking", "Media Access Control security (MACsec)" ], "type": "string" @@ -69866,6 +70356,13 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.", "type": "string" }, +"crossSiteInterconnectInfos": { +"description": "[Output Only] A list of InterconnectLocation.CrossSiteInterconnectInfo objects, that describe parameters pertaining to the relation between this InterconnectLocation and various Interconnect metros.", +"items": { +"$ref": "InterconnectLocationCrossSiteInterconnectInfo" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "description": { "description": "[Output Only] An optional description of the resource.", "type": "string" @@ -69930,6 +70427,22 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"InterconnectLocationCrossSiteInterconnectInfo": { +"description": "Information about any potential WireGroups between an Interconnect at a specific InterconnectLocation, and an Interconnect in another metro.", +"id": "InterconnectLocationCrossSiteInterconnectInfo", +"properties": { +"city": { +"description": "Metropolitan area designator", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxSingleFlowGbps": { +"description": "The maximum gbps for a single flow to this metro. This limits the total bandwidth which may be configured per wire.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "InterconnectLocationList": { "description": "Response to the list request, and contains a list of interconnect locations.", "id": "InterconnectLocationList", @@ -69985,6 +70498,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -70021,6 +70535,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -70045,6 +70560,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -70493,6 +71009,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -70529,6 +71046,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -70553,6 +71071,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -70743,6 +71262,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -70779,6 +71299,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -70803,6 +71324,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -70895,6 +71417,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -70931,6 +71454,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -70955,6 +71479,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -71126,7 +71651,8 @@ false "type": "array" }, "resourceRequirements": { -"$ref": "LicenseResourceRequirements" +"$ref": "LicenseResourceRequirements", +"description": "[Input Only] Deprecated." }, "selfLink": { "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", @@ -71306,12 +71832,12 @@ false "id": "LicenseResourceRequirements", "properties": { "minGuestCpuCount": { -"description": "Minimum number of guest cpus required to use the Instance. Enforced at Instance creation and Instance start.", +"description": "[Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum number of guest cpus required to use the Instance.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "minMemoryMb": { -"description": "Minimum memory required to use the Instance. Enforced at Instance creation and Instance start.", +"description": "[Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum memory required to use the Instance.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" } @@ -71367,6 +71893,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -71403,6 +71930,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -71427,6 +71955,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -71529,6 +72058,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -71565,6 +72095,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -71589,6 +72120,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -71903,6 +72435,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -71939,6 +72472,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -71963,6 +72497,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -72168,6 +72703,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -72204,6 +72740,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -72228,6 +72765,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -72320,6 +72858,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -72356,6 +72895,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -72380,6 +72920,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -72454,6 +72995,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -72490,6 +73032,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -72514,6 +73057,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -72638,7 +73182,7 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The instance is halted and we are performing tear down tasks like network deprogramming, releasing quota, IP, tearing down disks etc.", -"The instance is shutting down gracefully.", +"The instance is gracefully shutting down.", "Resources are being allocated for the instance.", "The instance is in repair.", "The instance is running.", @@ -72770,10 +73314,12 @@ false "provisioningModel": { "description": "The provisioning model to be used for this instance.", "enum": [ +"RESERVATION_BOUND", "SPOT", "STANDARD" ], "enumDescriptions": [ +"Bound to the lifecycle of the reservation in which it is provisioned.", "Heavily discounted, no guaranteed runtime.", "Standard provisioning with user controlled runtime, no discounts." ], @@ -72887,10 +73433,12 @@ false "provisioningModel": { "description": "The provisioning model to be used for this instance.", "enum": [ +"RESERVATION_BOUND", "SPOT", "STANDARD" ], "enumDescriptions": [ +"Bound to the lifecycle of the reservation in which it is provisioned.", "Heavily discounted, no guaranteed runtime.", "Standard provisioning with user controlled runtime, no discounts." ], @@ -73062,21 +73610,11 @@ false "description": "[Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#multiMig for multi-MIGs.", "type": "string" }, -"locationPolicy": { -"$ref": "MultiMigLocationPolicy" -}, "name": { "description": "The name of the multi-MIG. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "type": "string" }, -"parts": { -"additionalProperties": { -"$ref": "MultiMigPart" -}, -"description": "Map of user-provided names associated with their parts. Keys in the map are arbitrary names chosen by the user for parts. Keys need to be alphanumeric and not longer than 64 characters.", -"type": "object" -}, "region": { "description": "[Output only] The URL of the region where the resource resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. You cannot set the region as a field in the request body.", "type": "string" @@ -73085,10 +73623,6 @@ false "$ref": "MultiMigResourcePolicies", "description": "Resource policies for this multi-MIG." }, -"schedulingPolicy": { -"$ref": "MultiMigSchedulingPolicy", -"description": "Policy for handling provisioning and other scheduling-related events." -}, "selfLink": { "description": "[Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", "type": "string" @@ -73103,35 +73637,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"MultiMigLocationPolicy": { -"description": "Policy regarding where to create managed instance groups. Initially only zonal managed instance groups in the same zone are supported.", -"id": "MultiMigLocationPolicy", -"properties": { -"provisioningZones": { -"description": "List of zones where managed instance groups will be provisioned. Should be valid RFC1035 name.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"MultiMigPart": { -"description": "Part represents a single managed instance group, either as a reference to an existing one or as a structure containing properties necessary to create one. A multi-MIG can contain zero or more parts.", -"id": "MultiMigPart", -"properties": { -"instanceGroupManager": { -"description": "The URL of a managed instance group that you want to attach to the multi-MIG.", -"type": "string" -}, -"instanceGroupManagerProperties": { -"$ref": "InstanceGroupManager", -"description": "A managed instance group to be created by the multi-MIG." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "MultiMigResourcePolicies": { "description": "Resource policies message for a multi-MIG. Specifies the workload policy configuration of the multi-MIG.", "id": "MultiMigResourcePolicies", @@ -73143,25 +73648,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"MultiMigSchedulingPolicy": { -"description": "Policy for handling provisioning and other scheduling-related events.", -"id": "MultiMigSchedulingPolicy", -"properties": { -"provisioning": { -"description": "How provisioning of parts (instance group managers) should be scheduled (coordinated or not).", -"enum": [ -"ANY", -"COOORDINATED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Allows idependent lifecycles of parts.", -"Requires all parts at the same time." -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "MultiMigStatus": { "id": "MultiMigStatus", "properties": { @@ -73238,6 +73724,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -73274,6 +73761,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -73298,6 +73786,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -73549,7 +74038,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "networkProfile": { -"description": "A full or partial URL of the network profile to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/alpha/projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} ", +"description": "A full or partial URL of the network profile to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/{api_version}/projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} ", "type": "string" }, "peerings": { @@ -73737,6 +74226,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -73773,6 +74263,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -73797,6 +74288,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -73941,6 +74433,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -73977,6 +74470,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -74001,6 +74495,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -74075,6 +74570,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -74111,6 +74607,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -74135,6 +74632,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -74288,6 +74786,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -74324,6 +74823,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -74348,6 +74848,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -74422,6 +74923,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -74458,6 +74960,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -74482,6 +74985,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -74757,6 +75261,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -74793,6 +75298,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -74817,6 +75323,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -74989,6 +75496,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -75025,6 +75533,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -75049,6 +75558,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -75260,6 +75770,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -75296,6 +75807,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -75320,6 +75832,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -75394,6 +75907,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -75430,6 +75944,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -75454,6 +75969,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -75613,7 +76129,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "parentNicName": { -"description": "Name of the parent network interface of a VLAN based nic. If this field is specified, vlan must be set.", +"description": "Name of the parent network interface of a dynamic network interface.", "type": "string" }, "queueCount": { @@ -75647,7 +76163,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "vlan": { -"description": "VLAN tag of a VLAN based network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively. This field is mandatory if the parent network interface name is set.", +"description": "VLAN tag of a dynamic network interface, must be in range from 2 to 4094 inclusively.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" } @@ -75741,6 +76257,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -75777,6 +76294,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -75801,6 +76319,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -75968,6 +76487,10 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkProfile for network profiles.", "type": "string" }, +"location": { +"$ref": "NetworkProfileLocation", +"description": "[Output Only] Location to which the network is restricted." +}, "name": { "description": "[Output Only] Name of the resource.", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", @@ -75988,6 +76511,26 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"NetworkProfileLocation": { +"id": "NetworkProfileLocation", +"properties": { +"name": { +"type": "string" +}, +"scope": { +"enum": [ +"REGION", +"ZONE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "NetworkProfileNetworkFeatures": { "id": "NetworkProfileNetworkFeatures", "properties": { @@ -76359,6 +76902,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -76395,6 +76939,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -76419,6 +76964,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -76488,6 +77034,22 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, +"effectiveBgpAlwaysCompareMed": { +"description": "[Output Only] Effective value of the bgp_always_compare_med field.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"effectiveBgpInterRegionCost": { +"description": "[Output Only] Effective value of the bgp_inter_region_cost field.", +"enum": [ +"ADD_COST_TO_MED", +"DEFAULT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, "routingMode": { "description": "The network-wide routing mode to use. If set to REGIONAL, this network's Cloud Routers will only advertise routes with subnets of this network in the same region as the router. If set to GLOBAL, this network's Cloud Routers will advertise routes with all subnets of this network, across regions.", "enum": [ @@ -76577,6 +77139,13 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] The name of the firewall policy.", "type": "string" }, +"packetMirroringRules": { +"description": "[Output Only] The packet mirroring rules that apply to the network.", +"items": { +"$ref": "FirewallPolicyRule" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "priority": { "description": "[Output only] Priority of firewall policy association. Not applicable for type=HIERARCHY.", "format": "int32", @@ -76826,6 +77395,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -76862,6 +77432,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -76886,6 +77457,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -77010,6 +77582,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -77046,6 +77619,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -77070,6 +77644,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -77302,6 +77877,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -77338,6 +77914,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -77362,6 +77939,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -77453,6 +78031,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -77489,6 +78068,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -77513,6 +78093,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -77741,6 +78322,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -77777,6 +78359,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -77801,6 +78384,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -77893,6 +78477,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -77929,6 +78514,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -77953,6 +78539,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -78042,6 +78629,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -78078,6 +78666,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -78102,6 +78691,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -78179,6 +78769,11 @@ false "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, +"maxVms": { +"description": "[Output Only] Maximum number of VMs that can be created for this node type.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "memoryMb": { "description": "[Output Only] The amount of physical memory available to the node type, defined in MB.", "format": "int32", @@ -78266,6 +78861,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -78302,6 +78898,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -78326,6 +78923,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -78418,6 +79016,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -78454,6 +79053,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -78478,6 +79078,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -78552,6 +79153,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -78588,6 +79190,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -78612,6 +79215,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -78754,6 +79358,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -78790,6 +79395,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -78814,6 +79420,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -78933,6 +79540,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -78969,6 +79577,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -78993,6 +79602,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -79067,6 +79677,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -79103,6 +79714,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -79127,6 +79739,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -79354,6 +79967,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -79390,6 +80004,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -79414,6 +80029,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -79519,6 +80135,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -79555,6 +80172,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -79579,6 +80197,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -79671,6 +80290,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -79707,6 +80327,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -79731,6 +80352,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -79805,6 +80427,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -79841,6 +80464,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -79865,6 +80489,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -80197,6 +80822,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -80233,6 +80859,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -80257,6 +80884,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -80397,6 +81025,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -80433,6 +81062,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -80457,6 +81087,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -80600,6 +81231,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -80636,6 +81268,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -80660,6 +81293,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -80726,15 +81360,15 @@ false }, "defaultRouteAction": { "$ref": "HttpRouteAction", -"description": "defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction." +"description": "defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction." }, "defaultService": { -"description": "The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use ", +"description": "The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use ", "type": "string" }, "defaultUrlRedirect": { "$ref": "HttpRedirectAction", -"description": "When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." +"description": "When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." }, "description": { "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.", @@ -80782,15 +81416,15 @@ false }, "routeAction": { "$ref": "HttpRouteAction", -"description": "In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction." +"description": "In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction." }, "service": { -"description": "The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set.", +"description": "The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set.", "type": "string" }, "urlRedirect": { "$ref": "HttpRedirectAction", -"description": "When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." +"description": "When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." } }, "type": "object" @@ -80815,7 +81449,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error.", +"description": "The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error.", "type": "string" }, "preservedState": { @@ -81209,7 +81843,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "enabledFeatures": { -"description": "Restricted features enabled for use on this project.", +"description": "An optional list of restricted features enabled for use on this project.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -81256,7 +81890,7 @@ false }, "usageExportLocation": { "$ref": "UsageExportLocation", -"description": "The naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored." +"description": "An optional naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored." }, "vmDnsSetting": { "description": "[Output Only] Default internal DNS setting used by VMs running in this project.", @@ -81592,6 +82226,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -81628,6 +82263,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -81652,6 +82288,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -81900,6 +82537,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -81936,6 +82574,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -81960,6 +82599,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -82051,6 +82691,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -82087,6 +82728,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -82111,6 +82753,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -82247,6 +82890,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -82283,6 +82927,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -82307,6 +82952,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -82483,6 +83129,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -82519,6 +83166,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -82543,6 +83191,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -82713,6 +83362,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -82749,6 +83399,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -82773,6 +83424,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -82847,6 +83499,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -82883,6 +83536,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -82907,6 +83561,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -83477,6 +84132,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -83513,6 +84169,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -83537,6 +84194,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -83681,6 +84339,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -83717,6 +84376,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -83741,6 +84401,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -83845,6 +84506,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -83881,6 +84543,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -83905,6 +84568,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -84044,6 +84708,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -84080,6 +84745,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -84104,6 +84770,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -84210,6 +84877,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -84246,6 +84914,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -84270,6 +84939,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -84385,6 +85055,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -84421,6 +85092,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -84445,6 +85117,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -84664,6 +85337,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -84700,6 +85374,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -84724,6 +85399,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -84960,6 +85636,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -84996,6 +85673,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -85020,6 +85698,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -85153,6 +85832,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -85189,6 +85869,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -85213,6 +85894,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -85307,6 +85989,13 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] The name of the firewall policy.", "type": "string" }, +"packetMirroringRules": { +"description": "[Output only] The packet mirroring rules that apply to the network.", +"items": { +"$ref": "FirewallPolicyRule" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "priority": { "description": "[Output only] Priority of firewall policy association. Not applicable for type=HIERARCHY.", "format": "int32", @@ -85508,20 +86197,6 @@ false "format": "uint64", "type": "string" }, -"instanceTerminationAction": { -"description": "Instance termination action is invoked when the reservation is deleted. This only applies to reservations with a Deployment type.", -"enum": [ -"DELETE", -"INSTANCE_TERMINATION_ACTION_UNSPECIFIED", -"STOP" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Delete the VM.", -"Default value. This value is unused.", -"Stop the VM without storing in-memory content. default action." -], -"type": "string" -}, "kind": { "default": "compute#reservation", "description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations.", @@ -85702,6 +86377,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -85738,6 +86414,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -85762,6 +86439,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -85953,6 +86631,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -85989,6 +86668,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -86013,6 +86693,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -86104,6 +86785,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -86140,6 +86822,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -86164,6 +86847,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -86201,6 +86885,50 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ReservationsBlocksPerformMaintenanceRequest": { +"id": "ReservationsBlocksPerformMaintenanceRequest", +"properties": { +"maintenanceScope": { +"description": "Specifies if all, running or unused hosts are in scope for this request.", +"enum": [ +"ALL", +"MAINTENANCE_SCOPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"RUNNING_VMS", +"UNUSED_CAPACITY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Trigger maintenance for all hosts belonging to this reservation irrespective of whether VMs are running on them or not.", +"Internal only", +"Trigger maintenance only on the hosts belonging to this reservation which have VMs running on them.", +"Trigger maintenance only on the hosts belonging to this reservation which do not have any VMs running on them. This is not allowed for Standard ExR" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ReservationsPerformMaintenanceRequest": { +"id": "ReservationsPerformMaintenanceRequest", +"properties": { +"maintenanceScope": { +"description": "Specifies if all, running or unused hosts are in scope for this request.", +"enum": [ +"ALL", +"MAINTENANCE_SCOPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"RUNNING_VMS", +"UNUSED_CAPACITY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Trigger maintenance for all hosts belonging to this reservation irrespective of whether VMs are running on them or not.", +"Internal only", +"Trigger maintenance only on the hosts belonging to this reservation which have VMs running on them.", +"Trigger maintenance only on the hosts belonging to this reservation which do not have any VMs running on them. This is not allowed for Standard ExR" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ReservationsResizeRequest": { "id": "ReservationsResizeRequest", "properties": { @@ -86249,6 +86977,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -86285,6 +87014,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -86309,6 +87039,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -86427,6 +87158,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -86463,6 +87195,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -86487,6 +87220,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -86680,6 +87414,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -86716,6 +87451,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -86740,6 +87476,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -86977,6 +87714,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -87013,6 +87751,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -87037,6 +87776,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -87323,12 +88063,12 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] Contains last termination details why the instance was terminated." }, "physicalHost": { -"description": "[Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running.", +"description": "[Output Only] The precise location of your instance within the zone's data center, including the block, sub-block, and host. The field is formatted as follows: blockId/subBlockId/hostId.", "type": "string" }, "physicalHostTopology": { "$ref": "ResourceStatusPhysicalHostTopology", -"description": "[Output Only] The physical host topology of the host on which the VM is running." +"description": "[Output Only] A series of fields containing the global name of the Compute Engine cluster, as well as the ID of the block, sub-block, and host on which the running instance is located." }, "scheduling": { "$ref": "ResourceStatusScheduling" @@ -87342,7 +88082,7 @@ false }, "shutdownDetails": { "$ref": "ResourceStatusShutdownDetails", -"description": "[Output Only] Details about stopping state of instance" +"description": "[Output Only] Details about the instance stopping state." }, "upcomingMaintenance": { "$ref": "UpcomingMaintenance" @@ -87461,15 +88201,19 @@ false "id": "ResourceStatusPhysicalHostTopology", "properties": { "block": { +"description": "[Output Only] The ID of the block in which the running instance is located. Instances within the same block experience low network latency.", "type": "string" }, "cluster": { +"description": "[Output Only] The global name of the Compute Engine cluster where the running instance is located.", "type": "string" }, "host": { +"description": "[Output Only] The ID of the host on which the running instance is located. Instances on the same host experience the lowest possible network latency.", "type": "string" }, "subblock": { +"description": "[Output Only] The ID of the sub-block in which the running instance is located. Instances in the same sub-block experience lower network latency than instances in the same block.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -87530,12 +88274,12 @@ false "type": "object" }, "ResourceStatusShutdownDetails": { -"description": "Specifies if the instance is in `SHUTTING_DOWN` state or there is a instance stopping scheduled.", +"description": "Specifies if the instance is in `PENDING_STOP` state or there is a programmed stop scheduled.", "id": "ResourceStatusShutdownDetails", "properties": { "maxDuration": { "$ref": "Duration", -"description": "Duration for graceful shutdown. Only applicable when `stop_state=SHUTTING_DOWN`." +"description": "The duration for graceful shutdown. Only applicable when `stop_state=PENDING_STOP`." }, "requestTimestamp": { "description": "Past timestamp indicating the beginning of current `stopState` in RFC3339 text format.", @@ -87545,12 +88289,10 @@ false "description": "Current stopping state of the instance.", "enum": [ "PENDING_STOP", -"SHUTTING_DOWN", "STOPPING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The instance is gracefully shutting down.", -"Deprecating, please use PENDING_STOP. The instance is gracefully shutting down.", "The instance is stopping." ], "type": "string" @@ -87811,6 +88553,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -87847,6 +88590,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -87871,6 +88615,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -87995,6 +88740,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -88031,6 +88777,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -88055,6 +88802,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -88326,6 +89074,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -88362,6 +89111,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -88386,6 +89136,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -88840,6 +89591,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -88876,6 +89628,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -88900,6 +89653,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -89618,6 +90372,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -89654,6 +90409,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -89678,6 +90434,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -89779,6 +90536,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -89815,6 +90573,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -89839,6 +90598,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -89940,6 +90700,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -89976,6 +90737,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -90000,6 +90762,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -90084,6 +90847,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -90120,6 +90884,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -90144,6 +90909,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -90536,10 +91302,12 @@ false "provisioningModel": { "description": "Specifies the provisioning model of the instance.", "enum": [ +"RESERVATION_BOUND", "SPOT", "STANDARD" ], "enumDescriptions": [ +"Bound to the lifecycle of the reservation in which it is provisioned.", "Heavily discounted, no guaranteed runtime.", "Standard provisioning with user controlled runtime, no discounts." ], @@ -90577,7 +91345,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "SchedulingGracefulShutdown": { -"description": "Configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.", +"description": "The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.", "id": "SchedulingGracefulShutdown", "properties": { "enabled": { @@ -90586,7 +91354,7 @@ false }, "maxDuration": { "$ref": "Duration", -"description": "Specifies time needed to gracefully shut down the instance. After that time, the instance goes to STOPPING even if graceful shutdown is not completed." +"description": "The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state." } }, "type": "object" @@ -90726,6 +91494,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -90762,6 +91531,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -90786,6 +91556,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -90869,6 +91640,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -90905,6 +91677,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -90929,6 +91702,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -91283,6 +92057,10 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, +"requestBodyInspectionSize": { +"description": "The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only \"8KB\" and \"128KB\" are supported. Values are case insensitive.", +"type": "string" +}, "userIpRequestHeaders": { "description": "An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address.", "items": { @@ -91438,6 +92216,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -91474,6 +92253,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -91498,6 +92278,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -92018,7 +92799,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "enforceOnKey": { -"description": "Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if \"enforceOnKey\" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on \"userIpRequestHeaders\" configured with the security policy. If there is no \"userIpRequestHeaders\" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. ", +"description": "Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if \"enforceOnKey\" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on \"userIpRequestHeaders\" configured with the security policy. If there is no \"userIpRequestHeaders\" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. ", "enum": [ "ALL", "ALL_IPS", @@ -92029,6 +92810,7 @@ false "REGION_CODE", "SNI", "TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT", +"TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT", "USER_IP", "XFF_IP" ], @@ -92043,6 +92825,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -92056,6 +92839,7 @@ false "", "", "", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -92098,7 +92882,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "enforceOnKeyType": { -"description": "Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if \"enforceOnKeyConfigs\" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on \"userIpRequestHeaders\" configured with the security policy. If there is no \"userIpRequestHeaders\" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. ", +"description": "Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if \"enforceOnKeyConfigs\" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on \"userIpRequestHeaders\" configured with the security policy. If there is no \"userIpRequestHeaders\" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. ", "enum": [ "ALL", "ALL_IPS", @@ -92109,6 +92893,7 @@ false "REGION_CODE", "SNI", "TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT", +"TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT", "USER_IP", "XFF_IP" ], @@ -92123,6 +92908,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -92136,6 +92922,7 @@ false "", "", "", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -92565,6 +93352,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -92601,6 +93389,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -92625,6 +93414,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -92780,6 +93570,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -92816,6 +93607,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -92840,6 +93632,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -92947,6 +93740,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -92983,6 +93777,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -93007,6 +93802,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -93649,6 +94445,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -93685,6 +94482,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -93709,6 +94507,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -93801,6 +94600,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -93837,6 +94637,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -93861,6 +94662,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -94024,6 +94826,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -94060,6 +94863,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -94084,6 +94888,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -94396,6 +95201,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -94432,6 +95238,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -94456,6 +95263,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -94548,6 +95356,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -94584,6 +95393,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -94608,6 +95418,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -94756,6 +95567,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -94792,6 +95604,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -94816,6 +95629,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -94918,6 +95732,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -94954,6 +95769,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -94978,6 +95794,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -95069,6 +95886,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -95105,6 +95923,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -95129,6 +95948,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -95215,6 +96035,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -95251,6 +96072,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -95275,6 +96097,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -95432,6 +96255,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -95468,6 +96292,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -95492,6 +96317,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -95856,6 +96682,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -95892,6 +96719,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -95916,6 +96744,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -96094,6 +96923,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -96130,6 +96960,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -96154,6 +96985,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -96255,6 +97087,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -96291,6 +97124,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -96315,6 +97149,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -96585,6 +97420,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -96621,6 +97457,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -96645,6 +97482,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -96737,6 +97575,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -96773,6 +97612,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -96797,6 +97637,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -96871,6 +97712,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -96907,6 +97749,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -96931,6 +97774,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -97005,6 +97849,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -97041,6 +97886,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -97065,6 +97911,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -97276,7 +98123,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "purpose": { -"description": "The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT, or PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY.", +"description": "The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PEER_MIGRATION or PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. A subnet with purpose set to PEER_MIGRATION is used for subnet migration from one peered VPC to another. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY.", "enum": [ "AGGREGATE", "CLOUD_EXTENSION", @@ -97439,6 +98286,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -97475,6 +98323,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -97499,6 +98348,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -97591,6 +98441,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -97627,6 +98478,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -97651,6 +98503,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -97815,6 +98668,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -97851,6 +98705,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -97875,6 +98730,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -97946,6 +98802,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -97982,6 +98839,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -98006,6 +98864,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -98254,6 +99113,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -98290,6 +99150,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -98314,6 +99175,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -98388,6 +99250,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -98424,6 +99287,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -98448,6 +99312,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -98614,6 +99479,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -98650,6 +99516,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -98674,6 +99541,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -98766,6 +99634,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -98802,6 +99671,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -98826,6 +99696,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -98900,6 +99771,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -98936,6 +99808,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -98960,6 +99833,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -99041,7 +99915,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "TargetHttpsProxy": { -"description": "Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts.", +"description": "Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts.", "id": "TargetHttpsProxy", "properties": { "authentication": { @@ -99152,12 +100026,14 @@ false "enum": [ "DISABLED", "PERMISSIVE", -"STRICT" +"STRICT", +"UNRESTRICTED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "TLS 1.3 Early Data is not advertised, and any (invalid) attempts to send Early Data will be rejected by closing the connection.", "This enables TLS 1.3 0-RTT, and only allows Early Data to be included on requests with safe HTTP methods (GET, HEAD, OPTIONS, TRACE). This mode does not enforce any other limitations for requests with Early Data. The application owner should validate that Early Data is acceptable for a given request path.", -"This enables TLS 1.3 0-RTT, and only allows Early Data to be included on requests with safe HTTP methods (GET, HEAD, OPTIONS, TRACE) without query parameters. Requests that send Early Data with non-idempotent HTTP methods or with query parameters will be rejected with a HTTP 425." +"This enables TLS 1.3 0-RTT, and only allows Early Data to be included on requests with safe HTTP methods (GET, HEAD, OPTIONS, TRACE) without query parameters. Requests that send Early Data with non-idempotent HTTP methods or with query parameters will be rejected with a HTTP 425.", +"This enables TLS 1.3 Early Data for requests with any HTTP method including non-idempotent methods list POST. This mode does not enforce any other limitations. This may be valuable for gRPC use cases. However, we do not recommend this method unless you have evaluated your security stance and mitigated the risk of replay attacks using other mechanisms." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -99230,6 +100106,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -99266,6 +100143,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -99290,6 +100168,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -99382,6 +100261,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -99418,6 +100298,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -99442,6 +100323,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -99605,6 +100487,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -99641,6 +100524,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -99665,6 +100549,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -99757,6 +100642,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -99793,6 +100679,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -99817,6 +100704,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -99891,6 +100779,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -99927,6 +100816,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -99951,6 +100841,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -100145,6 +101036,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -100181,6 +101073,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -100205,6 +101098,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -100314,6 +101208,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -100350,6 +101245,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -100374,6 +101270,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -100500,6 +101397,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -100536,6 +101434,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -100560,6 +101459,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -100777,6 +101677,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -100813,6 +101714,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -100837,6 +101739,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -100911,6 +101814,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -100947,6 +101851,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -100971,6 +101876,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -101156,6 +102062,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -101192,6 +102099,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -101216,6 +102124,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -101308,6 +102217,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -101344,6 +102254,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -101368,6 +102279,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -101561,6 +102473,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -101597,6 +102510,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -101621,6 +102535,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -101713,6 +102628,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -101749,6 +102665,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -101773,6 +102690,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -101847,6 +102765,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -101883,6 +102802,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -101907,6 +102827,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -102231,15 +103152,15 @@ false }, "defaultRouteAction": { "$ref": "HttpRouteAction", -"description": "defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true." +"description": "defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true." }, "defaultService": { -"description": "The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true.", +"description": "The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true.", "type": "string" }, "defaultUrlRedirect": { "$ref": "HttpRedirectAction", -"description": "When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." +"description": "When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." }, "description": { "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.", @@ -102356,6 +103277,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -102392,6 +103314,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -102416,6 +103339,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -102614,6 +103538,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -102650,6 +103575,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -102674,6 +103600,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -102748,6 +103675,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -102784,6 +103712,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -102808,6 +103737,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -102933,7 +103863,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "purpose": { -"description": "The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT, or PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY.", +"description": "The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PEER_MIGRATION or PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. A subnet with purpose set to PEER_MIGRATION is used for subnet migration from one peered VPC to another. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY.", "enum": [ "AGGREGATE", "CLOUD_EXTENSION", @@ -103085,6 +104015,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -103121,6 +104052,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -103145,6 +104077,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -103351,6 +104284,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -103387,6 +104321,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -103411,6 +104346,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -103607,6 +104543,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -103643,6 +104580,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -103667,6 +104605,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -103759,6 +104698,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -103795,6 +104735,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -103819,6 +104760,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -104015,6 +104957,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -104051,6 +104994,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -104075,6 +105019,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -104328,6 +105273,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -104364,6 +105310,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -104388,6 +105335,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -104480,6 +105428,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -104516,6 +105465,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -104540,6 +105490,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -104614,6 +105565,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -104650,6 +105602,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -104674,6 +105627,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -104869,6 +105823,10 @@ false "$ref": "WireGroupServiceLevel", "description": "Service level details determined for the wire group configuration." }, +"topology": { +"$ref": "WireGroupTopology", +"description": "Topology details for the wire group configuration." +}, "wireGroupProperties": { "$ref": "WireGroupProperties", "description": "Properties of the wire group." @@ -104992,6 +105950,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -105028,6 +105987,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -105052,6 +106012,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -105115,15 +106076,17 @@ false "id": "WireGroupServiceLevel", "properties": { "availabilityClass": { -"description": "[Output Only] The availability SLA that the wire group qualifies for. One of the following: `NO_AVAILABILITY_SLA`, `AVAILABILITY_99`, or `AVAILABILITY_999`.", +"description": "[Output Only] The availability SLA that the wire group qualifies for. One of the following: `NO_AVAILABILITY_SLA`, `AVAILABILITY_99`, `AVAILABILITY_999`, or `AVAILABILITY_9995`.", "enum": [ "AVAILABILITY_99", "AVAILABILITY_999", +"AVAILABILITY_9995", "NO_AVAILABILITY_SLA" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "99% availability", "99.9% availability", +"99.95% availability", "No SLA" ], "type": "string" @@ -105131,6 +106094,35 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"WireGroupTopology": { +"description": "Topology details for the wire group.", +"id": "WireGroupTopology", +"properties": { +"endpoints": { +"description": "Topology details for all endpoints in the wire group.", +"items": { +"$ref": "WireGroupTopologyEndpoint" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"WireGroupTopologyEndpoint": { +"description": "Topology details for a single wire group endpoint.", +"id": "WireGroupTopologyEndpoint", +"properties": { +"city": { +"description": "The InterconnectLocation.city (metropolitan area designator) that all interconnects are located in.", +"type": "string" +}, +"label": { +"description": "Endpoint label from the wire group.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "WireGroupWireInputs": { "description": "Optional settings for individual wires. Allows wire-level control that can be useful for migration purposes. If you use this field, you opt-out of the SLA for the wire group.", "id": "WireGroupWireInputs", @@ -105253,6 +106245,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -105289,6 +106282,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -105313,6 +106307,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -105492,6 +106487,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -105528,6 +106524,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -105552,6 +106549,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json index 250cd2a20d3..a57423f23f3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json @@ -1839,6 +1839,41 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, +"getEffectiveSecurityPolicies": { +"description": "Returns effective security policies applied to this backend service.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}/getEffectiveSecurityPolicies", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.backendServices.getEffectiveSecurityPolicies", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"backendService" +], +"parameters": { +"backendService": { +"description": "Name of the Backend Service for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}/getEffectiveSecurityPolicies", +"response": { +"$ref": "BackendServicesGetEffectiveSecurityPoliciesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, "getHealth": { "description": "Gets the most recent health check results for this BackendService. Example request body: { \"group\": \"/zones/us-east1-b/instanceGroups/lb-backend-example\" }", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}/getHealth", @@ -11362,6 +11397,11 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, +"noGracefulShutdown": { +"description": "If set to true, Graceful Shutdown is skipped.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, "project": { "description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", @@ -11842,7 +11882,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "start": { -"description": "Specifies the starting byte position of the output to return. To start with the first byte of output to the specified port, omit this field or set it to `0`. If the output for that byte position is available, this field matches the `start` parameter sent with the request. If the amount of serial console output exceeds the size of the buffer (1 MB), the oldest output is discarded and is no longer available. If the requested start position refers to discarded output, the start position is adjusted to the oldest output still available, and the adjusted start position is returned as the `start` property value. You can also provide a negative start position, which translates to the most recent number of bytes written to the serial port. For example, -3 is interpreted as the most recent 3 bytes written to the serial console.", +"description": "Specifies the starting byte position of the output to return. To start with the first byte of output to the specified port, omit this field or set it to `0`. If the output for that byte position is available, this field matches the `start` parameter sent with the request. If the amount of serial console output exceeds the size of the buffer (1 MB), the oldest output is discarded and is no longer available. If the requested start position refers to discarded output, the start position is adjusted to the oldest output still available, and the adjusted start position is returned as the `start` property value. You can also provide a negative start position, which translates to the most recent number of bytes written to the serial port. For example, -3 is interpreted as the most recent 3 bytes written to the serial console. Note that the negative start is bounded by the retained buffer size, and the returned serial console output will not exceed the max buffer size.", "format": "int64", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -13366,6 +13406,11 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, +"noGracefulShutdown": { +"description": "If set to true, Graceful Shutdown is skipped.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, "project": { "description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", @@ -30083,6 +30128,56 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] +}, +"setLabels": { +"description": "Sets the labels on a security policy. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/securityPolicies/{resource}/setLabels", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionSecurityPolicies.setLabels", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/securityPolicies/{resource}/setLabels", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionSetLabelsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -42695,7 +42790,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241112", +"revision": "20241201", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -42846,6 +42941,7 @@ "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -42882,6 +42978,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -42906,6 +43003,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -42998,6 +43096,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -43034,6 +43133,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -43058,6 +43158,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -43132,6 +43233,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -43168,6 +43270,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -43192,6 +43295,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -43533,6 +43637,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -43569,6 +43674,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -43593,6 +43699,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -43685,6 +43792,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -43721,6 +43829,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -43745,6 +43854,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -43819,6 +43929,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -43855,6 +43966,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -43879,6 +43991,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -44695,6 +44808,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -44731,6 +44845,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -44755,6 +44870,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -44847,6 +44963,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -44883,6 +45000,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -44907,6 +45025,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -45039,6 +45158,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -45075,6 +45195,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -45099,6 +45220,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -45542,7 +45664,7 @@ false "description": "The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy." }, "cacheMode": { -"description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.", +"description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC.", "enum": [ "CACHE_ALL_STATIC", "FORCE_CACHE_ALL", @@ -45711,6 +45833,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -45747,6 +45870,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -45771,6 +45895,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -46081,6 +46206,7 @@ false "description": "The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.", "enum": [ "GRPC", +"H2C", "HTTP", "HTTP2", "HTTPS", @@ -46091,6 +46217,7 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "gRPC (available for Traffic Director).", +"HTTP2 over cleartext", "", "HTTP/2 with SSL.", "", @@ -46239,6 +46366,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -46275,6 +46403,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -46299,6 +46428,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -46352,7 +46482,7 @@ false "description": "The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy." }, "cacheMode": { -"description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.", +"description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC.", "enum": [ "CACHE_ALL_STATIC", "FORCE_CACHE_ALL", @@ -46646,6 +46776,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -46682,6 +46813,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -46706,6 +46838,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -46798,6 +46931,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -46834,6 +46968,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -46858,6 +46993,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -47012,6 +47148,19 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"BackendServicesGetEffectiveSecurityPoliciesResponse": { +"id": "BackendServicesGetEffectiveSecurityPoliciesResponse", +"properties": { +"securityPolicies": { +"description": "Effective security policies for the backend service.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SecurityPolicy" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BackendServicesScopedList": { "id": "BackendServicesScopedList", "properties": { @@ -47049,6 +47198,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -47085,6 +47235,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -47109,6 +47260,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -47878,6 +48030,9 @@ false "GRAPHICS_OPTIMIZED", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED_M3", +"MEMORY_OPTIMIZED_X4_16TB", +"MEMORY_OPTIMIZED_X4_24TB", +"MEMORY_OPTIMIZED_X4_32TB", "STORAGE_OPTIMIZED_Z3", "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED" ], @@ -47902,6 +48057,9 @@ false "", "", "", +"", +"", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -47971,6 +48129,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -48007,6 +48166,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -48031,6 +48191,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -48123,6 +48284,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -48159,6 +48321,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -48183,6 +48346,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -48268,6 +48432,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -48304,6 +48469,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -48328,6 +48494,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -49012,6 +49179,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -49048,6 +49216,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -49072,6 +49241,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -49236,6 +49406,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -49272,6 +49443,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -49296,6 +49468,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -49519,6 +49692,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -49555,6 +49729,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -49579,6 +49754,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -49671,6 +49847,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -49707,6 +49884,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -49731,6 +49909,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -49805,6 +49984,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -49841,6 +50021,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -49865,6 +50046,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -49976,6 +50158,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -50012,6 +50195,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -50036,6 +50220,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -50280,6 +50465,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -50316,6 +50502,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -50340,6 +50527,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -50550,6 +50738,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -50586,6 +50775,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -50610,6 +50800,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -50883,6 +51074,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -50919,6 +51111,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -50943,6 +51136,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -51185,6 +51379,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -51221,6 +51416,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -51245,6 +51441,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -51890,6 +52087,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -51926,6 +52124,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -51950,6 +52149,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -52042,6 +52242,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -52078,6 +52279,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -52102,6 +52304,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -52204,6 +52407,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -52240,6 +52444,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -52264,6 +52469,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -52338,29 +52544,11 @@ false "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the future reservation.", "type": "string" }, -"enableOpportunisticMaintenance": { -"description": "Indicates if this group of VMs have opportunistic maintenance enabled. This will be set on the FR by customers, and will be used for reservation and reservation block maintenance .", -"type": "boolean" -}, "id": { "description": "[Output Only] A unique identifier for this future reservation. The server defines this identifier.", "format": "uint64", "type": "string" }, -"instanceTerminationAction": { -"description": "Action to take during reservation termination.", -"enum": [ -"DELETE", -"INSTANCE_TERMINATION_ACTION_UNSPECIFIED", -"STOP" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Delete the VM.", -"Default value. This value is unused.", -"Stop the VM without storing in-memory content. default action." -], -"type": "string" -}, "kind": { "default": "compute#futureReservation", "description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#futureReservation for future reservations.", @@ -52738,6 +52926,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -52774,6 +52963,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -52798,6 +52988,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -52899,6 +53090,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -52935,6 +53127,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -52959,6 +53152,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -53033,6 +53227,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -53069,6 +53264,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -53093,6 +53289,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -53269,10 +53466,6 @@ false "description": "Maintenance Info for ReservationBlocks.", "id": "GroupMaintenanceInfo", "properties": { -"enableOpportunisticMaintenance": { -"description": "This setting enables or disables opportunistic maintenance. If enabled, maintenance is performed on unused reservations whenever possible.", -"type": "boolean" -}, "maintenanceOngoingCount": { "description": "Progress for ongoing maintenance for this group of VMs/hosts. Describes number of hosts in the block that have ongoing maintenance.", "format": "int32", @@ -53732,6 +53925,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -53768,6 +53962,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -53792,6 +53987,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -54003,6 +54199,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -54039,6 +54236,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -54063,6 +54261,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -54162,6 +54361,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -54198,6 +54398,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -54222,6 +54423,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -54296,6 +54498,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -54332,6 +54535,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -54356,6 +54560,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -54859,6 +55064,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -54895,6 +55101,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -54919,6 +55126,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -55132,15 +55340,15 @@ false }, "routeAction": { "$ref": "HttpRouteAction", -"description": "In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction." +"description": "In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction." }, "service": { -"description": "The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set.", +"description": "The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set.", "type": "string" }, "urlRedirect": { "$ref": "HttpRedirectAction", -"description": "When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." +"description": "When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." } }, "type": "object" @@ -55315,6 +55523,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -55351,6 +55560,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -55375,6 +55585,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -55714,6 +55925,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -55750,6 +55962,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -55774,6 +55987,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -56096,6 +56310,7 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] The status of the instance. One of the following values: PROVISIONING, STAGING, RUNNING, STOPPING, SUSPENDING, SUSPENDED, REPAIRING, and TERMINATED. For more information about the status of the instance, see Instance life cycle.", "enum": [ "DEPROVISIONING", +"PENDING_STOP", "PROVISIONING", "REPAIRING", "RUNNING", @@ -56108,6 +56323,7 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The instance is halted and we are performing tear down tasks like network deprogramming, releasing quota, IP, tearing down disks etc.", +"The instance is gracefully shutting down.", "Resources are being allocated for the instance.", "The instance is in repair.", "The instance is running.", @@ -56197,6 +56413,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -56233,6 +56450,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -56257,6 +56475,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -56468,6 +56687,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -56504,6 +56724,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -56528,6 +56749,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -56620,6 +56842,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -56656,6 +56879,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -56680,6 +56904,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -57048,6 +57273,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -57084,6 +57310,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -57108,6 +57335,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -57308,6 +57536,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -57344,6 +57573,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -57368,6 +57598,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -57687,6 +57918,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -57723,6 +57955,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -57747,6 +57980,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -58184,6 +58418,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -58220,6 +58455,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -58244,6 +58480,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -58373,6 +58610,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -58409,6 +58647,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -58433,6 +58672,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -58638,6 +58878,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -58674,6 +58915,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -58698,6 +58940,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -58803,6 +59046,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -58839,6 +59083,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -58863,6 +59108,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -58973,6 +59219,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -59009,6 +59256,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -59033,6 +59281,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -59125,6 +59374,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -59161,6 +59411,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -59185,6 +59436,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -59680,6 +59932,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -59716,6 +59969,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -59740,6 +59994,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -59832,6 +60087,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -59868,6 +60124,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -59892,6 +60149,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -59966,6 +60224,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -60002,6 +60261,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -60026,6 +60286,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -60081,6 +60342,7 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] The status of the instance.", "enum": [ "DEPROVISIONING", +"PENDING_STOP", "PROVISIONING", "REPAIRING", "RUNNING", @@ -60093,6 +60355,7 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The instance is halted and we are performing tear down tasks like network deprogramming, releasing quota, IP, tearing down disks etc.", +"The instance is gracefully shutting down.", "Resources are being allocated for the instance.", "The instance is in repair.", "The instance is running.", @@ -60173,6 +60436,13 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] The name of the firewall policy.", "type": "string" }, +"packetMirroringRules": { +"description": "[Output Only] The packet mirroring rules that apply to the instance.", +"items": { +"$ref": "FirewallPolicyRule" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "priority": { "description": "[Output only] Priority of firewall policy association. Not applicable for type=HIERARCHY.", "format": "int32", @@ -60298,6 +60568,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -60334,6 +60605,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -60358,6 +60630,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -60684,6 +60957,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -60720,6 +60994,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -60744,6 +61019,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -60836,6 +61112,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -60872,6 +61149,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -60896,6 +61174,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -60981,6 +61260,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -61017,6 +61297,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -61041,6 +61322,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -61721,6 +62003,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -61757,6 +62040,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -61781,6 +62065,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -61914,6 +62199,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -61950,6 +62236,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -61974,6 +62261,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -62079,6 +62367,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -62115,6 +62404,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -62139,6 +62429,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -62432,6 +62723,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -62468,6 +62760,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -62492,6 +62785,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -62542,7 +62836,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "availableFeatures": { -"description": "[Output only] List of features available at this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - MACSEC ", +"description": "[Output only] List of features available at this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - IF_MACSEC ", "items": { "enum": [ "IF_MACSEC" @@ -62720,6 +63014,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -62756,6 +63051,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -62780,6 +63076,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -63224,6 +63521,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -63260,6 +63558,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -63284,6 +63583,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -63397,7 +63697,8 @@ false "type": "string" }, "resourceRequirements": { -"$ref": "LicenseResourceRequirements" +"$ref": "LicenseResourceRequirements", +"description": "[Input Only] Deprecated." }, "selfLink": { "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", @@ -63516,12 +63817,12 @@ false "id": "LicenseResourceRequirements", "properties": { "minGuestCpuCount": { -"description": "Minimum number of guest cpus required to use the Instance. Enforced at Instance creation and Instance start.", +"description": "[Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum number of guest cpus required to use the Instance.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "minMemoryMb": { -"description": "Minimum memory required to use the Instance. Enforced at Instance creation and Instance start.", +"description": "[Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum memory required to use the Instance.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" } @@ -63577,6 +63878,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -63613,6 +63915,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -63637,6 +63940,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -63940,6 +64244,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -63976,6 +64281,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -64000,6 +64306,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -64201,6 +64508,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -64237,6 +64545,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -64261,6 +64570,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -64353,6 +64663,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -64389,6 +64700,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -64413,6 +64725,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -64487,6 +64800,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -64523,6 +64837,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -64547,6 +64862,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -64646,6 +64962,7 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] The status of the instance. This field is empty when the instance does not exist.", "enum": [ "DEPROVISIONING", +"PENDING_STOP", "PROVISIONING", "REPAIRING", "RUNNING", @@ -64658,6 +64975,7 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The instance is halted and we are performing tear down tasks like network deprogramming, releasing quota, IP, tearing down disks etc.", +"The instance is gracefully shutting down.", "Resources are being allocated for the instance.", "The instance is in repair.", "The instance is running.", @@ -64817,10 +65135,12 @@ false "provisioningModel": { "description": "The provisioning model to be used for this instance.", "enum": [ +"RESERVATION_BOUND", "SPOT", "STANDARD" ], "enumDescriptions": [ +"Bound to the lifecycle of the reservation in which it is provisioned.", "Heavily discounted, no guaranteed runtime.", "Standard provisioning with user controlled runtime, no discounts." ], @@ -64977,9 +65297,11 @@ false "type": "object" }, "MultiMigResourcePolicies": { +"description": "Resource policies message for a multi-MIG. Specifies the workload policy configuration of the multi-MIG.", "id": "MultiMigResourcePolicies", "properties": { "workloadPolicy": { +"description": "The URL of the workload policy for this multi-MIG. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a workload policy: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy ", "type": "string" } }, @@ -65049,6 +65371,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -65085,6 +65408,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -65109,6 +65433,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -65305,7 +65630,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "networkProfile": { -"description": "A full or partial URL of the network profile to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/alpha/projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} ", +"description": "A full or partial URL of the network profile to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/{api_version}/projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} ", "type": "string" }, "peerings": { @@ -65489,6 +65814,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -65525,6 +65851,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -65549,6 +65876,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -65693,6 +66021,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -65729,6 +66058,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -65753,6 +66083,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -65827,6 +66158,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -65863,6 +66195,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -65887,6 +66220,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -66040,6 +66374,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -66076,6 +66411,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -66100,6 +66436,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -66174,6 +66511,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -66210,6 +66548,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -66234,6 +66573,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -66491,6 +66831,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -66527,6 +66868,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -66551,6 +66893,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -66723,6 +67066,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -66759,6 +67103,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -66783,6 +67128,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -66994,6 +67340,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -67030,6 +67377,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -67054,6 +67402,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -67128,6 +67477,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -67164,6 +67514,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -67188,6 +67539,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -67415,6 +67767,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -67451,6 +67804,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -67475,6 +67829,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -67627,6 +67982,10 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkProfile for network profiles.", "type": "string" }, +"location": { +"$ref": "NetworkProfileLocation", +"description": "[Output Only] Location to which the network is restricted." +}, "name": { "description": "[Output Only] Name of the resource.", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", @@ -67647,6 +68006,26 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"NetworkProfileLocation": { +"id": "NetworkProfileLocation", +"properties": { +"name": { +"type": "string" +}, +"scope": { +"enum": [ +"REGION", +"ZONE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "NetworkProfileNetworkFeatures": { "id": "NetworkProfileNetworkFeatures", "properties": { @@ -68016,6 +68395,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -68052,6 +68432,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -68076,6 +68457,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -68145,6 +68527,22 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, +"effectiveBgpAlwaysCompareMed": { +"description": "[Output Only] Effective value of the bgp_always_compare_med field.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"effectiveBgpInterRegionCost": { +"description": "[Output Only] Effective value of the bgp_inter_region_cost field.", +"enum": [ +"ADD_COST_TO_MED", +"DEFAULT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, "routingMode": { "description": "The network-wide routing mode to use. If set to REGIONAL, this network's Cloud Routers will only advertise routes with subnets of this network in the same region as the router. If set to GLOBAL, this network's Cloud Routers will advertise routes with all subnets of this network, across regions.", "enum": [ @@ -68226,6 +68624,13 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] The name of the firewall policy.", "type": "string" }, +"packetMirroringRules": { +"description": "[Output Only] The packet mirroring rules that apply to the network.", +"items": { +"$ref": "FirewallPolicyRule" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "priority": { "description": "[Output only] Priority of firewall policy association. Not applicable for type=HIERARCHY.", "format": "int32", @@ -68471,6 +68876,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -68507,6 +68913,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -68531,6 +68938,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -68655,6 +69063,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -68691,6 +69100,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -68715,6 +69125,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -68942,6 +69353,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -68978,6 +69390,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -69002,6 +69415,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -69093,6 +69507,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -69129,6 +69544,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -69153,6 +69569,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -69377,6 +69794,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -69413,6 +69831,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -69437,6 +69856,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -69529,6 +69949,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -69565,6 +69986,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -69589,6 +70011,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -69678,6 +70101,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -69714,6 +70138,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -69738,6 +70163,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -69898,6 +70324,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -69934,6 +70361,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -69958,6 +70386,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -70050,6 +70479,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -70086,6 +70516,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -70110,6 +70541,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -70184,6 +70616,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -70220,6 +70653,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -70244,6 +70678,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -70405,6 +70840,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -70441,6 +70877,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -70465,6 +70902,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -70688,6 +71126,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -70724,6 +71163,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -70748,6 +71188,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -70853,6 +71294,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -70889,6 +71331,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -70913,6 +71356,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -71005,6 +71449,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -71041,6 +71486,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -71065,6 +71511,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -71139,6 +71586,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -71175,6 +71623,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -71199,6 +71648,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -71517,6 +71967,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -71553,6 +72004,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -71577,6 +72029,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -71717,6 +72170,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -71753,6 +72207,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -71777,6 +72232,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -71920,6 +72376,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -71956,6 +72413,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -71980,6 +72438,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -72046,15 +72505,15 @@ false }, "defaultRouteAction": { "$ref": "HttpRouteAction", -"description": "defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction." +"description": "defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction." }, "defaultService": { -"description": "The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use ", +"description": "The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use ", "type": "string" }, "defaultUrlRedirect": { "$ref": "HttpRedirectAction", -"description": "When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." +"description": "When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." }, "description": { "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.", @@ -72102,15 +72561,15 @@ false }, "routeAction": { "$ref": "HttpRouteAction", -"description": "In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction." +"description": "In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction." }, "service": { -"description": "The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set.", +"description": "The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set.", "type": "string" }, "urlRedirect": { "$ref": "HttpRedirectAction", -"description": "When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." +"description": "When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." } }, "type": "object" @@ -72124,7 +72583,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error.", +"description": "The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error.", "type": "string" }, "preservedState": { @@ -72354,7 +72813,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "enabledFeatures": { -"description": "Restricted features enabled for use on this project.", +"description": "An optional list of restricted features enabled for use on this project.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -72401,7 +72860,7 @@ false }, "usageExportLocation": { "$ref": "UsageExportLocation", -"description": "The naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored." +"description": "An optional naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored." }, "vmDnsSetting": { "description": "[Output Only] Default internal DNS setting used by VMs running in this project.", @@ -72717,6 +73176,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -72753,6 +73213,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -72777,6 +73238,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -72897,11 +73359,13 @@ false "description": "The public delegated prefix mode for IPv6 only.", "enum": [ "DELEGATION", -"EXTERNAL_IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION" +"EXTERNAL_IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION", +"EXTERNAL_IPV6_SUBNETWORK_CREATION" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The public delegated prefix is used for further sub-delegation only. Such prefixes cannot set allocatablePrefixLength.", -"The public delegated prefix is used for creating forwarding rules only. Such prefixes cannot set publicDelegatedSubPrefixes." +"The public delegated prefix is used for creating forwarding rules only. Such prefixes cannot set publicDelegatedSubPrefixes.", +"The public delegated prefix is used for creating dual-mode subnetworks only. Such prefixes cannot set publicDelegatedSubPrefixes." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -73019,6 +73483,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -73055,6 +73520,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -73079,6 +73545,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -73170,6 +73637,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -73206,6 +73674,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -73230,6 +73699,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -73296,11 +73766,13 @@ false "description": "The PublicDelegatedSubPrefix mode for IPv6 only.", "enum": [ "DELEGATION", -"EXTERNAL_IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION" +"EXTERNAL_IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION", +"EXTERNAL_IPV6_SUBNETWORK_CREATION" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The public delegated prefix is used for further sub-delegation only. Such prefixes cannot set allocatablePrefixLength.", -"The public delegated prefix is used for creating forwarding rules only. Such prefixes cannot set publicDelegatedSubPrefixes." +"The public delegated prefix is used for creating forwarding rules only. Such prefixes cannot set publicDelegatedSubPrefixes.", +"The public delegated prefix is used for creating dual-mode subnetworks only. Such prefixes cannot set publicDelegatedSubPrefixes." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -73364,6 +73836,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -73400,6 +73873,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -73424,6 +73898,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -73945,6 +74420,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -73981,6 +74457,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -74005,6 +74482,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -74145,6 +74623,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -74181,6 +74660,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -74205,6 +74685,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -74309,6 +74790,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -74345,6 +74827,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -74369,6 +74852,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -74508,6 +74992,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -74544,6 +75029,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -74568,6 +75054,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -74674,6 +75161,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -74710,6 +75198,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -74734,6 +75223,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -74849,6 +75339,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -74885,6 +75376,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -74909,6 +75401,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -75112,6 +75605,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -75148,6 +75642,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -75172,6 +75667,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -75408,6 +75904,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -75444,6 +75941,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -75468,6 +75966,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -75601,6 +76100,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -75637,6 +76137,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -75661,6 +76162,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -75755,6 +76257,13 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] The name of the firewall policy.", "type": "string" }, +"packetMirroringRules": { +"description": "[Output only] The packet mirroring rules that apply to the network.", +"items": { +"$ref": "FirewallPolicyRule" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "priority": { "description": "[Output only] Priority of firewall policy association. Not applicable for type=HIERARCHY.", "format": "int32", @@ -75916,20 +76425,6 @@ false "format": "uint64", "type": "string" }, -"instanceTerminationAction": { -"description": "Instance termination action is invoked when the reservation is deleted. This only applies to reservations with a Deployment type.", -"enum": [ -"DELETE", -"INSTANCE_TERMINATION_ACTION_UNSPECIFIED", -"STOP" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Delete the VM.", -"Default value. This value is unused.", -"Stop the VM without storing in-memory content. default action." -], -"type": "string" -}, "kind": { "default": "compute#reservation", "description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations.", @@ -76106,6 +76601,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -76142,6 +76638,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -76166,6 +76663,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -76352,6 +76850,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -76388,6 +76887,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -76412,6 +76912,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -76503,6 +77004,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -76539,6 +77041,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -76563,6 +77066,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -76648,6 +77152,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -76684,6 +77189,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -76708,6 +77214,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -76826,6 +77333,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -76862,6 +77370,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -76886,6 +77395,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -77071,6 +77581,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -77107,6 +77618,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -77131,6 +77643,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -77352,6 +77865,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -77388,6 +77902,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -77412,6 +77927,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -77639,18 +78155,49 @@ false "id": "ResourceStatus", "properties": { "physicalHost": { -"description": "[Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running.", +"description": "[Output Only] The precise location of your instance within the zone's data center, including the block, sub-block, and host. The field is formatted as follows: blockId/subBlockId/hostId.", "type": "string" }, +"physicalHostTopology": { +"$ref": "ResourceStatusPhysicalHostTopology", +"description": "[Output Only] A series of fields containing the global name of the Compute Engine cluster, as well as the ID of the block, sub-block, and host on which the running instance is located." +}, "scheduling": { "$ref": "ResourceStatusScheduling" }, +"shutdownDetails": { +"$ref": "ResourceStatusShutdownDetails", +"description": "[Output Only] Details about the instance stopping state." +}, "upcomingMaintenance": { "$ref": "UpcomingMaintenance" } }, "type": "object" }, +"ResourceStatusPhysicalHostTopology": { +"description": "Represents the physical host topology of the host on which the VM is running.", +"id": "ResourceStatusPhysicalHostTopology", +"properties": { +"block": { +"description": "[Output Only] The ID of the block in which the running instance is located. Instances within the same block experience low network latency.", +"type": "string" +}, +"cluster": { +"description": "[Output Only] The global name of the Compute Engine cluster where the running instance is located.", +"type": "string" +}, +"host": { +"description": "[Output Only] The ID of the host on which the running instance is located. Instances on the same host experience the lowest possible network latency.", +"type": "string" +}, +"subblock": { +"description": "[Output Only] The ID of the sub-block in which the running instance is located. Instances in the same sub-block experience lower network latency than instances in the same block.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ResourceStatusScheduling": { "id": "ResourceStatusScheduling", "properties": { @@ -77666,6 +78213,40 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ResourceStatusShutdownDetails": { +"id": "ResourceStatusShutdownDetails", +"properties": { +"maxDuration": { +"$ref": "Duration" +}, +"requestTimestamp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"stopState": { +"enum": [ +"PENDING_STOP", +"STOPPING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"targetState": { +"enum": [ +"DELETED", +"STOPPED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RolloutPolicy": { "description": "A rollout policy configuration.", "id": "RolloutPolicy", @@ -77887,6 +78468,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -77923,6 +78505,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -77947,6 +78530,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -78071,6 +78655,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -78107,6 +78692,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -78131,6 +78717,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -78394,6 +78981,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -78430,6 +79018,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -78454,6 +79043,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -78869,6 +79459,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -78905,6 +79496,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -78929,6 +79521,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -79066,6 +79659,13 @@ false "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "type": "string" }, +"nat64Subnetworks": { +"description": "List of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT64 Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS is selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNat64Option above.", +"items": { +"$ref": "RouterNatSubnetworkToNat64" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "natIpAllocateOption": { "description": "Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty. ", "enum": [ @@ -79106,6 +79706,18 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, +"sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat64": { +"description": "Specify the Nat option for NAT64, which can take one of the following values: - ALL_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: All of the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field nat64_subnetwork below) The default is NAT64_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. Note that if this field contains NAT64_ALL_V6_SUBNETWORKS no other Router.Nat section in this region can also enable NAT64 for any Subnetworks in this network. Other Router.Nat sections can still be present to enable NAT44 only.", +"enum": [ +"ALL_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS", +"LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"NAT64 is enabled for all the IPv6 subnet ranges. In dual stack subnets, NAT64 will only be enabled for IPv6-only VMs.", +"NAT64 is enabled for a list of IPv6 subnet ranges. In dual stack subnets, NAT64 will only be enabled for IPv6-only VMs. If this option is used, the nat64_subnetworks field must be specified." +], +"type": "string" +}, "subnetworks": { "description": "A list of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS is selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNatOption above.", "items": { @@ -79265,6 +79877,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"RouterNatSubnetworkToNat64": { +"description": "Specifies a subnetwork to enable NAT64.", +"id": "RouterNatSubnetworkToNat64", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT64.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RouterStatus": { "id": "RouterStatus", "properties": { @@ -79598,6 +80221,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -79634,6 +80258,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -79658,6 +80283,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -79759,6 +80385,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -79795,6 +80422,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -79819,6 +80447,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -79903,6 +80532,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -79939,6 +80569,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -79963,6 +80594,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -80252,6 +80884,9 @@ false "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, +"gracefulShutdown": { +"$ref": "SchedulingGracefulShutdown" +}, "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": { "description": "Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.", "format": "int32", @@ -80336,10 +80971,12 @@ false "provisioningModel": { "description": "Specifies the provisioning model of the instance.", "enum": [ +"RESERVATION_BOUND", "SPOT", "STANDARD" ], "enumDescriptions": [ +"Bound to the lifecycle of the reservation in which it is provisioned.", "Heavily discounted, no guaranteed runtime.", "Standard provisioning with user controlled runtime, no discounts." ], @@ -80352,6 +80989,21 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"SchedulingGracefulShutdown": { +"description": "The configuration for gracefully shutting down the instance.", +"id": "SchedulingGracefulShutdown", +"properties": { +"enabled": { +"description": "Opts-in for graceful shutdown.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"maxDuration": { +"$ref": "Duration", +"description": "The time allotted for the instance to gracefully shut down. If the graceful shutdown isn't complete after this time, then the instance transitions to the STOPPING state." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SchedulingNodeAffinity": { "description": "Node Affinity: the configuration of desired nodes onto which this Instance could be scheduled.", "id": "SchedulingNodeAffinity", @@ -80476,6 +81128,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -80512,6 +81165,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -80536,6 +81190,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -80619,6 +81274,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -80655,6 +81311,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -80679,6 +81336,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -81027,6 +81685,10 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, +"requestBodyInspectionSize": { +"description": "The maximum request size chosen by the customer with Waf enabled. Currently only \"8KB\" and \"128KB\" are supported. Values are case insensitive.", +"type": "string" +}, "userIpRequestHeaders": { "description": "An optional list of case-insensitive request header names to use for resolving the callers client IP address.", "items": { @@ -81160,6 +81822,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -81196,6 +81859,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -81220,6 +81884,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -81694,7 +82359,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "enforceOnKey": { -"description": "Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if \"enforceOnKey\" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on \"userIpRequestHeaders\" configured with the security policy. If there is no \"userIpRequestHeaders\" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. ", +"description": "Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if \"enforceOnKey\" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on \"userIpRequestHeaders\" configured with the security policy. If there is no \"userIpRequestHeaders\" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. ", "enum": [ "ALL", "ALL_IPS", @@ -81705,6 +82370,7 @@ false "REGION_CODE", "SNI", "TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT", +"TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT", "USER_IP", "XFF_IP" ], @@ -81719,6 +82385,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -81732,6 +82399,7 @@ false "", "", "", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -81770,7 +82438,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "enforceOnKeyType": { -"description": "Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if \"enforceOnKeyConfigs\" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on \"userIpRequestHeaders\" configured with the security policy. If there is no \"userIpRequestHeaders\" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. ", +"description": "Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if \"enforceOnKeyConfigs\" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on \"userIpRequestHeaders\" configured with the security policy. If there is no \"userIpRequestHeaders\" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. ", "enum": [ "ALL", "ALL_IPS", @@ -81781,6 +82449,7 @@ false "REGION_CODE", "SNI", "TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT", +"TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT", "USER_IP", "XFF_IP" ], @@ -81795,6 +82464,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -81808,6 +82478,7 @@ false "", "", "", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -82177,6 +82848,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -82213,6 +82885,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -82237,6 +82910,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -82392,6 +83066,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -82428,6 +83103,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -82452,6 +83128,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -82559,6 +83236,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -82595,6 +83273,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -82619,6 +83298,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -83185,6 +83865,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -83221,6 +83902,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -83245,6 +83927,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -83603,6 +84286,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -83639,6 +84323,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -83663,6 +84348,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -83755,6 +84441,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -83791,6 +84478,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -83815,6 +84503,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -83963,6 +84652,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -83999,6 +84689,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -84023,6 +84714,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -84125,6 +84817,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -84161,6 +84854,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -84185,6 +84879,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -84276,6 +84971,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -84312,6 +85008,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -84336,6 +85033,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -84422,6 +85120,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -84458,6 +85157,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -84482,6 +85182,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -84631,6 +85332,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -84667,6 +85369,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -84691,6 +85394,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -85040,6 +85744,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -85076,6 +85781,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -85100,6 +85806,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -85278,6 +85985,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -85314,6 +86022,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -85338,6 +86047,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -85439,6 +86149,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -85475,6 +86186,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -85499,6 +86211,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -85734,6 +86447,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -85770,6 +86484,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -85794,6 +86509,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -85886,6 +86602,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -85922,6 +86639,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -85946,6 +86664,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -86020,6 +86739,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -86056,6 +86776,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -86080,6 +86801,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -86154,6 +86876,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -86190,6 +86913,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -86214,6 +86938,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -86310,6 +87035,10 @@ false "description": "The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange.", "type": "string" }, +"ipCollection": { +"description": "Reference to the source of IP, like a PublicDelegatedPrefix (PDP) for BYOIP. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in EXTERNAL_IPV6_SUBNETWORK_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating a dual stack subnetwork with external access using BYOIP: - Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/projectId/regions/region /publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - Partial URL, as in - projects/projectId/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/ sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name ", +"type": "string" +}, "ipv6AccessType": { "description": "The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack.", "enum": [ @@ -86326,6 +87055,18 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] This field is for internal use.", "type": "string" }, +"ipv6GceEndpoint": { +"description": "[Output Only] Possible endpoints of this subnetwork. It can be one of the following: - VM_ONLY: The subnetwork can be used for creating instances and IPv6 addresses with VM endpoint type. Such a subnetwork gets external IPv6 ranges from a public delegated prefix and cannot be used to create NetLb. - VM_AND_FR: The subnetwork can be used for creating both VM instances and Forwarding Rules. It can also be used to reserve IPv6 addresses with both VM and FR endpoint types. Such a subnetwork gets its IPv6 range from Google IP Pool directly. ", +"enum": [ +"VM_AND_FR", +"VM_ONLY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, "kind": { "default": "compute#subnetwork", "description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources.", @@ -86363,10 +87104,11 @@ false "type": "string" }, "purpose": { -"description": "The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT, or PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY.", +"description": "The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PEER_MIGRATION or PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. A subnet with purpose set to PEER_MIGRATION is used for subnet migration from one peered VPC to another. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY.", "enum": [ "GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY", "INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER", +"PEER_MIGRATION", "PRIVATE", "PRIVATE_NAT", "PRIVATE_RFC_1918", @@ -86376,6 +87118,7 @@ false "enumDescriptions": [ "Subnet reserved for Global Envoy-based Load Balancing.", "Subnet reserved for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. This is a legacy purpose, please use REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY instead.", +"Subnetwork will be used for Migration from one peered VPC to another. (a transient state of subnetwork while migrating resources from one project to another).", "Regular user created or automatically created subnet.", "Subnetwork used as source range for Private NAT Gateways.", "Regular user created or automatically created subnet.", @@ -86506,6 +87249,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -86542,6 +87286,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -86566,6 +87311,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -86658,6 +87404,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -86694,6 +87441,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -86718,6 +87466,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -86882,6 +87631,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -86918,6 +87668,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -86942,6 +87693,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -87190,6 +87942,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -87226,6 +87979,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -87250,6 +88004,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -87324,6 +88079,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -87360,6 +88116,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -87384,6 +88141,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -87546,6 +88304,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -87582,6 +88341,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -87606,6 +88366,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -87698,6 +88459,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -87734,6 +88496,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -87758,6 +88521,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -87832,6 +88596,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -87868,6 +88633,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -87892,6 +88658,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -87973,7 +88740,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "TargetHttpsProxy": { -"description": "Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts.", +"description": "Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts.", "id": "TargetHttpsProxy", "properties": { "authentication": { @@ -88080,12 +88847,14 @@ false "enum": [ "DISABLED", "PERMISSIVE", -"STRICT" +"STRICT", +"UNRESTRICTED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "TLS 1.3 Early Data is not advertised, and any (invalid) attempts to send Early Data will be rejected by closing the connection.", "This enables TLS 1.3 0-RTT, and only allows Early Data to be included on requests with safe HTTP methods (GET, HEAD, OPTIONS, TRACE). This mode does not enforce any other limitations for requests with Early Data. The application owner should validate that Early Data is acceptable for a given request path.", -"This enables TLS 1.3 0-RTT, and only allows Early Data to be included on requests with safe HTTP methods (GET, HEAD, OPTIONS, TRACE) without query parameters. Requests that send Early Data with non-idempotent HTTP methods or with query parameters will be rejected with a HTTP 425." +"This enables TLS 1.3 0-RTT, and only allows Early Data to be included on requests with safe HTTP methods (GET, HEAD, OPTIONS, TRACE) without query parameters. Requests that send Early Data with non-idempotent HTTP methods or with query parameters will be rejected with a HTTP 425.", +"This enables TLS 1.3 Early Data for requests with any HTTP method including non-idempotent methods list POST. This mode does not enforce any other limitations. This may be valuable for gRPC use cases. However, we do not recommend this method unless you have evaluated your security stance and mitigated the risk of replay attacks using other mechanisms." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -88158,6 +88927,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -88194,6 +88964,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -88218,6 +88989,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -88310,6 +89082,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -88346,6 +89119,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -88370,6 +89144,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -88529,6 +89304,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -88565,6 +89341,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -88589,6 +89366,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -88681,6 +89459,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -88717,6 +89496,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -88741,6 +89521,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -88815,6 +89596,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -88851,6 +89633,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -88875,6 +89658,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -89065,6 +89849,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -89101,6 +89886,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -89125,6 +89911,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -89234,6 +90021,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -89270,6 +90058,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -89294,6 +90083,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -89420,6 +90210,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -89456,6 +90247,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -89480,6 +90272,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -89697,6 +90490,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -89733,6 +90527,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -89757,6 +90552,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -89831,6 +90627,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -89867,6 +90664,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -89891,6 +90689,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -90076,6 +90875,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -90112,6 +90912,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -90136,6 +90937,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -90228,6 +91030,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -90264,6 +91067,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -90288,6 +91092,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -90481,6 +91286,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -90517,6 +91323,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -90541,6 +91348,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -90633,6 +91441,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -90669,6 +91478,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -90693,6 +91503,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -90767,6 +91578,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -90803,6 +91615,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -90827,6 +91640,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -91015,15 +91829,15 @@ false }, "defaultRouteAction": { "$ref": "HttpRouteAction", -"description": "defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true." +"description": "defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true." }, "defaultService": { -"description": "The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true.", +"description": "The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true.", "type": "string" }, "defaultUrlRedirect": { "$ref": "HttpRedirectAction", -"description": "When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." +"description": "When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." }, "description": { "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.", @@ -91140,6 +91954,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -91176,6 +91991,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -91200,6 +92016,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -91389,6 +92206,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -91425,6 +92243,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -91449,6 +92268,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -91523,6 +92343,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -91559,6 +92380,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -91583,6 +92405,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -91708,10 +92531,11 @@ false "type": "string" }, "purpose": { -"description": "The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT, or PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY.", +"description": "The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PEER_MIGRATION or PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. A subnet with purpose set to PEER_MIGRATION is used for subnet migration from one peered VPC to another. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY.", "enum": [ "GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY", "INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER", +"PEER_MIGRATION", "PRIVATE", "PRIVATE_NAT", "PRIVATE_RFC_1918", @@ -91721,6 +92545,7 @@ false "enumDescriptions": [ "Subnet reserved for Global Envoy-based Load Balancing.", "Subnet reserved for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. This is a legacy purpose, please use REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY instead.", +"Subnetwork will be used for Migration from one peered VPC to another. (a transient state of subnetwork while migrating resources from one project to another).", "Regular user created or automatically created subnet.", "Subnetwork used as source range for Private NAT Gateways.", "Regular user created or automatically created subnet.", @@ -91838,6 +92663,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -91874,6 +92700,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -91898,6 +92725,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -92104,6 +92932,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -92140,6 +92969,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -92164,6 +92994,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -92360,6 +93191,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -92396,6 +93228,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -92420,6 +93253,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -92512,6 +93346,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -92548,6 +93383,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -92572,6 +93408,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -92768,6 +93605,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -92804,6 +93642,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -92828,6 +93667,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -93081,6 +93921,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -93117,6 +93958,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -93141,6 +93983,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -93233,6 +94076,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -93269,6 +94113,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -93293,6 +94138,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -93367,6 +94213,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -93403,6 +94250,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -93427,6 +94275,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -93577,6 +94426,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -93613,6 +94463,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -93637,6 +94488,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -93816,6 +94668,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -93852,6 +94705,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -93876,6 +94730,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json index 7d55f404c04..5a7df85ff7c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json @@ -8683,6 +8683,54 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, +"resumeInstances": { +"description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be resumed. This method increases the targetSize and decreases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you resume. The resumeInstances operation is marked DONE if the resumeInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the RESUMING action with the listmanagedinstances method. In this request, you can only specify instances that are suspended. For example, if an instance was previously suspended using the suspendInstances method, it can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. If a health check is attached to the managed instance group, the specified instances will be verified as healthy after they are resumed. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resumeInstances", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.resumeInstances", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"instanceGroupManager" +], +"parameters": { +"instanceGroupManager": { +"description": "The name of the managed instance group.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone where the managed instance group is located.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resumeInstances", +"request": { +"$ref": "InstanceGroupManagersResumeInstancesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, "setInstanceTemplate": { "description": "Specifies the instance template to use when creating new instances in this group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/setInstanceTemplate", @@ -8779,6 +8827,150 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, +"startInstances": { +"description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be started. This method increases the targetSize and decreases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you start. The startInstances operation is marked DONE if the startInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STARTING action with the listmanagedinstances method. In this request, you can only specify instances that are stopped. For example, if an instance was previously stopped using the stopInstances method, it can be started using the startInstances method. If a health check is attached to the managed instance group, the specified instances will be verified as healthy after they are started. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/startInstances", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.startInstances", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"instanceGroupManager" +], +"parameters": { +"instanceGroupManager": { +"description": "The name of the managed instance group.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone where the managed instance group is located.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/startInstances", +"request": { +"$ref": "InstanceGroupManagersStartInstancesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"stopInstances": { +"description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately stopped. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you stop. The stopInstances operation is marked DONE if the stopInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STOPPING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the standbyPolicy.initialDelaySec field is set, the group delays stopping the instances until initialDelaySec have passed from instance.creationTimestamp (that is, when the instance was created). This delay gives your application time to set itself up and initialize on the instance. If more than initialDelaySec seconds have passed since instance.creationTimestamp when this method is called, there will be zero delay. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is stopped. Stopped instances can be started using the startInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/stopInstances", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.stopInstances", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"instanceGroupManager" +], +"parameters": { +"instanceGroupManager": { +"description": "The name of the managed instance group.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone where the managed instance group is located.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/stopInstances", +"request": { +"$ref": "InstanceGroupManagersStopInstancesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"suspendInstances": { +"description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately suspended. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you suspend. The suspendInstances operation is marked DONE if the suspendInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the SUSPENDING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the standbyPolicy.initialDelaySec field is set, the group delays suspension of the instances until initialDelaySec have passed from instance.creationTimestamp (that is, when the instance was created). This delay gives your application time to set itself up and initialize on the instance. If more than initialDelaySec seconds have passed since instance.creationTimestamp when this method is called, there will be zero delay. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Suspended instances can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/suspendInstances", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.suspendInstances", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"instanceGroupManager" +], +"parameters": { +"instanceGroupManager": { +"description": "The name of the managed instance group.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone where the managed instance group is located.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/suspendInstances", +"request": { +"$ref": "InstanceGroupManagersSuspendInstancesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, "updatePerInstanceConfigs": { "description": "Inserts or updates per-instance configurations for the managed instance group. perInstanceConfig.name serves as a key used to distinguish whether to perform insert or patch.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/updatePerInstanceConfigs", @@ -10446,7 +10638,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "start": { -"description": "Specifies the starting byte position of the output to return. To start with the first byte of output to the specified port, omit this field or set it to `0`. If the output for that byte position is available, this field matches the `start` parameter sent with the request. If the amount of serial console output exceeds the size of the buffer (1 MB), the oldest output is discarded and is no longer available. If the requested start position refers to discarded output, the start position is adjusted to the oldest output still available, and the adjusted start position is returned as the `start` property value. You can also provide a negative start position, which translates to the most recent number of bytes written to the serial port. For example, -3 is interpreted as the most recent 3 bytes written to the serial console.", +"description": "Specifies the starting byte position of the output to return. To start with the first byte of output to the specified port, omit this field or set it to `0`. If the output for that byte position is available, this field matches the `start` parameter sent with the request. If the amount of serial console output exceeds the size of the buffer (1 MB), the oldest output is discarded and is no longer available. If the requested start position refers to discarded output, the start position is adjusted to the oldest output still available, and the adjusted start position is returned as the `start` property value. You can also provide a negative start position, which translates to the most recent number of bytes written to the serial port. For example, -3 is interpreted as the most recent 3 bytes written to the serial console. Note that the negative start is bounded by the retained buffer size, and the returned serial console output will not exceed the max buffer size.", "format": "int64", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -16276,6 +16468,100 @@ } } }, +"networkProfiles": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Returns the specified network profile.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkProfiles/{networkProfile}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.networkProfiles.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"networkProfile" +], +"parameters": { +"networkProfile": { +"description": "Name of the network profile to return.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/networkProfiles/{networkProfile}", +"response": { +"$ref": "NetworkProfile" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieves a list of network profiles available to the specified project.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkProfiles", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.networkProfiles.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/networkProfiles", +"response": { +"$ref": "NetworkProfilesListResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +} +} +}, "networks": { "methods": { "addPeering": { @@ -23178,11 +23464,11 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, -"setInstanceTemplate": { -"description": "Sets the instance template to use when creating new instances or recreating instances in this group. Existing instances are not affected.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/setInstanceTemplate", +"resumeInstances": { +"description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be resumed. This method increases the targetSize and decreases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you resume. The resumeInstances operation is marked DONE if the resumeInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the RESUMING action with the listmanagedinstances method. In this request, you can only specify instances that are suspended. For example, if an instance was previously suspended using the suspendInstances method, it can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. If a health check is attached to the managed instance group, the specified instances will be verified as healthy after they are resumed. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resumeInstances", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.setInstanceTemplate", +"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.resumeInstances", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", @@ -23190,7 +23476,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "instanceGroupManager": { -"description": "The name of the managed instance group.", +"description": "Name of the managed instance group.", "location": "path", "required": true, "type": "string" @@ -23214,9 +23500,9 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/setInstanceTemplate", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resumeInstances", "request": { -"$ref": "RegionInstanceGroupManagersSetTemplateRequest" +"$ref": "RegionInstanceGroupManagersResumeInstancesRequest" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -23226,11 +23512,11 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, -"setTargetPools": { -"description": "Modifies the target pools to which all new instances in this group are assigned. Existing instances in the group are not affected.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/setTargetPools", +"setInstanceTemplate": { +"description": "Sets the instance template to use when creating new instances or recreating instances in this group. Existing instances are not affected.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/setInstanceTemplate", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.setTargetPools", +"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.setInstanceTemplate", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", @@ -23238,7 +23524,55 @@ ], "parameters": { "instanceGroupManager": { -"description": "Name of the managed instance group.", +"description": "The name of the managed instance group.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/setInstanceTemplate", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionInstanceGroupManagersSetTemplateRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"setTargetPools": { +"description": "Modifies the target pools to which all new instances in this group are assigned. Existing instances in the group are not affected.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/setTargetPools", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.setTargetPools", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"instanceGroupManager" +], +"parameters": { +"instanceGroupManager": { +"description": "Name of the managed instance group.", "location": "path", "required": true, "type": "string" @@ -23274,6 +23608,150 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, +"startInstances": { +"description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be started. This method increases the targetSize and decreases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you start. The startInstances operation is marked DONE if the startInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STARTING action with the listmanagedinstances method. In this request, you can only specify instances that are stopped. For example, if an instance was previously stopped using the stopInstances method, it can be started using the startInstances method. If a health check is attached to the managed instance group, the specified instances will be verified as healthy after they are started. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/startInstances", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.startInstances", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"instanceGroupManager" +], +"parameters": { +"instanceGroupManager": { +"description": "Name of the managed instance group.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/startInstances", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionInstanceGroupManagersStartInstancesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"stopInstances": { +"description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately stopped. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you stop. The stopInstances operation is marked DONE if the stopInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STOPPING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the standbyPolicy.initialDelaySec field is set, the group delays stopping the instances until initialDelaySec have passed from instance.creationTimestamp (that is, when the instance was created). This delay gives your application time to set itself up and initialize on the instance. If more than initialDelaySec seconds have passed since instance.creationTimestamp when this method is called, there will be zero delay. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is stopped. Stopped instances can be started using the startInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/stopInstances", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.stopInstances", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"instanceGroupManager" +], +"parameters": { +"instanceGroupManager": { +"description": "The name of the managed instance group.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/stopInstances", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionInstanceGroupManagersStopInstancesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"suspendInstances": { +"description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately suspended. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you suspend. The suspendInstances operation is marked DONE if the suspendInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the SUSPENDING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the standbyPolicy.initialDelaySec field is set, the group delays suspension of the instances until initialDelaySec have passed from instance.creationTimestamp (that is, when the instance was created). This delay gives your application time to set itself up and initialize on the instance. If more than initialDelaySec seconds have passed since instance.creationTimestamp when this method is called, there will be zero delay. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Suspended instances can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/suspendInstances", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.suspendInstances", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"instanceGroupManager" +], +"parameters": { +"instanceGroupManager": { +"description": "Name of the managed instance group.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/suspendInstances", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionInstanceGroupManagersSuspendInstancesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, "updatePerInstanceConfigs": { "description": "Inserts or updates per-instance configurations for the managed instance group. perInstanceConfig.name serves as a key used to distinguish whether to perform insert or patch.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/updatePerInstanceConfigs", @@ -26258,6 +26736,56 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] +}, +"setLabels": { +"description": "Sets the labels on a security policy. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/securityPolicies/{resource}/setLabels", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionSecurityPolicies.setLabels", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/securityPolicies/{resource}/setLabels", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionSetLabelsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -37421,7 +37949,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241105", +"revision": "20241201", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -37572,6 +38100,7 @@ "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -37608,6 +38137,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -37632,6 +38162,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -37724,6 +38255,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -37760,6 +38292,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -37784,6 +38317,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -37858,6 +38392,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -37894,6 +38429,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -37918,6 +38454,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -38259,6 +38796,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -38295,6 +38833,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -38319,6 +38858,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -38411,6 +38951,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -38447,6 +38988,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -38471,6 +39013,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -38545,6 +39088,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -38581,6 +39125,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -38605,6 +39150,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -39339,6 +39885,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -39375,6 +39922,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -39399,6 +39947,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -39491,6 +40040,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -39527,6 +40077,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -39551,6 +40102,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -39683,6 +40235,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -39719,6 +40272,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -39743,6 +40297,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -40146,7 +40701,7 @@ false "description": "The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy." }, "cacheMode": { -"description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.", +"description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC.", "enum": [ "CACHE_ALL_STATIC", "FORCE_CACHE_ALL", @@ -40315,6 +40870,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -40351,6 +40907,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -40375,6 +40932,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -40795,6 +41353,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -40831,6 +41390,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -40855,6 +41415,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -40908,7 +41469,7 @@ false "description": "The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy." }, "cacheMode": { -"description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.", +"description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults to CACHE_ALL_STATIC.", "enum": [ "CACHE_ALL_STATIC", "FORCE_CACHE_ALL", @@ -41187,6 +41748,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -41223,6 +41785,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -41247,6 +41810,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -41339,6 +41903,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -41375,6 +41940,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -41399,6 +41965,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -41588,6 +42155,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -41624,6 +42192,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -41648,6 +42217,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -42313,6 +42883,9 @@ false "GRAPHICS_OPTIMIZED", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED_M3", +"MEMORY_OPTIMIZED_X4_16TB", +"MEMORY_OPTIMIZED_X4_24TB", +"MEMORY_OPTIMIZED_X4_32TB", "STORAGE_OPTIMIZED_Z3", "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED" ], @@ -42337,6 +42910,9 @@ false "", "", "", +"", +"", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -42406,6 +42982,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -42442,6 +43019,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -42466,6 +43044,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -42558,6 +43137,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -42594,6 +43174,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -42618,6 +43199,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -42703,6 +43285,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -42739,6 +43322,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -42763,6 +43347,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -43397,6 +43982,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -43433,6 +44019,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -43457,6 +44044,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -43621,6 +44209,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -43657,6 +44246,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -43681,6 +44271,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -43904,6 +44495,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -43940,6 +44532,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -43964,6 +44557,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -44056,6 +44650,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -44092,6 +44687,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -44116,6 +44712,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -44190,6 +44787,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -44226,6 +44824,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -44250,6 +44849,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -44361,6 +44961,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -44397,6 +44998,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -44421,6 +45023,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -44664,6 +45267,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -44700,6 +45304,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -44724,6 +45329,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -44934,6 +45540,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -44970,6 +45577,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -44994,6 +45602,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -45262,6 +45871,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -45298,6 +45908,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -45322,6 +45933,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -45557,6 +46169,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -45593,6 +46206,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -45617,6 +46231,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -46196,6 +46811,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -46232,6 +46848,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -46256,6 +46873,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -46348,6 +46966,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -46384,6 +47003,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -46408,6 +47028,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -46510,6 +47131,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -46546,6 +47168,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -46570,6 +47193,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -47170,6 +47794,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -47206,6 +47831,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -47230,6 +47856,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -47428,6 +48055,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -47464,6 +48092,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -47488,6 +48117,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -47587,6 +48217,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -47623,6 +48254,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -47647,6 +48279,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -47721,6 +48354,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -47757,6 +48391,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -47781,6 +48416,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -48265,6 +48901,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -48301,6 +48938,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -48325,6 +48963,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -48524,15 +49163,15 @@ false }, "routeAction": { "$ref": "HttpRouteAction", -"description": "In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction." +"description": "In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a route rule's routeAction." }, "service": { -"description": "The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set.", +"description": "The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set.", "type": "string" }, "urlRedirect": { "$ref": "HttpRedirectAction", -"description": "When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." +"description": "When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." } }, "type": "object" @@ -48707,6 +49346,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -48743,6 +49383,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -48767,6 +49408,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -49091,6 +49733,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -49127,6 +49770,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -49151,6 +49795,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -49541,6 +50186,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -49577,276 +50223,6 @@ false, false, false, false, -false -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", -"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", -"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", -"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", -"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", -"Warning that is present in an external api call", -"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", -"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", -"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", -"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", -"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", -"A resource depends on a missing type", -"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", -"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", -"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", -"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", -"No results are present on a particular list page.", -"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", -"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", -"Warning that a resource is in use.", -"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", -"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", -"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", -"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", -"A given scope cannot be reached." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"data": { -"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", -"items": { -"properties": { -"key": { -"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", -"type": "string" -}, -"value": { -"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"message": { -"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"InstanceConsumptionData": { -"id": "InstanceConsumptionData", -"properties": { -"consumptionInfo": { -"$ref": "InstanceConsumptionInfo", -"description": "Resources consumed by the instance." -}, -"instance": { -"description": "Server-defined URL for the instance.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"InstanceConsumptionInfo": { -"id": "InstanceConsumptionInfo", -"properties": { -"guestCpus": { -"description": "The number of virtual CPUs that are available to the instance.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"localSsdGb": { -"description": "The amount of local SSD storage available to the instance, defined in GiB.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"memoryMb": { -"description": "The amount of physical memory available to the instance, defined in MiB.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"minNodeCpus": { -"description": "The minimal guaranteed number of virtual CPUs that are reserved.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"InstanceGroup": { -"description": "Represents an Instance Group resource. Instance Groups can be used to configure a target for load balancing. Instance groups can either be managed or unmanaged. To create managed instance groups, use the instanceGroupManager or regionInstanceGroupManager resource instead. Use zonal unmanaged instance groups if you need to apply load balancing to groups of heterogeneous instances or if you need to manage the instances yourself. You cannot create regional unmanaged instance groups. For more information, read Instance groups.", -"id": "InstanceGroup", -"properties": { -"creationTimestamp": { -"description": "[Output Only] The creation timestamp for this instance group in RFC3339 text format.", -"type": "string" -}, -"description": { -"description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.", -"type": "string" -}, -"fingerprint": { -"description": "[Output Only] The fingerprint of the named ports. The system uses this fingerprint to detect conflicts when multiple users change the named ports concurrently.", -"format": "byte", -"type": "string" -}, -"id": { -"description": "[Output Only] A unique identifier for this instance group, generated by the server.", -"format": "uint64", -"type": "string" -}, -"kind": { -"default": "compute#instanceGroup", -"description": "[Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroup for instance groups.", -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"annotations": { -"required": [ -"compute.instanceGroups.insert" -] -}, -"description": "The name of the instance group. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"type": "string" -}, -"namedPorts": { -"description": " Assigns a name to a port number. For example: {name: \"http\", port: 80} This allows the system to reference ports by the assigned name instead of a port number. Named ports can also contain multiple ports. For example: [{name: \"app1\", port: 8080}, {name: \"app1\", port: 8081}, {name: \"app2\", port: 8082}] Named ports apply to all instances in this instance group. ", -"items": { -"$ref": "NamedPort" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"network": { -"description": "[Output Only] The URL of the network to which all instances in the instance group belong. If your instance has multiple network interfaces, then the network and subnetwork fields only refer to the network and subnet used by your primary interface (nic0).", -"type": "string" -}, -"region": { -"description": "[Output Only] The URL of the region where the instance group is located (for regional resources).", -"type": "string" -}, -"selfLink": { -"description": "[Output Only] The URL for this instance group. The server generates this URL.", -"type": "string" -}, -"size": { -"description": "[Output Only] The total number of instances in the instance group.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"subnetwork": { -"description": "[Output Only] The URL of the subnetwork to which all instances in the instance group belong. If your instance has multiple network interfaces, then the network and subnetwork fields only refer to the network and subnet used by your primary interface (nic0).", -"type": "string" -}, -"zone": { -"description": "[Output Only] The URL of the zone where the instance group is located (for zonal resources).", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"InstanceGroupAggregatedList": { -"id": "InstanceGroupAggregatedList", -"properties": { -"id": { -"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", -"type": "string" -}, -"items": { -"additionalProperties": { -"$ref": "InstanceGroupsScopedList", -"description": "The name of the scope that contains this set of instance groups." -}, -"description": "A list of InstanceGroupsScopedList resources.", -"type": "object" -}, -"kind": { -"default": "compute#instanceGroupAggregatedList", -"description": "[Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupAggregatedList for aggregated lists of instance groups.", -"type": "string" -}, -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.", -"type": "string" -}, -"selfLink": { -"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", -"type": "string" -}, -"unreachables": { -"description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"warning": { -"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", -"properties": { -"code": { -"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", -"enum": [ -"CLEANUP_FAILED", -"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", -"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", -"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", -"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", -"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", -"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", -"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", -"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", -"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", -"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", -"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", -"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", -"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", -"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", -"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", -"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", -"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", -"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", -"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", -"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", -"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", -"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", -"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", -"UNREACHABLE" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, false, false ], @@ -49872,6 +50248,281 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"InstanceConsumptionData": { +"id": "InstanceConsumptionData", +"properties": { +"consumptionInfo": { +"$ref": "InstanceConsumptionInfo", +"description": "Resources consumed by the instance." +}, +"instance": { +"description": "Server-defined URL for the instance.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"InstanceConsumptionInfo": { +"id": "InstanceConsumptionInfo", +"properties": { +"guestCpus": { +"description": "The number of virtual CPUs that are available to the instance.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"localSsdGb": { +"description": "The amount of local SSD storage available to the instance, defined in GiB.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"memoryMb": { +"description": "The amount of physical memory available to the instance, defined in MiB.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"minNodeCpus": { +"description": "The minimal guaranteed number of virtual CPUs that are reserved.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"InstanceGroup": { +"description": "Represents an Instance Group resource. Instance Groups can be used to configure a target for load balancing. Instance groups can either be managed or unmanaged. To create managed instance groups, use the instanceGroupManager or regionInstanceGroupManager resource instead. Use zonal unmanaged instance groups if you need to apply load balancing to groups of heterogeneous instances or if you need to manage the instances yourself. You cannot create regional unmanaged instance groups. For more information, read Instance groups.", +"id": "InstanceGroup", +"properties": { +"creationTimestamp": { +"description": "[Output Only] The creation timestamp for this instance group in RFC3339 text format.", +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fingerprint": { +"description": "[Output Only] The fingerprint of the named ports. The system uses this fingerprint to detect conflicts when multiple users change the named ports concurrently.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] A unique identifier for this instance group, generated by the server.", +"format": "uint64", +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#instanceGroup", +"description": "[Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroup for instance groups.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"annotations": { +"required": [ +"compute.instanceGroups.insert" +] +}, +"description": "The name of the instance group. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"type": "string" +}, +"namedPorts": { +"description": " Assigns a name to a port number. For example: {name: \"http\", port: 80} This allows the system to reference ports by the assigned name instead of a port number. Named ports can also contain multiple ports. For example: [{name: \"app1\", port: 8080}, {name: \"app1\", port: 8081}, {name: \"app2\", port: 8082}] Named ports apply to all instances in this instance group. ", +"items": { +"$ref": "NamedPort" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"network": { +"description": "[Output Only] The URL of the network to which all instances in the instance group belong. If your instance has multiple network interfaces, then the network and subnetwork fields only refer to the network and subnet used by your primary interface (nic0).", +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "[Output Only] The URL of the region where the instance group is located (for regional resources).", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] The URL for this instance group. The server generates this URL.", +"type": "string" +}, +"size": { +"description": "[Output Only] The total number of instances in the instance group.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"subnetwork": { +"description": "[Output Only] The URL of the subnetwork to which all instances in the instance group belong. If your instance has multiple network interfaces, then the network and subnetwork fields only refer to the network and subnet used by your primary interface (nic0).", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "[Output Only] The URL of the zone where the instance group is located (for zonal resources).", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"InstanceGroupAggregatedList": { +"id": "InstanceGroupAggregatedList", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "InstanceGroupsScopedList", +"description": "The name of the scope that contains this set of instance groups." +}, +"description": "A list of InstanceGroupsScopedList resources.", +"type": "object" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#instanceGroupAggregatedList", +"description": "[Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupAggregatedList for aggregated lists of instance groups.", +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachables": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -49964,6 +50615,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -50000,6 +50652,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -50024,6 +50677,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -50173,6 +50827,10 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL.", "type": "string" }, +"standbyPolicy": { +"$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStandbyPolicy", +"description": "Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances." +}, "statefulPolicy": { "$ref": "StatefulPolicy", "description": "Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager" @@ -50199,6 +50857,16 @@ false "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, +"targetStoppedSize": { +"description": "The target number of stopped instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Stop instance using the stopInstances method or start instances using the startInstances method. - Manually change the targetStoppedSize using the update method. ", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"targetSuspendedSize": { +"description": "The target number of suspended instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Suspend instance using the suspendInstances method or resume instances using the resumeInstances method. - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update method. ", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "updatePolicy": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerUpdatePolicy", "description": "The update policy for this managed instance group." @@ -50350,6 +51018,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -50386,6 +51055,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -50410,6 +51080,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -50588,6 +51259,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -50624,6 +51296,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -50648,6 +51321,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -50932,6 +51606,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -50968,6 +51643,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -50992,6 +51668,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -51029,6 +51706,29 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"InstanceGroupManagerStandbyPolicy": { +"id": "InstanceGroupManagerStandbyPolicy", +"properties": { +"initialDelaySec": { +"description": "Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or stop a VM after that VM was created. The initial delay gives the initialization script the time to prepare your VM for a quick scale out. The value of initial delay must be between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default value is 0.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"mode": { +"description": "Defines how a MIG resumes or starts VMs from a standby pool when the group scales out. The default mode is `MANUAL`.", +"enum": [ +"MANUAL", +"SCALE_OUT_POOL" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"MIG does not automatically resume or start VMs in the standby pool when the group scales out.", +"MIG automatically resumes or starts VMs in the standby pool when the group scales out, and replenishes the standby pool afterwards." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "InstanceGroupManagerStatus": { "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatus", "properties": { @@ -51386,6 +52086,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -51422,6 +52123,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -51446,6 +52148,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -51510,6 +52213,19 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"InstanceGroupManagersResumeInstancesRequest": { +"id": "InstanceGroupManagersResumeInstancesRequest", +"properties": { +"instances": { +"description": "The URLs of one or more instances to resume. This can be a full URL or a partial URL, such as zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "InstanceGroupManagersScopedList": { "id": "InstanceGroupManagersScopedList", "properties": { @@ -51547,6 +52263,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -51583,6 +52300,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -51607,6 +52325,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -51672,6 +52391,53 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"InstanceGroupManagersStartInstancesRequest": { +"id": "InstanceGroupManagersStartInstancesRequest", +"properties": { +"instances": { +"description": "The URLs of one or more instances to start. This can be a full URL or a partial URL, such as zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"InstanceGroupManagersStopInstancesRequest": { +"id": "InstanceGroupManagersStopInstancesRequest", +"properties": { +"forceStop": { +"description": "If this flag is set to true, the Instance Group Manager will proceed to stop the instances, skipping initialization on them.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"instances": { +"description": "The URLs of one or more instances to stop. This can be a full URL or a partial URL, such as zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"InstanceGroupManagersSuspendInstancesRequest": { +"id": "InstanceGroupManagersSuspendInstancesRequest", +"properties": { +"forceSuspend": { +"description": "If this flag is set to true, the Instance Group Manager will proceed to suspend the instances, skipping initialization on them.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"instances": { +"description": "The URLs of one or more instances to suspend. This can be a full URL or a partial URL, such as zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "InstanceGroupManagersUpdatePerInstanceConfigsReq": { "description": "InstanceGroupManagers.updatePerInstanceConfigs", "id": "InstanceGroupManagersUpdatePerInstanceConfigsReq", @@ -51753,6 +52519,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -51789,6 +52556,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -51813,6 +52581,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -51918,6 +52687,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -51954,6 +52724,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -51978,6 +52749,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -52088,6 +52860,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -52124,6 +52897,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -52148,6 +52922,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -52240,6 +53015,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -52276,6 +53052,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -52300,6 +53077,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -52766,6 +53544,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -52802,6 +53581,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -52826,6 +53606,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -52918,6 +53699,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -52954,6 +53736,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -52978,6 +53761,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -53052,6 +53836,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -53088,6 +53873,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -53112,6 +53898,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -53341,6 +54128,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -53377,6 +54165,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -53401,6 +54190,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -53727,6 +54517,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -53763,6 +54554,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -53787,6 +54579,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -53879,6 +54672,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -53915,6 +54709,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -53939,6 +54734,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -54024,6 +54820,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -54060,6 +54857,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -54084,6 +54882,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -54681,6 +55480,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -54717,198 +55517,6 @@ false, false, false, false, -false -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", -"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", -"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", -"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", -"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", -"Warning that is present in an external api call", -"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", -"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", -"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", -"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", -"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", -"A resource depends on a missing type", -"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", -"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", -"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", -"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", -"No results are present on a particular list page.", -"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", -"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", -"Warning that a resource is in use.", -"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", -"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", -"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", -"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", -"A given scope cannot be reached." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"data": { -"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", -"items": { -"properties": { -"key": { -"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", -"type": "string" -}, -"value": { -"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"message": { -"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"InterconnectAttachmentConfigurationConstraints": { -"id": "InterconnectAttachmentConfigurationConstraints", -"properties": { -"bgpMd5": { -"description": "[Output Only] Whether the attachment's BGP session requires/allows/disallows BGP MD5 authentication. This can take one of the following values: MD5_OPTIONAL, MD5_REQUIRED, MD5_UNSUPPORTED. For example, a Cross-Cloud Interconnect connection to a remote cloud provider that requires BGP MD5 authentication has the interconnectRemoteLocation attachment_configuration_constraints.bgp_md5 field set to MD5_REQUIRED, and that property is propagated to the attachment. Similarly, if BGP MD5 is MD5_UNSUPPORTED, an error is returned if MD5 is requested.", -"enum": [ -"MD5_OPTIONAL", -"MD5_REQUIRED", -"MD5_UNSUPPORTED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"MD5_OPTIONAL: BGP MD5 authentication is supported and can optionally be configured.", -"MD5_REQUIRED: BGP MD5 authentication must be configured.", -"MD5_UNSUPPORTED: BGP MD5 authentication must not be configured" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"bgpPeerAsnRanges": { -"description": "[Output Only] List of ASN ranges that the remote location is known to support. Formatted as an array of inclusive ranges {min: min-value, max: max-value}. For example, [{min: 123, max: 123}, {min: 64512, max: 65534}] allows the peer ASN to be 123 or anything in the range 64512-65534. This field is only advisory. Although the API accepts other ranges, these are the ranges that we recommend.", -"items": { -"$ref": "InterconnectAttachmentConfigurationConstraintsBgpPeerASNRange" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"InterconnectAttachmentConfigurationConstraintsBgpPeerASNRange": { -"id": "InterconnectAttachmentConfigurationConstraintsBgpPeerASNRange", -"properties": { -"max": { -"format": "uint32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"min": { -"format": "uint32", -"type": "integer" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"InterconnectAttachmentList": { -"description": "Response to the list request, and contains a list of interconnect attachments.", -"id": "InterconnectAttachmentList", -"properties": { -"id": { -"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", -"type": "string" -}, -"items": { -"description": "A list of InterconnectAttachment resources.", -"items": { -"$ref": "InterconnectAttachment" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"kind": { -"default": "compute#interconnectAttachmentList", -"description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#interconnectAttachmentList for lists of interconnect attachments.", -"type": "string" -}, -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.", -"type": "string" -}, -"selfLink": { -"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", -"type": "string" -}, -"warning": { -"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", -"properties": { -"code": { -"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", -"enum": [ -"CLEANUP_FAILED", -"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", -"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", -"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", -"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", -"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", -"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", -"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", -"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", -"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", -"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", -"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", -"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", -"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", -"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", -"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", -"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", -"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", -"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", -"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", -"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", -"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", -"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", -"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", -"UNREACHABLE" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, false, false ], @@ -54934,6 +55542,203 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"InterconnectAttachmentConfigurationConstraints": { +"id": "InterconnectAttachmentConfigurationConstraints", +"properties": { +"bgpMd5": { +"description": "[Output Only] Whether the attachment's BGP session requires/allows/disallows BGP MD5 authentication. This can take one of the following values: MD5_OPTIONAL, MD5_REQUIRED, MD5_UNSUPPORTED. For example, a Cross-Cloud Interconnect connection to a remote cloud provider that requires BGP MD5 authentication has the interconnectRemoteLocation attachment_configuration_constraints.bgp_md5 field set to MD5_REQUIRED, and that property is propagated to the attachment. Similarly, if BGP MD5 is MD5_UNSUPPORTED, an error is returned if MD5 is requested.", +"enum": [ +"MD5_OPTIONAL", +"MD5_REQUIRED", +"MD5_UNSUPPORTED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"MD5_OPTIONAL: BGP MD5 authentication is supported and can optionally be configured.", +"MD5_REQUIRED: BGP MD5 authentication must be configured.", +"MD5_UNSUPPORTED: BGP MD5 authentication must not be configured" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"bgpPeerAsnRanges": { +"description": "[Output Only] List of ASN ranges that the remote location is known to support. Formatted as an array of inclusive ranges {min: min-value, max: max-value}. For example, [{min: 123, max: 123}, {min: 64512, max: 65534}] allows the peer ASN to be 123 or anything in the range 64512-65534. This field is only advisory. Although the API accepts other ranges, these are the ranges that we recommend.", +"items": { +"$ref": "InterconnectAttachmentConfigurationConstraintsBgpPeerASNRange" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"InterconnectAttachmentConfigurationConstraintsBgpPeerASNRange": { +"id": "InterconnectAttachmentConfigurationConstraintsBgpPeerASNRange", +"properties": { +"max": { +"format": "uint32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"min": { +"format": "uint32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"InterconnectAttachmentList": { +"description": "Response to the list request, and contains a list of interconnect attachments.", +"id": "InterconnectAttachmentList", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"description": "A list of InterconnectAttachment resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "InterconnectAttachment" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#interconnectAttachmentList", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#interconnectAttachmentList for lists of interconnect attachments.", +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -55039,6 +55844,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -55075,6 +55881,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -55099,6 +55906,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -55392,6 +56200,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -55428,6 +56237,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -55452,6 +56262,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -55502,7 +56313,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "availableFeatures": { -"description": "[Output only] List of features available at this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - MACSEC ", +"description": "[Output only] List of features available at this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - IF_MACSEC ", "items": { "enum": [ "IF_MACSEC" @@ -55680,6 +56491,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -55716,6 +56528,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -55740,6 +56553,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -56184,6 +56998,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -56220,6 +57035,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -56244,6 +57060,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -56357,7 +57174,8 @@ false "type": "string" }, "resourceRequirements": { -"$ref": "LicenseResourceRequirements" +"$ref": "LicenseResourceRequirements", +"description": "[Input Only] Deprecated." }, "selfLink": { "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", @@ -56476,12 +57294,12 @@ false "id": "LicenseResourceRequirements", "properties": { "minGuestCpuCount": { -"description": "Minimum number of guest cpus required to use the Instance. Enforced at Instance creation and Instance start.", +"description": "[Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum number of guest cpus required to use the Instance.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, "minMemoryMb": { -"description": "Minimum memory required to use the Instance. Enforced at Instance creation and Instance start.", +"description": "[Input Only] Deprecated. This field no longer reflects the minimum memory required to use the Instance.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" } @@ -56537,6 +57355,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -56573,6 +57392,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -56597,6 +57417,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -56900,6 +57721,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -56936,6 +57758,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -56960,6 +57783,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -57176,6 +58000,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -57212,6 +58037,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -57236,6 +58062,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -57328,6 +58155,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -57364,139 +58192,6 @@ false, false, false, false, -false -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", -"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", -"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", -"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", -"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", -"Warning that is present in an external api call", -"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", -"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", -"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", -"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", -"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", -"A resource depends on a missing type", -"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", -"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", -"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", -"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", -"No results are present on a particular list page.", -"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", -"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", -"Warning that a resource is in use.", -"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", -"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", -"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", -"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", -"A given scope cannot be reached." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"data": { -"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", -"items": { -"properties": { -"key": { -"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", -"type": "string" -}, -"value": { -"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"message": { -"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"MachineTypesScopedList": { -"id": "MachineTypesScopedList", -"properties": { -"machineTypes": { -"description": "[Output Only] A list of machine types contained in this scope.", -"items": { -"$ref": "MachineType" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"warning": { -"description": "[Output Only] An informational warning that appears when the machine types list is empty.", -"properties": { -"code": { -"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", -"enum": [ -"CLEANUP_FAILED", -"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", -"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", -"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", -"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", -"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", -"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", -"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", -"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", -"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", -"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", -"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", -"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", -"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", -"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", -"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", -"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", -"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", -"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", -"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", -"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", -"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", -"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", -"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", -"UNREACHABLE" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, false, false ], @@ -57522,6 +58217,144 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"MachineTypesScopedList": { +"id": "MachineTypesScopedList", +"properties": { +"machineTypes": { +"description": "[Output Only] A list of machine types contained in this scope.", +"items": { +"$ref": "MachineType" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] An informational warning that appears when the machine types list is empty.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -58023,6 +58856,10 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, +"networkProfile": { +"description": "A full or partial URL of the network profile to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/{api_version}/projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkProfiles/{network_profile_name} ", +"type": "string" +}, "peerings": { "description": "[Output Only] A list of network peerings for the resource.", "items": { @@ -58204,6 +59041,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -58240,6 +59078,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -58264,6 +59103,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -58408,6 +59248,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -58444,139 +59285,6 @@ false, false, false, false, -false -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", -"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", -"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", -"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", -"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", -"Warning that is present in an external api call", -"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", -"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", -"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", -"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", -"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", -"A resource depends on a missing type", -"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", -"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", -"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", -"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", -"No results are present on a particular list page.", -"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", -"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", -"Warning that a resource is in use.", -"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", -"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", -"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", -"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", -"A given scope cannot be reached." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"data": { -"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", -"items": { -"properties": { -"key": { -"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", -"type": "string" -}, -"value": { -"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"message": { -"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"NetworkAttachmentsScopedList": { -"id": "NetworkAttachmentsScopedList", -"properties": { -"networkAttachments": { -"description": "A list of NetworkAttachments contained in this scope.", -"items": { -"$ref": "NetworkAttachment" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"warning": { -"description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of network attachments when the list is empty.", -"properties": { -"code": { -"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", -"enum": [ -"CLEANUP_FAILED", -"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", -"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", -"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", -"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", -"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", -"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", -"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", -"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", -"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", -"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", -"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", -"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", -"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", -"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", -"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", -"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", -"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", -"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", -"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", -"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", -"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", -"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", -"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", -"UNREACHABLE" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, false, false ], @@ -58602,6 +59310,144 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"NetworkAttachmentsScopedList": { +"id": "NetworkAttachmentsScopedList", +"properties": { +"networkAttachments": { +"description": "A list of NetworkAttachments contained in this scope.", +"items": { +"$ref": "NetworkAttachment" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of network attachments when the list is empty.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -58755,6 +59601,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -58791,6 +59638,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -58815,6 +59663,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -58889,6 +59738,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -58925,6 +59775,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -58949,6 +59800,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -59197,6 +60049,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -59233,6 +60086,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -59257,6 +60111,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -59401,6 +60256,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -59437,6 +60293,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -59461,6 +60318,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -59633,6 +60491,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -59669,139 +60528,6 @@ false, false, false, false, -false -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", -"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", -"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", -"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", -"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", -"Warning that is present in an external api call", -"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", -"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", -"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", -"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", -"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", -"A resource depends on a missing type", -"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", -"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", -"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", -"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", -"No results are present on a particular list page.", -"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", -"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", -"Warning that a resource is in use.", -"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", -"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", -"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", -"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", -"A given scope cannot be reached." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"data": { -"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", -"items": { -"properties": { -"key": { -"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", -"type": "string" -}, -"value": { -"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"message": { -"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"NetworkEndpointGroupsScopedList": { -"id": "NetworkEndpointGroupsScopedList", -"properties": { -"networkEndpointGroups": { -"description": "[Output Only] The list of network endpoint groups that are contained in this scope.", -"items": { -"$ref": "NetworkEndpointGroup" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"warning": { -"description": "[Output Only] An informational warning that replaces the list of network endpoint groups when the list is empty.", -"properties": { -"code": { -"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", -"enum": [ -"CLEANUP_FAILED", -"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", -"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", -"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", -"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", -"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", -"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", -"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", -"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", -"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", -"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", -"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", -"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", -"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", -"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", -"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", -"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", -"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", -"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", -"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", -"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", -"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", -"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", -"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", -"UNREACHABLE" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, false, false ], @@ -59827,6 +60553,144 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"NetworkEndpointGroupsScopedList": { +"id": "NetworkEndpointGroupsScopedList", +"properties": { +"networkEndpointGroups": { +"description": "[Output Only] The list of network endpoint groups that are contained in this scope.", +"items": { +"$ref": "NetworkEndpointGroup" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] An informational warning that replaces the list of network endpoint groups when the list is empty.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -59958,12 +60822,16 @@ false "enum": [ "GVNIC", "IDPF", +"IRDMA", +"MRDMA", "UNSPECIFIED_NIC_TYPE", "VIRTIO_NET" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "GVNIC", "IDPF", +"IRDMA", +"MRDMA", "No type specified.", "VIRTIO" ], @@ -60050,6 +60918,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -60086,6 +60955,635 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"NetworkPeering": { +"description": "A network peering attached to a network resource. The message includes the peering name, peer network, peering state, and a flag indicating whether Google Compute Engine should automatically create routes for the peering.", +"id": "NetworkPeering", +"properties": { +"autoCreateRoutes": { +"description": "This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"exchangeSubnetRoutes": { +"description": "Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"exportCustomRoutes": { +"description": "Whether to export the custom routes to peer network. The default value is false.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp": { +"description": "Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. IPv4 special-use ranges are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"importCustomRoutes": { +"description": "Whether to import the custom routes from peer network. The default value is false.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp": { +"description": "Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. IPv4 special-use ranges are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Name of this peering. Provided by the client when the peering is created. The name must comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.", +"type": "string" +}, +"network": { +"description": "The URL of the peer network. It can be either full URL or partial URL. The peer network may belong to a different project. If the partial URL does not contain project, it is assumed that the peer network is in the same project as the current network.", +"type": "string" +}, +"peerMtu": { +"description": "Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"stackType": { +"description": "Which IP version(s) of traffic and routes are allowed to be imported or exported between peer networks. The default value is IPV4_ONLY.", +"enum": [ +"IPV4_IPV6", +"IPV4_ONLY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"This Peering will allow IPv4 traffic and routes to be exchanged. Additionally if the matching peering is IPV4_IPV6, IPv6 traffic and routes will be exchanged as well.", +"This Peering will only allow IPv4 traffic and routes to be exchanged, even if the matching peering is IPV4_IPV6." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "[Output Only] State for the peering, either `ACTIVE` or `INACTIVE`. The peering is `ACTIVE` when there's a matching configuration in the peer network.", +"enum": [ +"ACTIVE", +"INACTIVE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Matching configuration exists on the peer.", +"There is no matching configuration on the peer, including the case when peer does not exist." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"stateDetails": { +"description": "[Output Only] Details about the current state of the peering.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"NetworkPerformanceConfig": { +"id": "NetworkPerformanceConfig", +"properties": { +"totalEgressBandwidthTier": { +"enum": [ +"DEFAULT", +"TIER_1" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"NetworkProfile": { +"description": "NetworkProfile represents a Google managed network profile resource.", +"id": "NetworkProfile", +"properties": { +"creationTimestamp": { +"description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.", +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "[Output Only] An optional description of this resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"features": { +"$ref": "NetworkProfileNetworkFeatures", +"description": "[Output Only] Features supported by the network." +}, +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.", +"format": "uint64", +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#networkProfile", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkProfile for network profiles.", +"type": "string" +}, +"location": { +"$ref": "NetworkProfileLocation", +"description": "[Output Only] Location to which the network is restricted." +}, +"name": { +"description": "[Output Only] Name of the resource.", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLinkWithId": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "[Output Only] Zone to which the network is restricted.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"NetworkProfileLocation": { +"id": "NetworkProfileLocation", +"properties": { +"name": { +"type": "string" +}, +"scope": { +"enum": [ +"REGION", +"ZONE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"NetworkProfileNetworkFeatures": { +"id": "NetworkProfileNetworkFeatures", +"properties": { +"addressPurposes": { +"description": "Specifies what address purposes are supported. If empty, all address purposes are supported.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"DNS_RESOLVER", +"GCE_ENDPOINT", +"IPSEC_INTERCONNECT", +"NAT_AUTO", +"PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT", +"SERVERLESS", +"SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP", +"VPC_PEERING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"DNS resolver address in the subnetwork.", +"VM internal/alias IP, Internal LB service IP, etc.", +"A regional internal IP address range reserved for the VLAN attachment that is used in HA VPN over Cloud Interconnect. This regional internal IP address range must not overlap with any IP address range of subnet/route in the VPC network and its peering networks. After the VLAN attachment is created with the reserved IP address range, when creating a new VPN gateway, its interface IP address is allocated from the associated VLAN attachment\u2019s IP address range.", +"External IP automatically reserved for Cloud NAT.", +"A private network IP address that can be used to configure Private Service Connect. This purpose can be specified only for GLOBAL addresses of Type INTERNAL", +"A regional internal IP address range reserved for Serverless.", +"A private network IP address that can be shared by multiple Internal Load Balancer forwarding rules.", +"IP range for peer networks." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"allowAliasIpRanges": { +"description": "Specifies whether alias IP ranges (and secondary address ranges) are allowed.", +"enum": [ +"ALIAS_IP_RANGES_ALLOWED", +"ALIAS_IP_RANGES_BLOCKED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"allowAutoModeSubnet": { +"description": "Specifies whether auto mode subnet creation is allowed.", +"enum": [ +"AUTO_MODE_SUBNET_ALLOWED", +"AUTO_MODE_SUBNET_BLOCKED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"allowClassDFirewalls": { +"description": "Specifies whether firewalls for Class D address ranges are supported.", +"enum": [ +"CLASS_D_FIREWALLS_ALLOWED", +"CLASS_D_FIREWALLS_BLOCKED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"allowCloudNat": { +"description": "Specifies whether cloud NAT creation is allowed.", +"enum": [ +"CLOUD_NAT_ALLOWED", +"CLOUD_NAT_BLOCKED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"allowCloudRouter": { +"description": "Specifies whether cloud router creation is allowed.", +"enum": [ +"CLOUD_ROUTER_ALLOWED", +"CLOUD_ROUTER_BLOCKED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"allowExternalIpAccess": { +"description": "Specifies whether VMs are allowed to have external IP access on network interfaces connected to this VPC.", +"enum": [ +"EXTERNAL_IP_ACCESS_ALLOWED", +"EXTERNAL_IP_ACCESS_BLOCKED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"allowInterconnect": { +"description": "Specifies whether Cloud Interconnect creation is allowed.", +"enum": [ +"INTERCONNECT_ALLOWED", +"INTERCONNECT_BLOCKED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"allowLoadBalancing": { +"description": "Specifies whether cloud load balancing is allowed.", +"enum": [ +"LOAD_BALANCING_ALLOWED", +"LOAD_BALANCING_BLOCKED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"allowMultiNicInSameNetwork": { +"description": "Specifies whether multi-nic in the same network is allowed.", +"enum": [ +"MULTI_NIC_IN_SAME_NETWORK_ALLOWED", +"MULTI_NIC_IN_SAME_NETWORK_BLOCKED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"allowPacketMirroring": { +"description": "Specifies whether Packet Mirroring 1.0 is supported.", +"enum": [ +"PACKET_MIRRORING_ALLOWED", +"PACKET_MIRRORING_BLOCKED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"allowPrivateGoogleAccess": { +"description": "Specifies whether private Google access is allowed.", +"enum": [ +"PRIVATE_GOOGLE_ACCESS_ALLOWED", +"PRIVATE_GOOGLE_ACCESS_BLOCKED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"allowPsc": { +"description": "Specifies whether PSC creation is allowed.", +"enum": [ +"PSC_ALLOWED", +"PSC_BLOCKED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"allowSameNetworkUnicast": { +"description": "Specifies whether unicast within the same network is allowed.", +"enum": [ +"SAME_NETWORK_UNICAST_ALLOWED", +"SAME_NETWORK_UNICAST_BLOCKED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"allowStaticRoutes": { +"description": "Specifies whether static route creation is allowed.", +"enum": [ +"STATIC_ROUTES_ALLOWED", +"STATIC_ROUTES_BLOCKED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"allowSubInterfaces": { +"description": "Specifies whether sub interfaces are allowed.", +"enum": [ +"SUBINTERFACES_ALLOWED", +"SUBINTERFACES_BLOCKED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"allowVpcPeering": { +"description": "Specifies whether VPC peering is allowed.", +"enum": [ +"VPC_PEERING_ALLOWED", +"VPC_PEERING_BLOCKED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"allowVpn": { +"description": "Specifies whether VPN creation is allowed.", +"enum": [ +"VPN_ALLOWED", +"VPN_BLOCKED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"interfaceTypes": { +"description": "If set, limits the interface types that the network supports. If empty, all interface types are supported.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"GVNIC", +"IDPF", +"IRDMA", +"MRDMA", +"UNSPECIFIED_NIC_TYPE", +"VIRTIO_NET" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"GVNIC", +"IDPF", +"IRDMA", +"MRDMA", +"No type specified.", +"VIRTIO" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"subnetPurposes": { +"description": "Specifies which subnetwork purposes are supported.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"SUBNET_PURPOSE_CUSTOM_HARDWARE", +"SUBNET_PURPOSE_PRIVATE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"subnetStackTypes": { +"description": "Specifies which subnetwork stack types are supported.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"SUBNET_STACK_TYPE_IPV4_IPV6", +"SUBNET_STACK_TYPE_IPV4_ONLY", +"SUBNET_STACK_TYPE_IPV6_ONLY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unicast": { +"description": "Specifies which type of unicast is supported.", +"enum": [ +"UNICAST_SDN", +"UNICAST_ULL" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"NetworkProfilesListResponse": { +"description": "Contains a list of network profiles.", +"id": "NetworkProfilesListResponse", +"properties": { +"etag": { +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"description": "A list of NetworkProfile resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "NetworkProfile" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#networkProfileList", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#networkProfileList for network profiles.", +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachables": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources. end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -60110,6 +61608,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -60147,99 +61646,38 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"NetworkPeering": { -"description": "A network peering attached to a network resource. The message includes the peering name, peer network, peering state, and a flag indicating whether Google Compute Engine should automatically create routes for the peering.", -"id": "NetworkPeering", +"NetworkRoutingConfig": { +"description": "A routing configuration attached to a network resource. The message includes the list of routers associated with the network, and a flag indicating the type of routing behavior to enforce network-wide.", +"id": "NetworkRoutingConfig", "properties": { -"autoCreateRoutes": { -"description": "This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"exchangeSubnetRoutes": { -"description": "Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"exportCustomRoutes": { -"description": "Whether to export the custom routes to peer network. The default value is false.", +"bgpAlwaysCompareMed": { +"description": "Enable comparison of Multi-Exit Discriminators (MED) across routes with different neighbor ASNs when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm.", "type": "boolean" }, -"exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp": { -"description": "Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. IPv4 special-use ranges are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"importCustomRoutes": { -"description": "Whether to import the custom routes from peer network. The default value is false.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp": { -"description": "Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. IPv4 special-use ranges are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Name of this peering. Provided by the client when the peering is created. The name must comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.", -"type": "string" -}, -"network": { -"description": "The URL of the peer network. It can be either full URL or partial URL. The peer network may belong to a different project. If the partial URL does not contain project, it is assumed that the peer network is in the same project as the current network.", -"type": "string" -}, -"peerMtu": { -"description": "Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"stackType": { -"description": "Which IP version(s) of traffic and routes are allowed to be imported or exported between peer networks. The default value is IPV4_ONLY.", +"bgpBestPathSelectionMode": { +"description": "The BGP best path selection algorithm to be employed within this network for dynamic routes learned by Cloud Routers. Can be LEGACY (default) or STANDARD.", "enum": [ -"IPV4_IPV6", -"IPV4_ONLY" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"This Peering will allow IPv4 traffic and routes to be exchanged. Additionally if the matching peering is IPV4_IPV6, IPv6 traffic and routes will be exchanged as well.", -"This Peering will only allow IPv4 traffic and routes to be exchanged, even if the matching peering is IPV4_IPV6." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"state": { -"description": "[Output Only] State for the peering, either `ACTIVE` or `INACTIVE`. The peering is `ACTIVE` when there's a matching configuration in the peer network.", -"enum": [ -"ACTIVE", -"INACTIVE" +"LEGACY", +"STANDARD" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Matching configuration exists on the peer.", -"There is no matching configuration on the peer, including the case when peer does not exist." +"", +"" ], "type": "string" }, -"stateDetails": { -"description": "[Output Only] Details about the current state of the peering.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"NetworkPerformanceConfig": { -"id": "NetworkPerformanceConfig", -"properties": { -"totalEgressBandwidthTier": { +"bgpInterRegionCost": { +"description": "Allows to define a preferred approach for handling inter-region cost in the selection process when using the STANDARD BGP best path selection algorithm. Can be DEFAULT or ADD_COST_TO_MED.", "enum": [ -"DEFAULT", -"TIER_1" +"ADD_COST_TO_MED", +"DEFAULT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", "" ], "type": "string" -} }, -"type": "object" -}, -"NetworkRoutingConfig": { -"description": "A routing configuration attached to a network resource. The message includes the list of routers associated with the network, and a flag indicating the type of routing behavior to enforce network-wide.", -"id": "NetworkRoutingConfig", -"properties": { "routingMode": { "description": "The network-wide routing mode to use. If set to REGIONAL, this network's Cloud Routers will only advertise routes with subnets of this network in the same region as the router. If set to GLOBAL, this network's Cloud Routers will advertise routes with all subnets of this network, across regions.", "enum": [ @@ -60538,6 +61976,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -60574,6 +62013,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -60598,6 +62038,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -60722,6 +62163,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -60758,6 +62200,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -60782,6 +62225,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -61009,6 +62453,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -61045,6 +62490,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -61069,6 +62515,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -61160,6 +62607,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -61196,6 +62644,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -61220,6 +62669,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -61444,6 +62894,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -61480,6 +62931,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -61504,6 +62956,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -61596,6 +63049,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -61632,6 +63086,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -61656,6 +63111,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -61745,6 +63201,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -61781,6 +63238,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -61805,6 +63263,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -61965,6 +63424,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -62001,6 +63461,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -62025,6 +63486,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -62117,6 +63579,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -62153,6 +63616,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -62177,6 +63641,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -62251,6 +63716,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -62287,6 +63753,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -62311,6 +63778,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -62472,6 +63940,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -62508,6 +63977,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -62532,6 +64002,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -62755,6 +64226,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -62791,6 +64263,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -62815,6 +64288,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -62920,6 +64394,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -62956,6 +64431,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -62980,6 +64456,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -63072,6 +64549,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -63108,6 +64586,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -63132,6 +64611,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -63206,6 +64686,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -63242,6 +64723,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -63266,6 +64748,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -63566,6 +65049,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -63602,6 +65086,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -63626,6 +65111,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -63766,6 +65252,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -63802,6 +65289,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -63826,6 +65314,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -63969,6 +65458,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -64005,6 +65495,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -64029,6 +65520,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -64076,15 +65568,15 @@ false }, "defaultRouteAction": { "$ref": "HttpRouteAction", -"description": "defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. If defaultRouteAction is specified, don't set defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices is specified, don't set defaultService. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction." +"description": "defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path matcher's defaultRouteAction." }, "defaultService": { -"description": "The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService. Don't set both. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use ", +"description": "The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This URL is used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use ", "type": "string" }, "defaultUrlRedirect": { "$ref": "HttpRedirectAction", -"description": "When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, then set either defaultService or defaultRouteAction. Don't set both. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." +"description": "When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." }, "description": { "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.", @@ -64132,15 +65624,15 @@ false }, "routeAction": { "$ref": "HttpRouteAction", -"description": "In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction." +"description": "In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within a path rule's routeAction." }, "service": { -"description": "The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set.", +"description": "The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set.", "type": "string" }, "urlRedirect": { "$ref": "HttpRedirectAction", -"description": "When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." +"description": "When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." } }, "type": "object" @@ -64154,7 +65646,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configconfiguration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error.", +"description": "The name of a per-instance configuration and its corresponding instance. Serves as a merge key during UpdatePerInstanceConfigs operations, that is, if a per-instance configuration with the same name exists then it will be updated, otherwise a new one will be created for the VM instance with the same name. An attempt to create a per-instance configuration for a VM instance that either doesn't exist or is not part of the group will result in an error.", "type": "string" }, "preservedState": { @@ -64384,7 +65876,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "enabledFeatures": { -"description": "Restricted features enabled for use on this project.", +"description": "An optional list of restricted features enabled for use on this project.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -64417,7 +65909,7 @@ false }, "usageExportLocation": { "$ref": "UsageExportLocation", -"description": "The naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored." +"description": "An optional naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored." }, "vmDnsSetting": { "description": "[Output Only] Default internal DNS setting used by VMs running in this project.", @@ -64713,6 +66205,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -64749,6 +66242,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -64773,6 +66267,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -65015,6 +66510,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -65051,6 +66547,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -65075,6 +66572,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -65166,6 +66664,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -65202,6 +66701,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -65226,6 +66726,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -65360,6 +66861,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -65396,6 +66898,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -65420,6 +66923,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -65939,6 +67443,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -65975,6 +67480,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -65999,6 +67505,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -66139,6 +67646,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -66175,6 +67683,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -66199,6 +67708,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -66290,6 +67800,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -66326,6 +67837,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -66350,6 +67862,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -66489,6 +68002,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -66525,6 +68039,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -66549,6 +68064,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -66655,6 +68171,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -66691,6 +68208,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -66715,6 +68233,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -66932,6 +68451,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -66968,6 +68488,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -66992,6 +68513,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -67059,6 +68581,19 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"RegionInstanceGroupManagersResumeInstancesRequest": { +"id": "RegionInstanceGroupManagersResumeInstancesRequest", +"properties": { +"instances": { +"description": "The URLs of one or more instances to resume. This can be a full URL or a partial URL, such as zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RegionInstanceGroupManagersSetTargetPoolsRequest": { "id": "RegionInstanceGroupManagersSetTargetPoolsRequest", "properties": { @@ -67087,6 +68622,53 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"RegionInstanceGroupManagersStartInstancesRequest": { +"id": "RegionInstanceGroupManagersStartInstancesRequest", +"properties": { +"instances": { +"description": "The URLs of one or more instances to start. This can be a full URL or a partial URL, such as zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RegionInstanceGroupManagersStopInstancesRequest": { +"id": "RegionInstanceGroupManagersStopInstancesRequest", +"properties": { +"forceStop": { +"description": "If this flag is set to true, the Instance Group Manager will proceed to stop the instances, skipping initialization on them.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"instances": { +"description": "The URLs of one or more instances to stop. This can be a full URL or a partial URL, such as zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RegionInstanceGroupManagersSuspendInstancesRequest": { +"id": "RegionInstanceGroupManagersSuspendInstancesRequest", +"properties": { +"forceSuspend": { +"description": "If this flag is set to true, the Instance Group Manager will proceed to suspend the instances, skipping initialization on them.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"instances": { +"description": "The URLs of one or more instances to suspend. This can be a full URL or a partial URL, such as zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RegionInstanceGroupsListInstances": { "id": "RegionInstanceGroupsListInstances", "properties": { @@ -67141,6 +68723,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -67177,6 +68760,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -67201,6 +68785,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -67334,6 +68919,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -67370,6 +68956,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -67394,6 +68981,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -67781,6 +69369,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -67817,6 +69406,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -67841,6 +69431,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -67932,6 +69523,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -67968,6 +69560,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -67992,6 +69585,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -68077,6 +69671,188 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ResourceCommitment": { +"description": "Commitment for a particular resource (a Commitment is composed of one or more of these).", +"id": "ResourceCommitment", +"properties": { +"acceleratorType": { +"description": "Name of the accelerator type resource. Applicable only when the type is ACCELERATOR.", +"type": "string" +}, +"amount": { +"description": "The amount of the resource purchased (in a type-dependent unit, such as bytes). For vCPUs, this can just be an integer. For memory, this must be provided in MB. Memory must be a multiple of 256 MB, with up to 6.5GB of memory per every vCPU.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Type of resource for which this commitment applies. Possible values are VCPU, MEMORY, LOCAL_SSD, and ACCELERATOR.", +"enum": [ +"ACCELERATOR", +"LOCAL_SSD", +"MEMORY", +"UNSPECIFIED", +"VCPU" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ResourceGroupReference": { +"id": "ResourceGroupReference", +"properties": { +"group": { +"description": "A URI referencing one of the instance groups or network endpoint groups listed in the backend service.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ResourcePoliciesScopedList": { +"id": "ResourcePoliciesScopedList", +"properties": { +"resourcePolicies": { +"description": "A list of resourcePolicies contained in this scope.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ResourcePolicy" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of resourcePolicies when the list is empty.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -68113,183 +69889,6 @@ false, false, false, false, -false -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", -"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", -"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", -"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", -"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", -"Warning that is present in an external api call", -"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", -"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", -"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", -"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", -"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", -"A resource depends on a missing type", -"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", -"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", -"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", -"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", -"No results are present on a particular list page.", -"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", -"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", -"Warning that a resource is in use.", -"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", -"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", -"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", -"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", -"A given scope cannot be reached." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"data": { -"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", -"items": { -"properties": { -"key": { -"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", -"type": "string" -}, -"value": { -"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"message": { -"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ResourceCommitment": { -"description": "Commitment for a particular resource (a Commitment is composed of one or more of these).", -"id": "ResourceCommitment", -"properties": { -"acceleratorType": { -"description": "Name of the accelerator type resource. Applicable only when the type is ACCELERATOR.", -"type": "string" -}, -"amount": { -"description": "The amount of the resource purchased (in a type-dependent unit, such as bytes). For vCPUs, this can just be an integer. For memory, this must be provided in MB. Memory must be a multiple of 256 MB, with up to 6.5GB of memory per every vCPU.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"type": { -"description": "Type of resource for which this commitment applies. Possible values are VCPU, MEMORY, LOCAL_SSD, and ACCELERATOR.", -"enum": [ -"ACCELERATOR", -"LOCAL_SSD", -"MEMORY", -"UNSPECIFIED", -"VCPU" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ResourceGroupReference": { -"id": "ResourceGroupReference", -"properties": { -"group": { -"description": "A URI referencing one of the instance groups or network endpoint groups listed in the backend service.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ResourcePoliciesScopedList": { -"id": "ResourcePoliciesScopedList", -"properties": { -"resourcePolicies": { -"description": "A list of resourcePolicies contained in this scope.", -"items": { -"$ref": "ResourcePolicy" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"warning": { -"description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of resourcePolicies when the list is empty.", -"properties": { -"code": { -"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", -"enum": [ -"CLEANUP_FAILED", -"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", -"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", -"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", -"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", -"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", -"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", -"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", -"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", -"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", -"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", -"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", -"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", -"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", -"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", -"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", -"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", -"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", -"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", -"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", -"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", -"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", -"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", -"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", -"UNREACHABLE" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, false, false ], @@ -68315,6 +69914,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -68497,6 +70097,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -68533,6 +70134,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -68557,6 +70159,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -68764,6 +70367,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -68800,6 +70404,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -68824,6 +70429,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -69033,7 +70639,7 @@ false "id": "ResourceStatus", "properties": { "physicalHost": { -"description": "[Output Only] An opaque ID of the host on which the VM is running.", +"description": "[Output Only] The precise location of your instance within the zone's data center, including the block, sub-block, and host. The field is formatted as follows: blockId/subBlockId/hostId.", "type": "string" }, "scheduling": { @@ -69129,14 +70735,38 @@ false "description": "The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/", "type": "string" }, +"nextHopInterRegionCost": { +"description": "[Output only] Internal fixed region-to-region cost that Google Cloud calculates based on factors such as network performance, distance, and available bandwidth between regions.", +"format": "uint32", +"type": "integer" +}, "nextHopIp": { "description": "The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address.", "type": "string" }, +"nextHopMed": { +"description": "[Output Only] Multi-Exit Discriminator, a BGP route metric that indicates the desirability of a particular route in a network.", +"format": "uint32", +"type": "integer" +}, "nextHopNetwork": { "description": "The URL of the local network if it should handle matching packets.", "type": "string" }, +"nextHopOrigin": { +"description": "[Output Only] Indicates the origin of the route. Can be IGP (Interior Gateway Protocol), EGP (Exterior Gateway Protocol), or INCOMPLETE.", +"enum": [ +"EGP", +"IGP", +"INCOMPLETE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, "nextHopPeering": { "description": "[Output Only] The network peering name that should handle matching packets, which should conform to RFC1035.", "type": "string" @@ -69231,6 +70861,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -69267,6 +70898,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -69291,6 +70923,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -69415,6 +71048,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -69451,6 +71085,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -69475,6 +71110,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -69679,6 +71315,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -69715,6 +71352,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -69739,6 +71377,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -70154,6 +71793,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -70190,6 +71830,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -70214,6 +71855,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -70857,6 +72499,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -70893,6 +72536,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -70917,6 +72561,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -71406,6 +73051,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -71442,6 +73088,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -71466,6 +73113,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -71549,6 +73197,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -71585,6 +73234,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -71609,6 +73259,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -71987,6 +73638,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -72023,6 +73675,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -72047,6 +73700,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -72439,7 +74093,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "enforceOnKey": { -"description": "Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if \"enforceOnKey\" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on \"userIpRequestHeaders\" configured with the security policy. If there is no \"userIpRequestHeaders\" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. ", +"description": "Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if \"enforceOnKey\" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on \"userIpRequestHeaders\" configured with the security policy. If there is no \"userIpRequestHeaders\" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. ", "enum": [ "ALL", "HTTP_COOKIE", @@ -72449,6 +74103,7 @@ false "REGION_CODE", "SNI", "TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT", +"TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT", "USER_IP", "XFF_IP" ], @@ -72462,6 +74117,7 @@ false "", "", "", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -72500,7 +74156,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "enforceOnKeyType": { -"description": "Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if \"enforceOnKeyConfigs\" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on \"userIpRequestHeaders\" configured with the security policy. If there is no \"userIpRequestHeaders\" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. ", +"description": "Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if \"enforceOnKeyConfigs\" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. - TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT: JA3 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. - USER_IP: The IP address of the originating client, which is resolved based on \"userIpRequestHeaders\" configured with the security policy. If there is no \"userIpRequestHeaders\" configuration or an IP address cannot be resolved from it, the key type defaults to IP. - TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT: JA4 TLS/SSL fingerprint if the client connects using HTTPS, HTTP/2 or HTTP/3. If not available, the key type defaults to ALL. ", "enum": [ "ALL", "HTTP_COOKIE", @@ -72510,6 +74166,7 @@ false "REGION_CODE", "SNI", "TLS_JA3_FINGERPRINT", +"TLS_JA4_FINGERPRINT", "USER_IP", "XFF_IP" ], @@ -72523,6 +74180,7 @@ false "", "", "", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -72883,6 +74541,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -72919,6 +74578,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -72943,6 +74603,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -73098,6 +74759,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -73134,6 +74796,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -73158,6 +74821,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -73232,6 +74896,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -73268,6 +74933,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -73292,6 +74958,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -73775,6 +75442,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -73811,6 +75479,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -73835,6 +75504,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -74179,6 +75849,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -74215,6 +75886,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -74239,6 +75911,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -74331,6 +76004,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -74367,6 +76041,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -74391,6 +76066,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -74539,6 +76215,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -74575,6 +76252,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -74599,6 +76277,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -74701,6 +76380,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -74737,6 +76417,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -74761,6 +76442,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -74852,6 +76534,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -74888,6 +76571,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -74912,6 +76596,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -74998,6 +76683,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -75034,6 +76720,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -75058,6 +76745,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -75207,6 +76895,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -75243,6 +76932,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -75267,6 +76957,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -75616,6 +77307,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -75652,6 +77344,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -75676,6 +77369,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -75854,6 +77548,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -75890,6 +77585,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -75914,6 +77610,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -76015,6 +77712,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -76051,6 +77749,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -76075,6 +77774,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -76310,6 +78010,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -76346,6 +78047,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -76370,6 +78072,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -76462,6 +78165,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -76498,6 +78202,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -76522,6 +78227,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -76596,6 +78302,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -76632,6 +78339,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -76656,6 +78364,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -76730,6 +78439,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -76766,6 +78476,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -76790,6 +78501,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -76922,10 +78634,11 @@ false "type": "string" }, "purpose": { -"description": "The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT, or PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY.", +"description": "The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PEER_MIGRATION or PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. A subnet with purpose set to PEER_MIGRATION is used for subnet migration from one peered VPC to another. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY.", "enum": [ "GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY", "INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER", +"PEER_MIGRATION", "PRIVATE", "PRIVATE_NAT", "PRIVATE_RFC_1918", @@ -76935,6 +78648,7 @@ false "enumDescriptions": [ "Subnet reserved for Global Envoy-based Load Balancing.", "Subnet reserved for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. This is a legacy purpose, please use REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY instead.", +"Subnetwork will be used for Migration from one peered VPC to another. (a transient state of subnetwork while migrating resources from one project to another).", "Regular user created or automatically created subnet.", "Subnetwork used as source range for Private NAT Gateways.", "Regular user created or automatically created subnet.", @@ -77065,6 +78779,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -77101,6 +78816,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -77125,6 +78841,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -77217,6 +78934,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -77253,6 +78971,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -77277,6 +78996,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -77441,6 +79161,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -77477,6 +79198,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -77501,6 +79223,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -77744,6 +79467,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -77780,6 +79504,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -77804,6 +79529,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -77878,6 +79604,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -77914,6 +79641,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -77938,6 +79666,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -78124,6 +79853,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -78160,6 +79890,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -78184,6 +79915,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -78258,6 +79990,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -78294,6 +80027,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -78318,6 +80052,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -78399,7 +80134,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "TargetHttpsProxy": { -"description": "Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts.", +"description": "Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of Google Cloud HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by global external Application Load Balancers, classic Application Load Balancers, cross-region internal Application Load Balancers, and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by regional internal Application Load Balancers and regional external Application Load Balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts.", "id": "TargetHttpsProxy", "properties": { "authorizationPolicy": { @@ -78489,12 +80224,14 @@ false "enum": [ "DISABLED", "PERMISSIVE", -"STRICT" +"STRICT", +"UNRESTRICTED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "TLS 1.3 Early Data is not advertised, and any (invalid) attempts to send Early Data will be rejected by closing the connection.", "This enables TLS 1.3 0-RTT, and only allows Early Data to be included on requests with safe HTTP methods (GET, HEAD, OPTIONS, TRACE). This mode does not enforce any other limitations for requests with Early Data. The application owner should validate that Early Data is acceptable for a given request path.", -"This enables TLS 1.3 0-RTT, and only allows Early Data to be included on requests with safe HTTP methods (GET, HEAD, OPTIONS, TRACE) without query parameters. Requests that send Early Data with non-idempotent HTTP methods or with query parameters will be rejected with a HTTP 425." +"This enables TLS 1.3 0-RTT, and only allows Early Data to be included on requests with safe HTTP methods (GET, HEAD, OPTIONS, TRACE) without query parameters. Requests that send Early Data with non-idempotent HTTP methods or with query parameters will be rejected with a HTTP 425.", +"This enables TLS 1.3 Early Data for requests with any HTTP method including non-idempotent methods list POST. This mode does not enforce any other limitations. This may be valuable for gRPC use cases. However, we do not recommend this method unless you have evaluated your security stance and mitigated the risk of replay attacks using other mechanisms." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -78567,6 +80304,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -78603,6 +80341,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -78627,6 +80366,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -78719,6 +80459,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -78755,6 +80496,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -78779,6 +80521,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -78938,6 +80681,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -78974,6 +80718,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -78998,6 +80743,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -79090,6 +80836,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -79126,6 +80873,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -79150,6 +80898,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -79224,6 +80973,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -79260,6 +81010,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -79284,6 +81035,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -79474,6 +81226,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -79510,6 +81263,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -79534,6 +81288,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -79643,6 +81398,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -79679,6 +81435,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -79703,6 +81460,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -79829,6 +81587,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -79865,6 +81624,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -79889,6 +81649,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -80106,6 +81867,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -80142,6 +81904,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -80166,6 +81929,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -80240,6 +82004,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -80276,6 +82041,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -80300,6 +82066,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -80485,6 +82252,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -80521,6 +82289,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -80545,6 +82314,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -80637,6 +82407,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -80673,6 +82444,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -80697,6 +82469,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -80890,6 +82663,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -80926,6 +82700,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -80950,6 +82725,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -81042,6 +82818,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -81078,6 +82855,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -81102,6 +82880,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -81176,6 +82955,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -81212,6 +82992,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -81236,6 +83017,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -81424,15 +83206,15 @@ false }, "defaultRouteAction": { "$ref": "HttpRouteAction", -"description": "defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true." +"description": "defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true." }, "defaultService": { -"description": "The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. If defaultService is specified, then set either defaultUrlRedirect , or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService Don't set both. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true.", +"description": "The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is also specified, advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites, take effect before sending the request to the backend. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field set to true.", "type": "string" }, "defaultUrlRedirect": { "$ref": "HttpRedirectAction", -"description": "When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." +"description": "When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." }, "description": { "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.", @@ -81549,6 +83331,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -81585,6 +83368,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -81609,6 +83393,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -81798,6 +83583,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -81834,6 +83620,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -81858,6 +83645,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -81932,6 +83720,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -81968,6 +83757,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -81992,6 +83782,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -82117,10 +83908,11 @@ false "type": "string" }, "purpose": { -"description": "The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT, or PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY.", +"description": "The purpose of the resource. This field can be either PRIVATE, GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY, REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY, PEER_MIGRATION or PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. PRIVATE is the default purpose for user-created subnets or subnets that are automatically created in auto mode networks. Subnets with purpose set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY are user-created subnetworks that are reserved for Envoy-based load balancers. A subnet with purpose set to PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT is used to publish services using Private Service Connect. A subnet with purpose set to PEER_MIGRATION is used for subnet migration from one peered VPC to another. If unspecified, the subnet purpose defaults to PRIVATE. The enableFlowLogs field isn't supported if the subnet purpose field is set to GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY or REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY.", "enum": [ "GLOBAL_MANAGED_PROXY", "INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER", +"PEER_MIGRATION", "PRIVATE", "PRIVATE_NAT", "PRIVATE_RFC_1918", @@ -82130,6 +83922,7 @@ false "enumDescriptions": [ "Subnet reserved for Global Envoy-based Load Balancing.", "Subnet reserved for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing. This is a legacy purpose, please use REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY instead.", +"Subnetwork will be used for Migration from one peered VPC to another. (a transient state of subnetwork while migrating resources from one project to another).", "Regular user created or automatically created subnet.", "Subnetwork used as source range for Private NAT Gateways.", "Regular user created or automatically created subnet.", @@ -82247,6 +84040,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -82283,6 +84077,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -82307,6 +84102,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -82513,6 +84309,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -82549,6 +84346,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -82573,6 +84371,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -82769,6 +84568,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -82805,6 +84605,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -82829,6 +84630,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -82921,6 +84723,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -82957,6 +84760,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -82981,6 +84785,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -83177,6 +84982,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -83213,6 +85019,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -83237,6 +85044,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -83490,6 +85298,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -83526,6 +85335,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -83550,6 +85360,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -83642,6 +85453,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -83678,6 +85490,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -83702,6 +85515,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -83776,6 +85590,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -83812,6 +85627,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -83836,6 +85652,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -83986,6 +85803,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -84022,6 +85840,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -84046,6 +85865,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", @@ -84225,6 +86045,7 @@ false "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", @@ -84261,6 +86082,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -84285,6 +86107,7 @@ false "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", "No results are present on a particular list page.", "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g: regions.list).", "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", "Warning that a resource is in use.", "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json index 15d5a6f1a60..3d84b287082 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json @@ -1245,6 +1245,62 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"publish": { +"description": "Publish request for the CustomConnectorVersion. Once approved, the CustomConnectorVersion will be published as PartnerConnector.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/customConnectors/{customConnectorsId}/customConnectorVersions/{customConnectorVersionsId}:publish", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "connectors.projects.locations.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.publish", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Resource name of the form: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/customConnectors/{custom_connector}/customConnectorVersions/{custom_connector_version}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/customConnectors/[^/]+/customConnectorVersions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:publish", +"request": { +"$ref": "PublishCustomConnectorVersionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"withdraw": { +"description": "Withdraw the publish request for the CustomConnectorVersion. This can only be used before the CustomConnectorVersion is published.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/customConnectors/{customConnectorsId}/customConnectorVersions/{customConnectorVersionsId}:withdraw", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "connectors.projects.locations.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.withdraw", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Resource name of the form: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/customConnectors/{custom_connector}/customConnectorVersions/{custom_connector_version}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/customConnectors/[^/]+/customConnectorVersions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:withdraw", +"request": { +"$ref": "WithdrawCustomConnectorVersionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } } @@ -1949,7 +2005,7 @@ "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "connectors.projects.locations.operations.cancel", @@ -2502,7 +2558,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241105", +"revision": "20241203", "rootUrl": "https://connectors.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -2804,7 +2860,7 @@ "id": "AuthorizationCodeLink", "properties": { "clientId": { -"description": "The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source.", +"description": "Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source.", "type": "string" }, "clientSecret": { @@ -2812,7 +2868,7 @@ "description": "Optional. The client secret assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source." }, "enablePkce": { -"description": "Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow.", +"description": "Optional. Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow.", "type": "boolean" }, "omitQueryParams": { @@ -2820,14 +2876,14 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "scopes": { -"description": "The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source.", +"description": "Optional. The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source.", "items": { "type": "string" }, "type": "array" }, "uri": { -"description": "The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow.", +"description": "Optional. The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -2921,18 +2977,18 @@ "properties": { "authorizationCodeLink": { "$ref": "AuthorizationCodeLink", -"description": "Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE`" +"description": "Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE`" }, "description": { -"description": "Description.", +"description": "Optional. Description.", "type": "string" }, "displayName": { -"description": "Display name of the parameter.", +"description": "Optional. Display name of the parameter.", "type": "string" }, "enumOptions": { -"description": "Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM`", +"description": "Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM`", "items": { "$ref": "EnumOption" }, @@ -2951,11 +3007,11 @@ "type": "string" }, "isAdvanced": { -"description": "Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings", +"description": "Optional. Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings", "type": "boolean" }, "key": { -"description": "Key of the config variable.", +"description": "Optional. Key of the config variable.", "type": "string" }, "locationType": { @@ -2981,19 +3037,19 @@ "description": "Optional. MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable." }, "required": { -"description": "Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection.", +"description": "Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection.", "type": "boolean" }, "requiredCondition": { "$ref": "LogicalExpression", -"description": "Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression." +"description": "Optional. Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression." }, "roleGrant": { "$ref": "RoleGrant", -"description": "Role grant configuration for the config variable." +"description": "Optional. Role grant configuration for the config variable." }, "state": { -"description": "State of the config variable.", +"description": "Output only. State of the config variable.", "enum": [ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "ACTIVE", @@ -3004,14 +3060,15 @@ "Config variable is active", "Config variable is deprecated." ], +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "validationRegex": { -"description": "Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`.", +"description": "Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`.", "type": "string" }, "valueType": { -"description": "Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation.", +"description": "Optional. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation.", "enum": [ "VALUE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "STRING", @@ -3089,6 +3146,7 @@ "PREVIEW", "GA", "DEPRECATED", +"TEST", "PRIVATE_PREVIEW" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -3096,6 +3154,7 @@ "PREVIEW.", "GA.", "DEPRECATED.", +"TEST.", "PRIVATE_PREVIEW." ], "readOnly": true, @@ -3416,6 +3475,7 @@ "PREVIEW", "GA", "DEPRECATED", +"TEST", "PRIVATE_PREVIEW" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -3423,11 +3483,17 @@ "PREVIEW.", "GA.", "DEPRECATED.", +"TEST.", "PRIVATE_PREVIEW." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"marketplaceConnectorDetails": { +"$ref": "MarketplaceConnectorDetails", +"description": "Output only. Marketplace connector details. Will be null if the connector is not marketplace connector.", +"readOnly": true +}, "name": { "description": "Output only. Resource name of the Connector. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/providers/{provider}/connectors/{connector} Only global location is supported for Connector resource.", "readOnly": true, @@ -3621,6 +3687,7 @@ "PREVIEW", "GA", "DEPRECATED", +"TEST", "PRIVATE_PREVIEW" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -3628,6 +3695,7 @@ "PREVIEW.", "GA.", "DEPRECATED.", +"TEST.", "PRIVATE_PREVIEW." ], "readOnly": true, @@ -3726,7 +3794,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "deploymentModel": { -"description": "Optional. Indicates whether connector is deployed on GKE/CloudRun", +"description": "Output only. Indicates whether connector is deployed on GKE/CloudRun", "enum": [ "DEPLOYMENT_MODEL_UNSPECIFIED", "GKE_MST", @@ -3737,6 +3805,7 @@ "Default model gke mst.", "Cloud run mst." ], +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "deploymentModelMigrationState": { @@ -4370,11 +4439,11 @@ "id": "EnumOption", "properties": { "displayName": { -"description": "Display name of the option.", +"description": "Optional. Display name of the option.", "type": "string" }, "id": { -"description": "Id of the option.", +"description": "Optional. Id of the option.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -4442,6 +4511,10 @@ "$ref": "EndPoint", "description": "OPTION 1: Hit an endpoint when we receive an event." }, +"gsutil": { +"$ref": "GSUtil", +"description": "OPTION 2: Write the event to Cloud Storage bucket." +}, "serviceAccount": { "description": "Service account needed for runtime plane to trigger IP workflow.", "type": "string" @@ -4450,11 +4523,15 @@ "description": "type of the destination", "enum": [ "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"ENDPOINT" +"ENDPOINT", +"GCS", +"PUBSUB" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default state.", -"Endpoint - Hit the value of endpoint when event is received" +"Endpoint - Hit the value of endpoint when event is received", +"Cloud Storage - Write the event to Cloud Storage bucket", +"Pub/Sub - Write the event to Pub/Sub topic" ], "type": "string" } @@ -4548,7 +4625,7 @@ "id": "EventingConfig", "properties": { "additionalVariables": { -"description": "Additional eventing related field values", +"description": "Optional. Additional eventing related field values", "items": { "$ref": "ConfigVariable" }, @@ -4556,14 +4633,14 @@ }, "authConfig": { "$ref": "AuthConfig", -"description": "Auth details for the webhook adapter." +"description": "Optional. Auth details for the webhook adapter." }, "deadLetterConfig": { "$ref": "DeadLetterConfig", "description": "Optional. Dead letter configuration for eventing of a connection." }, "enrichmentEnabled": { -"description": "Enrichment Enabled.", +"description": "Optional. Enrichment Enabled.", "type": "boolean" }, "eventsListenerIngressEndpoint": { @@ -4584,7 +4661,7 @@ }, "registrationDestinationConfig": { "$ref": "DestinationConfig", -"description": "Registration endpoint for auto registration." +"description": "Optional. Registration endpoint for auto registration." } }, "type": "object" @@ -4697,6 +4774,7 @@ "PREVIEW", "GA", "DEPRECATED", +"TEST", "PRIVATE_PREVIEW" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -4704,6 +4782,7 @@ "PREVIEW.", "GA.", "DEPRECATED.", +"TEST.", "PRIVATE_PREVIEW." ], "readOnly": true, @@ -5068,7 +5147,7 @@ false "type": "boolean" }, "comparator": { -"description": "Comparator to use for comparing the field value.", +"description": "Optional. Comparator to use for comparing the field value.", "enum": [ "COMPARATOR_UNSPECIFIED", "EQUALS", @@ -5087,7 +5166,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "key": { -"description": "Key of the field.", +"description": "Optional. Key of the field.", "type": "string" }, "stringValue": { @@ -5097,6 +5176,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GSUtil": { +"description": "GSUtil message includes details of the Destination Cloud Storage bucket.", +"id": "GSUtil", +"properties": { +"gsutilUri": { +"description": "Required. The URI of the Cloud Storage bucket.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "HPAConfig": { "description": "Autoscaling config for connector deployment system metrics.", "id": "HPAConfig", @@ -6103,21 +6193,21 @@ false "id": "LogicalExpression", "properties": { "fieldComparisons": { -"description": "A list of fields to be compared.", +"description": "Optional. A list of fields to be compared.", "items": { "$ref": "FieldComparison" }, "type": "array" }, "logicalExpressions": { -"description": "A list of nested conditions to be compared.", +"description": "Optional. A list of nested conditions to be compared.", "items": { "$ref": "LogicalExpression" }, "type": "array" }, "logicalOperator": { -"description": "The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions.", +"description": "Optional. The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions.", "enum": [ "OPERATOR_UNSPECIFIED", "AND", @@ -6298,6 +6388,29 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"MarketplaceConnectorDetails": { +"description": "Marketplace connector details.", +"id": "MarketplaceConnectorDetails", +"properties": { +"marketplaceProduct": { +"description": "Marketplace product name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"marketplaceProductId": { +"description": "Marketplace product ID.", +"type": "string" +}, +"marketplaceProductUri": { +"description": "Marketplace product URL.", +"type": "string" +}, +"partner": { +"description": "The name of the partner.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "MultipleSelectConfig": { "description": "MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable.", "id": "MultipleSelectConfig", @@ -6754,6 +6867,7 @@ false "PREVIEW", "GA", "DEPRECATED", +"TEST", "PRIVATE_PREVIEW" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -6761,6 +6875,7 @@ false "PREVIEW.", "GA.", "DEPRECATED.", +"TEST.", "PRIVATE_PREVIEW." ], "readOnly": true, @@ -6800,6 +6915,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"PublishCustomConnectorVersionRequest": { +"description": "Request message for ConnectorsService.PublishCustomConnectorVersion", +"id": "PublishCustomConnectorVersionRequest", +"properties": { +"partnerMetadata": { +"$ref": "PartnerMetadata", +"description": "Required. Partner metadata details for validating and publishing the custom connector as a partner connector version." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "PublishStatus": { "description": "Publish status of a custom connector.", "id": "PublishStatus", @@ -6882,11 +7008,11 @@ false "id": "Resource", "properties": { "pathTemplate": { -"description": "Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template.", +"description": "Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template.", "type": "string" }, "type": { -"description": "Different types of resource supported.", +"description": "Optional. Different types of resource supported.", "enum": [ "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "GCP_PROJECT", @@ -7123,11 +7249,11 @@ false "id": "RoleGrant", "properties": { "helperTextTemplate": { -"description": "Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers.", +"description": "Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers.", "type": "string" }, "principal": { -"description": "Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned.", +"description": "Optional. Prinicipal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned.", "enum": [ "PRINCIPAL_UNSPECIFIED", "CONNECTOR_SA" @@ -7140,10 +7266,10 @@ false }, "resource": { "$ref": "Resource", -"description": "Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal." +"description": "Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal." }, "roles": { -"description": "List of roles that need to be granted.", +"description": "Optional. List of roles that need to be granted.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -7585,14 +7711,14 @@ false "id": "SslConfig", "properties": { "additionalVariables": { -"description": "Additional SSL related field values", +"description": "Optional. Additional SSL related field values", "items": { "$ref": "ConfigVariable" }, "type": "array" }, "clientCertType": { -"description": "Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.)", +"description": "Optional. Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.)", "enum": [ "CERT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "PEM" @@ -7605,22 +7731,22 @@ false }, "clientCertificate": { "$ref": "Secret", -"description": "Client Certificate" +"description": "Optional. Client Certificate" }, "clientPrivateKey": { "$ref": "Secret", -"description": "Client Private Key" +"description": "Optional. Client Private Key" }, "clientPrivateKeyPass": { "$ref": "Secret", -"description": "Secret containing the passphrase protecting the Client Private Key" +"description": "Optional. Secret containing the passphrase protecting the Client Private Key" }, "privateServerCertificate": { "$ref": "Secret", -"description": "Private Server Certificate. Needs to be specified if trust model is `PRIVATE`." +"description": "Optional. Private Server Certificate. Needs to be specified if trust model is `PRIVATE`." }, "serverCertType": { -"description": "Type of Server Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.)", +"description": "Optional. Type of Server Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.)", "enum": [ "CERT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "PEM" @@ -7632,7 +7758,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "trustModel": { -"description": "Trust Model of the SSL connection", +"description": "Optional. Trust Model of the SSL connection", "enum": [ "PUBLIC", "PRIVATE", @@ -7646,7 +7772,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "type": { -"description": "Controls the ssl type for the given connector version.", +"description": "Optional. Controls the ssl type for the given connector version.", "enum": [ "SSL_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "TLS", @@ -7660,7 +7786,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "useSsl": { -"description": "Bool for enabling SSL", +"description": "Optional. Bool for enabling SSL", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -8015,6 +8141,12 @@ false } }, "type": "object" +}, +"WithdrawCustomConnectorVersionRequest": { +"description": "Request message for ConnectorsService.WithdrawCustomConnectorVersion", +"id": "WithdrawCustomConnectorVersionRequest", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" } }, "servicePath": "", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json index d59b626b00b..1b6052d9570 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json @@ -472,15 +472,15 @@ } } }, -"authorizedViewSet": { +"authorizedViewSets": { "resources": { -"authorizedView": { +"authorizedViews": { "methods": { "calculateStats": { "description": "Gets conversation statistics.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSet/{authorizedViewSetId}/authorizedView/{authorizedViewId}:calculateStats", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}:calculateStats", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSet.authorizedView.calculateStats", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.calculateStats", "parameterOrder": [ "location" ], @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ "location": { "description": "Required. The location of the conversations.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSet/[^/]+/authorizedView/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -508,9 +508,9 @@ }, "queryMetrics": { "description": "Query metrics.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSet/{authorizedViewSetId}/authorizedView/{authorizedViewId}:queryMetrics", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSets/{authorizedViewSetsId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}:queryMetrics", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSet.authorizedView.queryMetrics", +"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSets.authorizedViews.queryMetrics", "parameterOrder": [ "location" ], @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ "location": { "description": "Required. The location of the data. \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}\"", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSet/[^/]+/authorizedView/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSets/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -2575,7 +2575,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241119", +"revision": "20241204", "rootUrl": "https://contactcenterinsights.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Analysis": { @@ -3723,9 +3723,21 @@ "description": "A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call.", "type": "string" }, +"location": { +"description": "The agent's location.", +"type": "string" +}, "team": { -"description": "A user-specified string representing the agent's team.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field.", "type": "string" +}, +"teams": { +"description": "User-specified strings representing the agent's teams.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -7359,9 +7371,21 @@ "description": "A user-provided string indicating the outcome of the agent's segment of the call.", "type": "string" }, +"location": { +"description": "The agent's location.", +"type": "string" +}, "team": { -"description": "A user-specified string representing the agent's team.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "A user-specified string representing the agent's team. Deprecated in favor of the `teams` field.", "type": "string" +}, +"teams": { +"description": "User-specified strings representing the agent's teams.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contentwarehouse.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contentwarehouse.v1.json index 29963923f0d..1161c573f1b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contentwarehouse.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contentwarehouse.v1.json @@ -1156,7 +1156,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240723", +"revision": "20241204", "rootUrl": "https://contentwarehouse.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudAiPlatformTenantresourceCloudSqlInstanceConfig": { @@ -5816,18 +5816,18 @@ true "type": "object" }, "GoogleTypePostalAddress": { -"description": "Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478", +"description": "Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478", "id": "GoogleTypePostalAddress", "properties": { "addressLines": { -"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).", +"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).", "items": { "type": "string" }, "type": "array" }, "administrativeArea": { -"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.", +"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.", "type": "string" }, "languageCode": { @@ -5843,7 +5843,7 @@ true "type": "string" }, "postalCode": { -"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).", +"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).", "type": "string" }, "recipients": { @@ -5863,7 +5863,7 @@ true "type": "integer" }, "sortingCode": { -"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (e.g. \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (e.g. C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).", +"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (For example \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (For example C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).", "type": "string" }, "sublocality": { @@ -5878,11 +5878,11 @@ true "id": "GoogleTypeTimeZone", "properties": { "id": { -"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".", +"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".", "type": "string" }, "version": { -"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".", +"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json index 96490bfa969..01519cc5b8a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json @@ -1217,7 +1217,7 @@ "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "datacatalog.projects.locations.operations.cancel", @@ -2285,7 +2285,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241021", +"revision": "20241202", "rootUrl": "https://datacatalog.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json index f2342d2cf03..8d6970b52e4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json @@ -235,97 +235,6 @@ } }, "resources": { -"collections": { -"methods": { -"getIamPolicy": { -"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}:getIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "dataform.projects.locations.collections.getIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", -"response": { -"$ref": "Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"setIamPolicy": { -"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}:setIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "dataform.projects.locations.collections.setIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", -"request": { -"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"testIamPermissions": { -"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}:testIamPermissions", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "dataform.projects.locations.collections.testIamPermissions", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", -"request": { -"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -} -} -}, "repositories": { "methods": { "commit": { @@ -780,134 +689,6 @@ } }, "resources": { -"commentThreads": { -"methods": { -"getIamPolicy": { -"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/commentThreads/{commentThreadsId}:getIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "dataform.projects.locations.repositories.commentThreads.getIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/commentThreads/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", -"response": { -"$ref": "Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"setIamPolicy": { -"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/commentThreads/{commentThreadsId}:setIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "dataform.projects.locations.repositories.commentThreads.setIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/commentThreads/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", -"request": { -"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -} -}, -"resources": { -"comments": { -"methods": { -"getIamPolicy": { -"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/commentThreads/{commentThreadsId}/comments/{commentsId}:getIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "dataform.projects.locations.repositories.commentThreads.comments.getIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/commentThreads/[^/]+/comments/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", -"response": { -"$ref": "Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"setIamPolicy": { -"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/commentThreads/{commentThreadsId}/comments/{commentsId}:setIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "dataform.projects.locations.repositories.commentThreads.comments.setIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/commentThreads/[^/]+/comments/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", -"request": { -"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -} -} -} -} -}, "compilationResults": { "methods": { "create": { @@ -2295,7 +2076,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241108", +"revision": "20241203", "rootUrl": "https://dataform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Assertion": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datafusion.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datafusion.v1.json index 0a7ac8fcb05..c13e257d5ae 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datafusion.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datafusion.v1.json @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "datafusion.projects.locations.operations.cancel", @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240703", +"revision": "20241204", "rootUrl": "https://datafusion.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { @@ -777,38 +777,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"AssetLocation": { -"description": "Provides the mapping of a cloud asset to a direct physical location or to a proxy that defines the location on its behalf.", -"id": "AssetLocation", -"properties": { -"expected": { -"$ref": "IsolationExpectations", -"description": "Defines the customer expectation around ZI/ZS for this asset and ZI/ZS state of the region at the time of asset creation." -}, -"extraParameters": { -"description": "Defines extra parameters required for specific asset types.", -"items": { -"$ref": "ExtraParameter" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"locationData": { -"description": "Contains all kinds of physical location definitions for this asset.", -"items": { -"$ref": "LocationData" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"parentAsset": { -"description": "Defines parents assets if any in order to allow later generation of child_asset_location data via child assets.", -"items": { -"$ref": "CloudAsset" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "AuditConfig": { "description": "Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { \"audit_configs\": [ { \"service\": \"allServices\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" }, { \"log_type\": \"ADMIN_READ\" } ] }, { \"service\": \"sampleservice.googleapis.com\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\" }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:aliya@example.com\" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.", "id": "AuditConfig", @@ -879,72 +847,23 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"BlobstoreLocation": { -"description": "Policy ID that identified data placement in Blobstore as per go/blobstore-user-guide#data-metadata-placement-and-failure-domains", -"id": "BlobstoreLocation", -"properties": { -"policyId": { -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "CancelOperationRequest": { "description": "The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.", "id": "CancelOperationRequest", "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, -"CloudAsset": { -"id": "CloudAsset", -"properties": { -"assetName": { -"type": "string" -}, -"assetType": { -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"CloudAssetComposition": { -"id": "CloudAssetComposition", -"properties": { -"childAsset": { -"items": { -"$ref": "CloudAsset" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "CryptoKeyConfig": { "description": "The crypto key configuration. This field is used by the Customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK) feature.", "id": "CryptoKeyConfig", "properties": { "keyReference": { -"description": "The name of the key which is used to encrypt/decrypt customer data. For key in Cloud KMS, the key should be in the format of `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.", +"description": "Optional. The name of the key which is used to encrypt/decrypt customer data. For key in Cloud KMS, the key should be in the format of `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"DirectLocationAssignment": { -"id": "DirectLocationAssignment", -"properties": { -"location": { -"items": { -"$ref": "LocationAssignment" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "DnsPeering": { "description": "DNS peering configuration. These configurations are used to create DNS peering with the customer Cloud DNS.", "id": "DnsPeering", @@ -958,7 +877,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the dns peering zone. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}/dnsPeerings/{dns_peering}", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the dns peering zone. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}/dnsPeerings/{dns_peering}", "type": "string" }, "targetNetwork": { @@ -1016,17 +935,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"ExtraParameter": { -"description": "Defines parameters that should only be used for specific asset types.", -"id": "ExtraParameter", -"properties": { -"regionalMigDistributionPolicy": { -"$ref": "RegionalMigDistributionPolicy", -"description": "Details about zones used by regional compute.googleapis.com/InstanceGroupManager to create instances." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "Instance": { "description": "Represents a Data Fusion instance.", "id": "Instance", @@ -1060,18 +968,18 @@ }, "cryptoKeyConfig": { "$ref": "CryptoKeyConfig", -"description": "The crypto key configuration. This field is used by the Customer-Managed Encryption Keys (CMEK) feature." +"description": "Optional. The crypto key configuration. This field is used by the Customer-Managed Encryption Keys (CMEK) feature." }, "dataplexDataLineageIntegrationEnabled": { "description": "Optional. Option to enable the Dataplex Lineage Integration feature.", "type": "boolean" }, "dataprocServiceAccount": { -"description": "User-managed service account to set on Dataproc when Cloud Data Fusion creates Dataproc to run data processing pipelines. This allows users to have fine-grained access control on Dataproc's accesses to cloud resources.", +"description": "Optional. User-managed service account to set on Dataproc when Cloud Data Fusion creates Dataproc to run data processing pipelines. This allows users to have fine-grained access control on Dataproc's accesses to cloud resources.", "type": "string" }, "description": { -"description": "A description of this instance.", +"description": "Optional. A description of this instance.", "type": "string" }, "disabledReason": { @@ -1091,28 +999,29 @@ "type": "array" }, "displayName": { -"description": "Display name for an instance.", +"description": "Optional. Display name for an instance.", "type": "string" }, "enableRbac": { -"description": "Option to enable granular role-based access control.", +"description": "Optional. Option to enable granular role-based access control.", "type": "boolean" }, "enableStackdriverLogging": { -"description": "Option to enable Stackdriver Logging.", +"description": "Optional. Option to enable Stackdriver Logging.", "type": "boolean" }, "enableStackdriverMonitoring": { -"description": "Option to enable Stackdriver Monitoring.", +"description": "Optional. Option to enable Stackdriver Monitoring.", "type": "boolean" }, "enableZoneSeparation": { -"description": "Option to enable granular zone separation.", +"description": "Output only. Option to enable granular zone separation.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "eventPublishConfig": { "$ref": "EventPublishConfig", -"description": "Option to enable and pass metadata for event publishing." +"description": "Optional. Option to enable and pass metadata for event publishing." }, "gcsBucket": { "description": "Output only. Cloud Storage bucket generated by Data Fusion in the customer project.", @@ -1137,7 +1046,7 @@ }, "networkConfig": { "$ref": "NetworkConfig", -"description": "Network configuration options. These are required when a private Data Fusion instance is to be created." +"description": "Optional. Network configuration options. These are required when a private Data Fusion instance is to be created." }, "options": { "additionalProperties": { @@ -1156,7 +1065,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "privateInstance": { -"description": "Specifies whether the Data Fusion instance should be private. If set to true, all Data Fusion nodes will have private IP addresses and will not be able to access the public internet.", +"description": "Optional. Specifies whether the Data Fusion instance should be private. If set to true, all Data Fusion nodes will have private IP addresses and will not be able to access the public internet.", "type": "boolean" }, "satisfiesPzs": { @@ -1239,7 +1148,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "version": { -"description": "Current version of the Data Fusion. Only specifiable in Update.", +"description": "Optional. Current version of the Data Fusion. Only specifiable in Update.", "type": "string" }, "workforceIdentityServiceEndpoint": { @@ -1248,128 +1157,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "zone": { -"description": "Name of the zone in which the Data Fusion instance will be created. Only DEVELOPER instances use this field.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"IsolationExpectations": { -"id": "IsolationExpectations", -"properties": { -"ziOrgPolicy": { -"enum": [ -"ZI_UNSPECIFIED", -"ZI_UNKNOWN", -"ZI_NOT_REQUIRED", -"ZI_PREFERRED", -"ZI_REQUIRED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"To be used if tracking is not available", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"ziRegionPolicy": { -"enum": [ -"ZI_REGION_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED", -"ZI_REGION_POLICY_UNKNOWN", -"ZI_REGION_POLICY_NOT_SET", -"ZI_REGION_POLICY_FAIL_OPEN", -"ZI_REGION_POLICY_FAIL_CLOSED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"To be used if tracking is not available", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"ziRegionState": { -"enum": [ -"ZI_REGION_UNSPECIFIED", -"ZI_REGION_UNKNOWN", -"ZI_REGION_NOT_ENABLED", -"ZI_REGION_ENABLED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"To be used if tracking is not available", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"zoneIsolation": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Deprecated: use zi_org_policy, zi_region_policy and zi_region_state instead for setting ZI expectations as per go/zicy-publish-physical-location.", -"enum": [ -"ZI_UNSPECIFIED", -"ZI_UNKNOWN", -"ZI_NOT_REQUIRED", -"ZI_PREFERRED", -"ZI_REQUIRED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"To be used if tracking is not available", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"zoneSeparation": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Deprecated: use zs_org_policy, and zs_region_stateinstead for setting Zs expectations as per go/zicy-publish-physical-location.", -"enum": [ -"ZS_UNSPECIFIED", -"ZS_UNKNOWN", -"ZS_NOT_REQUIRED", -"ZS_REQUIRED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"To be used if tracking is not available", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"zsOrgPolicy": { -"enum": [ -"ZS_UNSPECIFIED", -"ZS_UNKNOWN", -"ZS_NOT_REQUIRED", -"ZS_REQUIRED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"To be used if tracking is not available", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"zsRegionState": { -"enum": [ -"ZS_REGION_UNSPECIFIED", -"ZS_REGION_UNKNOWN", -"ZS_REGION_NOT_ENABLED", -"ZS_REGION_ENABLED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"To be used if tracking of the asset ZS-bit is not available", -"", -"" -], +"description": "Optional. Name of the zone in which the Data Fusion instance will be created. Only DEVELOPER instances use this field.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -1380,7 +1168,8 @@ "id": "ListAvailableVersionsResponse", "properties": { "availableVersions": { -"description": "Represents a list of versions that are supported.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Represents a list of versions that are supported. Deprecated: Use versions field instead.", "items": { "$ref": "Version" }, @@ -1389,6 +1178,13 @@ "nextPageToken": { "description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results or empty if there are no more results in the list.", "type": "string" +}, +"versions": { +"description": "Represents a list of all versions.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Version" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -1506,64 +1302,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"LocationAssignment": { -"id": "LocationAssignment", -"properties": { -"location": { -"type": "string" -}, -"locationType": { -"enum": [ -"UNSPECIFIED", -"CLUSTER", -"POP", -"CLOUD_ZONE", -"CLOUD_REGION", -"MULTI_REGION_GEO", -"MULTI_REGION_JURISDICTION", -"GLOBAL", -"OTHER" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"1-10: Physical failure domains.", -"", -"11-20: Logical failure domains.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationData": { -"id": "LocationData", -"properties": { -"blobstoreLocation": { -"$ref": "BlobstoreLocation" -}, -"childAssetLocation": { -"$ref": "CloudAssetComposition" -}, -"directLocation": { -"$ref": "DirectLocationAssignment" -}, -"gcpProjectProxy": { -"$ref": "TenantProjectProxy" -}, -"placerLocation": { -"$ref": "PlacerLocation" -}, -"spannerLocation": { -"$ref": "SpannerLocation" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "MaintenancePolicy": { "description": "Maintenance policy of the instance.", "id": "MaintenancePolicy", @@ -1702,17 +1440,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"PlacerLocation": { -"description": "Message describing that the location of the customer resource is tied to placer allocations", -"id": "PlacerLocation", -"properties": { -"placerConfig": { -"description": "Directory with a config related to it in placer (e.g. \"/placer/prod/home/my-root/my-dir\")", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "Policy": { "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", @@ -1779,25 +1506,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"RegionalMigDistributionPolicy": { -"description": "To be used for specifying the intended distribution of regional compute.googleapis.com/InstanceGroupManager instances", -"id": "RegionalMigDistributionPolicy", -"properties": { -"targetShape": { -"description": "The shape in which the group converges around distribution of resources. Instance of proto2 enum", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"zones": { -"description": "Cloud zones used by regional MIG to create instances.", -"items": { -"$ref": "ZoneConfiguration" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "RestartInstanceRequest": { "description": "Request message for restarting a Data Fusion instance.", "id": "RestartInstanceRequest", @@ -1820,26 +1528,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"SpannerLocation": { -"id": "SpannerLocation", -"properties": { -"backupName": { -"description": "Set of backups used by the resource with name in the same format as what is available at http://table/spanner_automon.backup_metadata", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"dbName": { -"description": "Set of databases used by the resource in format /span//", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "Status": { "description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", "id": "Status", @@ -1867,18 +1555,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"TenantProjectProxy": { -"id": "TenantProjectProxy", -"properties": { -"projectNumbers": { -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "TestIamPermissionsRequest": { "description": "Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.", "id": "TestIamPermissionsRequest", @@ -1944,12 +1620,14 @@ "enum": [ "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "TYPE_PREVIEW", -"TYPE_GENERAL_AVAILABILITY" +"TYPE_GENERAL_AVAILABILITY", +"TYPE_DEPRECATED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Version does not have availability yet", "Version is under development and not considered stable", -"Version is available for public use" +"Version is available for public use", +"Version is no longer supported." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1959,15 +1637,6 @@ } }, "type": "object" -}, -"ZoneConfiguration": { -"id": "ZoneConfiguration", -"properties": { -"zone": { -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" } }, "servicePath": "", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datafusion.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datafusion.v1beta1.json index b248d2693b1..8dc75c1b663 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datafusion.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datafusion.v1beta1.json @@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "datafusion.projects.locations.operations.cancel", @@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240703", +"revision": "20241204", "rootUrl": "https://datafusion.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { @@ -975,38 +975,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"AssetLocation": { -"description": "Provides the mapping of a cloud asset to a direct physical location or to a proxy that defines the location on its behalf.", -"id": "AssetLocation", -"properties": { -"expected": { -"$ref": "IsolationExpectations", -"description": "Defines the customer expectation around ZI/ZS for this asset and ZI/ZS state of the region at the time of asset creation." -}, -"extraParameters": { -"description": "Defines extra parameters required for specific asset types.", -"items": { -"$ref": "ExtraParameter" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"locationData": { -"description": "Contains all kinds of physical location definitions for this asset.", -"items": { -"$ref": "LocationData" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"parentAsset": { -"description": "Defines parents assets if any in order to allow later generation of child_asset_location data via child assets.", -"items": { -"$ref": "CloudAsset" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "AuditConfig": { "description": "Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { \"audit_configs\": [ { \"service\": \"allServices\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" }, { \"log_type\": \"ADMIN_READ\" } ] }, { \"service\": \"sampleservice.googleapis.com\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\" }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:aliya@example.com\" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.", "id": "AuditConfig", @@ -1077,49 +1045,12 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"BlobstoreLocation": { -"description": "Policy ID that identified data placement in Blobstore as per go/blobstore-user-guide#data-metadata-placement-and-failure-domains", -"id": "BlobstoreLocation", -"properties": { -"policyId": { -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "CancelOperationRequest": { "description": "The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.", "id": "CancelOperationRequest", "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, -"CloudAsset": { -"id": "CloudAsset", -"properties": { -"assetName": { -"type": "string" -}, -"assetType": { -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"CloudAssetComposition": { -"id": "CloudAssetComposition", -"properties": { -"childAsset": { -"items": { -"$ref": "CloudAsset" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "CryptoKeyConfig": { "description": "The crypto key configuration. This field is used by the Customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK) feature.", "id": "CryptoKeyConfig", @@ -1131,18 +1062,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"DirectLocationAssignment": { -"id": "DirectLocationAssignment", -"properties": { -"location": { -"items": { -"$ref": "LocationAssignment" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "DnsPeering": { "description": "DNS peering configuration. These configurations are used to create DNS peering with the customer Cloud DNS.", "id": "DnsPeering", @@ -1214,17 +1133,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"ExtraParameter": { -"description": "Defines parameters that should only be used for specific asset types.", -"id": "ExtraParameter", -"properties": { -"regionalMigDistributionPolicy": { -"$ref": "RegionalMigDistributionPolicy", -"description": "Details about zones used by regional compute.googleapis.com/InstanceGroupManager to create instances." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "IAMPolicy": { "description": "IAMPolicy encapsulates the IAM policy name, definition and status of policy fetching.", "id": "IAMPolicy", @@ -1467,133 +1375,13 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"IsolationExpectations": { -"id": "IsolationExpectations", -"properties": { -"ziOrgPolicy": { -"enum": [ -"ZI_UNSPECIFIED", -"ZI_UNKNOWN", -"ZI_NOT_REQUIRED", -"ZI_PREFERRED", -"ZI_REQUIRED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"To be used if tracking is not available", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"ziRegionPolicy": { -"enum": [ -"ZI_REGION_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED", -"ZI_REGION_POLICY_UNKNOWN", -"ZI_REGION_POLICY_NOT_SET", -"ZI_REGION_POLICY_FAIL_OPEN", -"ZI_REGION_POLICY_FAIL_CLOSED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"To be used if tracking is not available", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"ziRegionState": { -"enum": [ -"ZI_REGION_UNSPECIFIED", -"ZI_REGION_UNKNOWN", -"ZI_REGION_NOT_ENABLED", -"ZI_REGION_ENABLED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"To be used if tracking is not available", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"zoneIsolation": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Deprecated: use zi_org_policy, zi_region_policy and zi_region_state instead for setting ZI expectations as per go/zicy-publish-physical-location.", -"enum": [ -"ZI_UNSPECIFIED", -"ZI_UNKNOWN", -"ZI_NOT_REQUIRED", -"ZI_PREFERRED", -"ZI_REQUIRED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"To be used if tracking is not available", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"zoneSeparation": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Deprecated: use zs_org_policy, and zs_region_stateinstead for setting Zs expectations as per go/zicy-publish-physical-location.", -"enum": [ -"ZS_UNSPECIFIED", -"ZS_UNKNOWN", -"ZS_NOT_REQUIRED", -"ZS_REQUIRED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"To be used if tracking is not available", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"zsOrgPolicy": { -"enum": [ -"ZS_UNSPECIFIED", -"ZS_UNKNOWN", -"ZS_NOT_REQUIRED", -"ZS_REQUIRED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"To be used if tracking is not available", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"zsRegionState": { -"enum": [ -"ZS_REGION_UNSPECIFIED", -"ZS_REGION_UNKNOWN", -"ZS_REGION_NOT_ENABLED", -"ZS_REGION_ENABLED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"To be used if tracking of the asset ZS-bit is not available", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "ListAvailableVersionsResponse": { "description": "Response message for the list available versions request.", "id": "ListAvailableVersionsResponse", "properties": { "availableVersions": { -"description": "Represents a list of versions that are supported.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Represents a list of versions that are supported. Deprecated: Use versions field instead.", "items": { "$ref": "Version" }, @@ -1602,6 +1390,13 @@ "nextPageToken": { "description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results or empty if there are no more results in the list.", "type": "string" +}, +"versions": { +"description": "Represents a list of all versions.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Version" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -1737,64 +1532,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"LocationAssignment": { -"id": "LocationAssignment", -"properties": { -"location": { -"type": "string" -}, -"locationType": { -"enum": [ -"UNSPECIFIED", -"CLUSTER", -"POP", -"CLOUD_ZONE", -"CLOUD_REGION", -"MULTI_REGION_GEO", -"MULTI_REGION_JURISDICTION", -"GLOBAL", -"OTHER" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"1-10: Physical failure domains.", -"", -"11-20: Logical failure domains.", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"LocationData": { -"id": "LocationData", -"properties": { -"blobstoreLocation": { -"$ref": "BlobstoreLocation" -}, -"childAssetLocation": { -"$ref": "CloudAssetComposition" -}, -"directLocation": { -"$ref": "DirectLocationAssignment" -}, -"gcpProjectProxy": { -"$ref": "TenantProjectProxy" -}, -"placerLocation": { -"$ref": "PlacerLocation" -}, -"spannerLocation": { -"$ref": "SpannerLocation" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "MaintenancePolicy": { "description": "Maintenance policy of the instance.", "id": "MaintenancePolicy", @@ -1948,17 +1685,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"PlacerLocation": { -"description": "Message describing that the location of the customer resource is tied to placer allocations", -"id": "PlacerLocation", -"properties": { -"placerConfig": { -"description": "Directory with a config related to it in placer (e.g. \"/placer/prod/home/my-root/my-dir\")", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "Policy": { "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", @@ -2025,25 +1751,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"RegionalMigDistributionPolicy": { -"description": "To be used for specifying the intended distribution of regional compute.googleapis.com/InstanceGroupManager instances", -"id": "RegionalMigDistributionPolicy", -"properties": { -"targetShape": { -"description": "The shape in which the group converges around distribution of resources. Instance of proto2 enum", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"zones": { -"description": "Cloud zones used by regional MIG to create instances.", -"items": { -"$ref": "ZoneConfiguration" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "RemoveIamPolicyRequest": { "description": "Request message for RemoveIamPolicy method.", "id": "RemoveIamPolicyRequest", @@ -2078,26 +1785,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"SpannerLocation": { -"id": "SpannerLocation", -"properties": { -"backupName": { -"description": "Set of backups used by the resource with name in the same format as what is available at http://table/spanner_automon.backup_metadata", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"dbName": { -"description": "Set of databases used by the resource in format /span//", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "Status": { "description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", "id": "Status", @@ -2125,18 +1812,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"TenantProjectProxy": { -"id": "TenantProjectProxy", -"properties": { -"projectNumbers": { -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "TestIamPermissionsRequest": { "description": "Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.", "id": "TestIamPermissionsRequest", @@ -2208,12 +1883,14 @@ "enum": [ "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "TYPE_PREVIEW", -"TYPE_GENERAL_AVAILABILITY" +"TYPE_GENERAL_AVAILABILITY", +"TYPE_DEPRECATED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Version does not have availability yet", "Version is under development and not considered stable", -"Version is available for public use Version is under development and not considered stable" +"Version is available for public use", +"Version is no longer supported." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -2223,15 +1900,6 @@ } }, "type": "object" -}, -"ZoneConfiguration": { -"id": "ZoneConfiguration", -"properties": { -"zone": { -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" } }, "servicePath": "", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json index 2cf745b73cb..4880c90eafd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "datalineage.projects.locations.operations.cancel", @@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241112", +"revision": "20241202", "rootUrl": "https://datalineage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDatacatalogLineageV1BatchSearchLinkProcessesRequest": { @@ -1289,7 +1289,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "sourceType": { -"description": "Type of the source. Use of a source_type other than `CUSTOM` for process creation or updating is highly discouraged. It may cause additional billing costs and be restricted in the future without notice.", +"description": "Type of the source. Use of a source_type other than `CUSTOM` for process creation or updating is highly discouraged. It might be restricted in the future without notice. There will be increase in cost if you use any of the source types other than `CUSTOM`.", "enum": [ "SOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "CUSTOM", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json index f760f63751c..312668c358f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json @@ -1339,6 +1339,31 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"fetchSourceObjects": { +"description": "Retrieves objects from the source database that can be selected for data migration. This is applicable for the following migrations: 1. PostgreSQL to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL 2. PostgreSQL to AlloyDB for PostgreSQL.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/migrationJobs/{migrationJobsId}:fetchSourceObjects", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "datamigration.projects.locations.migrationJobs.fetchSourceObjects", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name for the migration job for which source objects should be returned.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/migrationJobs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:fetchSourceObjects", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "generateSshScript": { "description": "Generate a SSH configuration script to configure the reverse SSH connectivity.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/migrationJobs/{migrationJobsId}:generateSshScript", @@ -1764,6 +1789,31 @@ "resources": { "objects": { "methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Use this method to get details about a migration job object.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/migrationJobs/{migrationJobsId}/objects/{objectsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "datamigration.projects.locations.migrationJobs.objects.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the migration job object resource to get.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/migrationJobs/[^/]+/objects/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "MigrationJobObject" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "getIamPolicy": { "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/migrationJobs/{migrationJobsId}/objects/{objectsId}:getIamPolicy", @@ -1795,6 +1845,70 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"list": { +"description": "Use this method to list the objects of a specific migration job.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/migrationJobs/{migrationJobsId}/objects", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "datamigration.projects.locations.migrationJobs.objects.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Maximum number of objects to return. Default is 50. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Page token received from a previous `ListMigrationJObObjectsRequest` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListMigrationJobObjectsRequest` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent migration job that owns the collection of objects.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/migrationJobs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/objects", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListMigrationJobObjectsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"lookup": { +"description": "Use this method to look up a migration job object by its source object identifier.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/migrationJobs/{migrationJobsId}/objects:lookup", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "datamigration.projects.locations.migrationJobs.objects.lookup", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent migration job that owns the collection of objects.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/migrationJobs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/objects:lookup", +"request": { +"$ref": "LookupMigrationJobObjectRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "MigrationJobObject" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "setIamPolicy": { "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/migrationJobs/{migrationJobsId}/objects/{objectsId}:setIamPolicy", @@ -1858,7 +1972,7 @@ "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "datamigration.projects.locations.operations.cancel", @@ -2218,7 +2332,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241109", +"revision": "20241202", "rootUrl": "https://datamigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlloyDbConnectionProfile": { @@ -3986,7 +4100,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestedCancellation": { -"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, @@ -4249,6 +4363,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ListMigrationJobObjectsResponse": { +"description": "Response containing the objects for a migration job.", +"id": "ListMigrationJobObjectsResponse", +"properties": { +"migrationJobObjects": { +"description": "List of migration job objects.", +"items": { +"$ref": "MigrationJobObject" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListMigrationJobsResponse": { "description": "Response message for 'ListMigrationJobs' request.", "id": "ListMigrationJobsResponse", @@ -4372,6 +4504,17 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"LookupMigrationJobObjectRequest": { +"description": "Request for looking up a specific migration job object by its source object identifier.", +"id": "LookupMigrationJobObjectRequest", +"properties": { +"sourceObjectIdentifier": { +"$ref": "SourceObjectIdentifier", +"description": "Required. The source object identifier which maps to the migration job object." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "MachineConfig": { "description": "MachineConfig describes the configuration of a machine.", "id": "MachineConfig", @@ -4561,6 +4704,13 @@ "description": "Custom engine specific features.", "type": "object" }, +"indices": { +"description": "View indices.", +"items": { +"$ref": "IndexEntity" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "sqlCode": { "description": "The SQL code which creates the view.", "type": "string" @@ -4652,6 +4802,10 @@ "description": "The name (URI) of this migration job resource, in the form of: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/migrationJobs/{migrationJob}.", "type": "string" }, +"objectsConfig": { +"$ref": "MigrationJobObjectsConfig", +"description": "Optional. The objects that need to be migrated." +}, "oracleToPostgresConfig": { "$ref": "OracleToPostgresConfig", "description": "Configuration for heterogeneous **Oracle to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL** and **Oracle to AlloyDB for PostgreSQL** migrations." @@ -4770,6 +4924,100 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"MigrationJobObject": { +"description": "A specific Migration Job Object (e.g. a specifc DB Table)", +"id": "MigrationJobObject", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The creation time of the migration job object.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"error": { +"$ref": "Status", +"description": "Output only. The error details in case of failure.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"name": { +"description": "The object's name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"phase": { +"description": "Output only. The phase of the migration job object.", +"enum": [ +"PHASE_UNSPECIFIED", +"FULL_DUMP", +"CDC", +"READY_FOR_PROMOTE", +"PROMOTE_IN_PROGRESS", +"PROMOTED", +"DIFF_BACKUP" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The phase of the migration job is unknown.", +"The migration job object is in the full dump phase.", +"The migration job object is in CDC phase.", +"The migration job object is ready to be promoted.", +"The migration job object is in running the promote phase.", +"The migration job is promoted.", +"The migration job object is in the differential backup phase." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceObject": { +"$ref": "SourceObjectIdentifier", +"description": "The object identifier in the data source." +}, +"state": { +"description": "The state of the migration job object.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"NOT_STARTED", +"RUNNING", +"STOPPING", +"STOPPED", +"RESTARTING", +"FAILED", +"REMOVING", +"NOT_SELECTED", +"COMPLETED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The state of the migration job object is unknown.", +"The migration job object is not started.", +"The migration job object is running.", +"The migration job object is being stopped.", +"The migration job object is currently stopped.", +"The migration job object is restarting.", +"The migration job object failed.", +"The migration job object is deleting.", +"The migration job object is not selected for migration.", +"The migration job object is completed." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The last update time of the migration job object.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"MigrationJobObjectsConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for the objects to be migrated.", +"id": "MigrationJobObjectsConfig", +"properties": { +"sourceObjectsConfig": { +"$ref": "SourceObjectsConfig", +"description": "The list of the migration job objects." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "MigrationJobVerificationError": { "description": "Error message of a verification Migration job.", "id": "MigrationJobVerificationError", @@ -5479,13 +5727,22 @@ "PromoteMigrationJobRequest": { "description": "Request message for 'PromoteMigrationJob' request.", "id": "PromoteMigrationJobRequest", -"properties": {}, +"properties": { +"objectsFilter": { +"$ref": "MigrationJobObjectsConfig", +"description": "Optional. The object filter to apply to the migration job." +} +}, "type": "object" }, "RestartMigrationJobRequest": { "description": "Request message for 'RestartMigrationJob' request.", "id": "RestartMigrationJobRequest", "properties": { +"objectsFilter": { +"$ref": "MigrationJobObjectsConfig", +"description": "Optional. The object filter to apply to the migration job." +}, "skipValidation": { "description": "Optional. Restart the migration job without running prior configuration verification. Defaults to `false`.", "type": "boolean" @@ -5847,6 +6104,68 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"SourceObjectConfig": { +"description": "Config for a single migration job object.", +"id": "SourceObjectConfig", +"properties": { +"objectIdentifier": { +"$ref": "SourceObjectIdentifier", +"description": "The object identifier." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SourceObjectIdentifier": { +"description": "An identifier for the Migration Job Object.", +"id": "SourceObjectIdentifier", +"properties": { +"database": { +"description": "The database name. This will be required only if the object uses a database name as part of its unique identifier.", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Required. The type of the migration job object.", +"enum": [ +"MIGRATION_JOB_OBJECT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"DATABASE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The type of the migration job object is unknown.", +"The migration job object is a database." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SourceObjectsConfig": { +"description": "List of configurations for the source objects to be migrated.", +"id": "SourceObjectsConfig", +"properties": { +"objectConfigs": { +"description": "The list of the objects to be migrated.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SourceObjectConfig" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"objectsSelectionType": { +"description": "Optional. The objects selection type of the migration job.", +"enum": [ +"OBJECTS_SELECTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ALL_OBJECTS", +"SPECIFIED_OBJECTS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The type of the objects selection is unknown, indicating that the migration job is at instance level.", +"Migrate all of the objects.", +"Migrate specific objects." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SourceSqlChange": { "description": "Options to configure rule type SourceSqlChange. The rule is used to alter the sql code for database entities. The rule filter field can refer to one entity. The rule scope can be: StoredProcedure, Function, Trigger, View", "id": "SourceSqlChange", @@ -6022,15 +6341,15 @@ "id": "SqlServerEncryptionOptions", "properties": { "certPath": { -"description": "Required. Path to certificate.", +"description": "Required. Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.", "type": "string" }, "pvkPassword": { -"description": "Required. Input only. Private key password.", +"description": "Required. Input only. Password that encrypts the private key.", "type": "string" }, "pvkPath": { -"description": "Required. Path to certificate private key.", +"description": "Required. Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json index 8b32c20910b..69516d9dabc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json @@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "datamigration.projects.locations.operations.cancel", @@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240628", +"revision": "20241202", "rootUrl": "https://datamigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json index 5e92f90e57d..54782689ae4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ "description": "Discovers relationships between online assets such as websites or mobile apps.", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/digital-asset-links/", +"fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", "x32": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-32.gif" @@ -184,7 +185,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241112", +"revision": "20241207", "rootUrl": "https://digitalassetlinks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AndroidAppAsset": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json index 7533ee36bda..15fd6d84bfc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json @@ -1719,6 +1719,40 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a ServingConfig. Returns a NOT_FOUND error if the ServingConfig does not exist.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Indicates which fields in the provided ServingConfig to update. The following are NOT supported: * ServingConfig.name If not set, all supported fields are updated.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfig" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfig" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "recommend": { "description": "Makes a recommendation, which requires a contextual user event.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:recommend", @@ -1802,6 +1836,34 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"streamAnswer": { +"description": "Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:streamAnswer", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.streamAnswer", +"parameterOrder": [ +"servingConfig" +], +"parameters": { +"servingConfig": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+servingConfig}:streamAnswer", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerQueryRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerQueryResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -1869,6 +1931,11 @@ "name" ], "parameters": { +"includeAnswerDetails": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, the full session including all answer details will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, "name": { "description": "Required. The resource name of the Session to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}`", "location": "path", @@ -1900,7 +1967,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` Example: \"update_time desc\" \"create_time\"", +"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` * `is_pinned` Example: * \"update_time desc\" * \"create_time\" * \"is_pinned desc,update_time desc\": list sessions by is_pinned first, then by update_time.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -2546,7 +2613,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent DataStore resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`.", +"description": "Required. The parent resource name. If the collect user event action is applied in DataStore level, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. If the collect user event action is applied in Location level, for example, the event with Document across multiple DataStore, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3278,6 +3345,40 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a ServingConfig. Returns a NOT_FOUND error if the ServingConfig does not exist.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Indicates which fields in the provided ServingConfig to update. The following are NOT supported: * ServingConfig.name If not set, all supported fields are updated.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfig" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfig" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "recommend": { "description": "Makes a recommendation, which requires a contextual user event.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:recommend", @@ -3361,6 +3462,34 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"streamAnswer": { +"description": "Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:streamAnswer", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.streamAnswer", +"parameterOrder": [ +"servingConfig" +], +"parameters": { +"servingConfig": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+servingConfig}:streamAnswer", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerQueryRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerQueryResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -3428,6 +3557,11 @@ "name" ], "parameters": { +"includeAnswerDetails": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, the full session including all answer details will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, "name": { "description": "Required. The resource name of the Session to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}`", "location": "path", @@ -3459,7 +3593,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` Example: \"update_time desc\" \"create_time\"", +"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` * `is_pinned` Example: * \"update_time desc\" * \"create_time\" * \"is_pinned desc,update_time desc\": list sessions by is_pinned first, then by update_time.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -4984,6 +5118,40 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a ServingConfig. Returns a NOT_FOUND error if the ServingConfig does not exist.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Indicates which fields in the provided ServingConfig to update. The following are NOT supported: * ServingConfig.name If not set, all supported fields are updated.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfig" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfig" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "recommend": { "description": "Makes a recommendation, which requires a contextual user event.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:recommend", @@ -5067,6 +5235,34 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"streamAnswer": { +"description": "Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:streamAnswer", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.streamAnswer", +"parameterOrder": [ +"servingConfig" +], +"parameters": { +"servingConfig": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+servingConfig}:streamAnswer", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerQueryRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerQueryResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -5134,6 +5330,11 @@ "name" ], "parameters": { +"includeAnswerDetails": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, the full session including all answer details will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, "name": { "description": "Required. The resource name of the Session to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}`", "location": "path", @@ -5165,7 +5366,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` Example: \"update_time desc\" \"create_time\"", +"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` * `is_pinned` Example: * \"update_time desc\" * \"create_time\" * \"is_pinned desc,update_time desc\": list sessions by is_pinned first, then by update_time.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -5605,7 +5806,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent DataStore resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`.", +"description": "Required. The parent resource name. If the collect user event action is applied in DataStore level, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. If the collect user event action is applied in Location level, for example, the event with Document across multiple DataStore, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -5949,7 +6150,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent DataStore resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`.", +"description": "Required. The parent resource name. If the collect user event action is applied in DataStore level, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. If the collect user event action is applied in Location level, for example, the event with Document across multiple DataStore, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -6140,7 +6341,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241123", +"revision": "20241206", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiDistribution": { @@ -6610,6 +6811,18 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"groundingScore": { +"description": "A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"groundingSupports": { +"description": "Optional. Grounding supports.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerGroundingSupport" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "name": { "description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*`", "type": "string" @@ -6638,13 +6851,15 @@ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "IN_PROGRESS", "FAILED", -"SUCCEEDED" +"SUCCEEDED", +"STREAMING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unknown.", "Answer generation is currently in progress.", "Answer generation currently failed.", -"Answer generation has succeeded." +"Answer generation has succeeded.", +"Answer generation is currently in progress." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -6693,6 +6908,39 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerGroundingSupport": { +"description": "Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerGroundingSupport", +"properties": { +"endIndex": { +"description": "Required. End of the claim, exclusive.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"groundingCheckRequired": { +"description": "Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"groundingScore": { +"description": "A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"sources": { +"description": "Optional. Citation sources for the claim.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerCitationSource" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"startIndex": { +"description": "Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerQueryRequest": { "description": "Request message for ConversationalSearchService.AnswerQuery method.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerQueryRequest", @@ -6889,6 +7137,31 @@ "description": "Max rephrase steps. The max number is 5 steps. If not set or set to < 1, it will be set to 1 by default.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" +}, +"modelSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerQueryRequestQueryUnderstandingSpecQueryRephraserSpecModelSpec", +"description": "Optional. Query Rephraser Model specification." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerQueryRequestQueryUnderstandingSpecQueryRephraserSpecModelSpec": { +"description": "Query Rephraser Model specification.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerQueryRequestQueryUnderstandingSpecQueryRephraserSpecModelSpec", +"properties": { +"modelType": { +"description": "Optional. Enabled query rephraser model type. If not set, it will use LARGE by default.", +"enum": [ +"MODEL_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SMALL", +"LARGE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified model type.", +"Small query rephraser model. Gemini 1.0 XS model.", +"Large query rephraser model. Gemini 1.0 Pro model." +], +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -6905,7 +7178,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerQueryRequestSafetySpec": { -"description": "Safety specification.", +"description": "Safety specification. There are two use cases: 1. when only safety_spec.enable is set, the BLOCK_LOW_AND_ABOVE threshold will be applied for all categories. 2. when safety_spec.enable is set and some safety_settings are set, only specified safety_settings are applied.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerQueryRequestSafetySpec", "properties": { "enable": { @@ -9511,6 +9784,10 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": "array" +}, +"updateFromLatestPredefinedSchema": { +"description": "Optional. Whether to update the DataStore schema to the latest predefined schema. If true, the DataStore schema will be updated to include any FHIR fields or resource types that have been added since the last import and corresponding FHIR resources will be imported from the FHIR store. Note this field cannot be used in conjunction with `resource_types`. It should be used after initial import.", +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" @@ -11200,6 +11477,10 @@ "description": "A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestDataStoreSpec", "properties": { +"boostSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestBoostSpec", +"description": "Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)" +}, "dataStore": { "description": "Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.", "type": "string" @@ -11717,16 +11998,194 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfig": { +"description": "Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfig", +"properties": { +"boostControlIds": { +"description": "Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. ServingConfig created timestamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. The human readable serving config display name. Used in Discovery UI. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"type": "string" +}, +"dissociateControlIds": { +"description": "Condition do not associate specifications. If multiple do not associate conditions match, all matching do not associate controls in the list will execute. Order does not matter. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"diversityLevel": { +"description": "How much diversity to use in recommendation model results e.g. `medium-diversity` or `high-diversity`. Currently supported values: * `no-diversity` * `low-diversity` * `medium-diversity` * `high-diversity` * `auto-diversity` If not specified, we choose default based on recommendation model type. Default value: `no-diversity`. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", +"type": "string" +}, +"filterControlIds": { +"description": "Filter controls to use in serving path. All triggered filter controls will be applied. Filter controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 filter controls.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"genericConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfigGenericConfig", +"description": "The GenericConfig of the serving configuration." +}, +"ignoreControlIds": { +"description": "Condition ignore specifications. If multiple ignore conditions match, all matching ignore controls in the list will execute. Order does not matter. Maximum number of specifications is 100.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"mediaConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfigMediaConfig", +"description": "The MediaConfig of the serving configuration." +}, +"modelId": { +"description": "The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"onewaySynonymsControlIds": { +"description": "Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"promoteControlIds": { +"description": "Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"rankingExpression": { +"description": "The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by \"+\". * ranking_expression = function, { \" + \", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"redirectControlIds": { +"description": "IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"replacementControlIds": { +"description": "Condition replacement specifications. Applied according to the order in the list. A previously replaced term can not be re-replaced. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"solutionType": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. Specifies the solution type that a serving config can be associated with.", +"enum": [ +"SOLUTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"Used for Recommendations AI.", +"Used for Discovery Search.", +"Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"synonymsControlIds": { +"description": "Condition synonyms specifications. If multiple synonyms conditions match, all matching synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. ServingConfig updated timestamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfigGenericConfig": { +"description": "Specifies the configurations needed for Generic Discovery.Currently we support: * `content_search_spec`: configuration for generic content search.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfigGenericConfig", +"properties": { +"contentSearchSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpec", +"description": "Specifies the expected behavior of content search. Only valid for content-search enabled data store." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfigMediaConfig": { +"description": "Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfigMediaConfig", +"properties": { +"contentFreshnessCutoffDays": { +"description": "Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": { +"description": "Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": { +"description": "Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"demoteContentWatchedPastDays": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the number of days to look back for demoting watched content. If set to zero or unset, defaults to the maximum of 365 days.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"demotionEventType": { +"description": "Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Session": { "description": "External session proto definition.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Session", "properties": { +"displayName": { +"description": "Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session.", +"type": "string" +}, "endTime": { "description": "Output only. The time the session finished.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"isPinned": { +"description": "Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "name": { "description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*`", "type": "string" @@ -12431,6 +12890,18 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"groundingScore": { +"description": "A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"groundingSupports": { +"description": "Optional. Grounding supports.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerGroundingSupport" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "name": { "description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*`", "type": "string" @@ -12459,13 +12930,15 @@ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "IN_PROGRESS", "FAILED", -"SUCCEEDED" +"SUCCEEDED", +"STREAMING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unknown.", "Answer generation is currently in progress.", "Answer generation currently failed.", -"Answer generation has succeeded." +"Answer generation has succeeded.", +"Answer generation is currently in progress." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -12514,6 +12987,39 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerGroundingSupport": { +"description": "Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerGroundingSupport", +"properties": { +"endIndex": { +"description": "Required. End of the claim, exclusive.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"groundingCheckRequired": { +"description": "Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"groundingScore": { +"description": "A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"sources": { +"description": "Optional. Citation sources for the claim.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerCitationSource" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"startIndex": { +"description": "Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryUnderstandingInfo": { "description": "Query understanding information.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryUnderstandingInfo", @@ -13584,6 +14090,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDeleteSessionRequest": { +"description": "Request for DeleteSession method.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDeleteSessionRequest", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Session to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDeleteSitemapMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.DeleteSitemap operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDeleteSitemapMetadata", @@ -14371,6 +14888,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaGetSessionRequest": { +"description": "Request for GetSession method.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaGetSessionRequest", +"properties": { +"includeAnswerDetails": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, the full session including all answer details will be returned.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Session to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaGetUriPatternDocumentDataResponse": { "description": "Response message for SiteSearchEngineService.GetUriPatternDocumentData method.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaGetUriPatternDocumentDataResponse", @@ -14744,6 +15276,52 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListSessionsRequest": { +"description": "Request for ListSessions method.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListSessionsRequest", +"properties": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter to apply on the list results. The supported features are: user_pseudo_id, state. Example: \"user_pseudo_id = some_id\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` * `is_pinned` Example: * \"update_time desc\" * \"create_time\" * \"is_pinned desc,update_time desc\": list sessions by is_pinned first, then by update_time.", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListSessions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListSessionsResponse": { +"description": "Response for ListSessions method.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListSessionsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Pagination token, if not returned indicates the last page.", +"type": "string" +}, +"sessions": { +"description": "All the Sessions for a given data store.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSession" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { "description": "Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig", @@ -15749,6 +16327,10 @@ "description": "A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec", "properties": { +"boostSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestBoostSpec", +"description": "Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)" +}, "dataStore": { "description": "Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.", "type": "string" @@ -16014,12 +16596,20 @@ "description": "External session proto definition.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSession", "properties": { +"displayName": { +"description": "Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session.", +"type": "string" +}, "endTime": { "description": "Output only. The time the session finished.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"isPinned": { +"description": "Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "name": { "description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*`", "type": "string" @@ -16353,6 +16943,22 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUpdateSessionRequest": { +"description": "Request for UpdateSession method.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUpdateSessionRequest", +"properties": { +"session": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSession", +"description": "Required. The Session to update." +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Indicates which fields in the provided Session to update. The following are NOT supported: * Session.name If not set or empty, all supported fields are updated.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUpdateTargetSiteMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.UpdateTargetSite operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUpdateTargetSiteMetadata", @@ -18647,6 +19253,10 @@ "description": "A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec", "properties": { +"boostSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestBoostSpec", +"description": "Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)" +}, "dataStore": { "description": "Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json index 3c29788a33a..bf1de3ca0a4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json @@ -2391,6 +2391,34 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"streamAnswer": { +"description": "Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:streamAnswer", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.streamAnswer", +"parameterOrder": [ +"servingConfig" +], +"parameters": { +"servingConfig": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+servingConfig}:streamAnswer", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -2458,6 +2486,11 @@ "name" ], "parameters": { +"includeAnswerDetails": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, the full session including all answer details will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, "name": { "description": "Required. The resource name of the Session to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}`", "location": "path", @@ -2489,7 +2522,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` Example: \"update_time desc\" \"create_time\"", +"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` * `is_pinned` Example: * \"update_time desc\" * \"create_time\" * \"is_pinned desc,update_time desc\": list sessions by is_pinned first, then by update_time.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -3245,7 +3278,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent DataStore resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`.", +"description": "Required. The parent resource name. If the collect user event action is applied in DataStore level, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. If the collect user event action is applied in Location level, for example, the event with Document across multiple DataStore, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -4271,6 +4304,34 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"streamAnswer": { +"description": "Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:streamAnswer", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.streamAnswer", +"parameterOrder": [ +"servingConfig" +], +"parameters": { +"servingConfig": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+servingConfig}:streamAnswer", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -4338,6 +4399,11 @@ "name" ], "parameters": { +"includeAnswerDetails": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, the full session including all answer details will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, "name": { "description": "Required. The resource name of the Session to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}`", "location": "path", @@ -4369,7 +4435,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` Example: \"update_time desc\" \"create_time\"", +"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` * `is_pinned` Example: * \"update_time desc\" * \"create_time\" * \"is_pinned desc,update_time desc\": list sessions by is_pinned first, then by update_time.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -6285,6 +6351,34 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"streamAnswer": { +"description": "Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:streamAnswer", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.streamAnswer", +"parameterOrder": [ +"servingConfig" +], +"parameters": { +"servingConfig": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+servingConfig}:streamAnswer", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -6352,6 +6446,11 @@ "name" ], "parameters": { +"includeAnswerDetails": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, the full session including all answer details will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, "name": { "description": "Required. The resource name of the Session to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}`", "location": "path", @@ -6383,7 +6482,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` Example: \"update_time desc\" \"create_time\"", +"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` * `is_pinned` Example: * \"update_time desc\" * \"create_time\" * \"is_pinned desc,update_time desc\": list sessions by is_pinned first, then by update_time.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -6911,7 +7010,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent DataStore resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`.", +"description": "Required. The parent resource name. If the collect user event action is applied in DataStore level, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. If the collect user event action is applied in Location level, for example, the event with Document across multiple DataStore, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -7820,7 +7919,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent DataStore resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`.", +"description": "Required. The parent resource name. If the collect user event action is applied in DataStore level, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. If the collect user event action is applied in Location level, for example, the event with Document across multiple DataStore, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -8057,7 +8156,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241123", +"revision": "20241206", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiDistribution": { @@ -9825,6 +9924,353 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpec": { +"description": "A specification for configuring the behavior of content search.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpec", +"properties": { +"chunkSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecChunkSpec", +"description": "Specifies the chunk spec to be returned from the search response. Only available if the SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS" +}, +"extractiveContentSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecExtractiveContentSpec", +"description": "If there is no extractive_content_spec provided, there will be no extractive answer in the search response." +}, +"searchResultMode": { +"description": "Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode defaults to `DOCUMENTS`.", +"enum": [ +"SEARCH_RESULT_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"DOCUMENTS", +"CHUNKS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"Returns documents in the search result.", +"Returns chunks in the search result. Only available if the DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"snippetSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecSnippetSpec", +"description": "If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response." +}, +"summarySpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpec", +"description": "If `summarySpec` is not specified, summaries are not included in the search response." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecChunkSpec": { +"description": "Specifies the chunk spec to be returned from the search response. Only available if the SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecChunkSpec", +"properties": { +"numNextChunks": { +"description": "The number of next chunks to be returned of the current chunk. The maximum allowed value is 3. If not specified, no next chunks will be returned.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"numPreviousChunks": { +"description": "The number of previous chunks to be returned of the current chunk. The maximum allowed value is 3. If not specified, no previous chunks will be returned.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecExtractiveContentSpec": { +"description": "A specification for configuring the extractive content in a search response.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecExtractiveContentSpec", +"properties": { +"maxExtractiveAnswerCount": { +"description": "The maximum number of extractive answers returned in each search result. An extractive answer is a verbatim answer extracted from the original document, which provides a precise and contextually relevant answer to the search query. If the number of matching answers is less than the `max_extractive_answer_count`, return all of the answers. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_answer_count`. At most five answers are returned for each SearchResult.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": { +"description": "The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"numNextSegments": { +"description": "Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"numPreviousSegments": { +"description": "Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"returnExtractiveSegmentScore": { +"description": "Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecSnippetSpec": { +"description": "A specification for configuring snippets in a search response.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecSnippetSpec", +"properties": { +"maxSnippetCount": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "[DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"referenceOnly": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "[DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"returnSnippet": { +"description": "If `true`, then return snippet. If no snippet can be generated, we return \"No snippet is available for this page.\" A `snippet_status` with `SUCCESS` or `NO_SNIPPET_AVAILABLE` will also be returned.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpec": { +"description": "A specification for configuring a summary returned in a search response.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpec", +"properties": { +"ignoreAdversarialQuery": { +"description": "Specifies whether to filter out adversarial queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect adversarial queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as an adversarial query. For example, a user might ask a question regarding negative comments about the company or submit a query designed to generate unsafe, policy-violating output. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for adversarial queries and return fallback messages instead.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"ignoreJailBreakingQuery": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies whether to filter out jail-breaking queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect jail-breaking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a jail-breaking query. A user might add instructions to the query to change the tone, style, language, content of the answer, or ask the model to act as a different entity, e.g. \"Reply in the tone of a competing company's CEO\". If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for jail-breaking queries and return fallback messages instead.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"ignoreLowRelevantContent": { +"description": "Specifies whether to filter out queries that have low relevance. The default value is `false`. If this field is set to `false`, all search results are used regardless of relevance to generate answers. If set to `true`, only queries with high relevance search results will generate answers.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"ignoreNonSummarySeekingQuery": { +"description": "Specifies whether to filter out queries that are not summary-seeking. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect summary-seeking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a non-summary seeking query. For example, `why is the sky blue` and `Who is the best soccer player in the world?` are summary-seeking queries, but `SFO airport` and `world cup 2026` are not. They are most likely navigational queries. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for non-summary seeking queries and return fallback messages instead.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"includeCitations": { +"description": "Specifies whether to include citations in the summary. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, summaries include in-line citation numbers. Example summary including citations: BigQuery is Google Cloud's fully managed and completely serverless enterprise data warehouse [1]. BigQuery supports all data types, works across clouds, and has built-in machine learning and business intelligence, all within a unified platform [2, 3]. The citation numbers refer to the returned search results and are 1-indexed. For example, [1] means that the sentence is attributed to the first search result. [2, 3] means that the sentence is attributed to both the second and third search results.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"languageCode": { +"description": "Language code for Summary. Use language tags defined by [BCP47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). Note: This is an experimental feature.", +"type": "string" +}, +"modelPromptSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecModelPromptSpec", +"description": "If specified, the spec will be used to modify the prompt provided to the LLM." +}, +"modelSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecModelSpec", +"description": "If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM." +}, +"summaryResultCount": { +"description": "The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"useSemanticChunks": { +"description": "If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecModelPromptSpec": { +"description": "Specification of the prompt to use with the model.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecModelPromptSpec", +"properties": { +"preamble": { +"description": "Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecModelSpec": { +"description": "Specification of the model.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecModelSpec", +"properties": { +"version": { +"description": "The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfig": { +"description": "Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfig", +"properties": { +"boostControlIds": { +"description": "Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. ServingConfig created timestamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. The human readable serving config display name. Used in Discovery UI. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"type": "string" +}, +"dissociateControlIds": { +"description": "Condition do not associate specifications. If multiple do not associate conditions match, all matching do not associate controls in the list will execute. Order does not matter. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"diversityLevel": { +"description": "How much diversity to use in recommendation model results e.g. `medium-diversity` or `high-diversity`. Currently supported values: * `no-diversity` * `low-diversity` * `medium-diversity` * `high-diversity` * `auto-diversity` If not specified, we choose default based on recommendation model type. Default value: `no-diversity`. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", +"type": "string" +}, +"filterControlIds": { +"description": "Filter controls to use in serving path. All triggered filter controls will be applied. Filter controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 filter controls.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"genericConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfigGenericConfig", +"description": "The GenericConfig of the serving configuration." +}, +"ignoreControlIds": { +"description": "Condition ignore specifications. If multiple ignore conditions match, all matching ignore controls in the list will execute. Order does not matter. Maximum number of specifications is 100.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"mediaConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfigMediaConfig", +"description": "The MediaConfig of the serving configuration." +}, +"modelId": { +"description": "The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"onewaySynonymsControlIds": { +"description": "Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"promoteControlIds": { +"description": "Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"rankingExpression": { +"description": "The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by \"+\". * ranking_expression = function, { \" + \", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"redirectControlIds": { +"description": "IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"replacementControlIds": { +"description": "Condition replacement specifications. Applied according to the order in the list. A previously replaced term can not be re-replaced. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"solutionType": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. Specifies the solution type that a serving config can be associated with.", +"enum": [ +"SOLUTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"Used for Recommendations AI.", +"Used for Discovery Search.", +"Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"synonymsControlIds": { +"description": "Condition synonyms specifications. If multiple synonyms conditions match, all matching synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. ServingConfig updated timestamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfigGenericConfig": { +"description": "Specifies the configurations needed for Generic Discovery.Currently we support: * `content_search_spec`: configuration for generic content search.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfigGenericConfig", +"properties": { +"contentSearchSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpec", +"description": "Specifies the expected behavior of content search. Only valid for content-search enabled data store." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfigMediaConfig": { +"description": "Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfigMediaConfig", +"properties": { +"contentFreshnessCutoffDays": { +"description": "Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": { +"description": "Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": { +"description": "Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"demoteContentWatchedPastDays": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the number of days to look back for demoting watched content. If set to zero or unset, defaults to the maximum of 365 days.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"demotionEventType": { +"description": "Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SiteVerificationInfo": { "description": "Verification information for target sites in advanced site search.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SiteVerificationInfo", @@ -10449,6 +10895,18 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"groundingScore": { +"description": "A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"groundingSupports": { +"description": "Optional. Grounding supports.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerGroundingSupport" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "name": { "description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*`", "type": "string" @@ -10477,13 +10935,15 @@ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "IN_PROGRESS", "FAILED", -"SUCCEEDED" +"SUCCEEDED", +"STREAMING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unknown.", "Answer generation is currently in progress.", "Answer generation currently failed.", -"Answer generation has succeeded." +"Answer generation has succeeded.", +"Answer generation is currently in progress." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -10532,6 +10992,39 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerGroundingSupport": { +"description": "Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerGroundingSupport", +"properties": { +"endIndex": { +"description": "Required. End of the claim, exclusive.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"groundingCheckRequired": { +"description": "Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"groundingScore": { +"description": "A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"sources": { +"description": "Optional. Citation sources for the claim.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerCitationSource" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"startIndex": { +"description": "Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryRequest": { "description": "Request message for ConversationalSearchService.AnswerQuery method.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryRequest", @@ -10728,6 +11221,31 @@ "description": "Max rephrase steps. The max number is 5 steps. If not set or set to < 1, it will be set to 1 by default.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" +}, +"modelSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryRequestQueryUnderstandingSpecQueryRephraserSpecModelSpec", +"description": "Optional. Query Rephraser Model specification." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryRequestQueryUnderstandingSpecQueryRephraserSpecModelSpec": { +"description": "Query Rephraser Model specification.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryRequestQueryUnderstandingSpecQueryRephraserSpecModelSpec", +"properties": { +"modelType": { +"description": "Optional. Enabled query rephraser model type. If not set, it will use LARGE by default.", +"enum": [ +"MODEL_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SMALL", +"LARGE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified model type.", +"Small query rephraser model. Gemini 1.0 XS model.", +"Large query rephraser model. Gemini 1.0 Pro model." +], +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -10744,7 +11262,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryRequestSafetySpec": { -"description": "Safety specification.", +"description": "Safety specification. There are two use cases: 1. when only safety_spec.enable is set, the BLOCK_LOW_AND_ABOVE threshold will be applied for all categories. 2. when safety_spec.enable is set and some safety_settings are set, only specified safety_settings are applied.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryRequestSafetySpec", "properties": { "enable": { @@ -12949,6 +13467,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDeleteSessionRequest": { +"description": "Request for DeleteSession method.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDeleteSessionRequest", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Session to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDeleteSitemapMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.DeleteSitemap operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDeleteSitemapMetadata", @@ -13923,6 +14452,10 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": "array" +}, +"updateFromLatestPredefinedSchema": { +"description": "Optional. Whether to update the DataStore schema to the latest predefined schema. If true, the DataStore schema will be updated to include any FHIR fields or resource types that have been added since the last import and corresponding FHIR resources will be imported from the FHIR store. Note this field cannot be used in conjunction with `resource_types`. It should be used after initial import.", +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" @@ -14125,6 +14658,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaGetSessionRequest": { +"description": "Request for GetSession method.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaGetSessionRequest", +"properties": { +"includeAnswerDetails": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, the full session including all answer details will be returned.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Session to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaGetUriPatternDocumentDataResponse": { "description": "Response message for SiteSearchEngineService.GetUriPatternDocumentData method.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaGetUriPatternDocumentDataResponse", @@ -15011,6 +15559,34 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListSessionsRequest": { +"description": "Request for ListSessions method.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListSessionsRequest", +"properties": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter to apply on the list results. The supported features are: user_pseudo_id, state. Example: \"user_pseudo_id = some_id\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` * `is_pinned` Example: * \"update_time desc\" * \"create_time\" * \"is_pinned desc,update_time desc\": list sessions by is_pinned first, then by update_time.", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListSessions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListSessionsResponse": { "description": "Response for ListSessions method.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListSessionsResponse", @@ -16768,6 +17344,10 @@ "description": "A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec", "properties": { +"boostSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestBoostSpec", +"description": "Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)" +}, "dataStore": { "description": "Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.", "type": "string" @@ -17852,12 +18432,20 @@ "description": "External session proto definition.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSession", "properties": { +"displayName": { +"description": "Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session.", +"type": "string" +}, "endTime": { "description": "Output only. The time the session finished.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"isPinned": { +"description": "Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "name": { "description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*`", "type": "string" @@ -18386,6 +18974,22 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUpdateSessionRequest": { +"description": "Request for UpdateSession method.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUpdateSessionRequest", +"properties": { +"session": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSession", +"description": "Required. The Session to update." +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Indicates which fields in the provided Session to update. The following are NOT supported: * Session.name If not set or empty, all supported fields are updated.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUpdateTargetSiteMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.UpdateTargetSite operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUpdateTargetSiteMetadata", @@ -20791,6 +21395,10 @@ "description": "A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec", "properties": { +"boostSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestBoostSpec", +"description": "Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)" +}, "dataStore": { "description": "Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json index c8ce5cbc1bd..b489a7feb65 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json @@ -1929,6 +1929,34 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"streamAnswer": { +"description": "Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:streamAnswer", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.streamAnswer", +"parameterOrder": [ +"servingConfig" +], +"parameters": { +"servingConfig": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/{+servingConfig}:streamAnswer", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerQueryRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerQueryResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -1996,6 +2024,11 @@ "name" ], "parameters": { +"includeAnswerDetails": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, the full session including all answer details will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, "name": { "description": "Required. The resource name of the Session to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}`", "location": "path", @@ -2027,7 +2060,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` Example: \"update_time desc\" \"create_time\"", +"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` * `is_pinned` Example: * \"update_time desc\" * \"create_time\" * \"is_pinned desc,update_time desc\": list sessions by is_pinned first, then by update_time.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -2730,7 +2763,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent DataStore resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`.", +"description": "Required. The parent resource name. If the collect user event action is applied in DataStore level, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. If the collect user event action is applied in Location level, for example, the event with Document across multiple DataStore, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3756,6 +3789,34 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"streamAnswer": { +"description": "Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:streamAnswer", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.streamAnswer", +"parameterOrder": [ +"servingConfig" +], +"parameters": { +"servingConfig": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/{+servingConfig}:streamAnswer", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerQueryRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerQueryResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -3823,6 +3884,11 @@ "name" ], "parameters": { +"includeAnswerDetails": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, the full session including all answer details will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, "name": { "description": "Required. The resource name of the Session to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}`", "location": "path", @@ -3854,7 +3920,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` Example: \"update_time desc\" \"create_time\"", +"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` * `is_pinned` Example: * \"update_time desc\" * \"create_time\" * \"is_pinned desc,update_time desc\": list sessions by is_pinned first, then by update_time.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -5589,6 +5655,34 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"streamAnswer": { +"description": "Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:streamAnswer", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.streamAnswer", +"parameterOrder": [ +"servingConfig" +], +"parameters": { +"servingConfig": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/{+servingConfig}:streamAnswer", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerQueryRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerQueryResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -5656,6 +5750,11 @@ "name" ], "parameters": { +"includeAnswerDetails": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, the full session including all answer details will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, "name": { "description": "Required. The resource name of the Session to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}`", "location": "path", @@ -5687,7 +5786,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` Example: \"update_time desc\" \"create_time\"", +"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` * `is_pinned` Example: * \"update_time desc\" * \"create_time\" * \"is_pinned desc,update_time desc\": list sessions by is_pinned first, then by update_time.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -6215,7 +6314,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent DataStore resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`.", +"description": "Required. The parent resource name. If the collect user event action is applied in DataStore level, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. If the collect user event action is applied in Location level, for example, the event with Document across multiple DataStore, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -7092,7 +7191,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent DataStore resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`.", +"description": "Required. The parent resource name. If the collect user event action is applied in DataStore level, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. If the collect user event action is applied in Location level, for example, the event with Document across multiple DataStore, the format is: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -7255,7 +7354,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241123", +"revision": "20241206", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiDistribution": { @@ -8933,91 +9032,438 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1PurgeSuggestionDenyListEntriesMetadata": { -"description": "Metadata related to the progress of the PurgeSuggestionDenyListEntries operation. This is returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1PurgeSuggestionDenyListEntriesMetadata", -"properties": { -"createTime": { -"description": "Operation create time.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1PurgeSuggestionDenyListEntriesMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata related to the progress of the PurgeSuggestionDenyListEntries operation. This is returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1PurgeSuggestionDenyListEntriesMetadata", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Operation create time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1PurgeSuggestionDenyListEntriesResponse": { +"description": "Response message for CompletionService.PurgeSuggestionDenyListEntries method.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1PurgeSuggestionDenyListEntriesResponse", +"properties": { +"errorSamples": { +"description": "A sample of errors encountered while processing the request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"purgeCount": { +"description": "Number of suggestion deny list entries purged.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Schema": { +"description": "Defines the structure and layout of a type of document data.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Schema", +"properties": { +"jsonSchema": { +"description": "The JSON representation of the schema.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"structSchema": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "The structured representation of the schema.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchLinkPromotion": { +"description": "Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchLinkPromotion", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"enabled": { +"description": "Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"imageUri": { +"description": "Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.", +"type": "string" +}, +"title": { +"description": "Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"uri": { +"description": "Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpec": { +"description": "A specification for configuring the behavior of content search.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpec", +"properties": { +"chunkSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecChunkSpec", +"description": "Specifies the chunk spec to be returned from the search response. Only available if the SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS" +}, +"extractiveContentSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecExtractiveContentSpec", +"description": "If there is no extractive_content_spec provided, there will be no extractive answer in the search response." +}, +"searchResultMode": { +"description": "Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode defaults to `DOCUMENTS`.", +"enum": [ +"SEARCH_RESULT_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"DOCUMENTS", +"CHUNKS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"Returns documents in the search result.", +"Returns chunks in the search result. Only available if the DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"snippetSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecSnippetSpec", +"description": "If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response." +}, +"summarySpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpec", +"description": "If `summarySpec` is not specified, summaries are not included in the search response." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecChunkSpec": { +"description": "Specifies the chunk spec to be returned from the search response. Only available if the SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecChunkSpec", +"properties": { +"numNextChunks": { +"description": "The number of next chunks to be returned of the current chunk. The maximum allowed value is 3. If not specified, no next chunks will be returned.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"numPreviousChunks": { +"description": "The number of previous chunks to be returned of the current chunk. The maximum allowed value is 3. If not specified, no previous chunks will be returned.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecExtractiveContentSpec": { +"description": "A specification for configuring the extractive content in a search response.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecExtractiveContentSpec", +"properties": { +"maxExtractiveAnswerCount": { +"description": "The maximum number of extractive answers returned in each search result. An extractive answer is a verbatim answer extracted from the original document, which provides a precise and contextually relevant answer to the search query. If the number of matching answers is less than the `max_extractive_answer_count`, return all of the answers. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_answer_count`. At most five answers are returned for each SearchResult.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": { +"description": "The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"numNextSegments": { +"description": "Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"numPreviousSegments": { +"description": "Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"returnExtractiveSegmentScore": { +"description": "Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecSnippetSpec": { +"description": "A specification for configuring snippets in a search response.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecSnippetSpec", +"properties": { +"maxSnippetCount": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "[DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"referenceOnly": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "[DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"returnSnippet": { +"description": "If `true`, then return snippet. If no snippet can be generated, we return \"No snippet is available for this page.\" A `snippet_status` with `SUCCESS` or `NO_SNIPPET_AVAILABLE` will also be returned.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpec": { +"description": "A specification for configuring a summary returned in a search response.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpec", +"properties": { +"ignoreAdversarialQuery": { +"description": "Specifies whether to filter out adversarial queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect adversarial queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as an adversarial query. For example, a user might ask a question regarding negative comments about the company or submit a query designed to generate unsafe, policy-violating output. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for adversarial queries and return fallback messages instead.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"ignoreJailBreakingQuery": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies whether to filter out jail-breaking queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect jail-breaking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a jail-breaking query. A user might add instructions to the query to change the tone, style, language, content of the answer, or ask the model to act as a different entity, e.g. \"Reply in the tone of a competing company's CEO\". If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for jail-breaking queries and return fallback messages instead.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"ignoreLowRelevantContent": { +"description": "Specifies whether to filter out queries that have low relevance. The default value is `false`. If this field is set to `false`, all search results are used regardless of relevance to generate answers. If set to `true`, only queries with high relevance search results will generate answers.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"ignoreNonSummarySeekingQuery": { +"description": "Specifies whether to filter out queries that are not summary-seeking. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect summary-seeking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a non-summary seeking query. For example, `why is the sky blue` and `Who is the best soccer player in the world?` are summary-seeking queries, but `SFO airport` and `world cup 2026` are not. They are most likely navigational queries. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for non-summary seeking queries and return fallback messages instead.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"includeCitations": { +"description": "Specifies whether to include citations in the summary. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, summaries include in-line citation numbers. Example summary including citations: BigQuery is Google Cloud's fully managed and completely serverless enterprise data warehouse [1]. BigQuery supports all data types, works across clouds, and has built-in machine learning and business intelligence, all within a unified platform [2, 3]. The citation numbers refer to the returned search results and are 1-indexed. For example, [1] means that the sentence is attributed to the first search result. [2, 3] means that the sentence is attributed to both the second and third search results.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"languageCode": { +"description": "Language code for Summary. Use language tags defined by [BCP47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). Note: This is an experimental feature.", +"type": "string" +}, +"modelPromptSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecModelPromptSpec", +"description": "If specified, the spec will be used to modify the prompt provided to the LLM." +}, +"modelSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecModelSpec", +"description": "If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM." +}, +"summaryResultCount": { +"description": "The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results for documents mode, or 50 for chunks mode, can be used to generate a summary. The chunks mode is used when SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.search_result_mode is set to CHUNKS.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"useSemanticChunks": { +"description": "If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecModelPromptSpec": { +"description": "Specification of the prompt to use with the model.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecModelPromptSpec", +"properties": { +"preamble": { +"description": "Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecModelSpec": { +"description": "Specification of the model.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecModelSpec", +"properties": { +"version": { +"description": "The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfig": { +"description": "Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfig", +"properties": { +"boostControlIds": { +"description": "Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. ServingConfig created timestamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. The human readable serving config display name. Used in Discovery UI. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"type": "string" +}, +"dissociateControlIds": { +"description": "Condition do not associate specifications. If multiple do not associate conditions match, all matching do not associate controls in the list will execute. Order does not matter. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"diversityLevel": { +"description": "How much diversity to use in recommendation model results e.g. `medium-diversity` or `high-diversity`. Currently supported values: * `no-diversity` * `low-diversity` * `medium-diversity` * `high-diversity` * `auto-diversity` If not specified, we choose default based on recommendation model type. Default value: `no-diversity`. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", +"type": "string" +}, +"filterControlIds": { +"description": "Filter controls to use in serving path. All triggered filter controls will be applied. Filter controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 filter controls.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"genericConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfigGenericConfig", +"description": "The GenericConfig of the serving configuration." +}, +"ignoreControlIds": { +"description": "Condition ignore specifications. If multiple ignore conditions match, all matching ignore controls in the list will execute. Order does not matter. Maximum number of specifications is 100.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"mediaConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfigMediaConfig", +"description": "The MediaConfig of the serving configuration." +}, +"modelId": { +"description": "The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"onewaySynonymsControlIds": { +"description": "Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"promoteControlIds": { +"description": "Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"rankingExpression": { +"description": "The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by \"+\". * ranking_expression = function, { \" + \", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"redirectControlIds": { +"description": "IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"replacementControlIds": { +"description": "Condition replacement specifications. Applied according to the order in the list. A previously replaced term can not be re-replaced. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"solutionType": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. Specifies the solution type that a serving config can be associated with.", +"enum": [ +"SOLUTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"Used for Recommendations AI.", +"Used for Discovery Search.", +"Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"synonymsControlIds": { +"description": "Condition synonyms specifications. If multiple synonyms conditions match, all matching synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" }, "updateTime": { -"description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", +"description": "Output only. ServingConfig updated timestamp.", "format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1PurgeSuggestionDenyListEntriesResponse": { -"description": "Response message for CompletionService.PurgeSuggestionDenyListEntries method.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1PurgeSuggestionDenyListEntriesResponse", -"properties": { -"errorSamples": { -"description": "A sample of errors encountered while processing the request.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"purgeCount": { -"description": "Number of suggestion deny list entries purged.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Schema": { -"description": "Defines the structure and layout of a type of document data.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Schema", +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfigGenericConfig": { +"description": "Specifies the configurations needed for Generic Discovery.Currently we support: * `content_search_spec`: configuration for generic content search.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfigGenericConfig", "properties": { -"jsonSchema": { -"description": "The JSON representation of the schema.", -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", -"type": "string" -}, -"structSchema": { -"additionalProperties": { -"description": "Properties of the object.", -"type": "any" -}, -"description": "The structured representation of the schema.", -"type": "object" +"contentSearchSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestContentSearchSpec", +"description": "Specifies the expected behavior of content search. Only valid for content-search enabled data store." } }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchLinkPromotion": { -"description": "Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchLinkPromotion", +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfigMediaConfig": { +"description": "Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfigMediaConfig", "properties": { -"description": { -"description": "Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.", -"type": "string" +"contentFreshnessCutoffDays": { +"description": "Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" }, -"enabled": { -"description": "Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.", -"type": "boolean" +"contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": { +"description": "Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" }, -"imageUri": { -"description": "Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.", -"type": "string" +"contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": { +"description": "Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" }, -"title": { -"description": "Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.", -"type": "string" +"demoteContentWatchedPastDays": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the number of days to look back for demoting watched content. If set to zero or unset, defaults to the maximum of 365 days.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" }, -"uri": { -"description": "Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.", +"demotionEventType": { +"description": "Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -9386,6 +9832,18 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"groundingScore": { +"description": "A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"groundingSupports": { +"description": "Optional. Grounding supports.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerGroundingSupport" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "name": { "description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*`", "type": "string" @@ -9414,13 +9872,15 @@ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "IN_PROGRESS", "FAILED", -"SUCCEEDED" +"SUCCEEDED", +"STREAMING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unknown.", "Answer generation is currently in progress.", "Answer generation currently failed.", -"Answer generation has succeeded." +"Answer generation has succeeded.", +"Answer generation is currently in progress." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -9469,6 +9929,39 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerGroundingSupport": { +"description": "Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerGroundingSupport", +"properties": { +"endIndex": { +"description": "Required. End of the claim, exclusive.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"groundingCheckRequired": { +"description": "Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"groundingScore": { +"description": "A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"sources": { +"description": "Optional. Citation sources for the claim.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerCitationSource" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"startIndex": { +"description": "Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryUnderstandingInfo": { "description": "Query understanding information.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerQueryUnderstandingInfo", @@ -10539,6 +11032,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDeleteSessionRequest": { +"description": "Request for DeleteSession method.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDeleteSessionRequest", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Session to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDeleteSitemapMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.DeleteSitemap operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDeleteSitemapMetadata", @@ -11326,6 +11830,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaGetSessionRequest": { +"description": "Request for GetSession method.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaGetSessionRequest", +"properties": { +"includeAnswerDetails": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, the full session including all answer details will be returned.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Session to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaGetUriPatternDocumentDataResponse": { "description": "Response message for SiteSearchEngineService.GetUriPatternDocumentData method.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaGetUriPatternDocumentDataResponse", @@ -11699,6 +12218,52 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListSessionsRequest": { +"description": "Request for ListSessions method.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListSessionsRequest", +"properties": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter to apply on the list results. The supported features are: user_pseudo_id, state. Example: \"user_pseudo_id = some_id\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` * `is_pinned` Example: * \"update_time desc\" * \"create_time\" * \"is_pinned desc,update_time desc\": list sessions by is_pinned first, then by update_time.", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListSessions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListSessionsResponse": { +"description": "Response for ListSessions method.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListSessionsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Pagination token, if not returned indicates the last page.", +"type": "string" +}, +"sessions": { +"description": "All the Sessions for a given data store.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSession" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig": { "description": "Configuration for Natural Language Query Understanding.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingConfig", @@ -12704,6 +13269,10 @@ "description": "A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec", "properties": { +"boostSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestBoostSpec", +"description": "Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)" +}, "dataStore": { "description": "Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.", "type": "string" @@ -12969,12 +13538,20 @@ "description": "External session proto definition.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSession", "properties": { +"displayName": { +"description": "Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session.", +"type": "string" +}, "endTime": { "description": "Output only. The time the session finished.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"isPinned": { +"description": "Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "name": { "description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*`", "type": "string" @@ -13308,6 +13885,22 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUpdateSessionRequest": { +"description": "Request for UpdateSession method.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUpdateSessionRequest", +"properties": { +"session": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSession", +"description": "Required. The Session to update." +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Indicates which fields in the provided Session to update. The following are NOT supported: * Session.name If not set or empty, all supported fields are updated.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUpdateTargetSiteMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.UpdateTargetSite operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUpdateTargetSiteMetadata", @@ -13708,6 +14301,18 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"groundingScore": { +"description": "A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded the answer is by the reference chunks.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"groundingSupports": { +"description": "Optional. Grounding supports.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerGroundingSupport" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "name": { "description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*/answers/*`", "type": "string" @@ -13736,13 +14341,15 @@ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "IN_PROGRESS", "FAILED", -"SUCCEEDED" +"SUCCEEDED", +"STREAMING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unknown.", "Answer generation is currently in progress.", "Answer generation currently failed.", -"Answer generation has succeeded." +"Answer generation has succeeded.", +"Answer generation is currently in progress." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -13791,6 +14398,39 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerGroundingSupport": { +"description": "Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerGroundingSupport", +"properties": { +"endIndex": { +"description": "Required. End of the claim, exclusive.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"groundingCheckRequired": { +"description": "Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim didn't require attribution/grounding check, this field is set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore `grounding_score`, `sources` is not returned.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"groundingScore": { +"description": "A score in the range of [0, 1] describing how grounded is a specific claim by the references. Higher value means that the claim is better supported by the reference chunks.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"sources": { +"description": "Optional. Citation sources for the claim.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerCitationSource" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"startIndex": { +"description": "Required. Index indicates the start of the claim, measured in bytes (UTF-8 unicode).", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerQueryRequest": { "description": "Request message for ConversationalSearchService.AnswerQuery method.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerQueryRequest", @@ -13987,6 +14627,31 @@ "description": "Max rephrase steps. The max number is 5 steps. If not set or set to < 1, it will be set to 1 by default.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" +}, +"modelSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerQueryRequestQueryUnderstandingSpecQueryRephraserSpecModelSpec", +"description": "Optional. Query Rephraser Model specification." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerQueryRequestQueryUnderstandingSpecQueryRephraserSpecModelSpec": { +"description": "Query Rephraser Model specification.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerQueryRequestQueryUnderstandingSpecQueryRephraserSpecModelSpec", +"properties": { +"modelType": { +"description": "Optional. Enabled query rephraser model type. If not set, it will use LARGE by default.", +"enum": [ +"MODEL_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SMALL", +"LARGE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified model type.", +"Small query rephraser model. Gemini 1.0 XS model.", +"Large query rephraser model. Gemini 1.0 Pro model." +], +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -14003,7 +14668,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerQueryRequestSafetySpec": { -"description": "Safety specification.", +"description": "Safety specification. There are two use cases: 1. when only safety_spec.enable is set, the BLOCK_LOW_AND_ABOVE threshold will be applied for all categories. 2. when safety_spec.enable is set and some safety_settings are set, only specified safety_settings are applied.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerQueryRequestSafetySpec", "properties": { "enable": { @@ -16809,6 +17474,10 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": "array" +}, +"updateFromLatestPredefinedSchema": { +"description": "Optional. Whether to update the DataStore schema to the latest predefined schema. If true, the DataStore schema will be updated to include any FHIR fields or resource types that have been added since the last import and corresponding FHIR resources will be imported from the FHIR store. Note this field cannot be used in conjunction with `resource_types`. It should be used after initial import.", +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" @@ -18939,6 +19608,10 @@ "description": "A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec", "properties": { +"boostSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestBoostSpec", +"description": "Optional. Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/boost-search-results)" +}, "dataStore": { "description": "Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.", "type": "string" @@ -20015,12 +20688,20 @@ "description": "External session proto definition.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSession", "properties": { +"displayName": { +"description": "Optional. The display name of the session. This field is used to identify the session in the UI. By default, the display name is the first turn query text in the session.", +"type": "string" +}, "endTime": { "description": "Output only. The time the session finished.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"isPinned": { +"description": "Optional. Whether the session is pinned, pinned session will be displayed on the top of the session list.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "name": { "description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*`", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json index 7c5cc3b312d..6fe6802b508 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json @@ -6322,7 +6322,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "pageSize": { -"description": "Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `200`. If unspecified will default to `100`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified.", +"description": "Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `5000`. If unspecified, this value defaults to `100`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" @@ -9267,7 +9267,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241114", +"revision": "20241205", "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivateManualTriggerRequest": { @@ -14114,6 +14114,7 @@ false "EXCHANGE_ADMOST_GBID", "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID", "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX", +"EXCHANGE_CORE", "EXCHANGE_TUBI" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -14200,6 +14201,7 @@ false "AdMost.", "TopOn.", "Netflix.", +"Core.", "Tubi." ], "type": "string" @@ -14311,6 +14313,7 @@ false "EXCHANGE_ADMOST_GBID", "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID", "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX", +"EXCHANGE_CORE", "EXCHANGE_TUBI" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -14397,6 +14400,7 @@ false "AdMost.", "TopOn.", "Netflix.", +"Core.", "Tubi." ], "type": "string" @@ -14509,6 +14513,7 @@ false "EXCHANGE_ADMOST_GBID", "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID", "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX", +"EXCHANGE_CORE", "EXCHANGE_TUBI" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -14595,6 +14600,7 @@ false "AdMost.", "TopOn.", "Netflix.", +"Core.", "Tubi." ], "type": "string" @@ -14708,6 +14714,7 @@ false "EXCHANGE_ADMOST_GBID", "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID", "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX", +"EXCHANGE_CORE", "EXCHANGE_TUBI" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -14794,6 +14801,7 @@ false "AdMost.", "TopOn.", "Netflix.", +"Core.", "Tubi." ], "readOnly": true, @@ -15758,6 +15766,7 @@ false "EXCHANGE_ADMOST_GBID", "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID", "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX", +"EXCHANGE_CORE", "EXCHANGE_TUBI" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -15844,6 +15853,7 @@ false "AdMost.", "TopOn.", "Netflix.", +"Core.", "Tubi." ], "type": "string" @@ -16673,6 +16683,7 @@ true "EXCHANGE_ADMOST_GBID", "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID", "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX", +"EXCHANGE_CORE", "EXCHANGE_TUBI" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -16759,6 +16770,7 @@ true "AdMost.", "TopOn.", "Netflix.", +"Core.", "Tubi." ], "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json index 629a4c6d13b..aed4bb9563c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json @@ -6271,7 +6271,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "pageSize": { -"description": "Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `200`. If unspecified will default to `100`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified.", +"description": "Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `5000`. If unspecified, this value defaults to `100`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" @@ -9222,7 +9222,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241114", +"revision": "20241205", "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveViewVideoViewabilityMetricConfig": { @@ -10321,6 +10321,7 @@ "EXCHANGE_ADMOST_GBID", "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID", "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX", +"EXCHANGE_CORE", "EXCHANGE_TUBI" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -10407,6 +10408,7 @@ "AdMost.", "TopOn.", "Netflix.", +"Core.", "Tubi." ], "type": "string" @@ -10566,10 +10568,10 @@ "enumDescriptions": [ "Unknown operator.", "Values are equal.", -"First value is greater than the comparison value.", -"First value is less than the second.", -"First value is greater than or equal to the second.", -"First value is less or equals to the comparison value." +"Signal value is greater than the comparison value.", +"Signal value is less than the second.", +"Signal value is greater than or equal to the second.", +"Signal value is less or equals to the comparison value." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -15103,6 +15105,7 @@ false "EXCHANGE_ADMOST_GBID", "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID", "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX", +"EXCHANGE_CORE", "EXCHANGE_TUBI" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -15189,6 +15192,7 @@ false "AdMost.", "TopOn.", "Netflix.", +"Core.", "Tubi." ], "type": "string" @@ -15300,6 +15304,7 @@ false "EXCHANGE_ADMOST_GBID", "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID", "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX", +"EXCHANGE_CORE", "EXCHANGE_TUBI" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -15386,6 +15391,7 @@ false "AdMost.", "TopOn.", "Netflix.", +"Core.", "Tubi." ], "type": "string" @@ -15498,6 +15504,7 @@ false "EXCHANGE_ADMOST_GBID", "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID", "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX", +"EXCHANGE_CORE", "EXCHANGE_TUBI" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -15584,6 +15591,7 @@ false "AdMost.", "TopOn.", "Netflix.", +"Core.", "Tubi." ], "type": "string" @@ -15697,6 +15705,7 @@ false "EXCHANGE_ADMOST_GBID", "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID", "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX", +"EXCHANGE_CORE", "EXCHANGE_TUBI" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -15783,6 +15792,7 @@ false "AdMost.", "TopOn.", "Netflix.", +"Core.", "Tubi." ], "readOnly": true, @@ -16747,6 +16757,7 @@ false "EXCHANGE_ADMOST_GBID", "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID", "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX", +"EXCHANGE_CORE", "EXCHANGE_TUBI" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -16833,6 +16844,7 @@ false "AdMost.", "TopOn.", "Netflix.", +"Core.", "Tubi." ], "type": "string" @@ -17676,6 +17688,7 @@ false "EXCHANGE_ADMOST_GBID", "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID", "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX", +"EXCHANGE_CORE", "EXCHANGE_TUBI" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -17762,6 +17775,7 @@ false "AdMost.", "TopOn.", "Netflix.", +"Core.", "Tubi." ], "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json index 4d46694bec5..4e03a565d61 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json @@ -5015,7 +5015,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241110", +"revision": "20241204", "rootUrl": "https://dlp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GooglePrivacyDlpV2Action": { @@ -9042,6 +9042,10 @@ "description": "Human readable form of the infoType name.", "type": "string" }, +"example": { +"description": "A sample true positive for this infoType.", +"type": "string" +}, "name": { "description": "Internal name of the infoType.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json index 6a8f3917147..1568325d45c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json @@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "enrollmentId": { -"description": "Required. The user-provided ID to be assigned to the Enrollment. It should match the format (^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).", +"description": "Required. The user-provided ID to be assigned to the Enrollment. It should match the format `^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$`.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "googleApiSourceId": { -"description": "Required. The user-provided ID to be assigned to the GoogleApiSource. It should match the format (^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).", +"description": "Required. The user-provided ID to be assigned to the GoogleApiSource. It should match the format `^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$`.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "messageBusId": { -"description": "Required. The user-provided ID to be assigned to the MessageBus. It should match the format (^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$)", +"description": "Required. The user-provided ID to be assigned to the MessageBus. It should match the format `^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$`.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent collection to list triggers on.", +"description": "Required. The parent collection to list message buses on.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@ "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "eventarc.projects.locations.operations.cancel", @@ -1740,7 +1740,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "pipelineId": { -"description": "Required. The user-provided ID to be assigned to the Pipeline.", +"description": "Required. The user-provided ID to be assigned to the Pipeline. It should match the format `^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$`.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -2369,7 +2369,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241029", +"revision": "20241203", "rootUrl": "https://eventarc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -2461,6 +2461,13 @@ "description": "Resource name of a KMS crypto key (managed by the user) used to encrypt/decrypt their event data. It must match the pattern `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.", "type": "string" }, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Resource labels.", +"type": "object" +}, "name": { "description": "Required. The resource name of the channel. Must be unique within the location on the project and must be in `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/channels/{channel_id}` format.", "type": "string" @@ -2528,6 +2535,13 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Resource labels.", +"type": "object" +}, "name": { "description": "Required. The name of the connection.", "type": "string" @@ -2960,7 +2974,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudEventarcV1PipelineDestinationHttpEndpoint", "properties": { "messageBindingTemplate": { -"description": "Optional. The CEL expression used to modify how the destination-bound HTTP request is constructed. If a binding expression is not specified here, the message is treated as a CloudEvent and is mapped to the HTTP request according to the CloudEvent HTTP Protocol Binding Binary Content Mode. In this representation, all fields except the `data` and `datacontenttype` field on the message are mapped to HTTP request headers with a prefix of `ce-`. To construct the HTTP request payload and the value of the content-type HTTP header, the payload format is defined as follows: 1) Use the output_payload_format_type on the Pipeline.Destination if it is set, else: 2) Use the input_payload_format_type on the Pipeline if it is set, else: 3) Treat the payload as opaque binary data. The `data` field of the message is converted to the payload format or left as-is for case 3) and then attached as the payload of the HTTP request. The `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to the payload format type or left empty for case 3). However, if a mediation has updated the `datacontenttype` field on the message so that it is not the same as the payload format type but it is still a prefix of the payload format type, then the `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to this `datacontenttype` value. For example, if the `datacontenttype` is \"application/json\" and the payload format type is \"application/json; charset=utf-8\", then the `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to \"application/json; charset=utf-8\". If a non-empty binding expression is specified then this expression is used to modify the default CloudEvent HTTP Protocol Binding Binary Content representation. The result of the CEL expression must be a map of key/value pairs which is used as follows: - If a map named `headers` exists on the result of the expression, then its key/value pairs are directly mapped to the HTTP request headers. The headers values are constructed from the corresponding value type's canonical representation. If the `headers` field doesn't exist then the resulting HTTP request will be the headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message. Note: If the specified binding expression, has updated the `datacontenttype` field on the message so that it is not the same as the payload format type but it is still a prefix of the payload format type, then the `content-type` header in the `headers` map is set to this `datacontenttype` value. - If a field named `body` exists on the result of the expression then its value is directly mapped to the body of the request. If the value of the `body` field is of type bytes or string then it is used for the HTTP request body as-is, with no conversion. If the body field is of any other type then it is converted to a JSON string. If the body field does not exist then the resulting payload of the HTTP request will be data value of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message as described earlier. - Any other fields in the resulting expression will be ignored. The CEL expression may access the incoming CloudEvent message in its definition, as follows: - The `data` field of the incoming CloudEvent message can be accessed using the `message.data` value. Subfields of `message.data` may also be accessed if an input_payload_format has been specified on the Pipeline. - Each attribute of the incoming CloudEvent message can be accessed using the `message.` value, where is replaced with the name of the attribute. - Existing headers can be accessed in the CEL expression using the `headers` variable. The `headers` variable defines a map of key/value pairs corresponding to the HTTP headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message as described earlier. For example, the following CEL expression can be used to construct an HTTP request by adding an additional header to the HTTP headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message and by overwriting the body of the request: ``` { \"headers\": headers.merge({\"new-header-key\": \"new-header-value\"}), \"body\": \"new-body\" } ``` Additionally, the following CEL extension functions are provided for use in this CEL expression: - toBase64Url: map.toBase64Url() -> string - Converts a CelValue to a base64url encoded string - toJsonString: map.toJsonString() -> string - Converts a CelValue to a JSON string - merge: map1.merge(map2) -> map3 - Merges the passed CEL map with the existing CEL map the function is applied to. - If the same key exists in both maps, if the key's value is type map both maps are merged else the value from the passed map is used. - denormalize: map.denormalize() -> map - Denormalizes a CEL map such that every value of type map or key in the map is expanded to return a single level map. - The resulting keys are \".\" separated indices of the map keys. - For example: { \"a\": 1, \"b\": { \"c\": 2, \"d\": 3 } \"e\": [4, 5] } .denormalize() -> { \"a\": 1, \"b.c\": 2, \"b.d\": 3, \"e.0\": 4, \"e.1\": 5 } - setField: map.setField(key, value) -> message - Sets the field of the message with the given key to the given value. - If the field is not present it will be added. - If the field is present it will be overwritten. - The key can be a dot separated path to set a field in a nested message. - Key must be of type string. - Value may be any valid type. - removeFields: map.removeFields([key1, key2, ...]) -> message - Removes the fields of the map with the given keys. - The keys can be a dot separated path to remove a field in a nested message. - If a key is not found it will be ignored. - Keys must be of type string. - toMap: [map1, map2, ...].toMap() -> map - Converts a CEL list of CEL maps to a single CEL map - toDestinationPayloadFormat(): message.data.toDestinationPayloadFormat() -> string or bytes - Converts the message data to the destination payload format specified in Pipeline.Destination.output_payload_format - This function is meant to be applied to the message.data field. - If the destination payload format is not set, the function will return the message data unchanged. - toCloudEventJsonWithPayloadFormat: message.toCloudEventJsonWithPayloadFormat() -> map - Converts a message to the corresponding structure of JSON format for CloudEvents - This function applies toDestinationPayloadFormat() to the message data. It also sets the corresponding datacontenttype of the CloudEvent, as indicated by Pipeline.Destination.output_payload_format. If no output_payload_format is set it will use the existing datacontenttype on the CloudEvent if present, else leave datacontenttype absent. - This function expects that the content of the message will adhere to the standard CloudEvent format. If it doesn't then this function will fail. - The result is a CEL map that corresponds to the JSON representation of the CloudEvent. To convert that data to a JSON string it can be chained with the toJsonString function. The Pipeline expects that the message it receives adheres to the standard CloudEvent format. If it doesn't then the outgoing message request may fail with a persistent error.", +"description": "Optional. The CEL expression used to modify how the destination-bound HTTP request is constructed. If a binding expression is not specified here, the message is treated as a CloudEvent and is mapped to the HTTP request according to the CloudEvent HTTP Protocol Binding Binary Content Mode (https://github.com/cloudevents/spec/blob/main/cloudevents/bindings/http-protocol-binding.md#31-binary-content-mode). In this representation, all fields except the `data` and `datacontenttype` field on the message are mapped to HTTP request headers with a prefix of `ce-`. To construct the HTTP request payload and the value of the content-type HTTP header, the payload format is defined as follows: 1) Use the output_payload_format_type on the Pipeline.Destination if it is set, else: 2) Use the input_payload_format_type on the Pipeline if it is set, else: 3) Treat the payload as opaque binary data. The `data` field of the message is converted to the payload format or left as-is for case 3) and then attached as the payload of the HTTP request. The `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to the payload format type or left empty for case 3). However, if a mediation has updated the `datacontenttype` field on the message so that it is not the same as the payload format type but it is still a prefix of the payload format type, then the `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to this `datacontenttype` value. For example, if the `datacontenttype` is \"application/json\" and the payload format type is \"application/json; charset=utf-8\", then the `content-type` header on the HTTP request is set to \"application/json; charset=utf-8\". If a non-empty binding expression is specified then this expression is used to modify the default CloudEvent HTTP Protocol Binding Binary Content representation. The result of the CEL expression must be a map of key/value pairs which is used as follows: - If a map named `headers` exists on the result of the expression, then its key/value pairs are directly mapped to the HTTP request headers. The headers values are constructed from the corresponding value type's canonical representation. If the `headers` field doesn't exist then the resulting HTTP request will be the headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message. Note: If the specified binding expression, has updated the `datacontenttype` field on the message so that it is not the same as the payload format type but it is still a prefix of the payload format type, then the `content-type` header in the `headers` map is set to this `datacontenttype` value. - If a field named `body` exists on the result of the expression then its value is directly mapped to the body of the request. If the value of the `body` field is of type bytes or string then it is used for the HTTP request body as-is, with no conversion. If the body field is of any other type then it is converted to a JSON string. If the body field does not exist then the resulting payload of the HTTP request will be data value of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message as described earlier. - Any other fields in the resulting expression will be ignored. The CEL expression may access the incoming CloudEvent message in its definition, as follows: - The `data` field of the incoming CloudEvent message can be accessed using the `message.data` value. Subfields of `message.data` may also be accessed if an input_payload_format has been specified on the Pipeline. - Each attribute of the incoming CloudEvent message can be accessed using the `message.` value, where is replaced with the name of the attribute. - Existing headers can be accessed in the CEL expression using the `headers` variable. The `headers` variable defines a map of key/value pairs corresponding to the HTTP headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message as described earlier. For example, the following CEL expression can be used to construct an HTTP request by adding an additional header to the HTTP headers of the CloudEvent HTTP Binding Binary Content Mode representation of the final message and by overwriting the body of the request: ``` { \"headers\": headers.merge({\"new-header-key\": \"new-header-value\"}), \"body\": \"new-body\" } ``` - The default binding for the message payload can be accessed using the `body` variable. It conatins a string representation of the message payload in the format specified by the `output_payload_format` field. If the `input_payload_format` field is not set, the `body` variable contains the same message payload bytes that were published. Additionally, the following CEL extension functions are provided for use in this CEL expression: - toBase64Url: map.toBase64Url() -> string - Converts a CelValue to a base64url encoded string - toJsonString: map.toJsonString() -> string - Converts a CelValue to a JSON string - merge: map1.merge(map2) -> map3 - Merges the passed CEL map with the existing CEL map the function is applied to. - If the same key exists in both maps, if the key's value is type map both maps are merged else the value from the passed map is used. - denormalize: map.denormalize() -> map - Denormalizes a CEL map such that every value of type map or key in the map is expanded to return a single level map. - The resulting keys are \".\" separated indices of the map keys. - For example: { \"a\": 1, \"b\": { \"c\": 2, \"d\": 3 } \"e\": [4, 5] } .denormalize() -> { \"a\": 1, \"b.c\": 2, \"b.d\": 3, \"e.0\": 4, \"e.1\": 5 } - setField: map.setField(key, value) -> message - Sets the field of the message with the given key to the given value. - If the field is not present it will be added. - If the field is present it will be overwritten. - The key can be a dot separated path to set a field in a nested message. - Key must be of type string. - Value may be any valid type. - removeFields: map.removeFields([key1, key2, ...]) -> message - Removes the fields of the map with the given keys. - The keys can be a dot separated path to remove a field in a nested message. - If a key is not found it will be ignored. - Keys must be of type string. - toMap: [map1, map2, ...].toMap() -> map - Converts a CEL list of CEL maps to a single CEL map - toCloudEventJsonWithPayloadFormat: message.toCloudEventJsonWithPayloadFormat() -> map - Converts a message to the corresponding structure of JSON format for CloudEvents. - It converts `data` to destination payload format specified in `output_payload_format`. If `output_payload_format` is not set, the data will remain unchanged. - It also sets the corresponding datacontenttype of the CloudEvent, as indicated by `output_payload_format`. If no `output_payload_format` is set it will use the value of the \"datacontenttype\" attribute on the CloudEvent if present, else remove \"datacontenttype\" attribute. - This function expects that the content of the message will adhere to the standard CloudEvent format. If it doesn't then this function will fail. - The result is a CEL map that corresponds to the JSON representation of the CloudEvent. To convert that data to a JSON string it can be chained with the toJsonString function. The Pipeline expects that the message it receives adheres to the standard CloudEvent format. If it doesn't then the outgoing message request may fail with a persistent error.", "type": "string" }, "uri": { @@ -3447,7 +3461,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "LoggingConfig": { -"description": "The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Avdvanced resources.", +"description": "The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Advanced resources.", "id": "LoggingConfig", "properties": { "logSeverity": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1alpha.json index 0465a6bd94e..10c15acab93 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1alpha.json @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241121", +"revision": "20241204", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappdistribution.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AndroidxCrawlerOutputPoint": { @@ -988,6 +988,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaApp": { +"description": "An app.", "id": "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaApp", "properties": { "aabCertificate": { @@ -1085,6 +1086,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaCreateReleaseNotesRequest": { +"description": "The request message for `CreateReleaseNotes`.", "id": "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaCreateReleaseNotesRequest", "properties": { "releaseNotes": { @@ -1095,6 +1097,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaCreateReleaseNotesResponse": { +"description": "The response message for `CreateReleaseNotes`.", "id": "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaCreateReleaseNotesResponse", "properties": {}, "type": "object" @@ -1310,6 +1313,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaEnableAccessOnReleaseRequest": { +"description": "The request message for `EnableAccessOnRelease`.", "id": "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaEnableAccessOnReleaseRequest", "properties": { "buildVersion": { @@ -1340,6 +1344,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaEnableAccessOnReleaseResponse": { +"description": "The response message for `EnableAccessOnRelease`.", "id": "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaEnableAccessOnReleaseResponse", "properties": {}, "type": "object" @@ -1370,6 +1375,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaGetUploadStatusResponse": { +"description": "The response message for `GetUploadStatus`.", "id": "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaGetUploadStatusResponse", "properties": { "errorCode": { @@ -1442,11 +1448,11 @@ "ERROR" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"", -"", -"" +"Status unspecified.", +"The upload is in progress.", +"The binary has already been uploaded.", +"The upload was successful.", +"The upload failed." ], "type": "string" } @@ -1491,9 +1497,11 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaJwt": { +"description": "A JWT token.", "id": "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaJwt", "properties": { "token": { +"description": "The JWT token (three Base64URL-encoded strings joined by dots).", "type": "string" } }, @@ -1574,6 +1582,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaProvisionAppResponse": { +"description": "The response message for `ProvisionApp`.", "id": "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaProvisionAppResponse", "properties": {}, "type": "object" @@ -1637,9 +1646,11 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaReleaseNotes": { +"description": "Release notes for a release.", "id": "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaReleaseNotes", "properties": { "releaseNotes": { +"description": "The actual release notes text from the user.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -1678,6 +1689,10 @@ "description": "The name of the release test resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/releases/{release_id}/tests/{test_id}`", "type": "string" }, +"testCase": { +"description": "Optional. The test case that was used to generate this release test. Note: The test case may have changed or been deleted since the release test was created. Format: `projects/{project_number}/apps/{app}/testCases/{test_case}`", +"type": "string" +}, "testState": { "description": "Output only. The state of the release test.", "enum": [ diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json index 23b95ab4cbc..29aa1f01b33 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20241202", "rootUrl": "https://firebasedatabase.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DatabaseInstance": { @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ } }, "servicePath": "", -"title": "Firebase Realtime Database API", +"title": "Firebase Realtime Database Management API", "version": "v1beta", "version_module": true } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json index 09500c618da..fc5ffea4cf1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "flatPath": "v1/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "firebasehosting.operations.cancel", @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20241203", "rootUrl": "https://firebasehosting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json index 1f16d3ecaaf..af0f41dd1b9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241117", +"revision": "20241204", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Date": { @@ -812,6 +812,22 @@ "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, +"mediaResolution": { +"description": "Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used.", +"enum": [ +"MEDIA_RESOLUTION_UNSPECIFIED", +"MEDIA_RESOLUTION_LOW", +"MEDIA_RESOLUTION_MEDIUM", +"MEDIA_RESOLUTION_HIGH" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Media resolution has not been set.", +"Media resolution set to low (64 tokens).", +"Media resolution set to medium (256 tokens).", +"Media resolution set to high (zoomed reframing with 256 tokens)." +], +"type": "string" +}, "presencePenalty": { "description": "Optional. Positive penalties.", "format": "float", @@ -825,6 +841,25 @@ "description": "Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature.", "type": "string" }, +"responseModalities": { +"description": "Optional. The modalities of the response.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"MODALITY_UNSPECIFIED", +"TEXT", +"IMAGE", +"AUDIO" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified modality. Will be processed as text.", +"Text modality.", +"Image modality.", +"Audio modality." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "responseSchema": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema", "description": "Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response." @@ -838,6 +873,10 @@ "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, +"speechConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SpeechConfig", +"description": "Optional. The speech generation config." +}, "stopSequences": { "description": "Optional. Stop sequences.", "items": { @@ -1138,6 +1177,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1PrebuiltVoiceConfig": { +"description": "The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1PrebuiltVoiceConfig", +"properties": { +"voiceName": { +"description": "The name of the preset voice to use.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfig": { "description": "Specifies the context retrieval config.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfig", @@ -1590,6 +1640,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SpeechConfig": { +"description": "The speech generation config.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SpeechConfig", +"properties": { +"voiceConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1VoiceConfig", +"description": "The configuration for the speaker to use." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Tool": { "description": "Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval).", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Tool", @@ -1605,6 +1666,10 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"googleSearch": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ToolGoogleSearch", +"description": "Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google." +}, "googleSearchRetrieval": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GoogleSearchRetrieval", "description": "Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search." @@ -1633,6 +1698,12 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ToolGoogleSearch": { +"description": "GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ToolGoogleSearch", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1VertexAISearch": { "description": "Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore for grounding. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1VertexAISearch", @@ -1717,6 +1788,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1VoiceConfig": { +"description": "The configuration for the voice to use.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1VoiceConfig", +"properties": { +"prebuiltVoiceConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1PrebuiltVoiceConfig", +"description": "The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ModelOperationMetadata": { "description": "This is returned in the longrunning operations for create/update.", "id": "ModelOperationMetadata", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json index d2b15ba9d8c..9e7e53c7dcc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240909", +"revision": "20241202", "rootUrl": "https://iap.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessDeniedPageSettings": { @@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@ false "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, -"description": "The proto or JSON formatted expected next state of the resource, wrapped in a google.protobuf.Any proto, against which the policy rules are evaluated. Services not integrated with custom org policy can omit this field. Services integrated with custom org policy must populate this field for all requests where the API call changes the state of the resource. Custom org policy backend uses these attributes to enforce custom org policies. When a proto is wrapped, it is generally the One Platform API proto. When a JSON string is wrapped, use `google.protobuf.StringValue` for the inner value. For create operations, GCP service is expected to pass resource from customer request as is. For update/patch operations, GCP service is expected to compute the next state with the patch provided by the user. See go/custom-constraints-org-policy-integration-guide for additional details.", +"description": "The proto or JSON formatted expected next state of the resource, wrapped in a google.protobuf.Any proto, against which the policy rules are evaluated. Services not integrated with custom org policy can omit this field. Services integrated with custom org policy must populate this field for all requests where the API call changes the state of the resource. Custom org policy backend uses these attributes to enforce custom org policies. For create operations, GCP service is expected to pass resource from customer request as is. For update/patch operations, GCP service is expected to compute the next state with the patch provided by the user. See go/custom-constraints-org-policy-integration-guide for additional details.", "type": "object" }, "labels": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1.json index 5abd85e75fc..fb7dc442c25 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1.json @@ -212,6 +212,34 @@ "resources": { "locations": { "methods": { +"generateOpenApiSpec": { +"description": "Generate OpenAPI spec for the requested integrations and api triggers", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:generateOpenApiSpec", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "integrations.projects.locations.generateOpenApiSpec", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Project and location from which the integrations should be fetched. Format: projects/{project}/location/{location}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:generateOpenApiSpec", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudIntegrationsV1alphaGenerateOpenApiSpecRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudIntegrationsV1alphaGenerateOpenApiSpecResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "getClients": { "description": "Gets the client configuration for the given project and location resource name", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clients", @@ -4497,7 +4525,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241111", +"revision": "20241207", "rootUrl": "https://integrations.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CrmlogErrorCode": { @@ -9643,7 +9671,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "deploymentModel": { -"description": "Optional. Indicates whether connector is deployed on GKE/CloudRun", +"description": "Output only. Indicates whether connector is deployed on GKE/CloudRun", "enum": [ "DEPLOYMENT_MODEL_UNSPECIFIED", "GKE_MST", @@ -9654,6 +9682,7 @@ false "Default model gke mst.", "Cloud run mst." ], +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "deploymentModelMigrationState": { @@ -9799,7 +9828,7 @@ false "id": "GoogleCloudConnectorsV1EventingConfig", "properties": { "additionalVariables": { -"description": "Additional eventing related field values", +"description": "Optional. Additional eventing related field values", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudConnectorsV1ConfigVariable" }, @@ -9807,14 +9836,14 @@ false }, "authConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudConnectorsV1AuthConfig", -"description": "Auth details for the webhook adapter." +"description": "Optional. Auth details for the webhook adapter." }, "deadLetterConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudConnectorsV1EventingConfigDeadLetterConfig", "description": "Optional. Dead letter configuration for eventing of a connection." }, "enrichmentEnabled": { -"description": "Enrichment Enabled.", +"description": "Optional. Enrichment Enabled.", "type": "boolean" }, "eventsListenerIngressEndpoint": { @@ -9835,7 +9864,7 @@ false }, "registrationDestinationConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudConnectorsV1DestinationConfig", -"description": "Registration endpoint for auto registration." +"description": "Optional. Registration endpoint for auto registration." } }, "type": "object" @@ -10102,14 +10131,14 @@ false "id": "GoogleCloudConnectorsV1SslConfig", "properties": { "additionalVariables": { -"description": "Additional SSL related field values", +"description": "Optional. Additional SSL related field values", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudConnectorsV1ConfigVariable" }, "type": "array" }, "clientCertType": { -"description": "Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.)", +"description": "Optional. Type of Client Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.)", "enum": [ "CERT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "PEM" @@ -10122,22 +10151,22 @@ false }, "clientCertificate": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudConnectorsV1Secret", -"description": "Client Certificate" +"description": "Optional. Client Certificate" }, "clientPrivateKey": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudConnectorsV1Secret", -"description": "Client Private Key" +"description": "Optional. Client Private Key" }, "clientPrivateKeyPass": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudConnectorsV1Secret", -"description": "Secret containing the passphrase protecting the Client Private Key" +"description": "Optional. Secret containing the passphrase protecting the Client Private Key" }, "privateServerCertificate": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudConnectorsV1Secret", -"description": "Private Server Certificate. Needs to be specified if trust model is `PRIVATE`." +"description": "Optional. Private Server Certificate. Needs to be specified if trust model is `PRIVATE`." }, "serverCertType": { -"description": "Type of Server Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.)", +"description": "Optional. Type of Server Cert (PEM/JKS/.. etc.)", "enum": [ "CERT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "PEM" @@ -10149,7 +10178,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "trustModel": { -"description": "Trust Model of the SSL connection", +"description": "Optional. Trust Model of the SSL connection", "enum": [ "PUBLIC", "PRIVATE", @@ -10163,7 +10192,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "type": { -"description": "Controls the ssl type for the given connector version.", +"description": "Optional. Controls the ssl type for the given connector version.", "enum": [ "SSL_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "TLS", @@ -10177,7 +10206,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "useSsl": { -"description": "Bool for enabling SSL", +"description": "Optional. Bool for enabling SSL", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -10212,12 +10241,30 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudIntegrationsV1alphaApiTriggerResource": { +"description": "List of API triggerID and their workflow resource name.", +"id": "GoogleCloudIntegrationsV1alphaApiTriggerResource", +"properties": { +"integrationResource": { +"description": "Required. Integration where the API is published", +"type": "string" +}, +"triggerId": { +"description": "Required. Trigger Id of the API trigger(s) in the integration", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudIntegrationsV1alphaAssertion": { -"description": "An assertion which will check for a condition over task execution status or an expression for task output variables Next available id: 5", +"description": "An assertion which will check for a condition over task execution status or an expression for task output variables", "id": "GoogleCloudIntegrationsV1alphaAssertion", "properties": { "assertionStrategy": { -"description": "The type of assertion to perform.", +"description": "Optional. The type of assertion to perform.", "enum": [ "ASSERTION_STRATEGY_UNSPECIFIED", "ASSERT_SUCCESSFUL_EXECUTION", @@ -11568,6 +11615,45 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudIntegrationsV1alphaGenerateOpenApiSpecRequest": { +"description": "Request for GenerateOpenApiSpec.", +"id": "GoogleCloudIntegrationsV1alphaGenerateOpenApiSpecRequest", +"properties": { +"apiTriggerResources": { +"description": "Required. List of api triggers", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudIntegrationsV1alphaApiTriggerResource" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"fileFormat": { +"description": "Required. File format for generated spec.", +"enum": [ +"FILE_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED", +"JSON", +"YAML" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified file format", +"JSON File Format", +"YAML File Format" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudIntegrationsV1alphaGenerateOpenApiSpecResponse": { +"description": "Response of the GenerateOpenApiSpec API.", +"id": "GoogleCloudIntegrationsV1alphaGenerateOpenApiSpecResponse", +"properties": { +"openApiSpec": { +"description": "Open API spec as per the required format", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudIntegrationsV1alphaGenerateTokenResponse": { "description": "Returns success or error message", "id": "GoogleCloudIntegrationsV1alphaGenerateTokenResponse", @@ -13055,7 +13141,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudIntegrationsV1alphaScheduleIntegrationsRequest": { -"description": "The request for scheduling an integration. Next available id: 11", +"description": "The request for scheduling an integration.", "id": "GoogleCloudIntegrationsV1alphaScheduleIntegrationsRequest", "properties": { "inputParameters": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json index 32ed3913b1c..8ece640c72e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240707", +"revision": "20241202", "rootUrl": "https://localservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAdsHomeservicesLocalservicesV1AccountReport": { @@ -568,11 +568,11 @@ "id": "GoogleTypeTimeZone", "properties": { "id": { -"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".", +"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".", "type": "string" }, "version": { -"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".", +"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json index 5dfec98dd7c..a16485cce41 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json @@ -1684,7 +1684,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20241203", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { @@ -3023,7 +3023,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestedCancellation": { -"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the caller has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to Code.CANCELLED.", +"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the caller has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to Code.CANCELLED.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, @@ -3166,7 +3166,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "RestoreServiceRequest": { -"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.Restore.", +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.RestoreService.", "id": "RestoreServiceRequest", "properties": { "backup": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json index 63079b507c7..c4016685b96 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json @@ -1796,7 +1796,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20241203", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { @@ -3232,7 +3232,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestedCancellation": { -"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the caller has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to Code.CANCELLED.", +"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the caller has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to Code.CANCELLED.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, @@ -3397,7 +3397,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "RestoreServiceRequest": { -"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.Restore.", +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.RestoreService.", "id": "RestoreServiceRequest", "properties": { "backup": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json index e1c3813edb4..f6b9c6abbbe 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json @@ -1796,7 +1796,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240709", +"revision": "20241203", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { @@ -3232,7 +3232,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestedCancellation": { -"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the caller has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to Code.CANCELLED.", +"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the caller has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to Code.CANCELLED.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, @@ -3397,7 +3397,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "RestoreServiceRequest": { -"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.Restore.", +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.RestoreService.", "id": "RestoreServiceRequest", "properties": { "backup": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v2.json new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bb418edf37c --- /dev/null +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v2.json @@ -0,0 +1,1813 @@ +{ +"auth": { +"oauth2": { +"scopes": { +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": { +"description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account." +} +} +} +}, +"basePath": "", +"baseUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", +"batchPath": "batch", +"canonicalName": "Dataproc Metastore", +"description": "The Dataproc Metastore API is used to manage the lifecycle and configuration of metastore services.", +"discoveryVersion": "v1", +"documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-metastore/docs", +"fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, +"icons": { +"x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", +"x32": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-32.gif" +}, +"id": "metastore:v2", +"kind": "discovery#restDescription", +"mtlsRootUrl": "https://metastore.mtls.googleapis.com/", +"name": "metastore", +"ownerDomain": "google.com", +"ownerName": "Google", +"parameters": { +"$.xgafv": { +"description": "V1 error format.", +"enum": [ +"1", +"2" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"v1 error format", +"v2 error format" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"access_token": { +"description": "OAuth access token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"alt": { +"default": "json", +"description": "Data format for response.", +"enum": [ +"json", +"media", +"proto" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Responses with Content-Type of application/json", +"Media download with context-dependent Content-Type", +"Responses with Content-Type of application/x-protobuf" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"callback": { +"description": "JSONP", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"fields": { +"description": "Selector specifying which fields to include in a partial response.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"key": { +"description": "API key. Your API key identifies your project and provides you with API access, quota, and reports. Required unless you provide an OAuth 2.0 token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"oauth_token": { +"description": "OAuth 2.0 token for the current user.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"prettyPrint": { +"default": "true", +"description": "Returns response with indentations and line breaks.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"quotaUser": { +"description": "Available to use for quota purposes for server-side applications. Can be any arbitrary string assigned to a user, but should not exceed 40 characters.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"uploadType": { +"description": "Legacy upload protocol for media (e.g. \"media\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"upload_protocol": { +"description": "Upload protocol for media (e.g. \"raw\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"protocol": "rest", +"resources": { +"projects": { +"resources": { +"locations": { +"resources": { +"services": { +"methods": { +"alterLocation": { +"description": "Alter metadata resource location. The metadata resource can be a database, table, or partition. This functionality only updates the parent directory for the respective metadata resource and does not transfer any existing data to the new location.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:alterLocation", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.alterLocation", +"parameterOrder": [ +"service" +], +"parameters": { +"service": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to mutate metadata, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+service}:alterLocation", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"alterTableProperties": { +"description": "Alter metadata table properties.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:alterTableProperties", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.alterTableProperties", +"parameterOrder": [ +"service" +], +"parameters": { +"service": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the Dataproc Metastore service that's being used to mutate metadata table properties, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+service}:alterTableProperties", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2AlterTablePropertiesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"create": { +"description": "Creates a metastore service in a project and location.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the location in which to create a metastore service, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"serviceId": { +"description": "Required. The ID of the metastore service, which is used as the final component of the metastore service's name.This value must be between 2 and 63 characters long inclusive, begin with a letter, end with a letter or number, and consist of alpha-numeric ASCII characters or hyphens.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+parent}/services", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2Service" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single service.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to delete, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"exportMetadata": { +"description": "Exports metadata from a service.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:exportMetadata", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.exportMetadata", +"parameterOrder": [ +"service" +], +"parameters": { +"service": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to run export, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+service}:exportMetadata", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2ExportMetadataRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the details of a single service.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to retrieve, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2Service" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"importMetadata": { +"description": "Imports Metadata into a Dataproc Metastore service.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:importMetadata", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.importMetadata", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service to run import, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+name}:importMetadata", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2ImportMetadataRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists services in a project and location.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. The filter to apply to list results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Specify the ordering of results as described in Sorting Order (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order). If not specified, the results will be sorted in the default order.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of services to return. The response may contain less than the maximum number. If unspecified, no more than 500 services are returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 are changed to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous DataprocMetastore.ListServices call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.To retrieve the first page, supply an empty page token.When paginating, other parameters provided to DataprocMetastore.ListServices must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the location of metastore services to list, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+parent}/services", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2ListServicesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"moveTableToDatabase": { +"description": "Move a table to another database.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:moveTableToDatabase", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.moveTableToDatabase", +"parameterOrder": [ +"service" +], +"parameters": { +"service": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to mutate metadata, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+service}:moveTableToDatabase", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2MoveTableToDatabaseRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the parameters of a single service.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. A field mask used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the metastore service resource by the update. Fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource (not to the full request). A field is overwritten if it is in the mask.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2Service" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"queryMetadata": { +"description": "Query Dataproc Metastore metadata.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:queryMetadata", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.queryMetadata", +"parameterOrder": [ +"service" +], +"parameters": { +"service": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to query metadata, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+service}:queryMetadata", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2QueryMetadataRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"restore": { +"description": "Restores a service from a backup.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:restore", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.restore", +"parameterOrder": [ +"service" +], +"parameters": { +"service": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to run restore, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+service}:restore", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2RestoreServiceRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"backups": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new backup in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}/backups", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.backups.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"backupId": { +"description": "Required. The ID of the backup, which is used as the final component of the backup's name.This value must be between 1 and 64 characters long, begin with a letter, end with a letter or number, and consist of alpha-numeric ASCII characters or hyphens.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the service in which to create a backup of the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+parent}/backups", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2Backup" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single backup.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}/backups/{backupsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.backups.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the backup to delete, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+/backups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single backup.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}/backups/{backupsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.backups.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the backup to retrieve, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+/backups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2Backup" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists backups in a service.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}/backups", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.backups.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. The filter to apply to list results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Specify the ordering of results as described in Sorting Order (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order). If not specified, the results will be sorted in the default order.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of backups to return. The response may contain less than the maximum number. If unspecified, no more than 500 backups are returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 are changed to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous DataprocMetastore.ListBackups call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.To retrieve the first page, supply an empty page token.When paginating, other parameters provided to DataprocMetastore.ListBackups must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the service whose backups to list, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+parent}/backups", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2ListBackupsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +} +} +} +} +} +}, +"revision": "20241203", +"rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", +"schemas": { +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1AlterMetadataResourceLocationResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.AlterMetadataResourceLocation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1AlterMetadataResourceLocationResponse", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1CustomRegionMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata about a custom region. This is only populated if the region is a custom region. For single/multi regions, it will be empty.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1CustomRegionMetadata", +"properties": { +"optionalReadOnlyRegions": { +"description": "The read-only regions for this custom region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"requiredReadWriteRegions": { +"description": "The read-write regions for this custom region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"witnessRegion": { +"description": "The Spanner witness region for this custom region.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1ErrorDetails": { +"description": "Error details in public error message for DataprocMetastore.QueryMetadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1ErrorDetails", +"properties": { +"details": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Additional structured details about this error.Keys define the failure items. Value describes the exception or details of the item.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1HiveMetastoreVersion": { +"description": "A specification of a supported version of the Hive Metastore software.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1HiveMetastoreVersion", +"properties": { +"isDefault": { +"description": "Whether version will be chosen by the server if a metastore service is created with a HiveMetastoreConfig that omits the version.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"version": { +"description": "The semantic version of the Hive Metastore software.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1LocationMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata about the service in a location.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1LocationMetadata", +"properties": { +"customRegionMetadata": { +"description": "Possible configurations supported if the current region is a custom region.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1CustomRegionMetadata" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"multiRegionMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1MultiRegionMetadata", +"description": "The multi-region metadata if the current region is a multi-region." +}, +"supportedHiveMetastoreVersions": { +"description": "The versions of Hive Metastore that can be used when creating a new metastore service in this location. The server guarantees that exactly one HiveMetastoreVersion in the list will set is_default.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1HiveMetastoreVersion" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1MoveTableToDatabaseResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.MoveTableToDatabase.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1MoveTableToDatabaseResponse", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1MultiRegionMetadata": { +"description": "The metadata for the multi-region that includes the constituent regions. The metadata is only populated if the region is multi-region. For single region or custom dual region, it will be empty.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1MultiRegionMetadata", +"properties": { +"constituentRegions": { +"description": "The regions constituting the multi-region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1OperationMetadata": { +"description": "Represents the metadata of a long-running operation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1OperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"apiVersion": { +"description": "Output only. API version used to start the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation finished running.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestedCancellation": { +"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the caller has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to Code.CANCELLED.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"statusMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Human-readable status of the operation, if any.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"target": { +"description": "Output only. Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"verb": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the verb executed by the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1QueryMetadataResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.QueryMetadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1QueryMetadataResponse", +"properties": { +"resultManifestUri": { +"description": "The manifest URI is link to a JSON instance in Cloud Storage. This instance manifests immediately along with QueryMetadataResponse. The content of the URI is not retriable until the long-running operation query against the metadata finishes.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaAlterMetadataResourceLocationResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.AlterMetadataResourceLocation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaAlterMetadataResourceLocationResponse", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaCancelMigrationResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.CancelMigration.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaCancelMigrationResponse", +"properties": { +"migrationExecution": { +"description": "The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaCompleteMigrationResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.CompleteMigration.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaCompleteMigrationResponse", +"properties": { +"migrationExecution": { +"description": "The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaCustomRegionMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata about a custom region. This is only populated if the region is a custom region. For single/multi regions, it will be empty.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaCustomRegionMetadata", +"properties": { +"optionalReadOnlyRegions": { +"description": "The read-only regions for this custom region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"requiredReadWriteRegions": { +"description": "The read-write regions for this custom region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"witnessRegion": { +"description": "The Spanner witness region for this custom region.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaErrorDetails": { +"description": "Error details in public error message for DataprocMetastore.QueryMetadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaErrorDetails", +"properties": { +"details": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Additional structured details about this error.Keys define the failure items. Value describes the exception or details of the item.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaHiveMetastoreVersion": { +"description": "A specification of a supported version of the Hive Metastore software.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaHiveMetastoreVersion", +"properties": { +"isDefault": { +"description": "Whether version will be chosen by the server if a metastore service is created with a HiveMetastoreConfig that omits the version.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"version": { +"description": "The semantic version of the Hive Metastore software.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaLocationMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata about the service in a location.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaLocationMetadata", +"properties": { +"customRegionMetadata": { +"description": "Possible configurations supported if the current region is a custom region.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaCustomRegionMetadata" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"multiRegionMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaMultiRegionMetadata", +"description": "The multi-region metadata if the current region is a multi-region." +}, +"supportedHiveMetastoreVersions": { +"description": "The versions of Hive Metastore that can be used when creating a new metastore service in this location. The server guarantees that exactly one HiveMetastoreVersion in the list will set is_default.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaHiveMetastoreVersion" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaMoveTableToDatabaseResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.MoveTableToDatabase.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaMoveTableToDatabaseResponse", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaMultiRegionMetadata": { +"description": "The metadata for the multi-region that includes the constituent regions. The metadata is only populated if the region is multi-region. For single region or custom dual region, it will be empty.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaMultiRegionMetadata", +"properties": { +"constituentRegions": { +"description": "The regions constituting the multi-region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaOperationMetadata": { +"description": "Represents the metadata of a long-running operation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"apiVersion": { +"description": "Output only. API version used to start the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation finished running.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestedCancellation": { +"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the caller has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to Code.CANCELLED.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"statusMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Human-readable status of the operation, if any.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"target": { +"description": "Output only. Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"verb": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the verb executed by the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaQueryMetadataResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.QueryMetadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaQueryMetadataResponse", +"properties": { +"resultManifestUri": { +"description": "The manifest URI is link to a JSON instance in Cloud Storage. This instance manifests immediately along with QueryMetadataResponse. The content of the URI is not retriable until the long-running operation query against the metadata finishes.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaAlterMetadataResourceLocationResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.AlterMetadataResourceLocation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaAlterMetadataResourceLocationResponse", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaCancelMigrationResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.CancelMigration.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaCancelMigrationResponse", +"properties": { +"migrationExecution": { +"description": "The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaCompleteMigrationResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.CompleteMigration.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaCompleteMigrationResponse", +"properties": { +"migrationExecution": { +"description": "The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaCustomRegionMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata about a custom region. This is only populated if the region is a custom region. For single/multi regions, it will be empty.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaCustomRegionMetadata", +"properties": { +"optionalReadOnlyRegions": { +"description": "The read-only regions for this custom region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"requiredReadWriteRegions": { +"description": "The read-write regions for this custom region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"witnessRegion": { +"description": "The Spanner witness region for this custom region.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaErrorDetails": { +"description": "Error details in public error message for DataprocMetastore.QueryMetadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaErrorDetails", +"properties": { +"details": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Additional structured details about this error.Keys define the failure items. Value describes the exception or details of the item.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaHiveMetastoreVersion": { +"description": "A specification of a supported version of the Hive Metastore software.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaHiveMetastoreVersion", +"properties": { +"isDefault": { +"description": "Whether version will be chosen by the server if a metastore service is created with a HiveMetastoreConfig that omits the version.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"version": { +"description": "The semantic version of the Hive Metastore software.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaLocationMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata about the service in a location.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaLocationMetadata", +"properties": { +"customRegionMetadata": { +"description": "Possible configurations supported if the current region is a custom region.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaCustomRegionMetadata" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"multiRegionMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaMultiRegionMetadata", +"description": "The multi-region metadata if the current region is a multi-region." +}, +"supportedHiveMetastoreVersions": { +"description": "The versions of Hive Metastore that can be used when creating a new metastore service in this location. The server guarantees that exactly one HiveMetastoreVersion in the list will set is_default.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaHiveMetastoreVersion" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaMoveTableToDatabaseResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.MoveTableToDatabase.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaMoveTableToDatabaseResponse", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaMultiRegionMetadata": { +"description": "The metadata for the multi-region that includes the constituent regions. The metadata is only populated if the region is multi-region. For single region or custom dual region, it will be empty.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaMultiRegionMetadata", +"properties": { +"constituentRegions": { +"description": "The regions constituting the multi-region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaOperationMetadata": { +"description": "Represents the metadata of a long-running operation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"apiVersion": { +"description": "Output only. API version used to start the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation finished running.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestedCancellation": { +"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the caller has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to Code.CANCELLED.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"statusMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Human-readable status of the operation, if any.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"target": { +"description": "Output only. Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"verb": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the verb executed by the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaQueryMetadataResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.QueryMetadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaQueryMetadataResponse", +"properties": { +"resultManifestUri": { +"description": "The manifest URI is link to a JSON instance in Cloud Storage. This instance manifests immediately along with QueryMetadataResponse. The content of the URI is not retriable until the long-running operation query against the metadata finishes.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.AlterMetadataResourceLocation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest", +"properties": { +"locationUri": { +"description": "Required. The new location URI for the metadata resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"resourceName": { +"description": "Required. The relative metadata resource name in the following format.databases/{database_id} or databases/{database_id}/tables/{table_id} or databases/{database_id}/tables/{table_id}/partitions/{partition_id}", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2AlterTablePropertiesRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.AlterTableProperties.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2AlterTablePropertiesRequest", +"properties": { +"properties": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "A map that describes the desired values to mutate. If update_mask is empty, the properties will not update. Otherwise, the properties only alters the value whose associated paths exist in the update mask", +"type": "object" +}, +"tableName": { +"description": "Required. The name of the table containing the properties you're altering in the following format.databases/{database_id}/tables/{table_id}", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "A field mask that specifies the metadata table properties that are overwritten by the update. Fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource (not to the full request). A field is overwritten if it is in the mask.For example, given the target properties: properties { a: 1 b: 2 } And an update properties: properties { a: 2 b: 3 c: 4 } then if the field mask is:paths: \"properties.b\", \"properties.c\"then the result will be: properties { a: 1 b: 3 c: 4 } ", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2AuxiliaryVersionConfig": { +"description": "Configuration information for the auxiliary service versions.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2AuxiliaryVersionConfig", +"properties": { +"configOverrides": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the auxiliary Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml) in addition to the primary version's overrides. If keys are present in both the auxiliary version's overrides and the primary version's overrides, the value from the auxiliary version's overrides takes precedence.", +"type": "object" +}, +"endpoints": { +"description": "Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the auxiliary metastore service, includes version and region data.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2Endpoint" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"version": { +"description": "The Hive metastore version of the auxiliary service. It must be less than the primary Hive metastore service's version.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2Backup": { +"description": "The details of a backup resource.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2Backup", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the backup was started.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "The description of the backup.", +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the backup finished creating.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. The relative resource name of the backup, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}", +"type": "string" +}, +"restoringServices": { +"description": "Output only. Services that are restoring from the backup.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"serviceRevision": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2Service", +"description": "Output only. The revision of the service at the time of backup.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The current state of the backup.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CREATING", +"DELETING", +"ACTIVE", +"FAILED", +"RESTORING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The state of the backup is unknown.", +"The backup is being created.", +"The backup is being deleted.", +"The backup is active and ready to use.", +"The backup failed.", +"The backup is being restored." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2DataCatalogConfig": { +"description": "Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2DataCatalogConfig", +"properties": { +"enabled": { +"description": "Optional. Defines whether the metastore metadata should be synced to Data Catalog. The default value is to disable syncing metastore metadata to Data Catalog.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2DatabaseDump": { +"description": "A specification of the location of and metadata about a database dump from a relational database management system.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2DatabaseDump", +"properties": { +"gcsUri": { +"description": "Required. A Cloud Storage object or folder URI that specifies the source from which to import metadata. It must begin with gs://.", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Optional. The type of the database dump. If unspecified, defaults to MYSQL.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MYSQL", +"AVRO" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The type of the database dump is unknown.", +"Database dump is a MySQL dump file.", +"Database dump contains Avro files." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2EncryptionConfig": { +"description": "Encryption settings for the service.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2EncryptionConfig", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2Endpoint": { +"description": "An endpoint used to access the metastore service.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2Endpoint", +"properties": { +"endpointUri": { +"description": "Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2ExportMetadataRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.ExportMetadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2ExportMetadataRequest", +"properties": { +"databaseDumpType": { +"description": "Optional. The type of the database dump. If unspecified, defaults to MYSQL.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MYSQL", +"AVRO" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The type of the database dump is unknown.", +"Database dump is a MySQL dump file.", +"Database dump contains Avro files." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"destinationGcsFolder": { +"description": "A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing exported files will be created below it.", +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format). A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2HiveMetastoreConfig": { +"description": "Specifies configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2HiveMetastoreConfig", +"properties": { +"auxiliaryVersions": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2AuxiliaryVersionConfig" +}, +"description": "Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore version to the auxiliary version configuration. When specified, a secondary Hive metastore service is created along with the primary service. All auxiliary versions must be less than the service's primary version. The key is the auxiliary service name and it must match the regular expression a-z?. This means that the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be hyphens, lowercase letters, or digits, except the last character, which cannot be a hyphen.", +"type": "object" +}, +"configOverrides": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml). The mappings override system defaults (some keys cannot be overridden). These overrides are also applied to auxiliary versions and can be further customized in the auxiliary version's AuxiliaryVersionConfig.", +"type": "object" +}, +"endpointProtocol": { +"description": "Optional. The protocol to use for the metastore service endpoint. If unspecified, defaults to GRPC.", +"enum": [ +"ENDPOINT_PROTOCOL_UNSPECIFIED", +"THRIFT", +"GRPC" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The protocol is not set.", +"Use the legacy Apache Thrift protocol for the metastore service endpoint.", +"Use the modernized gRPC protocol for the metastore service endpoint." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "Immutable. The Hive metastore schema version.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2ImportMetadataRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.CreateMetadataImport.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2ImportMetadataRequest", +"properties": { +"databaseDump": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2DatabaseDump", +"description": "Immutable. A database dump from a pre-existing metastore's database." +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. The description of the metadata import.", +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format). A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2LatestBackup": { +"description": "The details of the latest scheduled backup.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2LatestBackup", +"properties": { +"backupId": { +"description": "Output only. The ID of an in-progress scheduled backup. Empty if no backup is in progress.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"duration": { +"description": "Output only. The duration of the backup completion.", +"format": "google-duration", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the backup was started.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The current state of the backup.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"IN_PROGRESS", +"SUCCEEDED", +"FAILED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The state of the backup is unknown.", +"The backup is in progress.", +"The backup completed.", +"The backup failed." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2ListBackupsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.ListBackups.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2ListBackupsResponse", +"properties": { +"backups": { +"description": "The backups of the specified service.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2Backup" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token that can be sent as page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2ListServicesResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.ListServices.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2ListServicesResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token that can be sent as page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"services": { +"description": "The services in the specified location.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2Service" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2MetadataIntegration": { +"description": "Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2MetadataIntegration", +"properties": { +"dataCatalogConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2DataCatalogConfig", +"description": "Optional. The integration config for the Data Catalog service." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2MoveTableToDatabaseRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.MoveTableToDatabase.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2MoveTableToDatabaseRequest", +"properties": { +"dbName": { +"description": "Required. The name of the database where the table resides.", +"type": "string" +}, +"destinationDbName": { +"description": "Required. The name of the database where the table should be moved.", +"type": "string" +}, +"tableName": { +"description": "Required. The name of the table to be moved.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2QueryMetadataRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.QueryMetadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2QueryMetadataRequest", +"properties": { +"query": { +"description": "Required. A read-only SQL query to execute against the metadata database. The query cannot change or mutate the data.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2RestoreServiceRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.Restore.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2RestoreServiceRequest", +"properties": { +"backup": { +"description": "Optional. The relative resource name of the metastore service backup to restore from, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}. Mutually exclusive with backup_location, and exactly one of the two must be set.", +"type": "string" +}, +"backupLocation": { +"description": "Optional. A Cloud Storage URI specifying the location of the backup artifacts, namely - backup avro files under \"avro/\", backup_metastore.json and service.json, in the following form:gs://. Mutually exclusive with backup, and exactly one of the two must be set.", +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format). A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"type": "string" +}, +"restoreType": { +"description": "Optional. The type of restore. If unspecified, defaults to METADATA_ONLY.", +"enum": [ +"RESTORE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"FULL", +"METADATA_ONLY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The restore type is unknown.", +"The service's metadata and configuration are restored.", +"Only the service's metadata is restored." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2ScalingConfig": { +"description": "Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2ScalingConfig", +"properties": { +"scalingFactor": { +"description": "Optional. Scaling factor from 1 to 5, increments of 1.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2ScheduledBackup": { +"description": "This specifies the configuration of scheduled backup.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2ScheduledBackup", +"properties": { +"backupLocation": { +"description": "Optional. A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing backup files will be stored below it.", +"type": "string" +}, +"cronSchedule": { +"description": "Optional. The scheduled interval in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron The default is empty: scheduled backup is not enabled. Must be specified to enable scheduled backups.", +"type": "string" +}, +"enabled": { +"description": "Optional. Defines whether the scheduled backup is enabled. The default value is false.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"latestBackup": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2LatestBackup", +"description": "Output only. The details of the latest scheduled backup.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"nextScheduledTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the next backups execution is scheduled to start.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"timeZone": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the time zone to be used when interpreting cron_schedule. Must be a time zone name from the time zone database (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones), e.g. America/Los_Angeles or Africa/Abidjan. If left unspecified, the default is UTC.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2Service": { +"description": "A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2Service", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"encryptionConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2EncryptionConfig", +"description": "Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated." +}, +"endpoints": { +"description": "Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the metastore service.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2Endpoint" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"hiveMetastoreConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2HiveMetastoreConfig", +"description": "Configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service." +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "User-defined labels for the metastore service.", +"type": "object" +}, +"metadataIntegration": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2MetadataIntegration", +"description": "Optional. The setting that defines how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services and systems." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"type": "string" +}, +"scalingConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2ScalingConfig", +"description": "Optional. Scaling configuration of the metastore service." +}, +"scheduledBackup": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2ScheduledBackup", +"description": "Optional. The configuration of scheduled backup for the metastore service." +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The current state of the metastore service.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CREATING", +"ACTIVE", +"SUSPENDING", +"SUSPENDED", +"UPDATING", +"DELETING", +"ERROR" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The state of the metastore service is unknown.", +"The metastore service is in the process of being created.", +"The metastore service is running and ready to serve queries.", +"The metastore service is entering suspension. Its query-serving availability may cease unexpectedly.", +"The metastore service is suspended and unable to serve queries.", +"The metastore service is being updated. It remains usable but cannot accept additional update requests or be deleted at this time.", +"The metastore service is undergoing deletion. It cannot be used.", +"The metastore service has encountered an error and cannot be used. The metastore service should be deleted." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"stateMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Additional information about the current state of the metastore service, if available.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. The globally unique resource identifier of the metastore service.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the metastore service was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"warehouseGcsUri": { +"description": "Required. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies the default warehouse directory of the Hive Metastore.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleLongrunningOperation": { +"description": "This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.", +"id": "GoogleLongrunningOperation", +"properties": { +"done": { +"description": "If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"error": { +"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus", +"description": "The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation." +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.", +"type": "string" +}, +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleRpcStatus": { +"description": "The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", +"id": "GoogleRpcStatus", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"details": { +"description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.", +"items": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"servicePath": "", +"title": "Dataproc Metastore API", +"version": "v2", +"version_module": true +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v2alpha.json new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..df6eb7ff27a --- /dev/null +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v2alpha.json @@ -0,0 +1,2313 @@ +{ +"auth": { +"oauth2": { +"scopes": { +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": { +"description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account." +} +} +} +}, +"basePath": "", +"baseUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", +"batchPath": "batch", +"canonicalName": "Dataproc Metastore", +"description": "The Dataproc Metastore API is used to manage the lifecycle and configuration of metastore services.", +"discoveryVersion": "v1", +"documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-metastore/docs", +"fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, +"icons": { +"x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", +"x32": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-32.gif" +}, +"id": "metastore:v2alpha", +"kind": "discovery#restDescription", +"mtlsRootUrl": "https://metastore.mtls.googleapis.com/", +"name": "metastore", +"ownerDomain": "google.com", +"ownerName": "Google", +"parameters": { +"$.xgafv": { +"description": "V1 error format.", +"enum": [ +"1", +"2" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"v1 error format", +"v2 error format" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"access_token": { +"description": "OAuth access token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"alt": { +"default": "json", +"description": "Data format for response.", +"enum": [ +"json", +"media", +"proto" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Responses with Content-Type of application/json", +"Media download with context-dependent Content-Type", +"Responses with Content-Type of application/x-protobuf" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"callback": { +"description": "JSONP", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"fields": { +"description": "Selector specifying which fields to include in a partial response.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"key": { +"description": "API key. Your API key identifies your project and provides you with API access, quota, and reports. Required unless you provide an OAuth 2.0 token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"oauth_token": { +"description": "OAuth 2.0 token for the current user.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"prettyPrint": { +"default": "true", +"description": "Returns response with indentations and line breaks.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"quotaUser": { +"description": "Available to use for quota purposes for server-side applications. Can be any arbitrary string assigned to a user, but should not exceed 40 characters.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"uploadType": { +"description": "Legacy upload protocol for media (e.g. \"media\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"upload_protocol": { +"description": "Upload protocol for media (e.g. \"raw\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"protocol": "rest", +"resources": { +"projects": { +"resources": { +"locations": { +"resources": { +"services": { +"methods": { +"alterLocation": { +"description": "Alter metadata resource location. The metadata resource can be a database, table, or partition. This functionality only updates the parent directory for the respective metadata resource and does not transfer any existing data to the new location.", +"flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:alterLocation", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.alterLocation", +"parameterOrder": [ +"service" +], +"parameters": { +"service": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to mutate metadata, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2alpha/{+service}:alterLocation", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaAlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"alterTableProperties": { +"description": "Alter metadata table properties.", +"flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:alterTableProperties", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.alterTableProperties", +"parameterOrder": [ +"service" +], +"parameters": { +"service": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the Dataproc Metastore service that's being used to mutate metadata table properties, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2alpha/{+service}:alterTableProperties", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaAlterTablePropertiesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"cancelMigration": { +"description": "Cancels the ongoing Managed Migration process.", +"flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:cancelMigration", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.cancelMigration", +"parameterOrder": [ +"service" +], +"parameters": { +"service": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to cancel the ongoing migration to, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2alpha/{+service}:cancelMigration", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaCancelMigrationRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"completeMigration": { +"description": "Completes the managed migration process. The Dataproc Metastore service will switch to using its own backend database after successful migration.", +"flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:completeMigration", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.completeMigration", +"parameterOrder": [ +"service" +], +"parameters": { +"service": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to complete the migration to, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2alpha/{+service}:completeMigration", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaCompleteMigrationRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"create": { +"description": "Creates a metastore service in a project and location.", +"flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the location in which to create a metastore service, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"serviceId": { +"description": "Required. The ID of the metastore service, which is used as the final component of the metastore service's name.This value must be between 2 and 63 characters long inclusive, begin with a letter, end with a letter or number, and consist of alpha-numeric ASCII characters or hyphens.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2alpha/{+parent}/services", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaService" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single service.", +"flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to delete, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2alpha/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"exportMetadata": { +"description": "Exports metadata from a service.", +"flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:exportMetadata", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.exportMetadata", +"parameterOrder": [ +"service" +], +"parameters": { +"service": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to run export, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2alpha/{+service}:exportMetadata", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaExportMetadataRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the details of a single service.", +"flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to retrieve, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2alpha/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaService" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"importMetadata": { +"description": "Imports Metadata into a Dataproc Metastore service.", +"flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:importMetadata", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.importMetadata", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service to run import, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2alpha/{+name}:importMetadata", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaImportMetadataRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists services in a project and location.", +"flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. The filter to apply to list results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Specify the ordering of results as described in Sorting Order (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order). If not specified, the results will be sorted in the default order.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of services to return. The response may contain less than the maximum number. If unspecified, no more than 500 services are returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 are changed to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous DataprocMetastore.ListServices call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.To retrieve the first page, supply an empty page token.When paginating, other parameters provided to DataprocMetastore.ListServices must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the location of metastore services to list, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2alpha/{+parent}/services", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaListServicesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"moveTableToDatabase": { +"description": "Move a table to another database.", +"flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:moveTableToDatabase", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.moveTableToDatabase", +"parameterOrder": [ +"service" +], +"parameters": { +"service": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to mutate metadata, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2alpha/{+service}:moveTableToDatabase", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaMoveTableToDatabaseRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the parameters of a single service.", +"flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. A field mask used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the metastore service resource by the update. Fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource (not to the full request). A field is overwritten if it is in the mask.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2alpha/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaService" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"queryMetadata": { +"description": "Query Dataproc Metastore metadata.", +"flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:queryMetadata", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.queryMetadata", +"parameterOrder": [ +"service" +], +"parameters": { +"service": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to query metadata, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2alpha/{+service}:queryMetadata", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaQueryMetadataRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"removeIamPolicy": { +"description": "Removes the attached IAM policies for a resource", +"flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}/{servicesId1}:removeIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.removeIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the dataplane resource to remove IAM policy, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/databases/{database_id} or projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/databases/{database_id}/tables/{table_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2alpha/{+resource}:removeIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaRemoveIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaRemoveIamPolicyResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"restore": { +"description": "Restores a service from a backup.", +"flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:restore", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.restore", +"parameterOrder": [ +"service" +], +"parameters": { +"service": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to run restore, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2alpha/{+service}:restore", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaRestoreServiceRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"startMigration": { +"description": "Starts the Managed Migration process.", +"flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:startMigration", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.startMigration", +"parameterOrder": [ +"service" +], +"parameters": { +"service": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to start migrating to, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2alpha/{+service}:startMigration", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaStartMigrationRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"backups": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new backup in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}/backups", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.backups.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"backupId": { +"description": "Required. The ID of the backup, which is used as the final component of the backup's name.This value must be between 1 and 64 characters long, begin with a letter, end with a letter or number, and consist of alpha-numeric ASCII characters or hyphens.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the service in which to create a backup of the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2alpha/{+parent}/backups", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaBackup" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single backup.", +"flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}/backups/{backupsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.backups.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the backup to delete, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+/backups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2alpha/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single backup.", +"flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}/backups/{backupsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.backups.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the backup to retrieve, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+/backups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2alpha/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaBackup" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists backups in a service.", +"flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}/backups", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.backups.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. The filter to apply to list results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Specify the ordering of results as described in Sorting Order (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order). If not specified, the results will be sorted in the default order.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of backups to return. The response may contain less than the maximum number. If unspecified, no more than 500 backups are returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 are changed to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous DataprocMetastore.ListBackups call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.To retrieve the first page, supply an empty page token.When paginating, other parameters provided to DataprocMetastore.ListBackups must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the service whose backups to list, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2alpha/{+parent}/backups", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaListBackupsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"migrationExecutions": { +"methods": { +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single migration execution.", +"flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}/migrationExecutions/{migrationExecutionsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the migrationExecution to delete, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+/migrationExecutions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2alpha/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single migration execution.", +"flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}/migrationExecutions/{migrationExecutionsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the migration execution to retrieve, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+/migrationExecutions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2alpha/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaMigrationExecution" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists migration executions on a service.", +"flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}/migrationExecutions", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. The filter to apply to list results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Specify the ordering of results as described in Sorting Order (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order). If not specified, the results will be sorted in the default order.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of migration executions to return. The response may contain less than the maximum number. If unspecified, no more than 500 migration executions are returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 are changed to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous DataprocMetastore.ListMigrationExecutions call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.To retrieve the first page, supply an empty page token.When paginating, other parameters provided to DataprocMetastore.ListMigrationExecutions must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the service whose migration executions to list, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2alpha/{+parent}/migrationExecutions", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaListMigrationExecutionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +} +} +} +} +} +}, +"revision": "20241203", +"rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", +"schemas": { +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1AlterMetadataResourceLocationResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.AlterMetadataResourceLocation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1AlterMetadataResourceLocationResponse", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1CustomRegionMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata about a custom region. This is only populated if the region is a custom region. For single/multi regions, it will be empty.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1CustomRegionMetadata", +"properties": { +"optionalReadOnlyRegions": { +"description": "The read-only regions for this custom region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"requiredReadWriteRegions": { +"description": "The read-write regions for this custom region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"witnessRegion": { +"description": "The Spanner witness region for this custom region.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1ErrorDetails": { +"description": "Error details in public error message for DataprocMetastore.QueryMetadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1ErrorDetails", +"properties": { +"details": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Additional structured details about this error.Keys define the failure items. Value describes the exception or details of the item.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1HiveMetastoreVersion": { +"description": "A specification of a supported version of the Hive Metastore software.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1HiveMetastoreVersion", +"properties": { +"isDefault": { +"description": "Whether version will be chosen by the server if a metastore service is created with a HiveMetastoreConfig that omits the version.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"version": { +"description": "The semantic version of the Hive Metastore software.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1LocationMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata about the service in a location.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1LocationMetadata", +"properties": { +"customRegionMetadata": { +"description": "Possible configurations supported if the current region is a custom region.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1CustomRegionMetadata" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"multiRegionMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1MultiRegionMetadata", +"description": "The multi-region metadata if the current region is a multi-region." +}, +"supportedHiveMetastoreVersions": { +"description": "The versions of Hive Metastore that can be used when creating a new metastore service in this location. The server guarantees that exactly one HiveMetastoreVersion in the list will set is_default.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1HiveMetastoreVersion" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1MoveTableToDatabaseResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.MoveTableToDatabase.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1MoveTableToDatabaseResponse", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1MultiRegionMetadata": { +"description": "The metadata for the multi-region that includes the constituent regions. The metadata is only populated if the region is multi-region. For single region or custom dual region, it will be empty.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1MultiRegionMetadata", +"properties": { +"constituentRegions": { +"description": "The regions constituting the multi-region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1OperationMetadata": { +"description": "Represents the metadata of a long-running operation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1OperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"apiVersion": { +"description": "Output only. API version used to start the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation finished running.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestedCancellation": { +"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the caller has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to Code.CANCELLED.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"statusMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Human-readable status of the operation, if any.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"target": { +"description": "Output only. Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"verb": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the verb executed by the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1QueryMetadataResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.QueryMetadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1QueryMetadataResponse", +"properties": { +"resultManifestUri": { +"description": "The manifest URI is link to a JSON instance in Cloud Storage. This instance manifests immediately along with QueryMetadataResponse. The content of the URI is not retriable until the long-running operation query against the metadata finishes.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaAlterMetadataResourceLocationResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.AlterMetadataResourceLocation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaAlterMetadataResourceLocationResponse", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaCancelMigrationResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.CancelMigration.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaCancelMigrationResponse", +"properties": { +"migrationExecution": { +"description": "The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaCompleteMigrationResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.CompleteMigration.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaCompleteMigrationResponse", +"properties": { +"migrationExecution": { +"description": "The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaCustomRegionMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata about a custom region. This is only populated if the region is a custom region. For single/multi regions, it will be empty.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaCustomRegionMetadata", +"properties": { +"optionalReadOnlyRegions": { +"description": "The read-only regions for this custom region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"requiredReadWriteRegions": { +"description": "The read-write regions for this custom region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"witnessRegion": { +"description": "The Spanner witness region for this custom region.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaErrorDetails": { +"description": "Error details in public error message for DataprocMetastore.QueryMetadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaErrorDetails", +"properties": { +"details": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Additional structured details about this error.Keys define the failure items. Value describes the exception or details of the item.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaHiveMetastoreVersion": { +"description": "A specification of a supported version of the Hive Metastore software.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaHiveMetastoreVersion", +"properties": { +"isDefault": { +"description": "Whether version will be chosen by the server if a metastore service is created with a HiveMetastoreConfig that omits the version.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"version": { +"description": "The semantic version of the Hive Metastore software.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaLocationMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata about the service in a location.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaLocationMetadata", +"properties": { +"customRegionMetadata": { +"description": "Possible configurations supported if the current region is a custom region.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaCustomRegionMetadata" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"multiRegionMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaMultiRegionMetadata", +"description": "The multi-region metadata if the current region is a multi-region." +}, +"supportedHiveMetastoreVersions": { +"description": "The versions of Hive Metastore that can be used when creating a new metastore service in this location. The server guarantees that exactly one HiveMetastoreVersion in the list will set is_default.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaHiveMetastoreVersion" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaMoveTableToDatabaseResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.MoveTableToDatabase.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaMoveTableToDatabaseResponse", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaMultiRegionMetadata": { +"description": "The metadata for the multi-region that includes the constituent regions. The metadata is only populated if the region is multi-region. For single region or custom dual region, it will be empty.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaMultiRegionMetadata", +"properties": { +"constituentRegions": { +"description": "The regions constituting the multi-region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaOperationMetadata": { +"description": "Represents the metadata of a long-running operation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"apiVersion": { +"description": "Output only. API version used to start the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation finished running.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestedCancellation": { +"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the caller has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to Code.CANCELLED.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"statusMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Human-readable status of the operation, if any.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"target": { +"description": "Output only. Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"verb": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the verb executed by the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaQueryMetadataResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.QueryMetadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaQueryMetadataResponse", +"properties": { +"resultManifestUri": { +"description": "The manifest URI is link to a JSON instance in Cloud Storage. This instance manifests immediately along with QueryMetadataResponse. The content of the URI is not retriable until the long-running operation query against the metadata finishes.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaAlterMetadataResourceLocationResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.AlterMetadataResourceLocation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaAlterMetadataResourceLocationResponse", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaCancelMigrationResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.CancelMigration.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaCancelMigrationResponse", +"properties": { +"migrationExecution": { +"description": "The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaCompleteMigrationResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.CompleteMigration.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaCompleteMigrationResponse", +"properties": { +"migrationExecution": { +"description": "The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaCustomRegionMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata about a custom region. This is only populated if the region is a custom region. For single/multi regions, it will be empty.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaCustomRegionMetadata", +"properties": { +"optionalReadOnlyRegions": { +"description": "The read-only regions for this custom region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"requiredReadWriteRegions": { +"description": "The read-write regions for this custom region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"witnessRegion": { +"description": "The Spanner witness region for this custom region.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaErrorDetails": { +"description": "Error details in public error message for DataprocMetastore.QueryMetadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaErrorDetails", +"properties": { +"details": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Additional structured details about this error.Keys define the failure items. Value describes the exception or details of the item.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaHiveMetastoreVersion": { +"description": "A specification of a supported version of the Hive Metastore software.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaHiveMetastoreVersion", +"properties": { +"isDefault": { +"description": "Whether version will be chosen by the server if a metastore service is created with a HiveMetastoreConfig that omits the version.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"version": { +"description": "The semantic version of the Hive Metastore software.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaLocationMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata about the service in a location.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaLocationMetadata", +"properties": { +"customRegionMetadata": { +"description": "Possible configurations supported if the current region is a custom region.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaCustomRegionMetadata" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"multiRegionMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaMultiRegionMetadata", +"description": "The multi-region metadata if the current region is a multi-region." +}, +"supportedHiveMetastoreVersions": { +"description": "The versions of Hive Metastore that can be used when creating a new metastore service in this location. The server guarantees that exactly one HiveMetastoreVersion in the list will set is_default.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaHiveMetastoreVersion" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaMoveTableToDatabaseResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.MoveTableToDatabase.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaMoveTableToDatabaseResponse", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaMultiRegionMetadata": { +"description": "The metadata for the multi-region that includes the constituent regions. The metadata is only populated if the region is multi-region. For single region or custom dual region, it will be empty.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaMultiRegionMetadata", +"properties": { +"constituentRegions": { +"description": "The regions constituting the multi-region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaOperationMetadata": { +"description": "Represents the metadata of a long-running operation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"apiVersion": { +"description": "Output only. API version used to start the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation finished running.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestedCancellation": { +"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the caller has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to Code.CANCELLED.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"statusMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Human-readable status of the operation, if any.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"target": { +"description": "Output only. Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"verb": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the verb executed by the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaQueryMetadataResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.QueryMetadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaQueryMetadataResponse", +"properties": { +"resultManifestUri": { +"description": "The manifest URI is link to a JSON instance in Cloud Storage. This instance manifests immediately along with QueryMetadataResponse. The content of the URI is not retriable until the long-running operation query against the metadata finishes.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaAlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.AlterMetadataResourceLocation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaAlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest", +"properties": { +"locationUri": { +"description": "Required. The new location URI for the metadata resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"resourceName": { +"description": "Required. The relative metadata resource name in the following format.databases/{database_id} or databases/{database_id}/tables/{table_id} or databases/{database_id}/tables/{table_id}/partitions/{partition_id}", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaAlterTablePropertiesRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.AlterTableProperties.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaAlterTablePropertiesRequest", +"properties": { +"properties": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "A map that describes the desired values to mutate. If update_mask is empty, the properties will not update. Otherwise, the properties only alters the value whose associated paths exist in the update mask", +"type": "object" +}, +"tableName": { +"description": "Required. The name of the table containing the properties you're altering in the following format.databases/{database_id}/tables/{table_id}", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "A field mask that specifies the metadata table properties that are overwritten by the update. Fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource (not to the full request). A field is overwritten if it is in the mask.For example, given the target properties: properties { a: 1 b: 2 } And an update properties: properties { a: 2 b: 3 c: 4 } then if the field mask is:paths: \"properties.b\", \"properties.c\"then the result will be: properties { a: 1 b: 3 c: 4 } ", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaAutoscalingConfig": { +"description": "Represents the autoscaling configuration of a metastore service.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaAutoscalingConfig", +"properties": { +"autoscalingEnabled": { +"description": "Optional. Whether or not autoscaling is enabled for this service.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"autoscalingFactor": { +"description": "Output only. The scaling factor of a service with autoscaling enabled.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"limitConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaLimitConfig", +"description": "Optional. The LimitConfig of the service." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaAuxiliaryVersionConfig": { +"description": "Configuration information for the auxiliary service versions.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaAuxiliaryVersionConfig", +"properties": { +"configOverrides": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the auxiliary Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml) in addition to the primary version's overrides. If keys are present in both the auxiliary version's overrides and the primary version's overrides, the value from the auxiliary version's overrides takes precedence.", +"type": "object" +}, +"endpoints": { +"description": "Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the auxiliary metastore service, includes version and region data.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaEndpoint" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"version": { +"description": "The Hive metastore version of the auxiliary service. It must be less than the primary Hive metastore service's version.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaBackup": { +"description": "The details of a backup resource.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaBackup", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the backup was started.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "The description of the backup.", +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the backup finished creating.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. The relative resource name of the backup, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}", +"type": "string" +}, +"restoringServices": { +"description": "Output only. Services that are restoring from the backup.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"serviceRevision": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaService", +"description": "Output only. The revision of the service at the time of backup.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The current state of the backup.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CREATING", +"DELETING", +"ACTIVE", +"FAILED", +"RESTORING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The state of the backup is unknown.", +"The backup is being created.", +"The backup is being deleted.", +"The backup is active and ready to use.", +"The backup failed.", +"The backup is being restored." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaCancelMigrationRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.CancelMigration.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaCancelMigrationRequest", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaCdcConfig": { +"description": "Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaCdcConfig", +"properties": { +"bucket": { +"description": "Optional. The bucket to write the intermediate stream event data in. The bucket name must be without any prefix like \"gs://\". See the bucket naming requirements (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/buckets#naming). This field is optional. If not set, the Artifacts Cloud Storage bucket will be used.", +"type": "string" +}, +"password": { +"description": "Required. Input only. The password for the user that Datastream service should use for the MySQL connection. This field is not returned on request.", +"type": "string" +}, +"reverseProxySubnet": { +"description": "Required. The URL of the subnetwork resource to create the VM instance hosting the reverse proxy in. More context in https://cloud.google.com/datastream/docs/private-connectivity#reverse-csql-proxy The subnetwork should reside in the network provided in the request that Datastream will peer to and should be in the same region as Datastream, in the following format. projects/{project_id}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}", +"type": "string" +}, +"rootPath": { +"description": "Optional. The root path inside the Cloud Storage bucket. The stream event data will be written to this path. The default value is /migration.", +"type": "string" +}, +"subnetIpRange": { +"description": "Required. A /29 CIDR IP range for peering with datastream.", +"type": "string" +}, +"username": { +"description": "Required. The username that the Datastream service should use for the MySQL connection.", +"type": "string" +}, +"vpcNetwork": { +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the Cloud SQL instance's VPC network or the shared VPC network that Datastream will peer to, in the following format: projects/{project_id}/locations/global/networks/{network_id}. More context in https://cloud.google.com/datastream/docs/network-connectivity-options#privateconnectivity", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaCloudSQLConnectionConfig": { +"description": "Configuration information to establish customer database connection before the cutover phase of migration", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaCloudSQLConnectionConfig", +"properties": { +"hiveDatabaseName": { +"description": "Required. The hive database name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"instanceConnectionName": { +"description": "Required. Cloud SQL database connection name (project_id:region:instance_name)", +"type": "string" +}, +"ipAddress": { +"description": "Required. The private IP address of the Cloud SQL instance.", +"type": "string" +}, +"natSubnet": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the subnetwork to be used for Private Service Connect. Note that this cannot be a regular subnet and is used only for NAT. (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/about-vpc-hosted-services#psc-subnets) This subnet is used to publish the SOCKS5 proxy service. The subnet size must be at least /29 and it should reside in a network through which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible. The resource name should be in the format, projects/{project_id}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}", +"type": "string" +}, +"password": { +"description": "Required. Input only. The password for the user that Dataproc Metastore service will be using to connect to the database. This field is not returned on request.", +"type": "string" +}, +"port": { +"description": "Required. The network port of the database.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"proxySubnet": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the subnetwork to deploy the SOCKS5 proxy service in. The subnetwork should reside in a network through which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible. The resource name should be in the format, projects/{project_id}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}", +"type": "string" +}, +"username": { +"description": "Required. The username that Dataproc Metastore service will use to connect to the database.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaCloudSQLMigrationConfig": { +"description": "Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaCloudSQLMigrationConfig", +"properties": { +"cdcConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaCdcConfig", +"description": "Required. Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. Dataproc Metastore switches to using its backend database after the cutover phase of migration." +}, +"cloudSqlConnectionConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaCloudSQLConnectionConfig", +"description": "Required. Configuration information to establish customer database connection before the cutover phase of migration" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaCompleteMigrationRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.CompleteMigration.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaCompleteMigrationRequest", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaDataCatalogConfig": { +"description": "Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaDataCatalogConfig", +"properties": { +"enabled": { +"description": "Optional. Defines whether the metastore metadata should be synced to Data Catalog. The default value is to disable syncing metastore metadata to Data Catalog.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaDatabaseDump": { +"description": "A specification of the location of and metadata about a database dump from a relational database management system.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaDatabaseDump", +"properties": { +"gcsUri": { +"description": "Required. A Cloud Storage object or folder URI that specifies the source from which to import metadata. It must begin with gs://.", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Optional. The type of the database dump. If unspecified, defaults to MYSQL.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MYSQL", +"AVRO" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The type of the database dump is unknown.", +"Database dump is a MySQL dump file.", +"Database dump contains Avro files." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaEncryptionConfig": { +"description": "Encryption settings for the service.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaEncryptionConfig", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaEndpoint": { +"description": "An endpoint used to access the metastore service.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaEndpoint", +"properties": { +"endpointUri": { +"description": "Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaExportMetadataRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.ExportMetadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaExportMetadataRequest", +"properties": { +"databaseDumpType": { +"description": "Optional. The type of the database dump. If unspecified, defaults to MYSQL.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MYSQL", +"AVRO" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The type of the database dump is unknown.", +"Database dump is a MySQL dump file.", +"Database dump contains Avro files." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"destinationGcsFolder": { +"description": "A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing exported files will be created below it.", +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format). A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaHiveMetastoreConfig": { +"description": "Specifies configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaHiveMetastoreConfig", +"properties": { +"auxiliaryVersions": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaAuxiliaryVersionConfig" +}, +"description": "Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore version to the auxiliary version configuration. When specified, a secondary Hive metastore service is created along with the primary service. All auxiliary versions must be less than the service's primary version. The key is the auxiliary service name and it must match the regular expression a-z?. This means that the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be hyphens, lowercase letters, or digits, except the last character, which cannot be a hyphen.", +"type": "object" +}, +"configOverrides": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml). The mappings override system defaults (some keys cannot be overridden). These overrides are also applied to auxiliary versions and can be further customized in the auxiliary version's AuxiliaryVersionConfig.", +"type": "object" +}, +"endpointProtocol": { +"description": "Optional. The protocol to use for the metastore service endpoint. If unspecified, defaults to GRPC.", +"enum": [ +"ENDPOINT_PROTOCOL_UNSPECIFIED", +"THRIFT", +"GRPC" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The protocol is not set.", +"Use the legacy Apache Thrift protocol for the metastore service endpoint.", +"Use the modernized gRPC protocol for the metastore service endpoint." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "Immutable. The Hive metastore schema version.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaImportMetadataRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.CreateMetadataImport.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaImportMetadataRequest", +"properties": { +"databaseDump": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaDatabaseDump", +"description": "Immutable. A database dump from a pre-existing metastore's database." +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. The description of the metadata import.", +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format). A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaLatestBackup": { +"description": "The details of the latest scheduled backup.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaLatestBackup", +"properties": { +"backupId": { +"description": "Output only. The ID of an in-progress scheduled backup. Empty if no backup is in progress.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"duration": { +"description": "Output only. The duration of the backup completion.", +"format": "google-duration", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the backup was started.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The current state of the backup.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"IN_PROGRESS", +"SUCCEEDED", +"FAILED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The state of the backup is unknown.", +"The backup is in progress.", +"The backup completed.", +"The backup failed." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaLimitConfig": { +"description": "Represents the autoscaling limit configuration of a metastore service.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaLimitConfig", +"properties": { +"maxScalingFactor": { +"description": "Optional. The highest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"minScalingFactor": { +"description": "Optional. The lowest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaListBackupsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.ListBackups.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaListBackupsResponse", +"properties": { +"backups": { +"description": "The backups of the specified service.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaBackup" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token that can be sent as page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaListMigrationExecutionsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.ListMigrationExecutions.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaListMigrationExecutionsResponse", +"properties": { +"migrationExecutions": { +"description": "The migration executions on the specified service.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaMigrationExecution" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token that can be sent as page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaListServicesResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.ListServices.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaListServicesResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token that can be sent as page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"services": { +"description": "The services in the specified location.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaService" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaMetadataIntegration": { +"description": "Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaMetadataIntegration", +"properties": { +"dataCatalogConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaDataCatalogConfig", +"description": "Optional. The integration config for the Data Catalog service." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaMigrationExecution": { +"description": "The details of a migration execution resource.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaMigrationExecution", +"properties": { +"cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaCloudSQLMigrationConfig", +"description": "Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore." +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the migration execution was started.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the migration execution finished.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"phase": { +"description": "Output only. The current phase of the migration execution.", +"enum": [ +"PHASE_UNSPECIFIED", +"REPLICATION", +"CUTOVER" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The phase of the migration execution is unknown.", +"Replication phase refers to the migration phase when Dataproc Metastore is running a pipeline to replicate changes in the customer database to its backend database. During this phase, Dataproc Metastore uses the customer database as the hive metastore backend database.", +"Cutover phase refers to the migration phase when Dataproc Metastore switches to using its own backend database. Migration enters this phase when customer is done migrating all their clusters/workloads to Dataproc Metastore and triggers CompleteMigration." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The current state of the migration execution.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"STARTING", +"RUNNING", +"CANCELLING", +"AWAITING_USER_ACTION", +"SUCCEEDED", +"FAILED", +"CANCELLED", +"DELETING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The state of the migration execution is unknown.", +"The migration execution is starting.", +"The migration execution is running.", +"The migration execution is in the process of being cancelled.", +"The migration execution is awaiting user action.", +"The migration execution has completed successfully.", +"The migration execution has failed.", +"The migration execution is cancelled.", +"The migration execution is being deleted." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"stateMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Additional information about the current state of the migration execution.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaMoveTableToDatabaseRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.MoveTableToDatabase.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaMoveTableToDatabaseRequest", +"properties": { +"dbName": { +"description": "Required. The name of the database where the table resides.", +"type": "string" +}, +"destinationDbName": { +"description": "Required. The name of the database where the table should be moved.", +"type": "string" +}, +"tableName": { +"description": "Required. The name of the table to be moved.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaQueryMetadataRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.QueryMetadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaQueryMetadataRequest", +"properties": { +"query": { +"description": "Required. A read-only SQL query to execute against the metadata database. The query cannot change or mutate the data.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaRemoveIamPolicyRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.RemoveIamPolicy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaRemoveIamPolicyRequest", +"properties": { +"asynchronous": { +"description": "Optional. Removes IAM policy attached to database or table asynchronously when it is set. The default is false.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaRemoveIamPolicyResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.RemoveIamPolicy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaRemoveIamPolicyResponse", +"properties": { +"success": { +"description": "True if the policy is successfully removed.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaRestoreServiceRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.Restore.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaRestoreServiceRequest", +"properties": { +"backup": { +"description": "Optional. The relative resource name of the metastore service backup to restore from, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}. Mutually exclusive with backup_location, and exactly one of the two must be set.", +"type": "string" +}, +"backupLocation": { +"description": "Optional. A Cloud Storage URI specifying the location of the backup artifacts, namely - backup avro files under \"avro/\", backup_metastore.json and service.json, in the following form:gs://. Mutually exclusive with backup, and exactly one of the two must be set.", +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format). A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"type": "string" +}, +"restoreType": { +"description": "Optional. The type of restore. If unspecified, defaults to METADATA_ONLY.", +"enum": [ +"RESTORE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"FULL", +"METADATA_ONLY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The restore type is unknown.", +"The service's metadata and configuration are restored.", +"Only the service's metadata is restored." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaScalingConfig": { +"description": "Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaScalingConfig", +"properties": { +"autoscalingConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaAutoscalingConfig", +"description": "Optional. The autoscaling configuration." +}, +"scalingFactor": { +"description": "Optional. Scaling factor from 1 to 5, increments of 1.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaScheduledBackup": { +"description": "This specifies the configuration of scheduled backup.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaScheduledBackup", +"properties": { +"backupLocation": { +"description": "Optional. A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing backup files will be stored below it.", +"type": "string" +}, +"cronSchedule": { +"description": "Optional. The scheduled interval in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron The default is empty: scheduled backup is not enabled. Must be specified to enable scheduled backups.", +"type": "string" +}, +"enabled": { +"description": "Optional. Defines whether the scheduled backup is enabled. The default value is false.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"latestBackup": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaLatestBackup", +"description": "Output only. The details of the latest scheduled backup.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"nextScheduledTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the next backups execution is scheduled to start.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"timeZone": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the time zone to be used when interpreting cron_schedule. Must be a time zone name from the time zone database (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones), e.g. America/Los_Angeles or Africa/Abidjan. If left unspecified, the default is UTC.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaService": { +"description": "A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaService", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"encryptionConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaEncryptionConfig", +"description": "Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated." +}, +"endpoints": { +"description": "Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the metastore service.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaEndpoint" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"hiveMetastoreConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaHiveMetastoreConfig", +"description": "Configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service." +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "User-defined labels for the metastore service.", +"type": "object" +}, +"metadataIntegration": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaMetadataIntegration", +"description": "Optional. The setting that defines how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services and systems." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"type": "string" +}, +"scalingConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaScalingConfig", +"description": "Optional. Scaling configuration of the metastore service." +}, +"scheduledBackup": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaScheduledBackup", +"description": "Optional. The configuration of scheduled backup for the metastore service." +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The current state of the metastore service.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CREATING", +"ACTIVE", +"SUSPENDING", +"SUSPENDED", +"UPDATING", +"DELETING", +"ERROR", +"MIGRATING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The state of the metastore service is unknown.", +"The metastore service is in the process of being created.", +"The metastore service is running and ready to serve queries.", +"The metastore service is entering suspension. Its query-serving availability may cease unexpectedly.", +"The metastore service is suspended and unable to serve queries.", +"The metastore service is being updated. It remains usable but cannot accept additional update requests or be deleted at this time.", +"The metastore service is undergoing deletion. It cannot be used.", +"The metastore service has encountered an error and cannot be used. The metastore service should be deleted.", +"The metastore service is processing a managed migration." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"stateMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Additional information about the current state of the metastore service, if available.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. The globally unique resource identifier of the metastore service.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the metastore service was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"warehouseGcsUri": { +"description": "Required. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies the default warehouse directory of the Hive Metastore.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaStartMigrationRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.StartMigration.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaStartMigrationRequest", +"properties": { +"migrationExecution": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2alphaMigrationExecution", +"description": "Required. The configuration details for the migration." +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleLongrunningOperation": { +"description": "This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.", +"id": "GoogleLongrunningOperation", +"properties": { +"done": { +"description": "If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"error": { +"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus", +"description": "The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation." +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.", +"type": "string" +}, +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleRpcStatus": { +"description": "The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", +"id": "GoogleRpcStatus", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"details": { +"description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.", +"items": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"servicePath": "", +"title": "Dataproc Metastore API", +"version": "v2alpha", +"version_module": true +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v2beta.json new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..036dc6d81c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v2beta.json @@ -0,0 +1,2313 @@ +{ +"auth": { +"oauth2": { +"scopes": { +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": { +"description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account." +} +} +} +}, +"basePath": "", +"baseUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", +"batchPath": "batch", +"canonicalName": "Dataproc Metastore", +"description": "The Dataproc Metastore API is used to manage the lifecycle and configuration of metastore services.", +"discoveryVersion": "v1", +"documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-metastore/docs", +"fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, +"icons": { +"x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", +"x32": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-32.gif" +}, +"id": "metastore:v2beta", +"kind": "discovery#restDescription", +"mtlsRootUrl": "https://metastore.mtls.googleapis.com/", +"name": "metastore", +"ownerDomain": "google.com", +"ownerName": "Google", +"parameters": { +"$.xgafv": { +"description": "V1 error format.", +"enum": [ +"1", +"2" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"v1 error format", +"v2 error format" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"access_token": { +"description": "OAuth access token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"alt": { +"default": "json", +"description": "Data format for response.", +"enum": [ +"json", +"media", +"proto" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Responses with Content-Type of application/json", +"Media download with context-dependent Content-Type", +"Responses with Content-Type of application/x-protobuf" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"callback": { +"description": "JSONP", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"fields": { +"description": "Selector specifying which fields to include in a partial response.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"key": { +"description": "API key. Your API key identifies your project and provides you with API access, quota, and reports. Required unless you provide an OAuth 2.0 token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"oauth_token": { +"description": "OAuth 2.0 token for the current user.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"prettyPrint": { +"default": "true", +"description": "Returns response with indentations and line breaks.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"quotaUser": { +"description": "Available to use for quota purposes for server-side applications. Can be any arbitrary string assigned to a user, but should not exceed 40 characters.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"uploadType": { +"description": "Legacy upload protocol for media (e.g. \"media\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"upload_protocol": { +"description": "Upload protocol for media (e.g. \"raw\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"protocol": "rest", +"resources": { +"projects": { +"resources": { +"locations": { +"resources": { +"services": { +"methods": { +"alterLocation": { +"description": "Alter metadata resource location. The metadata resource can be a database, table, or partition. This functionality only updates the parent directory for the respective metadata resource and does not transfer any existing data to the new location.", +"flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:alterLocation", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.alterLocation", +"parameterOrder": [ +"service" +], +"parameters": { +"service": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to mutate metadata, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2beta/{+service}:alterLocation", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaAlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"alterTableProperties": { +"description": "Alter metadata table properties.", +"flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:alterTableProperties", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.alterTableProperties", +"parameterOrder": [ +"service" +], +"parameters": { +"service": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the Dataproc Metastore service that's being used to mutate metadata table properties, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2beta/{+service}:alterTableProperties", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaAlterTablePropertiesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"cancelMigration": { +"description": "Cancels the ongoing Managed Migration process.", +"flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:cancelMigration", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.cancelMigration", +"parameterOrder": [ +"service" +], +"parameters": { +"service": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to cancel the ongoing migration to, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2beta/{+service}:cancelMigration", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaCancelMigrationRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"completeMigration": { +"description": "Completes the managed migration process. The Dataproc Metastore service will switch to using its own backend database after successful migration.", +"flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:completeMigration", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.completeMigration", +"parameterOrder": [ +"service" +], +"parameters": { +"service": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to complete the migration to, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2beta/{+service}:completeMigration", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaCompleteMigrationRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"create": { +"description": "Creates a metastore service in a project and location.", +"flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the location in which to create a metastore service, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"serviceId": { +"description": "Required. The ID of the metastore service, which is used as the final component of the metastore service's name.This value must be between 2 and 63 characters long inclusive, begin with a letter, end with a letter or number, and consist of alpha-numeric ASCII characters or hyphens.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2beta/{+parent}/services", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaService" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single service.", +"flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to delete, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2beta/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"exportMetadata": { +"description": "Exports metadata from a service.", +"flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:exportMetadata", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.exportMetadata", +"parameterOrder": [ +"service" +], +"parameters": { +"service": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to run export, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2beta/{+service}:exportMetadata", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaExportMetadataRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the details of a single service.", +"flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to retrieve, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2beta/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaService" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"importMetadata": { +"description": "Imports Metadata into a Dataproc Metastore service.", +"flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:importMetadata", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.importMetadata", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service to run import, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2beta/{+name}:importMetadata", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaImportMetadataRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists services in a project and location.", +"flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. The filter to apply to list results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Specify the ordering of results as described in Sorting Order (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order). If not specified, the results will be sorted in the default order.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of services to return. The response may contain less than the maximum number. If unspecified, no more than 500 services are returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 are changed to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous DataprocMetastore.ListServices call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.To retrieve the first page, supply an empty page token.When paginating, other parameters provided to DataprocMetastore.ListServices must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the location of metastore services to list, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2beta/{+parent}/services", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaListServicesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"moveTableToDatabase": { +"description": "Move a table to another database.", +"flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:moveTableToDatabase", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.moveTableToDatabase", +"parameterOrder": [ +"service" +], +"parameters": { +"service": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to mutate metadata, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2beta/{+service}:moveTableToDatabase", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaMoveTableToDatabaseRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the parameters of a single service.", +"flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. A field mask used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the metastore service resource by the update. Fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource (not to the full request). A field is overwritten if it is in the mask.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2beta/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaService" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"queryMetadata": { +"description": "Query Dataproc Metastore metadata.", +"flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:queryMetadata", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.queryMetadata", +"parameterOrder": [ +"service" +], +"parameters": { +"service": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to query metadata, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2beta/{+service}:queryMetadata", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaQueryMetadataRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"removeIamPolicy": { +"description": "Removes the attached IAM policies for a resource", +"flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}/{servicesId1}:removeIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.removeIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the dataplane resource to remove IAM policy, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/databases/{database_id} or projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/databases/{database_id}/tables/{table_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2beta/{+resource}:removeIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaRemoveIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaRemoveIamPolicyResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"restore": { +"description": "Restores a service from a backup.", +"flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:restore", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.restore", +"parameterOrder": [ +"service" +], +"parameters": { +"service": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to run restore, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2beta/{+service}:restore", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaRestoreServiceRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"startMigration": { +"description": "Starts the Managed Migration process.", +"flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}:startMigration", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.startMigration", +"parameterOrder": [ +"service" +], +"parameters": { +"service": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the metastore service to start migrating to, in the following format:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2beta/{+service}:startMigration", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaStartMigrationRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"backups": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new backup in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}/backups", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.backups.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"backupId": { +"description": "Required. The ID of the backup, which is used as the final component of the backup's name.This value must be between 1 and 64 characters long, begin with a letter, end with a letter or number, and consist of alpha-numeric ASCII characters or hyphens.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the service in which to create a backup of the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2beta/{+parent}/backups", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaBackup" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single backup.", +"flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}/backups/{backupsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.backups.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the backup to delete, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+/backups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2beta/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single backup.", +"flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}/backups/{backupsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.backups.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the backup to retrieve, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+/backups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2beta/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaBackup" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists backups in a service.", +"flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}/backups", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.backups.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. The filter to apply to list results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Specify the ordering of results as described in Sorting Order (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order). If not specified, the results will be sorted in the default order.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of backups to return. The response may contain less than the maximum number. If unspecified, no more than 500 backups are returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 are changed to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous DataprocMetastore.ListBackups call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.To retrieve the first page, supply an empty page token.When paginating, other parameters provided to DataprocMetastore.ListBackups must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the service whose backups to list, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2beta/{+parent}/backups", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaListBackupsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"migrationExecutions": { +"methods": { +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single migration execution.", +"flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}/migrationExecutions/{migrationExecutionsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the migrationExecution to delete, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+/migrationExecutions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2beta/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single migration execution.", +"flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}/migrationExecutions/{migrationExecutionsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the migration execution to retrieve, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+/migrationExecutions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2beta/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaMigrationExecution" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists migration executions on a service.", +"flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/services/{servicesId}/migrationExecutions", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "metastore.projects.locations.services.migrationExecutions.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. The filter to apply to list results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Specify the ordering of results as described in Sorting Order (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order). If not specified, the results will be sorted in the default order.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of migration executions to return. The response may contain less than the maximum number. If unspecified, no more than 500 migration executions are returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 are changed to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous DataprocMetastore.ListMigrationExecutions call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.To retrieve the first page, supply an empty page token.When paginating, other parameters provided to DataprocMetastore.ListMigrationExecutions must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the service whose migration executions to list, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2beta/{+parent}/migrationExecutions", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaListMigrationExecutionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +} +} +} +} +} +}, +"revision": "20241203", +"rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", +"schemas": { +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1AlterMetadataResourceLocationResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.AlterMetadataResourceLocation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1AlterMetadataResourceLocationResponse", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1CustomRegionMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata about a custom region. This is only populated if the region is a custom region. For single/multi regions, it will be empty.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1CustomRegionMetadata", +"properties": { +"optionalReadOnlyRegions": { +"description": "The read-only regions for this custom region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"requiredReadWriteRegions": { +"description": "The read-write regions for this custom region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"witnessRegion": { +"description": "The Spanner witness region for this custom region.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1ErrorDetails": { +"description": "Error details in public error message for DataprocMetastore.QueryMetadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1ErrorDetails", +"properties": { +"details": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Additional structured details about this error.Keys define the failure items. Value describes the exception or details of the item.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1HiveMetastoreVersion": { +"description": "A specification of a supported version of the Hive Metastore software.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1HiveMetastoreVersion", +"properties": { +"isDefault": { +"description": "Whether version will be chosen by the server if a metastore service is created with a HiveMetastoreConfig that omits the version.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"version": { +"description": "The semantic version of the Hive Metastore software.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1LocationMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata about the service in a location.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1LocationMetadata", +"properties": { +"customRegionMetadata": { +"description": "Possible configurations supported if the current region is a custom region.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1CustomRegionMetadata" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"multiRegionMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1MultiRegionMetadata", +"description": "The multi-region metadata if the current region is a multi-region." +}, +"supportedHiveMetastoreVersions": { +"description": "The versions of Hive Metastore that can be used when creating a new metastore service in this location. The server guarantees that exactly one HiveMetastoreVersion in the list will set is_default.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1HiveMetastoreVersion" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1MoveTableToDatabaseResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.MoveTableToDatabase.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1MoveTableToDatabaseResponse", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1MultiRegionMetadata": { +"description": "The metadata for the multi-region that includes the constituent regions. The metadata is only populated if the region is multi-region. For single region or custom dual region, it will be empty.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1MultiRegionMetadata", +"properties": { +"constituentRegions": { +"description": "The regions constituting the multi-region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1OperationMetadata": { +"description": "Represents the metadata of a long-running operation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1OperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"apiVersion": { +"description": "Output only. API version used to start the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation finished running.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestedCancellation": { +"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the caller has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to Code.CANCELLED.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"statusMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Human-readable status of the operation, if any.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"target": { +"description": "Output only. Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"verb": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the verb executed by the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1QueryMetadataResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.QueryMetadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1QueryMetadataResponse", +"properties": { +"resultManifestUri": { +"description": "The manifest URI is link to a JSON instance in Cloud Storage. This instance manifests immediately along with QueryMetadataResponse. The content of the URI is not retriable until the long-running operation query against the metadata finishes.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaAlterMetadataResourceLocationResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.AlterMetadataResourceLocation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaAlterMetadataResourceLocationResponse", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaCancelMigrationResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.CancelMigration.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaCancelMigrationResponse", +"properties": { +"migrationExecution": { +"description": "The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaCompleteMigrationResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.CompleteMigration.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaCompleteMigrationResponse", +"properties": { +"migrationExecution": { +"description": "The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaCustomRegionMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata about a custom region. This is only populated if the region is a custom region. For single/multi regions, it will be empty.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaCustomRegionMetadata", +"properties": { +"optionalReadOnlyRegions": { +"description": "The read-only regions for this custom region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"requiredReadWriteRegions": { +"description": "The read-write regions for this custom region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"witnessRegion": { +"description": "The Spanner witness region for this custom region.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaErrorDetails": { +"description": "Error details in public error message for DataprocMetastore.QueryMetadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaErrorDetails", +"properties": { +"details": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Additional structured details about this error.Keys define the failure items. Value describes the exception or details of the item.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaHiveMetastoreVersion": { +"description": "A specification of a supported version of the Hive Metastore software.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaHiveMetastoreVersion", +"properties": { +"isDefault": { +"description": "Whether version will be chosen by the server if a metastore service is created with a HiveMetastoreConfig that omits the version.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"version": { +"description": "The semantic version of the Hive Metastore software.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaLocationMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata about the service in a location.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaLocationMetadata", +"properties": { +"customRegionMetadata": { +"description": "Possible configurations supported if the current region is a custom region.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaCustomRegionMetadata" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"multiRegionMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaMultiRegionMetadata", +"description": "The multi-region metadata if the current region is a multi-region." +}, +"supportedHiveMetastoreVersions": { +"description": "The versions of Hive Metastore that can be used when creating a new metastore service in this location. The server guarantees that exactly one HiveMetastoreVersion in the list will set is_default.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaHiveMetastoreVersion" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaMoveTableToDatabaseResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.MoveTableToDatabase.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaMoveTableToDatabaseResponse", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaMultiRegionMetadata": { +"description": "The metadata for the multi-region that includes the constituent regions. The metadata is only populated if the region is multi-region. For single region or custom dual region, it will be empty.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaMultiRegionMetadata", +"properties": { +"constituentRegions": { +"description": "The regions constituting the multi-region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaOperationMetadata": { +"description": "Represents the metadata of a long-running operation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"apiVersion": { +"description": "Output only. API version used to start the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation finished running.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestedCancellation": { +"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the caller has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to Code.CANCELLED.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"statusMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Human-readable status of the operation, if any.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"target": { +"description": "Output only. Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"verb": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the verb executed by the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaQueryMetadataResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.QueryMetadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1alphaQueryMetadataResponse", +"properties": { +"resultManifestUri": { +"description": "The manifest URI is link to a JSON instance in Cloud Storage. This instance manifests immediately along with QueryMetadataResponse. The content of the URI is not retriable until the long-running operation query against the metadata finishes.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaAlterMetadataResourceLocationResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.AlterMetadataResourceLocation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaAlterMetadataResourceLocationResponse", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaCancelMigrationResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.CancelMigration.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaCancelMigrationResponse", +"properties": { +"migrationExecution": { +"description": "The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaCompleteMigrationResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.CompleteMigration.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaCompleteMigrationResponse", +"properties": { +"migrationExecution": { +"description": "The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaCustomRegionMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata about a custom region. This is only populated if the region is a custom region. For single/multi regions, it will be empty.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaCustomRegionMetadata", +"properties": { +"optionalReadOnlyRegions": { +"description": "The read-only regions for this custom region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"requiredReadWriteRegions": { +"description": "The read-write regions for this custom region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"witnessRegion": { +"description": "The Spanner witness region for this custom region.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaErrorDetails": { +"description": "Error details in public error message for DataprocMetastore.QueryMetadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaErrorDetails", +"properties": { +"details": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Additional structured details about this error.Keys define the failure items. Value describes the exception or details of the item.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaHiveMetastoreVersion": { +"description": "A specification of a supported version of the Hive Metastore software.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaHiveMetastoreVersion", +"properties": { +"isDefault": { +"description": "Whether version will be chosen by the server if a metastore service is created with a HiveMetastoreConfig that omits the version.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"version": { +"description": "The semantic version of the Hive Metastore software.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaLocationMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata about the service in a location.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaLocationMetadata", +"properties": { +"customRegionMetadata": { +"description": "Possible configurations supported if the current region is a custom region.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaCustomRegionMetadata" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"multiRegionMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaMultiRegionMetadata", +"description": "The multi-region metadata if the current region is a multi-region." +}, +"supportedHiveMetastoreVersions": { +"description": "The versions of Hive Metastore that can be used when creating a new metastore service in this location. The server guarantees that exactly one HiveMetastoreVersion in the list will set is_default.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaHiveMetastoreVersion" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaMoveTableToDatabaseResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.MoveTableToDatabase.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaMoveTableToDatabaseResponse", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaMultiRegionMetadata": { +"description": "The metadata for the multi-region that includes the constituent regions. The metadata is only populated if the region is multi-region. For single region or custom dual region, it will be empty.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaMultiRegionMetadata", +"properties": { +"constituentRegions": { +"description": "The regions constituting the multi-region.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaOperationMetadata": { +"description": "Represents the metadata of a long-running operation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"apiVersion": { +"description": "Output only. API version used to start the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the operation finished running.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestedCancellation": { +"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the caller has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to Code.CANCELLED.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"statusMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Human-readable status of the operation, if any.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"target": { +"description": "Output only. Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"verb": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the verb executed by the operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaQueryMetadataResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.QueryMetadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV1betaQueryMetadataResponse", +"properties": { +"resultManifestUri": { +"description": "The manifest URI is link to a JSON instance in Cloud Storage. This instance manifests immediately along with QueryMetadataResponse. The content of the URI is not retriable until the long-running operation query against the metadata finishes.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaAlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.AlterMetadataResourceLocation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaAlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest", +"properties": { +"locationUri": { +"description": "Required. The new location URI for the metadata resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"resourceName": { +"description": "Required. The relative metadata resource name in the following format.databases/{database_id} or databases/{database_id}/tables/{table_id} or databases/{database_id}/tables/{table_id}/partitions/{partition_id}", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaAlterTablePropertiesRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.AlterTableProperties.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaAlterTablePropertiesRequest", +"properties": { +"properties": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "A map that describes the desired values to mutate. If update_mask is empty, the properties will not update. Otherwise, the properties only alters the value whose associated paths exist in the update mask", +"type": "object" +}, +"tableName": { +"description": "Required. The name of the table containing the properties you're altering in the following format.databases/{database_id}/tables/{table_id}", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "A field mask that specifies the metadata table properties that are overwritten by the update. Fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource (not to the full request). A field is overwritten if it is in the mask.For example, given the target properties: properties { a: 1 b: 2 } And an update properties: properties { a: 2 b: 3 c: 4 } then if the field mask is:paths: \"properties.b\", \"properties.c\"then the result will be: properties { a: 1 b: 3 c: 4 } ", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaAutoscalingConfig": { +"description": "Represents the autoscaling configuration of a metastore service.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaAutoscalingConfig", +"properties": { +"autoscalingEnabled": { +"description": "Optional. Whether or not autoscaling is enabled for this service.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"autoscalingFactor": { +"description": "Output only. The scaling factor of a service with autoscaling enabled.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"limitConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaLimitConfig", +"description": "Optional. The LimitConfig of the service." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaAuxiliaryVersionConfig": { +"description": "Configuration information for the auxiliary service versions.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaAuxiliaryVersionConfig", +"properties": { +"configOverrides": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the auxiliary Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml) in addition to the primary version's overrides. If keys are present in both the auxiliary version's overrides and the primary version's overrides, the value from the auxiliary version's overrides takes precedence.", +"type": "object" +}, +"endpoints": { +"description": "Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the auxiliary metastore service, includes version and region data.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaEndpoint" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"version": { +"description": "The Hive metastore version of the auxiliary service. It must be less than the primary Hive metastore service's version.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaBackup": { +"description": "The details of a backup resource.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaBackup", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the backup was started.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "The description of the backup.", +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the backup finished creating.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. The relative resource name of the backup, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}", +"type": "string" +}, +"restoringServices": { +"description": "Output only. Services that are restoring from the backup.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"serviceRevision": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaService", +"description": "Output only. The revision of the service at the time of backup.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The current state of the backup.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CREATING", +"DELETING", +"ACTIVE", +"FAILED", +"RESTORING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The state of the backup is unknown.", +"The backup is being created.", +"The backup is being deleted.", +"The backup is active and ready to use.", +"The backup failed.", +"The backup is being restored." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaCancelMigrationRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.CancelMigration.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaCancelMigrationRequest", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaCdcConfig": { +"description": "Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaCdcConfig", +"properties": { +"bucket": { +"description": "Optional. The bucket to write the intermediate stream event data in. The bucket name must be without any prefix like \"gs://\". See the bucket naming requirements (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/buckets#naming). This field is optional. If not set, the Artifacts Cloud Storage bucket will be used.", +"type": "string" +}, +"password": { +"description": "Required. Input only. The password for the user that Datastream service should use for the MySQL connection. This field is not returned on request.", +"type": "string" +}, +"reverseProxySubnet": { +"description": "Required. The URL of the subnetwork resource to create the VM instance hosting the reverse proxy in. More context in https://cloud.google.com/datastream/docs/private-connectivity#reverse-csql-proxy The subnetwork should reside in the network provided in the request that Datastream will peer to and should be in the same region as Datastream, in the following format. projects/{project_id}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}", +"type": "string" +}, +"rootPath": { +"description": "Optional. The root path inside the Cloud Storage bucket. The stream event data will be written to this path. The default value is /migration.", +"type": "string" +}, +"subnetIpRange": { +"description": "Required. A /29 CIDR IP range for peering with datastream.", +"type": "string" +}, +"username": { +"description": "Required. The username that the Datastream service should use for the MySQL connection.", +"type": "string" +}, +"vpcNetwork": { +"description": "Required. Fully qualified name of the Cloud SQL instance's VPC network or the shared VPC network that Datastream will peer to, in the following format: projects/{project_id}/locations/global/networks/{network_id}. More context in https://cloud.google.com/datastream/docs/network-connectivity-options#privateconnectivity", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaCloudSQLConnectionConfig": { +"description": "Configuration information to establish customer database connection before the cutover phase of migration", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaCloudSQLConnectionConfig", +"properties": { +"hiveDatabaseName": { +"description": "Required. The hive database name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"instanceConnectionName": { +"description": "Required. Cloud SQL database connection name (project_id:region:instance_name)", +"type": "string" +}, +"ipAddress": { +"description": "Required. The private IP address of the Cloud SQL instance.", +"type": "string" +}, +"natSubnet": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the subnetwork to be used for Private Service Connect. Note that this cannot be a regular subnet and is used only for NAT. (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/about-vpc-hosted-services#psc-subnets) This subnet is used to publish the SOCKS5 proxy service. The subnet size must be at least /29 and it should reside in a network through which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible. The resource name should be in the format, projects/{project_id}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}", +"type": "string" +}, +"password": { +"description": "Required. Input only. The password for the user that Dataproc Metastore service will be using to connect to the database. This field is not returned on request.", +"type": "string" +}, +"port": { +"description": "Required. The network port of the database.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"proxySubnet": { +"description": "Required. The relative resource name of the subnetwork to deploy the SOCKS5 proxy service in. The subnetwork should reside in a network through which the Cloud SQL instance is accessible. The resource name should be in the format, projects/{project_id}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id}", +"type": "string" +}, +"username": { +"description": "Required. The username that Dataproc Metastore service will use to connect to the database.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaCloudSQLMigrationConfig": { +"description": "Configuration information for migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaCloudSQLMigrationConfig", +"properties": { +"cdcConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaCdcConfig", +"description": "Required. Configuration information to start the Change Data Capture (CDC) streams from customer database to backend database of Dataproc Metastore. Dataproc Metastore switches to using its backend database after the cutover phase of migration." +}, +"cloudSqlConnectionConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaCloudSQLConnectionConfig", +"description": "Required. Configuration information to establish customer database connection before the cutover phase of migration" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaCompleteMigrationRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.CompleteMigration.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaCompleteMigrationRequest", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaDataCatalogConfig": { +"description": "Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with the Data Catalog service.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaDataCatalogConfig", +"properties": { +"enabled": { +"description": "Optional. Defines whether the metastore metadata should be synced to Data Catalog. The default value is to disable syncing metastore metadata to Data Catalog.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaDatabaseDump": { +"description": "A specification of the location of and metadata about a database dump from a relational database management system.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaDatabaseDump", +"properties": { +"gcsUri": { +"description": "Required. A Cloud Storage object or folder URI that specifies the source from which to import metadata. It must begin with gs://.", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Optional. The type of the database dump. If unspecified, defaults to MYSQL.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MYSQL", +"AVRO" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The type of the database dump is unknown.", +"Database dump is a MySQL dump file.", +"Database dump contains Avro files." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaEncryptionConfig": { +"description": "Encryption settings for the service.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaEncryptionConfig", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaEndpoint": { +"description": "An endpoint used to access the metastore service.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaEndpoint", +"properties": { +"endpointUri": { +"description": "Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Output only. The region where the endpoint is located.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaExportMetadataRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.ExportMetadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaExportMetadataRequest", +"properties": { +"databaseDumpType": { +"description": "Optional. The type of the database dump. If unspecified, defaults to MYSQL.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MYSQL", +"AVRO" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The type of the database dump is unknown.", +"Database dump is a MySQL dump file.", +"Database dump contains Avro files." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"destinationGcsFolder": { +"description": "A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing exported files will be created below it.", +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format). A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaHiveMetastoreConfig": { +"description": "Specifies configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaHiveMetastoreConfig", +"properties": { +"auxiliaryVersions": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaAuxiliaryVersionConfig" +}, +"description": "Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore version to the auxiliary version configuration. When specified, a secondary Hive metastore service is created along with the primary service. All auxiliary versions must be less than the service's primary version. The key is the auxiliary service name and it must match the regular expression a-z?. This means that the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be hyphens, lowercase letters, or digits, except the last character, which cannot be a hyphen.", +"type": "object" +}, +"configOverrides": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. A mapping of Hive metastore configuration key-value pairs to apply to the Hive metastore (configured in hive-site.xml). The mappings override system defaults (some keys cannot be overridden). These overrides are also applied to auxiliary versions and can be further customized in the auxiliary version's AuxiliaryVersionConfig.", +"type": "object" +}, +"endpointProtocol": { +"description": "Optional. The protocol to use for the metastore service endpoint. If unspecified, defaults to GRPC.", +"enum": [ +"ENDPOINT_PROTOCOL_UNSPECIFIED", +"THRIFT", +"GRPC" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The protocol is not set.", +"Use the legacy Apache Thrift protocol for the metastore service endpoint.", +"Use the modernized gRPC protocol for the metastore service endpoint." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "Immutable. The Hive metastore schema version.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaImportMetadataRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.CreateMetadataImport.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaImportMetadataRequest", +"properties": { +"databaseDump": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaDatabaseDump", +"description": "Immutable. A database dump from a pre-existing metastore's database." +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. The description of the metadata import.", +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format). A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaLatestBackup": { +"description": "The details of the latest scheduled backup.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaLatestBackup", +"properties": { +"backupId": { +"description": "Output only. The ID of an in-progress scheduled backup. Empty if no backup is in progress.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"duration": { +"description": "Output only. The duration of the backup completion.", +"format": "google-duration", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the backup was started.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The current state of the backup.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"IN_PROGRESS", +"SUCCEEDED", +"FAILED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The state of the backup is unknown.", +"The backup is in progress.", +"The backup completed.", +"The backup failed." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaLimitConfig": { +"description": "Represents the autoscaling limit configuration of a metastore service.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaLimitConfig", +"properties": { +"maxScalingFactor": { +"description": "Optional. The highest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"minScalingFactor": { +"description": "Optional. The lowest scaling factor that the service should be autoscaled to.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaListBackupsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.ListBackups.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaListBackupsResponse", +"properties": { +"backups": { +"description": "The backups of the specified service.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaBackup" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token that can be sent as page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaListMigrationExecutionsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.ListMigrationExecutions.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaListMigrationExecutionsResponse", +"properties": { +"migrationExecutions": { +"description": "The migration executions on the specified service.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaMigrationExecution" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token that can be sent as page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaListServicesResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.ListServices.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaListServicesResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token that can be sent as page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"services": { +"description": "The services in the specified location.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaService" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaMetadataIntegration": { +"description": "Specifies how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaMetadataIntegration", +"properties": { +"dataCatalogConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaDataCatalogConfig", +"description": "Optional. The integration config for the Data Catalog service." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaMigrationExecution": { +"description": "The details of a migration execution resource.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaMigrationExecution", +"properties": { +"cloudSqlMigrationConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaCloudSQLMigrationConfig", +"description": "Configuration information specific to migrating from self-managed hive metastore on Google Cloud using Cloud SQL as the backend database to Dataproc Metastore." +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the migration execution was started.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the migration execution finished.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. The relative resource name of the migration execution, in the following form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/migrationExecutions/{migration_execution_id}", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"phase": { +"description": "Output only. The current phase of the migration execution.", +"enum": [ +"PHASE_UNSPECIFIED", +"REPLICATION", +"CUTOVER" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The phase of the migration execution is unknown.", +"Replication phase refers to the migration phase when Dataproc Metastore is running a pipeline to replicate changes in the customer database to its backend database. During this phase, Dataproc Metastore uses the customer database as the hive metastore backend database.", +"Cutover phase refers to the migration phase when Dataproc Metastore switches to using its own backend database. Migration enters this phase when customer is done migrating all their clusters/workloads to Dataproc Metastore and triggers CompleteMigration." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The current state of the migration execution.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"STARTING", +"RUNNING", +"CANCELLING", +"AWAITING_USER_ACTION", +"SUCCEEDED", +"FAILED", +"CANCELLED", +"DELETING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The state of the migration execution is unknown.", +"The migration execution is starting.", +"The migration execution is running.", +"The migration execution is in the process of being cancelled.", +"The migration execution is awaiting user action.", +"The migration execution has completed successfully.", +"The migration execution has failed.", +"The migration execution is cancelled.", +"The migration execution is being deleted." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"stateMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Additional information about the current state of the migration execution.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaMoveTableToDatabaseRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.MoveTableToDatabase.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaMoveTableToDatabaseRequest", +"properties": { +"dbName": { +"description": "Required. The name of the database where the table resides.", +"type": "string" +}, +"destinationDbName": { +"description": "Required. The name of the database where the table should be moved.", +"type": "string" +}, +"tableName": { +"description": "Required. The name of the table to be moved.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaQueryMetadataRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.QueryMetadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaQueryMetadataRequest", +"properties": { +"query": { +"description": "Required. A read-only SQL query to execute against the metadata database. The query cannot change or mutate the data.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaRemoveIamPolicyRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.RemoveIamPolicy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaRemoveIamPolicyRequest", +"properties": { +"asynchronous": { +"description": "Optional. Removes IAM policy attached to database or table asynchronously when it is set. The default is false.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaRemoveIamPolicyResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DataprocMetastore.RemoveIamPolicy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaRemoveIamPolicyResponse", +"properties": { +"success": { +"description": "True if the policy is successfully removed.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaRestoreServiceRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.Restore.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaRestoreServiceRequest", +"properties": { +"backup": { +"description": "Optional. The relative resource name of the metastore service backup to restore from, in the following form:projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}/backups/{backup_id}. Mutually exclusive with backup_location, and exactly one of the two must be set.", +"type": "string" +}, +"backupLocation": { +"description": "Optional. A Cloud Storage URI specifying the location of the backup artifacts, namely - backup avro files under \"avro/\", backup_metastore.json and service.json, in the following form:gs://. Mutually exclusive with backup, and exactly one of the two must be set.", +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format). A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"type": "string" +}, +"restoreType": { +"description": "Optional. The type of restore. If unspecified, defaults to METADATA_ONLY.", +"enum": [ +"RESTORE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"FULL", +"METADATA_ONLY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The restore type is unknown.", +"The service's metadata and configuration are restored.", +"Only the service's metadata is restored." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaScalingConfig": { +"description": "Represents the scaling configuration of a metastore service.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaScalingConfig", +"properties": { +"autoscalingConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaAutoscalingConfig", +"description": "Optional. The autoscaling configuration." +}, +"scalingFactor": { +"description": "Optional. Scaling factor from 1 to 5, increments of 1.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaScheduledBackup": { +"description": "This specifies the configuration of scheduled backup.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaScheduledBackup", +"properties": { +"backupLocation": { +"description": "Optional. A Cloud Storage URI of a folder, in the format gs:///. A sub-folder containing backup files will be stored below it.", +"type": "string" +}, +"cronSchedule": { +"description": "Optional. The scheduled interval in Cron format, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron The default is empty: scheduled backup is not enabled. Must be specified to enable scheduled backups.", +"type": "string" +}, +"enabled": { +"description": "Optional. Defines whether the scheduled backup is enabled. The default value is false.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"latestBackup": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaLatestBackup", +"description": "Output only. The details of the latest scheduled backup.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"nextScheduledTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the next backups execution is scheduled to start.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"timeZone": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the time zone to be used when interpreting cron_schedule. Must be a time zone name from the time zone database (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones), e.g. America/Los_Angeles or Africa/Abidjan. If left unspecified, the default is UTC.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaService": { +"description": "A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaService", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"encryptionConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaEncryptionConfig", +"description": "Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated." +}, +"endpoints": { +"description": "Output only. The list of endpoints used to access the metastore service.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaEndpoint" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"hiveMetastoreConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaHiveMetastoreConfig", +"description": "Configuration information specific to running Hive metastore software as the metastore service." +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "User-defined labels for the metastore service.", +"type": "object" +}, +"metadataIntegration": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaMetadataIntegration", +"description": "Optional. The setting that defines how metastore metadata should be integrated with external services and systems." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, in the following format:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}.", +"type": "string" +}, +"scalingConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaScalingConfig", +"description": "Optional. Scaling configuration of the metastore service." +}, +"scheduledBackup": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaScheduledBackup", +"description": "Optional. The configuration of scheduled backup for the metastore service." +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The current state of the metastore service.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CREATING", +"ACTIVE", +"SUSPENDING", +"SUSPENDED", +"UPDATING", +"DELETING", +"ERROR", +"MIGRATING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The state of the metastore service is unknown.", +"The metastore service is in the process of being created.", +"The metastore service is running and ready to serve queries.", +"The metastore service is entering suspension. Its query-serving availability may cease unexpectedly.", +"The metastore service is suspended and unable to serve queries.", +"The metastore service is being updated. It remains usable but cannot accept additional update requests or be deleted at this time.", +"The metastore service is undergoing deletion. It cannot be used.", +"The metastore service has encountered an error and cannot be used. The metastore service should be deleted.", +"The metastore service is processing a managed migration." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"stateMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Additional information about the current state of the metastore service, if available.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. The globally unique resource identifier of the metastore service.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the metastore service was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"warehouseGcsUri": { +"description": "Required. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies the default warehouse directory of the Hive Metastore.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaStartMigrationRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DataprocMetastore.StartMigration.", +"id": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaStartMigrationRequest", +"properties": { +"migrationExecution": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudMetastoreV2betaMigrationExecution", +"description": "Required. The configuration details for the migration." +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID. Specify a unique request ID to allow the server to ignore the request if it has completed. The server will ignore subsequent requests that provide a duplicate request ID for at least 60 minutes after the first request.For example, if an initial request times out, followed by another request with the same request ID, the server ignores the second request to prevent the creation of duplicate commitments.The request ID must be a valid UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format) A zero UUID (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000) is not supported.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleLongrunningOperation": { +"description": "This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.", +"id": "GoogleLongrunningOperation", +"properties": { +"done": { +"description": "If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"error": { +"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus", +"description": "The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation." +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.", +"type": "string" +}, +"response": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleRpcStatus": { +"description": "The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", +"id": "GoogleRpcStatus", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"details": { +"description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.", +"items": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"servicePath": "", +"title": "Dataproc Metastore API", +"version": "v2beta", +"version_module": true +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json index 9e2d60ba126..82b4a70d817 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json @@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "netapp.projects.locations.operations.cancel", @@ -1385,6 +1385,34 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"validateDirectoryService": { +"description": "ValidateDirectoryService does a connectivity check for a directory service policy attached to the storage pool.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/storagePools/{storagePoolsId}:validateDirectoryService", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "netapp.projects.locations.storagePools.validateDirectoryService", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the storage pool", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/storagePools/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:validateDirectoryService", +"request": { +"$ref": "ValidateDirectoryServiceRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -1588,173 +1616,6 @@ } }, "resources": { -"quotaRules": { -"methods": { -"create": { -"description": "Creates a new quota rule.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/volumes/{volumesId}/quotaRules", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "netapp.projects.locations.volumes.quotaRules.create", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"parent": { -"description": "Required. Parent value for CreateQuotaRuleRequest", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/volumes/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"quotaRuleId": { -"description": "Required. ID of the quota rule to create. Must be unique within the parent resource. Must contain only letters, numbers, underscore and hyphen, with the first character a letter or underscore, the last a letter or underscore or a number, and a 63 character maximum.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/quotaRules", -"request": { -"$ref": "QuotaRule" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes a quota rule.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/volumes/{volumesId}/quotaRules/{quotaRulesId}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "netapp.projects.locations.volumes.quotaRules.delete", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. Name of the quota rule.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/volumes/[^/]+/quotaRules/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"get": { -"description": "Returns details of the specified quota rule.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/volumes/{volumesId}/quotaRules/{quotaRulesId}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "netapp.projects.locations.volumes.quotaRules.get", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. Name of the quota rule", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/volumes/[^/]+/quotaRules/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "QuotaRule" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"list": { -"description": "Returns list of all quota rules in a location.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/volumes/{volumesId}/quotaRules", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "netapp.projects.locations.volumes.quotaRules.list", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"filter": { -"description": "Optional. Filtering results", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"orderBy": { -"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"pageToken": { -"description": "Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"parent": { -"description": "Required. Parent value for ListQuotaRulesRequest", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/volumes/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/quotaRules", -"response": { -"$ref": "ListQuotaRulesResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"patch": { -"description": "Updates a quota rule.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/volumes/{volumesId}/quotaRules/{quotaRulesId}", -"httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "netapp.projects.locations.volumes.quotaRules.patch", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the active directory. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/quotaRules/{quota_rule_id}`.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/volumes/[^/]+/quotaRules/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"updateMask": { -"description": "Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Quota Rule resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", -"format": "google-fieldmask", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"request": { -"$ref": "QuotaRule" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -} -} -}, "replications": { "methods": { "create": { @@ -2236,7 +2097,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241106", +"revision": "20241203", "rootUrl": "https://netapp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveDirectory": { @@ -2651,6 +2512,10 @@ "description": "Required. Existing destination StoragePool name.", "type": "string" }, +"tieringPolicy": { +"$ref": "TieringPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Tiering policy for the volume." +}, "volumeId": { "description": "Desired destination volume resource id. If not specified, source volume's resource id will be used. This value must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens, and cannot end with a hyphen.", "type": "string" @@ -3037,31 +2902,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"ListQuotaRulesResponse": { -"description": "ListQuotaRulesResponse is the response to a ListQuotaRulesRequest.", -"id": "ListQuotaRulesResponse", -"properties": { -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", -"type": "string" -}, -"quotaRules": { -"description": "List of quota rules", -"items": { -"$ref": "QuotaRule" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"unreachable": { -"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "ListReplicationsResponse": { "description": "ListReplicationsResponse is the result of ListReplicationsRequest.", "id": "ListReplicationsResponse", @@ -3365,87 +3205,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"QuotaRule": { -"description": "QuotaRule specifies the maximum disk space a user or group can use within a volume. They can be used for creating default and individual quota rules.", -"id": "QuotaRule", -"properties": { -"createTime": { -"description": "Output only. Create time of the quota rule", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"description": { -"description": "Optional. Description of the quota rule", -"type": "string" -}, -"diskLimitMib": { -"description": "Required. The maximum allowed disk space in MiB.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"labels": { -"additionalProperties": { -"type": "string" -}, -"description": "Optional. Labels of the quota rule", -"type": "object" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the active directory. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/quotaRules/{quota_rule_id}`.", -"type": "string" -}, -"state": { -"description": "Output only. State of the quota rule", -"enum": [ -"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", -"CREATING", -"UPDATING", -"DELETING", -"READY", -"ERROR" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified state for quota rule", -"Quota rule is creating", -"Quota rule is updating", -"Quota rule is deleting", -"Quota rule is ready", -"Quota rule is in error state." -], -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"stateDetails": { -"description": "Output only. State details of the quota rule", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"target": { -"description": "Optional. The quota rule applies to the specified user or group, identified by a Unix UID/GID, Windows SID, or null for default.", -"type": "string" -}, -"type": { -"description": "Required. The type of quota rule.", -"enum": [ -"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"INDIVIDUAL_USER_QUOTA", -"INDIVIDUAL_GROUP_QUOTA", -"DEFAULT_USER_QUOTA", -"DEFAULT_GROUP_QUOTA" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified type for quota rule", -"Individual user quota rule", -"Individual group quota rule", -"Default user quota rule", -"Default group quota rule" -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "Replication": { "description": "Replication is a nested resource under Volume, that describes a cross-region replication relationship between 2 volumes in different regions.", "id": "Replication", @@ -4063,6 +3822,25 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ValidateDirectoryServiceRequest": { +"description": "ValidateDirectoryServiceRequest validates the directory service policy attached to the storage pool.", +"id": "ValidateDirectoryServiceRequest", +"properties": { +"directoryServiceType": { +"description": "Type of directory service policy attached to the storage pool.", +"enum": [ +"DIRECTORY_SERVICE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACTIVE_DIRECTORY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Directory service type is not specified.", +"Active directory policy attached to the storage pool." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "VerifyKmsConfigRequest": { "description": "VerifyKmsConfigRequest specifies the KMS config to be validated.", "id": "VerifyKmsConfigRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json index 7d599d789b3..090abb41438 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json @@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "netapp.projects.locations.operations.cancel", @@ -1385,6 +1385,34 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"validateDirectoryService": { +"description": "ValidateDirectoryService does a connectivity check for a directory service policy attached to the storage pool.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/storagePools/{storagePoolsId}:validateDirectoryService", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "netapp.projects.locations.storagePools.validateDirectoryService", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the storage pool", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/storagePools/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:validateDirectoryService", +"request": { +"$ref": "ValidateDirectoryServiceRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -1588,173 +1616,6 @@ } }, "resources": { -"quotaRules": { -"methods": { -"create": { -"description": "Creates a new quota rule.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/volumes/{volumesId}/quotaRules", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "netapp.projects.locations.volumes.quotaRules.create", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"parent": { -"description": "Required. Parent value for CreateQuotaRuleRequest", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/volumes/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"quotaRuleId": { -"description": "Required. ID of the quota rule to create. Must be unique within the parent resource. Must contain only letters, numbers, underscore and hyphen, with the first character a letter or underscore, the last a letter or underscore or a number, and a 63 character maximum.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/quotaRules", -"request": { -"$ref": "QuotaRule" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes a quota rule.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/volumes/{volumesId}/quotaRules/{quotaRulesId}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "netapp.projects.locations.volumes.quotaRules.delete", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. Name of the quota rule.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/volumes/[^/]+/quotaRules/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"get": { -"description": "Returns details of the specified quota rule.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/volumes/{volumesId}/quotaRules/{quotaRulesId}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "netapp.projects.locations.volumes.quotaRules.get", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. Name of the quota rule", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/volumes/[^/]+/quotaRules/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "QuotaRule" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"list": { -"description": "Returns list of all quota rules in a location.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/volumes/{volumesId}/quotaRules", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "netapp.projects.locations.volumes.quotaRules.list", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"filter": { -"description": "Optional. Filtering results", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"orderBy": { -"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"pageToken": { -"description": "Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"parent": { -"description": "Required. Parent value for ListQuotaRulesRequest", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/volumes/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/quotaRules", -"response": { -"$ref": "ListQuotaRulesResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"patch": { -"description": "Updates a quota rule.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/volumes/{volumesId}/quotaRules/{quotaRulesId}", -"httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "netapp.projects.locations.volumes.quotaRules.patch", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the active directory. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/quotaRules/{quota_rule_id}`.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/volumes/[^/]+/quotaRules/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"updateMask": { -"description": "Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Quota Rule resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", -"format": "google-fieldmask", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", -"request": { -"$ref": "QuotaRule" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -} -} -}, "replications": { "methods": { "create": { @@ -2236,7 +2097,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241106", +"revision": "20241203", "rootUrl": "https://netapp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveDirectory": { @@ -2651,6 +2512,10 @@ "description": "Required. Existing destination StoragePool name.", "type": "string" }, +"tieringPolicy": { +"$ref": "TieringPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Tiering policy for the volume." +}, "volumeId": { "description": "Desired destination volume resource id. If not specified, source volume's resource id will be used. This value must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens, and cannot end with a hyphen.", "type": "string" @@ -3037,31 +2902,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"ListQuotaRulesResponse": { -"description": "ListQuotaRulesResponse is the response to a ListQuotaRulesRequest.", -"id": "ListQuotaRulesResponse", -"properties": { -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", -"type": "string" -}, -"quotaRules": { -"description": "List of quota rules", -"items": { -"$ref": "QuotaRule" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"unreachable": { -"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "ListReplicationsResponse": { "description": "ListReplicationsResponse is the result of ListReplicationsRequest.", "id": "ListReplicationsResponse", @@ -3365,87 +3205,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"QuotaRule": { -"description": "QuotaRule specifies the maximum disk space a user or group can use within a volume. They can be used for creating default and individual quota rules.", -"id": "QuotaRule", -"properties": { -"createTime": { -"description": "Output only. Create time of the quota rule", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"description": { -"description": "Optional. Description of the quota rule", -"type": "string" -}, -"diskLimitMib": { -"description": "Required. The maximum allowed disk space in MiB.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"labels": { -"additionalProperties": { -"type": "string" -}, -"description": "Optional. Labels of the quota rule", -"type": "object" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the active directory. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/quotaRules/{quota_rule_id}`.", -"type": "string" -}, -"state": { -"description": "Output only. State of the quota rule", -"enum": [ -"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", -"CREATING", -"UPDATING", -"DELETING", -"READY", -"ERROR" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified state for quota rule", -"Quota rule is creating", -"Quota rule is updating", -"Quota rule is deleting", -"Quota rule is ready", -"Quota rule is in error state." -], -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"stateDetails": { -"description": "Output only. State details of the quota rule", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"target": { -"description": "Optional. The quota rule applies to the specified user or group, identified by a Unix UID/GID, Windows SID, or null for default.", -"type": "string" -}, -"type": { -"description": "Required. The type of quota rule.", -"enum": [ -"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"INDIVIDUAL_USER_QUOTA", -"INDIVIDUAL_GROUP_QUOTA", -"DEFAULT_USER_QUOTA", -"DEFAULT_GROUP_QUOTA" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified type for quota rule", -"Individual user quota rule", -"Individual group quota rule", -"Default user quota rule", -"Default group quota rule" -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "Replication": { "description": "Replication is a nested resource under Volume, that describes a cross-region replication relationship between 2 volumes in different regions.", "id": "Replication", @@ -4063,6 +3822,25 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ValidateDirectoryServiceRequest": { +"description": "ValidateDirectoryServiceRequest validates the directory service policy attached to the storage pool.", +"id": "ValidateDirectoryServiceRequest", +"properties": { +"directoryServiceType": { +"description": "Type of directory service policy attached to the storage pool.", +"enum": [ +"DIRECTORY_SERVICE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACTIVE_DIRECTORY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Directory service type is not specified.", +"Active directory policy attached to the storage pool." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "VerifyKmsConfigRequest": { "description": "VerifyKmsConfigRequest specifies the KMS config to be validated.", "id": "VerifyKmsConfigRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json index 22a301505ff..e7f90c85044 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/global/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "networkmanagement.projects.locations.global.operations.cancel", @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241106", +"revision": "20241202", "rootUrl": "https://networkmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortInfo": { @@ -1003,6 +1003,15 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"returnReachabilityDetails": { +"$ref": "ReachabilityDetails", +"description": "Output only. The reachability details of this test from the latest run for the return path. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"roundTrip": { +"description": "Whether run analysis for the return path from destination to source. Default value is false.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "source": { "$ref": "Endpoint", "description": "Required. Source specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of source IP address, virtual machine (VM) instance, or Compute Engine network to uniquely identify the source location. Examples: If the source IP address is an internal IP address within a Google Cloud Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network, then you must also specify the VPC network. Otherwise, specify the VM instance, which already contains its internal IP address and VPC network information. If the source of the test is within an on-premises network, then you must provide the destination VPC network. If the source endpoint is a Compute Engine VM instance with multiple network interfaces, the instance itself is not sufficient to identify the endpoint. So, you must also specify the source IP address or VPC network. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the source location is ambiguous. However, the test result may include endpoints that you don't intend to test." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json index b0ac6d43406..a37a1aece9e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/global/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "networkmanagement.projects.locations.global.operations.cancel", @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241106", +"revision": "20241202", "rootUrl": "https://networkmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortInfo": { @@ -1170,6 +1170,15 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"returnReachabilityDetails": { +"$ref": "ReachabilityDetails", +"description": "Output only. The reachability details of this test from the latest run for the return path. The details are updated when creating a new test, updating an existing test, or triggering a one-time rerun of an existing test.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"roundTrip": { +"description": "Whether run analysis for the return path from destination to source. Default value is false.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "source": { "$ref": "Endpoint", "description": "Required. Source specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of source IP address, virtual machine (VM) instance, or Compute Engine network to uniquely identify the source location. Examples: If the source IP address is an internal IP address within a Google Cloud Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network, then you must also specify the VPC network. Otherwise, specify the VM instance, which already contains its internal IP address and VPC network information. If the source of the test is within an on-premises network, then you must provide the destination VPC network. If the source endpoint is a Compute Engine VM instance with multiple network interfaces, the instance itself is not sufficient to identify the endpoint. So, you must also specify the source IP address or VPC network. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the source location is ambiguous. However, the test result may include endpoints that you don't intend to test." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json index d45bc193d1d..85bb0b5f766 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "networksecurity.organizations.locations.operations.cancel", @@ -2743,7 +2743,7 @@ "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.operations.cancel", @@ -3431,7 +3431,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241109", +"revision": "20241202", "rootUrl": "https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddAddressGroupItemsRequest": { @@ -3660,11 +3660,11 @@ "properties": { "from": { "$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFrom", -"description": "Optional. Describes properties of one or more sources of a request." +"description": "Optional. Describes properties of a source of a request." }, "to": { "$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleTo", -"description": "Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request." +"description": "Optional. Describes properties of a target of a request." }, "when": { "description": "Optional. CEL expression that describes the conditions to be satisfied for the action. The result of the CEL expression is ANDed with the from and to. Refer to the CEL language reference for a list of available attributes.", @@ -3685,7 +3685,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "sources": { -"description": "Optional. Describes the properties of a request's sources. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. Limited to 5 sources. A match occurs when ANY source (in sources or notSources) matches the request. Within a single source, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a single field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY principal matches AND ANY ipBlocks match.", +"description": "Optional. Describes the properties of a request's sources. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. Limited to 1 source. A match occurs when ANY source (in sources or notSources) matches the request. Within a single source, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a single field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY principal matches AND ANY ipBlocks match.", "items": { "$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFromRequestSource" }, @@ -3799,7 +3799,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "operations": { -"description": "Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. Limited to 5 operations. A match occurs when ANY operation (in operations or notOperations) matches. Within an operation, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY path matches AND ANY header matches and ANY method matches.", +"description": "Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. Limited to 1 operation. A match occurs when ANY operation (in operations or notOperations) matches. Within an operation, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY path matches AND ANY header matches and ANY method matches.", "items": { "$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperation" }, @@ -4000,6 +4000,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"CustomInterceptProfile": { +"description": "CustomInterceptProfile defines the Packet Intercept Endpoint Group used to intercept traffic to a third-party firewall in a Firewall rule.", +"id": "CustomInterceptProfile", +"properties": { +"interceptEndpointGroup": { +"description": "Required. The InterceptEndpointGroup to which traffic associated with the SP should be mirrored.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CustomMirroringProfile": { "description": "CustomMirroringProfile defines an action for mirroring traffic to a collector's EndpointGroup", "id": "CustomMirroringProfile", @@ -5062,7 +5073,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "SecurityProfile": { -"description": "SecurityProfile is a resource that defines the behavior for one of many ProfileTypes. Next ID: 12", +"description": "SecurityProfile is a resource that defines the behavior for one of many ProfileTypes.", "id": "SecurityProfile", "properties": { "createTime": { @@ -5071,6 +5082,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"customInterceptProfile": { +"$ref": "CustomInterceptProfile", +"description": "The custom TPPI configuration for the SecurityProfile." +}, "customMirroringProfile": { "$ref": "CustomMirroringProfile", "description": "The custom Packet Mirroring v2 configuration for the SecurityProfile." @@ -5104,12 +5119,14 @@ "enum": [ "PROFILE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "THREAT_PREVENTION", -"CUSTOM_MIRRORING" +"CUSTOM_MIRRORING", +"CUSTOM_INTERCEPT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Profile type not specified.", "Profile type for threat prevention.", -"Profile type for packet mirroring v2" +"Profile type for packet mirroring v2", +"Profile type for TPPI." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -5123,7 +5140,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "SecurityProfileGroup": { -"description": "SecurityProfileGroup is a resource that defines the behavior for various ProfileTypes. Next ID: 11", +"description": "SecurityProfileGroup is a resource that defines the behavior for various ProfileTypes.", "id": "SecurityProfileGroup", "properties": { "createTime": { @@ -5132,6 +5149,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"customInterceptProfile": { +"description": "Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the CustomIntercept configuration.", +"type": "string" +}, "customMirroringProfile": { "description": "Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the CustomMirroring configuration.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json index a53bc50673c..c748cd6287a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "networksecurity.organizations.locations.operations.cancel", @@ -2740,19 +2740,19 @@ } } }, -"mirroringDeploymentGroups": { +"interceptDeploymentGroups": { "methods": { "create": { -"description": "Creates a new MirroringDeploymentGroup in a given project and location.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeploymentGroups", +"description": "Creates a new InterceptDeploymentGroup in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptDeploymentGroups", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeploymentGroups.create", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptDeploymentGroups.create", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], "parameters": { -"mirroringDeploymentGroupId": { -"description": "Required. Id of the requesting object If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and mirroring_deployment_group_id from the method_signature of Create RPC", +"interceptDeploymentGroupId": { +"description": "Required. Id of the requesting object If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and intercept_deployment_group_id from the method_signature of Create RPC", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -2769,9 +2769,9 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/mirroringDeploymentGroups", +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/interceptDeploymentGroups", "request": { -"$ref": "MirroringDeploymentGroup" +"$ref": "InterceptDeploymentGroup" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -2781,10 +2781,10 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a single MirroringDeploymentGroup.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeploymentGroups/{mirroringDeploymentGroupsId}", +"description": "Deletes a single InterceptDeploymentGroup.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptDeploymentGroups/{interceptDeploymentGroupsId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeploymentGroups.delete", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptDeploymentGroups.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -2792,7 +2792,7 @@ "name": { "description": "Required. Name of the resource", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringDeploymentGroups/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/interceptDeploymentGroups/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -2811,10 +2811,10 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets details of a single MirroringDeploymentGroup.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeploymentGroups/{mirroringDeploymentGroupsId}", +"description": "Gets details of a single InterceptDeploymentGroup.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptDeploymentGroups/{interceptDeploymentGroupsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeploymentGroups.get", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptDeploymentGroups.get", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -2822,24 +2822,24 @@ "name": { "description": "Required. Name of the resource", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringDeploymentGroups/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/interceptDeploymentGroups/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "MirroringDeploymentGroup" +"$ref": "InterceptDeploymentGroup" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists MirroringDeploymentGroups in a given project and location.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeploymentGroups", +"description": "Lists InterceptDeploymentGroups in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptDeploymentGroups", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeploymentGroups.list", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptDeploymentGroups.list", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], @@ -2866,34 +2866,34 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. Parent value for ListMirroringDeploymentGroupsRequest", +"description": "Required. Parent value for ListInterceptDeploymentGroupsRequest", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/mirroringDeploymentGroups", +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/interceptDeploymentGroups", "response": { -"$ref": "ListMirroringDeploymentGroupsResponse" +"$ref": "ListInterceptDeploymentGroupsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates a single MirroringDeploymentGroup.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeploymentGroups/{mirroringDeploymentGroupsId}", +"description": "Updates a single InterceptDeploymentGroup.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptDeploymentGroups/{interceptDeploymentGroupsId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeploymentGroups.patch", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptDeploymentGroups.patch", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. Identifier. Then name of the MirroringDeploymentGroup.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. Then name of the InterceptDeploymentGroup.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringDeploymentGroups/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/interceptDeploymentGroups/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -2903,7 +2903,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the MirroringDeploymentGroup resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", +"description": "Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the InterceptDeploymentGroup resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -2911,7 +2911,7 @@ }, "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", "request": { -"$ref": "MirroringDeploymentGroup" +"$ref": "InterceptDeploymentGroup" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -2922,19 +2922,19 @@ } } }, -"mirroringDeployments": { +"interceptDeployments": { "methods": { "create": { -"description": "Creates a new MirroringDeployment in a given project and location.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeployments", +"description": "Creates a new InterceptDeployment in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptDeployments", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeployments.create", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptDeployments.create", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], "parameters": { -"mirroringDeploymentId": { -"description": "Required. Id of the requesting object If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and mirroring_deployment_id from the method_signature of Create RPC", +"interceptDeploymentId": { +"description": "Required. Id of the requesting object If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and intercept_deployment_id from the method_signature of Create RPC", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -2951,9 +2951,9 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/mirroringDeployments", +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/interceptDeployments", "request": { -"$ref": "MirroringDeployment" +"$ref": "InterceptDeployment" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -2963,10 +2963,10 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a single MirroringDeployment.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeployments/{mirroringDeploymentsId}", +"description": "Deletes a single InterceptDeployment.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptDeployments/{interceptDeploymentsId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeployments.delete", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptDeployments.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -2974,7 +2974,7 @@ "name": { "description": "Required. Name of the resource", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringDeployments/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/interceptDeployments/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -2993,10 +2993,10 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets details of a single MirroringDeployment.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeployments/{mirroringDeploymentsId}", +"description": "Gets details of a single InterceptDeployment.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptDeployments/{interceptDeploymentsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeployments.get", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptDeployments.get", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -3004,24 +3004,24 @@ "name": { "description": "Required. Name of the resource", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringDeployments/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/interceptDeployments/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "MirroringDeployment" +"$ref": "InterceptDeployment" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists MirroringDeployments in a given project and location.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeployments", +"description": "Lists InterceptDeployments in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptDeployments", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeployments.list", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptDeployments.list", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], @@ -3048,34 +3048,34 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. Parent value for ListMirroringDeploymentsRequest", +"description": "Required. Parent value for ListInterceptDeploymentsRequest", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/mirroringDeployments", +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/interceptDeployments", "response": { -"$ref": "ListMirroringDeploymentsResponse" +"$ref": "ListInterceptDeploymentsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates a single MirroringDeployment.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeployments/{mirroringDeploymentsId}", +"description": "Updates a single InterceptDeployment.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptDeployments/{interceptDeploymentsId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeployments.patch", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptDeployments.patch", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The name of the MirroringDeployment.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The name of the InterceptDeployment.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringDeployments/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/interceptDeployments/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -3085,7 +3085,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the MirroringDeployment resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", +"description": "Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the InterceptDeployment resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -3093,7 +3093,7 @@ }, "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", "request": { -"$ref": "MirroringDeployment" +"$ref": "InterceptDeployment" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -3104,19 +3104,19 @@ } } }, -"mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations": { +"interceptEndpointGroupAssociations": { "methods": { "create": { -"description": "Creates a new MirroringEndpointGroupAssociation in a given project and location.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations", +"description": "Creates a new InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations.create", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.create", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], "parameters": { -"mirroringEndpointGroupAssociationId": { -"description": "Optional. Id of the requesting object If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and mirroring_endpoint_group_association_id from the method_signature of Create RPC", +"interceptEndpointGroupAssociationId": { +"description": "Optional. Id of the requesting object If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and intercept_endpoint_group_association_id from the method_signature of Create RPC", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -3133,9 +3133,9 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations", +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations", "request": { -"$ref": "MirroringEndpointGroupAssociation" +"$ref": "InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -3145,10 +3145,10 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a single MirroringEndpointGroupAssociation.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/{mirroringEndpointGroupAssociationsId}", +"description": "Deletes a single InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/{interceptEndpointGroupAssociationsId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations.delete", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -3156,7 +3156,7 @@ "name": { "description": "Required. Name of the resource", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -3175,10 +3175,10 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets details of a single MirroringEndpointGroupAssociation.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/{mirroringEndpointGroupAssociationsId}", +"description": "Gets details of a single InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/{interceptEndpointGroupAssociationsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations.get", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.get", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -3186,24 +3186,24 @@ "name": { "description": "Required. Name of the resource", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "MirroringEndpointGroupAssociation" +"$ref": "InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists MirroringEndpointGroupAssociations in a given project and location.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations", +"description": "Lists InterceptEndpointGroupAssociations in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations.list", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.list", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], @@ -3230,34 +3230,34 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. Parent value for ListMirroringEndpointGroupAssociationsRequest", +"description": "Required. Parent value for ListInterceptEndpointGroupAssociationsRequest", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations", +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations", "response": { -"$ref": "ListMirroringEndpointGroupAssociationsResponse" +"$ref": "ListInterceptEndpointGroupAssociationsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates a single MirroringEndpointGroupAssociation.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/{mirroringEndpointGroupAssociationsId}", +"description": "Updates a single InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/{interceptEndpointGroupAssociationsId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations.patch", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.patch", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The name of the MirroringEndpointGroupAssociation.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The name of the InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -3267,7 +3267,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the MirroringEndpointGroupAssociation resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", +"description": "Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -3275,7 +3275,7 @@ }, "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", "request": { -"$ref": "MirroringEndpointGroupAssociation" +"$ref": "InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -3286,19 +3286,19 @@ } } }, -"mirroringEndpointGroups": { +"interceptEndpointGroups": { "methods": { "create": { -"description": "Creates a new MirroringEndpointGroup in a given project and location.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroups", +"description": "Creates a new InterceptEndpointGroup in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptEndpointGroups", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroups.create", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroups.create", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], "parameters": { -"mirroringEndpointGroupId": { -"description": "Required. Id of the requesting object If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and mirroring_endpoint_group_id from the method_signature of Create RPC", +"interceptEndpointGroupId": { +"description": "Required. Id of the requesting object If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and intercept_endpoint_group_id from the method_signature of Create RPC", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -3315,9 +3315,9 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/mirroringEndpointGroups", +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/interceptEndpointGroups", "request": { -"$ref": "MirroringEndpointGroup" +"$ref": "InterceptEndpointGroup" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -3327,10 +3327,10 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a single MirroringEndpointGroup.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroups/{mirroringEndpointGroupsId}", +"description": "Deletes a single InterceptEndpointGroup.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptEndpointGroups/{interceptEndpointGroupsId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroups.delete", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroups.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -3338,7 +3338,7 @@ "name": { "description": "Required. Name of the resource", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringEndpointGroups/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/interceptEndpointGroups/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -3357,10 +3357,10 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets details of a single MirroringEndpointGroup.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroups/{mirroringEndpointGroupsId}", +"description": "Gets details of a single InterceptEndpointGroup.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptEndpointGroups/{interceptEndpointGroupsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroups.get", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroups.get", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -3368,24 +3368,24 @@ "name": { "description": "Required. Name of the resource", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringEndpointGroups/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/interceptEndpointGroups/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "MirroringEndpointGroup" +"$ref": "InterceptEndpointGroup" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists MirroringEndpointGroups in a given project and location.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroups", +"description": "Lists InterceptEndpointGroups in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptEndpointGroups", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroups.list", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroups.list", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], @@ -3412,34 +3412,34 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. Parent value for ListMirroringEndpointGroupsRequest", +"description": "Required. Parent value for ListInterceptEndpointGroupsRequest", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/mirroringEndpointGroups", +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/interceptEndpointGroups", "response": { -"$ref": "ListMirroringEndpointGroupsResponse" +"$ref": "ListInterceptEndpointGroupsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates a single MirroringEndpointGroup.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroups/{mirroringEndpointGroupsId}", +"description": "Updates a single InterceptEndpointGroup.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptEndpointGroups/{interceptEndpointGroupsId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroups.patch", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroups.patch", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. Identifier. Next ID: 11 The name of the MirroringEndpointGroup.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The name of the InterceptEndpointGroup.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringEndpointGroups/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/interceptEndpointGroups/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -3449,7 +3449,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the MirroringEndpointGroup resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", +"description": "Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the InterceptEndpointGroup resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -3457,7 +3457,7 @@ }, "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", "request": { -"$ref": "MirroringEndpointGroup" +"$ref": "InterceptEndpointGroup" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -3468,156 +3468,178 @@ } } }, -"operations": { +"mirroringDeploymentGroups": { "methods": { -"cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new MirroringDeploymentGroup in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeploymentGroups", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.operations.cancel", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeploymentGroups.create", "parameterOrder": [ -"name" +"parent" ], "parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", +"mirroringDeploymentGroupId": { +"description": "Required. Id of the requesting object If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and mirroring_deployment_group_id from the method_signature of Create RPC", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Value for parent.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:cancel", +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/mirroringDeploymentGroups", "request": { -"$ref": "CancelOperationRequest" +"$ref": "MirroringDeploymentGroup" }, "response": { -"$ref": "Empty" +"$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"description": "Deletes a single MirroringDeploymentGroup.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeploymentGroups/{mirroringDeploymentGroupsId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.operations.delete", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeploymentGroups.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.", +"description": "Required. Name of the resource", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringDeploymentGroups/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" } }, "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "Empty" +"$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"description": "Gets details of a single MirroringDeploymentGroup.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeploymentGroups/{mirroringDeploymentGroupsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.operations.get", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeploymentGroups.get", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"description": "Required. Name of the resource", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringDeploymentGroups/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "Operation" +"$ref": "MirroringDeploymentGroup" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations", +"description": "Lists MirroringDeploymentGroups in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeploymentGroups", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.operations.list", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeploymentGroups.list", "parameterOrder": [ -"name" +"parent" ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "The standard list filter.", +"description": "Optional. Filtering results", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, -"name": { -"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", -"required": true, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results", +"location": "query", "type": "string" }, "pageSize": { -"description": "The standard list page size.", +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "The standard list page token.", +"description": "Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Parent value for ListMirroringDeploymentGroupsRequest", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/operations", +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/mirroringDeploymentGroups", "response": { -"$ref": "ListOperationsResponse" +"$ref": "ListMirroringDeploymentGroupsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] -} -} }, -"serverTlsPolicies": { -"methods": { -"create": { -"description": "Creates a new ServerTlsPolicy in a given project and location.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.create", +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a single MirroringDeploymentGroup.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeploymentGroups/{mirroringDeploymentGroupsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeploymentGroups.patch", "parameterOrder": [ -"parent" +"name" ], "parameters": { -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource of the ServerTlsPolicy. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}`.", +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. Then name of the MirroringDeploymentGroup.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringDeploymentGroups/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"serverTlsPolicyId": { -"description": "Required. Short name of the ServerTlsPolicy resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. \"server_mtls_policy\".", +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the MirroringDeploymentGroup resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/serverTlsPolicies", +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", "request": { -"$ref": "ServerTlsPolicy" +"$ref": "MirroringDeploymentGroup" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -3625,25 +3647,42 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +} +} }, -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes a single ServerTlsPolicy.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies/{serverTlsPoliciesId}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.delete", +"mirroringDeployments": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new MirroringDeployment in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeployments", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeployments.create", "parameterOrder": [ -"name" +"parent" ], "parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. A name of the ServerTlsPolicy to delete. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}/serverTlsPolicies/*`.", +"mirroringDeploymentId": { +"description": "Required. Id of the requesting object If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and mirroring_deployment_id from the method_signature of Create RPC", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Value for parent.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serverTlsPolicies/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/mirroringDeployments", +"request": { +"$ref": "MirroringDeployment" +}, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" }, @@ -3651,116 +3690,130 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, -"get": { -"description": "Gets details of a single ServerTlsPolicy.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies/{serverTlsPoliciesId}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.get", +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single MirroringDeployment.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeployments/{mirroringDeploymentsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeployments.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. A name of the ServerTlsPolicy to get. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}/serverTlsPolicies/*`.", +"description": "Required. Name of the resource", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serverTlsPolicies/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringDeployments/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" } }, "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "ServerTlsPolicy" +"$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, -"getIamPolicy": { -"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies/{serverTlsPoliciesId}:getIamPolicy", +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single MirroringDeployment.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeployments/{mirroringDeploymentsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.getIamPolicy", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeployments.get", "parameterOrder": [ -"resource" +"name" ], "parameters": { -"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the resource", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serverTlsPolicies/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringDeployments/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +"$ref": "MirroringDeployment" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists ServerTlsPolicies in a given project and location.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies", +"description": "Lists MirroringDeployments in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeployments", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.list", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeployments.list", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], "parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filtering results", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "pageSize": { -"description": "Maximum number of ServerTlsPolicies to return per call.", +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "The value returned by the last `ListServerTlsPoliciesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListServerTlsPolicies` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.", +"description": "Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The project and location from which the ServerTlsPolicies should be listed, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}`.", +"description": "Required. Parent value for ListMirroringDeploymentsRequest", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/serverTlsPolicies", +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/mirroringDeployments", "response": { -"$ref": "ListServerTlsPoliciesResponse" +"$ref": "ListMirroringDeploymentsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates the parameters of a single ServerTlsPolicy.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies/{serverTlsPoliciesId}", +"description": "Updates a single MirroringDeployment.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeployments/{mirroringDeploymentsId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.patch", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeployments.patch", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Name of the ServerTlsPolicy resource. It matches the pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/serverTlsPolicies/{server_tls_policy}`", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The name of the MirroringDeployment.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serverTlsPolicies/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringDeployments/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "updateMask": { -"description": "Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the ServerTlsPolicy resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", +"description": "Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the MirroringDeployment resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -3768,7 +3821,7 @@ }, "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", "request": { -"$ref": "ServerTlsPolicy" +"$ref": "MirroringDeployment" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -3776,92 +3829,41 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] -}, -"setIamPolicy": { -"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies/{serverTlsPoliciesId}:setIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.setIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serverTlsPolicies/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"testIamPermissions": { -"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies/{serverTlsPoliciesId}:testIamPermissions", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.testIamPermissions", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serverTlsPolicies/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] } } }, -"tlsInspectionPolicies": { +"mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations": { "methods": { "create": { -"description": "Creates a new TlsInspectionPolicy in a given project and location.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tlsInspectionPolicies", +"description": "Creates a new MirroringEndpointGroupAssociation in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.create", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations.create", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], "parameters": { +"mirroringEndpointGroupAssociationId": { +"description": "Optional. Id of the requesting object If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and mirroring_endpoint_group_association_id from the method_signature of Create RPC", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource of the TlsInspectionPolicy. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", +"description": "Required. Value for parent.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"tlsInspectionPolicyId": { -"description": "Required. Short name of the TlsInspectionPolicy resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. \"tls_inspection_policy1\".", +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/tlsInspectionPolicies", +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations", "request": { -"$ref": "TlsInspectionPolicy" +"$ref": "MirroringEndpointGroupAssociation" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -3871,25 +3873,25 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a single TlsInspectionPolicy.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tlsInspectionPoliciesId}", +"description": "Deletes a single MirroringEndpointGroupAssociation.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/{mirroringEndpointGroupAssociationsId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.delete", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { -"force": { -"description": "If set to true, any rules for this TlsInspectionPolicy will also be deleted. (Otherwise, the request will only work if the TlsInspectionPolicy has no rules.)", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" -}, "name": { -"description": "Required. A name of the TlsInspectionPolicy to delete. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tls_inspection_policy}`.", +"description": "Required. Name of the resource", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/tlsInspectionPolicies/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" } }, "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", @@ -3901,84 +3903,99 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets details of a single TlsInspectionPolicy.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tlsInspectionPoliciesId}", +"description": "Gets details of a single MirroringEndpointGroupAssociation.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/{mirroringEndpointGroupAssociationsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.get", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations.get", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. A name of the TlsInspectionPolicy to get. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tls_inspection_policy}`.", +"description": "Required. Name of the resource", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/tlsInspectionPolicies/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "TlsInspectionPolicy" +"$ref": "MirroringEndpointGroupAssociation" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists TlsInspectionPolicies in a given project and location.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tlsInspectionPolicies", +"description": "Lists MirroringEndpointGroupAssociations in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.list", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations.list", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], "parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filtering results", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "pageSize": { -"description": "Maximum number of TlsInspectionPolicies to return per call.", +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "The value returned by the last 'ListTlsInspectionPoliciesResponse' Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior 'ListTlsInspectionPolicies' call, and that the system should return the next page of data.", +"description": "Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The project and location from which the TlsInspectionPolicies should be listed, specified in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", +"description": "Required. Parent value for ListMirroringEndpointGroupAssociationsRequest", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/tlsInspectionPolicies", +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations", "response": { -"$ref": "ListTlsInspectionPoliciesResponse" +"$ref": "ListMirroringEndpointGroupAssociationsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates the parameters of a single TlsInspectionPolicy.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tlsInspectionPoliciesId}", +"description": "Updates a single MirroringEndpointGroupAssociation.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/{mirroringEndpointGroupAssociationsId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.patch", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations.patch", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Name of the resource. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tls_inspection_policy} tls_inspection_policy should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The name of the MirroringEndpointGroupAssociation.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/tlsInspectionPolicies/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "updateMask": { -"description": "Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the TlsInspectionPolicy resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", +"description": "Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the MirroringEndpointGroupAssociation resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -3986,7 +4003,7 @@ }, "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", "request": { -"$ref": "TlsInspectionPolicy" +"$ref": "MirroringEndpointGroupAssociation" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -3997,33 +4014,38 @@ } } }, -"urlLists": { +"mirroringEndpointGroups": { "methods": { "create": { -"description": "Creates a new UrlList in a given project and location.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/urlLists", +"description": "Creates a new MirroringEndpointGroup in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroups", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.urlLists.create", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroups.create", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], "parameters": { +"mirroringEndpointGroupId": { +"description": "Required. Id of the requesting object If auto-generating Id server-side, remove this field and mirroring_endpoint_group_id from the method_signature of Create RPC", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource of the UrlList. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}`.", +"description": "Required. Value for parent.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"urlListId": { -"description": "Required. Short name of the UrlList resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. \"url_list\".", +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/urlLists", +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/mirroringEndpointGroups", "request": { -"$ref": "UrlList" +"$ref": "MirroringEndpointGroup" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -4033,20 +4055,25 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a single UrlList.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/urlLists/{urlListsId}", +"description": "Deletes a single MirroringEndpointGroup.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroups/{mirroringEndpointGroupsId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.urlLists.delete", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroups.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. A name of the UrlList to delete. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}/urlLists/*`.", +"description": "Required. Name of the resource", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/urlLists/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringEndpointGroups/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" } }, "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", @@ -4058,84 +4085,99 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets details of a single UrlList.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/urlLists/{urlListsId}", +"description": "Gets details of a single MirroringEndpointGroup.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroups/{mirroringEndpointGroupsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.urlLists.get", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroups.get", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. A name of the UrlList to get. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}/urlLists/*`.", +"description": "Required. Name of the resource", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/urlLists/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringEndpointGroups/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "UrlList" +"$ref": "MirroringEndpointGroup" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists UrlLists in a given project and location.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/urlLists", +"description": "Lists MirroringEndpointGroups in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroups", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.urlLists.list", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroups.list", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], "parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filtering results", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "pageSize": { -"description": "Maximum number of UrlLists to return per call.", +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "The value returned by the last `ListUrlListsResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListUrlLists` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.", +"description": "Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The project and location from which the UrlLists should be listed, specified in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", +"description": "Required. Parent value for ListMirroringEndpointGroupsRequest", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/urlLists", +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/mirroringEndpointGroups", "response": { -"$ref": "ListUrlListsResponse" +"$ref": "ListMirroringEndpointGroupsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates the parameters of a single UrlList.", -"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/urlLists/{urlListsId}", +"description": "Updates a single MirroringEndpointGroup.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroups/{mirroringEndpointGroupsId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.urlLists.patch", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroups.patch", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Name of the resource provided by the user. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/urlLists/{url_list} url_list should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. Next ID: 11 The name of the MirroringEndpointGroup.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/urlLists/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringEndpointGroups/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "updateMask": { -"description": "Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the UrlList resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", +"description": "Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the MirroringEndpointGroup resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -4143,7 +4185,7 @@ }, "path": "v1beta1/{+name}", "request": { -"$ref": "UrlList" +"$ref": "MirroringEndpointGroup" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -4153,189 +4195,1210 @@ ] } } -} -} -} -} -} -}, -"revision": "20241109", -"rootUrl": "https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/", -"schemas": { -"AddAddressGroupItemsRequest": { -"description": "Request used by the AddAddressGroupItems method.", -"id": "AddAddressGroupItemsRequest", -"properties": { -"items": { -"description": "Required. List of items to add.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" }, -"requestId": { -"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"operations": { +"methods": { +"cancel": { +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.operations.cancel", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"type": "object" +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:cancel", +"request": { +"$ref": "CancelOperationRequest" }, -"AddressGroup": { -"description": "AddressGroup is a resource that specifies how a collection of IP/DNS used in Firewall Policy.", -"id": "AddressGroup", -"properties": { -"capacity": { -"description": "Required. Capacity of the Address Group", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" }, -"createTime": { -"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] }, -"description": { -"description": "Optional. Free-text description of the resource.", +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.operations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, "type": "string" +} }, -"items": { -"description": "Optional. List of items.", -"items": { -"type": "string" +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" }, -"type": "array" +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] }, -"labels": { -"additionalProperties": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.operations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, "type": "string" +} }, -"description": "Optional. Set of label tags associated with the AddressGroup resource.", -"type": "object" +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" }, -"name": { -"description": "Required. Name of the AddressGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/addressGroups/`.", -"type": "string" +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] }, -"purpose": { -"description": "Optional. List of supported purposes of the Address Group.", -"items": { -"enum": [ -"PURPOSE_UNSPECIFIED", -"DEFAULT", -"CLOUD_ARMOR" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Default value. Should never happen.", -"Address Group is distributed to VMC, and is usable in Firewall Policies and other systems that rely on VMC.", -"Address Group is usable in Cloud Armor." +"list": { +"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.operations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" ], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The standard list filter.", +"location": "query", "type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The standard list page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The standard list page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/operations", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListOperationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"serverTlsPolicies": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new ServerTlsPolicy in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource of the ServerTlsPolicy. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"serverTlsPolicyId": { +"description": "Required. Short name of the ServerTlsPolicy resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. \"server_mtls_policy\".", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/serverTlsPolicies", +"request": { +"$ref": "ServerTlsPolicy" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single ServerTlsPolicy.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies/{serverTlsPoliciesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. A name of the ServerTlsPolicy to delete. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}/serverTlsPolicies/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serverTlsPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single ServerTlsPolicy.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies/{serverTlsPoliciesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. A name of the ServerTlsPolicy to get. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}/serverTlsPolicies/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serverTlsPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "ServerTlsPolicy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies/{serverTlsPoliciesId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serverTlsPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists ServerTlsPolicies in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Maximum number of ServerTlsPolicies to return per call.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The value returned by the last `ListServerTlsPoliciesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListServerTlsPolicies` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The project and location from which the ServerTlsPolicies should be listed, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/serverTlsPolicies", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListServerTlsPoliciesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the parameters of a single ServerTlsPolicy.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies/{serverTlsPoliciesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the ServerTlsPolicy resource. It matches the pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/serverTlsPolicies/{server_tls_policy}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serverTlsPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the ServerTlsPolicy resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "ServerTlsPolicy" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies/{serverTlsPoliciesId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serverTlsPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies/{serverTlsPoliciesId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serverTlsPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"tlsInspectionPolicies": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new TlsInspectionPolicy in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tlsInspectionPolicies", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource of the TlsInspectionPolicy. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"tlsInspectionPolicyId": { +"description": "Required. Short name of the TlsInspectionPolicy resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. \"tls_inspection_policy1\".", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/tlsInspectionPolicies", +"request": { +"$ref": "TlsInspectionPolicy" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single TlsInspectionPolicy.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tlsInspectionPoliciesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"force": { +"description": "If set to true, any rules for this TlsInspectionPolicy will also be deleted. (Otherwise, the request will only work if the TlsInspectionPolicy has no rules.)", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. A name of the TlsInspectionPolicy to delete. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tls_inspection_policy}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/tlsInspectionPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single TlsInspectionPolicy.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tlsInspectionPoliciesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. A name of the TlsInspectionPolicy to get. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tls_inspection_policy}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/tlsInspectionPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "TlsInspectionPolicy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists TlsInspectionPolicies in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tlsInspectionPolicies", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Maximum number of TlsInspectionPolicies to return per call.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The value returned by the last 'ListTlsInspectionPoliciesResponse' Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior 'ListTlsInspectionPolicies' call, and that the system should return the next page of data.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The project and location from which the TlsInspectionPolicies should be listed, specified in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/tlsInspectionPolicies", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListTlsInspectionPoliciesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the parameters of a single TlsInspectionPolicy.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tlsInspectionPoliciesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the resource. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tls_inspection_policy} tls_inspection_policy should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/tlsInspectionPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the TlsInspectionPolicy resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "TlsInspectionPolicy" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"urlLists": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new UrlList in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/urlLists", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.urlLists.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource of the UrlList. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"urlListId": { +"description": "Required. Short name of the UrlList resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. \"url_list\".", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/urlLists", +"request": { +"$ref": "UrlList" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single UrlList.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/urlLists/{urlListsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.urlLists.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. A name of the UrlList to delete. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}/urlLists/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/urlLists/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single UrlList.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/urlLists/{urlListsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.urlLists.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. A name of the UrlList to get. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}/urlLists/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/urlLists/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "UrlList" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists UrlLists in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/urlLists", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.urlLists.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Maximum number of UrlLists to return per call.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The value returned by the last `ListUrlListsResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListUrlLists` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The project and location from which the UrlLists should be listed, specified in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/urlLists", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListUrlListsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the parameters of a single UrlList.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/urlLists/{urlListsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.urlLists.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the resource provided by the user. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/urlLists/{url_list} url_list should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/urlLists/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the UrlList resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "UrlList" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +} +} +} +}, +"revision": "20241202", +"rootUrl": "https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/", +"schemas": { +"AddAddressGroupItemsRequest": { +"description": "Request used by the AddAddressGroupItems method.", +"id": "AddAddressGroupItemsRequest", +"properties": { +"items": { +"description": "Required. List of items to add.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AddressGroup": { +"description": "AddressGroup is a resource that specifies how a collection of IP/DNS used in Firewall Policy.", +"id": "AddressGroup", +"properties": { +"capacity": { +"description": "Required. Capacity of the Address Group", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Free-text description of the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"description": "Optional. List of items.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Set of label tags associated with the AddressGroup resource.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the AddressGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/addressGroups/`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"purpose": { +"description": "Optional. List of supported purposes of the Address Group.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"PURPOSE_UNSPECIFIED", +"DEFAULT", +"CLOUD_ARMOR" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. Should never happen.", +"Address Group is distributed to VMC, and is usable in Firewall Policies and other systems that rely on VMC.", +"Address Group is usable in Cloud Armor." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "Output only. Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Required. The type of the Address Group. Possible values are \"IPv4\" or \"IPV6\".", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"IPV4", +"IPV6" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"IP v4 ranges.", +"IP v6 ranges." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AuthorizationPolicy": { +"description": "AuthorizationPolicy is a resource that specifies how a server should authorize incoming connections. This resource in itself does not change the configuration unless it's attached to a target https proxy or endpoint config selector resource.", +"id": "AuthorizationPolicy", +"properties": { +"action": { +"description": "Required. The action to take when a rule match is found. Possible values are \"ALLOW\" or \"DENY\".", +"enum": [ +"ACTION_UNSPECIFIED", +"ALLOW", +"DENY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"Grant access.", +"Deny access. Deny rules should be avoided unless they are used to provide a default \"deny all\" fallback." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Free-text description of the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Set of label tags associated with the AuthorizationPolicy resource.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the AuthorizationPolicy resource. It matches pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizationPolicies/`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"rules": { +"description": "Optional. List of rules to match. Note that at least one of the rules must match in order for the action specified in the 'action' field to be taken. A rule is a match if there is a matching source and destination. If left blank, the action specified in the `action` field will be applied on every request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Rule" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AuthzPolicy": { +"description": "`AuthzPolicy` is a resource that allows to forward traffic to a callout backend designed to scan the traffic for security purposes.", +"id": "AuthzPolicy", +"properties": { +"action": { +"description": "Required. Can be one of `ALLOW`, `DENY`, `CUSTOM`. When the action is `CUSTOM`, `customProvider` must be specified. When the action is `ALLOW`, only requests matching the policy will be allowed. When the action is `DENY`, only requests matching the policy will be denied. When a request arrives, the policies are evaluated in the following order: 1. If there is a `CUSTOM` policy that matches the request, the `CUSTOM` policy is evaluated using the custom authorization providers and the request is denied if the provider rejects the request. 2. If there are any `DENY` policies that match the request, the request is denied. 3. If there are no `ALLOW` policies for the resource or if any of the `ALLOW` policies match the request, the request is allowed. 4. Else the request is denied by default if none of the configured AuthzPolicies with `ALLOW` action match the request.", +"enum": [ +"AUTHZ_ACTION_UNSPECIFIED", +"ALLOW", +"DENY", +"CUSTOM" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified action.", +"Allow request to pass through to the backend.", +"Deny the request and return a HTTP 404 to the client.", +"Delegate the authorization decision to an external authorization engine." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"customProvider": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyCustomProvider", +"description": "Optional. Required if the action is `CUSTOM`. Allows delegating authorization decisions to Cloud IAP or to Service Extensions. One of `cloudIap` or `authzExtension` must be specified." +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. A human-readable description of the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"httpRules": { +"description": "Optional. A list of authorization HTTP rules to match against the incoming request. A policy match occurs when at least one HTTP rule matches the request or when no HTTP rules are specified in the policy. At least one HTTP Rule is required for Allow or Deny Action. Limited to 5 rules.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRule" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Set of labels associated with the `AuthzPolicy` resource. The format must comply with [the following requirements](/compute/docs/labeling-resources#requirements).", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. Identifier. Name of the `AuthzPolicy` resource in the following format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authzPolicies/{authz_policy}`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"target": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyTarget", +"description": "Required. Specifies the set of resources to which this policy should be applied to." +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AuthzPolicyAuthzRule": { +"description": "Conditions to match against the incoming request.", +"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRule", +"properties": { +"from": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFrom", +"description": "Optional. Describes properties of a source of a request." +}, +"to": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleTo", +"description": "Optional. Describes properties of a target of a request." +}, +"when": { +"description": "Optional. CEL expression that describes the conditions to be satisfied for the action. The result of the CEL expression is ANDed with the from and to. Refer to the CEL language reference for a list of available attributes.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFrom": { +"description": "Describes properties of one or more sources of a request.", +"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFrom", +"properties": { +"notSources": { +"description": "Optional. Describes the negated properties of request sources. Matches requests from sources that do not match the criteria specified in this field. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFromRequestSource" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"sources": { +"description": "Optional. Describes the properties of a request's sources. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. Limited to 1 source. A match occurs when ANY source (in sources or notSources) matches the request. Within a single source, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a single field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY principal matches AND ANY ipBlocks match.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFromRequestSource" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFromRequestSource": { +"description": "Describes the properties of a single source.", +"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFromRequestSource", +"properties": { +"principals": { +"description": "Optional. A list of identities derived from the client's certificate. This field will not match on a request unless mutual TLS is enabled for the Forwarding rule or Gateway. Each identity is a string whose value is matched against the URI SAN, or DNS SAN or the subject field in the client's certificate. The match can be exact, prefix, suffix or a substring match. One of exact, prefix, suffix or contains must be specified. Limited to 5 principals.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"resources": { +"description": "Optional. A list of resources to match against the resource of the source VM of a request. Limited to 5 resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleRequestResource" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleHeaderMatch": { +"description": "Determines how a HTTP header should be matched.", +"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleHeaderMatch", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the name of the header in the request.", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch", +"description": "Optional. Specifies how the header match will be performed." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleRequestResource": { +"description": "Describes the properties of a client VM resource accessing the internal application load balancers.", +"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleRequestResource", +"properties": { +"iamServiceAccount": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch", +"description": "Optional. An IAM service account to match against the source service account of the VM sending the request." +}, +"tagValueIdSet": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleRequestResourceTagValueIdSet", +"description": "Optional. A list of resource tag value permanent IDs to match against the resource manager tags value associated with the source VM of a request." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleRequestResourceTagValueIdSet": { +"description": "Describes a set of resource tag value permanent IDs to match against the resource manager tags value associated with the source VM of a request.", +"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleRequestResourceTagValueIdSet", +"properties": { +"ids": { +"description": "Required. A list of resource tag value permanent IDs to match against the resource manager tags value associated with the source VM of a request. The match follows AND semantics which means all the ids must match. Limited to 5 matches.", +"items": { +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch": { +"description": "Determines how a string value should be matched.", +"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch", +"properties": { +"contains": { +"description": "The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def``", +"type": "string" +}, +"exact": { +"description": "The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``.", +"type": "string" +}, +"ignoreCase": { +"description": "If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"prefix": { +"description": "The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz``", +"type": "string" +}, +"suffix": { +"description": "The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc``", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleTo": { +"description": "Describes properties of one or more targets of a request.", +"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleTo", +"properties": { +"notOperations": { +"description": "Optional. Describes the negated properties of the targets of a request. Matches requests for operations that do not match the criteria specified in this field. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperation" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"operations": { +"description": "Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. Limited to 1 operation. A match occurs when ANY operation (in operations or notOperations) matches. Within an operation, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY path matches AND ANY header matches and ANY method matches.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperation" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperation": { +"description": "Describes properties of one or more targets of a request.", +"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperation", +"properties": { +"headerSet": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationHeaderSet", +"description": "Optional. A list of headers to match against in http header." +}, +"hosts": { +"description": "Optional. A list of HTTP Hosts to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 5 matches.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"methods": { +"description": "Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"paths": { +"description": "Optional. A list of paths to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 5 matches. Note that this path match includes the query parameters. For gRPC services, this should be a fully-qualified name of the form /package.service/method.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationHeaderSet": { +"description": "Describes a set of HTTP headers to match against.", +"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationHeaderSet", +"properties": { +"headers": { +"description": "Required. A list of headers to match against in http header. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). The match follows AND semantics which means all the headers must match. Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 5 matches.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleHeaderMatch" +}, +"type": "array" +} }, -"selfLink": { -"description": "Output only. Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" +"type": "object" }, -"type": { -"description": "Required. The type of the Address Group. Possible values are \"IPv4\" or \"IPV6\".", -"enum": [ -"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"IPV4", -"IPV6" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Default value.", -"IP v4 ranges.", -"IP v6 ranges." -], -"type": "string" +"AuthzPolicyCustomProvider": { +"description": "Allows delegating authorization decisions to Cloud IAP or to Service Extensions.", +"id": "AuthzPolicyCustomProvider", +"properties": { +"authzExtension": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyCustomProviderAuthzExtension", +"description": "Optional. Delegate authorization decision to user authored Service Extension. Only one of cloudIap or authzExtension can be specified." }, -"updateTime": { -"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, +"cloudIap": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyCustomProviderCloudIap", +"description": "Optional. Delegates authorization decisions to Cloud IAP. Applicable only for managed load balancers. Enabling Cloud IAP at the AuthzPolicy level is not compatible with Cloud IAP settings in the BackendService. Enabling IAP in both places will result in request failure. Ensure that IAP is enabled in either the AuthzPolicy or the BackendService but not in both places." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AuthzPolicyCustomProviderAuthzExtension": { +"description": "Optional. Delegate authorization decision to user authored extension. Only one of cloudIap or authzExtension can be specified.", +"id": "AuthzPolicyCustomProviderAuthzExtension", +"properties": { +"resources": { +"description": "Required. A list of references to authorization extensions that will be invoked for requests matching this policy. Limited to 1 custom provider.", +"items": { "type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"AuthorizationPolicy": { -"description": "AuthorizationPolicy is a resource that specifies how a server should authorize incoming connections. This resource in itself does not change the configuration unless it's attached to a target https proxy or endpoint config selector resource.", -"id": "AuthorizationPolicy", +"AuthzPolicyCustomProviderCloudIap": { +"description": "Optional. Delegates authorization decisions to Cloud IAP. Applicable only for managed load balancers. Enabling Cloud IAP at the AuthzPolicy level is not compatible with Cloud IAP settings in the BackendService. Enabling IAP in both places will result in request failure. Ensure that IAP is enabled in either the AuthzPolicy or the BackendService but not in both places.", +"id": "AuthzPolicyCustomProviderCloudIap", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AuthzPolicyTarget": { +"description": "Specifies the set of targets to which this policy should be applied to.", +"id": "AuthzPolicyTarget", "properties": { -"action": { -"description": "Required. The action to take when a rule match is found. Possible values are \"ALLOW\" or \"DENY\".", +"loadBalancingScheme": { +"description": "Required. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service).", "enum": [ -"ACTION_UNSPECIFIED", -"ALLOW", -"DENY" +"LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME_UNSPECIFIED", +"INTERNAL_MANAGED", +"EXTERNAL_MANAGED", +"INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Default value.", -"Grant access.", -"Deny access. Deny rules should be avoided unless they are used to provide a default \"deny all\" fallback." +"Default value. Do not use.", +"Signifies that this is used for Regional internal or Cross-region internal Application Load Balancing.", +"Signifies that this is used for Global external or Regional external Application Load Balancing.", +"Signifies that this is used for Cloud Service Mesh. Meant for use by CSM GKE controller only." ], "type": "string" }, -"createTime": { -"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"description": { -"description": "Optional. Free-text description of the resource.", +"resources": { +"description": "Required. A list of references to the Forwarding Rules on which this policy will be applied.", +"items": { "type": "string" }, -"labels": { -"additionalProperties": { -"type": "string" +"type": "array" +} }, -"description": "Optional. Set of label tags associated with the AuthorizationPolicy resource.", "type": "object" }, -"name": { -"description": "Required. Name of the AuthorizationPolicy resource. It matches pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizationPolicies/`.", -"type": "string" -}, -"rules": { -"description": "Optional. List of rules to match. Note that at least one of the rules must match in order for the action specified in the 'action' field to be taken. A rule is a match if there is a matching source and destination. If left blank, the action specified in the `action` field will be applied on every request.", -"items": { -"$ref": "Rule" -}, -"type": "array" +"CancelOperationRequest": { +"description": "The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.", +"id": "CancelOperationRequest", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" }, -"updateTime": { -"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, +"CertificateProviderInstance": { +"description": "Specification of a TLS certificate provider instance. Workloads may have one or more CertificateProvider instances (plugins) and one of them is enabled and configured by specifying this message. Workloads use the values from this message to locate and load the CertificateProvider instance configuration.", +"id": "CertificateProviderInstance", +"properties": { +"pluginInstance": { +"description": "Required. Plugin instance name, used to locate and load CertificateProvider instance configuration. Set to \"google_cloud_private_spiffe\" to use Certificate Authority Service certificate provider instance.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"AuthzPolicy": { -"description": "`AuthzPolicy` is a resource that allows to forward traffic to a callout backend designed to scan the traffic for security purposes.", -"id": "AuthzPolicy", +"ClientTlsPolicy": { +"description": "ClientTlsPolicy is a resource that specifies how a client should authenticate connections to backends of a service. This resource itself does not affect configuration unless it is attached to a backend service resource.", +"id": "ClientTlsPolicy", "properties": { -"action": { -"description": "Required. Can be one of `ALLOW`, `DENY`, `CUSTOM`. When the action is `CUSTOM`, `customProvider` must be specified. When the action is `ALLOW`, only requests matching the policy will be allowed. When the action is `DENY`, only requests matching the policy will be denied. When a request arrives, the policies are evaluated in the following order: 1. If there is a `CUSTOM` policy that matches the request, the `CUSTOM` policy is evaluated using the custom authorization providers and the request is denied if the provider rejects the request. 2. If there are any `DENY` policies that match the request, the request is denied. 3. If there are no `ALLOW` policies for the resource or if any of the `ALLOW` policies match the request, the request is allowed. 4. Else the request is denied by default if none of the configured AuthzPolicies with `ALLOW` action match the request.", -"enum": [ -"AUTHZ_ACTION_UNSPECIFIED", -"ALLOW", -"DENY", -"CUSTOM" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified action.", -"Allow request to pass through to the backend.", -"Deny the request and return a HTTP 404 to the client.", -"Delegate the authorization decision to an external authorization engine." -], -"type": "string" +"clientCertificate": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProvider", +"description": "Optional. Defines a mechanism to provision client identity (public and private keys) for peer to peer authentication. The presence of this dictates mTLS." }, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", @@ -4343,35 +5406,31 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"customProvider": { -"$ref": "AuthzPolicyCustomProvider", -"description": "Optional. Required if the action is `CUSTOM`. Allows delegating authorization decisions to Cloud IAP or to Service Extensions. One of `cloudIap` or `authzExtension` must be specified." -}, "description": { -"description": "Optional. A human-readable description of the resource.", +"description": "Optional. Free-text description of the resource.", "type": "string" }, -"httpRules": { -"description": "Optional. A list of authorization HTTP rules to match against the incoming request. A policy match occurs when at least one HTTP rule matches the request or when no HTTP rules are specified in the policy. At least one HTTP Rule is required for Allow or Deny Action. Limited to 5 rules.", -"items": { -"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRule" -}, -"type": "array" -}, "labels": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Optional. Set of labels associated with the `AuthzPolicy` resource. The format must comply with [the following requirements](/compute/docs/labeling-resources#requirements).", +"description": "Optional. Set of label tags associated with the resource.", "type": "object" }, "name": { -"description": "Required. Identifier. Name of the `AuthzPolicy` resource in the following format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authzPolicies/{authz_policy}`.", +"description": "Required. Name of the ClientTlsPolicy resource. It matches the pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/clientTlsPolicies/{client_tls_policy}`", "type": "string" }, -"target": { -"$ref": "AuthzPolicyTarget", -"description": "Required. Specifies the set of resources to which this policy should be applied to." +"serverValidationCa": { +"description": "Optional. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the server certificate. If empty, client does not validate the server certificate.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ValidationCA" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"sni": { +"description": "Optional. Server Name Indication string to present to the server during TLS handshake. E.g: \"secure.example.com\".", +"type": "string" }, "updateTime": { "description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.", @@ -4382,296 +5441,277 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"AuthzPolicyAuthzRule": { -"description": "Conditions to match against the incoming request.", -"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRule", +"CloneAddressGroupItemsRequest": { +"description": "Request used by the CloneAddressGroupItems method.", +"id": "CloneAddressGroupItemsRequest", "properties": { -"from": { -"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFrom", -"description": "Optional. Describes properties of one or more sources of a request." -}, -"to": { -"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleTo", -"description": "Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request." -}, -"when": { -"description": "Optional. CEL expression that describes the conditions to be satisfied for the action. The result of the CEL expression is ANDed with the from and to. Refer to the CEL language reference for a list of available attributes.", +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" }, -"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFrom": { -"description": "Describes properties of one or more sources of a request.", -"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFrom", -"properties": { -"notSources": { -"description": "Optional. Describes the negated properties of request sources. Matches requests from sources that do not match the criteria specified in this field. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified.", -"items": { -"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFromRequestSource" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"sources": { -"description": "Optional. Describes the properties of a request's sources. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. Limited to 5 sources. A match occurs when ANY source (in sources or notSources) matches the request. Within a single source, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a single field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY principal matches AND ANY ipBlocks match.", -"items": { -"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFromRequestSource" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFromRequestSource": { -"description": "Describes the properties of a single source.", -"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFromRequestSource", -"properties": { -"principals": { -"description": "Optional. A list of identities derived from the client's certificate. This field will not match on a request unless mutual TLS is enabled for the Forwarding rule or Gateway. Each identity is a string whose value is matched against the URI SAN, or DNS SAN or the subject field in the client's certificate. The match can be exact, prefix, suffix or a substring match. One of exact, prefix, suffix or contains must be specified. Limited to 5 principals.", -"items": { -"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"resources": { -"description": "Optional. A list of resources to match against the resource of the source VM of a request. Limited to 5 resources.", -"items": { -"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleRequestResource" -}, -"type": "array" +"sourceAddressGroup": { +"description": "Required. Source address group to clone items from.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleHeaderMatch": { -"description": "Determines how a HTTP header should be matched.", -"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleHeaderMatch", +"CustomInterceptProfile": { +"description": "CustomInterceptProfile defines the Packet Intercept Endpoint Group used to intercept traffic to a third-party firewall in a Firewall rule.", +"id": "CustomInterceptProfile", "properties": { -"name": { -"description": "Optional. Specifies the name of the header in the request.", +"interceptEndpointGroup": { +"description": "Required. The InterceptEndpointGroup to which traffic associated with the SP should be mirrored.", "type": "string" -}, -"value": { -"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch", -"description": "Optional. Specifies how the header match will be performed." } }, "type": "object" }, -"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleRequestResource": { -"description": "Describes the properties of a client VM resource accessing the internal application load balancers.", -"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleRequestResource", +"CustomMirroringProfile": { +"description": "CustomMirroringProfile defines an action for mirroring traffic to a collector's EndpointGroup", +"id": "CustomMirroringProfile", "properties": { -"iamServiceAccount": { -"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch", -"description": "Optional. An IAM service account to match against the source service account of the VM sending the request." -}, -"tagValueIdSet": { -"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleRequestResourceTagValueIdSet", -"description": "Optional. A list of resource tag value permanent IDs to match against the resource manager tags value associated with the source VM of a request." +"mirroringEndpointGroup": { +"description": "Required. The MirroringEndpointGroup to which traffic associated with the SP should be mirrored.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleRequestResourceTagValueIdSet": { -"description": "Describes a set of resource tag value permanent IDs to match against the resource manager tags value associated with the source VM of a request.", -"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleRequestResourceTagValueIdSet", +"Destination": { +"description": "Specification of traffic destination attributes.", +"id": "Destination", "properties": { -"ids": { -"description": "Required. A list of resource tag value permanent IDs to match against the resource manager tags value associated with the source VM of a request. The match follows AND semantics which means all the ids must match. Limited to 5 matches.", +"hosts": { +"description": "Required. List of host names to match. Matched against the \":authority\" header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example \"mydomain.*\") or a suffix match (example \"*.myorg.com\") or a presence (any) match \"*\".", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"httpHeaderMatch": { +"$ref": "HttpHeaderMatch", +"description": "Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match. Avoid using header matches to make authorization decisions unless there is a strong guarantee that requests arrive through a trusted client or proxy." +}, +"methods": { +"description": "Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match. At least one method should match. Should not be set for gRPC services.", "items": { -"format": "int64", "type": "string" }, "type": "array" +}, +"ports": { +"description": "Required. List of destination ports to match. At least one port should match.", +"items": { +"format": "uint32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch": { -"description": "Determines how a string value should be matched.", -"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch", +"Empty": { +"description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", +"id": "Empty", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Expr": { +"description": "Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: \"Summary size limit\" description: \"Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars\" expression: \"document.summary.size() < 100\" Example (Equality): title: \"Requestor is owner\" description: \"Determines if requestor is the document owner\" expression: \"document.owner == request.auth.claims.email\" Example (Logic): title: \"Public documents\" description: \"Determine whether the document should be publicly visible\" expression: \"document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'\" Example (Data Manipulation): title: \"Notification string\" description: \"Create a notification string with a timestamp.\" expression: \"'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)\" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.", +"id": "Expr", "properties": { -"contains": { -"description": "The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def``", +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.", "type": "string" }, -"exact": { -"description": "The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``.", +"expression": { +"description": "Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.", "type": "string" }, -"ignoreCase": { -"description": "If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"prefix": { -"description": "The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz``", +"location": { +"description": "Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.", "type": "string" }, -"suffix": { -"description": "The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc``", +"title": { +"description": "Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleTo": { -"description": "Describes properties of one or more targets of a request.", -"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleTo", +"FirewallEndpoint": { +"description": "Message describing Endpoint object", +"id": "FirewallEndpoint", "properties": { -"notOperations": { -"description": "Optional. Describes the negated properties of the targets of a request. Matches requests for operations that do not match the criteria specified in this field. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified.", +"associatedNetworks": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Output only. List of networks that are associated with this endpoint in the local zone. This is a projection of the FirewallEndpointAssociations pointing at this endpoint. A network will only appear in this list after traffic routing is fully configured. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.", "items": { -"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperation" +"type": "string" }, +"readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, -"operations": { -"description": "Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. Limited to 5 operations. A match occurs when ANY operation (in operations or notOperations) matches. Within an operation, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY path matches AND ANY header matches and ANY method matches.", +"associations": { +"description": "Output only. List of FirewallEndpointAssociations that are associated to this endpoint. An association will only appear in this list after traffic routing is fully configured.", "items": { -"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperation" +"$ref": "FirewallEndpointAssociationReference" }, +"readOnly": true, "type": "array" -} }, -"type": "object" +"billingProjectId": { +"description": "Required. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage.", +"type": "string" }, -"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperation": { -"description": "Describes properties of one or more targets of a request.", -"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperation", -"properties": { -"headerSet": { -"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationHeaderSet", -"description": "Optional. A list of headers to match against in http header." +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Create time stamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" }, -"hosts": { -"description": "Optional. A list of HTTP Hosts to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 5 matches.", -"items": { -"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch" +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters.", +"type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" }, -"methods": { -"description": "Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive.", -"items": { +"description": "Optional. Labels as key value pairs", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. name of resource", "type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"reconciling": { +"description": "Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" }, -"paths": { -"description": "Optional. A list of paths to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 5 matches. Note that this path match includes the query parameters. For gRPC services, this should be a fully-qualified name of the form /package.service/method.", -"items": { -"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch" +"state": { +"description": "Output only. Current state of the endpoint.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CREATING", +"ACTIVE", +"DELETING", +"INACTIVE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not set.", +"Being created.", +"Processing configuration updates.", +"Being deleted.", +"Down or in an error state." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Update time stamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationHeaderSet": { -"description": "Describes a set of HTTP headers to match against.", -"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationHeaderSet", +"FirewallEndpointAssociation": { +"description": "Message describing Association object", +"id": "FirewallEndpointAssociation", "properties": { -"headers": { -"description": "Required. A list of headers to match against in http header. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). The match follows AND semantics which means all the headers must match. Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 5 matches.", -"items": { -"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleHeaderMatch" -}, -"type": "array" -} +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Create time stamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" }, -"type": "object" +"disabled": { +"description": "Optional. Whether the association is disabled. True indicates that traffic won't be intercepted", +"type": "boolean" }, -"AuthzPolicyCustomProvider": { -"description": "Allows delegating authorization decisions to Cloud IAP or to Service Extensions.", -"id": "AuthzPolicyCustomProvider", -"properties": { -"authzExtension": { -"$ref": "AuthzPolicyCustomProviderAuthzExtension", -"description": "Optional. Delegate authorization decision to user authored Service Extension. Only one of cloudIap or authzExtension can be specified." +"firewallEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The URL of the FirewallEndpoint that is being associated.", +"type": "string" }, -"cloudIap": { -"$ref": "AuthzPolicyCustomProviderCloudIap", -"description": "Optional. Delegates authorization decisions to Cloud IAP. Applicable only for managed load balancers. Enabling Cloud IAP at the AuthzPolicy level is not compatible with Cloud IAP settings in the BackendService. Enabling IAP in both places will result in request failure. Ensure that IAP is enabled in either the AuthzPolicy or the BackendService but not in both places." -} +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" }, +"description": "Optional. Labels as key value pairs", "type": "object" }, -"AuthzPolicyCustomProviderAuthzExtension": { -"description": "Optional. Delegate authorization decision to user authored extension. Only one of cloudIap or authzExtension can be specified.", -"id": "AuthzPolicyCustomProviderAuthzExtension", -"properties": { -"resources": { -"description": "Required. A list of references to authorization extensions that will be invoked for requests matching this policy. Limited to 1 custom provider.", -"items": { +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. name of resource", "type": "string" }, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" +"network": { +"description": "Required. The URL of the network that is being associated.", +"type": "string" }, -"AuthzPolicyCustomProviderCloudIap": { -"description": "Optional. Delegates authorization decisions to Cloud IAP. Applicable only for managed load balancers. Enabling Cloud IAP at the AuthzPolicy level is not compatible with Cloud IAP settings in the BackendService. Enabling IAP in both places will result in request failure. Ensure that IAP is enabled in either the AuthzPolicy or the BackendService but not in both places.", -"id": "AuthzPolicyCustomProviderCloudIap", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" +"reconciling": { +"description": "Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" }, -"AuthzPolicyTarget": { -"description": "Specifies the set of targets to which this policy should be applied to.", -"id": "AuthzPolicyTarget", -"properties": { -"loadBalancingScheme": { -"description": "Required. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service).", +"state": { +"description": "Output only. Current state of the association.", "enum": [ -"LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME_UNSPECIFIED", -"INTERNAL_MANAGED", -"EXTERNAL_MANAGED", -"INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED" +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CREATING", +"ACTIVE", +"DELETING", +"INACTIVE", +"ORPHAN" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Default value. Do not use.", -"Signifies that this is used for Regional internal or Cross-region internal Application Load Balancing.", -"Signifies that this is used for Global external or Regional external Application Load Balancing.", -"Signifies that this is used for Cloud Service Mesh. Meant for use by CSM GKE controller only." +"Not set.", +"Being created.", +"Active and ready for traffic.", +"Being deleted.", +"Down or in an error state.", +"The project that housed the association has been deleted." ], +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"resources": { -"description": "Required. A list of references to the Forwarding Rules on which this policy will be applied.", -"items": { +"tlsInspectionPolicy": { +"description": "Optional. The URL of the TlsInspectionPolicy that is being associated.", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Update time stamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"CancelOperationRequest": { -"description": "The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.", -"id": "CancelOperationRequest", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, -"CertificateProviderInstance": { -"description": "Specification of a TLS certificate provider instance. Workloads may have one or more CertificateProvider instances (plugins) and one of them is enabled and configured by specifying this message. Workloads use the values from this message to locate and load the CertificateProvider instance configuration.", -"id": "CertificateProviderInstance", +"FirewallEndpointAssociationReference": { +"description": "This is a subset of the FirewallEndpointAssociation message, containing fields to be used by the consumer.", +"id": "FirewallEndpointAssociationReference", "properties": { -"pluginInstance": { -"description": "Required. Plugin instance name, used to locate and load CertificateProvider instance configuration. Set to \"google_cloud_private_spiffe\" to use Certificate Authority Service certificate provider instance.", +"name": { +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the FirewallEndpointAssociation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/firewallEndpointAssociations/{id}", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"network": { +"description": "Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"ClientTlsPolicy": { -"description": "ClientTlsPolicy is a resource that specifies how a client should authenticate connections to backends of a service. This resource itself does not affect configuration unless it is attached to a backend service resource.", -"id": "ClientTlsPolicy", +"GatewaySecurityPolicy": { +"description": "The GatewaySecurityPolicy resource contains a collection of GatewaySecurityPolicyRules and associated metadata.", +"id": "GatewaySecurityPolicy", "properties": { -"clientCertificate": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProvider", -"description": "Optional. Defines a mechanism to provision client identity (public and private keys) for peer to peer authentication. The presence of this dictates mTLS." -}, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -4682,30 +5722,78 @@ "description": "Optional. Free-text description of the resource.", "type": "string" }, -"labels": { -"additionalProperties": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the resource. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gatewaySecurityPolicies/{gateway_security_policy} gateway_security_policy should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).", "type": "string" }, -"description": "Optional. Set of label tags associated with the resource.", +"tlsInspectionPolicy": { +"description": "Optional. Name of a TLS Inspection Policy resource that defines how TLS inspection will be performed for any rule(s) which enables it.", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, "type": "object" }, -"name": { -"description": "Required. Name of the ClientTlsPolicy resource. It matches the pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/clientTlsPolicies/{client_tls_policy}`", +"GatewaySecurityPolicyRule": { +"description": "The GatewaySecurityPolicyRule resource is in a nested collection within a GatewaySecurityPolicy and represents a traffic matching condition and associated action to perform.", +"id": "GatewaySecurityPolicyRule", +"properties": { +"applicationMatcher": { +"description": "Optional. CEL expression for matching on L7/application level criteria.", "type": "string" }, -"serverValidationCa": { -"description": "Optional. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the server certificate. If empty, client does not validate the server certificate.", -"items": { -"$ref": "ValidationCA" +"basicProfile": { +"description": "Required. Profile which tells what the primitive action should be.", +"enum": [ +"BASIC_PROFILE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ALLOW", +"DENY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"If there is not a mentioned action for the target.", +"Allow the matched traffic.", +"Deny the matched traffic." +], +"type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Time when the rule was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" }, -"sni": { -"description": "Optional. Server Name Indication string to present to the server during TLS handshake. E.g: \"secure.example.com\".", +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Free-text description of the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"enabled": { +"description": "Required. Whether the rule is enforced.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. Name of the resource. ame is the full resource name so projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gatewaySecurityPolicies/{gateway_security_policy}/rules/{rule} rule should match the pattern: (^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).", +"type": "string" +}, +"priority": { +"description": "Required. Priority of the rule. Lower number corresponds to higher precedence.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"sessionMatcher": { +"description": "Required. CEL expression for matching on session criteria.", "type": "string" }, +"tlsInspectionEnabled": { +"description": "Optional. Flag to enable TLS inspection of traffic matching on , can only be true if the parent GatewaySecurityPolicy references a TLSInspectionConfig.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "updateTime": { -"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.", +"description": "Output only. Time when the rule was updated.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -4713,127 +5801,208 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"CloneAddressGroupItemsRequest": { -"description": "Request used by the CloneAddressGroupItems method.", -"id": "CloneAddressGroupItemsRequest", +"GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProvider": { +"description": "Specification of certificate provider. Defines the mechanism to obtain the certificate and private key for peer to peer authentication.", +"id": "GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProvider", "properties": { -"requestId": { -"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"type": "string" +"certificateProviderInstance": { +"$ref": "CertificateProviderInstance", +"description": "The certificate provider instance specification that will be passed to the data plane, which will be used to load necessary credential information." }, -"sourceAddressGroup": { -"description": "Required. Source address group to clone items from.", -"type": "string" +"grpcEndpoint": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpoint", +"description": "gRPC specific configuration to access the gRPC server to obtain the cert and private key." } }, "type": "object" }, -"CustomMirroringProfile": { -"description": "CustomMirroringProfile defines an action for mirroring traffic to a collector's EndpointGroup", -"id": "CustomMirroringProfile", +"GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpoint": { +"description": "Specification of the GRPC Endpoint.", +"id": "GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpoint", "properties": { -"mirroringEndpointGroup": { -"description": "Required. The MirroringEndpointGroup to which traffic associated with the SP should be mirrored.", +"targetUri": { +"description": "Required. The target URI of the gRPC endpoint. Only UDS path is supported, and should start with \"unix:\".", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"Destination": { -"description": "Specification of traffic destination attributes.", -"id": "Destination", +"GoogleIamV1AuditConfig": { +"description": "Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { \"audit_configs\": [ { \"service\": \"allServices\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" }, { \"log_type\": \"ADMIN_READ\" } ] }, { \"service\": \"sampleservice.googleapis.com\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\" }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:aliya@example.com\" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.", +"id": "GoogleIamV1AuditConfig", "properties": { -"hosts": { -"description": "Required. List of host names to match. Matched against the \":authority\" header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example \"mydomain.*\") or a suffix match (example \"*.myorg.com\") or a presence (any) match \"*\".", +"auditLogConfigs": { +"description": "The configuration for logging of each type of permission.", "items": { -"type": "string" +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfig" }, "type": "array" }, -"httpHeaderMatch": { -"$ref": "HttpHeaderMatch", -"description": "Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match. Avoid using header matches to make authorization decisions unless there is a strong guarantee that requests arrive through a trusted client or proxy." +"service": { +"description": "Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.", +"type": "string" +} }, -"methods": { -"description": "Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match. At least one method should match. Should not be set for gRPC services.", +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfig": { +"description": "Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.", +"id": "GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfig", +"properties": { +"exemptedMembers": { +"description": "Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.", "items": { "type": "string" }, "type": "array" }, -"ports": { -"description": "Required. List of destination ports to match. At least one port should match.", +"logType": { +"description": "The log type that this config enables.", +"enum": [ +"LOG_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ADMIN_READ", +"DATA_WRITE", +"DATA_READ" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default case. Should never be this.", +"Admin reads. Example: CloudIAM getIamPolicy", +"Data writes. Example: CloudSQL Users create", +"Data reads. Example: CloudSQL Users list" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleIamV1Binding": { +"description": "Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.", +"id": "GoogleIamV1Binding", +"properties": { +"condition": { +"$ref": "Expr", +"description": "The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies)." +}, +"members": { +"description": "Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.", "items": { -"format": "uint32", -"type": "integer" +"type": "string" }, "type": "array" -} }, -"type": "object" +"role": { +"description": "Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).", +"type": "string" +} }, -"Empty": { -"description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", -"id": "Empty", -"properties": {}, "type": "object" }, -"Expr": { -"description": "Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: \"Summary size limit\" description: \"Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars\" expression: \"document.summary.size() < 100\" Example (Equality): title: \"Requestor is owner\" description: \"Determines if requestor is the document owner\" expression: \"document.owner == request.auth.claims.email\" Example (Logic): title: \"Public documents\" description: \"Determine whether the document should be publicly visible\" expression: \"document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'\" Example (Data Manipulation): title: \"Notification string\" description: \"Create a notification string with a timestamp.\" expression: \"'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)\" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.", -"id": "Expr", +"GoogleIamV1Policy": { +"description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", +"id": "GoogleIamV1Policy", "properties": { -"description": { -"description": "Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.", -"type": "string" +"auditConfigs": { +"description": "Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1AuditConfig" }, -"expression": { -"description": "Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.", -"type": "string" +"type": "array" }, -"location": { -"description": "Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.", +"bindings": { +"description": "Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Binding" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.", +"format": "byte", "type": "string" }, -"title": { -"description": "Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.", +"version": { +"description": "Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest": { +"description": "Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.", +"id": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy", +"description": "REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them." +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: \"bindings, etag\"`", +"format": "google-fieldmask", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"FirewallEndpoint": { -"description": "Message describing Endpoint object", -"id": "FirewallEndpoint", +"GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsRequest": { +"description": "Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.", +"id": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsRequest", "properties": { -"associatedNetworks": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Output only. List of networks that are associated with this endpoint in the local zone. This is a projection of the FirewallEndpointAssociations pointing at this endpoint. A network will only appear in this list after traffic routing is fully configured. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.", +"permissions": { +"description": "The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).", "items": { "type": "string" }, -"readOnly": true, "type": "array" +} }, -"associations": { -"description": "Output only. List of FirewallEndpointAssociations that are associated to this endpoint. An association will only appear in this list after traffic routing is fully configured.", +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.", +"id": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse", +"properties": { +"permissions": { +"description": "A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.", "items": { -"$ref": "FirewallEndpointAssociationReference" +"type": "string" }, -"readOnly": true, "type": "array" +} }, -"billingProjectId": { -"description": "Required. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage.", +"type": "object" +}, +"HttpHeaderMatch": { +"description": "Specification of HTTP header match attributes.", +"id": "HttpHeaderMatch", +"properties": { +"headerName": { +"description": "Required. The name of the HTTP header to match. For matching against the HTTP request's authority, use a headerMatch with the header name \":authority\". For matching a request's method, use the headerName \":method\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"regexMatch": { +"description": "Required. The value of the header must match the regular expression specified in regexMatch. For regular expression grammar, please see: en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/regex/ecmascript For matching against a port specified in the HTTP request, use a headerMatch with headerName set to Host and a regular expression that satisfies the RFC2616 Host header's port specifier.", "type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" }, +"InterceptDeployment": { +"description": "Message describing InterceptDeployment object", +"id": "InterceptDeployment", +"properties": { "createTime": { -"description": "Output only. Create time stamp", +"description": "Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"description": { -"description": "Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters.", +"forwardingRule": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. The regional load balancer which the intercepted traffic should be forwarded to. Format is: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}", +"type": "string" +}, +"interceptDeploymentGroup": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. The Intercept Deployment Group that this resource is part of. Format is: `projects/{project}/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/{interceptDeploymentGroup}`", "type": "string" }, "labels": { @@ -4844,7 +6013,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. Identifier. name of resource", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The name of the InterceptDeployment.", "type": "string" }, "reconciling": { @@ -4853,26 +6022,28 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "state": { -"description": "Output only. Current state of the endpoint.", +"description": "Output only. Current state of the deployment.", "enum": [ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", -"CREATING", "ACTIVE", +"CREATING", "DELETING", -"INACTIVE" +"OUT_OF_SYNC", +"DELETE_FAILED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Not set.", +"Ready.", "Being created.", -"Processing configuration updates.", "Being deleted.", -"Down or in an error state." +"The underlying data plane is out of sync with the deployment. The deployment is not expected to be usable. This state can result in undefined behavior.", +"An attempt to delete the deployment has failed. This is a terminal state and the deployment is not expected to be usable as some of its resources have been deleted. The only permitted operation is to retry deleting the deployment." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { -"description": "Output only. Update time stamp", +"description": "Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -4880,24 +6051,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"FirewallEndpointAssociation": { -"description": "Message describing Association object", -"id": "FirewallEndpointAssociation", +"InterceptDeploymentGroup": { +"description": "Message describing InterceptDeploymentGroup object", +"id": "InterceptDeploymentGroup", "properties": { +"connectedEndpointGroups": { +"description": "Output only. The list of Intercept Endpoint Groups that are connected to this resource.", +"items": { +"$ref": "InterceptDeploymentGroupConnectedEndpointGroup" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, "createTime": { -"description": "Output only. Create time stamp", +"description": "Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"disabled": { -"description": "Optional. Whether the association is disabled. True indicates that traffic won't be intercepted", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"firewallEndpoint": { -"description": "Required. The URL of the FirewallEndpoint that is being associated.", -"type": "string" -}, "labels": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" @@ -4906,11 +6077,11 @@ "type": "object" }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. Identifier. name of resource", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. Then name of the InterceptDeploymentGroup.", "type": "string" }, "network": { -"description": "Required. The URL of the network that is being associated.", +"description": "Required. Immutable. The network that is being used for the deployment. Format is: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}.", "type": "string" }, "reconciling": { @@ -4919,32 +6090,24 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "state": { -"description": "Output only. Current state of the association.", +"description": "Output only. Current state of the deployment group.", "enum": [ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", -"CREATING", "ACTIVE", -"DELETING", -"INACTIVE", -"ORPHAN" +"CREATING", +"DELETING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Not set.", +"Ready.", "Being created.", -"Active and ready for traffic.", -"Being deleted.", -"Down or in an error state.", -"The project that housed the association has been deleted." +"Being deleted." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"tlsInspectionPolicy": { -"description": "Optional. The URL of the TlsInspectionPolicy that is being associated.", -"type": "string" -}, "updateTime": { -"description": "Output only. Update time stamp", +"description": "Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -4952,297 +6115,228 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"FirewallEndpointAssociationReference": { -"description": "This is a subset of the FirewallEndpointAssociation message, containing fields to be used by the consumer.", -"id": "FirewallEndpointAssociationReference", +"InterceptDeploymentGroupConnectedEndpointGroup": { +"description": "An endpoint group connected to this deployment group.", +"id": "InterceptDeploymentGroupConnectedEndpointGroup", "properties": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name of the FirewallEndpointAssociation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/firewallEndpointAssociations/{id}", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"network": { -"description": "Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.", +"description": "Output only. A connected intercept endpoint group.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"GatewaySecurityPolicy": { -"description": "The GatewaySecurityPolicy resource contains a collection of GatewaySecurityPolicyRules and associated metadata.", -"id": "GatewaySecurityPolicy", +"InterceptEndpointGroup": { +"description": "Message describing InterceptEndpointGroup object.", +"id": "InterceptEndpointGroup", "properties": { -"createTime": { -"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"description": { -"description": "Optional. Free-text description of the resource.", -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Required. Name of the resource. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gatewaySecurityPolicies/{gateway_security_policy} gateway_security_policy should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).", -"type": "string" -}, -"tlsInspectionPolicy": { -"description": "Optional. Name of a TLS Inspection Policy resource that defines how TLS inspection will be performed for any rule(s) which enables it.", -"type": "string" +"associations": { +"description": "Output only. List of Intercept Endpoint Group Associations that are associated to this endpoint group.", +"items": { +"$ref": "InterceptEndpointGroupAssociationDetails" }, -"updateTime": { -"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.", -"format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GatewaySecurityPolicyRule": { -"description": "The GatewaySecurityPolicyRule resource is in a nested collection within a GatewaySecurityPolicy and represents a traffic matching condition and associated action to perform.", -"id": "GatewaySecurityPolicyRule", -"properties": { -"applicationMatcher": { -"description": "Optional. CEL expression for matching on L7/application level criteria.", -"type": "string" -}, -"basicProfile": { -"description": "Required. Profile which tells what the primitive action should be.", -"enum": [ -"BASIC_PROFILE_UNSPECIFIED", -"ALLOW", -"DENY" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"If there is not a mentioned action for the target.", -"Allow the matched traffic.", -"Deny the matched traffic." -], -"type": "string" +"type": "array" }, "createTime": { -"description": "Output only. Time when the rule was created.", +"description": "Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "description": { -"description": "Optional. Free-text description of the resource.", -"type": "string" -}, -"enabled": { -"description": "Required. Whether the rule is enforced.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Required. Immutable. Name of the resource. ame is the full resource name so projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gatewaySecurityPolicies/{gateway_security_policy}/rules/{rule} rule should match the pattern: (^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).", -"type": "string" -}, -"priority": { -"description": "Required. Priority of the rule. Lower number corresponds to higher precedence.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"sessionMatcher": { -"description": "Required. CEL expression for matching on session criteria.", -"type": "string" -}, -"tlsInspectionEnabled": { -"description": "Optional. Flag to enable TLS inspection of traffic matching on , can only be true if the parent GatewaySecurityPolicy references a TLSInspectionConfig.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"updateTime": { -"description": "Output only. Time when the rule was updated.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Optional. User-provided description of the endpoint group. Used as additional context for the endpoint group.", "type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProvider": { -"description": "Specification of certificate provider. Defines the mechanism to obtain the certificate and private key for peer to peer authentication.", -"id": "GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1CertificateProvider", -"properties": { -"certificateProviderInstance": { -"$ref": "CertificateProviderInstance", -"description": "The certificate provider instance specification that will be passed to the data plane, which will be used to load necessary credential information." -}, -"grpcEndpoint": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpoint", -"description": "gRPC specific configuration to access the gRPC server to obtain the cert and private key." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpoint": { -"description": "Specification of the GRPC Endpoint.", -"id": "GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1beta1GrpcEndpoint", -"properties": { -"targetUri": { -"description": "Required. The target URI of the gRPC endpoint. Only UDS path is supported, and should start with \"unix:\".", +"interceptDeploymentGroup": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. The Intercept Deployment Group that this resource is connected to. Format is: `projects/{project}/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/{interceptDeploymentGroup}`", "type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleIamV1AuditConfig": { -"description": "Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { \"audit_configs\": [ { \"service\": \"allServices\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" }, { \"log_type\": \"ADMIN_READ\" } ] }, { \"service\": \"sampleservice.googleapis.com\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\" }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:aliya@example.com\" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.", -"id": "GoogleIamV1AuditConfig", -"properties": { -"auditLogConfigs": { -"description": "The configuration for logging of each type of permission.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfig" -}, -"type": "array" }, -"service": { -"description": "Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.", +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { "type": "string" -} }, +"description": "Optional. Labels as key value pairs", "type": "object" }, -"GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfig": { -"description": "Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.", -"id": "GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfig", -"properties": { -"exemptedMembers": { -"description": "Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.", -"items": { +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The name of the InterceptEndpointGroup.", "type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"reconciling": { +"description": "Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" }, -"logType": { -"description": "The log type that this config enables.", +"state": { +"description": "Output only. Current state of the endpoint group.", "enum": [ -"LOG_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"ADMIN_READ", -"DATA_WRITE", -"DATA_READ" +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACTIVE", +"CLOSED", +"CREATING", +"DELETING", +"OUT_OF_SYNC", +"DELETE_FAILED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Default case. Should never be this.", -"Admin reads. Example: CloudIAM getIamPolicy", -"Data writes. Example: CloudSQL Users create", -"Data reads. Example: CloudSQL Users list" +"Not set.", +"Ready.", +"The deployment group has been deleted and intercept is disabled.", +"Being created.", +"Being deleted.", +"The underlying data plane is out of sync with the endpoint group. Some associations might not be usable.", +"An attempt to delete the endpoint group has failed. This is a terminal state and the endpoint group is not expected to be usable as some of its resources have been deleted. The only permitted operation is to retry deleting the endpoint group." ], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleIamV1Binding": { -"description": "Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.", -"id": "GoogleIamV1Binding", +"InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation": { +"description": "Message describing InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation object", +"id": "InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation", "properties": { -"condition": { -"$ref": "Expr", -"description": "The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies)." -}, -"members": { -"description": "Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.", -"items": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"interceptEndpointGroup": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. The Intercept Endpoint Group that this resource is connected to. Format is: `projects/{project}/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroups/{interceptEndpointGroup}`", +"type": "string" }, -"role": { -"description": "Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).", +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { "type": "string" -} }, +"description": "Optional. Labels as key value pairs", "type": "object" }, -"GoogleIamV1Policy": { -"description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", -"id": "GoogleIamV1Policy", -"properties": { -"auditConfigs": { -"description": "Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleIamV1AuditConfig" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"bindings": { -"description": "Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.", +"locationsDetails": { +"description": "Output only. The list of locations that this association is in and its details.", "items": { -"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Binding" +"$ref": "InterceptEndpointGroupAssociationLocationDetails" }, +"readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, -"etag": { -"description": "`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.", -"format": "byte", +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The name of the InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation.", "type": "string" }, -"version": { -"description": "Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -} +"network": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}.", +"type": "string" }, -"type": "object" +"reconciling": { +"description": "Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" }, -"GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest": { -"description": "Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.", -"id": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest", -"properties": { -"policy": { -"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy", -"description": "REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them." +"state": { +"description": "Output only. Current state of the endpoint group association.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACTIVE", +"CREATING", +"DELETING", +"CLOSED", +"OUT_OF_SYNC", +"DELETE_FAILED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not set.", +"Ready.", +"Being created.", +"Being deleted.", +"Intercept is disabled due to an operation on another resource.", +"The underlying data plane is out of sync with the association. The association is not expected to be usable. This state can result in undefined behavior. See the `locations_details` field for more details.", +"An attempt to delete the association has failed. This is a terminal state and the association is not expected to be usable as some of its resources have been deleted. The only permitted operation is to retry deleting the association." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" }, -"updateMask": { -"description": "OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: \"bindings, etag\"`", -"format": "google-fieldmask", +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsRequest": { -"description": "Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.", -"id": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsRequest", +"InterceptEndpointGroupAssociationDetails": { +"description": "This is a subset of the InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation message, containing fields to be used by the consumer.", +"id": "InterceptEndpointGroupAssociationDetails", "properties": { -"permissions": { -"description": "The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).", -"items": { +"name": { +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/{interceptEndpointGroupAssociation}", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse": { -"description": "Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.", -"id": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse", -"properties": { -"permissions": { -"description": "A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.", -"items": { +"network": { +"description": "Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"state": { +"description": "Output only. Current state of the association.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACTIVE", +"CREATING", +"DELETING", +"CLOSED", +"OUT_OF_SYNC", +"DELETE_FAILED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not set.", +"Ready.", +"Being created.", +"Being deleted.", +"Intercept is disabled due to an operation on another resource.", +"The underlying data plane is out of sync with the association. The association is not expected to be usable. This state can result in undefined behavior. See the `locations_details` field for more details.", +"An attempt to delete the association has failed. This is a terminal state and the association is not expected to be usable as some of its resources have been deleted. The only permitted operation is to retry deleting the association." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"HttpHeaderMatch": { -"description": "Specification of HTTP header match attributes.", -"id": "HttpHeaderMatch", +"InterceptEndpointGroupAssociationLocationDetails": { +"description": "Details about the association status in a specific cloud location.", +"id": "InterceptEndpointGroupAssociationLocationDetails", "properties": { -"headerName": { -"description": "Required. The name of the HTTP header to match. For matching against the HTTP request's authority, use a headerMatch with the header name \":authority\". For matching a request's method, use the headerName \":method\".", +"location": { +"description": "Output only. The cloud location.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"regexMatch": { -"description": "Required. The value of the header must match the regular expression specified in regexMatch. For regular expression grammar, please see: en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/regex/ecmascript For matching against a port specified in the HTTP request, use a headerMatch with headerName set to Host and a regular expression that satisfies the RFC2616 Host header's port specifier.", +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The association state in this location.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACTIVE", +"OUT_OF_SYNC" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not set.", +"Ready.", +"The data plane is out of sync with the association in this location." +], +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, @@ -5465,6 +6559,85 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ListInterceptDeploymentGroupsResponse": { +"description": "Message for response to listing InterceptDeploymentGroups", +"id": "ListInterceptDeploymentGroupsResponse", +"properties": { +"interceptDeploymentGroups": { +"description": "The list of InterceptDeploymentGroup", +"items": { +"$ref": "InterceptDeploymentGroup" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListInterceptDeploymentsResponse": { +"description": "Message for response to listing InterceptDeployments", +"id": "ListInterceptDeploymentsResponse", +"properties": { +"interceptDeployments": { +"description": "The list of InterceptDeployment", +"items": { +"$ref": "InterceptDeployment" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListInterceptEndpointGroupAssociationsResponse": { +"description": "Message for response to listing InterceptEndpointGroupAssociations", +"id": "ListInterceptEndpointGroupAssociationsResponse", +"properties": { +"interceptEndpointGroupAssociations": { +"description": "The list of InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation", +"items": { +"$ref": "InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListInterceptEndpointGroupsResponse": { +"description": "Message for response to listing InterceptEndpointGroups", +"id": "ListInterceptEndpointGroupsResponse", +"properties": { +"interceptEndpointGroups": { +"description": "The list of InterceptEndpointGroup", +"items": { +"$ref": "InterceptEndpointGroup" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListLocationsResponse": { "description": "The response message for Locations.ListLocations.", "id": "ListLocationsResponse", @@ -5815,7 +6988,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "MirroringDeploymentGroup": { -"description": "Message describing MirroringDeploymentGroup object", +"description": "Message describing MirroringDeploymentGroup object NEXT ID: 10", "id": "MirroringDeploymentGroup", "properties": { "connectedEndpointGroups": { @@ -6172,7 +7345,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "SecurityProfile": { -"description": "SecurityProfile is a resource that defines the behavior for one of many ProfileTypes. Next ID: 12", +"description": "SecurityProfile is a resource that defines the behavior for one of many ProfileTypes.", "id": "SecurityProfile", "properties": { "createTime": { @@ -6181,6 +7354,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"customInterceptProfile": { +"$ref": "CustomInterceptProfile", +"description": "The custom TPPI configuration for the SecurityProfile." +}, "customMirroringProfile": { "$ref": "CustomMirroringProfile", "description": "The custom Packet Mirroring v2 configuration for the SecurityProfile." @@ -6214,12 +7391,14 @@ "enum": [ "PROFILE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "THREAT_PREVENTION", -"CUSTOM_MIRRORING" +"CUSTOM_MIRRORING", +"CUSTOM_INTERCEPT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Profile type not specified.", "Profile type for threat prevention.", -"Profile type for packet mirroring v2" +"Profile type for packet mirroring v2", +"Profile type for TPPI." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -6233,7 +7412,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "SecurityProfileGroup": { -"description": "SecurityProfileGroup is a resource that defines the behavior for various ProfileTypes. Next ID: 11", +"description": "SecurityProfileGroup is a resource that defines the behavior for various ProfileTypes.", "id": "SecurityProfileGroup", "properties": { "createTime": { @@ -6242,6 +7421,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"customInterceptProfile": { +"description": "Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the CustomIntercept configuration.", +"type": "string" +}, "customMirroringProfile": { "description": "Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the CustomMirroring configuration.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json index ac95c62ed5e..a1535c1ce4e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json @@ -1918,7 +1918,7 @@ "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "networkservices.projects.locations.operations.cancel", @@ -2934,7 +2934,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241109", +"revision": "20241118", "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -4909,7 +4909,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "LoggingConfig": { -"description": "The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Avdvanced resources.", +"description": "The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Advanced resources.", "id": "LoggingConfig", "properties": { "logSeverity": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json index 1d89411121e..94317dc7c53 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json @@ -1645,7 +1645,7 @@ "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "networkservices.projects.locations.operations.cancel", @@ -2661,7 +2661,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241109", +"revision": "20241118", "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthzExtension": { @@ -4500,7 +4500,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "LoggingConfig": { -"description": "The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Avdvanced resources.", +"description": "The configuration for Platform Telemetry logging for Eventarc Advanced resources.", "id": "LoggingConfig", "properties": { "logSeverity": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json index fcdf6379b15..2f2c72e1acc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json @@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241021", +"revision": "20241129", "rootUrl": "https://orgpolicy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2AlternatePolicySpec": { @@ -989,6 +989,10 @@ "supportsDryRun": { "description": "Shows if dry run is supported for this constraint or not.", "type": "boolean" +}, +"supportsSimulation": { +"description": "Shows if simulation is supported for this constraint or not.", +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" @@ -1350,6 +1354,14 @@ "description": "If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.", "type": "boolean" }, +"parameters": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { \"allowedLocations\" : [\"us-east1\", \"us-west1\"], \"allowAll\" : true }", +"type": "object" +}, "values": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2PolicySpecPolicyRuleStringValues", "description": "List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json index 537a6b5e1c6..c497981e82f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json @@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241126", +"revision": "20241201", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptSettings": { @@ -3571,11 +3571,11 @@ "id": "TimeZone", "properties": { "id": { -"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".", +"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".", "type": "string" }, "version": { -"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".", +"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json index 7e52f51e518..83b7f23c725 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241126", +"revision": "20241201", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptRepository": { @@ -2339,11 +2339,11 @@ "id": "TimeZone", "properties": { "id": { -"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".", +"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".", "type": "string" }, "version": { -"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".", +"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json index e3bbede8db3..227f27a3394 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ "clusters": { "methods": { "backup": { -"description": "Backup Redis Cluster. If this is the first time a backup is being created, a backup collection will be created at the backend, and this backup belongs to this collection. Both collection and backup will have a resource name. Backup will be executed for each shard. A replica (primary if nonHA) will be selected to perform the execution. Backup call will be rejected if there is an ongoing backup or update operation.", +"description": "Backup Redis Cluster. If this is the first time a backup is being created, a backup collection will be created at the backend, and this backup belongs to this collection. Both collection and backup will have a resource name. Backup will be executed for each shard. A replica (primary if nonHA) will be selected to perform the execution. Backup call will be rejected if there is an ongoing backup or update operation. Be aware that during preview, if the cluster's internal software version is too old, critical update will be performed before actual backup. Once the internal software version is updated to the minimum version required by the backup feature, subsequent backups will not require critical update. After preview, there will be no critical update needed for backup.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}:backup", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "redis.projects.locations.clusters.backup", @@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241114", +"revision": "20241203", "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AOFConfig": { @@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ "description": "Optional. Trigger automated backups at a fixed frequency." }, "retention": { -"description": "Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. If not specified, the default value is 100 years which is also the maximum value supported. The minimum value is 1 day.", +"description": "Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. The value should be between 1 day and 365 days. If not specified, the default value is 35 days.", "format": "google-duration", "type": "string" } @@ -1257,13 +1257,15 @@ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "CREATING", "ACTIVE", -"DELETING" +"DELETING", +"SUSPENDED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The default value, not set.", "The backup is being created.", "The backup is active to be used.", -"The backup is being deleted." +"The backup is being deleted.", +"The backup is currently suspended due to reasons like project deletion, billing account closure, etc." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -1273,6 +1275,11 @@ "format": "int64", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. System assigned unique identifier of the backup.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -1310,6 +1317,11 @@ "name": { "description": "Identifier. Full resource path of the backup collection.", "type": "string" +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. System assigned unique identifier of the backup collection.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -1764,6 +1776,10 @@ "description": "Detailed information of each PSC connection.", "id": "ConnectionDetail", "properties": { +"pscAutoConnection": { +"$ref": "PscAutoConnection", +"description": "Detailed information of a PSC connection that is created through service connectivity automation." +}, "pscConnection": { "$ref": "PscConnection", "description": "Detailed information of a PSC connection that is created by the customer who owns the cluster." @@ -2879,7 +2895,7 @@ false "properties": { "startTime": { "$ref": "TimeOfDay", -"description": "Optional. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. If not specified, the default value is the start of the hour when the automated backup config is enabled. For example, if the automated backup config is enabled at 10:13 AM UTC without specifying start_time, the default start time is 10:00 AM UTC." +"description": "Required. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. This field is required." } }, "type": "object" @@ -3964,6 +3980,73 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"PscAutoConnection": { +"description": "Details of consumer resources in a PSC connection that is created through Service Connectivity Automation.", +"id": "PscAutoConnection", +"properties": { +"address": { +"description": "Output only. The IP allocated on the consumer network for the PSC forwarding rule.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"connectionType": { +"description": "Output only. Type of the PSC connection.", +"enum": [ +"CONNECTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CONNECTION_TYPE_DISCOVERY", +"CONNECTION_TYPE_PRIMARY", +"CONNECTION_TYPE_READER" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Cluster endpoint Type is not set", +"Cluster endpoint that will be used as for cluster topology discovery.", +"Cluster endpoint that will be used as primary endpoint to access primary.", +"Cluster endpoint that will be used as reader endpoint to access replicas." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"forwardingRule": { +"description": "Output only. The URI of the consumer side forwarding rule. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/regions/us-east1/forwardingRules/{resourceId}.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"network": { +"description": "Required. The consumer network where the IP address resides, in the form of projects/{project_id}/global/networks/{network_id}.", +"type": "string" +}, +"projectId": { +"description": "Required. The consumer project_id where the forwarding rule is created from.", +"type": "string" +}, +"pscConnectionId": { +"description": "Output only. The PSC connection id of the forwarding rule connected to the service attachment.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pscConnectionStatus": { +"description": "Output only. The status of the PSC connection. Please note that this value is updated periodically. Please use Private Service Connect APIs for the latest status.", +"enum": [ +"PSC_CONNECTION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"PSC_CONNECTION_STATUS_ACTIVE", +"PSC_CONNECTION_STATUS_NOT_FOUND" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"PSC connection status is not specified.", +"The connection is active", +"Connection not found" +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"serviceAttachment": { +"description": "Output only. The service attachment which is the target of the PSC connection, in the form of projects/{project-id}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{service-attachment-id}.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "PscConfig": { "id": "PscConfig", "properties": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json index b122662a11e..4f2f682b874 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ "clusters": { "methods": { "backup": { -"description": "Backup Redis Cluster. If this is the first time a backup is being created, a backup collection will be created at the backend, and this backup belongs to this collection. Both collection and backup will have a resource name. Backup will be executed for each shard. A replica (primary if nonHA) will be selected to perform the execution. Backup call will be rejected if there is an ongoing backup or update operation.", +"description": "Backup Redis Cluster. If this is the first time a backup is being created, a backup collection will be created at the backend, and this backup belongs to this collection. Both collection and backup will have a resource name. Backup will be executed for each shard. A replica (primary if nonHA) will be selected to perform the execution. Backup call will be rejected if there is an ongoing backup or update operation. Be aware that during preview, if the cluster's internal software version is too old, critical update will be performed before actual backup. Once the internal software version is updated to the minimum version required by the backup feature, subsequent backups will not require critical update. After preview, there will be no critical update needed for backup.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}:backup", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "redis.projects.locations.clusters.backup", @@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241114", +"revision": "20241203", "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AOFConfig": { @@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ "description": "Optional. Trigger automated backups at a fixed frequency." }, "retention": { -"description": "Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. If not specified, the default value is 100 years which is also the maximum value supported. The minimum value is 1 day.", +"description": "Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. The value should be between 1 day and 365 days. If not specified, the default value is 35 days.", "format": "google-duration", "type": "string" } @@ -1257,13 +1257,15 @@ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "CREATING", "ACTIVE", -"DELETING" +"DELETING", +"SUSPENDED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The default value, not set.", "The backup is being created.", "The backup is active to be used.", -"The backup is being deleted." +"The backup is being deleted.", +"The backup is currently suspended due to reasons like project deletion, billing account closure, etc." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -1273,6 +1275,11 @@ "format": "int64", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. System assigned unique identifier of the backup.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -1310,6 +1317,11 @@ "name": { "description": "Identifier. Full resource path of the backup collection.", "type": "string" +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. System assigned unique identifier of the backup collection.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -1764,6 +1776,10 @@ "description": "Detailed information of each PSC connection.", "id": "ConnectionDetail", "properties": { +"pscAutoConnection": { +"$ref": "PscAutoConnection", +"description": "Detailed information of a PSC connection that is created through service connectivity automation." +}, "pscConnection": { "$ref": "PscConnection", "description": "Detailed information of a PSC connection that is created by the customer who owns the cluster." @@ -2879,7 +2895,7 @@ false "properties": { "startTime": { "$ref": "TimeOfDay", -"description": "Optional. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. If not specified, the default value is the start of the hour when the automated backup config is enabled. For example, if the automated backup config is enabled at 10:13 AM UTC without specifying start_time, the default start time is 10:00 AM UTC." +"description": "Required. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. This field is required." } }, "type": "object" @@ -3971,6 +3987,73 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"PscAutoConnection": { +"description": "Details of consumer resources in a PSC connection that is created through Service Connectivity Automation.", +"id": "PscAutoConnection", +"properties": { +"address": { +"description": "Output only. The IP allocated on the consumer network for the PSC forwarding rule.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"connectionType": { +"description": "Output only. Type of the PSC connection.", +"enum": [ +"CONNECTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CONNECTION_TYPE_DISCOVERY", +"CONNECTION_TYPE_PRIMARY", +"CONNECTION_TYPE_READER" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Cluster endpoint Type is not set", +"Cluster endpoint that will be used as for cluster topology discovery.", +"Cluster endpoint that will be used as primary endpoint to access primary.", +"Cluster endpoint that will be used as reader endpoint to access replicas." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"forwardingRule": { +"description": "Output only. The URI of the consumer side forwarding rule. Example: projects/{projectNumOrId}/regions/us-east1/forwardingRules/{resourceId}.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"network": { +"description": "Required. The consumer network where the IP address resides, in the form of projects/{project_id}/global/networks/{network_id}.", +"type": "string" +}, +"projectId": { +"description": "Required. The consumer project_id where the forwarding rule is created from.", +"type": "string" +}, +"pscConnectionId": { +"description": "Output only. The PSC connection id of the forwarding rule connected to the service attachment.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pscConnectionStatus": { +"description": "Output only. The status of the PSC connection. Please note that this value is updated periodically. Please use Private Service Connect APIs for the latest status.", +"enum": [ +"PSC_CONNECTION_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"PSC_CONNECTION_STATUS_ACTIVE", +"PSC_CONNECTION_STATUS_NOT_FOUND" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"PSC connection status is not specified.", +"The connection is active", +"Connection not found" +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"serviceAttachment": { +"description": "Output only. The service attachment which is the target of the PSC connection, in the form of projects/{project-id}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{service-attachment-id}.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "PscConfig": { "id": "PscConfig", "properties": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json index 66b0d791a89..5d1a25db436 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json @@ -1971,6 +1971,51 @@ } } }, +"attackPaths": { +"methods": { +"list": { +"description": "Lists the attack paths for a set of simulation results or valued resources and filter.", +"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/attackPaths", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "securitycenter.organizations.attackPaths.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The filter expression that filters the attack path in the response. Supported fields: * `valued_resources` supports =", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of results to return in a single response. Default is 10, minimum is 1, maximum is 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The value returned by the last `ListAttackPathsResponse`; indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListAttackPaths` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Name of parent to list attack paths. Valid formats: `organizations/{organization}`, `organizations/{organization}/simulations/{simulation}` `organizations/{organization}/simulations/{simulation}/attackExposureResults/{attack_exposure_result_v2}` `organizations/{organization}/simulations/{simulation}/valuedResources/{valued_resource}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/attackPaths", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListAttackPathsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, "bigQueryExports": { "methods": { "create": { @@ -2856,7 +2901,7 @@ "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "securitycenter.organizations.operations.cancel", @@ -5893,7 +5938,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241111", +"revision": "20241205", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { @@ -10606,6 +10651,403 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Issue": { +"description": "Security Command Center Issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Issue", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the issue was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "The description of the issue in Markdown format.", +"type": "string" +}, +"detection": { +"description": "The finding category or rule name that generated the issue.", +"type": "string" +}, +"domains": { +"description": "The domains of the issue.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueDomain" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"exposureScore": { +"description": "The exposure score of the issue.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"issueType": { +"description": "The type of the issue.", +"enum": [ +"ISSUE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CHOKEPOINT", +"TOXIC_COMBINATION", +"INSIGHT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified issue type.", +"Chokepoint issue type.", +"Toxic combination issue type.", +"Insight issue type." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"lastObservationTime": { +"description": "The time the issue was last observed.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"mute": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueMute", +"description": "The mute information of the issue." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the issue. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/issues/{issue}", +"type": "string" +}, +"primaryResource": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResource", +"description": "The primary resource associated with the issue." +}, +"relatedFindings": { +"description": "The findings related to the issue.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFinding" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"remediations": { +"description": "Approaches to remediate the issue in Markdown format.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"secondaryResources": { +"description": "Additional resources associated with the issue.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResource" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"securityContexts": { +"description": "The security context of the issue.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContext" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"severity": { +"description": "The severity of the issue.", +"enum": [ +"SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED", +"CRITICAL", +"HIGH", +"MEDIUM", +"LOW" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified severity.", +"Critical severity.", +"High severity.", +"Medium severity.", +"Low severity." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The state of the issue.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACTIVE", +"INACTIVE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified state.", +"Active state.", +"Inactive state." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the issue was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueDomain": { +"description": "The domains of an issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueDomain", +"properties": { +"domainCategory": { +"description": "The domain category of the issue.", +"enum": [ +"DOMAIN_CATEGORY_UNSPECIFIED", +"AI", +"CODE", +"CONTAINER", +"DATA", +"IDENTITY_AND_ACCESS", +"VULNERABILITY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified domain category.", +"Issues in the AI domain.", +"Issues in the code domain.", +"Issues in the container domain.", +"Issues in the data domain.", +"Issues in the identity and access domain.", +"Issues in the vulnerability domain." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFinding": { +"description": "Finding related to an issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFinding", +"properties": { +"cve": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFindingCve", +"description": "The CVE of the finding." +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the finding.", +"type": "string" +}, +"securityBulletin": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFindingSecurityBulletin", +"description": "The security bulletin of the finding." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFindingCve": { +"description": "The CVE of the finding.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFindingCve", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "The CVE name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFindingSecurityBulletin": { +"description": "The security bulletin of the finding.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFindingSecurityBulletin", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "The security bulletin name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueMute": { +"description": "The mute information of the issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueMute", +"properties": { +"muteInitiator": { +"description": "The email address of the user who last changed the mute state of the issue.", +"type": "string" +}, +"muteReason": { +"description": "The user-provided reason for muting the issue.", +"type": "string" +}, +"muteState": { +"description": "Output only. The mute state of the issue.", +"enum": [ +"MUTE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"NOT_MUTED", +"MUTED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified mute state.", +"Not muted.", +"Muted." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"muteUpdateTime": { +"description": "The time the issue was muted.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResource": { +"description": "A resource associated with the an issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResource", +"properties": { +"awsMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAwsMetadata", +"description": "The AWS metadata of the resource associated with the issue. Only populated for AWS resources." +}, +"azureMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAzureMetadata", +"description": "The Azure metadata of the resource associated with the issue. Only populated for Azure resources." +}, +"cloudProvider": { +"description": "The cloud provider of the resource associated with the issue.", +"enum": [ +"CLOUD_PROVIDER_UNSPECIFIED", +"GOOGLE_CLOUD", +"AMAZON_WEB_SERVICES", +"MICROSOFT_AZURE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified cloud provider.", +"Google Cloud.", +"Amazon Web Services.", +"Microsoft Azure." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "The resource-type specific display name of the resource associated with the issue.", +"type": "string" +}, +"googleCloudMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceGoogleCloudMetadata", +"description": "The Google Cloud metadata of the resource associated with the issue. Only populated for Google Cloud resources." +}, +"name": { +"description": "The full resource name of the resource associated with the issue.", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "The type of the resource associated with the issue.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAwsMetadata": { +"description": "The AWS metadata of a resource associated with an issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAwsMetadata", +"properties": { +"account": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAwsMetadataAwsAccount", +"description": "The AWS account of the resource associated with the issue." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAwsMetadataAwsAccount": { +"description": "The AWS account of the resource associated with the issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAwsMetadataAwsAccount", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "The AWS account ID of the resource associated with the issue.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The AWS account name of the resource associated with the issue.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAzureMetadata": { +"description": "The Azure metadata of a resource associated with an issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAzureMetadata", +"properties": { +"subscription": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAzureMetadataAzureSubscription", +"description": "The Azure subscription of the resource associated with the issue." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAzureMetadataAzureSubscription": { +"description": "The Azure subscription of the resource associated with the issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAzureMetadataAzureSubscription", +"properties": { +"displayName": { +"description": "The Azure subscription display name of the resource associated with the issue.", +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "The Azure subscription ID of the resource associated with the issue.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceGoogleCloudMetadata": { +"description": "Google Cloud metadata of a resource associated with an issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceGoogleCloudMetadata", +"properties": { +"projectId": { +"description": "The project ID that the resource associated with the issue belongs to.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContext": { +"description": "Security context associated with an issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContext", +"properties": { +"aggregatedCount": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContextAggregatedCount", +"description": "The aggregated count of the security context." +}, +"context": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContextContext", +"description": "The context of the security context." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContextAggregatedCount": { +"description": "Aggregated count of a security context.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContextAggregatedCount", +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "Aggregation key.", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "Aggregation value.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContextContext": { +"description": "Context of a security context.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContextContext", +"properties": { +"type": { +"description": "Context type.", +"type": "string" +}, +"values": { +"description": "Context values.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2KernelRootkit": { "description": "Kernel mode rootkit signatures.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2KernelRootkit", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json index 6ea2af38908..312d38a10cf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/organizations/{organizationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "securitycenter.organizations.operations.cancel", @@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241111", +"revision": "20241205", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { @@ -5322,6 +5322,403 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Issue": { +"description": "Security Command Center Issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Issue", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the issue was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "The description of the issue in Markdown format.", +"type": "string" +}, +"detection": { +"description": "The finding category or rule name that generated the issue.", +"type": "string" +}, +"domains": { +"description": "The domains of the issue.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueDomain" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"exposureScore": { +"description": "The exposure score of the issue.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"issueType": { +"description": "The type of the issue.", +"enum": [ +"ISSUE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CHOKEPOINT", +"TOXIC_COMBINATION", +"INSIGHT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified issue type.", +"Chokepoint issue type.", +"Toxic combination issue type.", +"Insight issue type." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"lastObservationTime": { +"description": "The time the issue was last observed.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"mute": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueMute", +"description": "The mute information of the issue." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the issue. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/issues/{issue}", +"type": "string" +}, +"primaryResource": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResource", +"description": "The primary resource associated with the issue." +}, +"relatedFindings": { +"description": "The findings related to the issue.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFinding" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"remediations": { +"description": "Approaches to remediate the issue in Markdown format.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"secondaryResources": { +"description": "Additional resources associated with the issue.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResource" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"securityContexts": { +"description": "The security context of the issue.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContext" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"severity": { +"description": "The severity of the issue.", +"enum": [ +"SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED", +"CRITICAL", +"HIGH", +"MEDIUM", +"LOW" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified severity.", +"Critical severity.", +"High severity.", +"Medium severity.", +"Low severity." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The state of the issue.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACTIVE", +"INACTIVE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified state.", +"Active state.", +"Inactive state." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the issue was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueDomain": { +"description": "The domains of an issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueDomain", +"properties": { +"domainCategory": { +"description": "The domain category of the issue.", +"enum": [ +"DOMAIN_CATEGORY_UNSPECIFIED", +"AI", +"CODE", +"CONTAINER", +"DATA", +"IDENTITY_AND_ACCESS", +"VULNERABILITY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified domain category.", +"Issues in the AI domain.", +"Issues in the code domain.", +"Issues in the container domain.", +"Issues in the data domain.", +"Issues in the identity and access domain.", +"Issues in the vulnerability domain." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFinding": { +"description": "Finding related to an issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFinding", +"properties": { +"cve": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFindingCve", +"description": "The CVE of the finding." +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the finding.", +"type": "string" +}, +"securityBulletin": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFindingSecurityBulletin", +"description": "The security bulletin of the finding." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFindingCve": { +"description": "The CVE of the finding.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFindingCve", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "The CVE name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFindingSecurityBulletin": { +"description": "The security bulletin of the finding.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFindingSecurityBulletin", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "The security bulletin name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueMute": { +"description": "The mute information of the issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueMute", +"properties": { +"muteInitiator": { +"description": "The email address of the user who last changed the mute state of the issue.", +"type": "string" +}, +"muteReason": { +"description": "The user-provided reason for muting the issue.", +"type": "string" +}, +"muteState": { +"description": "Output only. The mute state of the issue.", +"enum": [ +"MUTE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"NOT_MUTED", +"MUTED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified mute state.", +"Not muted.", +"Muted." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"muteUpdateTime": { +"description": "The time the issue was muted.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResource": { +"description": "A resource associated with the an issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResource", +"properties": { +"awsMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAwsMetadata", +"description": "The AWS metadata of the resource associated with the issue. Only populated for AWS resources." +}, +"azureMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAzureMetadata", +"description": "The Azure metadata of the resource associated with the issue. Only populated for Azure resources." +}, +"cloudProvider": { +"description": "The cloud provider of the resource associated with the issue.", +"enum": [ +"CLOUD_PROVIDER_UNSPECIFIED", +"GOOGLE_CLOUD", +"AMAZON_WEB_SERVICES", +"MICROSOFT_AZURE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified cloud provider.", +"Google Cloud.", +"Amazon Web Services.", +"Microsoft Azure." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "The resource-type specific display name of the resource associated with the issue.", +"type": "string" +}, +"googleCloudMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceGoogleCloudMetadata", +"description": "The Google Cloud metadata of the resource associated with the issue. Only populated for Google Cloud resources." +}, +"name": { +"description": "The full resource name of the resource associated with the issue.", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "The type of the resource associated with the issue.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAwsMetadata": { +"description": "The AWS metadata of a resource associated with an issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAwsMetadata", +"properties": { +"account": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAwsMetadataAwsAccount", +"description": "The AWS account of the resource associated with the issue." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAwsMetadataAwsAccount": { +"description": "The AWS account of the resource associated with the issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAwsMetadataAwsAccount", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "The AWS account ID of the resource associated with the issue.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The AWS account name of the resource associated with the issue.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAzureMetadata": { +"description": "The Azure metadata of a resource associated with an issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAzureMetadata", +"properties": { +"subscription": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAzureMetadataAzureSubscription", +"description": "The Azure subscription of the resource associated with the issue." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAzureMetadataAzureSubscription": { +"description": "The Azure subscription of the resource associated with the issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAzureMetadataAzureSubscription", +"properties": { +"displayName": { +"description": "The Azure subscription display name of the resource associated with the issue.", +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "The Azure subscription ID of the resource associated with the issue.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceGoogleCloudMetadata": { +"description": "Google Cloud metadata of a resource associated with an issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceGoogleCloudMetadata", +"properties": { +"projectId": { +"description": "The project ID that the resource associated with the issue belongs to.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContext": { +"description": "Security context associated with an issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContext", +"properties": { +"aggregatedCount": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContextAggregatedCount", +"description": "The aggregated count of the security context." +}, +"context": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContextContext", +"description": "The context of the security context." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContextAggregatedCount": { +"description": "Aggregated count of a security context.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContextAggregatedCount", +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "Aggregation key.", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "Aggregation value.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContextContext": { +"description": "Context of a security context.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContextContext", +"properties": { +"type": { +"description": "Context type.", +"type": "string" +}, +"values": { +"description": "Context values.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2KernelRootkit": { "description": "Kernel mode rootkit signatures.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2KernelRootkit", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json index 121343a0b3e..852f7e2622c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json @@ -2003,7 +2003,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241111", +"revision": "20241205", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { @@ -6315,6 +6315,403 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Issue": { +"description": "Security Command Center Issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Issue", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the issue was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "The description of the issue in Markdown format.", +"type": "string" +}, +"detection": { +"description": "The finding category or rule name that generated the issue.", +"type": "string" +}, +"domains": { +"description": "The domains of the issue.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueDomain" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"exposureScore": { +"description": "The exposure score of the issue.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"issueType": { +"description": "The type of the issue.", +"enum": [ +"ISSUE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CHOKEPOINT", +"TOXIC_COMBINATION", +"INSIGHT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified issue type.", +"Chokepoint issue type.", +"Toxic combination issue type.", +"Insight issue type." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"lastObservationTime": { +"description": "The time the issue was last observed.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"mute": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueMute", +"description": "The mute information of the issue." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the issue. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/issues/{issue}", +"type": "string" +}, +"primaryResource": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResource", +"description": "The primary resource associated with the issue." +}, +"relatedFindings": { +"description": "The findings related to the issue.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFinding" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"remediations": { +"description": "Approaches to remediate the issue in Markdown format.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"secondaryResources": { +"description": "Additional resources associated with the issue.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResource" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"securityContexts": { +"description": "The security context of the issue.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContext" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"severity": { +"description": "The severity of the issue.", +"enum": [ +"SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED", +"CRITICAL", +"HIGH", +"MEDIUM", +"LOW" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified severity.", +"Critical severity.", +"High severity.", +"Medium severity.", +"Low severity." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The state of the issue.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACTIVE", +"INACTIVE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified state.", +"Active state.", +"Inactive state." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time the issue was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueDomain": { +"description": "The domains of an issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueDomain", +"properties": { +"domainCategory": { +"description": "The domain category of the issue.", +"enum": [ +"DOMAIN_CATEGORY_UNSPECIFIED", +"AI", +"CODE", +"CONTAINER", +"DATA", +"IDENTITY_AND_ACCESS", +"VULNERABILITY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified domain category.", +"Issues in the AI domain.", +"Issues in the code domain.", +"Issues in the container domain.", +"Issues in the data domain.", +"Issues in the identity and access domain.", +"Issues in the vulnerability domain." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFinding": { +"description": "Finding related to an issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFinding", +"properties": { +"cve": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFindingCve", +"description": "The CVE of the finding." +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the finding.", +"type": "string" +}, +"securityBulletin": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFindingSecurityBulletin", +"description": "The security bulletin of the finding." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFindingCve": { +"description": "The CVE of the finding.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFindingCve", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "The CVE name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFindingSecurityBulletin": { +"description": "The security bulletin of the finding.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueFindingSecurityBulletin", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "The security bulletin name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueMute": { +"description": "The mute information of the issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueMute", +"properties": { +"muteInitiator": { +"description": "The email address of the user who last changed the mute state of the issue.", +"type": "string" +}, +"muteReason": { +"description": "The user-provided reason for muting the issue.", +"type": "string" +}, +"muteState": { +"description": "Output only. The mute state of the issue.", +"enum": [ +"MUTE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"NOT_MUTED", +"MUTED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified mute state.", +"Not muted.", +"Muted." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"muteUpdateTime": { +"description": "The time the issue was muted.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResource": { +"description": "A resource associated with the an issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResource", +"properties": { +"awsMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAwsMetadata", +"description": "The AWS metadata of the resource associated with the issue. Only populated for AWS resources." +}, +"azureMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAzureMetadata", +"description": "The Azure metadata of the resource associated with the issue. Only populated for Azure resources." +}, +"cloudProvider": { +"description": "The cloud provider of the resource associated with the issue.", +"enum": [ +"CLOUD_PROVIDER_UNSPECIFIED", +"GOOGLE_CLOUD", +"AMAZON_WEB_SERVICES", +"MICROSOFT_AZURE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified cloud provider.", +"Google Cloud.", +"Amazon Web Services.", +"Microsoft Azure." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "The resource-type specific display name of the resource associated with the issue.", +"type": "string" +}, +"googleCloudMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceGoogleCloudMetadata", +"description": "The Google Cloud metadata of the resource associated with the issue. Only populated for Google Cloud resources." +}, +"name": { +"description": "The full resource name of the resource associated with the issue.", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "The type of the resource associated with the issue.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAwsMetadata": { +"description": "The AWS metadata of a resource associated with an issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAwsMetadata", +"properties": { +"account": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAwsMetadataAwsAccount", +"description": "The AWS account of the resource associated with the issue." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAwsMetadataAwsAccount": { +"description": "The AWS account of the resource associated with the issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAwsMetadataAwsAccount", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "The AWS account ID of the resource associated with the issue.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The AWS account name of the resource associated with the issue.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAzureMetadata": { +"description": "The Azure metadata of a resource associated with an issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAzureMetadata", +"properties": { +"subscription": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAzureMetadataAzureSubscription", +"description": "The Azure subscription of the resource associated with the issue." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAzureMetadataAzureSubscription": { +"description": "The Azure subscription of the resource associated with the issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceAzureMetadataAzureSubscription", +"properties": { +"displayName": { +"description": "The Azure subscription display name of the resource associated with the issue.", +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "The Azure subscription ID of the resource associated with the issue.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceGoogleCloudMetadata": { +"description": "Google Cloud metadata of a resource associated with an issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueResourceGoogleCloudMetadata", +"properties": { +"projectId": { +"description": "The project ID that the resource associated with the issue belongs to.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContext": { +"description": "Security context associated with an issue.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContext", +"properties": { +"aggregatedCount": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContextAggregatedCount", +"description": "The aggregated count of the security context." +}, +"context": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContextContext", +"description": "The context of the security context." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContextAggregatedCount": { +"description": "Aggregated count of a security context.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContextAggregatedCount", +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "Aggregation key.", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "Aggregation value.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContextContext": { +"description": "Context of a security context.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2IssueSecurityContextContext", +"properties": { +"type": { +"description": "Context type.", +"type": "string" +}, +"values": { +"description": "Context values.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2KernelRootkit": { "description": "Kernel mode rootkit signatures.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2KernelRootkit", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json index bc4a776494d..dbaf50b889c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json @@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241106", +"revision": "20241202", "rootUrl": "https://servicemanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Advice": { @@ -1568,6 +1568,10 @@ "description": "`Documentation` provides the information for describing a service. Example: documentation: summary: > The Google Calendar API gives access to most calendar features. pages: - name: Overview content: (== include google/foo/overview.md ==) - name: Tutorial content: (== include google/foo/tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include google/foo/tutorial_java.md ==) rules: - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Get description: > ... - selector: google.calendar.Calendar.Put description: > ... Documentation is provided in markdown syntax. In addition to standard markdown features, definition lists, tables and fenced code blocks are supported. Section headers can be provided and are interpreted relative to the section nesting of the context where a documentation fragment is embedded. Documentation from the IDL is merged with documentation defined via the config at normalization time, where documentation provided by config rules overrides IDL provided. A number of constructs specific to the API platform are supported in documentation text. In order to reference a proto element, the following notation can be used: [fully.qualified.proto.name][] To override the display text used for the link, this can be used: [display text][fully.qualified.proto.name] Text can be excluded from doc using the following notation: (-- internal comment --) A few directives are available in documentation. Note that directives must appear on a single line to be properly identified. The `include` directive includes a markdown file from an external source: (== include path/to/file ==) The `resource_for` directive marks a message to be the resource of a collection in REST view. If it is not specified, tools attempt to infer the resource from the operations in a collection: (== resource_for v1.shelves.books ==) The directive `suppress_warning` does not directly affect documentation and is documented together with service config validation.", "id": "Documentation", "properties": { +"additionalIamInfo": { +"description": "Optional information about the IAM configuration. This is typically used to link to documentation about a product's IAM roles and permissions.", +"type": "string" +}, "documentationRootUrl": { "description": "The URL to the root of documentation.", "type": "string" @@ -2039,6 +2043,13 @@ "common": { "$ref": "CommonLanguageSettings", "description": "Some settings." +}, +"renamedServices": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Map of service names to renamed services. Keys are the package relative service names and values are the name to be used for the service client and call options. publishing: go_settings: renamed_services: Publisher: TopicAdmin", +"type": "object" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json index 708c50ad54e..bb9574900b9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json @@ -3895,7 +3895,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240701", +"revision": "20241204", "rootUrl": "https://tagmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { @@ -5144,6 +5144,10 @@ "description": "The signature of the community gallery template as computed at import time. This value is recomputed whenever the template is updated from the gallery.", "type": "string" }, +"templateDeveloperId": { +"description": "The developer id of the community gallery template. This value is set whenever the template is created from the gallery.", +"type": "string" +}, "version": { "description": "The version of the community gallery template.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json index 032e48037da..17fefc16fab 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json @@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "flatPath": "v1/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "vault.operations.cancel", @@ -1203,7 +1203,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240806", +"revision": "20241121", "rootUrl": "https://vault.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccountCount": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json index 284262300ac..0b3e55e5a8c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json @@ -2681,7 +2681,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241119", +"revision": "20241203", "rootUrl": "https://walletobjects.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivationOptions": { @@ -3519,7 +3519,7 @@ true "type": "object" }, "DiscoverableProgram": { -"description": "Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Android Pay app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering.", +"description": "Information about how a class may be discovered and instantiated from within the Google Wallet app. This is done by searching for a loyalty or gift card program and scanning or manually entering.", "id": "DiscoverableProgram", "properties": { "merchantSigninInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1.json index 6779d0c10d8..7bb2a6bcab9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1.json @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "workstations.projects.locations.operations.cancel", @@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ ] }, "generateAccessToken": { -"description": "Returns a short-lived credential that can be used to send authenticated and authorized traffic to a workstation.", +"description": "Returns a short-lived credential that can be used to send authenticated and authorized traffic to a workstation. Once generated this token cannot be revoked and is good for the lifetime of the token.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/workstationClusters/{workstationClustersId}/workstationConfigs/{workstationConfigsId}/workstations/{workstationsId}:generateAccessToken", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "workstations.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.generateAccessToken", @@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241009", +"revision": "20241202", "rootUrl": "https://workstations.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { @@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "BoostConfig": { -"description": "A configuration that workstations can boost to.", +"description": "A boost configuration is a set of resources that a workstation can use to increase its performance. If a boost configuration is specified, when starting a workstation, users can choose to use a VM provisioned under the boost config by passing the boost config id in the start request. If no boost config id is provided in the start request, the system will choose a VM from the pool provisioned under the default config.", "id": "BoostConfig", "properties": { "accelerators": { @@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "id": { -"description": "Optional. Required. The id to be used for the boost configuration.", +"description": "Required. The id to be used for the boost configuration.", "type": "string" }, "machineType": { @@ -1454,7 +1454,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "boostConfigs": { -"description": "Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use.", +"description": "Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. If specified, users will have the option to choose from the list of boost configs when starting a workstation.", "items": { "$ref": "BoostConfig" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json index 0ddce66dd96..045aa19bb2e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workstations.v1beta.json @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ "operations": { "methods": { "cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "workstations.projects.locations.operations.cancel", @@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ ] }, "generateAccessToken": { -"description": "Returns a short-lived credential that can be used to send authenticated and authorized traffic to a workstation.", +"description": "Returns a short-lived credential that can be used to send authenticated and authorized traffic to a workstation. Once generated this token cannot be revoked and is good for the lifetime of the token.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/workstationClusters/{workstationClustersId}/workstationConfigs/{workstationConfigsId}/workstations/{workstationsId}:generateAccessToken", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "workstations.projects.locations.workstationClusters.workstationConfigs.workstations.generateAccessToken", @@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241009", +"revision": "20241202", "rootUrl": "https://workstations.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { @@ -1217,7 +1217,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "BoostConfig": { -"description": "A configuration that workstations can boost to.", +"description": "A boost configuration is a set of resources that a workstation can use to increase its performance. If a boost configuration is specified, when starting a workstation, users can choose to use a VM provisioned under the boost config by passing the boost config id in the start request. If no boost config id is provided in the start request, the system will choose a VM from the pool provisioned under the default config.", "id": "BoostConfig", "properties": { "accelerators": { @@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "id": { -"description": "Optional. Required. The id to be used for the boost configuration.", +"description": "Required. The id to be used for the boost configuration.", "type": "string" }, "machineType": { @@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "boostConfigs": { -"description": "Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use.", +"description": "Optional. A list of the boost configurations that workstations created using this workstation configuration are allowed to use. If specified, users will have the option to choose from the list of boost configs when starting a workstation.", "items": { "$ref": "BoostConfig" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json index d4481efe502..5a46d43ae04 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json @@ -4067,78 +4067,12 @@ "$ref": "CommentThread" } } -}, -"resources": { -"liveChat": { -"resources": { -"messages": { -"methods": { -"stream": { -"description": "Allows a user to load live chat through a server-streamed RPC.", -"flatPath": "youtube/v3/liveChat/messages/stream", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "youtube.youtube.v3.liveChat.messages.stream", -"parameterOrder": [], -"parameters": { -"hl": { -"description": "Specifies the localization language in which the system messages should be returned.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"liveChatId": { -"description": "The id of the live chat for which comments should be returned.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"maxResults": { -"default": "500", -"description": "The *maxResults* parameter specifies the maximum number of items that should be returned in the result set. Not used in the streaming RPC.", -"format": "uint32", -"location": "query", -"maximum": "2000", -"minimum": "200", -"type": "integer" -}, -"pageToken": { -"description": "The *pageToken* parameter identifies a specific page in the result set that should be returned. In an API response, the nextPageToken property identify other pages that could be retrieved.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"part": { -"description": "The *part* parameter specifies the liveChatComment resource parts that the API response will include. Supported values are id, snippet, and authorDetails.", -"location": "query", -"repeated": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"profileImageSize": { -"description": "Specifies the size of the profile image that should be returned for each user.", -"format": "uint32", -"location": "query", -"maximum": "720", -"minimum": "16", -"type": "integer" -} -}, -"path": "youtube/v3/liveChat/messages/stream", -"response": { -"$ref": "LiveChatMessageListResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/youtube", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/youtube.force-ssl", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/youtube.readonly" -] -} -} -} -} -} } } } } }, -"revision": "20241126", +"revision": "20241203", "rootUrl": "https://youtube.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbuseReport": {